Dwyer_Catalogue

Dwyer_Catalogue_2020

DWYER AROUND THE GLOBE CONTACT INFORMATION CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. 102 Indiana Highway 212 P.O. Box 373 Michigan City, IN 46360, U.S.A. AUSTRALIA DWYER INSTRUMENTS, PTY. LTD. Unit 1, 11 Waverley Drive P.O. Box 359 Unanderra, NSW 2526 Australia DWYER-INST.COM Phone | (219) 879-8000 Toll-Free | (800) 872-9141 Fax | (219) 872-9057 DWYER-INST.COM.AU Phone | +61 (0) 2 4272 2055 Fax | +61 (0) 2 4272 4055 UNITED KINGDOM DWYER INSTRUMENTS LTD Unit 16, The Wye Estate, London Road High Wycombe, Bucks HP11 1LH-U.K. HONG KONG DWYER INSTRUMENTS HK, LTD. Unit 605A, 6/F, Shui Hing Centre 13 Sheung Yuet Road, Kowloon Bay, Hong Kong DWYER-INST.CO.UK Phone | +44 (0) 1494 461707 Fax | +44 (0) 1494 465102 DWYER-INST.COM.HK Phone | +852-23181007 Fax | +852-27561565 OTHER CONTACTS ORDERS orders@dwyermail.com TECHNICAL SUPPORT tech@dwyermail.com LITERATURE REQUESTS lit@dwyermail.com QUOTATION/BID REQUESTS quotes@dwyermail.com GENERAL INFORMATION info@dwyermail.com INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS Dwyer has local distributors in over 79 countries. Contact the office of your country or contact the corporate headquarters to find your local distributor. You can also go to our website at the following address to be contacted by your local distributor: dwyer-inst.com/Distributor DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com I

ABOUT US Since the company was founded in 1931, customers have come to recognize Dwyer Instruments, Inc. to stand for quality, reliability, and readily available competitively priced products. As a leading manufacturer in the controls and instrumentation industry, we continue to grow and serve major markets including, but not limited to: HVAC, chemical, agriculture, food, oil and gas, water, wastewater, powder and bulk, and pollution control. Dwyer holds over 650 technical patents and that number grows every year. We are an enthusiastic group of people headquartered in Michigan City, Indiana, with satellite locations around the globe. We take great pride in the intellect and integrity of our employees, who are passionate about the work we do, the products we develop, and the industries we serve. MANUFACTURING EXCELLENCE At Dwyer, it all starts with commitment to meeting the needs of our customers. We strive to make dependable, easy-to-use products. With nearly 90 years of manufacturing expertise, we stand behind our high quality products. Dwyer products are trusted in applications all over the world in nearly every industry. MANUFACTURING & DESIGN CENTER LOCATIONS II DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

OUR PEOPLE MAKE THE DIFFERENCE CUSTOMER SERVICE CUSTOMER CARE Courteous and professional customer service representatives are available via phone and email to process and provide assistance with your order. Dwyer provides industry leading response time to answer your call quickly without waiting. PRICING Contact us for formal quotes. Dwyer offers bids and project quotes. Discounts are available for particular customer types based on quantities purchased. PRODUCT DELIVERY LARGE INVENTORY LOCATED CENTRALLY IN THE U.S.A. Dwyer is committed to process and ship your order as quickly as possible, with more than 5,000 items stocked in our South Bend, Indiana warehouse. In most cases lead time is less than one week for non- stocked products. FAST PROCESSING & PACKING Our dedicated shipping staff packs and ships your order same day on stocked items ordered before 1:00 PM U.S. Eastern Time. FLEXIBLE SHIPPING Dwyer offers blanket orders for OEMs to schedule out your product shipments for when you need them. Contact us for details. TECHNICAL SUPPORT All of our technical sales staff members are degreed engineers trained to be product and industry experts. We listen to your needs and get you the answers you want quickly. WE HELP YOU FIND A SOLUTION • Product Selection • Application Assistance • Regulatory and Agency Approval Compliance • Installation Guidance • Maintenance and Repair • Product Customization for OEMs TO CONTACT AN APPLICATIONS ENGINEER PHONE: (219) 879-8000 | FAX: (219) 872-9057 | EMAIL: tech@dwyermail.com DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com III

DWYER-INST.COM DWYER ONLINE WEBSITE FEATURES • Product Search • Free Literature – Catalogs, Brochures and Product Selection Guides • Product Application and Technical Guides • Digital Catalogs • Dedicated Support Product Pages • Video Library PRODUCT PAGE FEATURES • Easy Online Ordering • Product Support Library – Instruction Manuals, Catalog Pages and Data Sheets • Product Configurator – Customize a Dwyer product to your specific application needs • Agency Approval Certificates – CE, IECEx, FM, UL, CSA and ATEX • Instructional and Informational Videos • Product Drawings and Photography DWYER CATALOG APP Browse the Dwyer catalog online or download it for instant access offline. The Dwyer Catalog App is available in the iTunes® and Google Play™ stores. IV DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

DWYER-INST.COM ® RELEASE A LITTLE PRESSURE BY ORDERING ONLINE! • Save time, save money • Repeat quick orders • Receive special incentives DID YOU KNOW, YOU CAN... REVIEW PREVIOUS ORDERS See a list of all previous orders for the past year, and sort by PO number, order number or confirmation number. Quickly obtain order shipping dates and tracking information for any specific order. REVIEW PREVIOUS PRODUCT PURCHASES Create quotes online that can be easily printed, emailed or converted to an order. Quotes are valid for 60 days, and are stored for 120 days. CREATE PROJECTS Create and view stored projects for up to three years. Projects can later be easily converted into a quotation. STAY CONNECTED Stay connected with Dwyer Instruments, Inc. throughout the year. Our social media platforms allow you to stay up-to-date on Dwyer happenings and product offerings. Visit us at: dwyer-inst.com/social DWYER BLOG Constantly expanding, consistently informative, the Dwyer Instruments, Inc. blog brings the latest HVAC and Process Automation market news to your desktop, tablet, or mobile device. The Dwyer executive and product management teams strive to honestly and authentically provide customers with industry insights through thought leadership. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com V

CALIBRATION & REPAIR SERVICES NO TIME FOR DOWNTIME FAST & ACCURATE CALIBRATION SERVICES dwyer-inst.com/calibration-nist/ DEDICATED Dwyer’s dedication to quality is unmatched in the industry. We go above and beyond to provide impeccable service paired with quality calibrations. COMMITTED We understand being without your instrument can cost you money. We are committed to getting you your instrument back as fast as possible. ACCURATE You can feel confident by sending your equipment back to the original manufacturer. SEE HOW IT WORKS ORDER ORDER Submit your online order and you’ll receive a return label, instructions and confirmation. SHIP Print the shipping label, pack your product(s) and send to Dwyer. CALIBRATE Monitor the status of your equipment through the entire calibration process. DELIVER Once complete, your products and service documents will be shipped back to you. VI DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

CALIBRATION & REPAIR SERVICES MARKET HIGHLIGHTS PRESSURE At Dwyer we understand that precise and accurate measurements are essential to our customers. Our pressure and vacuum calibrations will be performed with reliable and calibrated measuring and test equipment that is traceable to the SI through NIST. FLUID & AIR FLOW Why worry about the accuracy of your rotameter when you can send it straight to Dwyer Instruments? We do the work so that you can have peace of mind in knowing that a calibrated, reliable, and economically sound industrial flowmeter is installed at your location. Our flowmeters can be calibrated using various media, be it water or air. VELOCITY & AIR FLOW We calibrate the SMART Air Hood® in our facility using a state of the art wind tunnel (designed to satisfy the test requirements of the ISO 5167) to ensure your product is the most accurate on the market. We also calibrate our handheld anemometers! TEMPERATURE & HUMIDITY We strive to meet the crucial environmental precision measurement requirements of our customers. We offer fast, reliable, and affordable calibrations on our temperature and humidity transmitters that are designed to improve efficiency for you! You can customize the humidity and temperature outputs to satisfy your needs. CERTIFICATE OF NIST CALIBRATION A Certificate of NIST Calibration is available for most indicating and transmitting instrumentation products at an additional charge. This certificate is created in our testing lab to NIST traceable test instruments and includes test points with recorded data and the reference standard. Pricing and availability varies by product. Please consult the options listing for the product on the catalog page or see the product on our website for availability. For some products customer specified test points can be specified for an additional charge. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com VII

STANDARD TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE shipping point. of any of the material covered hereby shall be for the account of the Buyer and shall be added to the purchase price. removed. They will be maintained in good condition for a minimum period of three years from the date of the original purchase order. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. - TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE – MARCH 15, 2017 1. Prices and Specifications are subject to change without notice. 2. Shipping dates are approximate. They are dependent upon credit approval and subject to delays beyond our control. 3. Terms: Net 30 days to companies with established credit rating. In the event Buyer fails to fulfill previous terms of payment, or in case Seller shall have any doubt at any time as to Buyer’s financial responsibility, Seller may decline to make further deliveries except upon receipt of cash in advance or other special arrangements. 4. Point and Title: All material is sold EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. Title to all material sold shall pass to buyer upon delivery by Seller to carrier at 5. State and Local Taxes: Any taxes which the Seller may be required to pay or collect upon or with respect to the sale, purchase, delivery, use or consumption 6. Special tooling, dies, silk screens and molds acquired specially to produce goods for Buyer remain the property of Dwyer Instruments, Inc., and may not be 7. Trade Compliance: Buyer acknowledges that the products, software, and technology, including technical information and documents (collectively “Items”), 8. Distribution: Products sold to any entity located in the U.S. must remain in the U.S. unless a Global Distribution Agreement is in force with said entity. OEM’s are excluded from this requirement. Those who violate this term are subject to a reduction of discount, loss of discount, or exclusion from purchasing future products. If you want to be a Global Distributor, please contact your Global Sales Manager in your region. 9. Limited Warranty: The Seller warrants all Dwyer instruments and equipment to be free from defects in workmanship or material under normal use and service for a period of one year from date of shipment. Products qualifying for an extended warranty period will have the extended warranty as expressly indicated on the catalog page, web page, IOM, or will be covered by a specific written agreement that is (i) approved by an officer of Dwyer Instruments, Inc. and (ii) defines the warranty period. If no express statement of extended warranty is made, then the standard 1 year warranty applies. The Extended Limited Warranty only applies to products manufactured after April 1, 2017. The Warranty period extends from the date of shipment to the initial customer and not the project installation date or use. of Dwyer Instruments, Inc., are subject to regulation by agencies of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce. Buyer shall comply with the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and all applicable U.S.laws and regulations regarding the sale, delivery and transfer of said Items. Buyer shall not, without first obtaining the required licenses, authorizations or approvals from the appropriate U.S. government agency; (i) export, re-export, transfer or divert any Item directly or indirectly to any country or national resident thereof, or any person, entity or country that has restrictions imposed upon them by the U.S. government, (ii) engage in, or knowingly sell to any party engaged in activity related to the development, production, use, testing, or maintenance of Weapons of Mass Destruction, including uses related to nuclear, missile, chemical or biological warfare, or (iii) engage in, or knowingly sell to any party engaged in activity related to the development, production, use, or maintenance of any safeguarded or unsafeguarded nuclear fuel facility or components for such facilities. Buyer shall fully cooperate with Seller, without charge, in any official audit or inspection by an authorized agent, official, employee, or accredited representative of the U.S. government. Buyer shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless from, or in connection with, any violation of this Section by Buyer, its employees, consultants, agents, or customers. The obligations, requirements and claims described herein shall survive the expiration of any business relationship with Dwyer Instruments, Inc., including its divisions, subsidiaries and affiliated companies. o Humidity Sensors o Batteries o Electro-Chemical Gas Sensors o Snap Switches o Any component which exceed its normal life cycle o Other Specific items added as required. Specific warranty exclusions include, but are not limited to: • Specific product components not covered by the extended warranty: • Normal or excessive wear and tear is not cause for warranty replacement. • Products not properly maintained, operated, installed, or use in an application not suited for the product. • Modifications, alterations, changes, or additions outside those which are required for normal operation. • Failure to notify Dwyer of any defect within a reasonable time. • Damage which the customer has not taken timely action to minimize or mitigate. • Products on which the labels, markings, nameplates, etc. have been tampered with. • Products which contain broken factory seals or have been tampered with shall void warranty. Liability under this warranty is limited to repair or replacement EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. of any parts which prove to be defective within that time or repayment of the purchase price at the Seller’s option. All products must be returned to the Seller, transportation prepaid, unless other arrangements have been pre-approved by Seller. All technical advice, recommendations and services are based on technical data and information which the Seller believes to be reliable and are intended for use by persons having skill and knowledge of the business, at their own discretion. In no case is Seller liable beyond replacement of equipment EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. or the full purchase price. This warranty does not apply if the maximum ratings label is removed or if the instrument or equipment is abused, altered, used at ratings above the maximum specified, or otherwise misused in any way. THIS EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS MADE BY ADVERTISEMENTS OR BY AGENTS AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED. THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FOR GOODS COVERED HEREUNDER. DEFECTIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE TO SECURE REPLACEMENT THEREOF AS AFORESAID. THE SELLER SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE LIABLE FOR THE COST OF ANY LABOR EXPENDED ON ANY SUCH MATERIAL OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES TO ANYONE BY REASON OF THE FACT THAT IT SHALL HAVE BEEN NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE. 10. Buyer’s Remedies: THE BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN RESPECT TO THE FURNISHING OF NON-CONFORMING OR 11. Acceptance: All orders shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained or referred to in the Seller’s quotation, acknowledgment, and to those listed here and to no others whatsoever. By placing an order you accept our terms and conditions. No waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and conditions shall be binding unless in writing and signed by an executive officer of the Seller. All orders are subject to written acceptance by Dwyer Instruments, Inc., Michigan City, Indiana, U.S.A. VIII DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

KEY MARKETS INNOVATION AWARDS HVAC • Building Automation • Test Equipment • Controlled Environments • Original Equipment (Chillers, Boilers, Air Handlers, Cooling Towers) • Valve Automation PROCESS AUTOMATION • Water and Wastewater • Pharmaceutical • Agriculture and Livestock • Powder and Bulk • Industrial Process • Mining and Heavy Earth Moving • Oil, Gas and Petrochemical • Power • Valve Automation The ACHR News is the leading trade magazine in the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and refrigeration industries. GOLD • HVAC Mobile Meter® Software Test Instrument App • PredictAir™ Application Software • Air Velocity Transmitter | Series AVUL SILVER Wireless Hydronic Balancing Kit • Universal Handheld Test Instrument | Model UHH2 Series 490W • Wireless Hydronic Balancing Kit | Series 490W • Hydronic Application Software BRONZE • SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument | Series SAH • Hydronic Differential Pressure Manometer | Series 490A • Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Transmitter | Series IEF XVI DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S PRESSURE 1-110 PROCESS CONTROL 341-376 1 Table of Contents 2-15 Selection Guides 16-17 Typical Applications 18-19 Pressure Sensor Accuracy 20-110 Product Pages 341 Table of Contents 342-345 Selection Guides 346-347 Typical Applications 348-376 Product Pages TEMPERATURE 111-150 VALVES 377-448 111 Table of Contents 112-113 Selection Guides 114-115 Typical Applications 116-150 Product Pages 377 Table of Contents 378-381 Selection Guides 382 383 Typical Applications Technical Information 384-448 Product Pages TEST & DATA 151-204 ACCESSORIES 449-457 151 Table of Contents 152-155 Selection Guides 156-157 Typical Applications 158-163 HVAC Measurement Guide 164-204 Product Pages 449 Table of Contents 450-457 Product Pages TEMPERATURE AIR QUALITY 205-234 TECH GUIDE 458-463 205 Table of Contents 206-207 Selection Guides 208-209 Typical Applications 210-234 Product Pages 458-459 Glossary 460-462 Reference Tables 463 Trademark Acknowledgments FLOW 235-298 INDEX 464-476 464-468 Index - By Product 469-476 Index - By Category 235 Table of Contents 236-241 Selection Guides 242-244 Typical Applications 245 Technical Information 246-298 Product Pages LEVEL 299-340 299 Table of Contents 300-303 Selection Guides 304-305 Typical Applications 306-340 Product Pages 512-524 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com XVII

RECENT INNOVATIONS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER - LOW RANGES SERIES 616KD-LR • Wide selection of ranges down to 0.1 in w.c. and accuracies cover numerous applications minimizing components and standardizing on design • Simple calibration push-buttons to set zero and span, saving time installing and maintaining over the service life • Cost effective and compact device suitable for OEM applications where space, simplicity, and value are key PAGE 59 WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER - WITH REMOTE SENSORS SERIES 629C-RS remote pressure sensors • Same benefits as the 629C Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter with the added convenience of using • Available with standard cable and armored cable versions with 10 or 20 feet shielded cable • Remote sensors option reduces installation cost • Sensors convert pressure changes into a standard 4-20 mA output signal or field selectable voltage PAGE 76 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER SERIES 629HLP • Measurement of small pressure differences of high-static line pressures • ±1% accuracy through the entire operating temperature range from -10 to 60°C (14 to 122°F) • For measuring over-pressure, under-pressure, and differential pressure • 4 different ranges, up to 6 bars PAGE 77 WIRELESS HYDRONIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MANOMETER SERIES 490W • Familiar ergonomic mobile device interface • Full comprehensive kit for direct to job site capability on almost any application or hydronic valve • Flow conversion capability built into the app minimizes steps in the balancing process • Wide ranges and high resolution. Even at the 500 psid range, technicians can see readings PAGE 172 AVERAGING AIR FLOW GRID SERIES 160G • New lightweight pole for longer periods of use with larger pole diameter for ergonomics • Up to 48˝ (122 cm) of reach • 16 sensing points provides an accurate average flow XVIII DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com PAGE 189

RECENT INNOVATIONS METAL AVERAGING FLOW SENSOR SERIES MAFS • Blade design limits disruption of air stream • Configurable in inch or millimeter lengths up to 78 inches or 2000 mm • Lightweight aluminum construction with flange mounting for rectangular or square ducts PAGE 215 WALL MOUNT HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER SERIES RHPLC • 2 or 3% accuracy models available • Humidity only or temperature and humidity combo • Wide selection of passive thermistor or RTD temperature sensors PAGE 223 CARBON DIOXIDE TRANSMITTER SERIES CDWP • Single beam dual wavelength NDIR CO2 sensor automatically corrects for aging effects • Durable and rugged aluminum housing designed to withstand 168 hour salt spray test • Ranges include 2,000, 5,000, and 10,000 ppm allowing for use in animal husbandry as well as mechanical rooms utilizing CO2 based refrigerants PAGE 227 CARBON MONOXIDE TRANSMITTERS SERIES CMT200/CMT200-R • Field replaceable sensor scaled at 0-200 PPM • Round or rectangular housing options • Field selectable current or voltage output signal PAGE 233 CARBON MONOXIDE TRANSMITTER AND SWITCH SERIES CMS300 • Field selectable current or voltage analog outputs • Integral SPDT relay contact for low or high alarm • Jumper selectable alarm set points of 25, 60, or 150 ppm PAGE 233 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com XIX

RECENT INNOVATIONS INSERTION THERMAL ENERGY METER SERIES IEFB • Field configurable • Integral or remote display for ultimate flexibility • Complies with high accuracy requirements of EN 1434-1, ASTM E3137, CSA C900.1-13 for accurate heat measurement PAGES 292-293 REMOTE DISPLAY FOR SERIES IEF AND IEFB SERIES A-IEF • Use to set up the IEF/IEFB and adjust the settings or indicate remotely • Varying cable lengths of up to 100 ft (30 m) allows for flexible installation on a wall or pipe mount • Easy to install and wire in the field PAGE 293 INSERTION ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW TRANSMITTER SERIES IEF • Field configurable • Integral or remote displays allow for ultimate flexibility • Multiple display configurations with a single unit PAGE 294 INSERTION ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW TRANSMITTER KIT A-IEF-KIT • Accessory setup kit • Ensures exact installation application for the Series IEF • Includes set up display, thickness gage, measuring tape and universal power adapter PAGE 294 ULTRASONIC ENERGY METERS SERIES TUF • Manufactured to comply with EN1434-1 requirements • Compact energy monitoring • BACnet or Modbus® communication outputs XX DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com PAGE 295 Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.

SELECTION GUIDE pages 2-15 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 16-17 PRESSURE SENSOR ACCURACY pages 18-19 Differential Pressure Gages pages 20-27, 31-33 Manometers, Stationary pages 28-30 Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Transmitters pages 34-37 Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial pages 38-44 Differential Pressure Switches pages 45-57 Differential Pressure Transmitters, Air & Gas pages 58-69 Differential Pressure Transmitters, Liquid & Gas pages 70-80 Single Pressure Gages, Single Pressure Gages, Dial pages 81-83 Digital pages 84-86 Single Pressure Gages/ Switches/Transmitters, Digital pages 87-89 Single Pressure Switches pages 90-98 Single Pressure Transmitters pages 98-110 P R E S S U R E | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S FEATURED PRODUCTS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER SERIES 629HLP | page 77 SERIES 626 & 628 | pages 102-103 • Rugged, versatile, high accuracy device • Compact, lightweight, capable to be installed in any arrangement making installation very simple • High precision transmitter ensures stability and control to meet the needs of the most demanding applications • Wide selection of models, ranges, accuracy, connections, and outputs to meet exacting pressure measurement specifications DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 1

® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Gages E R U S S E R P | I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Ranges Service 2000 - pages 20-21 -0.05 to 0.2 in w.c.(-10 to 50 Pa) up to 0 to 30 psi (0 to 30 kPa) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases DM-1000 - page 25 0.25 to 100 in w.c. (60 Pa to 24.88 kPa) (Bi-directional ranges available) 2-5000 - pages 26-27 0.5 in w.c. to 5 psi (125 Pa to 3 kPa) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases Air and compatible gases Wetted Materials Consult factory Housing Die cast aluminum case and bezel Consult factory Glass filled plastic Consult factory Glass filled nylon Lens Accuracy Pressure Limits Clear acrylic ±2 to 4% FS for most models. ±1 to 2% FS with HA option -20˝ Hg to 15 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.034 bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). 20 to 140°F (-6.67 to 60°C) N/A ±1% FS (2% FS for ranges 1 in w.c. and below) Clear acrylic ±5% FS 2 psi (14 kPa) for ≤5 in w.c. 11 psi (75 kPa) for ≥10 in w.c. 30 psig (2.067 bar) 0 to 140°F (-18 to 60°C) 1/8˝ (3 mm) ID tubing 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) Barbed for 3/16˝ ID tubing or 1/8˝ male NPT Temperature Limits Process Connection 1/8˝ female NPT duplicate high and low pressure Enclosure Rating taps N/A NEMA 4X (IP66) N/A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Bezels 2000-SS - page 22 Bezel 304 brushed stainless steel 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD SERIES Accessory Material Dimensions Aesthetics/Function Tapered brushed/matte SS finish Part Sold Separately Yes Part Number 420141-40 2000-SB - page 22 Bezel 304 stainless steel 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD Electro polished Ra 16 Yes 420141-10 2000-CB - page 22 Bezel Chrome plated aluminum 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD Chrome finish Yes 420141-00 DH3-SS/3000MR(S)-SS/ 605-SS - pages 36, 42 & 64 Bezel 304 brushed stainless steel 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD Tapered brushed/matte SS finish Yes 815999-10 These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 2 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Gages P R E S S U R E | SERIES Ranges 4000 - page 31 0 to 5 in w.c. up to 0 to 20 psid PTGD - page 32 5 to 150 psid (0.25 to 10 bar) PFG2 - page 33 5 to 25 psid S E L E C T O N G U D E I I Service Air and compatible gases and oil based liquids Compatible gases and liquids Wetted Materials Consult factory Housing Lens Accuracy Die cast aluminum with impregnated hard coating N/A ±3% FS (±2% or 4% for certain ranges) Pressure Limits -20˝ Hg to 500 psig (-0.68 to 34.4 bar) Aluminum or 316 SS piston; Buna-N, PTFE, or ceramic magnet seals Aluminum or 316 SS Acrylic ±2% FS Liquids/gases compatible with SS, GFN, and fluoropolymer Aluminum mounting block Glass filled nylon Polyester ±5% FS Aluminum: 3000 psi (206 bar); SS: 6000 psi (413 bar) 300 psig (20.7 bar) Temperature Limits Process Connection 1/4˝ female NPT duplicate high and low pressure 20 to 200°F (-6.7 to 93.3°C) N/A 1/4˝ female NPT Enclosure Rating taps N/A N/A 200°F (93°C) 1/8˝ female NPT N/A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Accessories AHU1/2 - page 22 Surface mounting kit ABS plastic 4-1/2˝ x 4-1/2˝ N/A SERIES Accessory Material Dimensions Enclosure Rating Mounting Orientation Surface Aesthetics/Function Quick Install accessory Part Sold Separately Yes Part Number A-607/A-607 with A-481 A-464 - page 23 Flush mounting kit White ABS plastic 6-1/2˝ x 6-1/2˝ N/A Flush Cleanroom mount Yes A-464 A-320-A - page 23 Enclosure ABS 4-23/32˝ x 3-37/64˝ x 6-19/64˝ NEMA 1 (IP10) Wall Quick install kit Yes A-320-A Scale Customization - Consult Factory Customized logos/company name Printed on aluminum scale As per customer requirement N/A N/A Customize your application N/A N/A These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 3

® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Gages/Switches E R U S S E R P | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Ranges Service Wetted Materials Housing Switch Type Accuracy Pressure Limits DHII - page 34 0.25 to 100 in w.c. (60 Pa to 24.88 kPa) (Bi-directional ranges available) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases Consult factory Aluminum, glass (2) SPDT ±0.5% FS DH - page 35 0.25 to 100 in w.c. (60 Pa to 24.88 kPa) (Bi-directional ranges available) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases Consult factory ABS plastic, UL approved 94 V-0 (2) SPDT ±0.5% FS 2 psi (≤2.5 in w.c.); 5 psi (5 to 50 in w.c.); 9 psi (100 in w.c.) 2 psi (≤2.5 in w.c.); 5 psi (5 to 50 in w.c.); 9 psi (100 in w.c.) Temperature Limits Process Connection 1/8˝ female NPT 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) Enclosure Rating NEMA 4 (IP66) 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) Compression fitting for 1/8˝ ID tubing or barbed fitting for 3/16˝ ID tubing NEMA 4X (IP66) LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Switches DH3 - page 36 0.25 to 100 in w.c. (60 Pa to 24.88 kPa) (Bi-directional ranges available) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases Consult factory Die cast aluminum case and bezel N/A (2) SPDT ±0.5% FS (±1% or ±1.5 for certain ranges) 2 psi (≤2.5 in w.c.); 5 psi (5 to 50 in w.c.); 9 psi (100 in w.c.) 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) 1/8˝ female NPT A3000 - pages 38-39 0 to 0.25 in w.c. (0 to 60 Pa) up to 0 to 150 in w.c. (0 to 30 kPa) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases Consult factory (2) DPDT ±2% FS (±3% or 4% for certain ranges) -20˝ Hg to 25 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) 1/8˝ female NPT N/A N/A SERIES Set Point Range Service ADPS - page 45 .08 to 20 in w.c. (20 to 5000 Pa) Compatible gases EDPS - page 45 .08 to 20 in w.c. (20 to 5000 Pa) Compatible gases 1800 - page 47 .07 to 85 in w.c. (.017 to 21 kPa) Compatible gases 1900 - page 49 .07 to 20 in w.c. (.017 to 5 kPa) Compatible gases Wetted Materials Silicone, PA 6.6, and Polystyrene 1% No -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C) 40 in w.c. (10 kPa) Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Power Requirement None Repeatability Adjustable Deadband Set Point Indication Yes Enclosure Rating GP Switch Type SPDT Multiple Stages No Process Connection Hose connection for 5/16˝ OD and 1/4˝ ID tubing Silicone, PA 6.6, and materials UL 94 V-0 rated -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C) 40 in w.c. (10 kPa) None 1% No Consult factory Consult factory -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82°C) 10 psig (69 kPa) None 2% No -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82°C) 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) None 3% No Yes UL 94 V-0 rated SPDT No Hose connection for 5/16˝ OD and 1/4˝ ID tubing No GP, WP, or EXP SPDT No 1/8˝ female NPT No GP, WP, or EXP SPDT No 1/8˝ female NPT These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 4 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Gages/Switches P R E S S U R E | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I SERIES Ranges 43000 - page 41 0 to 0.5 in w.c. up to 0 to 500 in w.c. 0 to 0.25 in w.c. (0 to 60 Pa) 3000MR - page 42 up to 0 to 100 in w.c. (0 to 4 kPa) 3000MRS - page 42 0 to 0.25 in w.c. (0 to 60 Pa) up to 0 to 100 in w.c. (0 to 4 kPa) MP - page 44 0 to 0.5 in w.c. (0 to 125 kPa) up to 0 to 20 in w.c. (0 to 3 kPa) Service Compatible gases and liquids Wetted Materials Housing Switch Type Accuracy Pressure Limits Consult factory N/A (2) DPDT ±3% FS (±4% for certain ranges) -20˝ Hg to 500 psig (-0.677 bar to 34.5 bar) Air and non-combustible compatible gases Consult factory N/A SPDT ±2% FS (±3% or 4% for certain ranges) -20˝ Hg to 25 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar) Air and non-combustible compatible gases Consult factory N/A Solid state relay ±2% FS (±3% or 4% for certain ranges) -20˝ Hg to 25 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar) Air and non-combustible, compatible gases Consult factory N/A (2) SPDT ±5% FS 30 psig (2.067 bar) Temperature Limits Process Connection 1/4˝ female NPT 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) 1/8˝ female NPT 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) 1/8˝ female NPT 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 49°C) Barbed for 3/16˝ ID tubing or 1/8˝ male NPT Enclosure Rating N/A N/A N/A N/A LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Switches SERIES Set Point Range Service Wetted Materials MDS - page 51 .5 to 50 in w.c. (.12 to 12.5 kPa) Air or compatible fluids on “high side” Polycarbonate and polyurethane Consult factory No 40 to 150°F (4 to 66°C) 15 psig (1 bar) Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Power Requirement None Repeatability Adjustable Deadband Set Point Indication No Enclosure Rating GP Switch Type SPST NO Multiple Stages No Process Connection Hose barb for 1/8˝-3/16˝ ID tubing MDA - page 51 .1 to 100 in w.c. (.25 to 249.1 mbar) 2.5 to 23 in w.c. (.62 to 5.7 kPa) Air or compatible fluids on “high side” Polycarbonate and polyurethane 1831 - page 52 Consult factory Compatible gases 40 to 150°F (4 to 66°C) 15 psig (1 bar) None Consult factory No -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82°C) 10 psig (69 kPa) None 4% No 1640 - page 52 .01 to 12 in w.c. (.003 to 3 kPa) Compatible gases Consult factory -30 to 110°F (-34 to 43°C) 10 psig (69 kPa) None Consult factory No No GP SPST NO No Smooth port for 1/8˝ ID tubing No GP DPDT No 1/8˝ female NPT Yes GP, WP, or EXP SPDT Yes 1/8˝ female NPT These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 5

® LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Switches E R U S S E R P | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Set Point Range 1620 - page 53 .15 to 24 in w.c. (.04 to 6 kPa) 1630 - page 53 .05 to 12 in w.c. (.012 to 3 kPa) Service Wetted Materials Compatible gases Consult factory Compatible gases Consult factory -30 to 130°F (-34 to 54°C) 50 in w.c. (12.41 kPa) 1% No Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Power Requirement None Repeatability Adjustable Deadband Set Point Indication No Enclosure Rating Switch Type Multiple Stages Process Connection 1/8˝ female NPT GP and WP (2) SPDT Yes -30 to 110°F (-34 to 43°C) 10 psig (69 kPa) None 1% No Yes GP and WP SPDT No 1/8˝ female NPT PG - page 54 1 in w.c. to 5 psig (.25 kPa to 3.4 bar) Compatible gases Fairprene, brass, steel, and aluminum -10 to 180°F (-23 to 82°C) Consult factory None 1% No 1950 - page 55 .03 to 20 in w.c. (.007 to 5 kPa) Compatible gases Consult factory -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C) 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) None Consult factory No Yes GP, WP, or EXP SPDT or DPDT No 1/8˝ female and 1/2˝ male NPT No WP and EXP SPDT No 1/8˝ female NPT LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - NON-INDICATING Pressure Transmitters and Transducers SERIES Ranges Accuracy 616KD - page 58 1 to 20 in w.c. (250 to 5000 Pa) to 5000 Pa (Bi-directional available) 616KD-A: ±0.25% FS; 616KD-B: ±1% FS; 616KD-C: ±2% FS Consult factory Wetted Materials Comp. Temp. Limits 20 to 122°F (-6.67 to 50°C) Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) 4 to 20 mA or field selectable 0 to 10/0 to 5/2 to 10/1 to 5 V Screw-type terminal block Elec. Connection Process Connection Barbed for 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ ID rubber or vinyl Enclosure Rating tubing NEMA 1 (IP20) 668B/D - page 60 .1 to 100 in w.c. (25 to 25000 Pa) (Bi-directional available) ±0.8% FS 608 - page 74 0.1 to 25 in w.c. (25 to 6200 Pa) (Bi-directional available) ±0.5% or ±0.25% FS Consult factory 40 to 170°F (4.4 to 77°C) 0 to 170°F (-18 to 77°C) 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 VDC, or 0 to 5 VDC Consult factory 0 to 160°F (-18 to 71°C) -20 to 185°F (-28 to 85°C) 4 to 20 mA Screw-type terminal block 3/16˝ OD barbed brass for 1/8˝ ID push-on tubing UL 94 V-0 rated Screw-type terminal block, Two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit 1/4˝ female NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 6 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Switches P R E S S U R E | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I SERIES Set Point Range 1950G - page 55 .07 to 20 in w.c. (.017 to 5 kPa) Service Wetted Materials Compatible gases Consult factory Consult factory No 0 to 140°F (-18 to 60°C) 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Power Requirement 24 VDC, 120 or 240 VAC Repeatability Adjustable Deadband Set Point Indication No Enclosure Rating Switch Type Multiple Stages Process Connection 1/8˝ female NPT WP and EXP SPDT No H3 - page 56 180 in w.c. to 200 psid (0.5 to 13.5 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Aluminum/Nitrile or SS/ Fluoroelastomer -4 to 220°F (-20 to 104°F) 1500 psig (103 bar) None Consult factory No DX - page 57 2.5 to 75 psi (.17 to 5.2 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Brass and fluoroelastomer 30 to 140°F (-1 to 60°C) 200 psig (13.8 bar) None 2% Yes No EP SPDT or DPDT No 1/8˝ female NPT No WP SPDT No 1/4˝ female NPT These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 7

® LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - INDICATING Pressure Transmitters and Transducers E R U S S E R P | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Ranges 616W - page 62 6 in w.c. to 2.5 kPa DM-2000 - page 63 .1 to 5 in w.c. (Bi-directional available) 605 - page 64 Vacuum, .5 to 50 in w.c. (60 to 1500 Pa) ±0.25% FS, display accuracy ±0.5% Consult factory Accuracy Wetted Materials Comp. Temp. Limits N/A Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal Elec. Connection Process Connection Barbed for 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ ID rubber or vinyl 0 to 150°F (-17.8 to 66°C) 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC (3-wire) 4-20 mA 3-wire terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG ±1% FS Consult factory N/A 20 to 120°F (-7 to 49°C) Screw-type terminal block 1/8˝ ID tubing ±0.5% or ±2% FS Consult factory 32 to 120°F (0 to 48.9°C) 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) 4-20 mA Screw-type terminal block 1/8˝ female NPT Enclosure Rating tubing NEMA 4X (IP66) N/A N/A WET-WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Transmitters and Transducers SERIES Ranges 3100 - pages 70-71 6 in w.c. to 0-1000 psig 636D - page 75 15 to 300 psi 629C - page 76 5 to 500 psid (0.5 to 30 bar) 629C-3V - page 76 5 to 500 psid (0.5 to 30 bar) Accuracy Wetted Materials ±0.075% FS 316L SS ±0.5% FS 316L SS ±0.50% FS 316, 316L SS Comp. Temp. Limits N/A Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) 4-20 mA or HART® Communication -20 to 180°F (-29 to 82°C) -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) 4-20 mA or 1 to 5 VDC Elec. Connection (2) 1/2˝ female NPT conduit, screw terminal Process Connection 1/4˝ female NPT Enclosure Rating NEMA 4X (IP66) 2´ (61 cm) cable, 3/4˝ female NPT conduit 1/2˝ female NPT NEMA 4 (IP66) 0 to 175°F (-18 to 79°C) 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C) 2-wire: 4-20 mA; 3-wire: Selectable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, or 2-10 VDC Screw-type removable terminal block; 1/2˝ female NPT conduit 1/4˝ female NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) ±0.50% FS 316, 316L SS, Brass 360, Copper, Reinforced acetal copolymer 0 to 175°F (-18 to 79°C) 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C) 2-wire: 4-20 mA; 3-wire: Selectable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, or 2-10 VDC Screw-type removable terminal block; 1/2˝ female NPT conduit 1/4˝ female NPT Non-LCD designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 8 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - INDICATING Pressure Transmitters and Transducers P R E S S U R E | SERIES Ranges MS2 - page 66 0.1 in w.c. to 28 in w.c. (25 Pa to 6975 Pa) (Bi-directional available) ±1% or ±2% FS Consult factory Accuracy Wetted Materials Comp. Temp. Limits N/A Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal Elec. Connection Process Connection 3/16˝ I.D. tubing (5 mm ID); Max OD 9 mm 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C) 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC (3-wire) 3-wire terminal block for 16 to 22 AWG ISDP - page 69 0.1 to 100 in w.c. (Bi-directional available) ±0.5% FS Consult factory 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) 4-20 mA DC M-12 4-pin connector 1/8˝ female NPT I S E L E C T O N G U D E I Enclosure Rating NEMA 4X (IP66) NEMA 4X (IP66) WET-WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Pressure Transmitters and Transducers SERIES Ranges 629HLP - page 77 15 to 90 psi (1 to 6 bar) Accuracy Wetted Materials ±1% FS 304 SS Comp. Temp. Limits -5 to 60°C (23 to 140°F) Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal -10 to 80°C (14 to 176°F) 4-20 mA, 0-10 VDC 647 - page 78 1 in w.c. to 0-30 psid (245 Pa to 0-2.0 bar) ±1% FS Brass, vinyl, glass-filled polyester, silicon, florosilicone N/A 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) 4-20 mA 645 - page 79 1 to 100 psid (0.07 to 6.5 bar) (Bi-directional ranges available) ±0.25% FS 17-4 PH SS, Fluoroelastomer, Silicone 30 to 150°F (-1 to 65°C) 0 to 175°F (-18 to 80°C) 4-20 mA Elec. Connection Form A DIN 43650 Screw-type terminal block Screw-type terminal block Process Connection 1/4˝ female NPT, 1/4˝ female BSPT 1/8˝ female NPT Enclosure Rating IP65 N/A 1/4˝ female NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) WWDP - page 80 5 to 250 psi ±1% FS Consult factory 32 to 130°F (0 to 54°C) -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C) Selectable 0-5, 0-10, and 0-5 VDC; 4-20 mA 1/2˝ conduit 1/8˝ female NPT internal NEMA 4 (IP66) These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 9

® SINGLE PRESSURE Pressure Gages E R U S S E R P | I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Ranges Service Wetted Materials Housing Accuracy Pressure Limits Temperature Limits Ambient: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); LPG4/LPG5 - pages 81-82 -235 to 160 in w.c. (-60 to 40 kPa) Compatible gases/liquids Brass, bronze or SS LPG4: Drawn Steel; LPG5: Chrome plated LPG4 ±1.5% FS; LPG5 ±3%-2%-3% FS 100% FS LPG5 -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) Process Connection 1/4˝ male NPT Enclosure Rating N/A SGY & SGZ - pages 83 -30˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-1 to 70 bar) Compatible gases/liquids Brass, bronze or SS 304 SS ±1.5 to ±2.5% FS 100% FS -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) 1/4˝ male NPT NEMA 3 (IP54) 765 - page 83 30˝ Hg to 20,000 psi (-100 to 135,000 kPa) Compatible gases/liquids 316L SS, Bourdon tube Phenolic plastic with safety blow-out back ±0.5% FS ANSI/ASME (Grade 2A) 110 to 125% FS -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C) 1/4˝ or 1/2˝ male NPT IP65 (NEMA 4) HIGH SINGLE PRESSURE - INDICATING Pressure Transmitters and Transducers SERIES Ranges Accuracy DSGT - page 87 30 to 20,000 psig and compound ranges ±0.25% FS EDA - page 89 20 to 3000 psig ±1% FS 17-4 SS, 316 SS Wetted Materials Comp. Temp. Limits N/A Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) 4-20 mA Elec. Connection 3ˊ flying leads Process Connection 1/2˝ male NPT Enclosure Rating NEMA 4X 316L SS 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) 20 to 140°F (-6.6 to 60°C) 4-20 mA, 1-6 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC Screw-type removable terminal blocks with (2) 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connections 1/4˝ male NPT, 1/4˝ male BSPT, or 7/16˝ SAE NEMA 4X (IP66) 626/628-CB - pages 102-103 Up to 300 psia, 8000 psig, 16 bar abs, 550 bar 626: ±0.25% FS; 628: ±1% FS 316, 316L SS 0 to 175°F (0 to 79°C) 0 to 200°F (0 to 94°C) 4-20 mA Terminal block, 1/2˝ female NPT conduit 1/2˝ female NPT IWP - page 105 30 to 1000 psig 3200G - pages 106-107 -14.5 psig to 8500 psig ±0.5% FS ±0.075% FS 304 and 316 SS -22 to 203°F (-30 to 95°C) 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C) 4-20 mA 316L SS N/A -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) 4-20 mA or HART® Communication (2) 1/2˝ female NPT conduit, screw terminal 1/4˝ male or female NPT or BSPT NEMA 4X (IP66) 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT IP65 NEMA 4X (IP66) HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 10 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® DIGITAL SINGLE PRESSURE Pressure Gages SERIES Ranges Service DPGA - page 84 -30˝ Hg to 500 psig (-1.013 to 34.47 bar) Air and compatible gases DPGW - page 84 -30˝ Hg to 500 psig (-1.013 to 34.47 bar) Compatible gases/liquids Wetted Materials Housing 316L SS, silicone sensor ABS plastic 316L SS ABS plastic Accuracy Pressure Limits ±1% FS 200% FS; 30 psig for vacuum models ±1% FS 200% FS; 30 psig for vacuum models Temperature Limits Process Connection 1/4˝ male NPT Enclosure Rating N/A 30 to 120°F (-1 to 49°C) 30 to 120°F (-1 to 49°C) 1/4˝ male NPT N/A DPG-000 - page 85 -14.7 to 8000 psig (-1.0 to 550 bar) Compatible liquids and combustible gases Type 316L SS Polycarbonate front and back cover, anodized aluminum housing, polycarbonate overlay, Buna-N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction ±0.5% FS 200% FS (≤1000 psi); 5000 psi (3000 psi); 7500 psi (5000 psi) 0 to 130°F (-18 to 55°C) 1/4˝ male NPT NEMA 4/4X (IP66) DPG-100 - page 85 -14.7 to 8000 psig (-1.0 to 550 bar) Compatible liquids and combustible gases Type 316L SS Polycarbonate front and back cover, anodized aluminum housing, polycarbonate overlay, Buna-N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction ±0.25% FS 200% FS (≤1000 psi); 5000 psi (3000 psi); 7500 psi (5000 psi) 0 to 130°F (-18 to 55°C) 1/4˝ male NPT NEMA 4/4X (IP66) DPG-200 - page 87 5 to 8000 psig (0.3 to 550 bar) Liquids and non-combustible compatible gases Type 316L SS Polycarbonate front and back cover, anodized alumi- num housing, polycarbonate overlay, Buna-N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction ±0.25% FS 200% FS (≤1000 psi); 5000 psi (3000 psi); 7500 psi (5000 psi) 0 to 158°F (-18 to 70°C) 1/4˝ male NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) P R E S S U R E | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 11

® SINGLE PRESSURE Pressure Switches E R U S S E R P | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Set Point Range EDA - page 89 20 to 3000 psig (1.38 to 206 bar) Service Wetted Materials Compatible liquids or gases 316 SS 20 to 140°F (-6.6 to 60°C) 4500 psig (310 bar) 12-30 VDC/AC Yes Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Power Requirement Repeatability 0.5% Adjustable Deadband Set Point Indication Enclosure Rating Switch Type Multiple Stages Process Connection Yes WP (2) SPDT No 1/4˝ male NPT A1PS/A1VS - page 95 28˝ Hg VAC to 500 psig (711 mm Hg VAC to 34.5 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Zinc and Buna-N SA1100 - page 92 10 to 500 psig (.7 to 34 bar) 1000W/E - page 93 5 to 1400 psig (.48 to 96.5 bar) A1F - page 94 2 to 450 psig (.14 to 10.3 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Aluminum, brass, or 316 SS with Buna-N or fluorocarbon -30 to 180°F (-35 to 77°C) 3000 psig (207 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Aluminum or 316 SS with polyamide, 316 SS, or Teflon® -30 to 170°F (-35 to 77°C) 3000 psig (207 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Fluorocarbon and 316 SS -40 to 175°F (-40 to 80°C) 750 psig (51 bar) -31 to 185°F (-35 to 85°C) 600 psig (41 bar) None None None None Consult factory Yes Consult factory No Consult factory No Consult factory No DA/DS - pages 90 30˝ Hg VAC to 8000 psig (762 mm Hg VAC to 551 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Brass, 403 SS, or 316 SS -10 to 180°F (-23 to 82°C) 8000 psig (551 bar) None 1% Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes GP, WP, or EXP WP and EXP WP or EXP GP or WP SPDT or DPDT Yes SPDT or DPDT No SPDT or DPDT No SPDT No Yes GP SPDT No GP/WP: 1/4˝ male NPT or 1/2˝ male NPT; EXP: 1/2˝ male NPT and 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ or 1/2˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female and 1/2˝ male NPT 1/4˝ male NPT These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company 12 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SINGLE PRESSURE Pressure Switches P R E S S U R E | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I A2 - page 97 5 to 150 psig (.34 to 10 bar) MVS - page 97 3 to 330 in w.c. VAC (8 to 822 mbar VAC) CXA - page 98 15 to 150 psig (1.0 to 10.3 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Kapton® and brass Compatible liquids or gases Polycarbonate and polyurethane Compatible liquids or gases Silicone, steel, and SS -40 to 250°F (-40 to 121°C) 500 psig (34 bar) 40 to 150°F (4 to 66°C) 140°F (60°C) 330 in w.c. (822 mbar) 204 psig (14.1 bar) SERIES Set Point Range Service Wetted Materials APS/AVS - page 95 A6 - page 96 28˝ Hg VAC to 500 psig .5 to 150 psig (711 mm Hg VAC to (.03 to 10.3 bar) 34.5 bar) Compatible liquids or gases 17-4 PH SS and 303 SS Polyimide with brass or Compatible liquids or gases 304 SS AP - page 96 10 in w.c. VAC to 125 psig (2.5 kPa VAC to 8.6 bar) Compatible liquids or gases Steel and Buna-N 04 316 SS and Teflon® -30 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) 160 psig (11 bar) None Consult factory No Yes None 5% No No -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C) 500 psig (34 bar) None ±10% No No None -65 to 225°F (-54 to 107°C) 750 psig (51 bar) Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Power Requirement Repeatability Consult factory Adjustable Deadband Set Point Indication Enclosure Rating Switch Type SPDT Yes No GP No Multiple Stages Process Connection GP or WP GP, WP, or EXP GP or submersible (1) SPST NO and (1) SPST NC No SPDT or DPDT No SPST No 1/8˝ mail NPT 1/4˝ male NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/8˝ male NPT Consult factory 1/4˝ female NPT None 20% No No GP SPDT No None ±5 psig (.3 bar) Yes No GP SPST NO or NC No These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 13 Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company

® HIGH SINGLE PRESSURE - NON-INDICATING Pressure Transmitters and Transducers E R U S S E R P | I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Ranges 681 - page 98 1 to 100 psi 644 - page 99 Vacuum, 15 to 1000 psig 682 - page 100 25 to 10,000 psi 672 - page 100 10 to 400 in w.c. 673 - page 101 Compound, 1 to 1000 psi Accuracy ±0.20% FS ±0.05% FS ±0.13% FS ±0.25% FS ±0.25% FS Wetted Materials 316L SS 17-4 PH SS 17-4 PH SS Comp. Temp. Limits 20 to 180°F (-7 to 80°C) Oper. Temp. Limits Output Signal -40 to 260°F (-40 to 125°C) 4-20 mA Elec. Connection 15 ft (4.5 m) multi-conduit cable Process Connection 1-1/2˝ or 2˝ sanitary clamp -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) 0-10 VDC (4-wire) or 4-20 mA (2-wire) 3ˊ cable or 6-pin male bayonet connector 1/4˝ male NPT Enclosure Rating NEMA 4X (IP66) NEMA 4X (IP66) -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C) -40 to 260°F (-40 to 125°C) 4-20 mA 2 ft (61 cm) multi-conductor cable 1/4˝ male or female NPT or BSPT NEMA 4X (IP66) 318 Duplex SS, Ceramic, fluoroelastomer -5 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) 4-20 mA or 0-5 VDC 17-4 PH SS 4 to 212°F (-20 to 100°C) -40 to 260°F (-40 to 125°C) 4-20 mA Large DIN 43650 connector with mating plug 1/4˝-18 male NPT 2 ft (61 cm) multi-conductor cable 1/4˝ male NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) NEMA 4X (IP66) These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 14 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® HIGH SINGLE PRESSURE - NON-INDICATING Pressure Transmitters and Transducers P R E S S U R E | SERIES Ranges 638R - page 99 75 to 667 psia (5.2 to 46 bar(a)) FDT - page 101 100 to 10,000 psi (7 to 690 bar) 626/628-GH - pages 102-103 Up to 300 psia, 8000 psig, 16 bar abs, 550 bar 636 - page 104 15 to 300 psi (1 to 20 bar) Accuracy ±1.2% FS ±0.5% FS Wetted Materials Brass, aluminum, or 316 SS 316 and 15-5 SS 626: ±0.25% FS; 628: ±1% FS 316, 316L SS ±0.30% FS 316L SS IS626 - page 110 15 to 8000 psig (1 to 550 bar); 15 to 30 psia (1 to 3 bara) ±0.25% FS; 0.5% FS for absolute ranges 316 and 316L SS Comp. Temp. Limits -40 to 275°F (-40 to 135°C) Oper. Temp. Limits -40 to 275°F (-40 to 135°C) Output Signal 0.5-4.5 VDC ratiometric 0 to 170°F (-18 to 77°C) -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C) 4-20 mA or 0-5 VDC 0 to 175°F (0 to 79°C) 0 to 200°F (0 to 94°C) 4-20 mA -20 to 180°F (-29 to 82°C) -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C) 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C) 4-20 mA S E L E C T O N G U D E I I Elec. Connection Packard connection 4-pin Process Connection 7/16˝ 20 UNF (female) or Enclosure Rating 1/4˝ NPT (female) IP67 7/16-20 UNF male flush diaphragm; 1/4˝ male NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) Cable, DIN connector, or 4-pin M12 1/4˝ male or female NPT or BSPT NEMA 4X (IP66) 2 ft (61 cm) cable, 3/4˝ female NPT conduit 1/2˝ female NPT NEMA 4X (IP66) 3ˊ cable or 4-pin M-12 connector 1/4˝ male or female NPT or BSPT NEMA 4X (IP66) These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 15

E R U S S E R P s n o i t a c i l Differential pressure gage assists operator in adjusting venturi pressure drop in dust scrubber. Gasoline vapor recovery system. This scrubber design removes unwanted dust or particulate matter from air or gas using an adjustable throat venturi. To adjust the pressure drop across the venturi, a jack-screw-actuated sliding vane varies the slot width. A permanently mounted Dwyer® Magnehelic® differential pressure gage indicates the venturi pressure drop while the operator adjusts to the desired or design setting. Where water may possibly enter the gage sensing lines, as in this application, drop legs with drain valves are needed to permit draining the lines at their lowest point. Good engineering practice dictates that the Magnehelic® gage always be mounted above the sensing tap when possible to prevent moisture accumulation in the lines and gage. At minimum, mount the gage above the lowest point in the sensing lines. Some area pollution control agencies require that 90% or more of gasoline vapor vented at service stations when fuel is dispensed must be prevented from venting to atmosphere. Using a dual hose dispenser, this vapor recovery system is a vacuum assist, vapor burnoff type. The blower creates a low vacuum at the nozzle, routing vapor from the automobile tank to underground storage tanks. As uncondensed vapor pressure reaches 2 in to 3 in w.c. pressure, a Dwyer® 1950 Series explosion-proof differential pressure switch activates a rooftop burnoff unit, which ignites excess vapor. The Magnehelic® differential pressure gage mounted on the station wall monitors tank pressure to verify system operation. The gage is calibrated in inches of gasoline, from +6 to -2. This allows the operator to determine the necessary level correction due to tank pressure prior to dipsticking the tanks through the fill pipe. p p A i l a c p y T Dwyer® gages indicate pressurization of special rooms. Filling scuba diver air tanks. A zero-center Dwyer® Magnehelic® differential pressure gage with an 0.25 in w.c. range either side of zero makes an effective monitor for proper operation of room pressurization systems. In the example, differential gage B has its high pressure port open to room 2 and its low pressure port to room 1; gage A has its high pressure port open to room 1 and its low pressure port open to the atmosphere. With the makeup air supply damper adjusted properly, room 2 will be a higher pressure than room 1 which is at higher than atmospheric pressure; both gages will read positive. Should the air supply to room 2 be obstructed, gage B will read negative. If the air supply fails entirely, both gages will read zero. For even better security, a Photohelic® switch/gage will provide automatic alarm or start-up of a backup system. The Dwyer® Series DPG with oxygen cleaning and 5000 psi range is used in gas blending applications for filling scuba diver’s air tanks. The DPG is the master mixing gage in this manifold apparatus. Two or three gases may be blended with the manifold to produce the appropriate blend of breathable gas depending on the diver and the depths they will reach. With the flow adjustment knobs and the 0.25% full-scale accuracy DPG, precise tank charging rates are maintained. 16 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

P R E S S U R E Compact switch/gage monitors pressure, actuates alarm. Zero-center switch/gage controls the inert atmosphere in glove box. This portable pressure monitor alarm utilizes a Dwyer® Mini-Photohelic® differential pressure switch/gage to monitor either positive pressure, as in a clean room, or negative pressure, as in a fume or paint spray hood. It sounds an alarm, both audible and visual, when pressure exceeds either a preset high or low limit. The unit can be used temporarily to verify proper operation after initial installation. Or it can be mounted permanently for continuous monitoring. In applications where a single fixed alarm pressure level is sufficient, a differential pressure switch can be used instead. A controlled inert atmosphere “glove-box” is used in the fields of physical chemistry and metallurgy for handling and welding special or hazardous materials. A Dwyer® Photohelic® differential pressure switch/gage serves as an automatic and readily adjustable pressure control for the helium, argon or nitrogen gas used in the system. The box is first evacuated, then pressurized with the required gas. Therefore, a zero- center Photohelic® switch/gage is used, permitting both pressure and vacuum to be read and controlled by a single gage. Use of the low pressure gage connection (rear chamber of gage) and a Buna-N diaphragm is suggested to minimize leaks from or to the atmosphere. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s Mercoid® Series DA pressure switch maintains desired gas pressure in tank. Three-valve manifold simplifies installation of wet/wet differential pressure transmitter. Demand for compressed gas varies in this gas line. So a Mercoid® Series DA adjustable deadband pressure switch is included to turn the compressor on at low pressure and off when the maximum pressure is reached. When using differential pressure transmitters in fluid applications, it is essential to periodically make sure that there is no air in the system, as this can cause erroneous readings. Unfortunately, the necessary three-valve bleed system is often expensive and large, making installation difficult and bulky. For this reason, Dwyer Instruments, Inc. offers the 3V option on all 629C Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters. This compact, lightweight, and economical bleed manifold is shipped factory-installed on the 629C, eliminating the hassle of constructing a custom apparatus. The 629C, when combined with the three-valve option, makes for an ideal setup to monitor hydraulic filter clogging or other fluid pressure sensing applications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 17

E R U S S E R P y c a r u c c A r o s n e S e r u s s e r P ® PRESSURE SENSOR ACCURACY V I DEO O N L I N E What is accuracy? The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) definition of accuracy is maximum positive and negative deviation from the specified characteristic curve observed in testing a device under specified conditions and by a specified procedure. Unfortunately when it comes to defining accuracy for a pressure sensor it’s more complicated. Accuracy has a large effect on the cost of a pressure sensor or even more importantly, the quality or efficiency of the process it is measuring. It is important to understand what factors determine accuracy and what questions to ask when selecting a sensor so that an apples-to-apples comparison can be made instead of apples-to-oranges. Even though there isn’t a defined standard for pressure sensor accuracy there is an IEC standard that defines factors that make-up accuracy. IEC 61298-2 states that accuracy must include Hysteresis, Non-Repeatability and Non-Linearity. Non-Repeatability and Hysteresis are well defined. Hysteresis is the maximum difference in sensor output at a pressure when that pressure is first approached with pressure increasing and then approached with pressure decreasing during a full span pressure cycle. Non-Repeatability is the maximum difference in output when the same pressure is applied, consecutively, under the same conditions and approaching from the same direction. Output Output 0 100% 0 100% Pressure (% FS) Non-Repeatability Pressure (% FS) Hysteresis Where manufactures start to differentiate is with Non-Linearity. IEC 61298-2 lists three methods of Non-Linearity, the two most popular methods used by sensor manufactures are the Best Fit Straight Line Non-Linearity and Terminal Point Non-Linearity. Usually the method of non-linearity used will be specified with the sensors accuracy as BFSL or Terminal Point Method. Why is it important to understand the difference between these two methods? Based on the Non-Linearity characteristics of a sensor, it could have two vastly different Non-Linearity percentages. The following diagram shows how the same sensor can have two Non-Linearity percentages. 0.25% BFSL Output 0.25% 0.25% Output = 0.5% 0.5% Terminal Point 0 100% 0 100% Pressure (% FS) Best Fit Straight Line Non-Linearity Pressure (% FS) Terminal Point Non-Linearity 18 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® PRESSURE SENSOR ACCURACY IEC 61298-2 identifies which factors make up accuracy (Non-Linearity, Non-Repeatability, Hysteresis) but the IEC standard does not specify how these factors are combined into a single accuracy. The methods in which the values are combined have a substantial impact on the total accuracy. Some manufactures simply sum the three factors while others use mathematical equations such as Root of the Sum Squared or Root of the Mean Squared to combine Non-Linearity, Non-Repeatability, and Hysteresis into a total accuracy percentage. The following examples show how the same transmitter can have three accuracy percentages depending on which equation is used. Non-Linearity – 0.5% BFSL Non-Repeatability – 0.05% FS. Hysteresis – 0.1% FS. RSS = (Non-Linearity)2 + (Hysteresis)2 + (Non-Repeatability)2 RMS = (Non-Linearity)2 + (Hysteresis)2 + (Non-Repeatability)2 3 RSS = (0.50)2 + (0.10)2 + (0.05%)2 RMS = (0.50)2 + (0.10)2 + (0.05%)2 3 RSS = 0.51% RMS = 0.30% Root of the Sum Squared Root of the Mean Squared Sum = Non-Linearity + Hysteresis + Non-Repeatability Sum = 0.5 Sum = 0.65% Summed Factors + 0.05 + 0. So why is this important? Accuracy has a price. The cost of a pressure sensor is a function of its accuracy, the more accurate the sensor the more expensive it will be. From a manufacturing point of view, the wrong sensors can cause expensive quality or efficiency problems. That is why it is important to understand how manufacturers calculate accuracy and recognize what parameters to look at when comparing pressure sensors. By understanding how manufacturers calculate accuracy, you will be able to make a more informed decision when evaluating pressure sensors, ensuring the next sensor you select will have the required accuracy at the right price for the application. P R E S S U R E P r e s s u r e S e n s o r A c c u r a c y DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 19

® SERIES 2000 MAGNEHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGES Indicate Positive, Negative or Differential, Accurate within 1% E R U S S E R P RUBBER PRESSURE RELIEF PLUG WILL UNSEAT ITSELF WHEN GAGE IS OVERPRESSURIZED 17/32 [13.49] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 7/16 [11.11] .025 [.64] SPACE CREATED BY 3 SPACER PADS WHEN SURFACE MOUNTED. DO NOT OBSTRUCT. PROVIDES PATH FOR RELIEF OF OVERPRESSURE. 1-1/4 [31.75] Ø4-1/2 [114.3] 15/32 [11.91] 1-11/16 [42.86] Ø4-3/4 [120.65] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY [3] 6-32 X 3/16 [4.76] DEEP HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A Ø4-1/8 [104.78] BOLT CIRCLE FOR PANEL MOUNTING 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/2 [12.70] 11/16 [17.46] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION Standard Magnehelic® gage V I DEO O N L I N E High Accuracy Magnehelic® gage Note: Shown with optional -SS bezel ø5-1/2 [139.70] MOUNTING RING 17/32 [13.49] 1-1/4 [31.75] ø4-3/4 [120.65] PANEL CUTOUT 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION ø5 [127] ø4-47/64 [120.27] 2-17/32 [64.29] 3/16 [4.76] 11/16 [17.46] ø4-1/2 [114.3] 15/32 [11.91] 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/2 [12.70] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION Select the Series 2000 Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gages for a versatile low differential pressure gage with a wide choice of 81 models and 27 options to choose from. Using Dwyer’s simple, frictionless Magnehelic® gage movement, it quickly indicates air or non-corrosive gas pressures--either positive, negative (vacuum) or differential. The design resists shock, vibration, over-pressures and is weatherproof to IP67. Select the –HA High Accuracy Magnehelic® gage option for an accuracy within 1% of full-scale. Also included with the –HA option at no extra cost are a mirrored scale overlay and a 6 point calibration certificate. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy to read gage through undistorted plastic face permits viewing from far away • Patented design provides quick response to pressure changes means no delay in assessing critical situations • Durable and rugged housing and high-quality components combine to provide long- service life and minimized down-time • High accuracy option is twice as accurate as the standard Magnehelic® gage s e g a G e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D APPLICATIONS • Filter monitoring • Air velocity with Dwyer pitot tube • Blower vacuum monitoring • Fan pressure indication • Duct, room or building pressures • Clean room positive pressure indication ACCESSORIES Model A-432 A-605 A-605B A-605C Description Portable kit; combine carrying case with any Magnehelic® gage of standard range, except high pressure connection. Includes 9 ft (2.7 m) of 3/16˝ ID rubber tubing, standhang bracket and terminal tube with holder Air filter gage accessory kit; adapts any standard Magnehelic® gage for use as an air filter gage. Includes aluminum surface mounting bracket with screws, two 5 ft (1.5 m) lengths of 1/4˝ aluminum tubing, two static pressure tips and two molded plastic vent valves, integral compression fittings on both tips and valves Air filter gage accessory kit; air filter kit with two plastic open/close valves, two 4˝ steel static tips, plastic tubing and mounting flange Air filter gage accessory kit; air filter kit with two plastic open/close valves, two plastic static tips, plastic tubing and mounting flange SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases (natural gas option available). Note: May be used with hydrogen. Order a Buna-N diaphragm. Pressures must be less than 35 psi. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing: Die cast aluminum case and bezel, with acrylic cover. Exterior finish is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Accuracy: ±2% (-HA model ±1) of FS (±3% (-HA ±1.5%) on -0, -100PA, -125PA, -10MM and ±4% (-HA ±2%) on -00, -60PA, -6MM ranges), throughout range at 70°F (21.1°C). Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 15 psig (-0.677 to 1.034 bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP67. Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 bar), standard gages only.u Temperature Limits: 20 to 140°F* (-6.67 to 60°C). -20°F (-28°C) with low temperature option. Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT duplicate high and low pressure taps - one pair side and one pair back. Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (510 g), MP & HP 2 lb 2 oz (963 g). Standard Accessories: Two 1/8˝ NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, two 1/8˝ pipe thread to rubber tubing adapter, and three flush mounting adapters with screws. (Mounting and snap ring retainer substituted for three adapters in MP & HP gage accessories.) Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). Note: -SP models not RoHS approved. Note: For applications with high cycle rate within gage total pressure rating, next higher rating is recommended. See Medium and High pressure options. *Low temperature models available as special options. 20 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com A-432 A-605 uOver Protection Note: See page 21 (Series 2000)

® SERIES 2000 MAGNEHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGES Indicate Positive, Negative or Differential, Accurate within 1% Bezel provides flange for flush mounting in panel. Clear plastic face is highly resistant to breakage. Provides undistorted viewing of pointer and scale. Precision litho-printed scale is accurate and easy to read. Calibrated range spring is flat spring steel. Small amplitude of motion assures consistency and long life. It reacts to pressure on diaphragm. Live length adjustable for calibration. Red tipped pointer of heat treated aluminum tubing is easy to see. It is rigidly mounted on the helix shaft. Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer over-travel without damage. “Wishbone” assembly provides mounting for helix, helix bearings and pointer shaft. Jeweled bearings are shock-resistant mounted; provide virtually friction-free motion for helix. Motion damped with high viscosity silicone fluid. Helix is precision made from an alloy of high magnetic permeability. Mounted in jeweled bearings, it turns freely, following the magnetic field to move the pointer across the scale. Zero adjustment screw is conveniently located in the plastic cover, and is accessible without removing cover. O-ring seal provides pressure tightness. MODEL CHART Range, PSI 0-1 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-30 Range, CM of Water 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-80 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-250 0-300 2000-15CM 2000-20CM 2000-25CM 2000-50CM 2000-80CM 2000-100CM 2000-150CM 2000-200CM 2000-250CM 2000-300CM Zero Center Ranges 2300-4CM 2300-10CM 2300-30CM 2-0-2 5-0-5 15-0-15 Model 2000-00N†•• 2000-00†•• 2000-0†• 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2008 2010 2012 2015 2020 2025 2030 2040 2050 2060 2080 2100 2120 2150 2160 2180* 2250* Range, Inches of Water Model .05-0-.2 2201 0-.25 2202 0-.50 2203 0-1.0 2204 0-2.0 2205 0-3.0 2210* 0-4.0 2215* 0-5.0 2220* 0-6.0 2230** 0-8.0 0-10 0-12 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-40 0-50 0-60 0-80 0-100 0-120 0-150 0-160 0-180 0-250 Model Zero Center Ranges 2300-00†•• 2300-0†• 2301 2302 2304 2310 2320 2330 0.125-0-0.125 .25-0-.25 .5-0-.5 1-0-1 2-0-2 5-0-5 10-0-10 15-0-15 Range, MM Model of Water Model 0-6 2000-6MM†•• 0-10 2000-10MM†• 0-15 2000-15MM 0-25 2000-25MM 0-30 2000-30MM 0-50 2000-50MM 0-80 2000-80MM 0-100 2000-100MM 0-125 2000-125MM 0-150 2000-150MM 0-200 2000-200MM 0-250 2000-250MM 0-300 2000-300MM Zero Center Ranges 3-0-3 2300-6MM†•• 5-0-5 2300-10MM†• 10-0-10 2300-20MM†• Range, Pa Model 10-0-50 2000-60NPA†•• 0-30 2000-30PA†•• 0-60 2000-60PA†•• 0-100 2000-100PA†• 0-125 2000-125PA†• 0-250 2000-250PA 0-300 2000-300PA 0-500 2000-500PA 0-750 2000-750PA 0-1000 2000-1000PA Zero Center Ranges Model 2300-60PA†•• 2300-100PA†• 2300-120PA 2300-200PA 2300-250PA 2300-300PA 2300-500PA 2300-1000PA Range, Pa 30-0-30 50-0-50 60-0-60 100-0-100 125-0-125 150-0-150 250-0-250 500-0-500 2000-0.5KPA 2000-1KPA 2000-1.5KPA 2000-2KPA 2000-2.5KPA 2000-3KPA 2000-4KPA 2000-5KPA 2000-8KPA 2000-10KPA 2000-15KPA 2000-20KPA 2000-25KPA 2000-30KPA Range, kPa 0-0.5 0-1 0-1.5 0-2 0-2.5 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-8 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 Model Zero Center Ranges .5-0-.5 2300-1KPA 1-0-1 2300-2KPA 1.25-0-1.25 2300-2.5KPA 1.5-0-1.5 2300-3KPA Dual Scale English/Metric Models Range, Pa or kPa 0-62 Pa 0-125 Pa 0-250 Pa 0-500 Pa 0-750 Pa 0-1.0 kPa 0-1.25 kPa 0-1.5 kPa 0-2.0 kPa 0-2.5 kPa 0-3.7 kPa 0-5 kPa 0-6.2 kPa 0-12.4 kPa 0-15 kPa 2000-00D†•• 2000-0D†• 2001D 2002D 2003D 2004D 2005D 2006D 2008D 2010D 2015D 2020D 2025D 2050D 2060D Range, in w.c. 0-.25 0-0.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-4.0 0-5.0 0-6.0 0-8.0 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-50 0-60 P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e G a g e s O-ring seal for cover assures pressure integrity of case. OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION Blowout plug is comprised of a rubber plug on the rear which functions as a relief valve by unseating and venting the gage interior when over pressure reaches approximately 25 psig (1.7 bar). To provide a free path for pressure relief, there are four spacer pads which maintain 0.023˝ clearance when gage is surface mounted. Do not obstruct the gap created by these pads. The blowout plug is not used on models above 180˝ of water pressure, medium or high pressure models, or on gages which require an elastomer other than silicone for the diaphragm. The blowout plug should not be used as a system overpressure control. High supply pressures may still cause the gage to fail due to over pressurization, resulting in property damage or serious injury. Good engineering practices should be utilized to prevent your system from exceeding the ratings of any component. Die cast aluminum case is precision made and iridite- dipped to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Exterior finished in baked dark gray hammerloid. One case size is used for all standard pressure options, and for both surface and flush mounting. Silicone rubber diaphragm with integrally molded O-ring is supported by front and rear plates. It is locked and sealed in position with a sealing plate and retaining ring. Diaphragm motion is restricted to prevent damage due to overpressures. Samarium Cobalt magnet mounted at one end of range spring rotates helix without mechanical linkages. Dual Scale Air Velocity Units For use with pitot tube Model 2000-00AV†•• 2000-0AV†• 2001AV 2002AV 2005AV 2010AV Range, in w.c./ Velocity F.P.M. 0-.25/ 300-2000 0-.50/ 500-2800 0-1.0/ 500-4000 0-2.0/ 1000-5600 0-5.0/ 2000-8800 0-10/ 2000-12500 †These ranges calibrated for vertical scale position • Accuracy ±3% •• Accuracy ±4% *MP option standard **HP option standard VELOCITY AND VOLUMETRIC FLOW UNITS Scales are available on the Magnehelic® gage that read in velocity units (FPM, m/s) or volumetric flow units (SCFM, m3/s, m3/h). Stocked velocity units with dual range scales in inches w.c. and feet per minute are shown above. For other ranges contact the factory. When ordering volumetric flow scales please specify its corresponding pressure. Example: 0.5 in w.c. = 16,000 CFM. the maximum flow rate and ACCESSORIES Model Description A-321 A-448 A-135 A-401 A-310A Safety relief valve 3-piece magnet kit for mounting Magnehelic® gage directly to magnetic surface Rubber gasket for panel mounting Plastic carry case 3-way vent valves. In applications where pressure is continuous and the Magnehelic® gage is connected by metal or plastic tubing which cannot be easily removed, we suggest using Dwyer A-310A vent valves to connect gage. Pressure can then be removed to check or re-zero the gage A-310A DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 21

® HIGH ACCURACY MAGNEHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Twice as accurate as the standard Magnehelic® gage Mirrored scale overlay eliminates parallax error OPTIONS - HIGH ACCURACY MAGNEHELIC® GAGE To order add suffix: Description -HA High Accuracy Magnehelic® Gage. Accuracy within 1% and weatherproof. Also includes mirrored scale overlay and a six point calibration certificate Corrosion resistant brushed 304 stainless steel bezel Accuracy Specifications: See page 20 (Series 2000) V I DEO O N L I N E IP67 weatherproof housing -SS Optional brushed SS bezel 6-point calibration certificate included E R U S S E R P s e g a G e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ADDITIONAL GAGE OPTIONS LED set point indicator Adjustable signal flag Transparent overlay Mirrored scale overlay OPTIONS - OTHER OPTIONAL BEZELS To order add suffix: Description -CB Chrome bezel option: A chrome plated aluminum bezel for an aesthetically pleasing finish when mounting on metal surfaces such as control panels. Stainless steel bezel option: 304 stainless steel electro polished Ra 16 finished bezel. Corrosion resistant brushed 304 stainless steel bezel -SB -SS OPTIONS - LED SET POINT INDICATOR To order add suffix: Description -SP Bright red LED on right scale shows when set point is reached. Field adjustable from gage face, unit operates on 12-24 VDC. Set point indicator option comes with medium pressure (MP) bezel. Note: 4-13/16˝ hole for flush mounting. OPTIONS - ADJUSTABLE SIGNAL FLAG To order add suffix: Description -ASF Integral with plastic gage cover. Available for most models except those with medium or high pressure construction. Can be ordered with gage or separate. OPTIONS - TRANSPARENT OVERLAYS To order add suffix: Description -G -R -Y OPTIONS - MIRRORED SCALE OVERLAY To order add suffix: Description -M Green (to highlight and emphasize critical pressures) Red (to highlight and emphasize critical pressures) Yellow (to highlight and emphasize critical pressures) A mirrored scale overlay is also available to assist in reducing parallax error. Integrated mounting plate OPTIONS - INTEGRATED MOUNTING PLATE To order add suffix: Description -AHU1 -AHU2 Furnished with attached surface mounting plate Furnished with attached surface mounting plate and including A-481 installer kit (2 plastic static pressure tips and 7´of PVC tubing) OPTIONS - FOR HIGH STATE PRESSURE APPLICATIONS To order add suffix: Description -HP -MP High pressure option: for pressures to 80 psig Medium pressure option: for pressures to 35 psig OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -FC -LT -NIST Factory calibration certificate Low temperatures to -20°F (-28°C) NIST traceable calibration certificate 22 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® MAGNEHELIC® GAGE MOUNTING ACCESSORIES A-610 A-369 A-464 A-299 Pressure reference port A-286 A-300 A-368 A-371 A single case size is used for most models of Magnehelic® gages. They can be flush or surface mounted with standard hardware supplied. Complete mounting and connection fittings plus instructions are furnished with each instrument. A 4-9/16˝ hole is required for flush panel mounting. Flush mounting is easily accomplished with the new A-300 Flush Mounting bracket. This bracket provides a solution to quickly and conveniently flush mount the Magnehelic® gage. The A-300 is ideal for mounting the Magnehelic® gage on control panel doors. The A-368 is a simple bracket for quickly surface mounting the Magnehelic® gage. After securing the Magnehelic® gage to the A-368 bracket, mount the bracket on any flat surface. The A-369 allows the Magnehelic® gage to be easily carried to locations where pressure readings need to be taken. The A-369 can stand on its own or hang on a nail or hook. SERIES A-320 INSTRUMENT ENCLOSURES Protects Various Instruments ACCESSORIES Model Description A-610 A-286 A-369 A-300 A-464 A-368 A-299 A-371 Pipe mounting kit for installing on 1-1/4˝ to 2˝ horizontal or vertical pipe Magnehelic® gage panel mounting flange Stand-hang bracket, aluminum, for Magnehelic® gage Flush mounting bracket Flush mount kit for Magnehelic® gage Surface mounting plate, aluminum, for Magnehelic® gage Mounting bracket, flush mount for Magnehelic® gage, bracket is then surface mounted, steel with gray hammerloid epoxy finish Surface mounting bracket, use with medium pressure (-MP) or high pressure (-HP) models only P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e G a g e s A-320-A1 A-320-B1 A-320-BC A-320-A-SS A-320-B-SS The Series A-320 Instrument Enclosures protect instruments in all applications. The enclosures, available in plastic and stainless steel, fit a variety of gages including the Series 605 transmitter, DM-2000, 3000MR/MRS and DH3. All models include silicone tubing, Banjo fittings, and threaded pressure connections pre-installed. The threaded pressure connections allow the user to easily change the connection type through the use of fittings or adapters. This modification can be implemented to allow connection to a wide variety of plastic or metal tubing. SPECIFICATIONS Housing Material: ABS plastic or 304 SS. Process Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT (-SS models: 1/8˝ BSPT). Enclosure Rating: Plastic models: IP66. Weight: A-320-A1: 1.1 lb (0.5 kg); A-320-B1: 1.4 lb (0.65 kg); A-320-BC: 1.4 lb (0.65 kg); A-320-A-SS: 2.3 lb (1.05kg); A-320-B-SS: 3.0 lb (1.35 kg). MODEL CHART Model A-320-A1* A-320-B1** A-320-BC Description 2000 Magnehelic® gage, DM-2000 differential pressure transmitter 3000MR/MRS Photohelic® switch/gage, Series 605 Magnehelic® differential pressure transmitter, DH3 Digihelic® pressure controller, 2000 Magnehelic® gage with medium and high pressure options 2000 Magnehelic® gage, DM-1000 DigiMag® digital differential pressure gage, DM-2000 differential pressure transmitter, instruments with backwards compatible bezel option 2000 Magnehelic® gage 2000 Magnehelic® gage, DM-2000 differential pressure transmitter A-320-A-SS A-320-B-SS *DM-2000 must be mounted horizontally in A-320-A1 enclosure. **For DH3 to fit on A-320-B1 the casing on the electrical plug must be removed. ACCESSORIES Model A-339-SS 1/8˝ male BSPT to 3/16˝ hose barb Description DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 23

E R U S S E R P s e g a G e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES AT22000 ATEX/IECEX APPROVED SERIES 2000 MAGNEHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE Magnehelic® Gage in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure 1-31/32 [50.00] 19/32 [15.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-9/32 [134.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 15/16 [24.00] 1/8˝ NPT 2-9/16 [65.00] 19/32 [15.00] 1/8˝ NPT The Series AT22000 ATEX/IECEx Approved Series 2000 Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gage combines the popular Magnehelic® line with a flameproof enclosure to extend usage to hazardous locations. This gage can indicate positive, negative or differential pressures and is accurate within 2%. FEATURES/BENEFITS • ATEX/IECEx housing provides all the capabilities and value of the Magnehelic® in a flame & explosion proof enclosure • Quick response to pressure changes means no delay in assessing critical situations • Durable and rugged housing and high-quality components combined provides long- service life and minimized down-time • High impact strength and high temperature rated for applications where hazardous environments exist APPLICATIONS • Fan and blower pressures • Filter resistance • Air velocity • Furnace draft • Liquid levels with bubbler systems • Pressure in fluid amplifier or fluidic systems Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Magnehelic® Housing: Die cast aluminum case & bezel with acrylic cover; Exterior finish is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: ±2% of FS (±3% on -0, -100PA, -125PA, -10MM and ±4% on -00, -60PA, -6MM ranges), throughout range at 70°F (21.1°C). Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 15 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.034 bar); MP option; 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 bar), standard gages only.u Temperature Limits: 20 to 140°F (-6.67 to 60°C); Low temperature option: -20°F (-28.8°C) (Note: Product temperature limits are less than case limits). Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Weight: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. 1370 RANGE CHART Model 2000-00N 2000-00 2000-0 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2008 2010 2012 2015 2020 2025 2030 0 to 6.0 0 to 8.0 0 to 10 0 to 12 0 to 15 0 to 20 0 to 25 0 to 30 Range in w.c. Model Range in w.c. Model Range in w.c. .05 to 0 to .2 0 to .25 0 to .50 0 to 1.0 0 to 2.0 0 to 3.0 0 to 4.0 0 to 5.0 0 to 40 0 to 50 0 to 60 0 to 80 0 to 100 0 to 120 0 to 150 0 to 160 2040 2050 2060 2080 2100 2120 2150 2160 AT2 2001 -X AT2 2XXX X MP HP MODEL CHART Example Housing Range Pressure Rating Temperature Rating Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug X -A O 1 X T2 AT22001-XX-AO1XT2 ATEX/IECEx approved Series 2000 Magnehelic® differential pressure gage Specify range by using Magnehelic® model number. See range chart. Standard from -20 in Hg to 15 psig static pressure Medium pressure-max. static 35 psig High pressure-max. static 80 psig Standard temperature limits -6.67 to 60°C Low temperature limit to -28.8°C Aluminum Glass cover 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports X LT A O 1 2 X OPV Tag For other engineering unit ranges contact the factory. T2 SS information label 24 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov uOver Protection Note: See page 21 (Series 2000)

® SERIES DM-1000 DIGIMAG® DIGITAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE AND FLOW GAGE 24 Volt or Battery Powered, Fits in Magnehelic® Gage Cut-Out Ø5.00 2.33 The Series DM-1000 DigiMag® Digital Differential Pressure and Flow Gage monitors the pressure of air and compatible gases just as its famous analog predecessor the Magnehelic® differential pressure gage. All models are factory calibrated to specific ranges. The 4-digit LCD can display readings in common English and metric units so conversions are not necessary. The simplified four button operation reduces set up time and simplifies calibration with its digital push-button zero and span. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field programmed reduces installation time • User selectable parameters for pressure, air velocity or flow permits same device for multiple applications • Specialized filter set point for alerts when maintenance is due • Security levels permit matches the correct access to right skill • Power versatility works with 9-24 VDC or 9 V battery allows deployment in a variety of spaces wired or not APPLICATIONS • Filter monitoring • Air velocity or flow • Blower vacuum monitoring • Fan pressure indication • Duct, room or building pressures • Clean room positive pressure indication ACCESSORIES Model Description A-300 A-286 A-489 A-480 Flat flush mounting bracket 4-1/2˝ gage panel mounting flange 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange Plastic static pressure tip MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Materials: Glass filled plastic. Accuracy: ±1% FS including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability; ±2% FS for ranges 1 in w.c. and below. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-18 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Long Term Stability: ±1% FS per year. Thermal Effect: ±0.05% FS/°F typ.; ±0.10% FS/°F for ranges 1 in w.c. and below. Display: 4-digit LCD (digits: 0.60H x 0.33W). Display Update: Selectable for 1 second to 10 minutes or update only from button push. Pressure Limits: Normal and bi-directional ranges 5 in w.c. and lower = 2 psi (13.7 kPa); Normal and bi-directional ranges 10 in w.c. and higher = 11 psi (75 KPa). Selectable Engineering Units: in w.c., psi, kPa, Pa, mm w.c., mBar, in Hg, mm Hg, FS (0-100%). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable or external power supply 9-24 VDC. Battery Service Life: Battery life depending on the display update setting: 150 hours (typical) if display update = 1 second; 9 month (typical) if display update = 10 minutes; 1.5 years (typical) if display update is disabled. Battery may last up to four times longer when using lithium-based battery ULTRALIFE U9VL-J. Current Consumption: 5 mA max. Electrical Connections: Removable terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG. Electrical Entry: Cable gland for 0.114 to 0.250˝ (2.9 to 6.4 mm) diameter cable. Process Connections: 1/8˝ (3 mm) ID tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 1.18 lb (535 g). Size: 5˝ (127 mm) OD front face. Agency Approvals: CE. P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e G a g e s Range in w.c. 0.250 0.500 1.000 2.000 5.000 10.00 15.00 25.00 50.00 100.0 psi – – – – 0.181 0.361 0.543 0.903 1.806 3.613 Model DM-1102 DM-1103 DM-1104 DM-1105 DM-1107 DM-1108 DM-1109 DM-1110 DM-1111 DM-1112 Contact the factory for available bi-directional ranges from ±0.25 to ±10 in w.c. Note: For air flow models change -11XX to -12XX. mm w.c. 6.35 12.70 25.40 50.80 127.0 254.0 381.0 635.0 1270 2540 mbar 0.622 1.245 2.492 4.982 12.45 24.91 37.38 62.27 124.5 249.1 kPa 0.062 0.124 0.249 0.498 1.245 2.491 3.738 6.227 12.45 24.91 Pa 62.20 124.5 249.1 498.2 1245 2491 3738 6227 – – in Hg – – – – 0.368 0.736 1.104 1.839 3.678 7.355 mm Hg % of FS 0.467 0.934 1.868 3.736 9.34 18.68 28.02 46.71 93.42 186.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Resolution in w.c. 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.020 0.100 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: DM-1103-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 25

E R U S S E R P s e g a G e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 2-5000 MINIHELIC® II DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE Combining High Accuracy, Compactness, Dependability, and Low Cost Ø2-19/32 [65.88] Ø3-1/16 [77.79] 1 [25.40] 1-7/16 [36.51] 9/32 [7.14] 2-21/64 [59.18] SURFACE MOUNT HOLES 2-3/8 [60.33] LOW PRESSURE PORT Ø7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT (2) Ø5/32 HOLES IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT HIGH PRESSURE PORT Ø7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT V I DEO O N L I N E Combining clean design, small size and low cost with enough accuracy for all but the most demanding applications our Series 2-5000 Minihelic® II Differential Pressure Gage offers the latest in design features for a dial type differential pressure gage. It is our most compact gage but is easy to read and can safely operate at total pressures up to 30 psig. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Removable lens and rear-housing provides easy, cost-effective servicing • Accuracy and value provides an excellent solution for OEM and user applications • Durable housing materials make it well-suited for rough environments and total high pressure APPLICATIONS • Room positive pressure sensing • Cabinet air-purging • Medical respiratory equipment • Air samplers • Electronic air cooling systems • Laminar flow hoods • Local indication on filter status • Face velocity on fume hood • Duct pressures SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing: Glass filled nylon; polycarbonate lens. Accuracy: ±5% of FS at 70°F (21.1°C). Pressure Limits: 30 psig (2.067 bar) continuous to either pressure connection. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Size: 2-1/16˝ (52.39 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connections: Barbed, for 3/16˝ ID tubing (standard); 1/8˝ male NPT (optional). Weight: 6 oz (170.1 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). Caution: For use only with air or compatible non-corrosive gases. 26 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SERIES 2-5000 MINIHELIC® II DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE Combining High Accuracy, Compactness, Dependability, and Low Cost Housing is molded from strong mineral and glass filled nylon. Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer over-travel without damage. Full view lens is removable and molded of acrylic. Aluminum scale litho-printed black on white, enhances readability. Red tipped aluminum pointer, rigidly mounted to helix is easy to see. Wishbone assembly provides mounting for helix, helix bearings, and pointer shaft. Jewel bearings provide virtually motion. friction-free helix Helix is free to rotate in jewel bearings. It aligns with magnetic field of magnet to transmit pressure indications to pointer. Zero adjustment screw, located behind the removable lens, eliminates tampering. MODEL CHART Model 2-5000-0 2-5001 2-5002 2-5003 2-5005 2-5010 2-5020 2-5040 2-5060 2-5100 Model 2-5205 Range, Inches of Water Model 0-0.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-5.0 0-10 0-20 0-40 0-60 0-100 2-5000-25MM 2-5000-50MM 2-5000-100MM Model 2-5000-125PA 2-5000-250PA 2-5000-500PA Model 2-5000-1KPA 2-5000-3KPA Range, PSI 0-5 Range, MM of Water 0-25 0-50 0-100 Range, Pascals 0-125 0-250 0-500 Range, kPa 0-1 0-3 Range spring calibration clamp fixes live length of spring for proper gage calibration and is factory set and sealed. Silicone rubber diaphragm allows accurate response to a broad range of temperatures and at extremely low pressure. Incorporates blow out area for overpressure protection. Diaphragm support plates of lightweight aluminum on each side of the diaphragm minimize position or attitude sensitivity and help define pressure area. Flat leaf range spring reacts to pressure on the diaphragm. Live length is adjustable for calibration. Small amplitude of motion minimizes inaccuracies and assures long life. Low pressure tap connects to rear chamber. Coil spring link provides a resilient connection between the diaphragm and the range spring. Ceramic magnet mounted on a molded bracket at the end of the range spring rotates the helix without direct mechanical linkage. High pressure tap connects with the front chamber through passageway in the plastic case and a sealing ring molded into the edge of the diaphragm. SURFACE MOUNTING Optional surface mounting with back mounting plate allows for quick installation to any surface. Process connections are barbed and point downwards. Add -BB for bottom barbed surface mount option. P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e G a g e s OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NPT Example: 2-5001-NPT -BB Example: 2-5001-BB -NIST 1/8˝ male NPT connections Bottom barbed surface mount NIST traceable calibration certificate Example: 2-5001-NIST -FC Example: 2-5001-FC Factory calibration certificate PANEL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES Model A-302F-A Description 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws Portable kit 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange Surface mounting bracket Air filter kit Plastic static pressure tip A-434 A-489 A-497 A-609 A-480 Mounting hardware is supplied with the Minihelic® II gage for panel mounting through a single hole, 2-5/8˝ (67 mm) in diameter. Panel thickness up to 1/2˝ (13 mm) can be accommodated with the hardware supplied. If necessary, surface mounting of the gage can be accomplished by means of two 4-40 screws into the tapped mounting bracket stud holes in the rear of the gage. Surface mounting requires clearance holes in the panel for the two pressure taps. Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 27

® SERIES MARK II MARK II MOLDED PLASTIC MANOMETERS 3% Accuracy For Stationary And Portable Applications E R U S S E R P Mark II Model No. 25 inclined-vertical manometer. (shown with optional A-612 portable stand) 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-7/16 [35.53] 5/8 [15.88] 3-11/16 [93.66] Ø7/32 [5.56] HOLE 4-25/32 [121.44] 25/32 [19.84] 5-29/32 [150.02] 4-23/32 [119.86] 1-1/8 [28.58] 2-1/4 [57.15] MAX 25/32 [19.84] 7-13/32 [188.12] 7/32 X 13/32 [5.56 X 10.32] MOUNTING SLOT Ø15/64 [5.95] MOUNTING HOLE 5-5/16 [134.95] MAX 4-5/8 [117.48] 2-31/32 [75.41] Mark II Model No. 40-1 inclined manometer 15/64 [5.95] x 13/32 [10.32] MOUNTING SLOT 10-5/8 [269.88] 25/32 [19.84] 2-1/4 [57.15] MAX 1-1/4 [31.75] 4 [101.60] y r a n o i t a t S , s r e t e m o n a M Series Mark II Molded Plastic Manometers are of the inclined and inclined-vertical types. The curved inclined-vertical tube of the Model 25 gage provides higher ranges with more easily read increments at low readings. The Model 25 is excellent for general purpose work. The Model 40 inclined gage provides linear calibration and excellent resolution throughout its range. The Model 40 is ideally suited for air velocity and air filter gage applications. Both gage types are capable of pressure measurements above and below atmospheric as well as differential pressure measurements. Included with each Mark II manometer are two tubing connectors for 1/8˝ pipe or sheet metal ducts, two mounting screws, 1 ounce bottle of indicating fluid, red and green pointer flags and complete instructions. The Model 25 also includes 8´ of flexible double column plastic tubing. Portable operation of the Model 25 is made possible by the use of the optional A-612 portable stand. A short piece of tubing can be slipped over the Model 25 pressure connections to contain the gage fluid in transit. The Model 40 contains two 4-1/2´ lengths of clear plastic tubing, a plastic swing-out stand and leveling screw for portable operation. It also features convenient rapid shutoff pressure connections and integral overpressure safety traps. SPECIFICATIONS INCLINED/VERTICAL Accuracy: ±3% FS. Temperature Limits: 140°F (60°C). Pressure Limits: 10 psi (70 kPa). Weight: 1.04 lb (472 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). INCLINED Accuracy: ±3% FS. Temperature Limits: 150°F (65°C). Pressure Limits: 15 psi (100 kPa). Scale Length: Approx. 8-1/4˝ (21 cm). Weight: 1.23 lb (558 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Broad ranging in easy to read calibrated increments • Gages ideally suited for general measurements and specific air applications • Compact, stationary or portable device, make it a simple to use tool for pressure measurement in OEM or user applications APPLICATIONS • Paint booths • Air velocity measurement • Air filter gage OEM SPECIALS All Dwyer® Mark II molded plastic manometers can be supplied in OEM quantities with your name or special graphics and scales. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-612 A-606 A-480 A-489 Portable stand Air filter kit Plastic static pressure tip 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 28 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART Model Mark II 25 Mark II 26 Mark II 27* Mark II MM-80 Mark II M-700PA Mark II 40-1 Mark II 40-25MM Mark II 40-250PA Mark II 41-60MM Mark II 41-600PA *Require Pitot tube at additional cost.u Range 0-3 in w.c 0-7 in w.c. 0-7000 fpm 0-80 mm w.c. 10-0-700 Pa .1-0-1.0 in w.c. 0-26 mm w.c. 10-0-250 Pa 0-60 mm w.c. 20-0-600 Pa Fluid Used Red fluid, .826 s.g. Blue oil, 1.91 s.g. Red fluid, .826 s.g. Red fluid, .826 s.g. Red fluid, .826 s.g. Red fluid, .826 s.g. Red fluid, .826 s.g. Red fluid, .826 s.g. Blue oil, 1.91 s.g. Blue oil, 1.91 s.g. uPitot tube: See pages 186-188 (Test & Data section) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES 250-AF INCLINED MANOMETER AIR FILTER GAGES Precision Machined, Solid Acrylic Plastic Gages, Accurate To ±1% Of Full-Scale Model 250.5-AF Model 452-AF Dwyer® Durablock® Series 250-AF Inclined Manometer Air Filter Gages are precision machined 1˝ thick solid acrylic plastic, virtually unbreakable and free of distortion. The fluid bore is precision drilled to ±.0002˝ to assure life-long accuracy. A glass spirit level is built into the body and encapsulated to prevent damage or tampering. The scale is mirror polished chrome plated brass to assure parallax free reading by alignment of the meniscus with its reflection. Safety traps are incorporated in the body to prevent loss of fluid due to pressure surges. Red and green signal flags indicate clearly when a filter change is necessary. Gages are suitable for use in ambient temperatures of -20 to 150°F. Connection fittings are positively sealed but easily removed for zeroing or addition of fluid. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-accuracy and easy to use make it a dependable device for many years of service • Easy to read polished inclined scale allows pressure minute pressure differences to be read • No moving parts mean no calibration or nothing to wear out APPLICATIONS • Air filter gage ACCESSORIES Model Description A-310B A-317 3-way vent valve, 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ metal tubing, 10 psi rating Gage connecter, 1/8˝ pipe thread opening, less OD thread, for slip fit in 3/4˝ diameter opening in Series 250-AF gages SERIES 200 & 300 s Economy Model 452-AF is similar to the 250 Series except they are not equipped with over pressure traps. Two A-324 1/4˝ compression fittings are included with each gage but not shown. Bodies are of 5/8˝ thick acrylic and scales are mirror polished, epoxy coated aluminum. MODEL CHART Range: Water Column .10-0-1.0˝ .10-0-1.0˝ .05-0-.50˝ .20-0-2.0˝ 0-2˝ Model 250-AF 250.5-AF 251-AF 252-AF 452-AFs s 2 PSI maximum working pressure Minor Divisions .02˝ .01˝ .01˝ .02˝ .02˝ Scale Length Inclined (Inches) 5-1/2 8 5-1/2 8 8 Overall Size (Inches) 8-1/2 x 4-1/8 x 1 11-3/8 x 4 x 1 8-1/4 x 3-3/8 x 1 11-1/8 x 6-1/2 x 1 11 x 4 x 5/8 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DURABLOCK® SOLID PLASTIC STATIONARY GAGES Suitable for Total Pressures Up to 100 psig, Temperatures Up to 150°F, Accuracy ±2% of Full-Scale (1% on Models 215, 244, 246 Only) G Ø1/2 [12.70] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 6 PLACES 1 [25.40] TYP F TYP B E TYP E TYP 1/2 [12.70] TYP 3 [76.20] A Model 310 Ø1/2 [12.70] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 6 PLACES D 1/2 [12.70] TYP 1 [25.40] TYP 9/16 [14.29] 1-7/8 [47.63] C A Model 200.5 202.5 209 215 244 246 310 E F TYP TYP F TYP B Model 200.5 9/16 [14.29] 1-7/8 [47.63] Dimensions, Inches A 7 9 9 7 11 13-1/2 7 B 13 13 13 10 16-1/2 23 16 C 3-15/16 5-5/8 7 3-1/16 3-1/8 11 - D 11-3/8 12 11-1/4 9-1/2 15-5/8 22 - E F 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 3 8-1/2 15 4 G - - - - - - 15-1/4 P R E S S U R E M a n o m e t e r s , S t a t i o n a r y Dwyer® Series 200 & 300 Durablock® Solid Plastic Stationary Gages, or draft gages, are offered in inclined and vertical (well-type) styles for highly accurate laboratory or general industrial service, for measurement of low range gas and air pressures, positive, negative or differential. To assure the accuracy required in instruments of this type, all machining of bores and wells is to the highest standards of precision backed by Dwyer’s years of experience in the fabrications of acrylic instruments. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-accuracy measurement of low range gas and air pressure suitable for laboratory or general industry • Precision built assures device meets the highest standards • No moving parts mean no calibration or nothing to wear out • Over-pressure trap prevents liquid from being expelled from gage, preventing disruption of operation APPLICATIONS • Low pressure laboratory and industrial service applications Exclusive Dwyer® over-pressure safety traps assure that over range pressures whether gradual or a sudden surge will not force the liquid out of the gage. Over-pressures simply raise the float, force the O-ring over the opening and seal the fluid in the gage. When pressure is reduced, the float drops down releasing the O-ring safety trap which allows the gage to continue operation. MODEL CHART Incline Type Model 200.5 202.5 209 215 244 246 Vertical or Well-Type Model 310 Note: Model 200.5 replaces Model 200. Model 202.5 replaces Model 202. Range Inches of Water .10-0-1.0 .20-0-2.0 .20-0-3.0 .05-0-.25 0-4 0-6 Range Inches of Water 0-10 Minor Scale Divisions .01 .01 .02 .005 .02 .02 Minor Scale Divisions .10 Scale Length 8-1/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 6 13-1/4 20 Scale Length 11-1/8 Weight lb-oz 3-11 4-7 4-11 2-14 9-11 13-14 Weight lb-oz 3-10 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 244-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 29

® SERIES 420 DURABLOCK® INCLINED-VERTICAL MANOMETERS Accuracy To ±0.25% 37/64 DIA. MTG. HOLE B C D A G Inclined-vertical manometer Inclined-vertical manometer single column double column 1˝ X 1/4˝ MTG. SLOTS F E RANGES AND DIMENSIONS - SUITABLE FOR TOTAL PRESSURE UP TO 100 PSIG, TEMPERATURES UP TO 150°F Model Description 424-10 421-5 421-10 422-5 422-10 *Single column metric-ranges and divisions in millimeters. Single column Single column Single column Double column Double column Inclined Range Inches of Water 0-2.0 0-1.0 0-1.0 0-1.0 0-1.0 Inclined Minor Div. .01 .01 .01 .01 .01 Length of Inclined Scale 20˝ 6-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ Vertical Range Inches of Water 2.1-10 1.1- 5 1.1-10 1.1-5 1.1-10 Vertical Minor Div. .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 Length of Vertical Scale 9˝ 4-5/8˝ 10-1/8˝ 4-5/8˝ 10-1/8˝ Dimensions A 16-1/2˝ 9-7/8˝ 15-1/2˝ 10-1/2˝ 16-1/8˝ B 25-1/4˝ 9-5/8˝ 9-5/8˝ 11-1/2˝ 11-1/2˝ C 12-5/8˝ 4-7/8˝ 4-7/8˝ 5-1/8˝ 5-1/8˝ D 1˝ 5/8˝ 5/8˝ 5/8˝ 5/8˝ E 10-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ 6-1/2˝ F 5-3/8˝ 3-1/4˝ 3-1/4˝ 3-1/4˝ 3-1/4˝ G 16˝ 9-7/8˝ 15-1/2˝ 10-1/2˝ 16-1/8˝ Weight lb-oz 22-12 4-12 6-10 6-10 10-13 Dwyer® Series 420 Durablock® Inclined-Vertical Manometers are extremely accurate instruments designed and made especially for precision measurement of low differential pressures in laboratory and test applications. The inclined range bore has a length of 20˝ to provide ample multiplication of indicating fluid movement in this critical lower part of the range. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-accuracy measurement of low range gas and air pressure suitable for laboratory and test applications • Long bore length provides ample room for fluid movement for low range sensing • Precision built to assure device meets the highest standards APPLICATIONS • Low pressure laboratory and test applications SERIES 1230 & 1235 FLEX-TUBE® WELL-TYPE MANOMETERS ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Description Include two 1 oz bottles of .826 red gage fluid (1.91 blue gage oil for models 421-23 and 422-23), rapid shut-off type “a” connections, two 3 ft lengths of clear plastic tubing and two 1/8˝ NPT tubing adapters — two sets for double column models. E R U S S E R P y r a n o i t a t S , s r e t e m o n a M A 2-3/4 [69.85] 2-1/2 [63.50] Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 2 PLACES 3-9/16 [90.49] A 1-3/8 [34.93] TYP 1-1/2 [38.10] 2-3/4 [69.85] 3/4 [19.05] Series 1235 panel mounting Series 1230 wall mounting Scale in Inches of Water or Mercury 0-8 0-12 0-16 0-20 0-36 Dimensions A W/M 15-13/16 19-3/8 23-1/2 27-9/16 43-1/8 D 16-3/4 21-7/8 27 32-1/8 51-1/4 Mercury Required to Fill (Wt.) 12 oz 14 oz 16 oz 18 oz 26 oz Model 1230-8 1230-12 1230-16 1230-20 1230-36 Scale in Inches of Water or Mercury Model 1235-20 0-20 Dimensions A W/M 29-5/16 Mercury Required to Fill (Wt.) D 33-9/16 18 oz Dwyer® Series 1230 & 1235 Flex-Tube® Well Type Manometers are designed to meet the need for a direct reading single column instrument providing highly accurate pressure readings; positive, negative or differential. Unlike other makes, Dwyer manometers have no hidden wells or packing glands. These instruments are constructed of shatter-proof clear plastic tubing permanently bonded to well assemblies with leak-proof glued joints. Well assemblies are precisely machined from solid acrylic plastic. Over-pressure safety traps assure protection against loss of fluid. Scales are adjusted with quick-acting positive mechanism. These manometers are rated to 100 psig (6.89 bar). Not recommended for vacuum service beyond 5˝ Hg (68 in w.c.). FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-accuracy pressure measurement suitable for laboratory or general industry • Precision built assures device meets the highest standards • No moving parts mean no calibration or nothing to wear out • Over-pressure trap prevents liquid from being expelled from gage, preventing disruption of operation APPLICATIONS • Laboratory and industrial service applications 30 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 1222-8-W/M-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate MODEL CHART Model 1230-8-W/M 1230-12-W/M 1230-16-W/M 1230-20-W/M 1230-36-W/M 1235-20-W/M Note: Water/mercury models. For 0.826 S.P. gage fluid models change -W/M to a -D. ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Description Include one set of type “a” connections, .826 sp. gr. red gage fluid for “D” style or fluorescein green dye concentrate with wetting agent for “W/M” styles, two 3 ft lengths of clear vinyl tubing and two 1/8˝ NPT tubing adapters.

® SERIES 4000 CAPSUHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAGE Measures Pressure, Vacuum or Differential, Suitable for Internal Pressures to 500 psig 3/4 [19.05] TYP 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] 35° TYP Ø4-45/64 [119.46] Capsuhelic® pressure gage has a large, easy-to-read 4˝ (102 mm) dial. [4] #6-32 X 3/8 [9.53] DP HOLE ON A 4-11/32 [110.33] BOLT CIRCLE 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION [LIQUID] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION [LIQUID] 13/32 [10.32] TYPE 2-19/32 [65.86] 1/2 [12.70] Ø5 [127.00] The Series 4000 Capsuhelic® Differential Pressure Gage is designed to give fast, accurate indication of differential pressures. The gage may be used as a readout device when measuring flowing fluids, pressure drop across filters, liquid levels in storage tanks and many other applications involving pressure, vacuum or differential pressure. The pressure being measured is held within a capsule which is an integral part of the gage. This containment of the pressure permits the use of the gage on system pressures of up to 500 psig, even when differentials to be read are less than 0.1 in w.c. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Gage capsule permits high-pressure usage with small differentials • Zero and range adjustments outside of gage means no disassembly in normal service • Time-proven, simple, frictionless movement that permits full-scale readings as low as 0.5 in w.c. • Diaphragm-actuated versus liquid filled gage supports outdoor use SPECIFICATIONS Service: Aluminum case: Air and compatible gases and oil based liquids; Brass case: Air and compatible gases and water based liquids. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing: Die cast aluminum with impregnated hard coating, standard. Optional forged brass housing is required for water or water based fluids. Special material diaphragms available, contact factory. Accuracy: ±3% of FS at 70°F (21.1°C). (±4% on 4200, 4210, 4215, 4220, 4300, 4400, and 4500). Pressure Limits: -20˝ Hg to 500 psig (-0.677 bar to 34.4 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 200°F (-6.67 to 93.3°C). Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT high and low pressure taps, duplicated - one pair top for air and gas, and one pair bottom for liquids. Weight: 3 lb, 3 oz (1.45 kg) aluminum case; 7 lb, 13 oz (3.54 kg) brass case. P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e G a g e s APPLICATIONS • Fluid flow • Liquid storage tanks • Filter pressure drops • Vacuum or differential pressure Note: May be used with hydrogen where pressures are less than 35 psi. Order with a Buna-N diaphragm. Model 4310 4330 4205 4210 4215 4220 4616B** 4635 Range 5-0-5 in w.c. 15-0-15 in w.c. 0-5 psid 0-10 psid 0-15 psid 0-20 psid 0-16 ft w.c. 0-35 ft w.c. Range 0-5.0 in w.c. 0-6.0 in w.c. 0-10 in w.c. 0-15 in w.c. 0-20 in w.c. 0-25 in w.c. 0-30 in w.c. 0-40 in w.c. 0-50 in w.c. 0-60 in w.c. 0-80 in w.c. 0-100 in w.c. 0-200 in w.c. MODEL CHART Model 4005* 4006* 4010* 4015* 4020* 4025* 4030* 4040* 4050* 4060* 4080* 4100* 4200* *These ranges available for vertical scale position only. **Available only with the brass case for water service. Note: Scales reading directly in flow, heights, etc., are also available. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -ASF B Scale Overlays -NIST Adjustable signal flag Brass case Red, green, mirrored or combination; specify locations NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Description Two 1/4˝ NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, four flush mounting adapters with screws and four surface mounting screws. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-298 A-309 A-314 A-370 A-471 A-496 A-610 Flat flush mounting bracket 3-way manifold valve Bleed fitting Mounting bracket Portable kit Flush mount bracket Pipe mount kit USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 31

® SERIES PTGD DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PISTON-TYPE GAGES Excellent Accuracy and Over-Pressure Ratings E R U S S E R P Shown with optional pointer follower 2.5˝ 1-31/32 [50.00] 2X 1/4˝ UNC 1/2 [12.60] 1 [25.20] 1-9/32 [32.20] 1-4 [6.50] 3-3/32 [83.00] 3 [76.20] 7/8 [22.00] 1-7/8 [47.60] 1-31/32 [50.00] 7-9/32 [32.20] 1/2 [12.60] 1 [25.20] 6-7/32 [157.93] 5-1/4 [133.30] HIGH 1-3/32 [28.10] 2-1/8 [54.00] HIGH LOW 4X ø3/16 [ø5.16] EQUALLY SPACED ON A ø3-1/2 [ø88.90] BOLT CIRCLE 1/4˝ NPT BOTH ENDS ≠≠ø3-1/32 [ø76.99] PANEL CUTOUT LOW 4X ø3/16 [ø5.16] EQUALLY SPACED ON A ø5-5/8 [ø142.85] BOLT CIRCLE 1/4˝ NPT BOTH ENDS ø5-9/32 [ø133.97] PANEL CUTOUT 1-13/16 [46.00] 3[76.00] 3-31/32 [101.00] 1-13/16 [46.00] 3 [76.00] 3-31/32 [101.00] 4.5˝ The Series PTGD Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gages can be used to measure the pressure drop across filters, strainers, pump performance testing, and heat exchanger pressure drop monitoring. Its simple, rugged design possesses weather and corrosion resistant gage front with a shatter resistant lens. The Series PTGD contains a piston-sensing element which provides different differential pressure ranges with full-scale accuracies of ±2%. Constructed with aluminum or 316 SS and available with two 1/4˝ female NPT end connections, the Series PTGD provides over- range protection rated to 3000 psig (200 bar) or 6000 psig (400 bar) depending on model. Standard models come with in-line connections. Back or bottom connections are also available. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged, weather and corrosion proof design supports use in harsh environments • Over-protection range depending on model, up to 6000 psig (400 bar) allows high- pressure applications • Flexibility of connection selection fits the most sophisticated designs SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Gage body: Aluminum or 316 SS; Piston: Aluminum or 316 SS; Spring: 302 SS; Seals: Buna-N (standard); PTFE, Ceramic magnet; Dial case: Nylon 6 30% glass filled gage case. Window: Acrylic. Accuracy: ±2% FS. Temperature Limit: 176°F (80°C). Pressure Limits: 3000 psi (206 bar) for aluminum body; 6000 psi (413 bar) for SS body. Size: 2.5˝ (63 mm) or 4.5˝ (115 mm). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Process Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT end connections standard; 1/4˝ female NPT back or bottom connections available. All styles available with 1/4˝ BSP. Weight: Aluminum: 2.5˝ 0.88 lb (399 g); 4.5˝ 1.35 lb (612 g); Stainless steel: 2.5˝ 1.75 lb (794 g); 4.5˝ 2.3 lb (1.04 kg). s e g a G e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D APPLICATIONS • Filter pressure drop • Strainers • Pump performance testing • Heat exchanger pressure drop OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -V -N -PY -PF -RP -SP1 -SP2 Use order code: NISTCAL-PG1 FKM fluoroelastomer seals EPDM seals Glycerine fill Pointer follower Reverse port 1 0.5A SPDT DIN plug 2 0.25A SPDT DIN plugs Description NIST traceable calibration certificate 32 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Description 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ aluminum 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel 2.5˝ stainless steel MODEL CHART Range Model 0-5 psid (0.25 bar) PTGD-AA01A 0-10 psid (0.75 bar) PTGD-AA02A 0-15 psid (1 bar) PTGD-AA03A 0-20 psid (1.6 bar) PTGD-AA04A 0-25 psid (1.6 bar) PTGD-AA05A 0-30 psid (2 bar) PTGD-AA06A 0-40 psid (3 bar) PTGD-AA07A 0-50 psid (3.5 bar) PTGD-AA08A 0-60 psid (4 bar) PTGD-AA09A 0-80 psid (5.5 bar) PTGD-AA10A 0-100 psid (7 bar) PTGD-AA11A 0-150 psid (10 bar) PTGD-AA12A 0-5 psid (0.25 bar) PTGD-SA01A 0-10 psid (0.75 bar) PTGD-SA02A 0-15 psid (1 bar) PTGD-SA03A 0-20 psid (1.6 bar) PTGD-SA04A 0-25 psid (1.6 bar) PTGD-SA05A 0-30 psid (2 bar) PTGD-SA06A 0-40 psid (3 bar) PTGD-SA07A 0-50 psid (3.5 bar) PTGD-SA08A 0-60 psid (4 bar) PTGD-SA09A 0-80 psid (5.5 bar) PTGD-SA10A 0-100 psid (7 bar) PTGD-SA11A 0-150 psid (10 bar) PTGD-SA12A Note: For 4.5˝ dial face, change -AA to -AC for aluminum and -SA to -SC for stainless steel. For back or bottom connections as well as female BSP threads, contact the factory.

® SERIES PFG2 PROCESS FILTER GAGE Indicates Process Filter Status, In-Line or Bottom Connect Mounting The Series PFG2 Process Filter Gage is designed for determining the state of an inline filter. The differential pressure indicator determines the pressure drop on either side of a filter and relates the value to one of three zones: clean (green), change (yellow), or dirty (red). The Series PFG2 is perfectly suited for filter applications, line loss, valve drop, and many other differential pressure applications where a simple indicator is needed. The direction of process flow is indicated on the dial, with the arrow pointing to the low pressure port. The PFG2 can be connected in-line through the side process connections, or can also be directly mounted through the outlet/inlet. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple easy to understand indicator means no guessing filter status • Removable mounting block provides direct mounting options especially in difficult filter access locations • Quick installation reduces time to operation APPLICATIONS • Filter pressure drop • Filter status • Valve drop • Line loss MODEL DIGIHELIC LINKS™ 2-3/4 [69.85] 2-5/16 [58.74] 2-1/2 [63.50] 3/4 [19.08] HIGH PORT 1-1/8 [28.58] 3/4 [19.05] 3 [76.20] 3/8 [9.37] 2X #10-32 UNF MOUNTING HOLES LOW PORT 2X 1/8 NPT CONNECTION 1-1/2 [38.10] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids/gases compatible with SS, GFN, and fluoropolymer. Wetted Materials: Aluminum, SS, glass filled nylon, and fluoropolymer. Accuracy: ±5% FS. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 300 psig (20.7 bar). Materials: Body: Glass filled nylon; Mounting Block: Aluminum; Lens: Polyester; Elastomers: Fluoroelastomer. Process Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any orientation with 10-32 threaded holes 3/4˝ apart. Weight: 9.6 oz (272.2 g). MODEL CHART Model PFG2-02 PFG2-03 PFG2-06 0 to 2.5 psid 0 to 5 psid 0 to 11 psid Full Range Green Zone Yellow Zone 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to 25 psid 2.5 to 3.75 psid 5 to 7.5 psid 11 to 18.5 psid Red Zone 3.75 to 5 psid 7.5 to 10 psid 18.5 to 25 psid DATA ACQUISITION AND LOGGING SOFTWARE Designed for Communication with Series DH & DHII Digihelic® Differential Pressure Controllers P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e G a g e s V I DEO O N L I N E The Model Digihelic Links™ Data Acquisition and Logging Software is an easy to use Windows® based program. Data logging and graphing can be set up by the individual control with varying logging periods. Event logging, live instrument status, remote calibration as well as uploading pre-saved configuration files are some of the higher end capabilities the Digihelic Links™ Communications Software provides. The Digihelic Links™ Communications Software is compatible with all Series DH and DHII Digihelic® Differential Pressure Controllers. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Log and graph data up to 10 units simultaneously; view up to 40 units • Easy to use Windows® based operator interface • Data logging at individually adjustable rates • On-screen graphing of process values • Upload and download saved control configuration profiles • Remote calibration of controls MODEL CHART Model Digihelic Links™ Communications software CD Description ACCESSORIES Model Description MN-1 Mini-Node™ USB/RS-485 converter REQUIRED EQUIPMENT COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS The Digihelic Links™ Communications Software application will run on Windows® 95/98 and Windows® NT Workstation 4.0 (Service Pack 3 recommended), Windows® 2000 and Windows® XP software. The hardware requirements for each of these operating systems can be found in the documentation provided with that operating system. One available RS-485 port is needed to communicate with the control(s). A minimum of 4 MB of hard disk space is needed for the Digihelic Links™ Communications Software application files, and additional hard disk space is needed to store data log files. Log file size will vary depending on the duration and rate selected for the controls and the number of controls on line. COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS To communicate with the Digihelic® Differential Pressure Controller from a PC with an RS-232 Serial Communications Port, an RS-485 to RS-232 converter is required to convert the signal from the Digihelic® controller RS-485 format to the RS-232 input of the PC. Recommended converters are the Models 351-9 RS-485 to RS-232 converter or Model MN-21 RS-485 to USB converter. For RS-485 systems a 120 Ω resistor is also needed to terminate the last control on the control network. Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended for wiring the controls together. Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 33

® SERIES DHII DIGIHELIC® II DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROLLER NEMA 4 (IP66) Housing With Large, Bright LCD, Square Root Output for Flow E R U S S E R P 1-31/64 [37.62] 4-23/32 [120] 1-1/2 [38.35] 3-7/16 [87.12] 1-1/16 [26.97] 1-7/8 [47.5] 4-23/32 [120] 1-45/64 [43.18] 2-23/64 [59.94] 1-5/16 [33] 45/64 [17.78] 1-17/32 [38.61] 1-45/64 [43.18] 4X Ø3/16 [4.76] CLEARANCE HOLES FOR MOUNTING MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN 4-1/8 [105] 3-17/64 [83] The Series DHII Digihelic® II Differential Pressure Controller takes all the features of the standard Digihelic® Pressure Controller and packages them in a robust NEMA 4 (IP66) housing. The Digihelic® II Pressure Controller combines the 2 SPDT control relays, 4 to 20 mA process output and Modbus® communications with a large, brightly backlit 4 digit LCD display that can easily be seen from long distances. The electrical wiring has also been enhanced in the DHII with its detachable terminal blocks. The removable terminals allow the install to easily wire the terminal block outside the housing and then attach to the circuit board, reducing wiring difficulties and installation time on the process. The Digihelic® II Differential Pressure Control in the NEMA 4 (IP66) enclosure enables this product to be the perfect choice when mounting pressure controls outdoors in such applications as rooftop air handlers. This housing also makes it the ideal solution for surface mounting in clean rooms or facilities where water or a cleaning solution is utilized in maintaining plant cleanliness. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4 housing enables a range of uses both outdoors or indoors where water is present • Large backlight LCD display provides local reading from a distance • Detachable terminal blocks reduce wiring difficulties saving installation time s r e t t i m s n a r T , s e h c t i w S / s e g a G APPLICATIONS • Air handlers • Clean rooms ACCESSORIES Model MN-1 A-301 A-302 A-438 A-489 A-302F-A Digihelic Links™ Description Mini-Node™ USB/RS-485 converter Static pressure tip for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection Static pressure tip for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ I.D. plastic or rubber tubing Surface mounting brackets 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws Communications software MODEL CHART - AVAILABLE PRESSURE ENGINEERING UNITS e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: Aluminum, glass. Accuracy: ±0.5% at 77°F (25°C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: Ranges ≤ 2.5 in w.c. = 2 psi; 5˝: 5 psi; 10˝: 5 psi; 25˝: 5 psi; 50˝: 5 psi, 100˝: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/°F (0.036/°C) from 77°F (25°C). Power Requirements: High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 400 Hz or 132 to 240 VDC; Low voltage power = 24 VDC ±20%. Power Consumption: Low voltage power = 24 VDC - 130 mA max; High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240 VDC - 7 VA max. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC into 900 Ω max. Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms (dampening set to 1). Display: 4 digit backlit LCD 0.6˝ height. LED indicators for set point and alarm status. Electrical Connections: Euro type removable terminal blocks with watertight conduit fittings for 1/2˝ watertight conduit. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane. Weight: 2 lb 10 oz (1.19 kg). Serial Communications: Modbus® RTU, RS485, 9600 baud. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 8 amps at 240 VAC resistive. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face. in w.c. .2500 1.000 5.000 10.00 25.00 50.00 100.0 ft w.c. - - .4167 .8333 2.083 4.167 8.333 mm w.c. 6.350 25.40 127.0 254.0 635.0 1270 2540 cm w.c. 0.635 2.540 12.70 25.40 63.50 127.0 254.0 mm Hg 0.467 1.868 9.342 18.68 46.71 93.42 186.8 Model DHII-002 DHII-004 DHII-006 DHII-007 DHII-008 DHII-009* DHII-010* *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DHII-009 & DHII-010. mbar Pa 0.623 2.491 12.45 24.91 62.27 124.5 249.1 hPa 0.623 2.491 12.45 24.91 62.27 124.5 249.1 kPa - 0.249 1.245 2.491 6.227 12.45 24.91 psi - - .1806 .3613 .9032 1.806 3.613 in Hg - - .3678 .7356 1.839 3.678 7.356 oz/in2 0.144 0.578 2.890 5.780 14.45 28.90 57.80 62.28 249.1 1245 2491 6227 - - OPTIONS Use order code: Description -NIST NIST calibration certificate 34 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART - BI-DIRECTIONAL* RANGES Model DHII-012 DHII-014 DHII-015 DHII-016 DHII-017 *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DHII-009 & DHII-010. Range 0.25 to 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 1.0 to 0 to 1.0 in w.c. 2.5 to 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 5 to 0 to 5 in w.c. 10 to 0 to 10 in w.c. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES DH DIGIHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROLLER 3-in-1 Instrument: Gage, Switch and Transmitter, Square Root Extractor for Air Flow 3-19/32 [91.28] 4-1/2 [114.30] 1-3/4 [44.45] 1-15/16 [49.21] P R E S S U R E 3-25/32 [96.04] 4-1/2 [114.30] 1/2 [12.70] The Series DH Digihelic® Differential Pressure Controller is a 3-in-1 instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter with current output. The Digihelic® controller is the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications, achieving a 0.5% full-scale accuracy on ranges from 0.25 to 100 in w.c. The Digihelic® controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. Two SPDT control relays with adjustable dead bands are provided along with a scalable 4 to 20 mA process output. The Series DH provides extreme flexibility in power usage by allowing 120/220 VAC and also 24 VDC power which is often used in control panels. Programming is easy using the menu key to access 5 simplified menus which provide access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation; selection of engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or circular duct for inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point and alarm operation; alarm operation as a high, low or high/low alarm; automatic or manual alarm reset; alarm delay; view peak and valley process readings; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; scaling the 4 to 20 mA process output to fit your application’s range; Modbus® communications; and field calibration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3-in-1 instrument allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money • Velocity of flow modes, a square root output coincides with the actual flow curve for greater precision • Power usage of 120/220 VAC or 24 VDC provides flexibility to incorporate device in control panel • Secure menu program provides access to device operation only for the right skill level • Modbus® communications supports Process and HVAC system integration and control SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: ABS plastic, UL approved 94 V-0. Accuracy: ±0.5% at 77°F (25°C) including hysteresis and repeatability. Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: Ranges ≤ 2.5 in w.c. = 2 psi; 5˝: 5 psi; 10˝: 5 psi; 25˝: 5 psi; 50˝: 5 psi, 100˝: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/°F (0.036/°C) from 77°F (25°C). Power Requirements: High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 400 Hz or 132 to 240 VDC. Low voltage power = 24 VDC ±20%. Power Consumption: Low voltage power = 24 VDC - 130 mA max; High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240 VDC - 7VA max. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC into 900 Ω max. Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms. Display: 4 digit LCD 0.4˝ height. LED indicators for set point and alarm status. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Process Connections: Compression fitting for use with 1/8˝ ID X 1/4˝ OD tubing (3.175 mm ID x 6.35 mm OD). Optional barbed fitting for 3/16˝ ID tubing. Enclosure Rating: Face designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane. Size: 1/8 DIN. Panel Cutout: 1.772 x 3.620 in (45 x 92 mm). Weight: 14.4 oz (408 g). Serial Communications: Modbus® RTU, RS485, 9600 baud. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. APPLICATIONS • SCFM duct flow • Industrial ovens air flow • Filter status • Clean room pressurization • Fume hood air flow • Surgical and medical room pressurization • Damper and fan control SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 8 amps at 240 VAC resistive. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face. G a g e s / S w i t c h e s , T r a n s m i t t e r s D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -B -NIST Example: DH-004-NIST -FC Example: DH-004-FC Barbed fitting for 3/16˝ ID tubing NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model MN-1 A-266 A-203 Digihelic Links™ Description Mini-Node™ USB/RS-485 converter; the Mini-Node™ converters are an easy solution for utilizing the Digihelic® controller’s RS- 485 serial communication and connecting to virtually any PC. Digihelic® surface mounting bracket 1/8˝ ID x 1/4˝ OD PVC tubing Communications Software MODEL CHART - AVAILABLE PRESSURE ENGINEERING UNITS Model DH-002 DH-004 DH-006 DH-007 DH-008 DH-009* DH-010* *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DH-009 & DH-010. mbar Pa 0.623 2.491 12.45 24.91 62.27 124.5 249.1 oz/in2 0.144 0.578 2.890 5.780 14.45 28.90 57.80 hPa 0.623 2.491 12.45 24.91 62.27 124.5 249.1 psi - - .1806 .3613 .9032 1.806 3.613 in Hg - - .3678 .7356 1.839 3.678 7.356 mm w.c. 6.350 25.40 127.0 254.0 635.0 1270 2540 cm w.c. 0.635 2.540 12.70 25.40 63.50 127.0 254.0 kPa - 0.249 1.245 2.491 6.227 12.45 24.91 62.28 249.1 1245 2491 6227 - - in w.c. .2500 1.000 5.000 10.00 25.00 50.00 100.0 ft w.c. - - .4167 .8333 2.083 4.167 8.333 mm Hg 0.467 1.868 9.342 18.68 46.71 93.42 186.8 MODEL CHART - BI-DIRECTIONAL* RANGES Model DH-012 DH-014 DH-015 DH-016 DH-017 *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DH-009 & DH-010. Range 0.25 to 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 1.0 to 0 to 1.0 in w.c. 2.5 to 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 5 to 0 to 5 in w.c. 10 to 0 to 10 in w.c. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 35

® SERIES DH3 DIGIHELIC® 3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROLLERS Digihelic® Controller in Photohelic® Gage, Square Root Output for Flow E R U S S E R P 2-1/16 [52.39] 2 [50.80] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. PANEL MOUNTING 1/2 [12.70] 1-9/32 [32.54] 11/16 [17.46] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 30° 1/2 [12.70] 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION V I DEO O N L I N E Note: Shown with optional -SS bezel. Backward compatible+ with Magnehelic® gage. Ø5 [127.00] ø4-47/64 [120.25] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 2-1/2 [63.50] 3/16 [4.76] Ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 11/16 [17.46] [3] Ø3/16 [4.77] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-1/8 [104.78] B.C. SURFACE MOUNTING The Series DH3 Digihelic® 3 Differential Pressure Controllers are 3-in-1 instruments possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter with current output all packed in the popular Photohelic® gage style housing. Combining these 3 features allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic® controller is the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications, achieving a 1% full-scale accuracy on ranges down to the extremely low 0.25 in w.c. to 2.5 in w.c. full-scale. Ranges of 5 in w.c. and greater maintain 0.5% FS accuracy. Bi-directional ranges are also available. The Series DH3 Digihelic® controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. 2 SPDT control relays with adjustable deadbands are provided along with a scalable 4 to 20 mA process output. Programming is easy using the menu key to access 5 simplified menus which provide access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation; selection of engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or circular duct for inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point and alarm operation; alarm operation as a high, low or high/low alarm; automatic or manual alarm reset; alarm delay; view peak and valley process reading; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; scaling the 4 to 20 mA process output to fit your applications range and field calibration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3-in-1 instrument allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money • Full-scale accuracy of 1% even on extremely low ranges, and 0.5% for ranges above 5 in w.c. provide for greater measurement precision • Secure menu program provides access to device operation only for the right skill level • Optional stainless steel bezel is the same installation diameter as Magnehelic® gage and simplifies field upgrade to DH3 pressure controller SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: Die cast aluminum case and bezel. Accuracy: ±1.5% for 0.25 in and ±0.25 in w.c. ranges. Ranges 0.5 in to 5 in w.c. and corresponding bi-directional (except ±2.5 in w.c.) ±1%; All other ranges: ±0.5% @ 77°F (25°C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: Ranges ≤ 2.5 in w.c.: 25 psi; ±2.5˝, 5 in w.c.: 5 psi; 10 in w.c.: 5 psi; 25 in w.c.: 5 psi; 50 in w.c.: 5 psi; 100 in w.c.: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/°F (0.036/°C) from 77°F (25°C). For 0.25 in and ±0.25 in w.c. ranges: ±0.03%/°F (±0.054%/°C). Power Requirements: 12-28 VDC, 12- 28 VAC 50 to 400 Hz. Power Consumption: 3 VA max. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC into 900 Ω max. Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1). Display: Backlit 4 digit LCD 0.4˝ height LED indicators for set point and alarm status. Electrical Connections: 15 pin male high density D-sub connection. 18˝ (46 cm) cable with 10 conductors included. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Side or back connections. Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane. Size: 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8˝ (79.38 mm); -SS bezel: 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD x 2-21/32 (67.5 mm). Weight: 1.75 lb (794 g). Agency Approvals: CE. SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 1 A @ 30 VAC/VDC. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face. e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D s r e t t i m s n a r T , s e h c t i w S / s e g a G APPLICATIONS • SCFM duct flow • Filter status • Duct or building static pressure • Damper and fan control MODEL CHART Model DH3-002 DH3-003 DH3-004 DH3-005 DH3-006 DH3-007 DH3-009 Ranges 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. Model *DH3-010 *DH3-011 *DH3-013 *DH3-014 *DH3-015 *DH3-016 *DH3-017 *DH3-018 Ranges 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. 0 to ±0.25 in w.c. 0 to ±0.5 in w.c. 0 to ±1 in w.c. 0 to ±2.5 in w.c. 0 to ±5 in w.c. 0 to ±10 in w.c. *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DH3-010 and DH3-011. ACCESSORIES Model A-298 A-301 A-302 A-302F-A A-370 A-489 Description Flat aluminum bracket for flush mounting Static pressure tip for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection Static pressure tip for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ I.D. plastic or rubber tubing 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws Mounting bracket flush mount bracket; bracket is then surface mounted; steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -SS 304 brushed stainless steel bezel. +Backward compatible with standard Magnehelic® gage installation diameter Example: DH3-004-SS -NIST Example: DH3-004-NIST -FC Example: DH3-004-FC NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate 36 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES AT2DH3 ATEX/IECEX APPROVED DH3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROLLER Digihelic® Pressure Control in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure 8-17/64 [210.00] P R E S S U R E 1-31/32 [50.00] 19/32 [15.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 1/8˝ NPT 15/16 [24.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 1/8˝ NPT 19/32 [15.00] The Series AT2DH3 ATEX/IECEx Approved DH3 Differential Pressure Controller is a 3-in-1 instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter with current output. Combining these three features allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic® controller is the ideal instrument for hazardous area pressure, velocity and flow applications by allowing for the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. Two SPDT control relays with adjustable dead bands are provided along with a scalable 4-20 mA process output. In velocity or flow modes, a square root output is provided on the 4-20 mA signal to coincide with the actual flow curve. Flame-proof enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing process information and set point status on digital display. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3-in-1 instrument allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money • Flame-proof enclosure with optional glass window and aluminum housing protects the device in hazardous areas while giving local visibility to process pressure and set point status APPLICATIONS • Hazardous area pressure measurement and switching Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. DH3 Housing Material: Die cast aluminum case and bezel. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: < 5 in w.c. (except ±2.5 in w.c.): ±1%; All other ranges: ±0.5% at 77°F (25°C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: Ranges ≤ 2.5 in w.c.: 25 psi; ±2.5˝, 5 in w.c.: 5 psi; 10 in w.c.: 5 psi; 25 in w.c.: 5 psi; 50 in w.c.: 5 psi; 100 in w.c.: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/°F (0.036/°C) from 77°F (25°C). Power Requirements: 12-28 VDC, 12-28 VAC 50 to 400 Hz. Power Consumption: 3 VA max. Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC into 900 Ω max. Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus in safe zone only. Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1). Display: Backlit 4 digit LCD 0.4˝ height LED indicators for set point and alarm status. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 12.3 lb (5.6 kg). Electrical Wiring: Screw terminal. Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane. Enclosure Rating: (IP66). IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Dial Size: 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8˝ (79.38 mm). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. 1370 II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex tb SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 1 A @ 30 VAC/VDC. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face in safe zone only. G a g e s / S w i t c h e s , D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s MODEL CHART Example Series Range AT2DH3 -002 -A O 1 X AT2DH3 002 003 004 005 006 007 009 010 011 013 014 015 016 017 018 Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag A B O 1 2 X OPV T2 AT2DH3-002-AO1XT2 ATEX/IECEx approved DH3 differential pressure controller 0 to 0.25 in w.c. (0 to 62.2 Pa) 0 to 0.5 in w.c. (0 to 124.4 Pa) 0 to 1 in w.c. (0 to 248.8 Pa) 0 to 2.5 in w.c. (0 to 622.1 Pa) 0 to 5 in w.c. (0 to 1244.2 Pa) 0 to 10 in w.c. (0 to 2488.4 Pa) 0 to 25 in w.c. (0 to 6221 Pa) 0 to 50 in w.c. (0 to 12442 Pa) 0 to 100 in w.c. (0 to 24884 Pa) 0.25 to 0 to 0.25 in w.c. (62.2 to 0 to 62.2 Pa) 0.5 to 0 to 0.5 in w.c. (124.4 to 0 to 124.4 Pa) 1 to 0 to 1 in w.c. (248.8 to 0 to 248.8 Pa) 2.5 to 0 to 2.5 in w.c. (622.1 to 0 to 622.1 Pa) 5 to 0 to 5 in w.c. (1244.2 to 0 to 1244.2 Pa) 10 to 0 to 10 in w.c. (2488.4 to 0 to 2488.4 Pa) Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8˝ NPT F brass ports 1/8˝ NPT F SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as port T2 SS information label USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 37

E R U S S E R P l e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D i a D , s e h c t i w S / s e g a G ® SERIES A3000 PHOTOHELIC® PRESSURE SWITCH/GAGE 3-in-1 Indicating Gage, Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 2-1/2 [63.50] 2-1/16 [52.39] 2 [50.80] (4) 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. 1-1/4 [31.75] Ø4-3/4 [120.65] 3-7/8 SQ [98.43] 3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION 4-3/8 [111.13] HOUSING REMOVAL Ø4-47/64 [120.25] Ø5 [127.00] 3-7/8 [98.43] 5-1/8 [130.18] 6-3/8 [161.93] 7-5/8 [193.68] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] Ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING V I DEO O N L I N E Set points are instantly adjusted with front knobs The Series A3000 Photohelic® Pressure Switch/Gage functions as versatile, highly repeatable pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven Magnehelic® gage design. The Photohelic® switch/gage measures and controls positive, negative or differential pressures of air and compatible gases. Standard models are rated to 25 psig (1.7 bar) with options to 35 (2.4) or 80 (5.5 bar) psig. Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit control. Easy to adjust set point indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face. Individual set point deadband is one pointer width - less than 1% of full-scale. Set points can be interlocked to provide variable deadband - ideal for control of fans, dampers, etc. Gage reading is continuous and unaffected by switch operation, even during loss of electrical power. Choose from full-scale pressure ranges from a low 0-.25 in (0-6 mm) w.c. up to 30 psi (21 bar). SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±2% of FS at 70°F (21.1°C). ±3% on -0 and ±4% on -00 models. Pressure Limits: -20˝ Hg to 25 psig (-0.677 to 1.72 bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Low temperature option available. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) dial face, 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 8-1/4˝ (209.55 mm). Weight: 4 lb (1.81 kg). FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3-in-1 instrument allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money • Patented design and 1% full-scale dead band provides quick response to pressure changes means no delay in switching and chatter-free operation • A wide range of models that can meet pressure measurement specifications from low to very high APPLICATIONS • Air conditioning systems • Clean rooms • Fume exhaust systems SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: Each set point has 2 form C relays (DPDT). Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 28 VDC, 10 A @ 120, 240 VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Use 167°F (75°C) copper conductors only. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC and 24 VAC power optional. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, UL. 38 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SERIES A3000 PHOTOHELIC® PRESSURE SWITCH/GAGE 3-in-1 Indicating Gage, Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control Bezel and front cover (with set point knobs and zero adjustment screw) removed to expose Photohelic® gage set point mechanism. Cover is clear polycarbonate plastic. Gage pointer and light shutter are mounted on helix and balancing counterweight. Shutter passes through slot in optical limit switch to expose phototransistors to integral infrared light source or mask them depending on applied pressure. Light shield effectively protects phototransistors from strong outside light sources yet allows free pointer movement. It also gives interior a clean “finished” look. Optical limit switches are used for reliability and long service life. Attached directly to set pointers, they are individually aligned to assure precise switching accuracy. Semi-Flexible drive shaft connects to set point knobs. P R E S S U R E Plastic enclosure protects electronic components and electrical connections. Polycarbonate connection or terminal board is self- extinguishing. Glass-epoxy printed circuit boards for durability and performance. Load relays are DPDT with latching feature for maximum application versatility. Electronics are designed to operate on 50/60 Hz, 120 volt current with 10% over or under voltage. Special units for other voltages are available. Switch set pointers show switch settings at all times. Spring loaded friction clutch prevents operator damage of set point mechanism. Zero adjustment screw connects to screw in cover to adjust zero pressure reading. Model A3300-0 A3301 A3302 A3304 A3310 A3320 A3330 Zero Center Ranges Range in w.c. .25-0-.25 .5-0-.5 1-0-1 2-0-2 5-0-5 10-0-10 15-0-15 Range in w.c. /Air Velocity, F.P.M. 0-.25/300-2000 0-.50/500-2800 0-1.0/500-4000 0-2.0/1000-5600 0-10/2000-12500 Model A3000-00AV A3000-0AV A3001AV A3002AV A3010AV Pitot tube required MODEL CHART Range, in w.c. 0-.25 0-.50 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-4.0 0-5.0 0-6.0 0-8.0 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-40 0-50 0-60 0-80 0-100 0-150 Model A3000-00 A3000-0 A3001 A3002 A3003 A3004 A3005 A3006 A3008 A3010 A3015 A3020 A3025 A3030 A3040 A3050 A3060 A3080 A3100 A3150 Bi-Directional Range A3000-00N .05-.20 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -SRH -SRL -OLS -RMR -TAMP -MP -HP -LT -NIST Single relay activates on increase Single relay activates on decrease OEM model Remote mounted relay Tamper proof knobs Medium pressure High pressure Low temperature (-20°F) NIST traceable calibration certificate Model A3000-6MM A3000-10MM A3000-25MM A3000-50MM A3000-80MM A3000-100MM Zero Center A3300-20MM A3300-30MM Model A3000-60PA A3000-125PA A3000-250PA A3000-500PA A3000-750PA Range, mm w.c. 0-6 0-10 0-25 0-50 0-80 0-100 10-0-10 15-0-15 Range, Pascals 0-60 0-125 0-250 0-500 0-750 Zero Center Ranges Model A3300-250PA A3300-500PA Model A3000-1KPA A3000-1.5KPA A3000-2KPA A3000-3KPA A3000-4KPA A3000-5KPA A3000-8KPA A3000-10KPA A3000-15KPA A3000-20KPA A3000-25KPA A3000-30KPA Range, Pa 125-0-125 250-0-250 Range, kPa 0-1 0-1.5 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-8 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 Zero Center Ranges Model A3300-1KPA A3300-3KPA Range, kPa .5-0- .5 1.5-0-1.5 ACCESSORIES Model Description A-298 A-601 Flat flush mounting bracket Manual reset switch net G a g e s / S w D i f f e r e n t i a l i t c h e s , D a i P r e s s u r e l Note: Special models can be built to OEM customers’ specifications with scales reading in special pressure units like ounces per square inch, inches of mercury, etc. Square Root Scales reading in FPM or SCFM are also available. Custom logos and special graduations can also be included. Contact factory for minimum quantities and pricing. Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 39

E R U S S E R P l e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D i a D , s e h c t i w S / s e g a G ® SERIES AT3A3000 ATEX/IECEX APPROVED PHOTOHELIC® SWITCH/GAGE WITH 120, 240 OR 24 VAC POWER Photohelic® Switch/Gages in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosures 1-31/32 [50.00] 9-29/64 [240.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-27/32 [174.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] 1/8˝ NPT 1-1/32 [26.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] Ø25/64 [Ø10.00] 11-19/64 [287.00] 43/64 [17.00] 1/8˝ NPT 1-37/64 [40.00] 10-5/16 [262.00] 9-19/64 [236.00] Flame-proof approved Series AT3A3000 ATEX/IECEx Approved Photohelic® Switch/Gage with 120, 240 or 24 VAC Power functions as versatile, highly repeatable pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven Magnehelic® gage design. The Photohelic® switch/gage measures and controls positive, negative or differential pressures of air and compatible gases. Standard models are rated to 25 psig (1.7 bar) with options to 35 psig (2.4 bar) or 80 psig (5.5 bar). Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit control. Easy to adjust set point indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face (accessible opening case after de-energizing instrument). Set points can be interlocked to provide variable dead band– ideal for control of fans, dampers, etc. Gage reading is continuous and unaffected by switch operation, even during loss of electrical power. Flame-proof enclosures are available in aluminum with glass window which allows for viewing of set point needles and process pressure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3-in-1 ATEX/IECEx approved instrument allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money • Flame-proof enclosure with optional glass window and aluminum housing protects the device in hazardous areas while giving local visibility to process pressure and set point status APPLICATIONS • Hazardous area pressure measurement and switching • Air conditioning systems • Clean rooms • Fume exhaust systems Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: ±2% of FS at 70°F (21.1°C); ±3% on -0 and ±4% on -00 models. Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 25 psig (-0.677 to 1.72 bar). MP option; 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) LT low temperature option to -20°F available (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Dial Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm). Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on Photohelic® gage face behind enclosure cover. Follow instructions and safety warnings to open cover. SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: Each set point has 2 Form C relays (DPDT). Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 28 VDC, 10 A @ 120, 240 VAC. Electrical Wiring: Screw terminals. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC power optional. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Three 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 28.4 lb (12.9 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex 1370 RANGE CHART Model A3000-00 A3000-0 A3001 A3002 A3003 A3004 A3005 A3040 A3050 A3060 A3080 A3100 A3150 Range in w.c. Model Range in w.c. Model Range in w.c. 0 to .25 0 to .50 0 to 1.0 0 to 2.0 0 to 3.0 0 to 4.0 0 to 5.0 0 to 6.0 0 to 8.0 0 to 10 0 to 15 0 to 20 0 to 25 0 to 30 0 to 40 0 to 50 0 to 60 0 to 80 0 to 100 0 to 150 A3006 A3008 A3010 A3015 A3020 A3025 A3030 MODEL CHART Example Housing Range Power Pressure Rating Construction Temperature Rating Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT3 A3001 -120VAC -X X X -A B 1 X AT3 A3XXX 120VAC 240VAC 24VAC X MP HP X X LT A B O 1 2 X OPV T2 AT3A3001-120VAC-XXX-AB1XT2 ATEX/IECEx approved Photohelic® switch/gages Specify range by wiring Photohelic® model number. See range chart. Power requirement 120 VAC Power requirement 240 VAC Power requirement 24 VAC Standard -25 in Hg to 25 psig Medium pressure max. static 35 psig High pressure max. static 80 psig Standard silicone construction Standard temperature 20 to 120°F Low temperature to -20°F Aluminum Blind Glass cover 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports T2 SS information label 40 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

® SERIES 43000 CAPSU-PHOTOHELIC® PRESSURE SWITCH/GAGES Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control, Aluminum or Brass Case Available Set points are instantly adjusted with front knobs. P R E S S U R E Series 43000 Capsu-Photohelic® switch/gage 3-1/16 [77.79] TYP Ø4-3/4 [120.65] 3-7/8 SQ [98.43] 3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION 3-7/8 [98.43] 5-1/8 [130.18] 4-3/8 [111.13] HOUSING REMOVAL 7-5/16 [185.74] 8-9/16 [217.49] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] Ø5 [127.00] 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] Ø4-47/64 [120.25] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION [LIQUID] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] Ø [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION [LIQUID] 3/4 [19.05] TYP Capsu-Photohelic® switch/gage with brass body Series 43000 Series 43000 Capsu-Photohelic® Pressure Switch/Gages function as versatile, highly repeatable pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven Magnehelic® gage design. The Capsu-Photohelic® switch/ gage employs an encapsulated sensing element for use with both liquids and gases at pressures to 500 psig (34 bar). Optional cast brass case is available for water or water based liquids. Two phototransistors actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/ high limit control. Easy to adjust set point indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face. Individual set point deadband is one pointer width — less than 1% of full-scale. Set points can be interlocked to provide variable deadband — ideal for control of pumps. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Gage capsule permits high-pressure usage with small differentials • Zero and range adjustments outside of gage means no disassembly in normal service • Time-proven, simple, frictionless movement that permits full-scale readings as low as 0.5 in w.c. • Photo-electronic relays provide fast-acting switching with variable deadband control for chatter-free operation SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Brass case option required for water based liquids. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±3% of FS at 70°F (21.1°C). ±4% on 43215, 43220 and 43500. Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500 psig (-0.677 to 34.5 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Low temperature option available. Process Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT. Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) dial face, 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 9-3/16˝ (233.36 mm). Weight: 5 lb, 8 oz (2.49 kg). Brass 11 lb, 2 oz (5.05 kg). SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: Each set point has 2 form C relays (DPDT). Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 120 VAC, 6 A @ 240 VAC, 60 Hz res. 10 A @ 28 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC and 24 VAC power optional. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. G a g e s / S w i t c h e s , D a i l D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e APPLICATIONS • Pump control • Pumping systems • Waste water • Compatible liquid or gas applications MODEL CHART Model Range in w.c. Model Range in w.c. 43000-0 43001 43002 43003 43004 43005 43006 43008 43010 43015 43020 43025 43030 43040 0-50 0-60 0-80 0-100 0-150 0-200 0-300 0-400 0-500 1-0-1 2-0-2 5-0-5 10-0-10 15-0-15 43050 43060 43080 43100 43150 43200 43300 43400 43500 43302 43304 43310 43320 43330 0-.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-4.0 0-5.0 0-6.0 0-8.0 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-40 ACCESSORIES Model Description A-298 Flat aluminum bracket for flush mounting OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -SRH -SRL -24VAC -240VAC -RMR -TAMP -WP -EXPL Single relay activates on increase Single relay activates on decrease 24 VAC relay pack 240 VAC relay pack Remote mounted relay Tamper proof knobs Weatherproof (NEMA 4) Explosion-proof (NEMA 7 C, D, 9 E, F, G; NEC Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III NIST traceable calibration certificate -NIST Example: 43001-NIST B Brass body; For water based liquids order optional brass case Example: 43001B Contact Customer Service for detailed dimension drawings. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 41

® SERIES 3000MR & 3000MRS PHOTOHELIC® SWITCH/GAGES Combines Differential Pressure Gage with Low/High Set-Points, Compact Size 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION Note: Shown with optional -SS bezel. Backward compatible+ with Magnehelic® gage. 2-1/16 [52.39] 2 [50.80] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. ø4-47/64 [120.25] ø5 [127.00] ® 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 2-1/2 [63.50] 3/16 [4.76] ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING V I DEO O N L I N E Using solid state technology, the Series 3000MR & 3000MRS Photohelic® Switch/ Gages combine the functions of a precise, highly repeatable differential pressure switch with a large easy-to-read analog pressure gage employing the durable, time-proven Magnehelic® gage design. Switch setting is easy to adjust with large external knobs on the gage face. Gage reading is unaffected by switch operation - will indicate accurately even if power is interrupted. Solid state design now results in greatly reduced size and weight. Units can be flush mounted or surface mounted with hardware supplied. 3000MR models employ versatile electromechanical relays with gold over silver contacts - ideal for dry circuits. For applications requiring high cycle rates, choose 3000MRS models with SPST (N.O.) solid state relays. All models provide both low and high limit control and include 18-inch (45 cm) cable assemblies for electrical connections. Compatible with air and other non-combustible, non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar). Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Gage reading unaffected by switch operation and will continue to read pressure even during power loss • Zero and range adjustments outside of gage means no disassembly in normal service • Solid-state design allows for switching in high cycle rate applications without degradation • Optional stainless steel bezel is the same installation diameter as Magnehelic® gage and simplifies field upgrade to Photohelic® switch/gage APPLICATIONS • Pneumatic conveying • Air conditioning systems • Clean rooms MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±2% of FS (3000-0 ±3% of FS). (3000-00 ±4% of FS). Pressure Limit: -20˝ Hg. to 25 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar). MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT (duplicated side and back). Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) dial face, 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8˝ (79.38 mm); -SS bezel: 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD x 2-21/32 (67.5 mm). Weight: 1.8 Ib (816 g). SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS 3000MR Switch Type: Each set point has 1 form C relays (SPDT). Relay Contacts: (Resistive load) 1 form C rated 1.0A @ 30 VDC, 0.3A @ 110 VDC or 0.5A @ 125 VAC. Gold over clad silver - suitable for dry circuits. Electrical Connections: 18˝ (46 cm) cable assembly with 8 conductors. Optional lengths to 100´ (30.5 m). Power Requirements: 24 VDC, regulated ±10%. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. Agency Approvals: CE. SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS 3000MRS Switch Type: Each set point has a solid state relay. Switching Voltage: 20-280 VAC (47-63 Hz). Switching Current: 1.0 amp (AC) max., 0.01 mA (AC) min., (2) SPST NO. Electrical Connections: 18˝ (46 cm) cable assembly with 6 conductors, optional lengths to 100´ (30.5 m). Power Requirements: 24 VDC, regulated ±10%. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. Agency Approvals: CE. E R U S S E R P l e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D i a D , s e h c t i w S / s e g a G ACCESSORIES Model Description A-298 A-370 Flat aluminum bracket for flush mounting 3000MR/MRS Mounting bracket flush mount 3000MR/MRS bracket. Bracket is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish R/C snubber recommended for inductive loads like a solenoid or contactor A-600 ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Description Mounting ring, snap ring, 18˝ (45 cm) cable assembly, (2) 3/16˝ tubing to 1/8˝ NPT adapters, (2) 1/8˝ NPT pipe plugs, (4) 6-32 x 1-1/4˝ RH machine screws (panel mounting), (3) 6-32 x 5/16˝ RH machine screws (surface mounting) OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -SS 304 brushed stainless steel bezel. +Backward compatible with standard Magnehelic® gage installation diameter Example: 3001MR-SS -TAMP -LT -MP -HP -WP -NIST Example: 3001MR-NIST Tamper-proof knobs; require spanner key (supplied) to change set points Low temperature option; for use under 20°F (-6.7°C) Medium pressure; increases maximum rated pressure to 35 psig (2.41 bar) High pressure; increases maximum rated pressure to 80 psig (5.5 bar) Weatherproof housing option NIST traceable calibration certificate Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Model 3000MR-00 3000MR-0 3001MR 3002MR 3003MR 3005MR 3010MR 3015MR 3020MR 3030MR 3050MR 3100MR Model 3000MR-60PA** 3000MR-125PA* 3000MR-250PA 3000MR-500PA Model 3000MR-1KPA 3000MR-3KPA 3000MR-4KPA Model 3000MR-6MM** 3000MR-10MM* 3000MR-25MM 3000MR-50MM 3000MR-100MM Range, in w.c. 0-0.25 0-0.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-5.0 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-30 0-50 0-100 Range, Pascals 0-60 0-125 0-250 0-500 Range, kPa 0-1.0 0-3.0 0-4.0 Range, mm w.c. 0-6 0-10 0-25 0-50 0-100 Range, cm w.c. Minor Divs. Model .005 .01 .02 .05 .10 .10 .20 .50 .50 1.0 1.0 2.0 Minor Divs. Model 2.0 5.0 5.0 10.0 Minor Divs. Model .02 .10 .10 Minor Divs. Model .20 .50 .50 1.0 2.0 Minor Divs. Model .50 3000MRS-00** 3000MRS-0* 3001MRS 3002MRS 3003MRS 3005MRS 3010MRS 3015MRS 3020MRS 3030MRS 3050MRS 3100MRS 3000MRS-60PA** 3000MRS-125PA* 3000MRS-250PA 3000MRS-500PA 3000MRS-1KPA 3000MRS-3KPA 3000MRS-4KPA 3000MRS-6MM** 3000MRS-10MM* 3000MRS-25MM 3000MRS-50MM 3000MRS-100MM Range, in w.c. 0-0.25 0-0.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-5.0 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-30 0-50 0-100 Range, Pascals 0-60 0-125 0-250 0-500 Range, kPa 0-1.0 0-3.0 0-4.0 Range, mm w.c. 0-6 0-10 0-25 0-50 0-100 Range, cm w.c. Minor Divs. .005 .01 .02 .05 .10 .10 .20 .50 .50 1.0 1.0 2.0 Minor Divs. 2.0 5.0 5.0 10.0 Minor Divs. .02 .10 .10 Minor Divs. .20 .50 .50 1.0 2.0 Minor Divs. .50 Model 3000MR-20CM 0-20 *±3% of full-scale. **± 4% of full-scale. Note: To order, select either MR or MRS suffix to Series 3000 number. Examples: 3001MR or 3001MRS 3000MRS-20CM 0-20 42 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SERIES AT23000MR & AT23000MRS ATEX/IECEX APPROVED PHOTOHELIC® SWITCH/GAGES WITH 24 VDC POWER 3000MR or 3000MRS Series in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosures 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 19/32 [15.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 1/8˝ NPT 1-31/32 [50.00] 15/16 [24.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 19/32 [15.00] 1/8˝ NPT SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: ±2% of FS at 70°F (21.1°C). ±3% on -0, -60 Pa and ±4% on -00 models. Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 25 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.72 bar). MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F. (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Option LT low temperature to -20°F (28.8°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Power Requirements: 24 VDC, regulated ±10%. Electrical Wiring: Screw terminals. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Dial Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm). Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face behind enclosure cover. Follow instructions and safety warnings to open cover. Weight: 12.5 lb (5.7 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex 1370 SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS (3000MR) Switch Type: Each set point has 1 Form C relay (SPDT). Relay Contacts: (resistive load) 1 Form C rated 1.0 A @ 30 VDC, 0.3 A @ 110 VDC or 0.5 A @ 125 VAC. Gold over clad silver - suitable for dry circuits. SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS (3000MRS) Switch Type: Each set point has a solid state relay. Switching Voltage: 20 to 280 VAC (47 to 63 Hz). Switching Current: 1.0 amp (AC) max., 0.01 mA (AC) min., (2) SPST NO. Using solid state technology, the Series AT23000MR & AT23000MRS ATEX/IECEx Approved Photohelic® Switch/Gage with 24 VDC Power combines the functions of a precise, highly repeatable differential pressure switch with a large easy-to- read analog pressure gage. Gage reading is unaffected by switch operation and will indicate accurately even if power is interrupted. AT23000MR series employ versatile electromechanical relays with low amperage ratings-ideal for dry circuits. For applications requiring high cycle rates, choose AT23000MRS models with SPST (NO) solid state relays. Easy to adjust set point indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face (accessible opening case after de-energizing instrument). All models provide both low and high limit control. Compatible with air and other non-combustible, non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar). Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar). Flame-proof enclosures are available with glass window which allows for viewing of set point needles and process pressure. Compatible with air and other non- combustible, non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar). Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Gage reading unaffected by switch operation and will continue to read pressure even during power loss • Zero and range adjustments outside of gage means no disassembly in normal service • Solid-state design allows for switching in high cycle rate applications without degradation • Flame-proof enclosure with optional glass window and aluminum housing protects the device in hazardous areas while giving local visibility to process pressure and set point status APPLICATIONS • Hazardous area pressure measurement and switching • Pneumatic conveying • Air conditioning systems • Clean rooms • Fume exhaust systems Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. RANGE CHART Model Range in w.c. Minor Divis. Model 3000-00 3000-0 3001 3002 0 to 0.25 0 to 0.5 0 to 1.0 0 to 2.0 .005 .01 .02 .05 3000-60PA 3000-125PA 3000-250PA 3000-500PA Range, Pa Minor Divis. 0 to 60 0 to 125 0 to 250 0 to 500 2.0 5.0 5.0 10.0 P R E S S U R E G a g e s / S w i t c h e s , D a i l D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e MODEL CHART Example Housing Range Relay Pressure Rating Construction Temperature Rating Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT2 3001 MR -X X X -A B 1 X AT2 3XXX MR MRS T2 AT23001MR-XXX-AB1XT2 ATEX/IECEx approved Photohelic® switch/gages Specify range by using Photohelic® model number. See range chart. Electromechanical relay Solid state relay X MP HP X X LT A Standard -25 in Hg to 25 psig Medium pressure max. static 35 psig High pressure max. static 80 psig Standard silicone construction Standard temperature 20 to 120°F Low temperature to -20°F Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports T2 SS information label B O 1 2 X OPV USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 43

E R U S S E R P l e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D i a D , s e h c t i w S / s e g a G ® SERIES MP MINI-PHOTOHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH/GAGE Compact, Low Cost Switch Gage LOW PRESSURE PORT HIGH PRESSURE PORT 3-1/32 [77.00] Ø2-19/32 [65.88] 1 [25.4] 3-1/16 [77.79] 3-1/32 [77.00] 3-13/16 [96.84] 9/32 [7.134] The Series MP Mini-Photohelic® Differential Pressure Switch/Gage combines the time proven Minihelic® II differential pressure gage with two SPDT switching set points. The Mini-Photohelic® switch/gage is designed to measure and control positive, negative, or differential pressures consisting of non-combustible and non-corrosive gases. Gage reading is independent of switch operation. Switching status is visible by LED indicators located on the front and rear of the gage. Set points are adjusted with push-buttons on the back of the unit. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Gage reading unaffected by switch operation and will continue to read pressure even during power loss • Visible switch status LED provides indication of set point switching state • Compact design but with the power of larger devices can meet the same application specifications APPLICATIONS • Fume hoods • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying • Clean room SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±5% of FS @ 70ºF (21.1ºC). Gage face mounted in vertical position. Pressure Limits: 30 psig (2.067 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120ºF (-6.7 to 49ºC). Process Connections: Barbed for 3/16˝ ID tubing (STD); 1/8˝ male NPT (optional). Size: 4-1/8˝ (104.78 mm) depth x 3-1/16˝ (77.79 mm) diameter. Weight: 23 oz (652 g). SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: (2) SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 120/240 VAC resistive; 5 A @ 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block. Accepts 22-12 AWG wire. Power Requirements: 24 VDC / 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 watts. Mounting Orientation: Gage face in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Push-buttons. Standard Accessories: (2) mounting screws, (1) .050˝ hex allen wrench. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. MODEL CHART Range, Inches of Water Model 0-0.5 0-1.0 0-2.0 0-3.0 0-5.0 0-10 0-20 Model MP-000 MP-001 MP-002 MP-003 MP-005 MP-010 MP-020 Model MP-1KPA MP-3KPA MP-125PA MP-250PA MP-500PA Range, Pa 0-125 0-250 0-500 Range, kPa 0-1 0-3 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NPT Example: MP-000-NPT; Note: Allow additional lead time. NIST traceable calibration certificate -NIST Example: MP-005-NIST 1/8˝ male NPT connections ACCESSORIES Model A-301 A-302 A-302F-A A-489 Description Static pressure tip for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection Static pressure tip for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ I.D. plastic or rubber tubing 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 44 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES ADPS/EDPS/BDPA HVAC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES With Dual Scale Field Adjustable Set Point Knob Ø11/64 [Ø4.5] 21/64 [8.5] 2-17/64 [57.5] 7/8 [22] 2-9/16 [65] 1-31/32 [50] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Audible buzzer Power input 2-1/4 [57] LED Test/snooze button Battery Contact output BDPA 45/64 [18] 2-9/16 [65] 1-31/32 [50] ADPS EDPS Ø11/64 [Ø4.5] 21/64 [8.5] V I DEO O N L I N E 51/64 [18] 2-21/64 [59] 9/32 [7] Ø15/64 [Ø6] [P2] - + [P1] EDPS The Series ADPS/EDPS/BDPA HVAC Differential Pressure Switches are designed for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressures. The dual scaled adjustment knob in inches water column and pascals allows changes to the switching pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The ADPS/EDPS/BDPA are available with settings from 0.08 in w.c. (20 Pa) up to 20 in w.c. (5000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm and PA 6.6 body make the series ADPS ideal for use with air and other noncombustible gases. Series EDPS models meet UL508 and are constructed of plenum rated plastics. The series BDPA Adjustable Differential Pressure Alarms offer a versatile range of configurations allowing utilization of their many features including buzzer and LED notification, and battery or line powered. The compact size, adjustment knob and low cost make the ADPS/EDPS/BDPA the perfect choice for HVAC applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Adjustment knob changes switching pressure easily with a pressure gage reducing components for application • Low cost device makes it an excellent solution in BAS and HVAC applications requiring duct control and monitoring • Relay contact allows simple integration with DDC or building systems APPLICATIONS • Air filter and ventilator monitoring • Industrial cooling circuits • Fire-protection damper control • Ventilation duct monitoring • Fan heater overheating protection • Heat exchanger frost protection MODEL CHART - ADPS 2-21/64 [59] 51/64 [18] 19/64 [7.5] Ø15/64 [Ø6] [P2] - + [P1] ADPS 2-17/64 [57.5] Ø11/64 [Ø4.5] 21/64 [8.5] 2-9/16 [65] 1-31/32 [50] 7/8 [22] 2-21/64 [59] 19/64 [7.5] Ø15/64 [Ø6] 51/64 [18] [P2] - + [P1] BDPA SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: ADPS: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: POM; Switch body: PA 6.6; Cover: Polystyrene; EDPS: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: Switch body: PA 6.6; Cover: Polystyrene; Materials UL 94 V-0 rated. Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: Max. operating pressure: 40 in w.c. (10 kPa) for all pressure ranges. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Electrical Rating: Max. 1.5 A res./0.4 A ind./250 VAC, 50/60 Hz; Max. switching rate: 6 cycles/min. Electrical Connections: Push-on screw terminals. M20x1.5 with cable strain relief or optional 1/2˝ NPT. Process Connections: 5/16˝ (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4˝ (6.0 mm) inside diameter tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing downwards. Mechanical Working Life: Over 106 switching operations. Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g). Agency Approvals: ETL approved to UL508 and CSA C22.2#14 (EDPS only). Set Point Range in w.c. (Pa) 0.08 to 1.20 (20-300) 0.12 to 1.60 (30-400) 0.20 to 2.00 (50-500) 0.80 to 4.00 (200-1000) 2.00 to 10.00 (500-2500) 4.00 to 20.00 (1000-5000) Approx. Dead Band @ Min Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.04 (10) 0.06 (15) 0.08 (20) 0.4 (100) 0.6 (150) 1.0 (250) Model ADPS-08-2-N ADPS-04-2-N ADPS-03-2-N ADPS-05-2-N ADPS-06-2-N ADPS-07-2-N Note: For optional 1/2˝ NPT conduit connection, change -2-N to-1-N. Models that include installer kit add -C to the end of the model number (-2-N cable gland models only). Installer kit includes two static tips and 7 ft of PVC tubing. Order installer kit separately with 1/2˝ NPT conduit connection models. See A-481 in the accessories list. Consult factory for bulk packaging option. Approx. Deadband @ Max Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.05 (12) 0.09 (23) 0.09 (23) 0.5 (130) 0.8 (200) 1.4 (350) MODEL CHART - EDPS Model EDPS-08-1-N EDPS-04-1-N EDPS-03-1-N EDPS-05-1-N EDPS-06-1-N EDPS-07-1-N Note: For optional M20 cable gland connection, change -1-N to-2-N. Set Point Range in w.c. (Pa) 0.08 to 1.20 (20-300) 0.12 to 1.60 (30-400) 0.20 to 2.00 (50-500) 0.80 to 4.00 (200-1000) 2.00 to 10.00 (500-2500) 4.00 to 20.00 (1000-5000) Approx. Dead Band @ Min Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.04 (10) 0.06 (15) 0.08 (20) 0.4 (100) 0.6 (150) 1.0 (250) Approx. Dead Band @ Max Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.05 (12) 0.09 (23) 0.09 (23) 0.5 (130) 0.8 (200) 1.4 (350) ACCESSORIES Model Description A-288 A-289 A-480 A-481 A-489 “L” type metal mounting bracket with screws “S” type metal mounting bracket with screws Plastic static pressure tip Installer kit, includes 2 plastic static pressure tips & 7´ (2.1 m) of PVC tubing 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange A-480 P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s MODEL CHART - BDPA Model BDPA-08-2-N BDPA-04-2-N BDPA-03-2-N BDPA-05-2-N BDPA-06-2-N BDPA-07-2-N Set Point Range in w.c. (Pa) 0.08 to 1.20 (20 to 300) 0.12 to 1.60 (30 to 400) 0.20 to 2.00 (50 to 500) 0.80 to 4.00 (200 to 1000) 2.00 to 10.00 (500 to 2500) 4.00 to 20.00 (1000 to 5000) Approx. Dead Band @ Min Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.04 (10) 0.06 (15) 0.08 (20) 0.4 (100) 0.6 (150) 1.0 (250) Approx. Dead Band @ Max Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.05 (12) 0.09 (23) 0.09 (23) 0.5 (130) 0.8 (200) 1.4 (350) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 45

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES AT1ADPS ATEX/IECEX APPROVED ADPS ADJUSTABLE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH The ADPS in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure 1-31/32 [50.00] 7-3/32 [180.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] 4-17/32 [115.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] 4X 5/16 [Ø8.00] 1/8˝ NPT 2-9/16 [65.00] 1-32/64 [40.00] 4-27/32 [123.00] 7-1/4 [184.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 25/64 [10.00] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: Switch body: PA 6.6 and POM; Cover: Polystyrene; Brass or SS depending on pressure connections chosen. Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 40 in w.c. (10 kPa). Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: Standard: Max. 1.5 A @ 250 VAC, max. switching rate: 6 cycles/ min. Set Point Adjustment: Hand knob on pressure switch inside case. (De-energize before opening case). Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing downwards. Mechanical Working Life: Over 106 switching operations. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 7 lb (3.2 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. 1370 The Series AT1ADPS ATEX/IECEx Approved ADPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch is designed for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressure applications in hazardous areas. The dual scaled adjustment knob in inches water column and Pascals allows changes to the switching pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The switch is available with settings from 0.08 in w.c. (20 Pa) up to 16 in w.c. (4000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm makes this series ideal for use with air and other noncombustible gases. Flame-proof enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing set point status on the adjustment knob. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Flame-proof enclosure with optional glass window and aluminum housing protects the device in hazardous areas while giving local visibility to set point status APPLICATIONS • Hazardous area pressure switch • Air filter and ventilator monitoring • Ventilation duct monitoring • Industrial cooling circuits • Fan heater overheating protection • Fire-protection damper control • Heat exchanger frost protection MODEL CHART Example Series Range Connection Switch Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT1ADPS -08 -2 -N -A O 1 X AT1ADPS 08 04 03 05 06 07 2 N A B O 1 2 X OPV T2 AT1ADPS-08-2-N-AO1XT2 ATEX/IECEx approved ADPS adjustable differential pressure switch .08 to 1.2 in w.c. (20 to 300 Pa) .12 to 1.6 in w.c. (30 to 400 Pa) .2 to 2 in w.c. (50 to 500 Pa) .8 to 4 in w.c. (200 to 1000 Pa) 2 to 10 in w.c. (500 to 2500 Pa) 4 to 20 in w.c. (1000 to 5000 Pa) Internal cable gland 1.5 A @ 250 VAC Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports T2 SS information label 46 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

® SERIES 1800 LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH FOR GENERAL INDUSTRIAL SERVICE Set Points from 0.07 in w.c. to 85 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within 2% Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 3-39/64 [91.68] 3-1/8 [79.38] Ø4 [101.60] 3/4 [19.05] 2-1/8 [53.98] 1-1/8 [28.57] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/2 MALE NPT MOUNTING SPUD 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-27/32 [46.83] 2-3/32 [53.18] 3-27/32 [97.63] V I DEO O N L I N E CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL Essential for industrial environments, the Series 1800 Low Differential Pressure Switch for General Industrial Service combines small size and low price with 2% repeatability for all but the most demanding applications. Set point adjustment inside the mounting stud permits mounting the switch on one side of a wall or panel with adjustment easily accessible on the opposite side. UL and CSA listed, and FM approved. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact size and repeatability provide a high-value switch useful in many industrial applications • Designed for panel and wall mounting to easily meet mounting requirements in most industrial settings • Pressure ranges from 0.07 in w.c. to 85 in w.c. make this switch suitable for a wide range of applications APPLICATIONS • Process applications • Mechanical equipment control SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82.2°C); 1823-00: -20 to 180°F (-28.9 to 82.2°C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Repeatability: ±2%. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. De-rate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside mounting spud. Weight: 1 lb 5 oz (595 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL. Optional-EXPL explosion-proof enclosure does not possess any agency approvals. P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s OPTIONS Weatherproof Housing 16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5-1/2 Ib (2.5 kg). Switch must be factory installed. Note: To order, change 1823 base number to 1824 and add -WP suffix. Example: 1824-1-WP Explosion-Proof Housing Cast iron base with aluminum cover. Rated Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D; Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG. Wt. 7-1/2 Ib (3.4kg). Switch must be factory installed. Note: To order, change 1823 base number to 1824 and add -EXPL suffix. Example: 1824-1-EXPL MIL Environmental Construction Unlisted Model 1820 can be furnished with a special sealed snap switch for protection against high humidity, fungus and/or military applications. Similar to Model 1823 except deadband is slightly greater and some lower setpoints may not be possible. Note: To order, add -MIL suffix. Example: 1820-2-MIL MODEL CHART Model 1823-00 1823-0 1823-1 1823-2 1823-5 1823-10 1823-20 1823-40 1823-80 Operating Range, in w.c. 0.07 to 0.22 0.15 to 0.5 0.3 to 1.0 0.5 to 2.0 1.5 to 5.0 2.0 to10 3 to 22 5 to 44 9 to 85 Approximate Deadband At Min. Set Point At Max. Set Point 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.14 0.18 0.35 0.56 1.30 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.12 0.28 0.45 0.70 1.10 3.0 ACCESSORIES Model A-389 Description Mounting bracket; 16 ga. steel, zinc plated and dichromate dipped for corrosion resistance; provides rugged, permanent mounting and speeds installation 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 6˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 8˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ rubber or plastic tubing; 6˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ rubber or plastic tubing; 8˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws A-489 A-491 A-493 A-302F-A A-302F-B A-302F-C Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 47

® SERIES AT21823 ATEX/IECEX APPROVED 1823 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH The 1823 in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure 9-1/16 [230.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 3-35/64 [90.00] 19/32 [15.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 15/16 [24.00] 1/8˝ NPT 2-3/4 [70.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 5-63/64 [152.00] 1/8˝ NPT 19/32 [15.00] Essential for industrial environments, the Series AT21823 ATEX/IECEx Approved 1823 Differential Pressure Switch combines small size with 2% repeatability. Set point adjustment inside the switch allows for set point settings across 9 ranges from the low of .07 in w.c. to a maximum 85 in w.c. differential pressure. Series AT21823 flame-proof enclosures are available in aluminum and are ideal for low pressure hazardous area applications. Various housing options such as an overpressure relief valve or external set point adjustment knob are available. External set point knob allows adjustment without opening the enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact size and repeatability, provides a high-value switch for many industrial applications • External set point knob provides easy access that simplifies making adjustments without opening enclosure • Flame-proof enclosure protects the device in hazardous areas APPLICATIONS • Hazardous area pressure switch • Process applications • Mechanical equipment control Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82.2°C); 1823-00, -20 to 180°F (-28.9 to 82.2°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT. Repeatability: ±2% FS. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. De-rate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside mounting spud internal to switch. External set point adjustment knob optional. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve or external set point adjustment knob. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 11.9 lb (5.4 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. 1370 E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D MODEL CHART Example AT21823 -00 -A O K1 1 X T2 AT21823-00-AOK11XT2 Series Range Housing Material Cover Set point Adjustment Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT21823 ATEX/IECEx approved 1823 differential pressure switch 00 0 1 2 5 10 20 40 80 A B O K1 K2 .08 to .22 in w.c. (18 to 56 Pa) .15 to .5 in w.c. (38 to 127 Pa) .3 to 1 in w.c. (76 to 254 Pa) 0.5 to 2 in w.c. (127 to 508 Pa) 1.5 to 5 in w.c. (381 to 1270 Pa) 2 to 10 in w.c. (.5 to 2.5 kPa) 3 to 22 in w.c. (.76 to 5.6 kPa) 5 to 44 in w.c. (1.27 to 11.17 kPa) 9 to 85 in w.c. (2.28 to 21.6 kPa) Aluminum Blind Glass top cover Without external set point adjustment knob With external set point adjustment knob 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports T2 SS information label 1 2 X OPV 48 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

® SERIES 1900 COMPACT LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES Set Points from 0.07 to 20 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within 3% 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESS. CONNECTION 60° TYP Series 1910 switch with conduit enclosure off. 41/64 [16.27] 1-19/32 [40.48] 2-11/32 [59.53] 1-3/4 [44.45] CLEARANCE 3 [76.20] 1-5/16 [33.32] TYP Ø3-1/2 [88.90] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 51/64 [20.24] Shows electric switch and set point adjustment screw located FOR COVER REMOVAL on same side for easy installation. (2) Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES ON A 4-3/16 [106.36] B.C. 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-7/8 [47.63] 2-9/32 [57.94] 2-7/16 [61.90] V I DEO O N L I N E The Dwyer-engineered force-motion amplifier increases the leverage of diaphragm movement and results in a switch with excellent sensitivity and repeatability. Our most popular Series 1900 Compact Low Differential Pressure Switches combine advanced design and precision construction to make these switches able to perform many of the tasks of larger, costlier units. Designed for air conditioning service, they also serve many fluidics, refrigeration, oven and dryer applications. Series 1900 switches have set points from 0.07 to 20 in w.c. (1.8 to 508 mm). Set point adjustment is easy with range screw located inside conduit enclosure. Internal location helps prevent tampering. UL, CE and CSA listed, and FM approved. For use with air or compatible gages. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact size and repeatability, provides a high-value switch for many industrial and OEM applications • Wide range of models from 0.07 in w.c. to 20 in w.c. can meet exacting OEM specifications for a low pressure switch • Range screw protected inside enclosure provides simplifies making adjustments but prevents tampering APPLICATIONS • Air conditioning refrigeration coil icing detection; defrost cycle initiation • Clogged filter detection • Variable air volume controller MODEL CHART Model 1910-00 1910-0 1910-1 1910-5 1910-10 1910-20 Operating Range in w.c. 0.07 to 0.15 0.15 to 0.5 0.40 to 1.6 1.40 to 5.5 3.0 to 11.75 4.0 to 20.0 Approximate Deadband At Min. Set Point 0.04 0.10 0.15 0.30 0.40 0.40 At Max. Set Point 0.04 0.10 0.16 0.30 0.40 0.50 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82.2°C). Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) continuous, 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Repeatability: ±3%. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Derate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside conduit enclosure. Weight: 1 lb 4.5 oz (581 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, and UL. Optional-EXPL explosion-proof enclosure does not possess any agency approvals. OPTIONS Weatherproof Housing 16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5-1/2 Ib (2.5 kg). Switch must be factory installed. Note: To order, change 1910 base number to 1911, add -WP suffix. Example: 1911-1-WP Explosion-Proof Housing Cast iron base with brass cover. Rated Class I, Groups D; Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7, 9 NEMA 3. (7 lb). Switch must be factory installed. Note: To order, change 1910 base number to 1911, add -EXPL suffix. Example: 1911-1-EXPL Manual Reset Option (Model 1900 MR) Includes special snap switch which latches on pressure increase above the setpoint. Switch must be manually reset after pressure drops below the setpoint. Available on -1, -5,-10 or -20 ranges only. Option is not UL, CSA or FM listed. For use only in single positive pressure applications. Note: To order, change 1910 base number to 1900, add -MR suffix. Example: 1900-10-MR P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s ACCESSORIES Model A-399 Description Duct pressure monitor kit; for use with standard or manual reset model switches; includes mounting flange, tubing and adapters Street ell; brass adapter for applications requiring right angle connections; two required for differential pressures 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange A-329 A-302F-A A-489 Manual reset option USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 49

® SERIES AT11910 ATEX/IECEX APPROVED 1910 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH The 1910 in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure 7-3/32 [180.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] 4-17/32 [115.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 7-1/4 [184.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 4-27/32 [123.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 1/8˝ NPT 2-9/16 [65.00] 25/64 [10.00] 1/8˝ NPT Series AT11910 ATEX/IECEx Approved 1910 Differential Pressure Switch is our most popular switch and is now available in a flame-proof package. This pressure switch combines advanced design and precision construction to make these switches able to perform many of the tasks of larger, costlier units. For air and non-combustible compatible gases, the AT11910 Series switches have set points from 0.07 to 20 in w.c. (1.8 to 508 mm). Set point adjustment is easy with range screw located inside the switch enclosure. Series AT11910 enclosures are available in aluminum enclosures and ideal for low pressure, hazardous area applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Flame-proof enclosure protects the device in hazardous areas • Compact size and repeatability, provides a high-value switch for many industrial and OEM applications • Wide range of models from 0.07 in w.c. to 20 in w.c. can meet exacting OEM specifications for a low pressure switch • Range screw protected inside switch enclosure prevents tampering APPLICATIONS • Hazardous area low pressure applications • Air conditioning refrigeration coil icing detection; defrost cycle initiation • Clogged filter detection • Variable air volume controller Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82.2°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) continuous, 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT. Repeatability: ±3% FS. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 to 480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Derate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on pressure switch inside the enclosure accessible by hole with plug on housing. Set point regulation must be done with instrument de-energized. Follow instructions and safety warning to open cover. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 7.49 lb (3.4 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX007. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex 1370 E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D MODEL CHART Example Series Range AT11910 AT11910 Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag -00 -A B 1 X T2 AT11910-00-AB1XT2 00 0 1 5 10 20 A B 1 2 X OPV ATEX/IECEx approved 1910 differential pressure switch .07 to .15 in w.c. (17.5 to 37 Pa) .15 to .55 in w.c. (37.5 to 137 Pa) .4 to 1.6 in w.c. (100 to 398 Pa) 1.4 to 5.5 in w.c. (348.5 to 1368 Pa) 3 to 11.75 in w.c. (747 to 2924 Pa) 4 to 20 in w.c. (996 to 4977 Pa) Aluminum Blind 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports T2 SS information label 50 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

P R E S S U R E ® SERIES MDS MINIATURE PRESSURE SWITCH Shock and Vibration Resistant, Lightweight and Compact, Gold Contacts 25/64 [9.92] 2x 5/16 [7.94] Ø3/32 4 PLACES [Ø2.54] 25/64 [9.92] 2x 47/64 [18.65] 1 SQ [25.4 SQ] 1/2 [12.7] Ø3/16 [4.52] 3/8 [9.53] SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: SPST normally open. Switching Media: Air or compatible fluids on “high” side. Pressure Limits: Set point <3.0 in w.c.: 8 psi; Set point >3.0 in w.c.: 15 psi. Current Rating: Gold contact switch providing maximum 40 mA resistive load allowing for life in excess of 20 million cycles. Temperature Limits: 40 to 150°F (4 to 66°C). Electrical Connections: Brass tab-type for use with quick disconnections. Pressure Connections: Two barbed ports for use with 1/8˝-3/16˝ ID tubing. Housing: Polycarbonate. Diaphragm Material: Polyurethane. Operating Voltage: AC/DC - 30 V or less with resistive load. Weight: Less than 0.353 oz (10 g). MODEL CHART Model Set Point in w.c. Model MDS-0 MDS-6 MDS-1 MDS-8 MDS-2 MDS-10 MDS-3 MDS-12 MDS-4 MDS-14 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 Set Point in w.c. 6.0 10.0 15.0 30.0 50.0 Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) The Series MDS Miniature Pressure Switch is designed with a double diaphragm to protect false actuation due to shock and vibration. This low cost pressure switch has a minimum 20 million cycle life expectancy, and an extremely fast response time, making this an ideal device for OEM orders. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low cost, long service life and fast response time is suitable for a wide range of OEM uses • Lightweight but shock and vibration resistant for tough applications • Gold contacts help ensure a clean connection without dirt or oxidation APPLICATIONS • Air proving • Cleaning and purification • Ventilation flow • Heavy equipment and machinery • Pressure monitoring • Exhaust ducts USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES MDA MINIATURE ADJUSTABLE PRESSURE SWITCH Adjustable Set Points from 0.1 to 100 in w.c. Ø1/8 4 PLACES [Ø3.18] D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s 23/32 [18.29] 5/16 TYP [7.87] 25/32 [19.81] LOW PRESSURE PORT Ø5/32 TYP [3.96] 7/32 [5.59] HIGH PRESSURE PORT 23/32 [18.29] 1 SQ [25.40] 13/64 TYP [5.08] 31/64 [12.19] 23/32 TYP [18.29] 19/32 [15.24] 1 5/32 [29.21] Series MDA Miniature Adjustable Pressure Switch is used to sense differential pressure. The switch features field adjustable set point and gold inlay contacts. Air or other compatible fluids can be used on the “high side”. The lightweight and compact size make the MDA ideal for any application with space constraints. Applications include industrial, HVAC, pump and motor control, medical, automotive, pools and spas. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Air or fluid on high side permits multiple uses where both air and liquids exist • Small and lightweight for applications where space is constrained • Gold contacts help ensure a clean connection without dirt or oxidation APPLICATIONS • Industrial • Medical • HVAC • Pump and motor control • Automotive • Pools and spas Electrical Connections: Terminals - 0.187˝ x 0.20: spade (recessed) for use with quick disconnects. Pressure Connections: Smooth port 5/32˝ diameter for 1/8˝ ID tubing. Housing: Polycarbonate. Diaphragm Material: Polyurethane. Operating Voltage: AC/DC - 30 V or less with resistive load. Mounting: Use #4 screws through mounting lugs or #2 screws through eyelets. Weight: Less than 0.353 oz (10 g). SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: SPST normally open. Switching Media: Air or compatible fluids on “high side”. Pressure Limits: MDA-011: 4 psi; MDA- 111: 8 psi; MDA-211: 8 psi; MDA-311: 15 psi; MDA-411: 30 psi. Current Rating: 40 mA resistive for life in excess of 20 million cycles. Temperature Limits: 40 to 150°F (4 to 66°C). Contacts: 18K gold inlay. MODEL CHART Model MDA-011 MDA-111 MDA-211 MDA-311 MDA-411 Min. Set Point in w.c. (mbar) 0.1 (0.25) 0.5 (1.25) 2.0 (4.98) 15 (37.37) 60 (149.3) Max. Set Point in w.c. (mbar) 0.5 (1.25) 2.0 (4.98) 15 (37.37) 60 (149.3) 100 (249.10) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 51

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 1831 DPDT LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES Manual Reset, No Power Required 2-5/32 [54.76] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 2X Ø7/8 CONDUIT OPENING 4-3/8 [111.13] 2X 3-1/16 [77.79] 3-11/16 [93.65] RESET LEVER 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE OPENING ø.875 [22.23] 2X ø9/64 [3.57] 3-1/4 [82.55] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/2 MALE NPT MOUNTING STUD 3/4 [19.05] 3-3/16 [80.98] 2-5/16 [58.74] A-389 mounting bracket YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 2-3/4 [69.86] 3X 2 [50.80] V I DEO O N L I N E 1-5/8 [41.28] 4-1/16 [103.19] 3-5/8 [92.08] 1-3/32 [27.76] 1-7/64 [28.17] Note: Shown with included mounting bracket. Bracket can rotate and be tightened at any angle. One of our most popular differential pressure switches is now available with a DPDT switch and manual reset. The Series 1831 DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches combine small size with 4% set point repeatability. Absolutely no power is required to operate the DPDT switch. Set point adjustment on the switch is easily accessible for modifying the set point. The Series 1831 DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches with Manual Reset eliminate common problems associated with typical high duct static cutout installations. Since the 1831 requires absolutely no power to drive its outputs, a separate power loop and its associated additional wiring and conduit is alleviated, reducing material and labor installation costs. Both control contacts of the Series 1831 activate at the same time. The potential of the lead switch shutting down the fan preventing the lag switch from sending an alarming signal to the DDC is no longer a probable system liability. Potential costly maintenance calls are diminished. Unlike typical switches that possess only a single conduit entry for both control loops, the Series 1831 provides two conduit connections simplifying wiring while eliminating additional conduit tees. FEATURES/BENEFITS • No power to operate DPDT switch means no additional wiring or conduit reduces material and installation labor costs • Easy access for modifying set point simplifies adjustment • Both control contacts activate at the same time eliminating system issues where lead switch activities prevent the lagging switch from sending a signal APPLICATIONS • High duct static cutout applications • HVAC MODEL CHART Model 1831-1-RA-S 1831-2-RA-S Description Manual reset DPDT, activate on increase Manual reset DPDT, activate on increase Range (in w.c.) 2.5 to 9 7.5 to 23 A-302F-B A-302F-C SERIES 1640 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F (-34 to 82.2°C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge. Switch Type: 2 SPDT. Actuation Time Difference: 1 millisecond maximum actuation delay between contacts. Repeatability: ±4% max. Electrical Rating: 4 A @ 125/250 VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside mounting spud. Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (522 g). ACCESSORIES Model A-489 A-491 A-493 A-302F-A Description 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 6˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 8˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ rubber or plastic tubing; 6˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ rubber or plastic tubing; 8˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) FLOATING CONTACT NULL SWITCH FOR HIGH AND LOW ACTUATION Visual Set Point Adjustment, Adjustable Null Zone 2 [50.80] Ø7-7/8 1/2 [12.70] TYP TYP 4 3 [76.20] [101.60] TYP 3-1/8 [79.37] Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 4 PLACES 21/32 [16.66] 3 [76.20] 6-1/2 [165.10] 1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 22.5° 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION The unique electric switch design in the Series 1640 Floating Contact Null Switch for High and Low Actuation is another Dwyer Instrument, Inc. innovation. The Dwyer® Model 1640 Differential Pressure Switch resembles the high precision large diaphragm Series 1630 switches. However, the Model 1640 is equipped with a single pole, double throw floating contact switch (not snap acting) so it functions as a null switch. As the diaphragm moves in response to pressure changes, it moves the floating contact to cause switching action at two preset points with no switching action between these points. The “high” circuit will be closed when rising pressure differential reaches the preset level. The “low” circuit will be closed when falling pressure differential reaches the preset level. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Floating “null” switch supports applications requiring two set point actions such as open and close damper control • Visible set point indicator simplifies operation and trouble shooting • Large diaphragm provides low range accuracy providing precise control APPLICATIONS • Damper positioning • Duct air control SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 110°F (-34.4 to 43.3°C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT floating contact (not snap action). Electrical Rating: Non-inductive — 2.5 A @ 110 VAC; 1.5 A @ 220 VAC; 1 A @ 24 VDC; 0.5 A @ 110 VAC; Inductive — 1 A @ 110 VAC; 0.5 A @ 220 VAC; 0.5 A @ 24 VDC (de-rate 70-80% for very slow pressure changes). Electrical Connections: 3 screw type. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type. Weight: 4 Ib 13 oz (2.18 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Ranges in w.c. .01 to 0.2 0.2 to 1.0 1.0 to 4.0 Model 1640-0 1640-1 1640-2 Adjustable Null Span Min. Set Point Max. Set Point .01 .02 .03 .03 .06 .12 Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 52 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SERIES 1620 SINGLE AND DUAL PRESSURE SWITCH High Reliability, Repetitive Accuracy within ±1% Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 2 PLACES 8-7/8 [225.43] 1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION 5-7/8 [149.23] 3/4 [19.05] 1-5/16 [33.34] 3-1/16 [77.79] 4-11/16 [119.06] 3 [76.20] 1-1/2 [38.10] R 4-5/16 [109.54] TYP 2 PLACES 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 8-1/4 [209.55] 7-3/4 [196.85] 45° TYP 22.5° 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION On the Series 1620 Single and Dual Pressure Switch our old faithful switch design is still best where highest precision combined with diaphragm sealed leak proof construction and mounting simplicity are required. Model 1626 and 1627 differential pressure switches are identical in design and construction except that Model 1626 has a single electric switch and Model 1627 has dual electric switches. Model 1627 can therefore provide dual control when required. It can be set to open or close two independent electrical circuits, each preset for its own actuation pressure. Both units have diaphragm sealed motion take outs providing maximum protection against leakage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Single or dual action switches support consistent designs with similar models, but with the ability to match specific application needs • Sealed diaphragm provides leak-proof construction for high accuracy and precision control SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 130°F ( -34.4 to 54.4°C). Pressure Limits: Max. 50 in w.c. (12.44 kPa) continuous, 2 psig (13.79 kPa) surge. Switch Type: 1626 SPDT; 1627, (2) SPDT. Repeatability: ±1%. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive, 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC,1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw adjustment. Weight: Model 1626, 3 Ib, 9.8 oz (1.64 kg); Model 1627, 3 Ib, 11.8 oz (1.69 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Damper positioning MODEL CHART • Duct air control Model 1626-1 1626-5 1626-10 1626-20 1627-1 1627-5 1627-10 1627-20 Operating Range in w.c. .15 to 1.5 .5 to 6.0 2.0 to 11 8.0 to 24 .15 to 1.5 .5 to 6.0 2.0 to 11 8.0 to 24 Approximate Deadband Min. Set Point Max. Set Point .10 .15 .25 .50 .10 .15 .25 .50 .20 .35 .65 1.20 .20 .35 .65 1.20 Adj. Diff. Between Set Points - - - - 0.5 1.2 2.3 5.0 ACCESSORIES Model A-489 A-302F-A Description 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -MIL MIL environmental construction SERIES 1630 LARGE DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE SWITCH Visual Set Point Adjustment in 5 Standard Ranges, 0.05 in to 12 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within ±1% Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 4 PLACES 1-1/4 [31.75] 4 3 [76.20] [101.60] TYP 3-3/32 [78.58] Ø7-3/4 [196.85] 3-39/64 [91.68] 1/2 [12.70] TYP 2 [50.80] TYP 3/4 [19.05] 3 [76.20] 5-7/8 [149.23] 6-1/2 [165.10] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION SCREW TYPE ELECTRICAL TERMINAL TYPE 3 PLACES 2-1/4 [57.15] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL R 4-5/16 [109.54] TYP 2 PLACES 22.5° 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s On the Series 1630 Large Diaphragm Pressure Switch our highest precision conventional large diaphragm pressure switch provides maximum dependability. In addition, it incorporates a visible set point indicator for maximum convenience. UL and CSA listed, FM approved for general service. Electrical capability of 15 amps handles most small electrical loads. For use only with air or compatible gases. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Visible set point indicator simplifies operation and trouble shooting • Large diaphragm provides low range accuracy providing precise control • Current loads of up to 15 amps supports most small electrical loads supporting a broader range of HVAC and Process applications without the need for additional relays and components APPLICATIONS • Damper positioning • Air conditioning • Duct air control • Industrial service MODEL CHART Model 1638-0 1638-1 1638-2 1638-5 1638-10 Operating Range in w.c. 0.05 to 0.25 0.20 to 1.0 1.0 to 3.0 2.0 to 6.0 3.0 to 12 Approximate Deadband Min. Set Point Max. Set Point 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.11 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.25 0.30 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 110°F (-34.4 to 43.3°C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kPa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT. Repeatability: ±1%. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type with enclosed scale. Weight: 3 Ib 3 oz (1.50 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA, FM, UL. ACCESSORIES Model A-489 A-302F-A Description 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws OPTIONS MIL Environmental Construction Unlisted Model 1635 can be furnished with a special sealed snap switch for protection against high humidity, fungus and/or military applications. Similar to Model 1638 except deadband is slightly greater and some lower setpoints may not be available. Note: To order, specify Model 1635-(Range No.)-MIL and required set point. Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 53

® SERIES 1996 GAS PRESSURE SWITCH Compact, Low Cost, 1.4 to 20 in w.c. Range E R U S S E R P Reliable and convenient, the Series 1996 Gas Pressure Switch serves as a compact, low cost switch for gas fired furnaces and equipment. Pressure ranges for both models are ideal for high or low gas pressure interlock. Visible set point and on-off indicators add convenience in servicing. Use either NO or NC contacts on SPDT switch. Bottom connection has both 1/8˝ female and 1/4˝ male threads for pipe nipple or coupling. Top connection vents diaphragm chamber to outside or to furnace combustion chamber. Mount switch with diaphragm in a horizontal position and gas pressure connection at bottom. Used with natural, manufactured or LP gas.uv FEATURES/BENEFITS • Visible set point and on-off indicator simplifies operation and trouble shooting • Compact size and low cost make it ideal for gas fired or gas equipment OEM applications APPLICATIONS • Gas furnaces • Natural, manufactured or LP gas applications MODEL CHART Model Range (in w.c.) Model Range (in w.c.) 1996-5 1.4 to 5.5 1996-20 4-20 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-1/2 [88.90] REMOVABLE CONDUIT ENCLOSURE COVER Ø7/8 [22.23] OPENING FOR 1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION WINDOW AND VISIBLE ON-OFF INDICATOR VENT CONNECTION ON OPPOSITE SIDE 1/4 NPT EXTERNAL THREAD [ALTERNATE GAS CONNECTION] 1/8 [F] GAS PRESSURE CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air, natural & manufactured gas, LP gas. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: 32 to 110°F (0 to 43.3°C). -30 to 110°F (-34.4 to 43.3°C) for dry gas or dry air. Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: 15A @ 120-480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 H.P. @ 125 VAC, 1/4 H.P. @ 250 VAC 60 Hz. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open, normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT or 1/4˝ male NPT. Vent Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in horizontal position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type with visible indicator, inside conduit enclosure. Weight: 1 lb 2.3 oz (349 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL. uExplosion-Proof Alternative: See page 55 (Series 1950) vExplosion-Proof Alternative: See page 55 (Series 1950G) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D SERIES PG | MERCOID® BY DWYER GAS PRESSURE/DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES External Adjustment, Visible Dial, Hermetically Sealed Snap or Mercury Switch ADJUSTMENT V I DEO O N L I N E SCREW [3] Ø13/64 [5.16] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON 6-1/2 [165.10] B.C. Ø6-1/64 [152.78] Ø7 [177.80] 8-1/4 1/8 FEMALE NPT PRESS. CONN. 30° [209.55] 45° Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/2 MALE NPT X 1/8 FEMALE NPT PROCESS CONN. 1/4 [6.35] 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 4 [101.6] 1-27/64 [36.12] 17/32 [13.49] 1-3/16 [30.16] The Series PG Gas Pressure/Differential Pressure Switch has a large sensitive diaphragm and a reliable time proven mechanical design. For use with air and other compatible gases, they feature excellent ±1% of full-scale repeatability, clear easy-to- read scale and convenient external set point adjustment. Application flexibility is assured by a large variety of switching options including SPST, SPDT, DPST and DPDT; opening or closing on increasing pressure, vacuum or differential. PR and PRL models add manual reset operation on increasing or decreasing pressure. Mercury switches or hermetically sealed snap switches are available where high humidity would be a problem. If vibration or other factors preclude the use of mercury, snap switches can be provided. Standard housing is NEMA 1. Optional enclosures can be supplied for weather resistant and explosion- proof requirements. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Clear easy-to-read scale and external set point adjustment simplifies operation and trouble shooting • Large diaphragm provides accuracy for precise control • Multiple switching options meet the design of applications APPLICATIONS • Natural, manufactured or LP gas applications SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: Fairprene, brass, steel, and aluminum. Temperature Limits: -10 to 180°F (-23 to 82°C). Pressure Limit: Single pressure use on high side: Sustained pressure: 15 psig (1.0 bar); Surge limit: 20 psig (1.4 bar). Differential pressure use: Sustained pressure, range P1: 2 psig (.14 bar); Sustained pressure, range P2: 10 psig (0.7 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof and explosion-proof optional. Repeatability: ±1% of full range. Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap switch, or SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Optional DPDT. Electrical Rating: SPDT mercury: 4A @ 120 VAC/VDC, 2A @ 240 VAC/VDC. SPST mercury: 6A @ 120 VAC/VDC, 3A @ 240 VAC/VDC. SPDT Snap: 15A @ 120 VAC, 8A @ 240 VAC, 0.5A @ 120 VDC, 0.25A @ 240 VDC. SPDT H.S. Silver Snap: 5A @ 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC resistive. SPDT H.S. Gold Snap: 1A @ 125 VAC, 30 VDC resistive. Electrical Connections: Screw type. Conduit Connection: 7/8˝ (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) conduit hub. Process Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT and 1/8˝ female NPT used for single positive pressure or high differential pressure, 1/8˝ female NPT used for single vacuum or low differential pressure. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: External screw. Weight: 4.5 lb (2 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: FM, UL for mercury switch models. UL only on snap switch models. MODEL CHART Model PG-153-P1 PG-153-P2 PG-3-P1 PG-3-P2 Range 1-30 in w.c. (.25-7.47 kPa) 0.5-5 psid (0.3-.345 bar) 1-30 in w.c. (.25-7.47 kPa) 0.5-5 psid (.03-.345 bar) SPDT mercury Max. Deadband Switch Type 1.9 in w.c. (0.47 kPa) 0.4 psid (0.38 bar) 1.3 in w.c. (0.32 kPa) 0.3 psid (0.21 kPa) SPDT mercury SPST mercury* SPST mercury* Model PG-7000-153-P1 PG-7000-153-P2 PG-7000-153HS-P1 PG-7000-153HG-P1 Range 1-30 in w.c. (.25-7.45 kPa) 0.5-5 psid (.03-.345 bar) 1-30 in w.c. (.25-7.47 kPa) 1-30 in w.c. (.25-7.47 kPa) SPDT snap Max. Deadband Switch Type 4 in w.c. (1.0 kPa) .5 psid (.035 bar) 4 in w.c. (1.0 kPa) 4 in w.c. (1.0 kPa) SPDT hermetically sealed silver snap SPDT hermetically sealed gold snap SPDT snap *SPST switches shown are close on increase of pressure. For open on increase of pressure replace 3 in middle of model number with 2. Example: PG-2-P1. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 54 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SERIES 1950 EXPLOSION-PROOF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH Compact, Low Cost, Explosion-proof and Weatherproof 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION EXTERNAL GROUND [2] Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C. RANGE ADJUSTMENT SCREW Series 1950 Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switch combines the best features of the popular Dwyer® Series 1900 Pressure Switch with an integral explosion-proof and weatherproof housing, making it an exceptional value for either application. It is CE, UL and CSA listed, FM approved for use in Class I, Div 1, Groups C and D, Class II Groups E, F, and G and Class III hazardous atmospheres NEMA 7 & 9. Rain tight NEMA 3 (IP54), weatherproof features include a drain plug and O-ring seal in cover. Electrical connections are easily made by removing front cover. For convenience the set point adjustment screw is located on the outside of the housing. Twelve models offer set points from .03 to 20 in w.c. (0.0075 to 5 kPa) and from .5 to 60 psi (0.035 to 3.5 bar). The unit is very light and compact - about half the weight and bulk of other explosion-proof or weatherproof switches with separate enclosures. CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases. Applications with hazardous atmospheres and a single positive pressure may require special venting. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Explosion-proof and weatherproof housing provides device protection for outdoor use or harsh environment operation • External set point screw provides easy access that simplifies making adjustments without opening or disassembling enclosure • Easily accessible electrical connection simplifies the installation APPLICATIONS • HVAC applications MODEL CHART • Process applications • All-weather applications CAPTIVE SCREW VENT DRAIN PLUG 5-7/16 [138.13] 1-23/32 [43.64] 3-1/2 [88.90] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) for 1950P-8, 15, 25, and 50. -30 to 130°F (-34.4 to 54.4°C) for 1950-02. Pressure Limits: Continuous: 1950’s - 45 in w.c. (0.11 bar); 1950P’s - 35 psi (2.41 bar); 1950P-50 only - 70 psi (4.83 bar). Surge: 1950’s - 10 psi (0.69 bar), 1950P’s - 50 psi (3.45 bar), 1950P-50 only - 90 psi (6.21 bar). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54), NEMA 7 & 9. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). 1-15/32 [37.30] 3/8 [9.53] 27/32 [21.43] 27/32 [21.43] 3/8 [9.53] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/2 FEMALE NPT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION Electrical Rating: 15 A @, 125, 250, 480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on top of housing. Weight: 3.25 Ib (1.5 kg); 1950-02 model, 4.4 lb (2 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL. Model 1950P-2-2F 1950P-8-2F 1950P-15-2F 1950P-25-2F *P=PSID range models. Other ranges in w.c. Caution: For use only with air or compatible gases. Applications with hazardous atmospheres and a single positive pressure may require special venting. Model* 1950P-50-2F 1950-02-2S 1950-00-2F 1950-0-2F Model 1950-1-2F 1950-5-2F 1950-10-2F 1950-20-2F Range* 15 to 50 .03 to .10 .07 to .15 .15 to .50 Approximate Deadband Min. Set Point 1.0 .025 .04 .10 Max. Set Point 1.5 .05 .05 .15 Approximate Deadband Min. Set Point .15 .30 .40 .40 Max. Set Point .20 .40 .50 .60 Range, in w.c. .4 to 1.6 1.4 to 5.5 3 to 11 4 to 20 Approximate Deadband Min. Set Point 0.3 1.0 0.9 0.7 Max. Set Point 0.3 1.0 0.9 0.7 Range, psid 0.5 to 2 1.5 to 8 3 to 15 4 to 25 P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s SERIES 1950G EXPLOSION-PROOF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH Explosion-proof, Weatherproof, Compatible with Natural Gases 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION EXTERNAL GROUND [2] Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C. CAPTIVE SCREW VENT DRAIN PLUG 5-7/16 [138.13] 1-23/32 [43.64] 3-1/2 [88.90] 1-15/32 [37.30] 3/8 [9.53] 27/32 [21.43] 27/32 [21.43] 3/8 [9.53] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/2 FEMALE NPT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION RANGE ADJUSTMENT SCREW Series 1950G Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switch combines the best features of the popular Dwyer® Series 1950 Pressure Switch with the benefit of natural gas compatibility. Units are rain-tight for outdoor installations, and are UL listed for use in Class I, Groups A, B, C, & D; Class II, Groups E, F, & G and Class III atmospheres, Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX) Compliant for II 2G Exd IIB+H2 T6, CSA & FM approved for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G and Class III atmospheres IECEx Ex d IIB+H2 T6 (-40°C < Ta < +60°C). The 1950G is very compact, about half the weight and bulk of equivalent conventional explosion-proof switches. Easy access to the SPDT relay and power supply terminals is provided by removing the top plate of the aluminum housing. A supply voltage of 24 VDC, 120 or 240 VAC is required. A captive screw allows the cover to swing aside while remaining attached to the unit. Adjustment to the set point of the switch can be made without disassembly of the housing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compatible with natural gas making it suitable for use in those applications • External set point screw provides easy access that simplifies making adjustments without opening or disassembling enclosure • Easily accessible electrical connection simplifies the installation APPLICATIONS • Natural gas applications • Process applications • All-weather applications SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible combustible gases. Wetted Materials: Contact factory. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17 to 60°C). Note: Set point drift may occur with ambient temperature changes. Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kPa) continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kPa) surge. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54), NEMA 7 & 9. Switch Type: 1 Form C relay (SPDT). Electrical Rating: 10 A, 120/240 VAC, 28 VDC. Resistive 50 mA, 125 VDC. Power Requirements: 24 VDC ±10%. 120 or 240 VAC ±10% optional. Electrical Connections: Internal terminal block. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on top of housing. Weight: 2 lb 15.7 oz (1.35 kg). Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx, UL. MODEL CHART UL, CSA, FM Model 1950G-00-B-24-NA 1950G-0-B-24-NA 1950G-1-B-24-NA 1950G-5-B-24-NA 1950G-10-B-24-NA 1950G-20-B-24-NA 240 VAC Models: 1950G-XX-B-240-NA; 120 VAC Models: 1950G-XX-B-120-NA Approximate Deadband Min. Set Point .04 .06 .11 .4 .9 1.2 ATEX Model 1950G-00-B-24 1950G-0-B-24 1950G-1-B-24 1950G-5-B-24 1950G-10-B-24 1950G-20-B-24 Range in w.c. .07 to .15 .15 to .50 .4 to 1.6 1.4 to 5.5 3 to 11 4 to 20 Max. Set Point .06 .11 .29 .9 1.8 3.0 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 55

® SERIES H3 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER EXPLOSION-PROOF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH Set points from 10 in w.c. to 200 psid, Rated 1500 psig, Weatherproof Internal terminal blocks for conductors up to 18 gage are optional COVER SET SCREW COVER 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION Optional NEMA 3 (lP54) enclosure includes explosion-proof drain; Standard NEMA 4X (IP56) version is without drain 2-13/32 [61.12] 5-3/8 [136.53] 31/32 [24.61] Ø11/64 [Ø4.37] MOUNTING HOLES IN MTG BRACKET 1/8 NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 17/32 [13.5] 1/8 NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 3 [762] 1-25/32 [45.24] 3-9/16 [90.49] 4 [101.6] 1-3/4 [44.45] V I DEO O N L I N E Shown without enclosure and cover External ground connection standard (internal ground connection also standard, use either one) OPTIONAL DRAIN PROCESS CONNECTION CENTERLINE E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D The Series H3 Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switch is a heavy duty, industrial unit with a unique new design which provides sensitivity to differential pressures as low as 10 inches of water (254 mm w.c.), yet handles total pressure of 1500 psi (103 bar). Unlike common differential pressure switches that use a piston- type motion transfer, the Series H3 utilizes a rotary motion transfer shaft that prevents a change in total pressure from causing a set point shift. Unit yields deadbands approximately 5% of range, with zero set point shift due to variation in working pressures. Friction is minimized and repeatability increased by allowing range spring to act directly on diaphragm plate. Rolling diaphragm design maintains constant effective area to further reduce friction. Diaphragm is allowed to “seat”, allowing application of full rated pressure, up to 1500 psi (103 bar), on either high or low pressure port, without damage. Special over-travel feature prevents overtightening of range adjust screw. Choose optional 316 SS chamber for water and water-based fluids or harsher applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rotary motion design prevents set point shifts • Explosion-proof housing for use in applications where protection of process and personnel is needed • Option for use with water and water-based solution makes this a versatile switch APPLICATIONS • Water flow proving with an orifice plate • Differential pressure across chiller • Liquid filter status SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. Temperature Limit: -4 to 220°F (-20 to 104°C), ATEX: -20 to 90°C (-4 to 194°F). Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar). Enclosure Rating: Standard meets NEMA 4X (IP56), drain option meets NEMA 3 (IP54). For hazardous use see the hazardous location ratings chart. Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: See model chart. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw. Weight: 4 lb 2 oz (2 kg). Deadband: Approximately 5% of range. Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, UL see ratings chart. MODEL CHART Example Series Pressure Chamber & Diaphragm Material (Wetted) Adjustable Operating Range Circuit (Switch) Options Electrical Connection Options H3 S -2 S C -MV H3S-2SC-MV H3 A S 1 2 3 4 S D L T C Drain MV VIT Explosion-proof differential pressure switch Aluminum chamber with Nitrile diaphragm 316 SS chamber with Fluoroelastomer diaphragm 10-180 in. w.c. (2.48-44.78 kPa) 0.5-15 psid (0.03-1 bar) 5-70 psid (.34-4.8 bar) 10-200 psid (.7-13.8 bar) SPDT snap action switch rated 5 A @ 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC DPDT snap action switch rated 5 A @ 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC 18 AWG x 18 inch lead wires UL, CSA approved internal terminal block ATEX approved internal terminal block Enclosure with drain - allows condensate to be drained from inside (meets NEMA 3 instead of 4X) Gold contacts on snap switch for dry circuits rated 1 A @ 125 VAC, 1A resistive or 0.5 A inductive @ 30 VDC Fluoroelastomer diaphragm option where not standard HAZARDOUS LOCATION RATINGS Model H3 _ – _ _ C UL - CSA - H3 _ – _ _ L H3 _ – _ _ T H3 _ – _ _ C-DRAIN CI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G CI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G - CI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G CI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G - H3 _ – _ _ L-DRAIN CI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G - Directive 2014/34/EU ATEX Compliant 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIB -20°C≤ T amb ≤ 75°C T6 EC-Type Certificate No. KEMA 03ATEX 2584 - - 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIB -20°C≤ T amb ≤ 75°C T6 EC-Type Certificate No. KEMA 03ATEX 2584 - 56 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ACCESSORIES Model Description A-610 Pipe mounting kit for 1-1/4 to 2˝ pipe

® SERIES DX WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH NEMA 4X Enclosure, Low Differential Set Points V I DEO O N L I N E 1-13/64 [45.85] 59/64 [23.50] 2-55/64 [72.59] 1-27/64 [36.30] 4-29/64 [113.03] 1-13/32 [35.56] 2X 47/64 [18.54] 35/64 [13.97] 2-1/2 [63.50] P R E S S U R E YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 15/64 [6.00] 1-11/32 [34.04] 9/16 [14.10] The Series DX Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Switch makes a contact output based on the differential between two pressure sources. Wetted materials of brass and fluoroelastomer are suitable for use with most gases and water based solutions. The switch can be used for low differential pressure indication with set point on a decrease of pressure as low as 1 psid (0.07 bar). Differential set point ranges are available from 2.5 to 75 psid (0.17 to 5.17 bar) on increasing differential pressure and 1.0 to 67 psid (0.07 to 4.62 bar) on decreasing differential pressure. Unit features a high static pressure rating of 200 psig (13.8 bar). Weatherproof, UL type 4X, enclosure for dust laden, outdoor, or wash-down installation environments. Externally adjustable set point, integral mounting flange and a removable electrical terminal block for quick and easy installation. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Differential pressure switch that is suitable for most gas and water-based applications allows multiple uses in the most sophisticated designs • Weatherproof housing provides protection in the harsh, wet or dirty environments ensuring switch’s long-service life • Removable terminal block reduces installation time 13/64 [5.08] 3/4 [19.05] 1-13/16 [46.05] 47/64 [18.80] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Connection: Brass; Diaphragm: Fluoroelastomer. Temperature Limits: 30 to 140°F (-1 to 60°C). Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar). Continuous single side only pressure should not exceed 1.25 x full differential range. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof UL type 4X (IP65). Repeatability: ±2% of full range. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (~), 5 A res. @ 30 VDC ( Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block. ). • Proving flow through a chiller • Proving flow through a heat pump or AC unit MODEL CHART Conduit Connection: 0.871˝ diameter hole for 1/2˝ conduit fitting. Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT female. Mounting Orientation: Ports on horizontal plane, ±10°. Set Point Adjustment: External screw. Housing Materials: Body: Aluminum; Housing: Polycarbonate; Cover: 300 SS. Vibration and Shock: Set point repeats after 2.5 Gs, 5 to 500 Hz. Set point repeats after a 15 Gs, 10 millisecond duration. Humidity Limit: 80% (non-condensing). Pollution Degree: 2. Environment: Intended for indoor and outdoor use. Weight: 1 lb 3 oz (0.54 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. APPLICATIONS • Indicating filter condition • Proof of flow indicator monitoring • Proving flow through a pump OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -PRESET Example: DXW-11-153-1-PRESET Preset unit USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov High Set Point Model DXW-11-153-1 2.5 (0.17) 3.5 (0.24) DXW-11-153-2 DXW-11-153-3 6.0 (0.41) 8.0 (0.55) DXW-11-153-4 Note: Set points on decrease will be the range minus the deadband. Adjustable Differential Range (on increase) [psid (bar)] 2.5 to 10 (0.17 to 0.69) 10 to 25 (0.69 to 1.72) 25 to 50 (1.72 to 3.45) 50 to 75 (3.46 to 5.17) Fixed Deadband [psid (bar)] Low Set Point 1.5 (0.10) 2.5 (0.17) 3.5 (0.24) 6.0 (0.41) SERIES DP | MERCOID® BY DWYER DOUBLE BELLOWS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH Visible Set Points, Adjustable or Fixed Deadband, High Pressure Ranges Ø13/64 [5.16] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 6-1/2 [165.10] B.C. Ø7 [177.80] 1-7/32 [30.94] 2-3/4 [69.85] 4-1/4 [107.95] Ø6 [152.40] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 45° 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION OPERATING ADJUSTMENT OR RESET D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s Two opposing bellows combine maximum sensitivity and vibration resistance at a moderate cost in the Series DP Double Bellows Differential Pressure Switch. Both set and reset points are easily adjustable through non-interactive, externally accessible controls. Visible set point indicators simplify changes. SPDT snap action switch, 316 stainless steel or brass bellows, flanged steel housing. Rated pressures to 600 psig. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Bellows switch design provides sensitivity to pressure changes but resists vibration preventing out of range switching • External access to set and rest controls makes for easy adjustments • Visible set point indicators simplify changes APPLICATIONS • Accurate switch triggers in high pressure applications SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: Brass on ranges 61, 62, 63 or 316 SS on ranges 62E, 64E, 65E. Temperature Limits: -10 to 180°F (-23 to 82°C). Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of the operating range. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof or explosion-proof optional. Switch Type: Snap switch. (Contact factory for mercury switch). Electrical Rating: See model chart. Electrical Connection: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: General purpose: 1/2˝ hole for conduit hub; Weatherproof: 1/2˝ conduit hub; Explosion-proof: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: General purpose and weatherproof: 1/8˝ female NPT, explosion-proof: 1/4˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew. Weight: General purpose: 5 lb (2.3 kg), weatherproof: 7 lb (3 kg), explosion- proof: 25 lb (11 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. MODEL CHART Bellows Material Brass Brass Brass 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Range, psid (bar) 0-10 (0-0.7) 0-20 (0-1.4) 0-30 (0-2.1) 0-20 (0-1.4) 0-30 (0-2.1) 0-80 (0-5.5) Max. Press, psig (bar) 50 (3.5) 100 (6.9) 300 (20.7) 100 (6.9) 300 (20.7) 600 (41.4) Adjustable Deadband Snap Action Switch SPDT, 15A @ 120/240 VAC Min. D.B. psid (bar) Model 1.5 (.10) 2.5 (.17) 6.0 (.41) 3.0 (.21) 6.0 (.41) 20(1.4) DPA-7033-153-61 DPA-7033-153-62 DPA-7033-153-64 DPA-7043-153-62E DPA-7043-153-64E DPA-7043-153-65E Fixed Deadband Snap Action Switch SPDT, 15A @ 120/240 VAC Fixed D.B. psid (bar) Model 0.5 (.03) 1.0 (.07) 1.5 (.10) 1.5 (.10) 2.0 (.14) 6.0 (.41) DPS-7233-153-61 DPS-7233-153-62 DPS-7233-153-64 DPS-7243-153-62E DPS-7243-153-64E DPS-7243-153-65E USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description W Example: DPAW-7033-153-61 E Example: DPAE-7033-153-61 Weatherproof enclosure Explosion-proof enclosure DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 57

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 616KD DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS ±0.25, ±1, OR ±2% ACCURACY One-Touch® Digital Push-Button Calibration Technology YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Optional protective cap OPTIONAL TERMINAL COVER 5/8 [15.88] 5/16 [7.94] 3-21/64 [84.53] 2-13/32 [61.12] V I DEO O N L I N E Integral DIN rail mounting kit ø5/32 [3.97] MOUNTING HOLE 2 PLACES 1/2 [12.70] Digital push-button sets both zero & span 1/2 [12.70] 7/8 [22.23] 1-1/32 [26.19] 1-1/2 [38.10] 2-1/4 [57.15] 2-13/32 [61.12] The Series 616KD Differential Pressure Transmitters ±0.25, ±1, or ±2% Accuracy with One-Touch® Digital Push-Button Calibration Technology are designed for simplicity, making them the ideal choice for installers and maintenance professionals. These instruments not only alleviate cumbersome turn pots typically found in most transmitters, but eliminate entirely the need to span the instruments during calibration. With a single digital push-button, both ZERO AND SPAN are calibrated properly, nothing else is required. No additional reference pressure sources or separate calibration devices are necessary. FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Simple calibration push-button sets back zero and span, saving time installing and over the service life • Cost effective and compact device suitable for OEM applications where space, simplicity, and value are key • Ranges and accuracy selection cover a wide range of applications minimizing components and determining standardizing on design • Optional 1/8˝ NPT process connection allows for use with metal barbed fittings or compression fittings for use with metal tubing • Optional plenum rated units meeting UL Standard 2043 are available APPLICATIONS • Air handlers • Variable air volume • Duct pressure • Filter monitoring MODEL CHART Example 616KD -A -12 -AT Series Accuracy 616KD A B Range Options 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 12 13 14 15 50 51 57 52 53 54 55 56 58 AT FC NIST TC V N PR 616KD-A-12-AT Differential pressure transmitter 0.25% full-scale accuracy 1.0% full-scale accuracy 2.0% full-scale accuracy 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2 in w.c. 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 40 in w.c. 0 to 250 Pa 0 to 500 Pa 0 to 750 Pa 0 to 1250 Pa 0 to 2500 Pa 0 to 5000 Pa 0 to ±1 in w.c. 0 to ±2 in w.c. 0 to ±3 in w.c. 0 to ±5 in w.c. 0 to ±10 in w.c. 0 to ±250 Pa 0 to ±500 Pa 0 to ±750 Pa 0 to ±1250 Pa Aluminum tag Factory calibration NIST certification Terminal cover Voltage output 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, 2-10 VDC (field selectable) 1/8˝ female NPT Plenum rated SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: 616KD-A: ±0.25% FS; 616KD-B: ±1% FS, 616KD: ±2% FS. Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Range: 20 to 122°F (-6.67 to 50°C). Pressure Limits: 2 psig (ranges 5 in w.c. or lower); 5 psig (ranges 10 to 40 in w.c.). Thermal Effect: 616KD-A: ±0.02% FS/°F; 616KD-B: ±0.04% FS/°F; 616KD: ±0.06% FS/°F, includes zero and span. Power Requirements: 4-20 mA output: 10-35 VDC (2 wire) or 12-26 VAC (4 wire); 5V output: 10-35 VDC (3 wire) or 12-26 VAC (4 wire); 10V output: 13-35 VDC (3 wire) or 12-26 VAC (4 wire) for 616KD A and B. 16-36 VDC (2 or 3 wire): 20-28 VAC (3 wire) for 616KD. Output Signal: 4-20 mA or option with field selectable 0-10, 0-5, 2-10, 1-5 V. Zero and Span Adjustments: Push button. Loop Resistance: 4-20 mA output (DC): 0 to 1250 Ω max. Rmax = 50 (VpsDC -10) Ω; 4-20 mA output (AC): 0 to 1200 Ω max. Rmax = 50 (1.4 VpsAC -12) Ω; Voltage output: 5K Ω minimum. Current Consumption: 24 mA max for 616KD A and B. 21 mA max for 616KD. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8˝ & 3/16˝ (3 mm and 5 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1 (IP20). Mounting Orientation: Vertical with pressure connections pointing down. Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g). Agency Approvals: CE, optional plenum rated units meet UL Standard 2043. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 A-618 Aluminum DIN rail 1 m Protective terminal cap Optional NPT connection block Note: 0.25% FS accuracy is not available in the following ranges 00, 01, 10, 11, 50, 51, 54, 55 58 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s ® SERIES 616KD-LR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS - LOW RANGES High Accuracy, Ranges Down to 0.1 in w.c. (25 Pa) OPTIONAL TERMINALCOVER 5/8 [15.72] Integral DIN rail mounting kit ø5/32 [3.81] MOUNTING HOLE 2 PLACES V I DEO O N L I N E Optional NPT connection block Digital push buttons set both zero and span 5/16 [7.72] 5/8 [15.88] 2-13/32 [61.16] 3-5/16 [84.18] 1/2 [12.70] 19/32 [15.29] ø5/32 [3.97] MOUNTING HOLE 2 PLACES 1/2 [12.70] 1/8˝ NPT 2 PLACES 1-1/2 [38.10] 2-3/32 [52.83] 2-13/32 [61.29] 3/4 [19.05] OPTIONAL TERMINAL COVER 5/16 [7.94] 3-21/64 [84.53] 2-13/32 [61.12] 1/2 [12.70] 7/8 [22.23] 1-1/32 [26.19] 1-1/2 [38.10] 2-1/4 [57.15] 2-13/32 [61.12] The Series 616KD-LR Differential Pressure Transmitters - Low Ranges are designed for simplicity, making it the ideal choice for installers and maintenance professionals. These low range instruments not only alleviate cumbersome turn pots typically found in most transmitters, but eliminate entirely the need to span the instruments during calibration. With single digital push-button, both ZERO AND SPAN are calibrated properly, nothing else is required. No additional reference pressure sources or separate calibration devices are necessary. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Wide selection of low ranges and accuracy cover numerous applications minimizing components and standardizing on design • Simple calibration push-buttons to set zero and span, saving time installing and maintaining over the service life • Cost effective and compact device suitable for OEM applications where space, simplicity, and value are key • Simultaneous current and voltage outputs • Optional 1/8˝ NPT process connection allows for use with metal barbed fittings or compression fittings for use with metal tubing • Optional plenum rated units meeting UL Standard 2043 are available • Duct pressure • Filter monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS for ±0.4˝ (100 Pa) and ±0.5˝ (125 Pa), ±0.5% FS for ±0.25˝ (60 Pa), and ±1% FS for ±0.1˝ (25 Pa). Stability: ±1% / year FSO. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Pressure Limits: 1 psi max., operation; 10 psi burst. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2 wire), 17-36 VDC or isolated 21.6-33 VAC (3 wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC (3-wire). Response Time: 2.5 Hz sample rate. Zero and Span Adjustments: Push buttons. Loop Resistance: Current Output: 0 to 1250Ω max; Voltage Output: Min. load resistance 1kΩ. Current Consumption: 40 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8˝ & 3/16˝ (3 mm & 5 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing, or 1/8˝ NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA1 (IP20). Mounting Orientation: Vertical with pressure connections pointing down. Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g). Agency Approvals: CE, optional plenum rated units meet UL Standard 2043. APPLICATIONS • Air handlers • Variable air volume MODEL CHART Example Series Accuracy Range Process Connection Output Options ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 A-618 Aluminum DIN rail 1 m Protective terminal cap A-618 installed on unit 616KD-LR -A 34 -B D1 -FC 616KD-LR-A34-BD1-FC 616KD-LR A B D 31 32 34 35 41 42 44 45 61 62 64 65 71 72 74 75 B N D1 D2 D3 D4 AT COC FC NIST TC PR Differential pressure transmitter 0.25% FS accuracy 1.0% FS accuracy 0.5% FS accuracy 0 to 0.1 in w.c.j 0 to 0.25 in w.c.k 0 to 0.4 in w.c. 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 0 to ±0.1 in w.c.j 0 to ±0.25 in w.c.k 0 to ±0.4 in w.c. 0 to ±0.5 in w.c. 25 Paj 60 Pak 100 Pa 125 Pa 0 to ±25 Paj 0 to ±60 Pak 0 to ±100 Pa 0 to ±125 Pa Plastic barb 1/8˝ female NPT with front push-button 4-20 mA and 0-10 V 4-20 mA and 0-5 V 4-20 mA and 2-10 V 4-20 mA and 1-5 V Aluminum tag Certificate of Conformance Factory calibration certificate NIST traceable calibration certificate Terminal cover Plenum rated jB accuracy only. kB and D accuracies only. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 59

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D 668B 3-15/32 [88.00] 3-5/32 [80.00] 668B 1-9/32 [32.60] 668D 668D Our low cost Series 668B/D Compact Differential Pressure Transmitters are capable of sensing differential gage pressure with ±0.8% FS accuracy, and converts this pressure difference to a proportional high level analog output for both unidirectional and bi-directional pressure ranges. These transmitters can withstand up to 15 psig overpressure with no damage to the unit. The compact, lightweight design makes installation simple and easy. Units are protected against incorrect wiring, and include a protective terminal cover. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Protection from 15 psi overpressure & incorrect wiring • High accuracy at low pressure ranges • Two package selections allows easy device mounting to best fit application pressure connections APPLICATIONS • HVAC and VAV control • Clean rooms and isolation rooms • Duct static pressure measurement ® SERIES 668B/D COMPACT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS Ranges from 0.1 to 100 in w.c., Overpressure Protection to 15 psig, ±0.8% Accuracy 3-15/32 [88.00] 3-5/32 [80.00] 2X 3/16 [ø4.80] 1-13/32 [35.60] 1-57/64 [48.20] 1-45/64 [43.25] 1-45/64 [43.25] 1-3/16 [30.20] 1-57/64 [48.20] 1-7/32 [30.80] 2X 3/16 [ø4.80] 3-21/32 [92.94] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-conductive gases. Accuracy: ±0.8% FS. Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to 170°F (-18 to 77°C); Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: 15 psig (1.0 bar). Thermal Effects: ±0.03% FS/°F (±0.054% FS/°C). Compensated Range: From 40 to 170°F (4.4 to 77°C). Power Requirements: 12-32 VDC. Output Signals: 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-10 VDC (3-wire), or 0-5 VDC (3-wire). Zero Adjustment: Accessible under the small terminal cover. Electrical Connection: Terminal strip. Process Connection: 3/16˝ OD barbed brass for 1/8˝ ID push-on tubing. Enclosure: Stainless steel and PC+ABS alloy, UL 94 V-0 rated. Weight: 4.0 oz (113 g). ACCESSORIES Model Description A-TC Replacement protective terminal cover A-TC shown attached OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 668 B -08 -1 668B-08-1 668 MODEL CHART Example Series Connection Unidirectional Pressure Ranges B D 01 21 02 22 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Compact differential pressure transmitter Front Bottom 0 to 0.1 in w.c. 0 to 0.2 in w.c. 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 0 to 0.4 in w.c. 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. 0 to ±0.1 in w.c. 0 to ±0.25 in w.c. 0 to ±0.5 in w.c. 0 to ±1 in w.c. 0 to ±2.5 in w.c. 0 to ±5 in w.c. 0 to ±10 in w.c. 0 to ±25 in w.c. 4 to 20 mA 0 to 10 VDC 0 to 5 VDC Output 1 2 3 60 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

® SERIES 616D DIN RAIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Mounts on 35 mm DIN Rail, ±0.25% Full-Scale Accuracy 2-3/8 [60.33] 13/16 [20.64] The Series 616D Din Rail Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC output signal. The 616D enclosure is specifically designed to mount on a 35 mm DIN rail in a panel. This mounting style allows for several units to be mounted closely together reducing required space. The span and zero controls are for use when checking calibration. They are not intended for re-ranging. Versatile circuit design enables operation in 2-wire current loops. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple calibration push-buttons to set zero and span • Cost effective and compact device suitable for OEM applications where space, simplicity, and value are key APPLICATIONS • Air handlers • Variable air volume MODEL CHART Model Range 616D-2 616D-3 616D-4 616D-5 616D-6 616D-7 616D-8 0 to 6 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 40 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. 0 to 200 in w.c. 0 to 10 psid • Duct pressure • Filter monitoring Max. Pressure 10 psig 10 psig 20 psig 20 psig 15 psig 45 psig 45 psig SERIES RSM ROOM STATUS MONITOR For Sensing Low Pressure Using High Accuracy Series RSM Room Status Monitor is designed for critical low differential pressure applications that require stringent pressure monitoring and alarming. The Series RSM can be configured to monitor positive or negative pressure in protected environments and hospital isolation rooms per CDC guidelines. The RSM is a complete system with a graphic user interface which enables access to pressure, security, calibration, and alarm setup. The RSM has a NEMA 1 (IP20) rated fire retardant plastic for indoor applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Accurately monitors protective environments for negative or positive pressure ensuring safety and reducing risk of catastrophic events • Audible and visual alarm provides immediate local alerts allowing corrective action to be taken quicker to eliminate the problem from becoming widespread • Password protected set up menu ensures no errors by untrained personnel • Optional BACnet communication from devices provides integration into building control system for automated control and centralized monitoring and alarming APPLICATIONS • Hospital isolation wards • Clean rooms • Pharmaceutical • Manufacturing • Research labs • Animal facilities ±0.05 in w.c. ±0.1 in w.c. ±0.25 in w.c. ±0.5 in w.c. ±1 in w.c. ±2.5 in w.c. MODEL CHART Model* Operating Range Model** Operating Range RSM-1-A RSM-2-A RSM-3-A RSM-4-A RSM-5-A RSM-6-A *Excitation/Output: 24 VAC/4-20 mA or 0-5 or 0-10 VDC. **Excitation/Output: 120 VAC/4-20 mA or 0-5 or 0-10 VDC. Note: For optional BACnet communication change end from -A to -C for 24 VAC power or from -B to -D for 120 VAC power models. ±0.05 in w.c. ±0.1 in w.c. ±0.25 in w.c. ±0.5 in w.c. ±1 in w.c. ±2.5 in w.c. RSM-1-B RSM-2-B RSM-3-B RSM-4-B RSM-5-B RSM-6-B P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s 2-3/8 [60.33] 2-57/64 [73.42] 1-1/2 [38.10] 3/4 [19.05] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS @ 77°F (25°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.02 FS/°F (±0.036% FS/°C). Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 14 to 185°F (-10 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire); 17-36 VDC, or isolated 21.6-33 VAC (3-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA (2-wire); 0-10 VDC (3-wire). Zero and Span Adjustments: Push-buttons. Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1250 Ω max; Voltage output: Load resistance 1 kΩ min. Current Consumption: 40 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Accessories included are 2 barbed fittings for 1/8˝ (3.12 mm) and 3/16˝ (4.77 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Mounting Orientation: Vertical, on a 1.378˝ (35 mm) DIN rail. Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 Aluminum DIN Rail 1 m 5-13/32 [137.16] 1-5/8 [41.66] 8 [203.20] 2-5/32 [55.12] 4-5/8 [117.09] TUBING HEADER PORT SPEAKER ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE BUTTON LED INDICATORS Room status monitor Remote annunciator SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air or non-conductive, nonexplosive gases. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS. Temperature Limits: 32 to 120°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Thermal Effects: ±0.03% FS/°F (± 0.05% FS/°C). Pressure Limits: ±15 in w.c. (±3.7 kPa). Supply Voltage: Order code A (24 VAC): 18-32 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz; Order code B (120 VAC): 85-265 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz; Main supply voltage fluctuations up to 10%. Power Requirements: 5 W. Power Consumption (Voltage output): 5 W. Output Signal: Selectable 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-5 VDC (3-wire), or 0-10 VDC (3- wire). Switch Type: SPST. Loop Resistance (4-20 mA output): 0 to 510 Ω. Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed fittings for 3/16˝ ID tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1 (IP20) rated for indoor applications. Housing: Fire retardant plastic. Mounting: Mount to standard double gang metal electrical box using 4x4˝ plaster ring adapter. Dimensions: 8˝ H x 5.4˝ W x 1.8˝ D (20.3 H x 13.7 W x 4.1 D cm). Weight: 1.5 lb (680 g). Communications: BACnet MSTP ASC optional. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA (RSM only). ACCESSORIES Model Excitation/Output A-285 Remote alarm annunciator with visible/audible alarm and acknowledge switch Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 61

® SERIES 616W DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER NEMA 4X Enclosure, 0.25% FS Accuracy 3-1/8 [79.38] V I DEO O N L I N E 4-1/2 [114.30] 5-1/8 [130.18] 1-3/16 [30.18] 3-3/4 [95.25] 2-1/8 [53.98] 3/4 [19.05] TYP Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLACES 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-5/16 [33.32] TYP 7/16 OR 5/8 [11.13 OR 15.88] TYP 1/8 AND 3/16 [3.18 AND 4.76] I.D. TUBING 4-17/32 [115.09] 3-1/8 [79.38] E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D Positive, negative and differential pressures can be measured within a full span accuracy of ±0.25 with the Series 616W Differential Pressure Transmitter. Units are enclosed in a polycarbonate case, rated NEMA 4X (IP66) and operate by sensing the pressure of air and compatible gases then sending a standard 4-20 mA output signal. Design enables operation in 2-wire current loops. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges. The span and zero controls are for use when checking calibration. They are not intended for re-ranging to a significantly different span. The LCD display allows local indication of pressure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists • Easy to read LCD display provides immediate local alerts allowing corrective action to be taken quicker to eliminate the problem from becoming widespread • Zero and span controls provides easy calibration checks and shorter installation time to get device running and monitoring APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Outdoor HVAC • Roof-top equipment SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS @ 77°F (25°C), display accuracy ±0.5%. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 14 to 185°F (-10 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire), 17-36 VDC, or isolated 21.6-33 VAC (3-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC (3-wire). Zero and Span Adjustments: Push- buttons. Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1250 Ω max; Voltage output: Load resistance 1 kΩ (min). Current Consumption: 40 mA (max). Electrical Connections: 3-wire removable European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ (3.12 and 4.76 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Any orientation. Weight: Without LCD 8.8 oz. (249 g); with LCD 9.6 oz (272 g). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model 616W-2-LCD 616W-3-LCD 616W-4-LCD 616W-5-LCD 616W-6-LCD 616W-7-LCD 616W-20B-LCD 616W-3M-LCD Note: Units with “M” in the model number are metric units. Max. Pressure 10 psig 10 psig 20 psig 20 psig 15 psig 45 psig 10 psig 68.9 kPa Range 0 to 6 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 40 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. 0 to 200 in w.c. 0 to ±10 in w.c. 0 to 2.5 kPa SERIES 616WL OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 616W-3-LCD-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Low Ranges Down to 0.25 in w.c. (60 Pa), NEMA 4X Housing (IP66) 3-1/8 [79.38] 3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLCS 4-17/32 [115.09] 5-1/8 4-17/32 [115.09] V I DEO O N L I N E [130.18] 63/61 [25.00] 2-21/32 [67.47] 47/64 [18.65] 3-45/64 [94.06] FITTING TO ACCOMODATE CABLE DIAMETERS OF .100 - .260 1/8 AND 3/16 [3.18 AND 4.76] I.D. TUBING 3-1/8 [79.38] 49/64 [19.45] 1-1/8 [28.58] 2-37/64 [65.48] The Series 616WL Differential Pressure Transmitter senses very low pressures of air and non-combustible, compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 mA output signal. All models, including those featuring the 3 digit LCD digital read-out, are factory calibrated to specific ranges as listed in the chart below. Positive, negative and differential pressures can be measured within a full span accuracy of ±0.50%. This weatherproof unit is enclosed in a polycarbonate case, designed to meet (IP66/ NEMA 4X). Internal digital push-button zero and span allow for quick and simple field calibration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists • Easy to read LCD display provides immediate local alerts allowing corrective action to be taken quicker to eliminate the problem from becoming widespread • Zero and span controls provides easy calibration checks and shorter installation time to get device running and monitoring • High precision accuracy at low pressure ranges provides exceptional accuracy for insuring tight-control and minimizing costly out of specification conditions APPLICATIONS • Low pressure applications • Dust collection • Outdoor HVAC • Roof-top equipment OPTIONS To order add suffix: -NIST Example: 616WL-4-LCD-NIST Description NIST traceable calibration certificate 62 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.50% FS, display accuracy ±0.5%. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F (0.036% FS/°C). Power Requirements: 12-30 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Zero and Span Adjustments: Digital, push-button adj. Loop Resistance: DC; 0 to 900 Ω max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ (3.12 and 4.76 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Vertical, consult factory for other position orientations. Weight: Without LCD 17 oz (482 g); with LCD 18 oz (510 g). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model 616WL-2-LCD 616WL-4-LCD 616WL-12-LCD 616WL-14-LCD 616WL-22-LCD 616WL-32-LCD 616WL-25-LCD 616WL-35-LCD Range 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to ±0.25 in w.c. 0 to ±1 in w.c. 0 to 60 Pa 0 to ±60 Pa 0 to 250 Pa 0 to ±250 Pa Max. Pressure 2 psig 4 psig 2 psig 4 psig 2 psig 2 psig 4 psig 4 psig Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES DM-2000 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS Same Size as Standard Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gage HIGH PRESSURE PORT 1-1/4 [31.75] LOW PRESSURE PORT 7/16 [11.11] 17/32 [13.50] 5/32 [3.97] 1-11/16 [42.86] ø4-3/4 [120.65] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±1% FS at 70°F. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (0.69 bar). Thermal Effect: ±0.055% FS/°F (0.099% FS/°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2 wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Zero and Span Adjustments: Digital push-button zero and span. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 1250 Ω maximum. Current Consumption: DC: 38 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Display: 3.5 digit LCD, 0.7˝ H. Process Connections: 1/8˝ ID tubing. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g). DM-2000-LCD DM-2100-LCD The Dwyer Series DM-2000 Differential Pressure Transmitters sense the pressure of air and compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 mA output signal. The DM- 2000 housing is specifically designed to mount in the same diameter cutout as a standard Magnehelic® gage. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges. Pressure connections are inherent to the glass filled plastic molded housing making installation quick and easy. Digital push-button zero and span simplify calibration over typical turn-potentiometers. An optional 3.5 digit LCD shows process and engineering units. A single push-button allows field selection of 4 to 6 engineering units depending on range. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Zero and span controls provide easy calibration checks and shorter installation time to get device running and monitoring • Quick response to pressure changes means no delay in signaling and alerting to critical situations • Easy to read LCD display provides immediate local alerts allowing corrective action to be taken quicker to eliminate the problem from becoming widespread • Same size as Magnehelic® simplifies field upgrade to digital pressure gage by reducing install steps • Tamper proof button configuration to prevent accidental changes to the settings APPLICATIONS • Differential pressure across filters • Fan control • Static pressures in ducts or buildings MODEL CHART Model Range (in w.c.) Pa mm w.c. DM-2001-LCD DM-2002-LCD DM-2003-LCD DM-2004-LCD DM-2005-LCD DM-2006-LCD DM-2007-LCD DM-2012-LCD DM-2013-LCD DM-2019-LCD Note: For white overlay change -20 to -21. Example: DM-2102-LCD 2.54 6.35 12.70 25.4 50.8 76.2 127-0 0 to ±6.35 0 to ±12.70 0 to ±5.08 24.9 62.2 124.3 249 497 746 1243 0 to ±62.2 0 to ±124.3 0 to ±49.8 0 to .100 0 to .250 0 to .500 0 to 1.000 0 to 2.00 0 to 3.00 0 to 5.00 0 to ±.250 0 to ±.500 0 to ±.200 P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s mBar .249 .622 1.243 2.49 4.97 7.46 12.43 0 to ±.622 0 to ±1.243 0 to ±.498 kPa psi - - .124 .249 .497 .746 1.243 - - - - - - - - .108 .180 - - - OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: DM-2002-LCD-NIST -FC Example: DM-2002-LCD-FC NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 63 ACCESSORIES Model A-299 A-300 A-302F-A A-320-A A-489 SCD-PS Description Surface mounting bracket Flat flush mounting bracket 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing; 4˝ insertion depth; includes mounting screws Instrument enclosure 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 100-240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC power supply

® SERIES 605 MAGNEHELIC® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATING TRANSMITTER Same Size as Standard Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gage 23/32 [18.26] 1 [25.40] 30° [3] #6-32 x 3/16 [4.76] DP HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A Ø4-1/8 [104.78] B.C. FOR PANEL MOUNTING 1-1/8 [28.58] 11/16 [17.46] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/2 [12.70] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION 2-1/2 [63.50] 2-1/16 [52.39] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. FOR FLUSH MOUNTING 2 [50.80] Ø4-47/64 [ 120.25] Ø5 [127.00] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] Ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D Note: Shown with optional -SS bezel. Backward compatible+ with Magnehelic® gage. The Series 605 Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter provides for both visual monitoring and electronic control of very low differential pressure. The Series 605 is ideal for control applications in building HVAC systems where local indication is desired during routine maintenance checks or necessary when trouble shooting the system. The easily read dial gage is complimented by the two-wire, 4-20 mA control signal utilizing the time-proven Dwyer® Magnehelic® gage mechanical design and Series 600 transmitter technology. The two-wire design with terminal strip on the rear simplifies connection in any 4-20 mA control loop powered by a 10-35 VDC supply. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy to read gage permits viewing from far away • Patented design provides quick response to pressure changes means no delay in signaling and alerting to critical situations • Durable and rugged housing and high-quality components combined provides long- service life and minimized down-time • Optional stainless steel bezel is the same installation diameter as Magnehelic® gage and simplifies field upgrade to 605 indicating transmitter APPLICATIONS • Monitor pressures in ducts, rooms, or total building pressures • Filter monitoring • Local indication of clean room pressures with process signal sent to control room MODEL CHART Model 605-00N 605-11 605-0 605-1 605-2 605-3 605-6 605-10 605-20 605-30 605-50 Model 605-12 605-13 605-60PA 605-125PA 605-250PA 605-500PA Range in w.c. 0.05-0-0.2 0 to ±.25 0 to .50 0 to 1.0 0 to 2.0 0 to 3.0 0 to 6.0 0 to 10 0 to 20.0 0 to 30 0 to 50 Range in Pa 0 to ±60 0 to ±100 0 to 60 0 to 125 0 to 250 0 to 500 Maximum Pressure 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 2 psi (13.79 kPa) 2 psi (13.79 kPa) 2 psi (13.79 kPa) 2 psi (13.79 kPa) 11 psi (75.8 kPa) 11 psi (75.8 kPa) 11 psi (75.8 kPa) Maximum Pressure 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 10 psi (68.95 kPa) 2 psi (13.79 kPa) Electrical Accuracy ±% 4 2 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Electrical Accuracy ±% 4 2 2 2 2 0.5 Mechanical Accuracy ±% 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Mechanical Accuracy ±% 4 2 4 3 2 2 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -SS 304 brushed stainless steel bezel. +Backward compatible with standard Magnehelic® gage installation diameter Example: 605-3-SS -NIST Example: 605-3-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate 64 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: See chart. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Pressure Limits: See chart. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) dial face, 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 2-11/16˝ (68.3 mm); -SS bezel: 4-3/4˝ (120.7 mm) OD x 2-21/32 (67.5 mm). Weight: 1 lb 12.6 oz (811 g). Agency Approvals: CE. TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: See chart (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C). Compensated Temperature Range: 32 to 120°F (0 to 48.9°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.025% FS/°F (0.045% FS/°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Zero and Span Adjustments: Protected potentiometers. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 1250 Ω max. Current Consumption: DC: 38 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-298 A-370 Flat aluminum bracket for flush mounting Mounting bracket; flush mount Series 605 transmitter in bracket; bracket is then surface mounted; steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish Static Fitting Options: See page 454 (Static Pressure Tips) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES AT2605 ATEX/IECEX APPROVED 605 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATING TRANSMITTER Series 605 in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure The Series AT2605 ATEX/IECEx Approved 605 Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter provides for both visual monitoring and electronic control of very low differential pressure in hazardous locations. The easily read dial gage is complimented by the two-wire, 4-20 mA control signal utilizing the time-proven Dwyer® Magnehelic® gage mechanical design and Series 600 transmitter technology. The two-wire design simplifies any 4-20 mA control loop powered by a 10-35 VDC supply. Flame-proof enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing process pressure on gage face. FEATURES/BENEFITS • ATEX/IECEx housing provides all the capabilities and value of the Magnehelic® 605 in a flame & explosion proof enclosure • Quick response to pressure changes means no delay in assessing critical situations • Durable and rugged housing and high-quality components combined provides long- service life and minimized down-time • High impact strength and high temperature rated for applications where hazardous environments exist APPLICATIONS • Monitor pressures in ducts, rooms, or total building pressures • Filter monitoring • Local indication of clean room pressures with process signal sent to control room • Hazardous area pressure measurement and transmitter 1-31/32 [50.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 1/8˝ NPT 19/32 [15.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 15/16 [24.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 8-7/64 [206.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 1/8˝ NPT 19/32 [15.00] SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: See page reference u below. Pressure Limits: See page reference u below. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120°F (-6.67 to 48.9°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) dial face. TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: See page reference u below. Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability. Compensated Temperature Range: 32 to 120°F (0 to 48.9°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.025% FS/°F (0.045% FS/°C). Stability: ±1% FS/year. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Zero and Span Adjustments: Protected potentiometers on 605 face. Can access those by opening case. Allowed only in safe zone. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 1250 Ω max. Current Consumption: DC: 38 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 12.6 lb (5.7 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex 1370 P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s MODEL CHART Example Series Range AT2605 -00N -X -A B 1 X AT2605 00N 11 0 1 2 3 6 10 20 30 50 60Pa 125Pa 250Pa 500Pa Construction Housing Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag X A B O 1 2 X OPV T2 AT2605-00N-X-AB1XT2 ATEX/IECEx approved 605 differential pressure indicating transmitter .05 to 0 to .20 in w.c. .25 to 0 to .25 in w.c. 0 to .50 in w.c. 0 to 1.0 in w.c. 0 to 2.0 in w.c. 0 to 3.0 in w.c. 0 to 6.0 in w.c. 0 to 10.0 in w.c. 0 to 20.0 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 60 Pa 0 to 125 Pa 0 to 250 Pa 0 to 500 Pa Standard construction Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports T2 SS information label USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov u605 Ordering Page: See page 64 (Series 605) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 65

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES MS2 MAGNESENSE® II DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Monitors Pressure, Air Velocity and Air Flow, BACnet or Modbus® Communications YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Ø3-7/16 [Ø87.31] 21/32 [16.67] 2-41/64 [67.07] 1/2 NPS 21/32 [16.67] 29/32 [23.02] 1/2 [12.70] 57/64 [22.62] Wall mount bracket 2-11/64 [55.17] 2-9/16 [65.09] (3) 3/16 [4.76] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4.115 [104.52] BC 3/8 [9.53] Ø3-7/16 [Ø87.31] 2-41/64 [67.24] 1/2 NPS 7-3/4 [196.77] Duct mount bracket 21/32 [16.67] 21/32 [16.67] 29/32 [23.02] 1/2 [12.70] 2-11/64 [55.17] 57/64 [22.62] 1-41/64 [41.71] 25/64 [9.96] DIN mount bracket 3-11/32 [84.84] 3-1/2 [88.90] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series MS2 Magnesense® II Differential Pressure Transmitter combines the proven stable piezo technology and the versatility of our original Series MS with additional features to reduce installation time and simplify ordering. Like the original Series MS, the second generation transmitter can be used as a linear pressure output or a linear velocity output with the square root extraction done in the transmitter. Additional parameters have been included to expand the square root capability to include flow measurements. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable ranges and output signal reduce inventory and the chances of ordering an incorrect part • BACnet or Modbus® serial communications reduce wiring cost by daisy-chaining the transmitters • Our integral field-upgradeable display or plug-in remote display tool save upfront material cost and allow for local viewing of measurements APPLICATIONS • Filter monitoring in air handler units • Building pressure in pharmaceutical-semi-conductor clean rooms • Duct static pressure in commercial buildings • Air velocity/flow in VAV systems SPECIFICATIONS Supported Baud Rates: 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, 115200. Data Size: 8. Parity: None. Stop Bits: 1. Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Typical Accuracy: ±1% FS for 0.15 in w.c. (40 Pa), 0.25 in w.c. (50 Pa), 0.5 in w.c. (125 Pa), 2 in w.c. (500 Pa), 3 in w.c. (750 Pa), 5 in w.c. (1250 Pa), 10 in w.c. (2 kPa), 15 in w.c. (3 kPa), 25 in w.c. (5 kPa), 28 in w.c. (6.975 kPa); ±2% FS for 0.1 in w.c. (25 Pa), 1 in w.c. (250 Pa), and all bi-directional ranges. Stability: ±1% / year FSO. Temperature Limits: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C). Pressure Limits: 1 psi max., operation; 10 psi burst. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire), 17-36 VDC or isolated 21.6-33 VAC (3-wire). Output Signals: 4-20 mA (2-wire), 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC (3-wire). Response Time: Adjustable: 0.5 to 15 sec. time constant. Provides a 95% response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds. Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push-buttons. Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1250 Ω max; Voltage output: Min. load resistance 1 kΩ. Current Consumption: 40 mA max. Display (Optional): 5 digit LCD. Electrical Connections: 3-wire removable European style terminal block for 16 to 22 AWG. Electrical Entry: 1/2˝ NPS thread. Process Connection: 3/16˝ ID tubing (5 mm ID); Max. OD 9 mm. Enclosure Rating: IP66. Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive. Weight: 8.0 oz (230 g). Agency Approvals: BTL, CE. MODEL CHART Model MS2-W101 MS2-W111 MS2-W102 MS2-W112 MS2-W103 in w.c. 0.10, 0.15, 0.25, 0.50 ±0.10, ±0.15, ±0.25, ±0.50 1, 2, 3, 5 ±1, ±2, ±3, ±5 10, 15, 25, 28 ±10, ±15, ±25, ±28 Pa 25, 40, 50, 125 ±25, ±40, ±50, ±125 250, 500, 750, 1250 ±250, ±500, ±750, ±1250 2500, 3500, 5000, 6975 ±2500, ±3500, ±5000, ±6975 mm w.c. 2.5, 4, 6, 10 ±2.5, ±4, ±6, ±10 25, 50, 75, 125 25, 50, 75, 125 250, 350, 500, 697.5 ±250, ±350, ±500, ±697.5 kPa 0.025, 0.04, 0.05, 0.125 ±0.025, ±0.04, ±0.05, ±0.125 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.25 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.25 2.5, 3.5, 5.0, 6.975 ±2.5, ±3.5, ±5.0, ±6.975 Note: For duct mount static probe change W to D. Example: MS2-D101 For DIN rail mounting change W to N. Example: MS2-N101 Units with display BACnet Communications Modbus® Communications OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -LCD Example: MS2-W101-LCD -BC Example: MS2-W101-BC -MC Example: MS2-W101-MC -NIST Example: MS2-W101-NIST -FC Example: MS2-W101-FC NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model A-151 A-MS2-LCD A-435-A A-480 A-481 A-489 A-302F-A SCD-PS Description Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable Field upgradeable display Remote display tool Plastic static pressure tip Installer kit; includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing 4˝ 303 SS straight static pressure tip with flange 4˝ 303 SS static pressure tip with mounting flange; for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC power supply 66 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES MS MAGNESENSE® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Monitors Pressure and Air Velocity Ø3-7/16 [Ø87.31] 21/32 [16/67] 29/32 [23.02] 21/32 [16/67] 2-41/64 [67.07] 1/2 NPS 2-11/64 [55.17] 1/2 [12.70] 2-9/16 [65.09] Standard MS with optional LCD 57/64 [22.62] P R E S S U R E YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY [3] 3/16 [4.76] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4.115 [104.52] BC V I DEO O N L I N E MS with optional LCD and static probe The Series MS Magnesense® Differential Pressure Transmitter is an extremely versatile transmitter for monitoring pressure and air velocity. This compact package is loaded with features such as: FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable English or Metric ranges • Field upgradeable LCD display • Adjustable damping of output signal (with optional display) • Ability to select a square root output for use with pitot tubes and other similar flow sensors APPLICATIONS • Building pressure monitoring • Duct pressure monitoring • Fan velocity measurement • Zone differential pressure monitoring • Filter condition monitoring Along with these features, the patented magnetic sensing technology provides exceptional long term performance and enables the Magnesense® Differential Pressure Transmitter to be the single solution for your pressure and flow applications. 3/8 [9.53] 7-3/4 [196.77] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±1% for 0.25˝ (50 Pa), 0.5˝ (100 Pa), 2˝ (500 Pa), 5˝ (1250 Pa), 10˝ (2 kPa), 15˝ (3 kPa), 25˝ (5 kPa); ±2% for 0.1˝ (25 Pa), 1˝ (250 Pa) and all bi- directional ranges. Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C). Pressure Limits: 1 psi maximum, operation; 10 psi, burst. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire); 17-36 VDC or isolated 21.6-33 VAC (3-wire). Output Signals: 4-20 mA (2-wire); 0-5 V, 0-10 V (3-wire). Response Time: Adjustable 0.5 to 15 s time constant. Provides a 95% response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds. Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push-button. Loop Resistance: Current output: 0-1250 Ω max; Voltage output: min. load resistance 1 kΩ. Current Consumption: 40 mA max. Display (optional): 4 digit LCD. Electrical Connections: 4-20 mA, 2-Wire: European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG; 0-10 V, 3-Wire: European style terminal block for 16 to 22 AWG. Electrical Entry: 1/2˝ NPS thread; Accessory (A-151): Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable. Process Connections: 3/16˝ (5 mm) ID tubing. Maximum OD 9 mm. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Weight: 8.0 oz (230 g). Agency Approvals: CE. D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s MODEL CHART Model MS-121* MS-321* MS-721* MS-111* MS-311* MS-711* MS-131 MS-141 MS-151 MS-331 MS-341 MS-351 MS-021 MS-221 MS-621 *Note: For duct mount static pressure probe, change last digit from 1 to 2. Example: MS-122 Selectable Ranges 0.1 in, 0.25 in, 0.5 in w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa) 0.1 in, 0.25 in, 0.5 in w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa) 0.1 in, 0.25 in, 0.5 in w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa) 1 in, 2 in, 5 in w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa) 1 in, 2 in, 5 in w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa) 1 in, 2 in, 5 in w.c. (250, 500, 1250 Pa) 10 in w.c. (2 kPa) 15 in w.c. (3 kPa) 25 in w.c. (5 kPa) 10 in w.c. (2 kPa) 15 in w.c. (3 kPa) 25 in w.c. (5 kPa) ±0.1 in, 0.25 in, 0.5 in w.c. (±25, 50, 100 Pa) ±0.1 in, 0.25 in, 0.5 in w.c. (±25, 50, 100 Pa) ±0.1 in , 0.25 in, 0.5 in w.c. (±25, 50, 100 Pa) Output 4-20 mA 0-10 V 0-5 V 4-20 mA 0-10 V 0-5 V 4-20 mA 4-20 mA 4-20 mA 0-10 V 0-10 V 0-10 V 4-20 mA 0-10 V 0-5 V ACCESSORIES Model A-435 A-480 A-481 A-489 A-302F-A SCD-PS Description Field upgradeable LCD Plastic static pressure tip Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing 4˝ straight static pressure tip with flange 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws 100-240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC Power supply Units with display OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -LCD Example: MS-121-LCD -NIST Example: MS-021-NIST -FC Example: MS-021-FC NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 67

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES AT2MS ATEX/IECEX APPROVED MAGNESENSE® DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Series MS in Flame-Proof ATEX/IECEx Enclosure 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-1/4 [160.00] 5-3/8 [136.00] 1-5/8 [40.00] 5-1/4 [134.00] 2 [50.00] 1/2 [12.00] 6-1/4 [160.00] The Series AT2MS ATEX/IECEx Approved Magnesense® Differential Pressure Transmitter is an extremely versatile transmitter for monitoring pressure and air velocity in hazardous areas. This transmitter is loaded with features such as: field selectable English or metric ranges, field upgradeable LCD display, adjustable dampening of output signal and the ability to select a square root output for use with pitot tubes and other similar flow sensors. Along with these features, the magnetic sensing technology provides exceptional long term performance and enables the Magnesense® transmitter to be the solution for a myriad of pressure and flow applications. Flame-proof enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing process on the LCD. FEATURES/BENEFITS • ATEX/IECEx housing provides all the capabilities and value of the MS2 in a flame & explosion proof enclosure • Durable and rugged housing and high-quality components combined provides long- service life and minimized down-time • High impact strength and high temperature rated for applications where hazardous environments exist APPLICATIONS • Monitor pressures in ducts, rooms, or total building pressures • Filter monitoring • Local indication of clean room pressures with process signal sent to control room • Hazardous area pressure measurement and transmitter Ø3/8 [Ø8.00] 1/8˝ NPT 1 [24.00] 2-1/2 [65.00] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: MS-X21: 0.5 in w.c. & 0.25 in w.c.: ±1%; 0.1 in w.c.: ±2%; 100 Pa & 50 Pa: ±1%; 25 Pa: ±2%. MS-X11: 5 in w.c. & 2 in w.c.: ±1%; 1 in w.c.: ±2%; 1250 Pa & 500 Pa: ±1%; 250 Pa: ±2% (@ standard conditions). Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 1 psi max., operation; 10 psi, burst. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC (2-wire); 17-36 VDC or isolated 21.6-33 VAC (3-wire). Output Signals: 4-20 mA (2-wire); 0-5 V, 0-10 V (3-wire). Response Time: Field adjustable 0.5 to 15 s time constant. Provides a 95% response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds. Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push-button. In safe zone only. 7-1/8 [182.00] 8-1/8 [205.00] 5/8 [15.00] 1/8˝ NPT Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1250 Ω max.; Voltage output: min. load resistance 1 k Ω. Current Consumption: 40 mA max. Display: 4 digit LCD. Electrical Wiring: 4-20 mA, 2-wire: European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG. 0 to 10 V, 3-wire: European style terminal block 16 to 22 AWG. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: 4X IP66, IP65 with option OPV overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2˝ NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 11 lb (5 kg). ATEX Certificate: BVI 14ATEX0072. Agency Approvals: ATEX Compliant 1370 II 2G Ex d IIC T6 Gb / II 2D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db, -60°C≤Tamb≤+60°C IECEx Compliant: Ex d IIC T6 Gb / Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db. MODEL CHART Example Series Output Range Mounting Display Housing Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug AT2MS -0 -1 1 -LCD -A O AT2MS 1 X T2 AT2MS-0-11-LCD-AO1XT2 0 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 1 LCD A B O 1 2 X OPV ATEX/IECEx approved Magnesense® differential pressure transmitter Bidirectional, 4-20 mA Positive range, 4-20 mA Bidirectional, 0-10 VDC Positive range, 0-10 VDC Bidirectional, 0-5 VDC Positive range, 0-5 VDC Bidirectional, 0-5 VDC, 12 volt in Positive range, 0-5 VDC, 12 volt in 1, 2, 5 in w.c. (200, 500, 1000 Pa) .1, .25, .5 in w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa) 10 in w.c. (2 kPa) 15 in w.c. (3 kPa) 25 in w.c. (5 kPa) Wall With LCD Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8˝ NPT female brass ports 1/8˝ NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports Tag *Add on applies to range -2 only. T2 SS information label 68 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

® SERIES ISDP INTRINSICALLY SAFE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER For Hazardous Zone Pressure and Flow Applications 25/32 [21.18] 4-23/32 [120] 4-9/64 [105.17] 3-7/16 [87.12] BRACKETS ARE OPTIONAL P R E S S U R E 1-15/16 [48.97] 2-31/32 [75.39] 4-23/32 [120] 5-7/32 [132.54] 1-5/16 1-17/32 [38.61] 45/64 [17.78] Shown with optional A-438 mounting bracket [33] 1-5/32 [29.59] 1-45/64 [43.18] 4X ø3/16 [4.76] CLEARANCE HOLES FOR MOUNTING MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN 3-17/64 [83] 4-1/8 [105] The Series ISDP Intrinsically Safe Differential Pressure Transmitter provides a 4-20 mA process output, a robust NEMA 4X enclosure, plus a large LCD display that can be programmed to read in pressure, velocity or flow. The ISDP offers simplified programming via a Menu key that enables the user to select: security level; English or Metric engineering units; pressure, velocity or flow operation, K-factor for use with various Pitot tubes and flow sensors, circular or rectangular duct size for volumetric flow operation plus many more. The Series ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter is powered on its two wire loop with 10-35 VDC via its integral M-12 four pin male connector. The ISDP provides a 0.5% full-scale accuracy on ranges from 0.25 in w.c. to 100 in w.c. as well as bi-directional models up to 10 in w.c. These features make the Series ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter the ideal instrument for monitoring pressures or air flows in hazardous zones having a Class I Div. I Groups A, B, C, D; Class II Div. I Groups E, F, G; Class III Div. I ratings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists • Easy to read LCD display provides immediate local alerts allowing corrective action to be taken quicker to eliminate the problem from becoming widespread • Intrinsically safe for use in the specified hazardous locations meets specifications where pressure transmission and safety cannot be compromised • Password protected set up menu helps to insure no errors by untrained personnel when accessing the powerful measurement capabilities of this device APPLICATIONS • Hazardous zone pressure control applications • Hazardous flow and control applications SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible gases. Wetted Materials: Ranges 5 in w.c. and greater: glass, PVC, silicon, alumina ceramic, epoxy, RTV, gold, aluminum, stainless steel and nickel; Ranges 1 in w.c. and lower: stainless steel, silicone, gold and ceramic. Housing Materials: Aluminum, glass. Accuracy: ±0.5% at 77°F (25°C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: Ranges ≤ 2.5 in w.c. = 2 psi; 5 in w.c.: 5 psi; 10 in w.c.: 5 psi; 25 in w.c.: 5 psi; 50 in w.c.: 5 psi; 100 in w.c.: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/°F (0.036/°C) from 77°F (25°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC. Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1). Display: 4 digit LCD 0.6˝ H. Electrical Connections: M-12 4 PIN Connector. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane. Weight: 2 lb 10 oz (1.19 kg). Agency Approvals: CE: CENELEC EN 61326/55024: 2003; IEC 61000-4-2/3/4/6: 2001/2006/2004/2005; CENELEC EN 55011: 2006; 2004/108/EC EMC Directive. FM Intrinsically Safe CLI Div I GR: A, B, C, D; CLII Div I GR: E, F, G; CLIII Div I. D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s MODEL CHART Model ISDP-002 ISDP-004 ISDP-006 ISDP-007 ISDP-008 ISDP-009 ISDP-010 Range (in w.c.) Model 0 to 0.25 0 to 1 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 25 0 to 50 0 to 100 ISDP-012 ISDP-014 ISDP-015 ISDP-016 ISDP-017 Range (in w.c.) 0 to ±0.25 0 to ±1.0 0 to ±2.5 0 to ±5.0 0 to ±10 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: ISDP-004-NIST -FC Example: ISDP-004-FC NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model A-231 A-486 A-487 A-488 A-295 MTL5541 MTL7706 A-438 Description 16´ (5 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M-12 connection 4.9´ (1 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M-12 connection 9.8´ (3 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M-12 connection 33´ (10 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M-12 connection Female 4 pin M-12 to cable gland connector Intrinsically safe galvanic isolator Intrinsically safe zener barrier Surface mounting brackets Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 69

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 3100 | MERCOID® BY DWYER EXPLOSION-PROOF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART®, Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1) 3-25/64 [86.00] 4-13/32 [112.00] 7-37/64 [192.50] 1-21/32 [42.00] 2X DRAIN VALVE 1/4˝ NPT PROCESS CONNECTION 2-1/8 [54.00] 4X 7/16-20 UNF FOR MOUNTING V I DEO O N L I N E 3100D 3100D Mercoid® Series 3100 Explosion-Proof Smart Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push-button configuration, and programmable using HART® Communication. The Series 3100 is capable of being configured for differential pressure or level applications with the zero and span buttons. A field calibrator is not required for configuration. The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3100 is FM or ATEX approved for use in hazardous (classified) locations. The 100:1 rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit any application. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Configurable using zero/span buttons means no calibrator required reducing time to install and running • Range-ability and selectable engineering units, allows transmitter to fit many applications reducing the number of different transmitters to meet specifications • High accuracy (±0.075%) provides exceptional measurement for ensuring tight- control and minimizing costly out of specification conditions • Automatic sensor temperature compensation improves performance of device for accurate measurement under different operating environments • Fail-mode process function stores configuration settings in the event of shutdown or power-loss provides for faster restart to getting application back on-line • A HART® Communication programmable device provides a reliable, long-term solution for plant operators who seek the benefits of intelligent devices with digital communication SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: 316L SS, fluoroelastomer. Accuracy: ±0.075% FS (@ 20°C). Rangeability: 100:1 turn down. Stability: ±0.125% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C); Ambient: Without LCD: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); With LCD: -22 to 176°F (-30 to 80°C). Pressure Limits: Max pressure: Range: -14.5 to 2000 psi; Burst pressure: 10000 psi. Thermal Effect: ±0.125% span/32°C. Power Requirements: 11.9-45 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA / HART® Communication. Response Time: 0.12 s. Damping Time: 0.25 to 60 s. Loop Resistance: Operation: 0 to 1500 Ω; HART® Communication: 250 to 500 Ω. Electrical Connection: Two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit, screw terminal. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Display: Optional 5 digit LCD. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and explosion-proof for Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C and D. Weight: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, FM, ATEX option available (consult factory). APPLICATIONS • Flow measurement • Level monitoring • Filter or pump differential pressure • Critical process monitoring MODEL CHART Model 3100D-2-FM-1-1 3100D-3-FM-1-1 3100D-4-FM-1-1 3100D-5-FM-1-1 3100D-6-FM-1-1 3100D-2-FM-1-1-LCD 3100D-3-FM-1-1-LCD 3100D-4-FM-1-1-LCD 3100D-5-FM-1-1-LCD 3100D-6-FM-1-1-LCD Note: Consult factory for custom calibration. Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.) 0.6 to 30 in w.c. 1.5 to 150 in w.c. 7.5 to 750 in w.c. 1 to 100 psi 3 to 300 psi 0.6 to 30 in w.c. 1.5 to 150 in w.c. 7.5 to 750 in w.c. 1 to 100 psi 3 to 300 psi 0.15 to 7.5 kPa 0.373 to 37.3 kPa 1.865 to 186.5 kPa 6.9 to 690 kPa 20.68 to 2068 kPa 0.15 to 7.5 kPa 0.373 to 37.3 kPa 1.865 to 186.5 kPa 6.9 to 690 kPa 20.68 to 2068 kPa Lower Range Limit -7.5 kPa -30 in w.c. -37.3 kPa -150 in w.c. -750 in w.c. -186.5 kPa -690 kPa -100 psi -2068 kPa -300 psi -7.5 kPa -30 in w.c. -37.3 kPa -150 in w.c. -186.5 kPa -750 in w.c. -690 kPa -100 psi -300 psi -2068 kPa Upper Range Limit 7.5 kPa 30 in w.c. 37.3 kPa 150 in w.c. 750 in w.c. 186.5 kPa 690 kPa 100 psi 2068 kPa 300 psi 7.5 kPa 30 in w.c. 37.3 kPa 150 in w.c. 186.5 kPa 750 in w.c. 690 kPa 100 psi 300 psi 2068 kPa LCD Display No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 70 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation

® SERIES 3100 | MERCOID® BY DWYER EXPLOSION-PROOF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART®, Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1) MODEL CHART Example Series Range Approval Process Connection Electrical Connection Diaphragm Seal Type Mounting Flange Mounting Flange Rating Extension Length Diaphragm Material Fill Fluid Capillary Length High Side Capillary Length Low Side Options 3100D -2 -FM -3 -1 -LEC S2 A1 05 S 2 -05 -10 -LCD 3100D-2-FM-3-1-LECS2A105S2-05-10-LCD 3100D Explosion-proof differential pressure transmitter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FM ATEX WP 1 3 1 LEC LED LEH LEL LFC LFD LFH LFL 0 to 6 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to 150 in w.c. 0 to 750 in w.c. 0 to 100 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 1000 psi FM approved ATEX approved Weatherproof only (only available with 316 SS housing) 1/4˝ female NPT Diaphragm seal 1/2˝ female NPT 2 extended diaphragm seals capillary type 1 extended diaphragm seal direct mount high side 1 extended diaphragm seal capillary type high side 1 extended diaphragm seal capillary type low side 2 flush diaphragm seals capillary type 1 flush diaphragm seal direct mount high side 1 flush diaphragm seal capillary type high side 1 flush diaphragm seal capillary type low side 2˝ (50 mm) 316L SS 3˝ (80 mm) 316L SS ANSI class 150# ANSI class 300# DIN PN 10/16 DIN PN 25/40 JIS 10 K JIS 20 K No extension [standard for flush mount] 2˝ extension 4˝ extension 6˝ extension 316L SS diaphragm PTFE and 316L SS diaphragm Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm Tantallum diaphragm Silicon oil (-40 to 400°F) 0 to 20 feet 0 to 20 feet 5 digit LCD 316 SS housing (Only available with WP approval) NIST calibration Custom calibration S2 S3 A1 A2 D1 D2 J1 J2 00 05 10 15 S P H T 2 XX XX LCD SSH NIST CC P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s CUSTOM CALIBRATION VALUES Primary Units Upper Range Limit Lower Range Limit Output Damping Time Display Mode Display Units Engineering Units* in w.c., ft in w.c., mm in w.c., in Hg, psig, g/cm2 , kg/cm2, MPa, Pa, kPa, bar, mbar, Torr, Atm, mm Hg 20 mA value 4 mA value Linear or square root 0 to 60 seconds Unit, %, mA, rotate Primary unit or Engineering unit Volumetric Flow Units US gal/s, US gpm, US gal/hr, US gpd, imp gal/s, imp gpm, imp gal/hr, imp gpd, l/s, l/min, l/hour, ft/s, m/s, metric gal/day, metric l/day, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/day, m3/s, m3/min, m3/hr, m3/day, normal l/hr, normal m3/hr, standard ft3/min, barrels/s, barrels/min, barrels/hr, barrels/day Mass Flow Units g/s, g/min, g/hr, kg/s, kg/min, kg/hr, kg/day, metric ton/min, metric ton/hour, metric ton/day, lb/s, lb/min, lb/hr, lb/day, short ton/min, short ton/ hr, short ton/day, long ton/hr, long ton/day Volume Units gallons, liters, imp gallons, m3, barrels, bushels, yd3, ft3, in3, bbl liq, normal cubic meter, normal liter, standard cubic feet, hectoliters Engr. upper value Engr. lower value Linear or square root Engr. Upper Range Limit* Engr. Lower Range Limit* Engr Function* *Engineering Units, Engr. Upper Range Limit, Engr. Lower Range Limit and Engr. Function values are only required if engineering unit is selected. ACCESSORIES Model A-630 A-631 BBV-1F BBV-22F DevCom2000 Description Stainless steel angle type bracket with SS bolts Stainless steel flat type bracket with SS bolts Flanged 3-valve block manifold Flanged 5-valve block manifold HART® Communication Protocol Software HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 71

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 3500 SMART DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART® Communication , Push Button Configuration, Rangeability (Up to 25:1) 5-1/4 [132] 5-1/4 [133] 3-5/8 [91.5] 4 [102] 2 X M6 1/4˝ FEMALE NPT PROCESS CONNECTIONS SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: 316L SS and FPM; with diaphragm seal: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.075% FS (@ 20°C). Rangeability: Up to 25:1 turn down. Stability: ≤0.075% FSO/3 years. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Process with -DS: -40 to 400°F (-40 to 204°C). Thermal Effect: < ±0.05% span/10°C. Power Requirements: 10-55 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Response Time: 16 to 480 ms (programmable). Damping Time: 0 to 60 seconds. Electrical Connection: Packing gland M20x1.5, two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit, screw terminal. Process Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X IP66/IP67. Agency Approvals: CE; -IS, -FP suffix: ATEX Compliant ia/db IIC T6/T5 Gb Ta<80°C, T5 / II 2D Ex ia/tb IIIC T85°C/T100°C Db. Type Certificate No. KDB 17ATEX0056X. ATEX Standards: EN 60079-0:2012+A11:2013, EN 60079-1:2014, EN 60079-11:2012, EN 60079-26:2015, EN 60079-31:2014 IECEx Compliant: Ex ia/db IIC T6/T5 Gb / Ex ia/tb IIIC T85°C/T100° Db. Certificate of Conformity IECEx KDB 17.0008X. IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0:2011, IEC 60079-1:2014-06, IEC 60079-11:2011, IEC 60079-26:2006, IEC 60079-31:2013. 0518 II 2G V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 3500 Smart Differential Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessor- based high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push button configuration, and is programmable using HART® Communication. The Series 3500 is capable of being configured for differential pressure or level applications with the zero and span buttons. A field calibrator is not required for configuration. The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3500 can be configured to be ATEX or IECEX approved for use in hazardous (classified) locations. The rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit any application. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High accuracy (±0.075% FS) • Rangeability (up to 25:1) • Configurable using zero/span buttons (no calibrator required) • Fail-mode process function • Automatic ambient temperature compensation APPLICATIONS • Flow measurement • Level monitoring • Filter or pump differential pressure • Critical process monitoring MODEL CHART Model 3500-AL-02-NF-2 3500-AL-04-NF-2 3500-AL-08-NF-2 3500-AL-10-NF-2 3500-AL-15-NF-2 3500-AL-20-NF-2 3500-AL-25-NF-2 Note: Bar ranges are also available. Range -10 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. -200 to 200 in w.c. 0 to 1000 in w.c. 0 to 15 psi 0 to 100 psi 72 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation

® SERIES 3500 SMART DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART® Communication , Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (Up to 25:1) MODEL CHART Example Series Housing Range Process Connections Electrical Connections Diaphragm Seal Type Mounting Flange Extension Length Capillary Length High Side Capillary Length Low Side Options 3500 -AL -01 -DS -1 -SPRB A 0 -1 -1 -NIST 3500-AL-01-DS-1-SPRBA0-1-1-NIST 3500 AL AS 02 04 08 10 15 20 25 38 40 50 60 NF DS 1 2 SPDH SPRB SPRH STDH STRB STRH Smart differential pressure smart transmitter Aluminum housing Stainless steel housing -10 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. -200 to 200 in w.c. 0 to 1000 in w.c. 0 to 15 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 230 psi 0 to 1000 psi -2.5 to 2.5 in w.c. -1.5 to 1.5 psi 1/4˝ female NPT adapter Diaphragm seal selection Packing gland M20x1.5 Thread 1/2˝ female NPT S-P flush diaphragm seal direct mount high side S-PK flush diaphragm seal capillary type both sides S-PK flush diaphragm seal capillary type high side S-T extended diaphragm seal direct mount high side S-TK extended diaphragm seal capillary type both sides S-TK extended diaphragm seal capillary type high side 2˝ ANSI 2˝ DN50 3˝ ANSI 3˝ DN80 No extension, flush mount 2˝ (50 mm) 4˝ (100 mm) 6˝ (150 mm) High side capillary length, 1 to 20 ft (increments of 1) Low side capillary length, 1 to 20 ft (increments of 1) ATEX/IECEx flameproof ATEX/IECEx intrinsically safe Stainless steel tag plate mounted on wire NIST traceable calibration certificate 2˝ galvanized steel mounting bracket 2˝ SS mounting bracket Stainless steel plate riveted to the housing A B C D 0 2 4 6 # # FP IS MT NIST GB SB ST ACCESSORIES Model A-630 A-631 BBV-0N DevCom2000 Description Stainless steel angle type bracket with SS bolts Stainless steel flat type bracket with SS bolts 2-valve block manifold HART® communication protocol software P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 73

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 608 INTRINSICALLY SAFE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Ranges Down to 0.1 in w.c., FM Approved, NEMA 4X 1/4 [6.35] 4-1/2 [107.95] 2-11/16 [68.26] 3 [76.20] 5/8 [15.88] 3-1/4 [82.55] 5-1/32 [127.79] 1-1/2 [38.10] 1/2 NPT TYP 2 PLACES 1/4 NPT TYP 2 PLACES The Dwyer Series 608 Intrinsically Safe Differential Pressure Transmitter converts positive, negative (vacuum), or differential pressures of clean, dry air or other non- conductive, non-corrosive gases into a standard two wire, 4 to 20 mA output signal. The use of an ultra-thin silicon diaphragm enables precision measurement of differential pressures as low as 0.1 in w.c. while withstanding high static working pressures up to 100 psig (6.89 bar). The Series 608 transmitters are FM approved intrinsically safe for use in the specified hazardous locations when used with an approved intrinsic safety barrier. The rugged NEMA 4X, stainless steel housing makes this transmitter ideal for use in industrial and process plant environments. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High accuracy at low pressure ranges provides exceptional measurement for ensuring tight-control and minimizing costly out of specification conditions • Intrinsically safe for use in the specified hazardous locations meets specifications where pressure transmission and safety cannot be compromised • NEMA 4X rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists APPLICATIONS • Lab fume hood control • Clean room applications • Flow measurements and control • Filter monitoring • Furnace draft measurement • Process control MODEL CHART Model 608-02 608-03 608-04 608-05 608-06 608-07 608-01B 608-13B* 608-04B *Models have a ±0.25% FS accuracy. Range (in w.c.) 0 to 0.5 0 to 1.0 0 to 2.0 0 to 5.0 0 to 10.0 0 to 25.0 0 to ±0.25 0 to ±1.0 0 to ±2.0 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean/dry air and compatible, combustible gases. (see Agency Approvals for FM ratings). Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.5% or ±0.25% full-scale. Stability: ±0.5% FS/year. Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.89 bar); 15 psid (1.03 bar). Temperature Limits: -20 to 185°F (-28 to 85°C). Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 160°F (-18 to 71°C). Thermal Effect: 0.5% Accuracy: ±0.02% FS/°F; 0.25% Accuracy: ±0.01% FS/°F. Power Requirements: 12 to 36 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC. Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span. Response Time: 250 ms. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 1045 Ω max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal: Two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit. Process Connections: Two 1/4˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 2 lb (0.9 kg). Agency Approvals: FM approved intrinsically safe for use in Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III, Div. 1 when wired with approved intrinsically safe barrier. Entity parameters: Vmax= 36 VDC; Imax= 250 mA; CI=12 nF; LI=0 mH. OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model MTL5541 MTL7706 Description Intrinsically safe galvanic isolator Intrinsically safe zener barrier 74 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com Static Fitting Options: See page 454 (Static Pressure Tips) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

® SERIES 636D FIXED RANGE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Explosion-Proof, 0.5% Accuracy #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE 24 INCHES LONG 1-1/8 [28.5] 4-5/32 [105.4] 1/2-14 NPT FEMALE PROCESS CONNECTION 3/4-14 NPT FEMALE CONDUIT THREAD Ø1-3/4 [44.45] 1-1/4 HEX 1˝ HEX TYPICAL SS TAG 1-5/16 [33.02] 4-1/8 [104.7] 1-3/4 [44.45] Series 636D Fixed Range Differential Pressure Transmitter can be used for measuring pressures of liquids, gases & vapors. All available ranges have an excellent 0.5% FS accuracy with a 4-20 mA Output standard or optional 1-5 VDC output. The NEMA 4 housing is an all 316 welded construction that is designed to withstand the harshest environmental conditions. With all 316L wetted materials, this transmitter is compatible with most media. These units are CSA approved explosion-proof for use in the specified hazardous locations and meet NACE standards for off-shore applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists • Explosion-proof device for use in hazardous areas • Versatile, high-accuracy device for liquid or gas supports designs requiring more precise measurements in support of application APPLICATIONS • Pump differential pressure • Critical process monitoring • Off shore applications MODEL CHART Model 4 to 20 mA Out Range 636D-0 636D-1 636D-2 636D-3 636D-4 636D-5 636D-6 636D-7 636D-8 0 to 6 psid 0 to 15 psid 0 to 30 psid 0 to 60 psid 0 to 100 psid 0 to 150 psid 0 to 200 psid 0 to 300 psid 0 to 500 psid Model 1 to 5 VDC Out Range 636D-0-LP 636D-1-LP 636D-2-LP 636D-3-LP 636D-4-LP 636D-5-LP 636D-6-LP 636D-7-LP 636D-8-LP 0 to 6 psid 0 to 15 psid 0 to 30 psid 0 to 60 psid 0 to 100 psid 0 to 150 psid 0 to 200 psid 0 to 300 psid 0 to 500 psid SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, liquids, or vapors. Wetted Materials: Types 316L SS. Accuracy: BFSL: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Stability: ±1.0 FS/yr. Pressure Limits: 3 x full-scale differential pressure; Burst: 2500 psig. Temperature Limits: Ambient operating: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Process interface: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C); Storage: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Compensated Temperature Range: -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C). Thermal Effect: ±2% FS/50°F (reference to 77°F). Power Requirements: 12-30 VDC for 4-20 mA outputs; 8-14 VDC for 1-5 VDC outputs, both with reverse polarity protection. Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC or 1-5 VDC. Zero and Span Adjustment: Fixed. Response Time: 20 ms. Loop Resistance: 900 Ω max @ 30 VDC for current outputs. For voltage outputs, minimum lead resistance 50k ohms. Current Consumption: 4-20 mA for current output models; 3 mA for voltage output models. Electrical Connections: 2 ft, 22 AWG cable; 3/4˝ female NPT conduit. Process Connections: Two 1/2˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP56). Mounting Orientation: ±0.05 psi/90° rotation from horizontal. Weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA approved explosion-proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; Class III. OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate SERIES 655A 316 WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Ranges Down to 3 in w.c., 6-Point NIST Certificate Included 4 WIRE CABLE P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s The Series 655A 316 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed for high static/low DP applications designed especially for the End Users and OEM’s where extreme overpressure and high performance of 0.25% accuracy and stability are required at ranges down to 3 in w.c. Each unit includes a 6-point NIST certificate of calibration which demonstrates the unit’s high level of performance. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Extreme overpressure and stability at low ranges provides durable device for OEM and end-user applications • High-accuracy device for low differential pressure designs requiring more precise measurements in support of application • NIST certificate available to demonstrate high-level of performance APPLICATIONS • Pump differential pressure • Critical process monitoring • High accuracy/low differential pressure OEM applications MODEL CHART Model 655A-00-C 655A-01-C 655A-02-C 655A-03-C 655A-04-C 655A-05-C 655A-06-C 655A-07-C Note: Change ‘C’ to ‘P’ for optional 6 pin male connection. Range 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 8 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 1 psid 0 to 2 psid Range 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 8 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 1 psid 0 to 2 psid Model 655A-00-P 655A-01-P 655A-02-P 655A-03-P 655A-04-P 655A-05-P 655A-06-P 655A-07-P 1/4˝ FEMALE NPT 4-3/4 [120.65] 1-1/4 [31.75] 2 [50.80] A-232 CONNECTOR END OPPOSITE END IS SIX WIRES COLORS: RED, BLACK, GREEN, WHITE, BLUE AND BROWN 2-35/64 [64.77] 655A-XX-C MODELS 655A-XX-P MODELS SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.25% BFSL, RSS (combined effect of non-linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Stability: ≤ ±0.25% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: -20 to 200°F (-29 to 93°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 170°F (-17.8 to 76.7°C). Pressure Limits: 1000 psi (68.95 bar) continuous; 3000 psi (206.8 bar) burst. Thermal Effects: ≤ ±1.5% FS oven comp. temperature range. Power Requirements: 8-38 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Static Pressure Effects: On zero: ≤ ±0.25% FSO per 1000 psi; on span: ≤ ±0.5% of reading per 1000 psi. Response Time: < 10 ms. Loop Resistance: 1500 Ω. Electrical Connections: Cable exit with 24˝ cable; optional 6-pin connector. Process Connections: 1/4˝ NPT female. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in vertical position: zero shifts up to ±1 in w.c. depending on orientation. Weight: 18 oz (510 g). ACCESSORIES Model Description A-232 Connection with cable (3´); for 6 pin connection models DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 75

® SERIES 629C WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 0.5% Accuracy, NEMA 4X (IP66) Enclosure 43/64 [17.15] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 1-11/32 [34.29] 3-7/64 [78.83] 1-27/64 [35.98] Conduit housing with remote sensor available in 10´ or 20´ shielded or armored cable 629C-RS option V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 629C Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters monitor differential pressure of air and compatible gases and liquids with 0.5% accuracy. The design employs dual pressure sensors converting pressure changes into a standard 4-20 mA output signal or field selectable voltage. Small internal volume and minimal moving parts result in exceptional response and reliability. The terminal block, as well as a zero adjustment button, are easily accessed under the top cover. The Series 629C Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) construction. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Powered by either DC or AC - take advantage of most readily available power source reducing installation costs • Optional LCD does not need a separate power supply - lowers installed cost • Selectable voltage range - provides flexible choice for changing design or inputs for process/HVAC controllers being used to monitor and control • Push-button zero (versus trim pot) - more simple zeroing provides easy install and calibration reducing installation time and possibility of operator error • Optional LCD indicator provides local status to identify operational condition • Remote sensor option reduces installation labor and material APPLICATIONS • Flow elements • Heat exchangers • Filters • Coils • Chiller • Pumps 3-7/64 [78.83] 5-15/16 [150.88] 1/4 NPT FEMALE FITTING 1-31/32 [50.16] OPTIONAL LCD 7 [177.80] OPTIONAL 1/4 NPT MALE FITTING SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Without valve: 316, 316L SS. Additional wetted parts with valve option: Buna-N, silicone grease, PTFE, brass 360, copper, and reinforced copolymer. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis & repeatability). Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 175°F (-18 to 79°C). Pressure Limits: See Table 1. Thermal Effects: Avg 0.04%/°F (0.072%/°C) (includes zero and span). Power Requirements: 2-wire: 10-35 VDC; 3-wire: 13-35 VDC or isolated 16- 33 VAC (reverse polarity protected). Output Signal: 2-wire: 4-20 mA; 3-wire: Field selectable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, or 2-10 VDC. Zero and Units: Push-buttons inside conduit enclosure. Response Time: 400 msec. Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1250 Ω (max), Rmax = 50(Vps-10); Voltage output: Minimum load resistance = 5 kΩ. Current Consumption: 28 mA (max). Electrical Connections: Removable terminal block; 1/2˝ female NPT conduit. Process Connections: 1/4˝ female or male NPT. Display: Optional 4-1/2 digit LCD field attachable display. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X. Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive. Weight: 629C-XX-CH: 10.1 oz (286 g); 629C-XX-R2-P1-E5-XX: 2.3 lbs (1.04 kg); 629C-XX-R6-P1-E5-XX: 4.55 lbs (2.06 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D MODEL CHART Example Series Range 629C -01 -CH -P1 -E1 -S1 -3V 629C-01-CH-P1-E1-S1-3V 629C 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 CH R1 R2 R5 R6 P1 P2 P3 P4 E1 E2 E3 E5 E9 S1 S3 3V AT FC LCD NIST Wet/wet differential pressure transmitter 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to 25 psid 0 to 50 psid 0 to 100 psid 0 to 150 psid 0 to 200 psid 0 to 300 psid 0 to 500 psid 0 to 0.5 bar differential 0 to 1 bar differential 0 to 2 bar differential 0 to 4 bar differential 0 to 6 bar differential 0 to 10 bar differential 0 to 15 bar differential 0 to 20 bar differential 0 to 30 bar differential Conduit housing, NEMA 4X (IP66) Conduit housing, NEMA 4X (IP66) with Remote Sensor and 10´ shielded cable Conduit housing, NEMA 4X (IP66) with Remote Sensor and 20´ shielded cable Conduit housing, NEMA 4X (IP66) with Remote Sensor and 10´ armored cable Conduit housing, NEMA 4X (IP66) with Remote Sensor and 20´ armored cable 1/4˝ male NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ male BSPT 1/4˝ female BSPT Cable gland with 3´ of prewired cable Cable gland with 6´ of prewired cable Cable gland with 9´ of prewired cable 1/2˝ female NPT conduit M-12 4 pin connector 4-20 mA Field selectable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, 2-10 VDC 3-way valve Aluminum tag Factory calibration certificate LCD indication NIST traceable certificate Housing Process Connection Electrical Connection Signal Output Options Note: -3V option is only available with -P2 process connection. 76 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com RANGE Range Number Range 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 *Pressures exceeding the working pressure limit may cause a calibration shift of up to ±3% of full-scale. Note: Over pressure of all models with 3-way valve is 100 psi. 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to 25 psid 0 to 50 psid 0 to 100 psid 0 to 150 psid 0 to 200 psid 0 to 300 psid 0 to 500 psid 0 to 0.5 bar differential 0 to 1 bar differential 0 to 2 bar differential 0 to 4 bar differential 0 to 6 bar differential 0 to 10 bar differential 0 to 15 bar differential 0 to 20 bar differential 0 to 30 bar differential Working Pressure* 10 psi 20 psi 50 psi 100 psi 200 psi 300 psi 400 psi 600 psi 1000 psi 1 bar 2 bar 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar 20 bar 30 bar 40 bar 60 bar Over Pressure 50 psi 50 psi 120 psi 250 psi 500 psi 750 psi 1000 psi 1200 psi 2000 psi 3 bar 8 bar 8 bar 18 bar 18 bar 50 bar 60 bar 80 bar 120 bar ACCESSORIES Model A-155 A-228 A-62X-LCD BBV-1B Description Cable gland with 1/2˝ NPT male 12˝ SS flex hose Field-upgradeable LCD Mini SS 3-valve block manifold USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

® ® SERIES 629HLP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS High Accuracy, IP65 Enclosure DIN CABLE INLET Ø.418 I.D. 1-21/32 [42.00] P R E S S U R E V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 629HLP Differential Pressure Transmitters are suitable for measuring over-pressure, under-pressure, and differential pressure in compatible gases and liquids with 1% accuracy. The 629HLP is suitable for all measuring tasks in commercial, industrial or sanitary applications. Its single sensor design, allows it to measure small increment pressure changes, and converts them to a linear analog output signal from 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged, versatile, high accuracy device • For liquid or gas systems requiring precise measurements • Provide excellent response and reliability • Suitable for static and dynamic measurements • Converts pressure changes into 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC output • Compact, lightweight, capable to be installed in any arrangement making installation very simple APPLICATIONS • Heat exchangers • Fan coils/air handlers • Core testing applications • Hydraulic systems • High line pressures/low DP • Pumps • Commercial/industrial processes • Sanitary process 3-1/4 [82.40] 2-3/16 [55.40] 2-1/8 [53.81] 1-3/16 [30.00] 2-7/16 [62.00] 2-41/64 [67.00] 1/4 NPT OR 1/4 BSPT 1-3/16 [30.00] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Material: 304 SS, EPDM, silicone grease, alumina ceramic; Optional 3-way valve: Brass, copper, nylon, HNBR, FKM, NBR. Housing Material: ABS. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Accuracy: ±1% from -5 to 60°C (23 to 140°F). Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -10 to 60°C (14 to 122°F); Process: -10 to 80°C (14 to 176°F). Relative Humidity: 10% to 90% non-condensing. Installation Position: Not position sensitive. Pressure Limits: See pressure range limits chart. Burst Pressure: See pressure range limits chart. Static Pressure Limits: See pressure range limits chart. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 0-10 VDC. Response Time: 50 ms. Rated Supply Voltage: 0-10 VDC output: 12-36 VDC or 12-32 VAC (@ max load of 2k Ω) 4-20 mA output: 8-36 VDC. Max Loop resistance: (Supply voltage – 8 V) / 0.02 for 4-20 mA output. Power Consumption: Vout = 13 mA max, Iout = 24 mA max. Electrical Connections: Form A DIN 43650. Process Connections: Standard: 1/4˝ female NPT, 1/4˝ female BSPT. With 3-way valve option: 1/8˝ female NPT, 1/8˝ female BSPT. Weight: 1 lb 4 oz (567 g). Approvals: CE, RCM. D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s MODEL CHART Example Series Range 629HLP -01 -P2 -S1 -FC 629HLP-01-P2-S1-FC 629HLP Process Connections Output Signal Options P2 P4 S1 S5 FC NIST 3V Note: Psi ranges available upon request. Contact factory for details. 01 02 04 06 15 30 60 90 Differential pressure transmitter 0 to 1 bar 0 to 2.5 bar 0 to 4 bar 0 to 6 bar 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 90 psi 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female BPST 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC Factory calibration NIST certificate 3-way valve Maximum Static Pressure (bars) 25 bar 25 bar 25 bar 25 bar 360 psi 360 psi 360 psi 360 psi PRESSURE RANGE LIMITS Pressure Range 0 to 1 bar 0 to 2.5 bar 0 to 4 bar 0 to 6 bar 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 90 psi Note: *The differential pressure limit, between high and low ports, that the transmitter can withstand without affecting transmitter performance **Differential pressures between high and low ports that exceed overpressure limits will result in permanent diaphragm deformation, and any pressure higher than the burst pressure limits will rupture the diaphragm. *Maximum Differential Over Pressure 5 bar 5 bar 12 bar 12 bar 70 psi 70 psi 174 psi 174 psi **Burst Differential Pressure 8 bar 8 bar 18 bar 18 bar 115 psi 115 psi 260 psi 260 psi ACCESSORIES Model A-629HLP-BKT BBV-1B A-228 Description Mounting bracket kit 3-Valve block manifold 12˝ SS flex hose USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 77

100

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES 647 WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ±1.0% Accuracy, NEMA 4 (IP56) Enclosure, 2-Wire [4] 1/4 [6.35] LONG X 7/32 [5.56] WIDE MOUNTING HOLES 1-1/16 [26.97] TYP 5 [127.00] 2-1/2 [63.50] 3-5/16 [84.15] 1-1/8 [28.58] 2-7/8 [73.03] 2-15/16 [74.63] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION 5-9/16 [141.30] 1-17/64 [32.15] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids on both pressure and reference sides. Wetted Materials: Brass, vinyl, glass-filled polyester, silicon, and fluorosilicone. Accuracy: ±1.0% FS. Stability: ±1.5% FS output/year. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Pressure Limits: Ranges 1 in w.c. to 5 psi: 20 psi, 15 psi range: 45 psi, 30 psi range: 60 psi. Thermal Effects: Zero: ±0.05% FS/°F, Span: ±0.05% rdg/°F. Power Requirements: 18-30 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustments: Adjustable, ±10%. Loop Resistance: 400Ω @ 18 VDC, 600Ω @ 24 VDC, 1000Ω @ 30 VDC. Electrical Connection: Screw terminals, reverse polarity protected. Process Connections: Two 1/8˝ female NPT. Housing: Gasketed steel epoxy painted, NEMA 4 (IP56). Weight: 14 oz (397 g). Monitor differential pressure in air/liquid flow systems, HVAC automation, pneumatic systems and process control with the Series 647 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter. Units are temperature compensated and provide a 4-20 mA output signal which can be interfaced with chart recorders, data loggers and computerized monitoring and control systems. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Versatile for liquid or gas supports designs requiring more precise measurements in support of application • Temperature compensated improves performance of device for accurate measurement under different operating environments. • Output signal provides capability to interface with automation systems to centralize monitoring APPLICATIONS • Flow • HVAC automation • Process control • Pneumatic systems MODEL CHART Model Range 647-0 647-1 647-2 647-3 647-4 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate 78 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

101

P R E S S U R E D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s ® SERIES 645 WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS ±0.25% Accuracy, Quick Response, 2-Wire Design ø7/8 KNOCKOUT INTENDED FOR A 1/2 I.D. CONDUIT CONNECTION 1-63/64 [50.50] 1-1/2 [38.16] 2 5/32 [54.61] 1-15/16 [49.35] 3 1/64 [76.45] 3-1/16 [77.59] 1 [25.44] HIGH PRESSURE PORT 2-7/16 [62.01] LOW PRESSURE PORT 1 [25.44] BLEED SCREWS 1-3/32 [27.98] 1/4 NPT BOTH SIDES SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids on both pressure and reference sides. Wetted Materials: 17-4 PH stainless steel, 300 Series stainless steel, fluoroelastomer and silicone O-rings and bleed screw seals. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (RSS). Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to 175°F (-22 to 80°C); Storage: -65 to 260°F (-54 to 126°C). Pressure Limits: (High side) 1 to 5 psi: 20 x FS, 10 to 25 psi: 10 x FS, 50 psi: 5 x FS, 100 psi: 2.5 x FS; (low side) 2.5 x FS. Thermal Effects: (includes zero and span) ±0.02% FS/°F, 30 to 150°F (-1 to 65°C). Power Requirements: 11-30 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustments: Adjustable, ±1 mA, non-interactive. Response Time: 30 to 50 ms. Loop Resistance: 0 to 1000Ω. Electrical Connection: Barrier strip terminal block with conduit enclosure and .875˝ (22 mm) diameter conduit opening. Process Connection: 1/4˝-18 female NPT. Housing: Stainless steel/aluminum, NEMA 4X (IP56). Weight: 14.4 oz (0.4 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. 3-VALVE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY Manifold: Brass. Valve Type: 90° on/off. Process Connection: 1/4˝-18 female NPT. Optional 3-valve manifold assembly Series 645 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for use with compatible gases and liquids which can be applied to both the pressure and reference ports. Quick response capacitance sensor delivers a 4-20 mA output signal proportional to differential pressure with ±.25% accuracy. The Series 645 transmitters are ideal for process control, filter condition monitoring, refrigeration equipment, pump speed control, HVAC equipment, and liquid level measurement. For ease of installation and maintenance, order optional 3-valve manifold assembly. Bleed ports allow for total elimination of air in the line and pressure cavities. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Versatile, high-accuracy device for liquid or gas supports designs requiring more precise measurements in support of application • Optional 3-way valve manifold supports simplifying installation or removal of transmitter without interrupting process APPLICATIONS • Process control • Refrigeration equipment • HVAC equipment • Filter monitoring • Pump speed control • Liquid level measurement 0 to 1 psid 0 to 2 psid 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to 25 psid 0 to 50 psid 0 to 100 psid MODEL CHART Model Range 645-0 645-1 645-2 645-3 645-4 645-5 645-6 Note: For optional 3-valve manifold assembly, add -3V to end of model number. OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 79

102

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P l a i t n e r e f f i D ® SERIES WWDP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Selectable Ranges of Uni-Directional or Bi-Directional, Selectable Outputs 6 [152.4] 5-9/16 [141.29] 2 [50.5] 5-11/64 [131.37] 1/8˝ NPT 1-9/16 [39.69] 1/2˝ CONDUIT OPENING 61/64 [24.21] R7/64 [R2.78] 11/32 [8.73] 2 [50.8] 1-43/64 [42.47] 1-15/64 [31.35] 4-39/64 [117.08] 4 [101.6] 4-53/64 [122.63] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases or liquids compatible with 17-4 PH stainless steel. Accuracy: All pressure ranges have ±1% full-scale accuracy except the lowest selectable range of each unit is ±2% full-scale. Stability: ±0.5% per year. Temperature Limits: Compensated temperature range: 32 to 130°F (0 to 54°C); Operating temperature range: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: Max working pressure: WWDP-1: 50 psi; WWDP-2: 100 psi; WWDP-3: 250 psi; Proof pressure: 2.2X of full-scale; Burst pressure: 40X of full- scale. Thermal Effect: 2% FS/100°F (50°C) includes zero and span. Power Requirements: 12-30 VDC/18-28 VAC (reverse excitation protected). Note: 4-20 mA output cannot be powered with AC voltage. Output Signal: Selectable 0-5, 0-10 and 1-5 VDC; 4-20 mA. Zero & Span: Digital “re” zero button (should be used when changing ranges). Span can be adjusted by changing between field selectable ranges. Response Time: 1 to 5 s (selectable). Loop Resistance: 1000 Ω. Current Consumption: VDC power: 0-5, 1-5 VDC output 4 mA (typ); 0-10 VDC output 5 mA (typ); 4-20 mA output 20 mA max. Current consumption will equal the transmitter output in current mode. VAC power: 0-5, 1-5, 0-10 VDC output 40 mA (typ). Electrical Connections: 1/2˝ conduit. Process Connections: 1/8˝ female NPT internal. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP56). Mounting Orientation: Vertical; mount the pressure ports down (keeps debris from building up inside the pressure port). Weight: 1.5 lb (680.4 g). Agency Approvals: CE. The Series WWDP Differential Pressure Transmitter offers everything in one package by having 30 field selectable variations in just 3 models. The WWDP provides field selectable unidirectional and bidirectional pressure ranges, configurable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10 VDC, and 4 to 20 mA output. It also provides an auto-zero capability. The field selectable port swap feature eliminates costly re-plumbing if the unit is improperly installed or if the transmitter is simply replaced. An optional LCD display is available for on-sight indication of line and differential pressure. The all cast aluminum housing is rated NEMA 4 (IP66). These features make the WWDP transmitter an ideal instrument for measuring the flow of various liquids and gases, pressure drop across filters, measurement of liquid level or pressurized vessels, and for use in energy management and process control systems. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Versatile device for liquid or gas supports designs requiring more precise measurements in support of application • Field selectable port swap eliminates costly re-plumbing if unit is re-installed or replaced • Uni-directional and bi-directional pressure selection with configurable output provides a single device that can meet broad application needs without having to specify multiple devices • Optional LCD display provides local status to identify operational conditions • NEMA 4 rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists APPLICATIONS • Chiller monitoring • Pressure vessels • Filter monitoring • Process control • Energy management • Liquid level MODEL CHART Model WWDP-1 WWDP-2 WWDP-3 WWDP-1-LCD WWDP-2-LCD WWDP-3-LCD Description (psid) Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 Max. Working Pressure (psi) 50 100 250 50 100 250 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate 80 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

103

® SERIES LPG5 2.5˝ LOW PRESSURE GAGE 3-2-3% Full-Scale Accuracy in a 2.5” Gage P R E S S U R E 2-19/32 [66.04] 55/64 [22.00] 35/64 [13.97] MALE NPT CONNECTION [BRASS] 1-49/64 [44.96] 2-19/32 [66.04] MALE NPT CONNECTION [BRASS] 29/32 [23.00] 35/64 [13.97] MALE NPT CONNECTION [BRASS] The Series LPG5 2.5˝ Low Pressure Gage offers top of the line performance for pressure applications from 10 in w.c. to 10 psi. The LPG5 gages possess dual scales with 3-2-3% full-scale accuracy on a 2.5˝ dial. Units are made with a chrome plated steel housing and brass wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). This series is meant for the measurement of low pressures of gases and liquids and is ideal for air flow indication, liquid level and draft measurement. Series LPG5 gages are available with either a bottom or back connection option. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Chrome plated steel housing and brass wetted parts resist ambient for longer service life in harsh environments • Low pressure gage provides a selection to meet specific applications • Specified with high ambient and process temperature ratings mean more robust uses and longer service-life • Good accuracy gage for value-sensitive applications requiring more precise measurement and where vibration is a concern SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connection, bronze tube. Housing: Chrome plated steel. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ± 3-2-3% FS. Pressure Limits: Full-scale range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Size: 2.5˝ (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4˝ male NPT. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). APPLICATIONS • Air flow indication • Liquid level • Draft measurement MODEL CHART Range in w.c. (kPa) 0 to 10 (0 to 2.5) 0 to 15 (0 to 3.75) 0 to 35 (0 to 8.75) 0 to 60 (0 to 15) 0 to 100 (0 to 25) 0 to 200 (0 to 50) Model LPG5-D8022N LPG5-D8122N LPG5-D8222N LPG5-D8422N LPG5-D8622N LPG5-D8822N Note: Change 22N to 42N for back connection option. Model LPG5-D9922N LPG5-D0022N Range psi (kPa) 0 to 5 (0 to 35) 0 to 10 (0 to 70) OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PG1 NIST traceable calibration certificate l i S n g e P r e s s u r e G a g e s , D a i l USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 81

104

® SERIES LPG4 2.5˝ LOW PRESSURE GAGE 1.5% Full-Scale Accuracy in a 2.5” Gage E R U S S E R P 1.500 [38] ø2.625 [67.7] .550 SQUARE [14.0] [1/4 - 18NPT] BOTTOM CONNECTED .850 [21.6] Our Series LPG4 2.5˝ Low Pressure Gage offers top of the line performance and accuracy for pressure and vacuum applications up to and including 160 in w.c. The LPG4 is constructed from a single beryllium-copper diaphragm affixed to a precision- machined brass plate. This innovative design, together with a high-precision, milled- teeth brass movement and nickel-silver pinion and bearing surface, provide the user with a top of the line low pressure instrument. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low pressure gage provides a selection to meet specific applications • Specified with high ambient and process temperature ratings mean more robust uses and longer service-life • High accuracy gage for applications requiring more precise measurement is a concern SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass and beryllium copper. Housing: Drawn steel, black finish. Lens: Polycarbonate (removable). Accuracy: ±1.5% FS. Pressure Limit: 100% of range scale. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C); Ambient: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Size: 2.5˝ (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4˝ male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54). Weight: 7.3 oz (0.21 kg). APPLICATIONS • Air flow indication • Liquid level • Draft measurement l i a D , s e g a G e r u s s e r P e g n S i l MODEL CHART Model LPG4-D7122N LPG4-D7222N LPG4-D7322N LPG4-D7422N LPG4-D7522N LPG4-D7622N LPG4-D7722N LPG4-D7822N LPG4-D7922N LPG4-D8022N LPG4-D8122N LPG4-D8222N Range -10 to 0 in w.c. (-2.5 to 0 kPa) -15 to 0 in w.c. (-4 to 0 kPa) -25 to 0 in w.c. (-6 to 0 kPa) -40 to 0 in w.c. (-10 to 0 kPa) -60 to 0 in w.c. (-15 to 0 kPa) -80 to 0 in w.c. (-20 to 0 kPa) -100 to 0 in w.c. (-25 to 0 kPa) -160 to 0 in w.c. (-40 to 0 kPa) -235 to 0 in w.c. (-60 to 0 kPa) 0 to 10 in w.c. (0 to 2.5 kPa) 0 to 15 in w.c. (0 to 3.75 kPa) 0 to 25 in w.c. (0 to 6 kPa) Model LPG4-D8322N LPG4-D8422N LPG4-D8522N LPG4-D8622N LPG4-D8722N LPG4-D8922N LPG4-D9022N LPG4-D9122N LPG4-D9222N LPG4-D9322N LPG4-D9422N LPG4-D9522N Range 0 to 40 in w.c. (0 to 10 kPa) 0 to 60 in w.c. (0 to 15 kPa) 0 to 80 in w.c. (0 to 20 kPa) 0 to 100 in w.c. (0 to 25 kPa) 0 to 160 in w.c. (0 to 40 kPa) -4 to 0 to 6 in w.c. (-1 to 0 to 1.5 kPa) -6 to 0 to 10 in w.c. (-1.5 to 0 to 2.5 kPa) -8 to 0 to 16 in w.c. (-2 to 0 to 4 kPa) -16 to 0 to 24 in w.c. (-4 to 0 to 6 kPa) -24 to 0 to 40 in w.c. (-6 to 0 to 10 kPa) -30 to 0 to 50 in w.c. (-7.5 to 0 to 12.5 kPa) -40 to 0 to 60 in w.c. (-10 to 0 to 15.0 kPa) OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PG1 NIST traceable calibration certificate 82 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

105

® SERIES SGY & SGZ 2.5˝ INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE GAGES 1.5% FS Accuracy, 316 SS or Brass Wetted Parts, Dual Psi/Bar x100 kPa Scales P R E S S U R E 1/4˝ NPT 2-7/16 [62.00] 2-41/64 [67.00] 2-7/16 [62.00] 2-41/64 [67.00] SGZ bottom accessory pointers SGY bottom with accessory pointers SGZ back with SGY back 2-1/16 [52.50] 1/4˝ NPT 25/64 [10.00] 1-5/32 [29.50] 31/32 [24.50] 63/64 [25.00] 1-13/64 [30.50] The Series SGY & SGZ 2˝ Industrial Pressure Gages have dual psi and bar (x100 kPa) scales with ±1.5% full-scale accuracy. The Series SGZ and SGY gages are designed with 304 SS housings and the SGZ is designed with 316 SS wetted parts for excellent chemical compatibility or SGY brass wetted parts for compatible gases. These gages cover a wide variety of ranges in either bottom or back connection configurations. Series SGZ gages employ an easy-open breather plug on top, which allows liquid filled units to breathe, relieving any built up internal pressures. Plug easily pops open and does not need to be entirely removed or cut like a typical gages’ rubber plug grommet. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: SGZ: 316 L SS Tube, 316 SS connector; SGY: Brass connection, bronze tube. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±1.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Size: 2.5˝ (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4˝ male NPT. Weight: 4.9 oz (141 g) bottom, 5.8 oz (164 g) back. Add 3.7 oz (104 g) for glycerin fill. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Stainless steel housing and wetted parts to resist ambient corrosion for longer service life in harsh environments • Higher accuracy gage for value-sensitive applications requiring more precise measurement and where vibration is a concern • Optional sliding pointer clearly mark to make visible critical ranges and high and low points • Liquid fillable gage with easy open breather plug provides smoother damped movement of pointer • Back or bottom mounting and compact size provides for mounting with dimensional limitations SERIES 765 APPLICATIONS • Vacuums in pneumatic conveying lines • Positive pressure in compressed air headers • Corrosive ambient environments ACCESSORIES Model Description A-445D A-499R A-499Y A-499G U-bracket mounting kit for 2.5˝ gage Red sliding color pointer Yellow sliding color pointer Green sliding color pointer OPTIONS Use order code: NISTCAL-PG1 NIST traceable Description calibration certificate MODEL CHART Model Range 30˝ Hg to 0 SGZ-D10122N SGZ-D10322N 0 to 30 psi SGZ-D10422N 0 to 60 psi SGZ-D10522N 0 to 100 psi SGZ-D10622N 0 to 160 psi SGZ-D10722N 0 to 200 psi SGZ-D11022N 0 to 300 psi SGZ-D11122N 0 to 500 psi SGZ-D11222N 0 to 1000 psi Note: To order with glycerin fill, add -GF to the end of the model. For back connect, change 22N to 42N. Model SGY-D10122N SGY-D10322N SGY-D10422N SGY-D10522N SGY-D10622N SGY-D10722N SGY-D11022N SGY-D11122N SGY-D11222N Range 30˝ Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi 0 to 1000 psi USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov PROCESS GAGE WITH DAMPENED MOVEMENT ±0.5% Accuracy, Safety Blow-Out Back 3-13/32 [86.36] FILL PLUG Ø5-53/64 [Ø148.21] 3X Ø15/64 [Ø6.10] ON A 5-25/64 [136.92] BOLT CIRCLE 5-3/32 [129.54] 2-21/32 [67.31] 4-3/32 [104.14] MAX. 316 L SST 1/4˝ OR 1/2˝ NPT SURGE SUPPRESSOR 35/64 [13.97] 1-45/64 [43.17] l i S n g e P r e s s u r e G a g e s , D a i l The Series 765 Process Gage with Dampened Movement minimizes effects of vibration without liquid filling. With this dampened movement the 765 gages are ideal for use in any application where high pulsation or vibration exists. The 765 gages offer dual scale range (psi/kPa) with ±0.5% full-scale accuracy. They are designed with a Phenolic safety-case and have a solid front with a blow-out back. Excellent chemical compatibility is insured with the 316L SS socket and Bourdon tube. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum to 20,000 psi. The 765 process gage comes standard with bottom 1/4˝ or 1/2˝ male NPT connections. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Liquid-free dampened movement minimizes effect of vibration and cost to maintain • Stainless steel socket and Bourdon tube permit use in chemical applications • High accuracy gage for applications requiring more precise measurement • Models that support vacuum to high pressure ranges provide a selection to meet specific applications • Specified with high ambient and process temperature ratings mean more robust uses and longer service-life APPLICATIONS • Process applications • Chemical • Refinery • Fertilizer • Petrochemical • Power • Pharmaceutical • Pulp and paper • Cement SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS socket and Bourdon tube. Housing: Phenolic plastic with safety blow-out back. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±0.5% ANSI/ASME Grade 2A. Pressure Limit: 125% FS < 1500 psi, 115% FS for 2000 to 5000 psi, 110% FS > 10,000 psi. Temperature Limits: -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C). Size: 4-1/2˝ (114.3 mm) dial face. Process Connections: 1/4˝ or 1/2˝ NPT male. Enclosure Rating: IP65 (NEMA 4). Weight: 37 oz (1040 g). Agency Approval: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Example Series Range 765 -01 2N -FMR 765-012N-FMR 765 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PG1 NIST traceable calibration certificate Process Connection Additional Options 2N 4N FMR SG45 For additional ranges contact factory. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 4.5˝ process gage 30˝ Hg-0 VAC (-100 to 0 kPa) 0 to 30 psi (0 to 206 kPa) 0 to 60 psi (0 to 410 kPa) 0 to 100 psi (0 to 680 kPa) 0 to 160 psi (0 to 1100 kPa) 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1370 kPa) 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2060 kPa) 0 to 400 psi (0 to 2770 kPa) 0 to 500 psi (0 to 3400 kPa) 0 to 600 psi (0 to 4100 kPa) 0 to 1000 psi (0 to 6800 kPa) 1/4˝ male NPT 1/2˝ male NPT Flush mounted ring Safety glass lens DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 83

106

E R U S S E R P l a t i g D i , s e g a G e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES DPGA/DPGW/DPGWB/DPGAB 0.5% & 1% DIGITAL PRESSURE GAGES Economic Gage With Selectable Engineering Units, Rubber Boot 3-11/16 [93.66] DPGA DPGW ø2-43/64 [67.87] 1-1/2 [38.10] DPGA & DPGW 1/4 NPT 3-59/64 [99.62] DPGAB DPGWB DPGAB & DPGWB ø3-3/32 [78.58] 1/4 NPT 1-25/32 [45.24] The Series DPGA 1% Digital Pressure Gage is the only economic digital pressure gage with selectable engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital push-button zero, the DPGA is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the pressures of air and compatible gases. The Series DPGW 1% Digital Pressure Gage is the only economic digital pressure gage for liquids with the ability to select engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital push-button zero, the DPGW is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the pressures of air and compatible liquids and gases. The Series DPGWB/DPGAB 0.5% Digital Pressure Gage offers full-scale accuracy in a rugged, easy-to-use unit at prices comparable to mechanical gages. The DPGWB stainless steel wetted material makes it suitable for a wide variety of liquids or gases. The gages feature user-selectable units of measure allowing one gage to be used for a variety of pressure scales. The DPGWB/DPGAB come with a protective rubber boot to protect against short drops and rough handling. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Push-button zero reduce installation and service time • High accuracy provides exceptional measurement for minimizing costly out of specification conditions • Selectable unit button provides reading in easily recognizable units • Well-suited gage for compatible gas (DPGA) or liquid (DPGW) applications specifying simple operation and accuracy APPLICATIONS • Process applications • Process start-up • OEM applications MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS Service: DPGA & DPGAB: Air and compatible gases; DPGW & DPGWB: Liquids and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: DPGA & DPGAB: 316L SS, silicone sensor; DPGW & DPGWB: 316L SS. Housing Materials: ABS plastic. Accuracy: DPGA & DPGW: ±1.0% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability); DPGAB & DPGWB: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). ACCESSORIES Model Description A-293 Protective rubber boot Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30 psig. Temperature Limits: 30 to 120°F (-1 to 49°C). Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/°F. Size: 2.62˝ OD x 1.52˝ deep. Process Connections: 1/4˝ male NPT. Display: 4-digit LCD (.425˝ H x .234˝ W digits). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable. Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut-off. Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g). OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: DPGA-04-NIST, DPGAB-04-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate Pressure Ranges Resolution Model DPGA-00 DPGA-04 DPGA-05 DPGA-06 DPGA-07 DPGA-08 DPGA-09 DPGA-10 DPGA-11 Compound range available: DPGW-12: 30˝ Hg-0-100 psi. Range 30˝ Hg to 0 (psi) 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi Model DPGW-00 DPGW-04 DPGW-05 DPGW-06 DPGW-07 DPGW-08 DPGW-09 DPGW-10 DPGW-11 psig -14.70 5.000 15.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 200.0 300.0 500.0 kg/cm2 bar -1.033 .3515 1.055 2.109 3.515 7.03 14.06 21.09 35.15 -1.013 .3447 1.034 2.068 3.447 6.89 13.79 20.68 34.47 MODEL CHART Pressure Ranges kg/cm2 bar Model DPGAB-00 -1.033 DPGAB-04 .3515 DPGAB-05 1.055 DPGAB-06 2.109 DPGAB-07 3.515 DPGAB-08 7.03 DPGAB-09 14.06 DPGAB-10 21.09 DPGAB-11 35.15 Compound range available: DPGWB-12: 30˝ Hg-0-100 psi Range 30˝ Hg to 0 (psi) 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi Model DPGWB-00 DPGWB-04 DPGWB-05 DPGWB-06 DPGWB-07 DPGWB-08 DPGWB-09 DPGWB-10 DPGWB-11 psig -14.70 5.000 15.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 200.0 300.0 500.0 -1.013 .3447 1.034 2.068 3.447 6.89 13.79 20.68 34.47 84 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com in Hg ft w.c. kPa -29.93 10.18 30.54 61.1 101.8 203.6 407.2 611 1018 -33.94 11.53 34.60 69.2 115.3 230.7 461.3 692 1153 -101.4 34.47 103.4 206.8 344.7 689 1379 2068 3447 in Hg ft w.c. kPa -29.93 10.18 30.54 61.1 101.8 203.6 407.2 611 1018 -33.94 11.53 34.60 69.2 115.3 230.7 461.3 692 1153 -101.4 34.47 103.4 206.8 344.7 689 1379 2068 3447 oz/in2 -235.2 80.0 240.0 480.0 800 1600 3200 4800 - oz/in2 -235.2 80.0 240.0 480.0 800 1600 3200 4800 - in w.c. mbar cm w.c. mm Hg psi -407.3 138.4 415.2 830 1384 2768 - - - -1013 344.7 1034 2068 3447 - - - - -1034 351.5 1055 2109 3515 - - - - -761 258.6 776 1551 2586 - - - - 0.01 0.002 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 Resolution in w.c. mbar cm w.c. mm Hg psi -407.3 138.4 415.2 830 1384 2768 - - - -1013 344.7 1034 2068 3447 - - - - -1034 351.5 1055 2109 3515 - - - - -761 258.6 776 1551 2586 - - - - 0.01 0.002 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2

107

® SERIES DPG DIGITAL PRESSURE GAGES ±0.25% or ±0.5% FS Accuracy, NEMA 4X (IP66) Aluminum Housing P R E S S U R E 3 [76.20] 1-5/8 [40.39] 3-5/8 [91.39] DPG-000 DPG-100 1/4 NPT Replace your outdated analog gages with the new Series DPG Digital Pressure Gages. The Series DPG has a high ±0.25% or ±0.5% full-scale accuracy. The 4 digit digital display will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating parallax error commonly produced with analog gages. Series DPG is battery powered and has an auto-shut off to conserve battery life. Battery life, on average, will last 2000 hours. A 4 button key pad allows easy access to features without the need to work through complex menus or difficult key combinations. These features include backlight, peak and valley, tare or auto zero and conversion of the pressure units. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High accuracy provides exceptional measurement minimizing costly out of specification conditions • Backlit 4-digit display provides clear parallax-free reading reducing potential for errors • Battery-powered gage with auto-shutoff eliminates wiring and prolongs battery life reducing service calls • Push-button zero reduce installation and service time APPLICATIONS • Process applications • Replacement for legacy analog gages • OEM applications ACCESSORIES Model Description A-183 A-184 Protective rubber boot Carrying case SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and combustible gases (for FM listing see Agency Approvals below). Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS. Housing Materials: Polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum extruded housing with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna-N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction. Accuracy: DPG-000: ±0.5% FS; DPG- 100: 0.25% FS; ±1 least significant digit @ 70°F (21°C) (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models ≤1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4/4X (IP66). Temperature Limits: 0 to 130°F (-18 to 55°C). Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 130°F is 0.016%/F; Between 32 to 70°F is 0.026%/F; Between 10 to 32°F is 0.09%/F. Size: 3.00˝ OD x 1.90˝ deep (max). Process Connection: 1/4˝ male NPT. Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g). Display: 4 digit (.425˝ H x .234˝ W digits). Power Requirements: (2) AAA alkaline batteries, included, user replaceable. Battery Life: 2000 hours typical; Low battery indicator (60 hours in continuous use). Auto Shut-Off: Gage: 60 minute auto shut off. Auto shut-off may be disengaged; Backlight: 2 minute auto shut-off. Agency Approvals: DPG-000: CE; DPG-100: CE, FM approved to be intrinsically safe for Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C and D, for ranges 0-15 to 0-3000 psi. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: DPG-002-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate l i S n g e P r e s s u r e G a g e s , i D g i t a l DPG-100 with protective rubber boot Protective carrying case MODEL CHART Model ±0.5% Model ±0.25% Range psi DPG-000* DPG-002* DPG-003* DPG-004* DPG-005* DPG-006* DPG-007* DPG-008* DPG-009* DPG-010* DPG-011* DPG-020* DPG-021* DPG-022* DPG-023* DPG-024* - DPG-102 DPG-103 DPG-104 DPG-105 DPG-106 DPG-107 DPG-108 DPG-109 DPG-110 DPG-111* - - - - - -14.70 to 0 15.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 200.0 300.0 500.0 1000 3000 5000 -14.70 to 15.00 -14.70 to 30.00 -14.70 to 45.00 -14.70 to 60.00 -14.70 to 100.0 *Model is not FM approved. Pressure Ranges kg/cm2 bar -1.033 1.055 2.109 3.515 7.03 14.06 21.09 35.15 70.3 210.9 351.5 -1.033 to 1.055 -1.033 to 2.109 -1.033 to 3.164 -1.033 to 4.218 -1.033 to 7.03 -1.013 1.034 2.069 3.448 6.895 13.79 20.69 34.48 68.98 206.9 344.8 -1.013 to 1.034 -1.013 to 2.069 -1.013 to 3.103 -1.013 to 4.137 -1.013 to 6.895 in Hg -29.93 30.54 61.08 101.8 203.6 407.2 610.8 1018 2036 6108 - -29.93 to 30.54 -29.93 to 61.08 -29.93 to 91.63 -29.93 to 122.2 -29.93 to 203.6 ft w.c. -33.94 34.61 69.21 115.4 230.7 461.4 692.1 1154 2307 6921 - -33.94 to 34.61 -33.94 to 69.21 -33.94 to 103.8 -33.94 to 138.4 -33.94 to 230.7 kPa -101.4 103.4 206.9 344.8 689.5 1379 2069 3448 6895 - - -101.4 to 103.4 -101.4 to 206.9 -101.4 to 310.3 -101.4 to 413.7 -101.4 to 689.5 oz/in2 -235.2 240 480 800 1600 3200 4800 8000 - - - -235.2 to 240 -235.2 to 480 -235.2 to 720 -235.2 to 960 -235.2 to 1600 in w.c. mbar -407.3 -1013 415.2 1034 830.4 2069 1384 3448 2768 6895 5536 - 8304 - - - - - - - - - -407.3 -1013 to 415.2 to 1034 -407.3 -1013 to 830.4 to 2069 -407.3 -1013 to 1245 to 3102 -407.3 -1013 to 1661 to 4137 -407.3 -1013 to 2768 to 6895 cm w.c. mm Hg -1034 1055 2109 3515 7031 - - - - - - -1034 to 1055 -1034 to 2109 -1034 to 3164 -1034 to 4218 -1034 to 7031 -760.7 775.7 1551 2586 5172 - - - - - - -760.7 to 775.7 -760.7 to 1551 -760.7 to 2327 -760.7 to 3103 -760.7 to 5172 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 85

108

E R U S S E R P l a t i g D i , s e g a G e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES DCGII DIGITAL CALIBRATION PRESSURE GAGE ±0.05% FS Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts V I DEO O N L I N E Ø3-5/8 [92.20] Ø4-3/8 [111.51] 2-5/8 [66.97] 1/2 NPT The Series DCGII Digital Calibration Pressure Gage offers a complete pressure gage with calibration capabilities. With a precise 0.05% full-scale accuracy and large 5 digit resolution, this gage can be used in critical industrial applications where precision is most important. This versatile gage only requires one 9V battery or power adapter and can operate up to 5,000 working hours. The Series DCGII 0.05% Digital Pressure Gage can display percent of range, pressure swings or alarm set points. This pressure gage comes complete with eleven selectable pressure units, backlight and zeroing capability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Highest accuracy provides exceptional measurement for calibration minimizing costly out of specification conditions • Stainless steel housing resists ambient corrosion for longer service life in harsh environments • Lightweight and slim, yet large easy to read battery-powered gage make them easy to carry and read • Specified with high ambient temperature rating means more robust uses and longer service-life • Indicator can display pressure swings, minimum and maximum peak detection with alarm set points provides a multipurpose tool where critical calibration is needed SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible, non-combustible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 316 SS. Other Materials: Housing: Aluminum alloy; Display: Acrylic MR200; Buttons: Silicon gel; Back plate: 304 SS; Back seal: Oil-proof latex. Accuracy: 0.05% FS; ±1 least significant digit. Temperature Accuracy: ±1°C. Pressure Limits: 120% FS. Temperature Limits: 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C). Compensated Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Process Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT. Display: 5-digit LCD with blue backlight. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, not included, or power adapter accessory. Battery Life: Up to 10,000 hours (600 working hours @ default 3 times/s). Auto Shut-Off: Backlight: On/off, 10 s, 20 s, 30 s. Weight: 1.28 lb (0.58 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Field gage calibration • Permanent installation • Burst disc testing • Torque data logging • Pressure regulator testing and hydrostatic leak testing MODEL CHART Model Range (psig) kPa mPa kgf/cm2 in H2O in Hg mm Hg psi mbar bar DCGII-100 DCGII-101 DCGII-102 DCGII-103 DCGII-104 DCGII-105 DCGII-106 DCGII-107 DCGII-108 DCGII-109 -14.7 to 0 0 to 15 0 to 30 0 to 60 0 to 100 0 to 200 0 to 300 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 2000 -101.35 103.42 206.84 413.69 689.48 1379.0 2068.4 3447.4 6894.8 1379.0 -0.1013 0.1034 0.2067 0.4134 0.6890 1.3780 2.0670 3.4450 6.8900 13.780 -1.0335 1.0546 2.1092 4.2184 7.0307 14.061 21.092 35.153 70.307 140.61 -406.90 415.20 830.40 1660.8 2768.0 5536.0 8304.0 1384.0 2768.0 5536.0 -29.929 30.540 61.080 122.16 203.60 407.20 610.80 1018.0 2036.0 4072.0 -760.21 775.72 1551.4 3102.9 5171.5 1034.3 1551.4 2585.7 5171.5 -14.700 15.000 30.000 60.000 100.00 200.00 300.00 500.00 1000.00 2000.00 1013.5 1034.2 2068.4 4136.9 6894.8 1379.0 2068.4 3447.4 6894.8 -1.0135 1.0342 2.0684 4.1369 6.8948 13.790 20.684 34.474 68.948 137.90 ACCESSORIES Model A-644 BBV-0N PCHP-1u Description 9 V DC power adapter 2-valve block manifold Pneumatic calibration pump OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PG2 NIST traceable pressure calibration certificate 86 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com uSee page 198 (Series PCHP)

109

® SERIES DPG-200 DIGITAL PRESSURE GAGE 3-in-1: Gage, Transmitter and Switch The Series DPG-200 Digital Pressure Gage has a precise ±0.25% full-scale accuracy. The 4 digit digital display will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating parallax error commonly produced with analog gages. The DPG-200 is packaged in a durable extruded aluminum case designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). The unit is powered by 12-24 VDC/VAC and contains two alarm set points along with a 4-20 mA process output. A four-button keypad allows easy access to features. These features include backlight, peak and valley, auto zero and conversion of the pressure units. Pressure ranges also in mbar, kg/cm2, oz/in2, in Hg, mm Hg, ft w.c. and ft sw for various models. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High accuracy provides exceptional measurement minimizing costly out of specification conditions • Backlit 4-digit display provides clear parallax-free reading reducing potential for errors • Durable aluminum case to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) requirements supports use in harsh or outdoor environments • Push-button zero reduce installation and service time APPLICATIONS • Process control MODEL CHART • Compressor control Model DPG-200 DPG-202 DPG-203 DPG-204 DPG-205 DPG-206 DPG-207 DPG-208 DPG-209 DPG-210 DPG-211 Compound range available: DPG-220 range: 30˝ Hg-0-15 psi. in w.c. cm w.c. -407.3 415.2 830.4 1384 2768 5536 8304 - - - - -101.4 103.4 206.9 344.8 689.5 1379 2069 3448 6895 - - Pressure Ranges bar -1.013 1.034 2.069 3.448 6.895 13.79 20.69 34.48 68.98 206.9 344.8 ft w.c. kPa -33.94 34.61 69.21 115.4 230.7 461.4 692.1 1154 2307 6921 - Range (psig) -14.70-0 15.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 200.0 300.0 500.0 1000 3000 5000 -1034 1055 2109 3515 7031 - - - - - - SERIES DSGT DIGITAL INDICATING TRANSMITTER ±0.25% Full-Scale Accuracy P R E S S U R E 3 [76.20] 2-3/8 [60.45] 1-5/8 [40.39] 3-5/8 [91.39] 1/4 NPT SPECIFICATIONS DIGITAL GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids and non-combustible compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS. Enclosure: Black polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum extruded enclosure with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna-N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction. Accuracy: 0.25% FS ±1 least significant digit (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models ≤ 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range. Temperature Limits: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Process Connection: 1/4˝ male NPT. Display: 4 digit (.425˝ H x .234˝ W digits). Size: 3.00˝ OD x 1.90˝ deep (not including cables). Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g). SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: 2 SPDT form C contacts. Electrical Rating: 0.5 A @ 125 VAC resistive, 1 A @ 24 VDC. Relay Differential: 1 least significant digit. Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable. Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Set Point Adjustment: Via menu. TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: 0 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 158°F = 0.016%/°F. Between 0 to 70°F = 0.026%/°F. Power Requirements: 12-24 VAC ±20% 50 to 400 Hz, 12-24 VDC ±20%. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Loop Resistance: 600 Ω max. Power Consumption: 0.8 W max. Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). OPTIONS Use order code: Description -NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate Ø5-3/8 B.C. [Ø136.4] Ø5-13/16 [Ø147.6] 3-5/16 [83.8] Ø5-3/16 [Ø131.8] [3] Ø1/4 [Ø6.3] 5/8˝ [15.8] ACROSS FLATS 3-29/32 [99] l i S n g e P r e s s u r e G a g e s / S w T r a n s m i t t e r s , i D g i t a l 2-19/32 [66] i t c h e s / The Series DSGT Digital Indicating Transmitter is a versatile multi-function process gage that features an excellent 0.25% full-scale accuracy. This all-in-one digital gage package is designed to reduce installation costs, instrument cost, and save space where an application requires a gage, transmitter, and switches. The Series DSGT gage comes standard with a loop-powered 4-20 mA transmitter. The Series DSGT gage is enclosed in a durable fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case that is designed to meet NEMA 4 IP56 requirements. The gage features a menu-driven display for easy customization. User selectable features include 12 engineering units of measure, password protected calibration and disable functions, as well as an adjustable bar graph and update/dampening rates. FEATURES/BENEFITS • All-in-one digital gage package is designed to reduce installation costs, instrument cost, and save space where an application requires a gage, transmitter, and switches • Durable fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case to meet NEMA 4 (IP56) requirements supports use in harsh environments • Password protected calibration and disable functions helps to insure no errors by untrained personnel 1/2 NPT 37° 1-1/2 [38.1] 1-13/32 [35.6] SPECIFICATIONS GAGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible, non-combustible liquids & gases. Wetted Materials: 17 to 4 stainless steel sensor, 316 SS socket. Housing Materials: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case. Accuracy: 0.25% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limit: 2 x FS range. Process Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT. Display: 5 digit (0.88˝ high). TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Power Requirements: 12-36 VDC (loop powered). Memory Back Up Supply: (2) C alkaline batteries, installed functional, user replaceable. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Response Time: 100 ms. Temperature Limits: 14 to 140ºF (-10 to 60ºC). Thermal Effects: 0.04% FS/°F. Electrical Connections: 3 ft flying leads. Loop Resistance: DC; 0 to 1090 Ω max. Set Point Adjustments: Adjustable through menu selections. Weight: 1.45 lb (.66 kg). APPLICATIONS • Process • Outdoor MODEL CHART Model DSGT-101-C0S DSGT-102-C0S DSGT-104-C0S DSGT-105-C0S • Compressor • OEM OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate Range (psig) Model 30˝ Hg-0 to 15 30˝ Hg-0 to 30 0 to 30 0 to 60 DSGT-106-C0S DSGT-107-C0S DSGT-108-C0S Range (psig) Model 0 to 100 0 to 160 0 to 200 DSGT-109-C0S DSGT-110-C0S DSGT-112-C0S Range (psig) Model 0 to 300 0 to 600 0 to 1000 DSGT-116-C0S DSGT-117-C0S DSGT-118-C0S Range (psig) 0 to 5000 0 to 8000 0 to 10000 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 87

110

® SERIES DPT DIGITAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER WITH SWITCHES Two Solid State Switches, LED Display E R U S S E R P V I DEO O N L I N E The Series DPT Digital Pressure Transmitter with Switches combines a large, 14-segment LED display with two programmable solid state switches into one compact unit. A unique, 3-way rotating design allows the DPT to meet specific installation requirements without any retrofitting. The display and electrical connection can be rotated independently to maximize visibility while still orienting the electrical connection in the best position for the cable connector. Large, ergonomically designed push-buttons allow for quick/easy programming and thin-film piezoresistive sensor technology guarantees long-term reliability and stability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact size, lightweight, and high accuracy supports multiple installation methods to support application need and footprint • Rotating display and electrical connection to maximize visibility while orienting the electrical connection in the best position for the cable connector APPLICATIONS • Calibration • Hydraulics and pneumatics • Machine tools • Compressors and pumps • Machine building l a t i g D i , s r e t t i m s n a r T 1-1/2 [38.00] 1-5/32 [29.50] 3-23/64 [85.40] 1-33/64 [38.60] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: Pressure connection: 316 L SS; Pressure sensor: 316 L SS (13- 8 PH for ranges above 150 psi). Housing: 316 L lower body, heat and chemical resistant fiberglass reinforced plastic (PBT) plastic head, TPE-E keyboard, PC display window. Accuracy: 1.0% FS (includes non-linearity, hysteresis, zero point). Pressure Limit: See table. Temperature Limits: 32 to 176°F (0 to 80°C). Process Connections: 1/4˝ male NPT. Display: Red LED 4-digit (0.35˝ H digits). Weight: 7 oz (0.2 kg). SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: PNP. Electrical Rating: 250 mA. Electrical Connections: M 12x1, 5-pin. Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: 32 to 176°F (0 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: 0.2% FS / 10k. Power Requirements: 15-35 VDC. Output Signal: DPT-A: 4-20 mA; DPT-V: 0-10 VDC. Loop Resistance: DPT-A: ≤ 0.5k; DPT-V: > 10k. Power Consumption: ≤ 100 mA. Electrical Connections: M 12x1, 5-pin. Enclosure Rating: IP67. / s e h c t i w S / s e g a G e r u s s e r P e g n S i l MODEL CHART 0-10 VDC Model DPT-V00 DPT-V01 DPT-V02 DPT-V03 DPT-V04 DPT-V05 DPT-V06 DPT-V07 DPT-V08 DPT-V09 DPT-V10 4-20 mA Model DPT-A00 DPT-A01 DPT-A02 DPT-A03 DPT-A04 DPT-A05 DPT-A06 DPT-A07 DPT-A08 DPT-A09 DPT-A10 Range (psig) -14.5 to 0 0 to 15 0 to 25 0 to 30 0 to 50 0 to 100 0 to 160 0 to 200 0 to 300 0 to 500 0 to 1000 Maximum Pressure (psig) 30 30 60 60 100 200 290 400 600 1000 1740 Burst Pressure (psig) 75 75 150 150 250 500 500 1500 1500 2500 7975 Pressure Ranges bar 1.034 1.034 1.724 2.068 3.447 6.895 11.03 13.79 20.68 34.47 68.95 MPa .1034 .1034 .1724 .2068 .3447 .6895 1.103 1.378 2.068 3.447 6.895 kPa 103.4 103.4 172.4 206.8 344.7 689.5 1103 1378 2068 3447 6895 kg/cm2 1.055 1.055 1.758 2.109 3.515 7.031 11.25 14.06 21.09 35.15 70.31 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model Description A-195 6´ (2 m) shielded cable with 5 pin female M-12 connections 88 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

111

® SERIES EDA | MERCOID® BY DWYER ELECTRONIC PRESSURE CONTROLLER 2 Switches, Indicating Gage, and Transmitter in One Package V I DEO O N L I N E 5 [127.00] 27/32 [21.42] 9/32 [7.14] 5 [127.00] 1/4 MALE NPT WITH 3/4 [19.05] WRENCHING HEX P R E S S U R E 4-17/32 [115.15] 3-1/16 [77.86] 1 [25.42] 3X 1/8 [3.18] 1/2 FEMALE 2X 5/16 NPT CONDUIT [7.93] 1-59/64 [48.82] ENTRY 1-5/8 [41.45] 3-15/32 [88.16] Series EDA Electronic Pressure Controller is an extremely versatile compact package that can replace a separate gage, two switches, and a transmitter in a system saving money, installation time, and panel space. The EDA incorporates two SPDT relays that have the on and off points fully adjustable over the range for control or alarm use. Front face has LED indicators for switch status and a large backlight two-line display showing process value and indication units. Programming is easy with simple menu structure, two-line display, and external programming buttons. Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide variety of applications with panel mount, flush mount, or pipe mount ability. Features include zero set, adjustable dampening, menu lock out, peak and valley indication, removable terminal blocks, adjustable time delay, and scalable transmitter output. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Versatile compact package that can replace a separate gage, two switches, and a transmitter in a system saving money, installation time, and panel space • Fully programmable to meet simple or complex application needs • Test mode function simulates input over the range without pressuring to easily test switches and transmitter output function • Fail-safe relay output choices in case of sensor failure, over pressure, high temperature limit, low temperature limit, or keypad short • Selectable alternation of set points between the relays for even wear on duplex pump applications • Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide variety of applications with panel mount, flush mount, or pipe mount ability APPLICATIONS • Process control • Compressor control • Filter status • Duct or building static pressure • Damper and fan control SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Housing: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±1% of FS including linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability (indicator and transmitter). Stability: < ±2% of FS per year. Pressure Limits: 1.5 x range. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 20 to 140°F (-6.6 to 60°C); Process: 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.05% of FS/°F. Display: 4-digit backlit LCD (digits: 0.60˝H x 0.33˝ W). Power Requirements: 12-30 VDC/AC. Power Consumption: 2.5 watts. Electrical Connections: Removable terminal blocks with two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connections. Enclosure Rating: Meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Warm Up Time: <10 s. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Weight: 1.18 lb (535 g). Agency Approvals: CE, UL. SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 120/240VAC, 1 A @ 30 VDC. Repeatability: ±1% of FS (switching only). Set Points: Adjustable 0-100% of FS. Switch Indication: External LED for each relay on the front panel. Switch Reset: Manual or automatic. TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 1-6 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC (direct or reverse output selection). Minimum Excitation: 14 VDC. Zero and Span Adjustments: Menu scalable within the range. T r a n s m i t t e r s , i D g i t a l l i S n g e P r e s s u r e G a g e s / S w i t c h e s / MODEL CHART Example Series Housing Process Connection Electrical Connection Range Transmitter Output Options EDA W -N1 E1 -02 T0 -AT EDA W N1 E1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 AT NIST 23444 EDAW-N1E1-02T0-AT Electronic pressure controller Weatherproof 1/4˝ NPT male bottom Two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connections 0-20 psi (1.379 bar) 0-60 psi (4.14 bar) 0-100 psi (6.89 bar) 0-150 psi (10.34 bar) 0-300 psi (20.68 bar) 0-600 psi (41.4 bar) 0-1000 psi (68.9 bar) 0-1500 psi (103.4 bar) 0-3000 psi (206.8 bar) None 4-20 mA 1-5 VDC 0-5 VDC 1-6 VDC 0-10 VDC Aluminum adhesive tag NIST certificate Oxygen cleaning ACCESSORIES Model A-590 A-EDA-BRK Description 1/2˝ conduit plug, watertight Flush mount bracket for EDA, bracket is then surface mounted, steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish A-EDA-BRK with EDA installed DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 89

112

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES DA/DS | MERCOID® BY DWYER BOURDON TUBE PRESSURE SWITCH Pressure Ranges to 8000 psi (551.6 bar) 2-1/4 [57.15] Ø6-1/64 [152.8] 1-5/8 [41.28] 7/8 [22.23] 5-3/8 [134.97] 2-3/4 [69.08] 1/2˝ CONDUIT HOLE ADJUSTMENT SCREWS 5/8 [15.88] REAR MOUNTING FLANGE [3] .203 [5.16] DIA HOLES AT 120° ON 6-1/2 [165.1] DIA. BOLT CIRCLE 3-5/8 [92.27] 8 [203.20] 3-1/2 [88.90] 3-1/2 [88.90] 1/4 NPT [2] STD. Ø13/32 MOUNTING HOLES "U" "L" 1/2 NPT 7-3/4 [196.9] 3/4 PIPE THD. CONDUIT HOLE CONTROL ADJUSTMENTS 1-1/4 [30.40] 1/4 NPT 5/8 [15.82] ADJUSTMENTS GASKET 1 [26.39] GASKETED COVER DAH DAW 3-7/8 [98.43] 1-3/4 [44.45] 10 [253.92] 3/4 CONDUIT TH'D V I DEO O N L I N E 2-7/8 [71.63] 7 [177.80] 1-5/8 [41.91] 8 [201.79] 1/2˝ CONDUIT HUB Customers tell us that the Series DA/DS Bourdon Tube Pressure Switch is the best pressure switch made. The Mercoid DA/DS Series is one of the world’s broadest lines of pressure switches. The DA/DS Series has extremely high sensitivity and great repeatability. The DA Models are equipped with two external adjustments, one for setting high pressure operating point, the other for setting low pressure operating point. Deadband, the difference between high and low setpoints, is adjustable over the full-scale. The DS Models are equipped with a single external adjustment for setting operating point only. For mercury-free switches, choose between the snap action switch or hermetically sealed snap action switch. Hermetically sealed mercury switch also available. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Visible calibrated dial provides an easy and fast check without having to open device causing dangerous conditions to operators • On/off indication (except hermetically sealed snap switch models) gives operator clear indication of state of switched equipment that could be located in another location • Adjustable or fixed deadband supports control applications by reducing equipment wear-out by unnecessary recycling • External switch set point adjustment reduces set-up time • Pressure ranges of full vacuum to 8000 psig gives application designers the ability to specify standard equipment, simplifying install and training, and reducing servicing costs • UL listed, CSA approved, many models FM approved to support rigorous process applications and regulations • General purpose, weatherproof or explosion-proof enclosures for a variety of indoor or outdoor environments meeting the needs of multiple applications and uses APPLICATIONS • Compressors • Mechanical HVAC or process equipment • Pump control SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: Brass, 403 SS, or 316 SS. Temperature Limit: 180°F (82°C). Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of the operating range. Enclosure Rating: General purpose, weatherproof or explosion-proof. Repeatability: ±1% of full operating range, ±1.5% on DS-7300 models. Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap switch, or SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Other circuit types available. Electrical Rating: See model charts. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: General purpose: 1/2˝ hole for conduit hub; Weatherproof: 1/2˝ conduit hub; Explosion-proof: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: General purpose and weatherproof: 1/4˝ male NPT, 1/2˝ male NPT on ranges 15S and 16S; Explosion-proof: 1/2˝ male NPT and 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew. Weight: General purpose: 4 lb (1.8 kg); Weatherproof: 6 lb (2.7 kg); Explosion- proof: 8 lb (3.5 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CSA, FM, UL (mercury switch units are not CE approved) (Consult factory for FM approved models). 90 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

113

® SERIES DA/DS | MERCOID® BY DWYER BOURDON TUBE PRESSURE SWITCH Pressure Ranges to 8000 psi (551.6 bar) P R E S S U R E MODEL CHART - D SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH WITH SNAP ACTION SWITCH AND GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE Bourdon Tube Material Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Adjustable Operating Range (psig) 0 to 30˝ Hg VAC 10˝ Hg VAC to 12 25˝ Hg VAC to 50 1/8 to 15 1/8 to 20 1 to 35 2 to 60 5 to 100 5 to 150 10 to 200 10 to 300 30˝ Hg VAC to 60 30˝ Hg VAC to 75 2 to 60 5 to 100 10 to 200 10 to 300 40 to 350 25 to 600 50 to 1000 100 to 1500 300 to 2500 500 to 5000 800 to 8000 30˝ Hg VAC to 75 5 to 75 10 to100 10 to 150 10 to 300 30 to 400 75 to 800 100 to 1000 200 to 2500 Adjustable Deadband SPDT: 10 A @ 120/240 VAC Minimum Deadband (psig) 13.5˝ Hg 6 12 6 6 7.5 9 13.5 24 24 37.5 18 22.5 13.5 19.5 22.5 28.5 30 67.5 142.5 195 390 1350 2250 15 12 15 16.5 42 78 180 285 600 Model DA-7031-153-2 DA-7031-153-3 DA-7031-153-27 DA-7031-153-1 DA-7031-153-3A DA-7031-153-4 DA-7031-153-5 DA-7031-153-6 DA-7031-153-7 DA-7031-153-8 DA-7031-153-9 DA-7021-153-25S DA-7021-153-26S DA-7021-153-5S DA-7021-153-6S DA-7021-153-8S DA-7021-153-9S DA-7021-153-9AS DA-7021-153-10S DA-7021-153-11S DA-7021-153-12S DA-7021-153-13S DA-7021-153-15S DA-7021-153-16S DA-7041-153-26E DA-7041-153-23E DA-7041-153-6E DA-7041-153-24E DA-7041-153-9E DA-7041-153-21E DA-7041-153-22E DA-7041-153-11E DA-7041-153-13E Fixed Deadband SPDT: 15 A @ 120/240 AC Hermetically Sealed, Fixed Deadband SPDT: 5 A @ 120/240 VAC, 5 A res. @ 30 VDC Fixed 3˝ Hg 1.5 2.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 3.5 3 3.5 4 6 6 10 20 30 60 200 500 3.5 4 3.5 4 8 10 25 35 75 Model DS-7231-153-2 DS-7231-153-3 DS-7231-153-27 DS-7231-153-1 DS-7231-153-3A DS-7231-153-4 DS-7231-153-5 DS-7231-153-6 DS-7231-153-7 DS-7231-153-8 DS-7231-153-9 DS-7221-153-25S DS-7221-153-26S DS-7221-153-5S DS-7221-153-6S DS-7221-153-8S DS-7221-153-9S DS-7221-153-9AS DS-7221-153-10S DS-7221-153-11S DS-7221-153-12S DS-7221-153-13S DS-7221-153-15S DS-7221-153-16S DS-7241-153-26E DS-7241-153-23E DS-7241-153-6E DS-7241-153-24E DS-7241-153-9E DS-7241-153-21E DS-7241-153-22E DS-7241-153-11E DS-7241-153-13E Fixed 5˝ Hg 3 3.75 3 3 3 3 3.75 5.25 6.75 9 5.25 5.25 4.5 5.25 7.125 10.5 10.5 18 33 52.5 90 300 5.25 6 5.25 6.75 12 18 37.5 52.5 112.5 Model DS-7331-153-2 DS-7331-153-3 DS-7331-153-27 DS-7331-153-1 DS-7331-153-3A DS-7331-153-4 DS-7331-153-5 DS-7331-153-6 DS-7331-153-7 DS-7331-153-8 DS-7331-153-9 DS-7321-153-25S DS-7321-153-26S DS-7321-153-5S DS-7321-153-6S DS-7321-153-8S DS-7321-153-9S DS-7321-153-9AS DS-7321-153-10S DS-7321-153-11S DS-7321-153-12S DS-7321-153-13S DS-7321-153-15S DS-7341-153-26E DS-7341-153-23E DS-7341-153-6E DS-7341-153-24E DS-7341-153-9E DS-7341-153-21E DS-7341-153-22E DS-7341-153-11E DS-7341-153-13E l i S n g e P r e s s u r e S w MODEL CHART - D SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH WITH MERCURY SWITCH AND GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE Bourdon Tube Material Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 403 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Adjustable Operating Range (psig) 30˝ to 0 Hg VAC 10˝ Hg VAC to 12 25˝ Hg VAC to 50 1/8 to 15 1/8 to 20 1 to 35 2 to 60 5 to 100 5 to 150 10 to 200 10 to 300 30˝ Hg VAC to 60 30˝ Hg VAC to 75 2 to 60 5 to 100 10 to 200 10 to 300 40 to 350 25 to 600 50 to 1000 100 to 1500 300 to 2500 500 to 5000 800 to 8000 30˝ Hg VAC to 75 5 to 75 10 to100 10 to 150 10 to 300 30 to 400 75 to 800 100 to 1000 200 to 2500 Adjustable Deadband SPDT 4 A @ 120 V, 2 A @ 240 V AC/DC DA-31-153-2 DA-31-153-3 DA-31-153-27 DA-31-153-1 DA-31-153-3A DA-31-153-4 DA-31-153-5 DA-31-153-6 DA-31-153-7 DA-31-153-8 DA-31-153-9 DA-21-153-25S DA-21-153-26S DA-21-153-5S DA-21-153-6S DA-21-153-8S DA-21-153-9S DA-21-153-9AS DA-21-153-10S DA-21-153-11S DA-21-153-12S DA-21-153-13S DA-21-153-15S DA-21-153-16S DA-41-153-26E DA-41-153-23E DA-41-153-6E DA-41-153-24E DA-41-153-9E DA-41-153-21E DA-41-153-22E DA-41-153-11E DA-41-153-13E SPST Open on Increase 10 A @ 120 V, 5 A @ 240 V AC/DC DA-31-2-2 DA-31-2-3 DA-31-2-27 DA-31-2-1 DA-31-2-3A DA-31-2-4 DA-31-2-5 DA-31-2-6 DA-31-2-7 DA-31-2-8 DA-31-2-9 DA-21-2-25S DA-21-2-26S DA-21-2-5S DA-21-2-6S DA-21-2-8S DA-21-2-9S DA-21-2-9AS DA-21-2-10S DA-21-2-11S DA-21-2-12S DA-21-2-13S DA-21-2-15S DA-21-2-16S DA-41-2-26E DA-41-2-23E DA-41-2-6E DA-41-2-24E DA-41-2-9E DA-41-2-21E DA-41-2-22E DA-41-2-11E DA-41-2-13E SPST Close on Increase 10 A @ 120 V 5 A @ 240 V AC/DC DA-31-3-2 DA-31-3-3 DA-31-3-27 DA-31-3-1 DA-31-3-3A DA-31-3-4 DA-31-3-5 DA-31-3-6 DA-31-3-7 DA-31-3-8 DA-31-3-9 DA-21-3-25S DA-21-3-26S DA-21-3-5S DA-21-3-6S DA-21-3-8S DA-21-3-9S DA-21-3-9AS DA-21-3-10S DA-21-3-11S DA-21-3-12S DA-21-3-13S DA-21-3-15S DA-21-3-16S DA-41-3-26E DA-41-3-23E DA-41-3-6E DA-41-3-24E DA-41-3-9E DA-41-3-21E DA-41-3-22E DA-41-3-11E DA-41-3-13E Minimum Deadband (psig) 2˝ Hg 1 3.5 1 1 1.75 3 3.75 6 8 12 6 8 4 6 8 14 14 25 60 90 150 450 750 7 3 7 6 18 30 75 100 210 i t c h e s OPTIONS Weatherproof Enclosure - Series DAW Note: To order, add “W” to model number after DA or DS, change 1 to 3. Example: DAW-33-153-7 Explosion-Proof Enclosure - Series DAH Suitable for Class I, Groups C and D; NEMA 7; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III NEMA 9 and 9A, Division 1. Note: To order, add “H” to model number after DA or DS. Example: DAH-31-153-7 FM Approved For general purpose and explosion-proof models see agency approvals. Note: To order, add “F” to model number after DA, DS, DAH or DSH. Examples: DAF-31-153-7 or DAHF-31-153-7 Other Options (Consult Factory) DPDT switches or other switch types, fixed deadband mercury switch units for low deadband applications, manual reset operation, two- stage operation, acetal bushed movement for applications with high amounts of vibration and/ or pulsation, fungus proofing, siphon, diaphragm seals, mounting flange and remote connection. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 91

114

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES SA1100 | MERCOID® BY DWYER DIAPHRAGM OPERATED PRESSURE SWITCH Visible Set point, Adjustable Deadband, Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch, Weatherproof and Explosion-Proof SWITCH COVER 3-31/32 [100.62] 3-3/8 [84.91] COVER SET SCREW 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 7-7/16 [188.25] 4-5/8 [116.89] 3/16 [4.8] DIA. BRACKET MOUNTING HOLES ADJUSTMENT COVER 5-25/32 [147.07] 3-9/16 [91.19] 4 [102.04] 1-13/16 [45.88] PROCESS CONNECTION 2-1/4 [57.17] 3-3/8 [84.58] OPTIONAL BREATHER DRAIN V I DEO O N L I N E The Series SA1100 Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switch is weatherproof and explosion-proof in one economical enclosure. Extremely rugged construction assures excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and industrial plants. New design also provides burst pressure protection to 3000 psi (206 bar). The rolling diaphragm design maintains a constant effective area to minimize friction. This results in a minimum deadband as low as 5% of full-scale. Since many applications require higher deadbands, the SA1100 includes a separate adjustment of this when necessary. A pump being used to control liquid level in a tank would be a typical situation where this feature would be important. Both set point and deadband adjustments are protected, yet clearly visible behind a clear polycarbonate window and are fully isolated from the electrical components for additional safety. A 7/16˝ open-end wrench is the only tool required to change settings. Terminal blocks are provided for switch wiring connections and both internal and external ground screws are included. Standard housing is weatherproof to NEMA standards 1 through 4X and 13; explosion-proof to NEMA 7, Class I, Groups B, C & D; NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F & G. Optional construction adds drain to meet NEMA 3R IP54. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Explosion-proof and weatherproof housing provides device protection for outdoor use or harsh environment operation • Burst pressure protection prevents device failure where high-pressure surges may damage device costing down-time and repair/replacement • Adjustable deadband reduces equipment cycling and potential failure • Visible set point and deadband adjustments provide an easy and fast check without having to open device causing dangerous conditions to operators APPLICATIONS • Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries • Used indoor, outdoor or in explosion-proof area • Pump control SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. *Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F (-35 to 82°C) standard; ATEX compliant at Ambient Temperature: -4 to 167°F (-20 to 75°C); Process Temperature: -4 to 167°F (-20 to 75°C). Pressure Limit: 1200 psig (82.6 bar). *Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. Listed with UL and CSA for 0344 Class I, Groups B, C and D; Class II Groups E, F, and G. ATEX Compliant II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 Process Temperature 75°C. Weatherproof UL Rated Type 4. Meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: See model chart. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Within 20° of vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Internal 7/16˝ hex nuts. Weight: 3.5 lb (1.6 kg). Deadband: See deadband chart. *Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, UL. *Options that do not have ATEX. SWITCH DEADBAND CHART Adjustable Operating Range psig 10-150 20-250 30-500 bar 0.7-10 1.4-17.2 2.0-34 Range Number 11 12 13 High Approximate Approximate Minimum Deadband Maximum Low Deadband psig bar psig bar psig bar 4.0 5.2 5.0 10 12 21 0.28 0.35 0.83 7.5 12.5 45 0.52 0.86 3.1 75 150 300 MODEL CHART Example Construction Adjustable Pressure Ranges Circuit (Switch) Options Pressure Chamber Material (Wetted) Diaphragm Material (Wetted) Circuit (Switch) Type Process Connection *Options SA11 13 E -A 4 -K 2 SA11 11 12 13 E HS HG A S 4 5 K L 2 SA1113E-A4-K2 Series designator, weatherproof NEMA 4X, explosion-proof NEMA 7, 9 Adjustable range 10 to 150 psig (0.7-10 bar) Adjustable range 20 to 250 psig (1.4-17.2 bar) Adjustable range 30 to 500 psig (2.0-34.0 bar) Snap action switch rated 15 A @ 125/250/480 VAC, 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 1/2 A @ 125 VDC resistive, 1/4 A @ 250 VDC resistive Hermetically sealed snap action switch rated 5 A @ 125/250 VAC, 5 A resistive @ 30 VDC* Hermetically sealed snap action switch with gold contacts rated 1A @ 125 VAC, 1 A resistive @ 30 VDC* Aluminum 316 SS Buna-N diaphragm and O-ring Fluorocarbon diaphragm and O-ring SPDT DPDT (not available with HS or HG switch options) 1/2 inch female NPT AT DRAIN ATEX certified construction Housing with drain - allows condensate to be drained from inside enclosure (meets NEMA 3R instead of 4X) *Options that do not have ATEX Examples: SA1111E-A4-K2; SA1111E-S5-K2 92 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

115

APPLICATIONS • Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries • Process and Industrial applications SERIES 1000E | MERCOID® BY DWYER MODEL CHART Aluminum Pressure Chamber Polyamide Diaph. Model 1003W-A1-D 1004W-A1-D 1005W-A1-D 1006W-A1-D 1007W-A1-D 1008W-A1-D 1009W-A1-D *Deadband 10-15% larger when using 316 SS diaphragm. Note: To order, change A1 to B2 for 316 SS diaphragm and pressure chamber. Example: 1003W-B2-D. Values shown are for mid-scale. 316 SS Pressure Chamber FEP Diaph. Model 1003W-B3-D 1004W-B3-D 1005W-B3-D 1006W-B3-D 1007W-B3-D 1008W-B3-D 1009W-B3-D Adjustable Operating Range psig (bar) 5 to 40 (.48 to 2.8) 10 to 70 (.69 to 4.8) 25 to 200 (1.7 to 13.8) 50 to 350 (3.5 to 24.1) 75 to 550 (5.2 to 37.9) 100 to 900 (6.9 to 62.1) 200 to 1400 (13.8 to 96.5) Approx.* Deadband (Fixed) psig (bar) 2 (.14) 4 (.28) 8 (.55) 15 (1.0) 30 (2.1) 50 (3.5) 75 (5.2) ® SERIES 1000W | MERCOID® BY DWYER WEATHERPROOF DIAPHRAGM OPERATED PRESSURE SWITCH Visible Set point, Fixed Deadband, Pressure Ranges to 1400 psi 3-3/32 [78.56] 5/8 P R E S S U R E 3/4 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLACES 1-3/4 [44.45] 1-11/32 [34.13] 2-1/4 [57.15] [15.88] 7-17/64 [184.53] 3-3/4 [95.25] 2-9/32 [57.94] 2-21/32 [67.47] 1/4 FEMALE NPT PRESSURE CONNECTION 4-1/2 [114.30] 5 [127.00] With extremely rugged construction the Series 1000W Weatherproof Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switch provides excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and industrial plants. Bellville spring movement permits mounting of control in any position and helps prevent contact chatter. New design also provides high over-pressure protection. Weatherproof housing is standard. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide variety of applications where dust or water is present • Spring movement design provides for control in any mounting position and prevents contact chatter reducing false or inconsistent switching SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. Temperature Limits: -30 to 170°F (-35 to 77°C). Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206.8 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 125/250 VAC resistive. Electrical Connections: Screw type. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal thumbwheel. Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. EXPLOSION-PROOF DIAPHRAGM OPERATED PRESSURE SWITCH Visible Set point, Fixed Deadband, Pressure Ranges to 1400 psi 18 [457.20] LONG 18 AWG LEAD WIRES 1/2 MALE NPT CONDUITCONNECTION Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 2 PLACES ADJUSTING WHEEL 1-7/8 [47.63] 1/4 FEMALE NPT PRESS. CONNECTION 1-15/32 [37.29] 2-15/16 [74.63] l i S n g e P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s 2-23/64 [59.93] 4-3/8 [111.13] 4-5/32 [105.56] 3-1/4 [82.55] 3-3/4 [95.25] The Series 1000E Explosion-Proof Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switch has the same rugged construction as used in Series 1000W plus explosion-proof design are combined in this new unit. UL listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C & D; Class II, Groups E, F & G. Bellville spring movement permits mounting of control in any position and helps prevent contact chatter. High over-pressure protection and vibration resistance are also featured. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide variety of applications where dust or water is present • Spring movement design provides for control in any mounting position and prevents contact chatter reducing false or inconsistent switching • UL listed to support rigorous process applications and regulations SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. Temperature Limits: -30 to 170°F (-35 to 77°C). Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206.8 bar). Enclosure Rating: Explosion-proof, UL listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Hermetically sealed optional. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 125/250/480 VAC res., 0.5 A @ 125 VDC, 0.25 A @ 250 VDC. Wiring Connections: 18 AWG, 18˝ (460 mm) color-coded leads: N.O. (yellow), N.C. (black), and common (red). Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal thumbwheel. Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. APPLICATIONS • Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries • Process and industrial applications MODEL CHART Aluminum Pressure Chamber Polyamide Diaph. Model 1003E-A1-J 1004E-A1-J 1005E-A1-J 1006E-A1-J 1007E-A1-J 1008E-A1-J 1009E-A1-J *Deadband 10-15% larger when using 316 SS diaphragm. Note: To order, change A1 to B2 for 316 SS diaphragm and pressure chamber. Example: 1003E-B2-J. Values shown are for mid-scale. 316 SS Pressure Chamber FEP Diaph. Model 1003E-B3-J 1004E-B3-J 1005E-B3-J 1006E-B3-J 1007E-B3-J 1008E-B3-J 1009E-B3-J Adjustable Operating Range psig (bar) 5 to 40 (.48 to 2.8) 10 to 70 (.69 to 4.8) 25 to 200 (1.7 to 13.8) 50 to 350 (3.5 to 24.1) 75 to 550 (5.2 to 37.9) 100 to 900 (6.9 to 62.1) 200 to 1400 (13.8 to 96.5) Approx.* Deadband (Fixed) psig (bar) 2.5 (.17) 5 (.34) 10 (.69) 18 (1.2) 36 (2.5) 60 (4.1) 90 (6.2) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 93

116

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES H2 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER DUAL-ACTION EXPLOSION-PROOF PRESSURE SWITCH Explosion-proof and Weatherproof Enclosure Ø2-5/8 [66.68] 3-3/8 [85.73] V I DEO O N L I N E Explosion-Proof, UL & CSA Listed for Class I, Groups B, C & D and Class II, Groups E, F & G. The Series H2 Dual-Action Explosion-Proof Pressure Switch is designed for sequencing two different actions as pressure of a liquid or gas increases or decreases. The design consists of two concentric pistons operated by a single diaphragm with one pressure chamber. Each piston actuates a separate switch independent of the other. The switches may be adjusted to operate together, at opposite ends of the range or at two intermediate set points. The threaded top is removed to field adjust or service switches without disturbing electrical or pressure connections. The Duotect® switch is explosion-proof and weatherproof. It can be mounted in any position and is not affected by vibration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Explosion-proof and weather-proof housing provides device protection for outdoor use or harsh environment operation • UL listed, CSA approved to support rigorous process applications and regulations • Independent piston action design for either gas or liquid allows switches to active together or independently based on settings • Mounting in any position and not affected by vibration provides reliable switching for equipment APPLICATIONS • Mechanical HVAC or process equipment • Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries • Process and Industrial applications SERIES A1F | MERCOID® BY DWYER OEM PRESSURE SWITCH Field Adjustable with Weather-Proof Enclosure ø1-53/64 [ø46.43] INSULATIVE BARRIER [OPEN ON TOP] [3] ELECTRICAL TERMINALS SPDT SNAP SWITCH 3-3/4 [95.25] SET POINT ADJUSTMENT CAP GROUND SCREW 1/2 NPT [MALE CONNECTION] 1/4 NPT [FEMALE CONNECTION] A1F 1-7/16 [36.51] Low cost and precision made, the Series A1F Low Cost OEM Pressure Switch is ideal for OEM industrial applications. Wetted materials of 316 SS and fluorocarbon ensure great chemical compatibility with a wide range of process media. The open case style is perfect for panel mounting applications like pump skids. Weatherproof enclosure is available in polycarbonate offering a low cost weatherproof switch. Superior 15 A contact allows direct control of motors or pumps without the use of external relays, a true cost savings. Features include a convenient indicating scale for quick and easy field adjustment. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 15 A contact allows direct control reducing costs and reliability by having to introduce additional contacts and relays • Case style allows use for panel mounting application with optional weather-proof enclosure for use in outdoor environments • Field adjustable reduces installation time bring application on-line faster • Wetted material provides support for wider range of process media APPLICATIONS • OEM • Compressors • Motor control • Process equipment • Pump control 5 [127.00] 3/4 NPT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 2-15/16 [74.63] 1/4 NPT PRESSURE CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: 316 SS chamber with FEP diaphragm and Buna-N O-ring standard. Fluoroelastomer or EPDM O-ring optional. Temperature Limit: 275°F (135°C). CSA approved: -20 to 90°C (-4 to 184°F). Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar). Enclosure Rating: UL listed explosion- proof, Class I, Groups B, C, and D. Class II Groups E, F, and G. Meets NEMA 4X (IP66). CSA optional. Class I, Groups B, C & D. Class II, Groups E, F, & G -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 75°C T6 [optional -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 40°C T5] Type 4. Switch Type: Two SPDT snap switches. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC. 5 A res., 3 A ind. @ 30 VDC. Gold contacts optional. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18˝ (460 mm) long. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal nut. Weight: 2 lb (.9 kg). Deadband: Approximately 10% of range. Agency Approvals: CSA, UL. MODEL CHART Model Low Range psig (bar) H2S-1 H2S-2 H2S-3 3 to 40 (0.21 to 2.76) 25 to 250 (1.72 to 17.2) 100 to 1000 (6.89 to 68.9) High Range psig (bar) 5 to 75 (0.35 to 5.17) 30 to 400 (2.07 to 27.6) 150 to 1500 (10.3 to 103) 5-7/16 [138.11] 4 [101.6] 1-29/32 [48.41] 1-1/2 [38.10] 4-11/16 [119.06] 1-17/32 [38.89] 3-1/16 [77.79] A1F with weatherproof enclosure SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Pressure chamber: 316 SS; Diaphragm: Fluorocarbon. Temperature Limit: -40 to 175°F (-40 to 80°C). Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34 bar). Enclosure Rating: No rating for open construction. Installed properly within an optional weatherproof enclosure meets NEMA 4X (IP66) standards. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120/240/480 VAC; 1/8 HP @ 125 VAC; 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connection: Screw terminals. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT and 1/2˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Within 20° of vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Knurled screw cap with indicating scale. Deadband: Fixed. See deadband chart. Weight: 10.5 oz (297 g). Agency Approvals: cULus. MODEL CHART Range psg (bar) 2 to 15 (0.14 to 1.03) 4 to 75 (0.28 to 5.17) 8 to 225 (0.55 to 15.5) 16 to 450 (1.1 to 31.0) Model A1F-O-SS-1-1 A1F-O-SS-1-2 A1F-O-SS-1-3 A1F-O-SS-1-4 Note: Optional enclosure factory installed. To order, change O to PC. Example: A1F-PC-SS-1-1 Deadband at Min. Range psg (bar) 2 (0.14) 4 (0.27) 8 (0.55) 15 (1.0) Deadband at Max. Range psg (bar) 3 (0.21) 15 (1.0) 25 (1.7) 50 (3.5) 94 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

117

® SERIES A1PS/A1VS ECONOMICAL PRESSURE SWITCH Vacuum and Compound Ranges Available, Adjustable Set Point P R E S S U R E 2.375 [60.33] 3.625 [92.08] 1/4 NPT Ø1.625 [41.28] The Series A1PS/A1VS Economical Pressure Switch is designed with a 15 Amp SPDT switch for direct control of pumps and motors. Available in pressure, vacuum, or compound ranges, the switches offer a field adjustable set point. Easily adjust the switch by aligning the top of the self locking adjusting nut with the desired setting indicated on the adjacent range scale. Connection is 1/4˝ male NPT for quick installation and can be mounted in any position. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 15 A contact allows direct control reducing costs and reliability by having to introduce additional contacts and relays • Field adjustable reduces installation time bring application on-line faster SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Diaphragm: Buna-N; Body with fitting: Zinc alloy, chromate finish. Temperature Limits: -31 to 185°F (-35 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: 600 psig. Vacuum Limits: 29.9˝ Hg (vacuum and compound models only). Switch Type: SPDT snap action. APPLICATIONS • OEM • Compressors • Process equipment MODEL CHART • Motor control • Pump control Electrical Ratings: 15 A (resistive) @ 250 VAC, 1/2 HP @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connections: Three screw terminals. Process Connection: 1/4˝ male NPT. Set Point: Field adjustable via knurled screw cap. Cycling: Not to exceed 1 Hz. Sensor Element: Diaphragm. Weight: 7.4 oz (209 g). Agency Approvals: UL. Model A1PS-14 A1PS-24 A1PS-34 A1PS-44 Set Point Range (kPa) 1.5 to 3.5 psi (10 to 24) 3 to 40 psi (21 to 276) 30 to 150 psi (207 to 1034) 100 to 500 psi (689 to 3445) Repeatability (kPa) ±0.15 psi (1) ±1.0 psi (7) ±5.0 psi (34) ±20.0 psi (138) Deadband (approx.) (kPa) 0.5 to 1.7 psi (3 to 11) 2 to 5 psi (14 to 34) 5 to 30 psi (34 to 207) 30 to 120 psi (207 to 827) Model A1VS-14 A1VS-24 Set Point Range (kPa) 6-28˝ Hg (-20 to -94) 28˝ Hg to 3.5 psig (-94 to 24) Repeatability (kPa) ±1.2˝ Hg (-4) ±1.2˝ Hg (-4), ±0.15 psi (1) Deadband (approx.) (kPa) 3-14˝ Hg (-10 to -47) 6˝ Hg - 1.5 psi (-20 to 10) SERIES APS/AVS ADJUSTABLE PRESSURE SWITCH Vacuum and Pressure Ranges, 5 A Switch, Compact Size .562 MAX [14.27] Ø.750 [19.05] 2.590 MAX [65.79] l i S n g e P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s Miniature Series APS/AVS Adjustable Pressure Switch offers reliable switching for pressure/vacuum alarm, shutdown or control. The units are readily adjustable throughout their range using the locking adjusting ring and indicating pointer. The body is constructed of stainless steel for durability in harsh environments. Switches include 12˝ (30 cm) wire leads sealed with epoxy for additional protection. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field adjustable with simple indicating pointer reduces installation time bring application on-line faster • Stainless steel construction provides a durable solution in harsh environments APPLICATIONS • OEM • Process equipment • Compressors MODEL CHART • Motor control • Pump control 1/8 NPT Ø1.090 [27.69] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Capsule: 17-7 PH SS; Fitting: 303 SS. Temperature Limits: -65 to 225°F (-54 to 107°C), a set point change of up to 2% when used below -10°F (-23°C) or above 125°F (52°C). Pressure/Vacuum Limits: 150% of range. Switch Type: SPDT snap action. Electrical Ratings: 5 A @ 250 VAC, 3 A @ 28 VDC. Electrical Connections: 3-wire, 20 AWG insulated with PVC, 12˝ (30 cm) length. Process Connection: 1/8˝ male NPT. Set Point: Field adjustable. Cycling: Not to exceed 20 CPM. Sensor Element: Capsule. Weight: 3 oz (85 g). Agency Approvals: UR. Model APS-150 APS-250 APS-350 APS-450 APS-550 Set Point Range psi (bar) Decreasing 0.8 to 28.5 (.06 to 2.0) 2.0 to 48.0 (.14 to 3.3) 3.0 to 96.5 (.21 to 6.7) 7.5 to 242 (.52 to 16.7) 15.0 to 485 (1.0 to 33.4) Increasing 1.6 to 30.0 (.11 to 2.1) 3.0 to 50.0 (.21 to 3.5) 4.5 to 100 (.31 to 6.9) 9.7 to 250 (.67 to 17.2) 20.0 to 500 (1.4 to 34.5) Repeatability psi (bar) ±0.6 (.04) ±1.0 (0.7) ±2.0 (.14) ±5.0 (.35) ±10.0 (.69) Deadband psi (bar) 0.8 to 1.3 (.06 to .09) 1 to 1.7 (.07 to .12) 1.6 to 4 (.11 to .28) 2.5 to 9 (.17 to .62) 5 to 22 (.35 to 1.5) Model AVS-150 AVS-250 AVS-350 Set Point Range ˝Hg (cm Hg) VAC Decreasing Increasing 2.7 to 28.2 1.6 to 27.1 (6.9 to 71.6) (4.1 to 68.6) 5.1 to 28.2 4.0 to 24.8 (10.2 to 63.0) (13.0 to 71.6) 8.4 to 28.2 6.0 to 21.5 (15.2 to 54.6) (21.3 to 71.6) Repeatability ˝Hg (cm Hg) ±1.2 (3.1) ±2.0 (5.1) ±4.0 (10.2) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 95

118

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P e g n S l i ® SERIES A6 | MERCOID® BY DWYER DURABLE PRESSURE SWITCHES Designed for Extended Duty, Simple and Reliable 1/4˝ NPT #8-32 SCREW TERMINALS 2-7/16 [62] ø1.500 [ø38.1] ø1-1/2 [ø38.1] ø1-1/2 [ø38.1] 2 [50.8] 2-5/16 [58.74] A-439 A-440 A-439 A-440 Series A6 Durable Pressure Switches have been specifically designed to stand up to extended duty applications. These switches are constructed with a polyimide film diaphragm and are compatible with a variety of fluids. For ease of installation, the switches come with a 1/4˝ male NPT process connection and can be mounted in any orientation. The Series A6 pressure switches are compact and have great set point integrity, and feature simple, easy set point field adjustment. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High switch cycle means long life for extended duty applications • Mounting in any position and feature simple makes a reliable switching for equipment and OEM applications APPLICATIONS • OEM • Process equipment • Process applications MODEL CHART Model A6-153221 A6-253221 A6-353221 A6-453221 A6-553221 A6-653221 A6-753221 A6-853221 Set Point Range psi (bar) NC 0.5 to 1 (0.03 to 0.07) 1.1 to 3 (0.08 to 0.21) 3.1 to 7 (0.21 to 0.48) 8 to 13 (0.55 to 0.90) 14 to 24 (0.97 to 1.66) 25 to 50 (1.73 to 3.45) 51 to 90 (3.52 to 6.21) 91 to 150 (6.28 to 10.35) NO 1.1 to 3.1 (0.08 to 0.21) 2.27 to 6.05 (0.16 to 0.42) 4.22 to 10.75 (0.29 to 0.74) 12.3 to 17.5 (0.85 to 1.21) 18.6 to 31.8 (1.28 to 2.19) 33.1 to 61 (2.28 to 4.21) 65.6 to 112.3 (4.53 to 7.75) 114.7 to 198.3 (7.94 to 13.68) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air, motor oils, transmission oils, jet fuels, and similar hydrocarbon media. (Not for water use) Wetted Materials: Base: 304 SS; Diaphragm: Polyamide film. Temperature Limits: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C). Pressure Limits: Operating pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar) for 0.5-24 psi set point ranges, 250 psi (17.2 bar) for 25 to150 psi set point ranges; Proof pressure: 500 psi (34.5 bar); Burst pressure: 750 psi (51.7 bar) for 0.5-24 psi set point ranges, 1250 psi (86.2 bar) for 25-150 psi set point ranges. Enclosure Rating: General purpose or with cover: IP65 - weatherproof. Repeatability: ±10% of set point. Set Point Tolerance: ±15% of range. Switch Type: 1 SPST NO, 1 SPST NC. NO and NC switch independent from each other. Electrical Ratings: Resistive: 15 A @ 6 VDC, 8 A @ 12 VDC, 4 A @ 24 VDC; Inductive: 1 A @ 120 VAC, 0.5 A @ 240 VAC. Electrical Connections: #8-32 screw terminals. Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT male. Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position. Set point Adjustment: Screw. Weight: 0.13 lb (0.06 kg). ACCESSORIES Model Description A-439 A-440 Weatherproof IP65 cover Weatherproof IP65 with fly-wire holes USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES AP | MERCOID® BY DWYER DIAPHRAGM OPERATED PRESSURE SWITCH Visible Set point Adjustment, Compact 15/16 [23.81] Ø7/8 [22.23] KNOCK-OUT HOLE 7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT HOLE 1-1/16 [26.99] 5-1/16 [128.69] 4-11/16 [119.36] 2-13/32 [61.13] [2]Ø1/4 [6.35] MOUNTING HOLE WITH SEALING WIRE 1-7/16 [36.52] 2-7/8 [73.03] 3-1/8 [79.71] 4 [101.60] 1-13/16 [46.05] 1/4 NPT 4-1/8 [104.78] ADJUSTMENT SCREW WITH SEALING WIRE SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: Nylon reinforced Buna-N and steel. PTFE and 316 SS optional. Temperature Limits: -30 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C). Pressure Limit: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof and explosion-proof optional. Switch Type: SPDT mercury switch or SPDT snap switch. Other switch types available. Electrical Rating: Mercury switch: 4 A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2 A @ 240 VAC/DC; Snap switch: 15 A @ 120 VAC, 8 A @ 240 VAC, 0.5 A @ 120 VDC, 0.25 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8˝ (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) conduit hub. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical for mercury switch models, any position for snap switch models. Set Point Adjustment: External screw. Weight: General purpose: 2 lb (0.9 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: FM, UL. For FM consult factory. Reliable and convenient, the Series AP Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switch is a compact switch for instrument air or other low pressure applications. Visible set point and external adjustment add convenience. Used on air, non-corrosive gas or liquid service compatible with wetted parts. Units are available in weather-proof and explosion-proof housing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Explosion-proof and weatherproof housing provides device protection for outdoor use or harsh environment operation • External switch set point adjustment reduces set-up time APPLICATIONS • Low pressure applications • Instrument air MODEL CHART Model AP-153-33 AP-153-37 AP-153-39 AP-7021-153-33 AP-7021-153-37 AP-7021-153-39 *Mercury switch units are not CE approved. Switch* Type SPDT Mercury Mercury Mercury Snap Snap Snap Ranges 10 in VAC to 50 in w.c. (2.5 to 12.4 kPa) 1 to 30 psig (.07 to 2.1 bar) 10 to 125 psig (.69 to 8.6 bar) 10 in VAC to 50 in w.c. (2.5 to 12.4 kPa) 1 to 30 psig (.07 to 2.1 bar) 10 to 125 psig (.69 to 8.6 bar) Switch Deadband Low 5 in w.c. (1.2 kPa) 0.4 psig (0.03 bar) 2 psig (0.14 bar) 8 in w.c. (2.0 kPa) 0.75 psig (0.05 bar) 3 psig (0.21 bar) High 6 in w.c. (1.49 kPa) 0.75 psig (0.05 bar) 6 psig (0.04 bar) 10 in w.c. (2.49 kPa) 1.5 psig (0.10 bar) 7 psig (0.48 bar) Max. Press. psig(bar) 15 (1.03) 60 (4.14) 160 (11.0) 15 (1.03) 60 (4.14) 160 (11.0) 96 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

119

® SERIES A2 SUBMINIATURE PRESSURE SWITCH Field Adjustable 1/8 NPT [3.175] 13/32 [10.32] 55/64 [21.83] 1-41/64 [41.67] 15/16 A/F [23.81] 29/64 [11.51] 5/8 [15.875] Ø51/64 [20.24] 61/64 [24.21] 47/64 [18.653] P R E S S U R E 29/64 [11.51] 1/8 NPT [3.175] Ø51/64 [20.24] Designed for OEM applications, the Series A2 Subminiature Pressure Switch is economical and is equipped with high proof pressure capabilities for demanding applications. The A2 is available with either spade terminals or flying leads (submersible). Switches with spade terminals can be easily adjusted in the field. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-proof pressure to meet application demands • Easy adjustment reduces installation and service times APPLICATIONS • OEM SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Polyamide film and brass. Temperature Limits: -40 to 230°F (-40 to 110°C). Pressure Limits: 350 psi (24 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP69 (flying lead models only). Repeatability: ±3% of highest set point at 70°F (21°C). Switch Type: SPST, 100 VA, 42 VDC. Electrical Connection: 1/4˝ (6.3 mm) spade terminals or flying leads. Process Connection: 1/8˝ male NPT, or 1/4˝ male NPT. Weight: 0.15 Ib (0.07 kg). Deadband: <10% of actuation point. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model A2-5801 A2-5803 A2-5811 A2-5813 A2-6801 A2-6803 Range psi (bar) 2 to 20 (0.14 to 1.4) 2 to 20 (0.14 to 1.4) 2 to 20 (0.14 to 1.4) 2 to 20 (0.14 to 1.4) 15 to 100 (1.03 to 6.9) 15 to 100 (1.03 to 6.9) Electrical Connection NO/NC Model Spade terminals Flying leads Spade terminals Flying leads Spade terminals Flying leads A2-6811 A2-6813 A2-7801 A2-7803 A2-7811 A2-7813 NO NO NC NC NO NO Range psi (bar) 15 to 100 (1.03 to 6.9) 15 to 100 (1.03 to 6.9) 50 to 150 (3.5 to 10.3) 50 to 150 (3.5 to 10.3) 50 to 150 (3.5 to 10.3) 50 to 150 (3.5 to 10.3) Electrical Connection NO/NC Spade terminals Flying leads Spade terminals Flying leads Spade terminals Flying leads NC NC NO NO NC NC USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES MVS MINIATURE VACUUM SWITCH SPDT N/O or N/C Switch, Adjustable Set Point, Ideal for OEM’s Compact, lightweight, and adjustable, the Series MVS Miniature Vacuum Switch is specially designed for OEM applications. This low cost switch has a minimum life expectancy of 10 million cycles and has an extremely fast response time. Typical applications for the MVS are HVAC, home appliance, dairy systems, medical, office equipment, and pump control. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High switch cycle means long life for extended duty applications APPLICATIONS • OEM • HVAC applications • Medical equipment • Dairy equipment • Pump control MODEL CHART 1 SQ. [25.40] 23/32 [18.26 TYP.] 1-13/16 [46.04] 23/64 [9.13] 39/64 [15.48] 1/4 [6.35] OR 1/8 NPT VACUUM PORT 1/64 [0.40] MOUNTING HOLE TYP. 4 PLACES 3/16 [4.76] TYP. 3 PLACES COM NO NC 1-21/32 [42.07] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air or compatible fluids. Wetted Materials: Enclosure: Polycarbonate; Diaphragm: Polyurethane. Temperature Limits: 40 to 150°F (4 to 66°C). Pressure Limits: Up to maximum range. Repeatability: ±20%. Switch Type: SPDT normally open or normally closed. Electrical Rating: Range 3 to 8 in w.c.: 3 A, 125/250 VAC; Range 9 to 80 in w.c.: 10 A, 125/250 VAC; Range 81 to 330 in w.c.: 15 A, 125/250 VAC. Contacts: Silver with brass terminals. Electrical Connections: Terminals 0.187˝ x 0.20˝ spade for use with quick disconnects. Process Connections: Models MVS 1 to MVS 3: Smooth port 0.25˝ diameter; Models MVS 4 to MVS 6: 1/8˝ male NPT. Mounting: Use #2 screws through eyelets. Weight: Less than 0.671 oz (19 g.) Agency Approvals: cULus. Set Point in H2O (mbar) Minimum 3 (8) 9 (21) 81 (200) 3 (8) 9 (21) 81 (200) Model MVS-1 MVS-2 MVS-3 MVS-4* MVS-5* MVS-6* *Models have 1/8˝ male NPT process connections Maximum 8 (20) 80 (199) 330 (822) 8 (20) 80 (199) 330 (822) l i S n g e P r e s s u r e S w i t c h e s DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 97

120

E R U S S E R P s e h c t i w S e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES CXA | MERCOID® BY DWYER WATER PUMP PRESSURE SWITCH Simple, Reliable, Adjustable Set Point and Deadband 2-9/16 [65] 3-45/64 [94] 3-3/8 [85.5] The Series CXA Water Pump Pressure Switch has been proven reliable for controlling automatic water systems. These switches are very popular for use on water well pumps and pumping systems. The set point and dead-band are both easily adjustable via screws inside the cover. For ease of installation, the switches come with a 1/4˝ female NPT process connection and can be mounted in any orientation. The series CXA’s simple design makes it a great switch for an installer at any skill level. FEATURES/BENEFITS • The set point and deadband are both easily adjustable reducing time to install and operation • Mounting in any position and feature simple makes a reliable switch that can be installed by any skill level APPLICATIONS • Electric water pumps • Water system applications • Well pumps • Pumping systems 2-17/64[57.6] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Silicone, steel, and SS. Temperature Limits: 140°F (60°C). Pressure Limits: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Repeatability: ±5 psig (±0.3 bar). Switch Type: DPST snap action (see model chart). Electrical Ratings: 20 A @ 120 VAC, 12 A @ 240 VAC, 9.6 A @ 240 VAC (3 phase), 8.6 A @ 32 VDC, 3.1 A @ 120 VDC, 1.6 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8˝ hole for 1/2˝ conduit hub (2 places). Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal screws. Weight: 0.75 lb (0.34 kg). Deadband: See model chart. MODEL CHART Model CXA-S1 CXA-S2 CXA-S3 CXA-R1 CXA-R2 CXA-R3 Switch Type Range psig (bar) NC NC NC NO NO NO 15 to 80 (1.0 to 5.5) 30 to 100 (2.1 to 6.9) 35 to 150 (2.4 to 10.3) 15 to 80 (1.0 to 5.5) 30 to 100 (2.1 to 6.9) 35 to 150 (2.4 to 10.3) Approx. Adjustable Deadband psig (bar) Max. Pressure psig (bar) 15 to 30 (1.0 to 2.1) 20 to 35 (1.4 to 2.4) 30 to 40 (2.1 to 2.8) 15 to 30 (1.0 to 2.1) 20 to 35 (1.4 to 2.4) 30 to 40 (2.1 to 2.8) 129 (8.9) 179 (12.3) 204 (14.1) 129 (8.9) 179 (12.3) 204 (14.1) SERIES 681 SANITARY PRESSURE TRANSMITTER No Liquid Fill Diaphragm, Sanitary Clamp Fitting 1/2 NPT 1.743 [44] 2.272 [58] 2.516 [64] The Series 681 Sanitary Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet 3A standards for applications in food, dairy, beverage and pharmaceutical processing, liquid level control, and sanitary pipelines. The unit is fully sealed to withstand high pressure wash- down in Clean-in-Place (CIP) and Sterilize-in-Place (SIP) installations. The Series 681 is designed with a unique, no liquid fill diaphragm and a sanitary clamp pressure fitting for easy installation with negligible clamping effect. A conduit fitting, shielded cable with vent tube and sealed screws for zero and span adjustment combine to make the Series 681 completely watertight. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Fully sealed to withstand Clean-in-Place and Sterilize-in-Place installations supports regulatory conditions for sanitary processes • Sanitary clamp fitting makes for easy installation APPLICATIONS • Sanitary process applications • Food and beverage processing • Water processing • Dairy processing • Pharmaceutical processing SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Parts: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±.20% FS (includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability). Temperature Limits: -40 to 260°F (-40 to 125°C) 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Pressure Limits: See table. Compensated Temperature Range: 20 to 180°F (-7 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: Zero and span shift: ±2.0% FS/100°F. Power Requirements: 9-30 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustment: ±0.5 mA, non-interactive. Response Time: ≤ 10 ms. Loop Resistance: 800 Ω. Electrical Connections: 1/2˝ conduit fitting and strain relief with 15 ft (4.5 m) cable. Process Connection: 2˝ or 1-1/2˝ sanitary clamp fitting male NPT. Clamping Effect: Zero and span shift: ±0.15% FS for ranges up to 30 psi; ±0.25% FS for ranges >30 psi. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). MODEL CHART Model Range 681-02 681-12 681-42 681-52 681-62 0 to 1 psi 0 to 2 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi Overpressure Sanitary Clamp Connection 50 psi 100 psi 150 psi 150 psi 180 psi 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 98 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate for pressure transmitters

121

® SERIES 644 HIGH ACCURACY PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ±0.05% FS, <±0.25% FS Total Error Band 3-5/16 [83.44] 4-3/4 [120.42] 1 [25.63] 3 FT CABLE CONNECTION [-L] BAYONET CONNECTOR 6-PIN [-B] Ø1-5/16 [Ø33.02] 1/4-NPT [-P] 7/16˝-20 SAE MALE [-S] P R E S S U R E The Series 644 High Accuracy Pressure Transmitter is a robust transmitter designed for high accuracy pressure applications. Boasting an accuracy of ±0.05% FS RSS (<±0.25% TEB), the 644 is intended for precise measurements in the critical applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High accuracy provides exceptional measurement for insuring tight-control and minimizing costly out of specification conditions • NIST calibrated to provide traceability for regulated processes where production and documentation is monitored • Low thermal error over a wide range of temperatures helps to insure accurate pressure measurement and process operation MODEL CHART Example Series Electrical Connection Signal Output Range 644 -L -V -00 -P 644-L-V-00-P 644 L B V C 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 Industrial pressure transmitter 3 ft cable Male 6-pin bayonet 0-10 V 4-20 mA 0 to -14.7 psig 0 to 15 psig 0 to 25 psig 0 to 50 psig 0 to 100 psig 0 to 150 psig 0 to 200 psig 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psig 0 to 750 psig 0 to 1000 psig 0 to 15 psia 1/4˝ male NPT 7/16˝-20 SAE male Process Connection P S SERIES 638R OEM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Excellent Pressure Surge Resistance, Fast Response V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 638R OEM Pressure Transmitter is a high-accuracy, low-cost pressure transmitter designed for industrial equipment markets. This transmitter is designed to work with all liquids and gases that are compatible with the wetted materials. The series features a number of configurable options including wetted materials, process connections, and pressure ranges. Whether the application involves aggressive fluids or extreme temperatures, this transmitter is a great option for most applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-accuracy pressure transmitter with a fast response time and excellent pressure surge protection • Suitable for use in applications with extreme temperatures and aggressive fluids • Highly configurable cost-effective transmitter with a compact design APPLICATIONS • HVAC equipment • Refrigeration equipment • Refrigerant recovery • Leak detection systems • Building pressurization • Isolated diaphragm packages • Closed loop hydraulics • Paint and agriculture spraying SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: 17- 4 PH SS. Accuracy: ±0.05% FS RSS. Total Error Band (Includes all thermal effects): <±0.25% FS over entire temperature compensated range. Stability: < 0.15% FS/year. Temperature Limits: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: Proof pressure and burst pressure: See pressure limits table below. Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Power Requirements: 9-30 VDC for current output; 15-30 VDC for voltage output. Minimum Supply Voltage: Min. supply voltage (VDC) for current output = 9 + 0.02 x loop resistance Ω (loop resistance Ω = line resistance + receiver resistance). Output Signal: 0-10 VDC (4-wire); 4-20 mA (2-wire). Response Time: < 10 ms (voltage output), < 80 ms (current output). Max Current Consumption: 4-20 mA: 22 mA; 0-10 VDC: 20 mA. Electrical Connections: 3 ft cable or 6-pin male bayonet connector. Process Connection: 1/4˝ male NPT or 7/16˝-20 male SAE with O-ring. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65). Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 9 oz (254 g). Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Calibration equipment • Hydraulic/pneumatic controls • Test benches • Transportation • Pulp and paper mills • Power generation ACCESSORIES Model Description A-495 6-pin female bayonet mate connector 1.890 [48] .551 [14] Ø.669 [17] Ø.827 [21] l i S n g e P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted/Housing Materials: Brass, aluminum, or 316 SS. Accuracy: ±1.2% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability and calibration); Static error band @ 25°C, 5.0 VDC supply voltage. Cycle Life: 10 million FS cycles. Storage Temperature: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Operating Temperature: -40 to 275°F (-40 to 135°C). Pressure Limit: see model chart. Thermal Effect: ± 0.013% FS/°C. Power Supply: 5 VDC. Output Signal: 0.5-4.5 VDC ratiometric. Response Time: 10 ms typical. Output Load: 20 k Ω min. (pull-up or pull-down). Current Consumption: < 10 mA @ 5.5 VDC (8.5 mA typical). Electrical Connection: Packard connection. Process Connection: 7/16˝ 20 UNF (female) or 1/4˝ NPT (female). Enclosure Rating: IP67 (with IP67 plug). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 1.1 oz (30 g). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Example Series Pressure Range 638R -00 -P2 -E1 -S2 -SS 638R-00-P2-E1-S1-SS 638R 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 Process Connection Electrical Connection Electrical Output Housing Material P1 P2 E1 S2 AL BR SS OEM pressure transmitter 0 to 75 psia (0 to 5.2 bar(a)) 0 to 150 psia (0 to 10.3 bar(a)) 0 to 200 psia (0 to 13.8 bar(a)) 14.5 to 265 psia (1 to 18.3 bar) 14.5 to 315 psia (1 to 21.7 bar(a)) 14.5 to 515 psia (1 to 35.5 bar(a)) 14.5 to 667 psia (1 to 46 bar(a)) 7/16˝ 20 UNF (female) 1/4˝ NPT (female) Packard connection 0.5-4.5 V ratiometric Aluminum Brass 316L SS DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 99

122

® SERIES 682 INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ±0.13% FS Accuracy, External Adjustments, 4-20 mA Output 1-31/32 [49.73] 2 [50.8] 1/4 NPT ø2 [50.8] 3/4 [19.05] The Series 682 Industrial Pressure Transmitter is designed to withstand environmental effects such as shock, vibration, temperature, and EMI/RFI. The electronics and capacitive sensor are packaged in a welded stainless steel housing and meets NEMA 4 (IP65) protection ratings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Weather-proof welded housing provides device protection for outdoor use or harsh environment operation • Not affected by environmental effects such as temperature, shock, vibration, and EMI/RFI provides reliable switching for equipment • External span and zero adjustments reduce installation and service time APPLICATIONS • Off-road equipment • Compressor control • Industrial refrigeration • Hydraulic systems • Industrial engines SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Parts: 17-4 PH SS. Accuracy: ±.13% FS (includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non- repeatability). Temperature Limits: -40 to 260°F (-40 to 125°C) 10 to 90% RH, non- condensing. Pressure Limit: See table. Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: Zero shift: 1.0% FS/100°F span shift: ±1.5% FS/100°F. Power Requirements: 9-30 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustment: ±0.5 mA, non-interactive. Response Time: 5 ms. Loop Resistance: 800 Ω. Electrical Connections: 2 ft (51 cm) multiconductor cable. Process Connection: 1/4˝ male NPT. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). Shock: 200 g operating. Vibration: 20 g 50-2000 Hz. MODEL CHART Model* Range 682-1 682-2 *Units calibrated in bar also available. Consult factory. Overpressure Model* Range 150 psi 300 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 682-3 682-4 0 to 250 psi 0 to 500 psi Overpressure 500 psi 1000 psi OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P e g n S i l SERIES 672 LOW PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Single Pressure Connection, Ranges down to 10 in w.c. The Series 672 Low Pressure Transducer is a perfect solution to any The Series 672 Low Pressure Transducer is a perfect solution to any application where a very accurate low pressure transducer is necessary. Using variable capacitance technology, the Series 672 is designed to measure pressures as low as 10 in w.c. up to 400 in w.c., very low ranges for a single connection pressure transducer. The 672 also features a 0.25% FS accuracy. Use the Series 672 in liquid level, flood warning, waste water, clean room, and open channel flow applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low range high accuracy provides precise control for process applications APPLICATIONS • Liquid level • Flood warning • Waste water • Clean room • Open flow applications MODEL CHART Model Operating Range Output 672-1-A 672-2-A 672-3-A 672-4-A 672-5-A 672-6-A 672-7-A 672-8-A 672-9-A Note: For voltage output models change -A to -V. 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 4-20 mA, 2-wire 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. 0 to 150 in w.c. 0 to 200 in w.c. 0 to 300 in w.c. 0 to 400 in w.c. 100 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 3-3/4 [95.48] ø1-1/2 [38.10] 1/4 MALE NPT CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 318 duplex SS, ceramic, fluoroelastomer (FKM). Housing Material: 318 stainless steel. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (RSS). Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, and non- repeatability. Stability: 0.25% FS/1 year. Temperature Limits: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: -5 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2 bar) for up to 85 in w.c. (0.2 bar) ranges; 58 psi (4 bar) for 85 to 140 in w.c. (0.2 to 0.35 bar); 73 psi (5 bar) for 141 to 400 in w.c. (0.35 to 1 bar). Thermal Effects: Zero: 1.0%FS/100°F (2.0%FS/100°C); Span: 1.0%FS/100°F (2.0%FS/100°C). Power Requirements: 4-20 mA: 9-35 VDC; 0-5 VDC: 7.5-35 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA (2-wire) or 0-5 VDC (3-wire). Zero & Span Adjustment: ±10% FS each (by potentiometer). Response Time: 5 ms. Max Loop Resistance: 1.325 kΩ. Electrical Connections: Large DIN 43650 connector with mating plug. Process Connection: 1/4˝-18 NPT male. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 11.6 oz (330 g). OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate

123

® SERIES 673 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ±0.25% FS Accuracy, 4-20 mA Signal, Ranges to 1000 psi Conduit version The low cost Series 673 Pressure Transmitter is a fixed range transmitter designed for harsh environments and suitable for high shock and vibration applications. Constructed of stainless steel, the Series 673 provides a 4-20 mA output signal with 0.25% accuracy. Use the Series 673 in industrial OEM equipment, hydraulic systems, HVAC equipment, industrial engines and compressor control. Cable anchor FEATURES/BENEFITS • High-shock and vibration resistant insures stability in controlling pressure for process applications APPLICATIONS • OEM • Industrial engines • Hydraulic systems • Compressors • HVAC equipment MODEL CHART Model Range psi Model 673-1C 673-1 673-2C 673-2 673-3C 673-3 673-4C 673-4 673-5C 673-5 673-6 673-6C 673-7C 673-7 673-8C 673-8 673-9C 673-9 673-10C 673-10 673-14 673-14C *The model numbers followed by a “C” represent the conduit version, which is hand tightened to ensure proper electrical seal. Range psi 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 25 0 to 50 0 to 100 0 to 200 0 to 500 0 to 1000 -14.7 to 100 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 25 0 to 50 0 to 100 0 to 200 0 to 500 0 to 1000 -14.7 to 100 P R E S S U R E 1/4˝-18 [22.3 MM] CONDUIT KNOCKOUT Ø1-19/32 [40.48] Ø1-13/32 [35.72] 3-5/8 [92.08] 2-23/64 [59.93] 2 [50.8] 1-11/16 [42.86] 3/4 HEX [19.05 HEX] 1/4 NPT 3/4 HEX [19.05 HEX] 1/4 NPT Ø1-5/8 [41.28] ø1-5/8 [41.28] Cable anchor Conduit version SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquid, gas, or vapor. Wetted Materials: 17-4 PH SS. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (RSS), (includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non- repeatability). Temperature Limits: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Pressure Limits: 2 x max range. Thermal Errors: Zero: ±3.6% FS/100°F(100°C); Span: ±2.7% FS/100°F(100°C). Power Requirements: 9-30 VDC. Output: 4-20 mA, 2-wire. Zero & Span Adjustment: Fixed. Response Time: 5 ms. Loop Resistance: 0 to 800 Ω. Stability: 0.5% FS/year. Shock: 200 g. Vibration: 20 g. Electrical Connections: 2 ft (61 cm) multiconductor cable. Conduit Connection: 1/4˝-18 (22.3 mm) knockout. Enclosure: Stainless steel and Valox. Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate SERIES FDT FLUSH DIAPHRAGM TRANSMITTER Non-Liquid Filled, ±0.5% FS Accuracy, SS Wetted Parts FLUOROELASTOMER [FKM] O-RING 7/16-20 UNF FLUSH DIAPHRAGM 1˝ HEX BENDIX 4 PIN CONNECTOR DTIH-8-4PN FLUOROELASTOMER [FKM] O-RING 7/16-20 UNF FLUSH DIAPHRAGM 1 [25.40] l i S n g e P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s 1˝ HEX BENDIX 4 PIN CONNECTOR DTIH-8-4PN 1 [25.40] 3/8 [10.16] 1/2 [13.34] 3/8 [10.16] 1/2 [13.34] 2-1/4 [56.52] 3-3/4 [95.89] FDT-V 2-1/2 [63.87] 3 [77.21] FDT-A The Series FDT Flush Diaphragm Transmitter is designed for highly cyclical conditions. Flush sensor feature prevents any potential inaccuracies due to build-up or blockage which is a typical problem found in most non-flush transmitter sensors. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Performs well in high cyclical environments with the presence of water-hammering or spiking for long service life APPLICATIONS • OEM • Hydraulic systems • Process systems Range FDT A V MODEL CHART Example FDT -A -01 -NPT FDT-A-01-NPT Series Output Flush diaphragm transmitter 4-20 mA 0-5 VDC 100 psi 150 psi 200 psi 300 psi 500 psi 1000 psi 2000 psi 5000 psi 1/4˝ male NPT 0.25% FS accuracy Note: Contact factory for additional range availability. 01 02 03 04 06 11 12 15 -NPT -C08 Options SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases, adhesives, slurries, materials that can harden, or where a pressure cavity is not desired. Wetted Materials: 316 & 15-5 SST. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS (includes non- linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Stability: ±0.25% FS per year. Temperature Limits: -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 170°F (-18 to 77°C). Pressure Limit: 150% FS; Burst: 200% FS. Thermal Effect: ±1.5% FSO over compensated range. Power Requirements: 8-38 VDC. Output Signal: FDT-A: 4-20 mADC; FDT-V: 0-5 VDC. Response Time: <1 ms. Loop Resistance: FDT-A: 0 to 1.5 Ω; FDT-V: 100 Ω. Electrical Connections: 4-pin. Process Connection: 7/16-20 UNF male flush diaphragm. Optional 1/4˝ male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 2 oz (57 g). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-168 Mating connector for 4 pin M-12 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 101

124

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES 626 & 628 INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS Complete Offering of Ranges, Connections and Outputs 626/628 pressure transmitters with general purpose housing (-GH) 626/628 pressure transmitters with conduit box housing (-CB) and LCD display V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 626 Industrial Pressure Transmitters possess a highly precise 0.25% full-scale accuracy piezo-resistive sensor contained in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X (IP66) stainless steel general purpose housing or cast aluminum conduit housing. The Series 628 Industrial Pressure Transmitters are ideal for OEMs with 1% full-scale accuracy sensors. The corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel wetted parts allow the Series 626 and 628 transmitters to measure the pressure in a multitude of processes from hydraulic oils to chemicals. The Series 626 and 628 are available in absolute and gage pressure ranges with a variety of optional outputs, process connections and electrical terminations to allow you to select the right transmitter for your application. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists • Robust 316 SS oil filled sensor provides shock and vibration resistance insuring stability in controlling pressure for process applications • A wide range of models and connections that can meet pressure measurement specifications from low to very high APPLICATIONS • Compressors • Pumping systems • Irrigation equipment • Hydraulic • Industrial process monitoring *Please see our website for dimensional drawings. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS. Accuracy: 626: 0.25% FS; 626: 0.20% RSS; 628: 1.0% FS; 628: 0.5% RSS; 626 Absolute Ranges: 0.5% FS; 626 absolute ranges: 0.30% RSS. (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability.) Temperature Limit: 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C). Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 175°F (-18 to 79°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F (includes zero and span). Pressure Limits: See table. Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC (for 4-20 mA, 0-5, 1-5, 1-6 VDC outputs); 13-30 VDC (for 0-10, 2-10 VDC outputs); 5 VDC ±0.5 VDC (for 0.5-4.5 VDC ratio-metric output), 10-35 VDC (for 4-20 mA with -CB option); 13-35 VDC or isolated 16-33 VAC (for selectable output with -CB option). Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC,1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 0.5-4.5 VDC, or selectable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, 2-10 VDC for -CB option. Response Time: 300 ms. Loop Resistance: 0 to 1000 Ω max. R max = 50 (Vps-10) Ω (4-20 mA output), 0-1250 Ω max. Rmax = 50(Vps-10) Ω (4-20 mA output with -CB option), 5K Ω (0-5, 1-5, 1-6, 0-10, 2-10, 0.5-4.5 VDC output). Stability: 1.0% FS/year (Typ.). Current Consumption: 38 mA maximum (for 4-20 mA output); 10 mA maximum (for 0-5, 1-5, 1-6, 0-10, 2-10, 0.5-4.5 VDC output); 140 mA maximum (for all 626/628/629-CH with optional LED). Electrical Connections: See model chart. Process Connection: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 10 oz (283 g). Agency Approvals: CE, NSF, UL. 102 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

125

® SERIES 626 & 628 INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS Complete Offering of Ranges, Connections and Outputs P R E S S U R E MODEL CHART Example Accuracy Range 626 -00 -CH -P1 -E1 -S1 -AT 626 628 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 22 15 16 18 19 26 67 71 75 81 Housing Process Connection Electrical Connection CB GH P1 P2 P3 P5 P9 Signal Output Options E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 E8 E9 S1 S2 S4 S5 S7 S8 AT LCD NIST NW 626-00-CH-P1-E1-S1-AT 0.25% full-scale accuracy 1.0% full-scale accuracy 0 to 15 psian 0 to 30 psian 0 to 50 psian 0 to 100 psian 0 to 200 psian 0 to 300 psian 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 150 psi 0 to 200 psio 0 to 300 psio 0 to 500 psio 0 to 600 psio 0 to 1000 psi 0 to 1500 psio 0 to 3000 psi 0 to 5000 psi 0 to 8000 psi 0 to 0.5 bar 0 to 2.5 bar 0 to 10 bar 0 to 40 bar Conduit box housing General purpose housing 1/4˝ male NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ male BSPT 1/4˝ female SAE with refrigerant valve depressorj 1/2˝ male NPTj Cable gland with 3´ of prewired cable Cable gland with 9´ of prewired cable DIN EN 175801-803-Cj 1/2˝ female NPT conduitk M-12 4 pin connector-ULm Packard connector M-12 4 pin connector non-UL 4-20 mA 1-5 VDC 0-5 VDC 0-10 VDC 0.5-4.5 VDCjl Selectable 0-5, 1-5, 0-10, 2-10 VDCk Aluminum tag LCD indicationk NIST traceable certificate NSF/ANSI 61/372 certified jAvailable with -GH housing only, NEMA 4 (IP65) kAvailable with -CB housing only lPower requirement: 5 VDC ±10% mAvailable with -GH housing only nAbsolute ranges for 626 are 0.5% FS accuracy and for 628 are 2% FS accuracy oUL listed pump controllers, fire-component - See online certificate for information and limitations Note: Bar and absolute ranges are only available with -GH housing. PRESSURE LIMITS Pressure Range Number Range Maximum Pressure (psig) Over Pressure (psig) Range Number Pressure Range (psig) Maximum Pressure (psig) Over Pressure (psig) 00 30 06 07 08 09 10 11 0 to 15 psia 15 to 0 psia 0 to 5 psig 0 to 15 psig 0 to 30 psig 0 to 50 psig 0 to 100 psig 0 to 150 psig 30 30 10 30 60 100 200 300 45 45 50 150 300 300 500 750 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 26 0 to 200 0 to 300 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 1500 0 to 3000 0 to 5000 0 to 8000 400 600 1000 2000 3000 6000 7500 10000 1000 1500 2500 5000 5000 7500 10000 12000 ACCESSORIES Model A-164 A-62X-LCD A-960 A-961 A-962 Description 16.4´ (5 m) cable with M-12 4-pin female connector Field-upgradeable LCD 3´ packard cable 9´ packard cable 20´ packard cable l i S n g e P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 103

126

E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P e g n S i l ® SERIES 636 FIXED RANGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Stainless Steel, Explosion-Proof, Accuracy ±0.30%, 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC Signal 3/4 NPT #22 AWG LEADS 24 [609.60] LEADS PLUS SHIELD/DRAIN 1-1/4 [31.75] HEX Ø1-25/32 [45.24] 1 [25.40] HEX 1/2 NPT 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-1/4 [31.75] 4-1/16 [103.19] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquid, gas or vapor. Wetted Materials: 316 L SS. Fill Fluid: DC 200 silicone (standard). Accuracy: ±0.30% of calibrated span. Stability: ±0.5% of upper range limit for six months. Temperature Limits: Electronics (ambient): -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Process interface: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Pressure Limits: 300% upper range limit. Compensated Temperature Range: -20 to 180°F (-29 to 82°C). Thermal Effect: (includes zero and span). Between -20 and 180°F (-29 and 82°C). ±2.0% per 50°F (28°C). Power Requirements: 12-30 VDC (636), 8-14 VDC (636LP), reverse polarity protection. Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC, limited to 30 mA DC (636), 1-5 VDC (636LP). Zero & Span Adjustments: Null: 4.0 mA ±2% span (636),1 VDC ±1% span (636LP); Span: 16.0 mA ±1% span (636), 4 VDC ±1% span (636LP). Loop Resistance: 900 Ω max @ 30 V. Electrical Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT 24˝ (61 cm), 22 AWG. Process Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP56). Weight: 0.83 Ib (374 g). Agency Approvals: CSA, FM. FM and CSA approved explosion-proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, & D, Class II Groups E, F, & G Class III. The Series 636 Fixed Range Pressure Transmitter is a low cost, fixed range, stainless steel transmitter with ±0.30% accuracy. It is designed to continuously measure pressure for years in even the toughest environmental and media conditions. Transmitters are explosion-proof, (FM approved) and meet NACE standards for off- shore applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Long service life and lower cost to maintain reduces total cost of ownership • Explosion-proof housing for use in applications where protection of process and personnel is needed APPLICATIONS • Off-shore • Process applications MODEL CHART 4-20 mA OUT 636-0 636-1 636-2 636-3 1-5 VDC OUT 636-0-LP 636-1-LP 636-2-LP 636-3-LP Operating Range, psi 0 to 15 0 to 30 0 to 100 0 to 300 Operating Range, Bar 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 7 0 to 20 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate 104 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

127

® SERIES IWP INDUSTRIAL WEATHERPROOF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER Exceptional Reliability for Harsh Environments 1-43/64 [42.50] 1-1/4 [31.65] 2-1/64 [51.00] 2X 1/2˝ FEMALE NPT PLUGS 2-31/64 [63.25] 1/2˝ FEMALE NPT PRESSURE PORT 1-11/32 [34.25] 1-3/64 [26.50] P R E S S U R E BACK LID REMOVED SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: 304 and 316 stainless steel. Accuracy: 0.5% FS. Stability: <0.2% FS per year. Temperature Limits: -22 to 203°F (-30 to 95°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Pressure Limits: 1.5 x pressure range. Temperature Coefficient: 0.3% FS per 10°C. Power Requirements: 12-36 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20mA. Loop Resistance: 1200 Ω max. Electrical Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Enclosure Rating: IP65. The Series IWP Industrial Weatherproof Pressure Transmitter provides an exceptional value solution to pressure measurement in industrial conditions requiring high-performance, stability and long service life. The precise operation under dirty and wet conditions, make the Series IWP an ideal choice for petroleum, chemical and metallurgical industry applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged, weather-proof design supports use in harsh environments APPLICATIONS • Harsh environments • Process • Chemical • Petroleum • Metallurgical MODEL CHART Model IWP-00 IWP-01 IWP-02 IWP-03 Pressure Range Model IWP-04 0 to 30 psig IWP-05 0 to 50 psig IWP-06 0 to 100 psig IWP-10 0 to 200 psig Pressure Range 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psig 0 to 1000 psig 0 to 30 psia OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-PT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate l i S n g e P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 105

128

® SERIES 3200G | MERCOID® BY DWYER EXPLOSION-PROOF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART®, Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1) E R U S S E R P V I DEO O N L I N E 3-1/2 [89] 4-1/4 [108] 2-3/4 [70] 1-1/2 [38] 6-1/4 [159] 1/2 NPT s r e t t i l m s n a r T e r u s s e r P e g n S i The Mercoid® Series 3200G Explosion-Proof Smart Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push-button configuration, and programmable using HART® Communication. The Series 3200G is capable of being configured with the zero and span buttons, a field calibrator is not required for configuration. The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3200G is FM approved for use in hazardous (Classified) locations. The 100:1 rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit any application. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Completely configurable using zero/span buttons (no calibrator required) • Rangeability (100:1) • High accuracy (±0.075%) • Automatic sensor temperature compensation • Fail-mode process function APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater • Chemical and petrochemical • Pulp and paper • Oil and gas • Food and beverage SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.075% FS (@ 20°C). Rangeability: 100:1 turn down. Stability: ±0.125% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C); Ambient: Without LCD -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); With LCD -22 to 176°F (-30 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.125% span/32°C. Power Requirements: 11.9 to 45 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA / HART® Communication. Response Time: 0.12 s. Damping Time: 0.25 to 60 s. Loop Resistance: Operation: 0 to 1500 Ω; HART® Communication: 250 to 500 Ω. Electrical Connection: Two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit, screw terminal. Process Connections: 1/2˝ female NPT. Display: Optional 5 digit LCD. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and explosion proof for Class I, Div I Groups A, B, C and D. Weight: 5.5 lb (2.5 kg). Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, FM. MODEL CHART Model 3200G-1-FM-1-1 3200G-2-FM-1-1 3200G-3-FM-1-1 3200G-4-FM-1-1 3200G-5-FM-1-1 3200G-1-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-2-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-3-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-4-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-5-FM-1-1-LCD Note: Contact factory for custom calibration. Range psi (kPa) -14.5 to 21 (-100 to 150) -14.5 to 217 (-100 to 1500) 0 to 725 (0 to 5000) 0 to 3600 (0 to 25000) 0 to 8500 (0 to 60000) -14.5 to 21 (-100 to 150) -14.5 to 217 (-100 to 1500) 0 to 725 (0 to 5000) 0 to 3600 (0 to 25000) 0 to 8500 (0 to 60000) Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.) psi (kPa) 0.22 to 21 (1.5 to 150) 2 to 217 (15 to 1500) 7.25 to 725 (50 to 5000) 36 to 3600 (250 to 25000) 87 to 8700 (600 to 60000) 0.22 to 21 (1.5 to 150) 2 to 217 (15 to 1500) 7.25 to 725 (50 to 5000) 36 to 3600 (250 to 25000) 87 to 8700 (600 to 60000) Max. Pressure psi (bar) 58 (4) 580 (40) 2000 (138) 10000 (690) 11600 (800) 58 (4) 580 (40) 2000 (138) 10000 (690) 11600 (800) LCD Display No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ACCESSORIES Model A-630 A-631 BBV-0N DevCom2000 Description Stainless steel angle type bracket with SS bolts Stainless steel flat type bracket with SS bolts 2-valve block manifold HART® Communication Protocol Software 106 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation.

129

® SERIES 3200G | MERCOID® BY DWYER EXPLOSION-PROOF PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART®, Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1) P R E S S U R E -05 -LCD 3200G-2-FM-3-1-LESS2A105S2-05-LCD 3200G -2 -FM -3 -1 -LES S2 A1 05 S 2 3200G 1 2 3 4 5 FM ATEX WP 1 3 1 LED LES LFD LFS S2 S3 A1 A2 D1 D2 J1 J2 MODEL CHART Example Series Range Approval Process Connection Electrical Connection Diaphragm Seal Type Mounting Flange Mounting Flange Rating Extension Length Diaphragm Material Fill Fluid Capillary Length Options Explosion-proof pressure transmitter -14.5 to 21 psig (factory set 0 to 21 psig) -14.5 to 217 psig (factory set 0 to 217 psig) 0 to 725 psig 0 to 3600 psig 0 to 8500 psig FM approved ATEX approved Weatherproof only (Only available with 316 SS housing) 1/2˝ female NPT Diaphragm seal 1/2˝ female NPT 1 extended diaphragm seal direct mount 1 extended diaphragm seal capillary type high 1 flush diaphragm seal direct mount 1 flush diaphragm seal capillary type 2˝ (50 mm) 316L SS 3˝ (80 mm) 316L SS ANSI class 150# ANSI class 300# DIN PN 10/16 DIN PN 25/40 JIS 10 K JIS 20 K No extension (standard for flush mount) 2˝ extension 4˝ extension 6˝ extension 316L SS diaphragm PTFE and 316L SS diaphragm Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm Tantallum diaphragm Silicon oil (-40 to 400°F) 0 to 20 feet 5 digit LCD 316 SS housing (only available with WP approval) NIST calibration Custom calibration 00 05 10 15 S P H T 2 XX LCD SSH NIST CC CUSTOM CALIBRATION VALUES Primary Units Upper Range Limit Lower Range Limit Damping Time Display Mode in w.c., ft w.c., mm w.c., in Hg, psig, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Pa, kPa, bar, mbar, Torr, Atm, mm Hg 20 mA value 4 mA value 0 to 60 seconds Primary unit, %, mA, rotate MODEL DEVCOM2000 HART® COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL SOFTWARE Includes USB HART Modem DevCom2000 software HART field device i S n g e P r e s s u r e T r a n s m l i t t e r s The Model DEVCOM2000 HART® Communication Protocol Software turns your PC into a full-featured HART® communicator. Now it is possible to configure transmitters and control valves at the desktop or in the field. DevCom2000 uses device descriptions (DDs) to retrieve data that is stored in the memory of smart field devices. This software is a simple, reliable and secure method to add new measurement values to control systems without the need of additional wires. This software eliminates the need to purchase and maintain a separate handheld HART® communicator. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Complete DD library • Includes USB HART modem • USB 1.1 and 2.0 compatible • Self powered modem ◦ Water and wastewater APPLICATIONS • For use with pressure transmitters and control-valves in: ◦ Chemical and petrochemical ◦ Oil and gas ◦ Pulp and paper ◦ Food and beverage MODEL CHART Model COM-PC DevCom2000 Hart® software and modem Description Windows®-based PC USB HART modem SPECIFICATIONS HART® Communicator Software DD Library: Included. Generic DD: Included. Operating System: Windows NT®, Windows® 2000, Windows XP®, Windows® Vista (32/64), Windows® 7 (32/64). USB HART MODEM Material: High strength ABS plastic. Temperature Limits: 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F). Storage Temperature: -40 to 85°C (-40 to 185°F). Humidity: 0 to 99% (non-condensing). HART® Cable Length: 4´ (1.2 m). HART® Cable Connectors: Mini- grabber. USB Cable Length: 18˝ (0.5 m). USB Cable Connector: USB Type A. USB: USB 1.1, USB 2.0. Power: USB port provides power to unit. Current Draw: 20 mA. Output: 600 mVpp. Leakage: < 10 uA. Isolation Voltage: 1500 VDC. HART®: HART® 4, HART® 5, HART® 6, HART® 7, HART® Physical Layer Spec HCF_SPEC-54. Weight: 3 oz (85 g). Agency Approvals: CE. HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation Windows®, Windows NT®, and Windows Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 107

130

® SERIES 3400 SMART PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART® Communication, Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (Up to 100:1) E R U S S E R P 5-1/4 [132] 5-1/4 [133] 3-5/8 [91.5] 1-1/2 [38.5] 4 [102] 2 X M6 1/2˝ MALE NPT PROCESS CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.075% FS (@ 20°C). Rangeability: Up to 100:1 turn down. Stability: ≤0.075% FSO/3 years. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Process with -DS: -40 to 400°F (-40 to 204°C). Thermal Effect: < ±0.05% span/10°C. Power Requirements: 10-55 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Response Time: 16 to 480 ms (programmable). Damping Time: 0 to 60 s. Electrical Connection: Packing gland M20x1.5, two 1/2˝ female NPT conduit, screw terminal. Process Connections: 1/2˝ female or male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X IP66/IP67. Agency Approvals: CE; -IS, -FP suffix: ATEX Compliant ia/db IIC T6/T5 Gb Ta<80°C, T5 / II 2D Ex ia/tb IIIC T85°C/T100°C Db. Type Certificate No. KDB 17ATEX0056X. ATEX Standards: EN 60079-0:2012+A11:2013, EN 60079-1:2014, EN 60079-11:2012, EN 60079-26:2015, EN 60079-31:2014 IECEx Compliant: Ex ia/db IIC T6/T5 Gb / Ex ia/tb IIIC T85°C/T100° Db. Certificate of Conformity IECEx KDB 17.0008X. IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0:2011, IEC 60079-1:2014-06, IEC 60079-11:2011, IEC 60079-26:2006, IEC 60079-31:2013. 0518 II 2G V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 3400 Smart Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push-button configuration, and is programmable using HART® Communication. The Series 3400 is capable of being configured with the zero and span buttons (a field calibrator is not required for configuration). The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3400 can be configured to be ATEX or IECEX approved for use in hazardous (classified) locations. The rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit most applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High accuracy (±0.075% FS) • Rangeability (up to 100:1) • Configurable using zero/span buttons (no calibrator required) • Fail-mode process function • Automatic ambient temperature compensation APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater • Chemical and petrochemical • Pulp and paper • Oil and gas • Food and beverage MODEL CHART Model 3400-AL-10-NM-2 3400-AL-13-NM-2 3400-AL-15-NM-2 3400-AL-20-NM-2 3400-AL-23-NM-2 Note: Bar ranges are also available. Range 0 to 15 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 350 psi 0 to 2300 psi 0 to 4350 psi Min. Set Range Overpressure limit 1.45 psi 1.45 psi 3.6 psi 14.5 psi 43.5 psi 30 psi 200 psi 725 psi 6525 psi 6525 psi s r e t t i l m s n a r T e r u s s e r P e g n S i 108 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation

131

® SERIES 3400 SMART PRESSURE TRANSMITTER HART® Communication, Push-Button Configuration, Rangeability (Up to 100:1) P R E S S U R E MODEL CHART Example Series Housing Range Process Connections Electrical Connections Diaphragm Seal Type Mounting Flange Extension Length Capillary Length Options 3400 -AL -01 -DS -1 -SPD A 0 -1 -NIST 3400-AL-01-DS-1-SPDA0-1-NIST 3400 AL AS 01 03 05 07 10 11 13 15 17 20 23 26 29 Single pressure smart transmitter Aluminum housing Stainless steel housing 0 to 18 psia 0 to 100 psia 0 to 350 psia 0 to 1000 psia 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 350 psi 0 to 1000 psi 0 to 2300 psi 0 to 4350 psi 0 to 8700 psi 0 to 14500 psi 1/2˝ male NPT 1/2˝ female NPT Diaphragm seal selection Packing gland M20x1.5 Thread 1/2˝ female NPT S-P flush diaphragm seal direct mount S-PK flush diaphragm seal capillary mount S-T extended diaphragm seal direct mount S-TK extended diaphragm seal capillary mount 2˝ ANSI 2˝ DN50 3˝ ANSI 3˝ DN80 No extension, flush mount 2˝ (50 mm) 4˝ (100 mm) 6˝ (150 mm) Capillary length, 1 to 20 ft (increments of 1) ATEX/IECEx flameproof ATEX/IECEx intrinsically safe Stainless steel tag plate mounted on wire NIST traceable calibration certificate 2˝ galvanized steel mounting bracket 2˝ SS mounting bracket Stainless steel plate riveted to the housing NM NF DS 1 2 SPD SPR STD STR A B C D 0 2 4 6 # FP IS MT NIST GM SM ST ACCESSORIES Model A-630 A-631 BBV-0N DevCom2000 Description Stainless steel angle type bracket with SS bolts Stainless steel flat type bracket with SS bolts 2-valve block manifold HART® communication protocol software l i S n g e P r e s s u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 109

132

® SERIES IS626 INTRINSICALLY SAFE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS For Use In Hazardous Locations 1/4 NPT OR 1/4 BSPT 1-1/16 [26.99] HEX ø1 [25.40] 1/4 NPT OR 1/4 BSPT 1-1/16 [26.99] HEX ø1 [25.40] 5-1/16 [128.58] 5-21/32 [143.67] 5-3/16 [131.75] 6-1/4 [158.75] MAX Male NPT/BSPT connector with male M-12 connector Male NPT/BSPT connector with cable gland 1/4 NPT OR 1/4 BSPT FEMALE 1-1/16 [26.99] HEX ø1 [25.40] 1-1/16 [26.00] HEX ø1 [25.40] 1/4 NPT OR 1/4 BSPT FEMALE V I DEO O N L I N E 5-1/16 [128.58] 5-21/32 [143.67] 5-3/16 [131.76] 5-1/4 [158.75] Female NPT/BSPT connector with male M-12 connector Female NPT/BSPT connector with cable gland E R U S S E R P s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u s s e r P e g n S i l The Dwyer Series IS626 Intrinsically Safe Pressure Transmitters can be used to accurately measure compatible gases and liquids compatible with its 316/316L stainless steel wetted parts. Series IS626 full-scale accuracy is 0.25%. Designed for industrial environments with a NEMA 4X (IP66) housing, this transmitter resists most effects of shock and vibration. Models are available with a 3´ cable or M-12 4 pin connection. The IS626 is UL listed for use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. The protection method is by Intrinsic Safety, “ia”. It was investigated by UL under UL Standard 913 Sixth Edition and CSA Standard No. 157-92. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Exceptional accuracy for insuring tight-control and minimizing costly out of specification conditions • NEMA 4x rated enclosure provides protection in harsh environments permitting outdoor monitoring or in areas where dust and particulate matter exists • Robust sensor provides shock and vibration resistance insuring stability in controlling pressure for process applications APPLICATIONS • Monitoring pressure in hazardous environments • Process MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Type 316, 316L SS. Accuracy: 0.25% FS. Temperature Limit: 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F (includes zero and span). Pressure Limits: See Pressure Range Table. Power Requirements: 10-28 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Response Time: 50 ms. Loop Resistance: 0-900 Ω max. Current Consumption: 38 mA (max). Electrical Connections: 3 ft cable or 4-pin M-12 connector. Process Connection: 1/4˝ male or female NPT and BSPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 8.9 oz (252 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus Intrinsically Safe to UL Standard 913. For use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Class I Div. 1 Groups A,B,C,D Class II Div. 1 Groups E,F,G Class III Div. 1 Temperature Code: T4 @ 80°C ambient Install in accordance with control drawing 01-700797-00. WARNING To prevent ignition of flammable or combustible atmospheres, disconnect power before servicing. Use with approved safety barriers using entity evaluation. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: IS626-07-GH-P1-E1-S1-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model A-295 A-231 MTL5541 MTL7706 Description Female four pin M-12 to cable gland connector 16´ (5 m) shielded cable with 4 pin female M-12 connection Galvanic barrier Intrinsically safe zener barrier Model IS626-07-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-08-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-09-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-10-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-11-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-12-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-13-GH-P1-E1-S1 IS626-14-GH-P1-E1-S1 Note: For optional M-12 4 pin electrical connection, change E1 to E6. Maximum Pressure (psig) 30 60 100 200 300 400 600 1000 Over Pressure (psig) 150 300 300 500 750 1000 1500 2500 Range 15 psig 30 psig 50 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 300 psig 500 psig 110 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

133

T E M P E R A T U R E | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 112-113 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 114-115 Thermometers, Thermometers, Dial page 116 Glass page 117 Thermometers with Transmitter/Switch page 118 Temperature/Process DIN Rail Temperature Controllers pages 119-123 Controllers page 124 Panel Meters/ Indicators page 125 Temperature Switches, Temperature Switches, Limit pages 125-126 Digital pages 127-131 Temperature Switches, Mechanical pages 131-132 Temperature Transmitters pages 133-135 Temperature Sensors pages 136-150 FEATURED PRODUCTS LOW LIMIT FREEZE PROTECTION SWITCH SERIES DFS2 | page 131 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER MODEL TBU-00 | page 134 • (2) SPDT switch contacts allowing for shutdown of equipment and alarming building management system • Automatic or manual reset action and 10 foot or 20 foot capillary lengths to meet multiple application needs • Universal sensor input for thermocouples, RTDs, thermistors, or mV voltage sensors • Downloadable software allowing for custom ranging of output signal DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 111

134

® DIAL Thermometers E R U T A R E P M E T | I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Range Dial Size BT - page 116 0 to 1000°F 2˝, 3˝ or 5˝ BTLRN - page 116 0 to 200°F 3˝ ITA - page 117 -40 to 550°F 9˝ liquid filled linear scale Stem Length 2.5˝, 4˝ or 6˝ 12˝ to 72˝ 2-1/2˝ or 5˝ thermowell Process Connection 1/2˝ NPT; Back, Lower, or Adjustable mount 1/2˝ NPT; Back mount 3/4˝ NPT; Adjustable lower mount RRT3 - page 118 -40 to 300°F 3-1/2˝ with set point and SPDT output 3-1/8˝ remote stem with 10.5´ capillary 1/2˝ NPT; Remote mount BTO - page 118 0 to 550°F 3˝ or 5˝ with 4-20 mA temperature output 2-1/2˝, 4˝, 6˝, 9˝, or 12˝ 1/2˝ NPT; Adjustable mount LIMIT CONTROL Digital Temperature Switches SERIES Number of Temperature Units Temperature Input Type Digital Input Number of Relay Outputs Relay Type Approvals 16L - page 125 1 Thermocouple, RTD, voltage, or current No 1 or 2 2 SPST, 1 SPDT FM, UL TSF-DF - page 126 1 Type J, K, or S thermocouple Yes 1 SPST CE, UL TSF - page 126 1 Type J, K, or S thermocouple Yes 1 SPDT CE, FM, UL These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 112

135

® PID LOOP CONTROLLERS Temperature and Process Controllers T E M P E R A T U R E | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I SERIES Number of Temperature Inputs Temperature Input Type Thermocouple or RTD 16C, 8C, 4C - page 119 1 DIN Sizes Number of Outputs Output Type 1/16, 1/8, 1/4 1 SPDT mechanical relay 14 VDC pulse voltage 4 to 20 mA current Approvals CE, UL 32B, 16B, 8B, 4B - pages 120-121 1 16G, 8G, 4G - pages 122-123 SCD - page 124 1 1 to 8 Thermocouple, RTD, current, or voltage 1/32, 1/16, 1/8, 1/4 2 SPDT mechanical relay 14 VDC pulse voltage 4 to 20 mA current 0 to 10 VDC voltage CE, UL Thermocouple, RTD, current, or voltage 1/16, 1/8, 1/4 2 SPDT mechanical relay 14 VDC pulse voltage 4 to 20 mA current 0 to 10 VDC voltage CE, UL Thermocouple, RTD, current, or voltage DIN rail mount 2 to 16 SPDT mechanical relay 14 VDC pulse voltage 4 to 20 mA current 0 to 10 VDC voltage CE, UL HEATING & COOLING/REFRIGERATION CONTROL Digital Temperature Switches 40T & 40M - page 127 1 TCS - page 127 1 TST & TS2 - page 128 & 129 1 TSXT - page 128 3 TSS2 - page 129 2 TSW - page 130 1 or 2 Type J, K, or S thermocouple TST: PTC or NTC thermistor; TS2: PTC PTC or NTC thermistor PTC or NTC thermistor PTC or NTC thermistor SERIES Number of Temperature Units Temperature Input Type Digital Input Number of Relay Outputs Relay Type 40T: Type J or K thermocouple, 2 or 3 wire PT 100 RTD; 40M: Thermocouple, RTD, thermistor, current, or voltage No 1 SPDT No 1 SPDT No 2 SPDT Yes 1, 2, or 3 1 output models: SPDT 2 & 3 output models: SPST CE, cURus No 2 SPDT No 1 or 2 SPDT CE, cURus CE, cURus Approvals CE, UL CE, UL CE, cURus These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 113

136

E R U T A R E P M E T s n o i t a c i l Environmental chamber control simplified with digital zone control. Dwyer® controllers used within heater controllers. Environmental chambers have traditionally used separate controls to handle the temperature and relative humidity control tasks. The Love Controls® 32DZ dual zone control with Love® 5000 Series RTD and Dwyer® RH Humidity transmitter controls both parameters in a single small format (1/32 DIN) control to handle both zones, simplifying wiring and reducing panel costs. The 32DZ can switch small resistive loads directly or, when used with Dwyer® Series 62 solid state relays (not shown), can switch larger loads. In bioscience laboratories, the preferred methods of temperature control for experiments are heated water baths. There are experiments where water cannot be used, so the next feasible option is to send temperature controlled air to the experiment site. In order to use temperature controlled air, an air heater is needed. Within this product, a Love Controls® temperature controller is used for accurate and responsive temperature control. The Love Controls® controller can adapt to a different environment through different operating modes such as SELF-TUNE or manual PID adjustments, or preset PID responses. p p A i l a c p y T Love Controls® controllers involved in insulation removal. For most wires, removing the insulation is easy, but for magnetic and enamel wires, removing the insulation is very difficult. One way to easily remove the insulation of the magnetic or enamel wire is to dip them in a solution of molten fused salts. The salts are heated to a temperature high enough to melt the salts into a liquid, but not deteriorate them. This process uses a Love Controls® feedback temperature controller. The Love Controls® controller allows the operator to input a desired temperature and maintain that temperature accurately. The Love Controls® controller will also retain the input temperature after the power is disconnected. Series TS Digital Temperature Switches regulate temperature in refrigerated and display cases. When storing food or other perishables in chillers or display cases, temperature must be carefully regulated to ensure the products remain fresh. If the storage area rises above the critical preservation temperature, products can have their shelf life dramatically shortened or be spoiled altogether. A Dwyer® Series TSX3 Digital Temperature Switch will prevent these scenarios by monitoring temperature and activating refrigeration and defrost cycles to ensure the storage temperature stays within safe limits. 114 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

137

T E M P E R A T U R E Form, fill and seal machine control simplified with dual zone control. Love Controls® controllers used in the packaging of condiments. Form, fill and seal machines traditionally have used separate controls to handle the temperature control requirement for the side and top/bottom seal bars. The Love Controls® 32DZ with Love® 5000 Series thermocouples allows for a single small format (1/32 DIN) control to handle both zones, simplifying wiring and reducing panel costs. The 32DZ can switch small resistive loads directly or, when used with the Love® 62 Series solid state relays (not shown), can switch larger loads. Packaging of condiments require the sealing bars to be heated to a temperature hot enough to seal the packages, but not destroy the packaging material. The heat on the sealing bars needs to be controlled to ensure the heat does not become excessive. Love Controls® controllers are used in this process to accurately control the heat on the sealing bars. The sensors from the Love Controls® controllers are placed on the sealing bars to ensure accurate temperature readings. Should the heat become excessive, an alarm light on the controller notifies the operator of the impending conditions. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s Resin transfer molding. Controlling water temperature in outdoor wood furnace. Accurate control of temperature and epoxy resin flow is important during resin transfer molding. For the epoxy resin to have an even and thorough flow, the resin must be at a temperature high enough to allow it to flow, yet not burn the resin. With the help of a Love Controls® controller, the temperature of the resin is accurately controlled under different conditions through the different PID operating modes. Another Love Controls® controller, with a flow transducer, is used in this process to control the flow of the epoxy resin. The Love Controls® controller provides information on the temperature and flow rate to the computer through an RS-485 serial communication option. The Series TSWB is the ideal control for monitoring water temperature and water level in outdoor wood furnaces. The Series TSWB controls the damper and/or the fan that provides oxygen to the flame in the fire box. Usually an external light will also be controlled by the Series TSWB to inform the user that the furnace is out of wood or that the water level is low. The TSWB accepts thermistor inputs for temperature and conductivity probe, Dwyer CLP-1, inputs for monitoring water level. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 115

138

® SERIES BT BIMETAL THERMOMETER 2˝, 3˝ or 5˝ Dial, Dual Scale, ±1% FS Accuracy, External Reset E R U T A R E P M E T V I DEO O N L I N E The Series BT Bimetal Thermometer offers accurate, reliable service even in the toughest environments. These corrosion resistant units are constructed from stainless steel and are hermetically sealed to prevent crystal fogging. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Hermetically sealed • Adjustable dial position models APPLICATIONS • Chiller or boiler water temperature monitoring • Treatment plant temperature monitoring MODEL CHART 1/2 NPT STEM LENGTH 1/2 NPT STEM LENGTH HEAD SIZE Back connection Adjustable angle connection SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: 304 SS. Housing Material: Series 300 SS. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: ±1% full-scale. Response Time: ≤ 40 s. Temperature Limits: Head: 200°F (93°C); Stem: Not to exceed 50% over-range or 1000°F (538°C) or 800°F (427°C) continuously. Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT on 2˝ dial size; 1/2˝ NPT on 3˝ or 5˝ dial size. Stem Diameter: 1/4˝ OD. Immersion Depth: Minimum 2˝ in liquids, 4˝ in gas. Model BTB22551* Back BTB2405D Back BTB2409D Back BTB32510D Back BTB3255D Back BTB3257D Back BTB34010D Back BTB3405D Back BTB3407D Back *Model offered in Fahrenheit scale only. Stem Length Connection 2-1/2˝ 4˝ 4˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 4˝ 4˝ 4˝ Dial Size 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ Range °F (°C) 0 to 250 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) 200 to 1000 (100 to 550) 0 to 200 (-20 to 100) 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) 50 to 550 (10 to 290) 0 to 200 (-20 to100) 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) 50 to 550 (10 to 290) Degree Div °F (°C) 2 2 (2) 10 (5) 2 (2) 2 (2) 5 (5) 2 (2) 2 (2) 5 (5) Model BTB3605D BTA54010D BTA5405D BTA5407D BTA56010D BTA5605D BTA5607D BTC3255D Dial Size 3˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 3˝ Stem Length Connection 6˝ 4˝ 4˝ 4˝ 6˝ 6˝ 6˝ 2-1/2˝ Back Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Lower Range °F (°C) 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) 0 to 200 (-20 to 100) 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) 50 to 550 (10 to 290) 0 to 200 (-20 to 100) 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) 50 to 550 (10 to 290) 0 to 250 (-20 to 120) Degree Div °F (°C) 2 (2) 2 (2) 2 (2) 5 (5) 2 (2) 2 (2) 5 (5) 2 (2) SERIES BTLRN LONG REACH BIMETAL THERMOMETER Extra-long Stems Reach Remote Areas, Gripping Handle Available , s r e t e m o m r e h T l i a D V I DEO O N L I N E 3/4 [19.05] Ø3-5/16 [Ø84.14] 7/8 HEX [22.23 HEX] 5-61/64 [151.21] Ø13/32 [Ø10.32] 1/2 NPT 2-5/8 [66.68] 9/32 [7.14] STEM LENGTH 1-27/64 [36.12] 1/2 NPT CONNECTION The Series BTLRN Long Reach Bimetal Thermometer reaches areas that other thermometers can’t. A gripping handle is available as an accessory to comfortably hold the thermometer during temporary installations. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Stem lengths from 12˝ to 72˝ APPLICATIONS • Large container monitoring • Duct temperature measurement SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: 304 SS. Housing Materials: Series 300 SS. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: ±1%. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 392°F (-40 to 200°C). Dial Size: 3˝. Process Connection: 1/2˝ NPT. Resolution: 2°F (1°C). Weight: 1.0 lb (0.45 kg). MODEL CHART Model BTLRN312101 BTLRN318101 BTLRN324101 BTLRN336101 BTLRN348101 BTLRN360101 BTLRN372101 *Dual scale units available by changing last digit to D. Example: BTLRN31210D Stem Length Range* 12˝ 18˝ 24˝ 36˝ 48˝ 60˝ 72˝ 0 to 200°F 0 to 200°F 0 to 200°F 0 to 200°F 0 to 200°F 0 to 200°F 0 to 200°F ACCESSORIES Model BTLR-GH Gripping handle Description 116 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

139

® SERIES IT INDUSTRIAL THERMOMETER 9˝ Scale, Adjustable Angle Stem The Series IT Industrial Thermometer allows users to easily take accurate temperature measurements in any environment. The case of the IT series is made of die cast aluminum for extra durability in industrial environments. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Organic, non-toxic fill fluid • Dual scale in °F and °C • Adjustable stem angle APPLICATIONS • Boiler or chiller temperature monitoring MODEL CHART 3-1/2˝ Stem Model ITA9351D ITA9352D ITA9353D ITA9354D ITA9355D ITA9356D ITA9357D ITA9358D Range -40 to 110°F (-40 to 43°C) 0 to 120°F (-17 to 49°C) 0 to 160°F (-17 to 71°C) 20 to 180°F (-6 to 82°C) 30 to 240°F (0 to 114°C) 30 to 300°F (-1 to 149°C) 50 to 400°F (10 to 240°C) 50 to 550°F (10 to 288°C) 6˝ Stem Model ITA9601D ITA9602D ITA9603D ITA9604D ITA9605D ITA9606D Range -40 to 110°F (-40 to 43°C) 0 to 120°F (-17 to 49°C) 0 to 160°F (-17 to 71°C) 20 to 180°F (-6 to 82°C) 30 to 240°F (0 to 114°C) 30 to 300°F (-1 to 149°C) 2-3/8 [60.33] 1-1/32 [26.19] 10-5/16 [261.94] 8-3/4 [222.25] 17/32 [13.49] 19/32 [15.08] 1-13/32 [35.72] 1-1/4 [31.75] HEX 1-1/4-18 NEF THREAD 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-1/2 OR 6 [88.9] OR [152.4] SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Material: Tapered cast aluminum with graphite fill. Housing Material: 9˝ (228 mm) aluminum. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: 1% accuracy. Scales: Aluminum painted white with black markings. Process Connection: 1-1/4-18 NEF thread. Liquid Filling: Organic blue liquid filled tube. Mounting: Adjustable stem: Vertical plane 180° horizontal plane 360°. Weight: 1 lb 7 oz (0.65 kg). SERIES IT-W INDUSTRIAL THERMOMETER THERMOWELLS Fits IT Thermometers with 3-1/2” and 6” Stem Lengths 3/4 [19.05] 1-1/4-18 NEF THREAD A Ø5/8 [Ø15.88] 1-1/2 [38.1] HEX 1 [25.4] 3/4-14 NPT T E M P E R A T U R E l G a s s T h e r m o m e t e r s , 3/4 [19.05] 1-1/4-18 NEF THREAD 1-1/2 [38.1] HEX Standard thermowell 2-1/2 [63.5] 2-1/2 [63.5] 1 [25.4] Ø5/8 [Ø15.88] 6˝ [152.4] STEM LENGTH Lag thermowell 3/4-14 NPT The Series IT-W Industrial Thermometer Thermowells reduce installation cost and time by eliminating the need to drain the system when servicing industrial thermometers. The thermowells protect industrial thermometers from high pressure, flow and corrosive media. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Designed to fit the Series IT industrial thermometers • Lag stems available APPLICATIONS • Boiler or chiller temperature monitoring MODEL CHART Model Material IT-W01 IT-W11 IT-W21 IT-W04 IT-W14 IT-W24 IT-W07 IT-W17 IT-W27 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Insertion Length Lag 2-1/2˝ N/A 2-1/2˝ N/A 2-1/2˝ N/A 5˝ N/A 5˝ N/A 5˝ N/A 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ Brass 304 SS 316 SS Brass 304 SS 316 SS Brass 304 SS 316 SS DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 117

140

E R U T A R E P M E T s r e t e m o m r e h T h c t i w S / r e t t i m s n a r T h t i w ® SERIES BTO BIMETAL THERMOMETER WITH TRANSMITTER OUTPUT Bimetal Stem with 4-20 mA Output, 3˝ or 5˝ Dial Ø3-1/4 [Ø82.55] OR Ø5-1/4 [Ø133.35] The Series BTO Bimetal Thermometer with Transmitter Output eliminates the need for a separate thermometer and transmitter. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Thermometer and transmitter in one device • Weatherproof construction APPLICATIONS • Boilers • Compressors • Thermal oxidizers 3-5/16 [84.14] Ø3-1/16 [Ø77.79] 2-15/16 [71.61] 7-1/8 [180.98] 1/2 NPT STEM LENGTH 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 3-3/16 [80.96] Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] SPECIFICATIONS THERMOMETER SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: 304 SS. Housing Material: 304 SS. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -58 to 185°F (-50 to 85°C). Dial Size: 3˝ or 5˝. Process Connection: 1/2˝ NPT. Resolution: 2°F (5°F for 400°F and 550°F models). Weight: 1.95 lb. TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: Ambient: -58 to 185°F (-50 to 85°C). Power Requirement: 10-33 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Loop Resistance: 1045 Ω. Power Consumption: 38 mA. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). MODEL CHART Model BTO32551 BTO32571 BTO34051 BTO34071 BTO36051 BTO36071 BTO39051 BTO39071 BTO31251 BTO31271 Note: -40 to 160°F, 0 to 200°F, 50 to 300°F, and 50 to 400°F ranges available, contact factory for more information. Dial Size Stem Length 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ Range 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F Dial Size 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ Stem Length Range 2.5˝ 2.5˝ 4˝ 4˝ 6˝ 6˝ 9˝ 9˝ 12˝ 12˝ 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F 0 to 250°F 50 to 550°F Model BTO52551 BTO52571 BTO54051 BTO54071 BTO56051 BTO56071 BTO59051 BTO59071 BTO51251 BTO51271 2.5˝ 2.5˝ 4˝ 4˝ 6˝ 6˝ 9˝ 9˝ 12˝ 12˝ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES RRT3 REMOTE READING THERMOMETER WITH SWITCH SPDT Relay, Liquid Actuated Bulb and Capillary 7/16 [11.00] 3-33/64 [89.50] 3-1/32 [77.00] 3-5/32 [80.00] The Series RRT3 Remote Reading Thermometer with Switch combines an easy to read 3-1/4˝ dual scale dial thermometer and a SPDT relay. Color coordinated pointers display the current process temperature and set point. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Quick connect electrical terminals • Industrial armored capillary APPLICATIONS • HIgh temp shut down in process applications • Boiler or chiller control MODEL CHART Model RRT3120U RRT3250U RRT3300U Temperature Ranges -40 to 120°F (-40 to 50°C) 32 to 248°F (0 to 120°C) 0 to 300°F (-18 to 149°C) 118 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 3-23/64 [85.51] 3-1/8 [79.24] SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Materials: 304 SS. Accuracy: ±3% FS. Housing Material: 304 SS. Temperature Limit: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C). Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Ratings: 3 A @ 250 VAC, .2 A @ 250 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Process Connection: 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) male NPT. Dial Size: 3-1/2˝ (90 mm). Capillary Length: 10.5´ (3.2 m). Bulb Length: 3-1/8˝ (79.24 mm). Weight: 2 lb (900 g). USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

141

® SERIES 16C, 8C, & 4C TEMPERATURE LOOP CONTROLLERS Universal Temperature Input, Single Control Output, RS-485 Communication 1-57/64 [48.00] 1-49/64 [44.75] 1-57/64 [48.00] 3/8 [9.50] 3-5/32 [80.00] 16C 1-3/4 [44.00] 3-7/8 [98.20] 3-49/64 [95.70] 1-7/8 [47.80] 1/2 [12.80] 8C 3-1/8 [79.20] 3-27/32 [97.60] 3-25/32 [96.00] 3-25/32 [96.00] 5/8 [15.80] 4C 3-1/8 [79.2] 16C 8C 4C T E M P E R A T U R E 3-37/64 [91.00] 3-9/15 [90.80] P r o c e s s C o n t r o l l e r s T e m p e r a t u r e / The Series 16C, 8C, & 4C Temperature Loop Controllers offer advanced control features for the most demanding temperature or process applications. Offered in 3 standard DIN cutout housing sizes, these controllers are designed with dual, 4 digit LED displays for local indication of the process value, set point, and output conditions. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Universal input accepts RTD or thermocouple sensors • On/Off, PID, or manual output control • RS-485 standard on all models APPLICATIONS • Oven, boiler, or chiller control • Hot plates/melt pots • Food service equipment • Environmental chambers • Packaging equipment SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Thermocouple or RTD. Display: Two 4 digit, 7 segment LED’s. PV: Red, SV: Green. Accuracy: ±0.25% of span, ±1 least significant digit. Power Requirements: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: 5 VA max. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Control Output Ratings: Relay: SPST, 5 A @ 250 VAC resistive for 16C; SPDT, 5 A @ 250 VAC resistive for 8C and 4C; Voltage Pulse: 14 VDC (max. 40 mA); Current: 4 to 20 mA. Communication: RS-485 Modbus® ASCII communication protocol. Weight: 4 oz (114G) for 16C, 15 oz (425g) for 8C and 4C. Front Panel Rating: IP56. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. MODEL CHART Model Output 8C-2 8C-3 8C-5 Voltage pulse Relay Current MODEL CHART Model Output 16C-2 16C-3 16C-5 Voltage pulse Relay Current MODEL CHART Model Output 4C-2 4C-3 4C-5 Voltage pulse Relay Current ACCESSORIES Model MN-1 SCD-SW A-600 Description Mini-Node™ RS-485 to USB converter Configuration software R/C snubber INPUT RANGES Input Types Range K Type TC K Type TC J Type TC J Type TC T Type TC T Type TC E Type TC N Type TC R Type TC S Type TC B Type TC L Type TC U Type TC Pt 100 RTD Pt 100 RTD Pt 100 RTD -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) -328 to 932°F (-200 to 500°C) -148 to 2192°F (-100 to 1200°C) -4 to 752°F (-20 to 400°C) -328 to 752°F (-200 to 400°C) 4 to 752°F (-20 to 400°C) 32 to 1112°F (0 to 600°C) -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) 212 to 3272°F (100 to 1800°C) -328 to 932°F (-200 to 500°C) -328 to 1472°F (-200 to 800°C) -328 to 1112°F (-200 to 600°C) -4 to 932°F (-20 to 500°C) 32 to 212°F (0 to 100°C) Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 119

142

® SERIES 32B, 16B, 8B, & 4B TEMPERATURE/PROCESS LOOP CONTROLLERS Universal Input, Dual Control Output, RS-485 Communication 1-49/64 [44.75] 15/16 [24.00] 1-57/64 [48.00] E R U T A R E P M E T / e r u t a r e p m e T s r e l l o r t n o C s s e c o r P 32B 16B 8B 4B 9/64 [3.40] 3-59/64 [99.80] 55/64 [21.85] 32B 1-57/64 [48.00] 1-49/64 [44.75] 1-57/64 [48.00] 3/8 [9.50] 3-5/32 [80.00] 16B 1-3/4 [44.00] 3-7/8 [98.20] 3-49/64 [95.70] 1-7/8 [47.80] 3-37/64 [91.00] 1/2 [12.80] 8B 3-1/8 [79.20] 3-25/32 [96.00] 3-27/32 [97.63] 3-9/16 [90.81] 3-25/32 [96.00] 5/8 [15.80] 4B 3-1/8 [79.2] SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD, DC voltages or DC current. Display: Two 4 digit, 7 segment LED’s. PV: Red, SV: Green. Accuracy: ±0.25% span, ±1 least significant digit. Power Requirements: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz; Optional 24 VDC. Power Consumption: 5 VA max. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Control Output Ratings: Relay: SPST, 3 A @ 250 VAC resistive for 32B; SPST, 5 A @ 250 VAC resistive for 16B; SPDT, 5 A @ 250 VAC resistive for 8B and 4B; Voltage pulse: 14 VDC (max. 40 mA); Current: 4-20 mA; Linear voltage: 0-10 V. Communication: RS-485 Modbus® ASCII/RTU communication protocol. Weight: 32B and 16B: 4 oz (114 g); 8B and 4B: 15 oz (425 g). Front Panel Rating: IP56. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. The SERIES 32B, 16B, 8B, & 4B Temperature/Process Loop Controllers offer advanced control features for the most demanding temperature or process applications. Offered in 4 standard DIN cutout housing sizes, these controllers are designed with dual, 4 digit LED displays for local indication of the process value, set point, and output conditions. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Universal input accepts process transmitters, RTD’s or thermocouple signals • On/off, PID, or manual output control • RS-485 standard on all models • Stage control program for up to 64 ramp/soak actions APPLICATIONS • Oven, boiler, or chiller control • Environmental chambers • Hot plates/melt pots • Medical equipment • Packaging equipment • Food service equipment 120 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

143

® SERIES 32B, 16B, 8B, & 4B TEMPERATURE/PROCESS LOOP CONTROLLERS Universal Input, Dual Control Output, RS-485 Communication MODEL CHART - 32B Model 32B-23 32B-23-LV 32B-33 32B-33-LV 32B-53 32B-53-LV Supply Power Output 1 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC Voltage pulse Voltage pulse Relay Relay Current Current MODEL CHART - 16B Model 16B-23 16B-23-LV 16B-33 16B-33-LV 16B-53 16B-53-LV 16B-63 16B-63-LV Supply Power Output 1 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC Voltage pulse Voltage pulse Relay Relay Current Current Linear voltage Linear voltage MODEL CHART - 8B Model 8B-23 8B-23-LV 8B-33 8B-33-LV 8B-53 8B-53-LV 8B-63 8B-63-LV Supply Power Output 1 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC Voltage pulse Voltage pulse Relay Relay Current Current Linear voltage Linear voltage MODEL CHART - 4B Model 4B-23 4B-23-LV 4B-33 4B-33-LV 4B-53 4B-53-LV 4B-63 4B-63-LV 4B-33-986/U Supply Power Output 1 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 100 to 240 VAC 24 VDC 120 VAC Voltage pulse Voltage pulse Relay Relay Current Current Linear voltage Linear voltage Relay Output 2 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Output 2 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Output 2 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Output 2 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Application Note: When using a relay output to operate a contactor or solenoid an R/C snubber should be installed across the coil to prevent damage to the controller relays. INPUT RANGES Input Types Range K Type TC J Type TC T Type TC E Type TC W Type TC R Type TC S Type TC B Type TC L Type TC U Type TC JPt 100 RTD Pt 100 RTD 0 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA* 4 to 20 mA* 0 to 50 mV *Requires 250 Ω precision resistor across input terminals -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) -148 to 2192°F (-100 to 1200°C) -328 to 752°F (-200 to 400°C) 32 to 1112°F (0 to 600°C) -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) 212 to 3272°F (100 to 1800°C) -328 to 1562°F (-200 to 850°C) -328 to 932°F (-200 to 500°C) -4 to 752°F (-20 to 400°C) -328 to 1562°F (-200 to 850°C) -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 Description ACCESSORIES Model MN-1 SCD-SW A-277 A-600 A-900 A-901 Mini-Node™ RS-485 to USB converter Configuration software 250 Ω precision resistor R/C snubber Weatherproof front mount enclosure Weatherproof internal mount enclosure with window A-600 MN-1 A-900 A-901 T E M P E R A T U R E P r o c e s s C o n t r o l l e r s T e m p e r a t u r e / 4B-33-986/U Benchtop Controller DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 121

144

E R U T A R E P M E T / e r u t a r e p m e T s r e l l o r t n o C s s e c o r P ® SERIES 16G, 8G, & 4G TEMPERATURE/PROCESS LOOP CONTROLLERS Universal Input, Dual Output, On/Off PID or FUZZY Logic Output Control 1-57/64 [48.00] 17/64 [6.70] 3-7/16 [87.50] 1-3/4 [44.75] 1-57/64 [48.00] 1-49/64 [44.75] 2-55/64 [72.78] 11/16 [17.55] 16G 4-21/64 [110.06] 5-53/64 [148.03] 5-33/64 [140.07] 3-25/32 [95.92] [LED SCREEN] 3-25/32 [96.01] 8G 2-53/64 [71.66] 4G 3-37/64 [91.00] 2-45/64 [68.67] 3-39/64 [91.49] 16G 8G 4G The Series 16G, 8G, & 4G Temperature/Process Loop Controllers allow for monitoring and control of temperature or process conditions. The controller features two independent control outputs for dual loop control using on/off, auto-tune or self- tune PID, fuzzy logic, or manual control methods. RS-485 interface is included with Modbus® communication protocol, for easy bench-top configuration or integration with a PLC or data control system. FEATURES/BENEFITS • On/off, PID, fuzzy logic, or manual output control • Constant, sloped, program (ramp/soak), or remote set point control • 2 primary control outputs, 2 secondary/alarm relay outputs, and RS-485 standard on all models • Remote set point, input retransmission, or event input functions available with optional hardware APPLICATIONS • Oven control • Packaging equipment • Parts washers SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD, DC voltages or DC current. Display: Process value: 4 digit, 0.47˝ H (12mm), orange LCD; Set point value: 4 digit, 0.47˝ H (12mm), green LCD. Accuracy: ± 1.8°F plus ±0.3% of span (±1°C plus ±0.3% of span) at 77°F (25°C) after 20 minutes warm up. Power Requirements: 100-240 VAC -20/+8%, 50/60 Hz; Optional 24 VDC, ±10%. Power Consumption: 5 VA max. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: -42 to 150°F (-20 to 65°C). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Control Output Ratings: Relay: SPST, 5 A @ 250 VAC resistive; Voltage pulse: 12 V (max. 40 mA); Current: 4-20 mA; Linear voltage: 0-10 V. Alarm Relay Ratings: 3 A @ 250 VAC resistive. Communication: RS-485 Modbus® ASCII/RTU communication protocol. Weight: 9 oz (255g). Front Panel Rating: IP66. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. 122 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.

145

® SERIES 16G, 8G, & 4G TEMPERATURE/PROCESS LOOP CONTROLLERS Universal Input, Dual Output, On/Off PID or FUZZY Logic Output Control MODEL CHART - 16G Model Output 1 Voltage pulse 16G-23-11 Voltage pulse 16G-23-31 Voltage pulse 16G-23-32 Relay 16G-33-11 Relay 16G-33-31 Relay 16G-33-32 Current 16G-53-11 Current 16G-53-31 Current 16G-53-32 Linear voltage 16G-63-11 Linear voltage 16G-63-31 Linear voltage 16G-63-32 MODEL CHART - 8G Output 1 Model Voltage pulse 8G-23-31 Voltage pulse 8G-23-32 Relay 8G-33-31 Relay 8G-33-32 Current 8G-53-31 Current 8G-53-32 Linear voltage 8G-63-31 Linear voltage 8G-63-32 MODEL CHART - 4G Model Output 1 Voltage pulse 4G-23-11 Voltage pulse 4G-23-31 Voltage pulse 4G-23-32 Relay 4G-33-11 Relay 4G-33-31 Relay 4G-33-32 Current 4G-53-11 Current 4G-53-31 Current 4G-53-32 Linear voltage 4G-63-11 Linear voltage 4G-63-31 Linear voltage 4G-63-32 Output 2 Option 1 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Option 2 Event Event Remote SP Event Event Remote SP Event Event Remote SP Event Event Remote SP Output 2 Option 1 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Input retrans. Input retrans. Input retrans. Input retrans. Input retrans. Input retrans. Input retrans. Input retrans. Option 2 Event Remote SP Event Remote SP Event Remote SP Event Remote SP Output 2 Option 1 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Event Input retrans. Input retrans. Option 2 Event Event Remote SP Event Event Remote SP Event Event Remote SP Event Event Remote SP INPUT RANGES Input Types Range K Type TC J Type TC T Type TC E Type TC N Type TC R Type TC S Type TC B Type TC L Type TC U Type TC TXK Type TC JPt 100 RTD Pt 100 RTD Ni 120 RTD Cu 50 RTD 0 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA* 4 to 20 mA* 0 to 50 mV *Requires 250 Ω precision resistor across input terminals -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) -148 to 2192°F (-100 to 1200°C) -328 to 752°F (-200 to 400°C) 32 to 1112°F (0 to 600°C) -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) 32 to 3092°F (0 to 1700°C) 212 to 3272°F (100 to 1800°C) -328 to 1562°F (-200 to 850°C) -328 to 932°F (-200 to 500°C) -328 to 1472 °F (-200 to 800 °C) -4 to 752 °F (-20 to 400 °C) -328 to 1562 °F (-200 to 850 °C) -112 to 572 °F (-80 to 300 °C) -58 to 302 °F (-50 to 150 °C) -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 -999 to 9999 ACCESSORIES Model MN-1 SCD-SW A-277 A-600 A-900 A-901 Description Mini-Node™ RS-485 to USB Converter Configuration software 250 Ω precision resistor R/C snubber Weatherproof front mount enclosure Weatherproof internal mount enclosure with window Application Note: When using a relay output to operate a contactor or solenoid an R/C snubber should be installed across the coil to prevent damage to the controller relays. A-600 MN-1 T E M P E R A T U R E P r o c e s s C o n t r o l l T e m p e r a t u r e / e r s A-900 A-901 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 123

146

E R U T A R E P M E T s r e l l o r t n o C e r u t a r e p m e T l i a R N D I ® SERIES SCD DIN RAIL TEMPERATURE/PROCESS CONTROLLERS Universal Inputs, Up to 8 PID Loops, Modbus® Communications 2-1/4 [57.15] MASTER EXTENSION PORT Master controller Slave controller The Series SCD DIN Rail Temperature/Process Controllers offer multiple PID loops in a compact size. Each SCD-1000 master controller can be combined with up to seven SCD-2000 slave controllers without any wires. Each controller has one universal input, one relay output and one user selected output. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Expandable from 1 to 8 process control loops • Universal transmitter or temperature sensor inputs • RS-485 Modbus® communication • Dual loop or single loop/alarm output control APPLICATIONS • Oven, boiler, or chiller control • Hot plates/melt pots • Packaging equipment • Environmental chambers • Medical equipment • Food service equipment MODEL CHART Model SCD-1023 SCD-1033 SCD-1053 SCD-1063 SCD-2023 SCD-2033 SCD-2053 SCD-2063 *DC current input requires 250 Ω precision resistor Controller Output 1 Master Master Master Master Slave Slave Slave Slave Voltage pulse Relay Current Linear voltage Voltage pulse Relay Current Linear voltage Output 2 Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay 3-35/64 [90.09] 1 [25.4] 3-13/16 [96.84] SLAVE EXTENSION PORT SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Thermocouple, RTD, DC linear voltage, and DC currents.* Supply Voltage: 24 VDC. Power Consumption: 3 W. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122ºF (0 to 50ºC). Memory Backup: Non-volatile. Control Output Ratings: Relay: 3 A @ 250 VAC resistive; Voltage pulse: 12 VDC, max. output current: 40 mA; Current: 4-20 mA output; Linear voltage: 0-10 VDC. Communication: RS-485 Modbus® A-5-11/RTU communication protocol. Weight: 2.7 oz (76.5 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. ACCESSORIES Model SCD-PS SCD-SW A-277 MN-1 A-600 Description 100-240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC power supply Configuration software 250 ohm precision resistor Mini-Node™ USB/RS-485 converter R/C snubber Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. SERIES TSDIN DIN RAIL MOUNT TEMPERATURE SWITCH HACCP Alarm Logging, Intelligent Defrost 2-7/16 [61.82] 1-25/32 [45.06] 1-1/32 [26.31] 1-1/4 [31.83] 1-7/8 [47.57] 2-9/32 [58.00] 13/64 [5.08] 3/16 [4.57] 2-51/64 [71.20] 4-1/64 [101.96] 3-35/64 [90.00] The Series TSDIN DIN Rail Mount Temperature Switch is ideally designed to control compressor, defrost, and fan cycles in refrigeration applications. The digital input can be used to remotely trigger a defrost cycle, monitor cooler door status, or act as an external alarm. Three other probe inputs measure cabinet, defrost, and product temperature. Programming performed on the 6 button keypad or with the Model TS2-K configuration key. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3 temperature probe inputs • Real-time clock used for HACCP logging of temperature limit alarms or loss of power • Intelligent Defrost parameters manage defrost cycle in order to save energy cost APPLICATIONS • Refrigerated cabinets • Walk in coolers • Applications requiring defrost cycles MODEL CHART Model TSDIN-013 TSDIN-015 TSDIN-023 TSDIN-025 TSDIN-033 TSDIN-043 TSDIN-213 TSDIN-215 TSDIN-223 TSDIN-225 TSDIN-233 TSDIN-243 Supply Power # of Outputs Display Color 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 Red Red Red Red Red Red Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue 124 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: PTC: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -58 to 230°F (-50 to 110°C). Input: PTC/NTC. Output: Output 1: SPST relay rated 16A @ 240 VAC resistive, 10 FLA, 60 LRA, 1HP @ 240 VAC inductive; Output 2: SPDT relay rated 8A @ 240 VAC resistive; Output 3: SPST relay rated 8A @ 240 VAC resistive; Output 4: SPDT relay rated 8A @ 240 VAC resistive; Output 5: SPST relay rated 16A @ 240 VAC resistive, 10 FLA, 60 LRA, 1HP @ 240 VAC inductive. Control Type: On/off. Power Requirement: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/VDC, 24 VAC/VDC (±10% depending on model. Power Consumption: 6 VA. Accuracy: Better than 1% of full-scale. Display: 3-digits plus sign. Resolution: 0.1°. Memory Backup: Non-volatile memory. Temperature Limits: Operating: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C); Storage: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 10.8 oz (306 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes)

147

® SERIES TID TEMPERATURE/PROCESS INDICATOR Low Cost, 3-Digit Display, 1% Accuracy The Series TID Temperature/Process Indicator displays temperature or a process value measured by a PTC or NTC thermistor or a 4-20 mA transmitter. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Thermistor or transmitter input models available • 3 digit bright LED APPLICATIONS • Panel process indication • Refrigerators, walk in coolers MODEL CHART Input Model TID-1110 PTC thermistor TID-1120 PTC thermistor TID-1410 PTC thermistor TID-3100 4-20 mA TID-3200 4-20 mA TID-3400 4-20 mA Supply Power Unit 115 VAC 115 VAC 24 VAC/DC 115 VAC 230 VAC 24 VAC/DC °F °C °F None None None SERIES 16L LIMIT CONTROL FM Approved, Large Dual Display, Universal Input The Series 16L Limit Control offers FM approved limit control with universal input, single set point or dual set point control. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Remote or integral reset button • Peak and valley temperature indication • Open sensor protection APPLICATIONS • Gas fired heater limit control MODEL CHART Model 16L2030 16L2034 Note: For other configurations, see website Output A N.O. relay N.O. relay Output B None N.C. relay ACCESSORIES Model Description A-600 R/C snubber T E M P E R A T U R E 1-11/32 [34.13] 1-7/64 [28.18] 3 [76.2] 2-3/8 [60.38] SPECIFICATIONS Range: -58 to 302°F (thermistor); -999 to 999 counts (4-20 mA). Input: PTC/NTC thermistor or 4-20 mA. Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC/DC. Accuracy: > 1%. Display: 3-digits; red, green or blue display. Resolution: 1° or 0.1 count. Front Panel Rating: IP64 (NEMA 3R). Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) i I n d c a t o r s P a n e l M e t e r s / 1/2 [11.16] 1/4 [6.35] PANEL MAX. SPRING LOOP 1-7/8 [47.75] SQ. 1-3/4 [44.74] SQ. 5-1/4 [133.05] SQ. MOUNTING COLLAR [SHOWN IN POSITION] ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES [MILLIMETERS] Panel cutout 1.77˝ + 0.02˝ [45 mm + 0.6 mm] square SPECIFICATIONS Selectable Inputs: 10 thermocouple, 4 RTD, DC voltage, or DC current selectable. Display: Two 4 digit, 7 segment 0.3˝ (7.62 mm) high LEDs. Accuracy: ±0.25% of span, ±1 least significant digit. Power Requirements: 100-240 VAC, nominal, +10 -15%, 50 to 400 Hz. single phase; 132-240 VDC, nominal, +10 -20%. Power Consumption: 5 VA maximum. Temperature Limits: 14 to 131°F (-10 to 55°C). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. No batteries required. Output: Relay: SPST, 3 A @ 240 VAC resistive; 1.5 A @ 240 VAC inductive. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Agency Approvals: FM, cULus. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -934 -936 -992 -993 Process signal output, isolated 0-20 mADC Process signal output, isolated 0-10 VDC RS-RS-485 serial communications RS-RS-232 serial communications DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 125

148

® SERIES TSF THERMOCOUPLE LIMIT CONTROL FM Approved Temperature Limit Control E R U T A R E P M E T The Series TSF Thermocouple Limit Control provides audible alarm status along with a relay output. Unit allows the user to easily select automatic or manual reset via a built in reset button on the front panel or an external contact. FEATURES/BENEFITS • FM approved temperature limiting control • Integral and remote reset capabilities APPLICATIONS • Gas fired oven and burner control MODEL CHART Model TSF-4010 TSF-4011 TSF-4021 TSF-4040 Supply Power Unit 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 24 VAC/VDC °F °C °C °F 1-3/8 [33.99] 1-1/8 [27.94] 3 [76.20] 2-3/8 [60.33] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: 32 to 999°F (0 to 700°C) for Type J thermocouple; 32 to 999°F (0 to 999°C) for type K or S thermocouples. Input: Type J, K or S thermocouple. Output: SPDT relay rated 16 A @ 240 VAC resistive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP. Control Type: ON/OFF; manual/ automatic reset. Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/VDC or 24 VAC/VDC (depending on model). Power Consumption: 4 VA. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit, red, 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) digits, plus sign. Resolution: 1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 150°F (0 to 65°C); Storage: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Front Panel Rating: IP64 (NEMA 3R). Agency Approvals: CE, FM, cURus. , s e h c t i w S e r u t a r e p m e T t i m L i ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) SERIES TSF-DF THERMOCOUPLE LIMIT CONTROL UL Approved Temperature Limit Control The Series TSF-DF Thermocouple Limit Control is a UL approved temperature limit control that provides visual alarm status along with a `relay output. The Series TSF- DF controls have a built in reset button on the front panel or can accept an external reset signal. Program settings on model TSF-DF controls cannot be changed through the buttons on the device. It is necessary to purchase a model TSF-MDF and a model TS2-K in addition to the model TSF-DF. Desired program parameters are entered on a TSF- MDF programming control. Using the TS2-K configuration key, the parameters can be easily copied from the TSF-MDF and transferred to the TSF-DF Limit Alarms. FEATURES/BENEFITS • UL approved limit control APPLICATIONS • Gas fired oven and burner control MODEL CHART Model TSF-4010-DF TSF-4011-DF TSF-4021-DF TSF-4040-DF TSF-4010-MDF TSF-4011-MDF TSF-4021-MDF TSF-4040-MDF Control Limit alarm Limit alarm Limit alarm Limit alarm Programming control Programming control Programming control Programming control Supply Power Unit 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 24 VAC/VDC 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 24 VAC/VDC °F °C °C °F °F °C °C °F 126 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 1-3/8 [33.99] 1-1/8 [27.94] 3 [76.20] 2-3/8 [60.33] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: 32 to 999°F (0 to 700°C) for thermocouple J type; 32 to 999°F (0 to 999°C) for thermocouple K or S type. Input: Type J, K, or S thermocouple. Output: NO SPST relay rated 16 A @ 240 VAC resistive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP. Control Type: ON/OFF; manual/automatic reset. Power Requirements: See model chart. Power Consumption: 4 VA @ 230 VAC. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit, red, 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) digits, plus sign. Resolution: 1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Front Panel Rating: IP64. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus (DF models only). ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes)

149

® SERIES 40T/40M DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SWITCH 3-1/2 Digit Display, Programming Configuration Key 3 [76.20] 2-31/64 [63.22] 1-11/32 [33.99] 1-3/32 [27.94] 3-3/16 [80.92] 2-3/16 [55.52] 2-3/8 [60.33] 7/16 [10.92] T E M P E R A T U R E 40X-K configuration key The Series 40T/40M Digital Temperature Switch accepts a variety of inputs to allow temperature measurements and set points up to 1999°F (1300°C). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable °F or °C • Universal temperature sensor or transmitter input on 40M models • Configuration key to quickly load parameters from one unit to another • Heating or cooling models APPLICATIONS • Food service equipment • Industrial process control MODEL CHART Thermocouple/ RTD Input Model 40T-10 40T-20 40T-40 Supply Power 115 VAC 230 VAC 12-24 VAC/VDC Universal Input Model 40M-10 40M-20 40M-40 Supply Power 115 VAC 230 VAC 12-24 VAC/VDC SERIES TCS THERMOCOUPLE TEMPERATURE SWITCH Heating and Cooling Control, 16 Amp Rating, Two Alarms The Series TCS Thermocouple Temperature Switch monitors and controls temperature while offering a wide temperature range, two selectable alarm sets, and an internal buzzer indicating alarm condition or error. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Heating or cooling modes • Internal alarm buzzer • Configuration key to quickly load parameters from one unit to another APPLICATIONS • Food service equipment • Industrial process control MODEL CHART Model TCS-4010 TCS-4011 TCS-4020 TCS-4021 Supply Power Unit Model 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC °F °C °F °C TCS-4030 TCS-4031 TCS-4040 Supply Power 12 VAC/VDC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC Unit °F °C °F SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: K T/C: -140 to 1999°F (-100 to 1300°C); J T/C: -140 to 1450°F (-100 to 800°C); RTD: -320 to 1200°F (-200 to 650°C); PTC: -58 to 300°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -40 to 230°F (-40 to 110°C); N. RTD: -110 to 570°F (-80 to 300°C). Output: 16 A @ 250 VAC SPDT relay (max current allowed is 10 A). Control Type: On/off. Power Requirements: 12-24 VAC/ VDC, 115 VAC or 230 VAC depending on model. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-1/2 digit red display. Resolution: 0.1°C. Memory Backup: Non-volatile memory. Ambient Temperature: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C). Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Front Panel Rating: IP65. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. ACCESSORIES Model Description 40X-K Configuration key For sensor accessories, see page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) T e m p e r a t u r e S w l i D g i t a 1-11/32 [34] i t c h e s , 1-7/64 [28] 3 [76] 2-3/8 [60] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 mm x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: 32 to 999°F (0 to 700°C) for Type J thermocouple; 32 to 999°F (0 to 999°C) for Type K thermocouple. Input: Type J or K thermocouple. Output: SPDT relay rated 16 A @ 240 VAC resistive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP. Control Type: ON/OFF. Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/VDC or 24 VAC/VDC (depending on model). Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit, red, 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) digits, plus sign. Resolution: 1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C); Storage: - 4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Front Panel Rating: IP64. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 127

150

® SERIES TST DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SWITCH Heating and Cooling Control, 16 Amp Rating V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TST Digital Temperature Switch is designed with many heating and cooling applications in mind. This low cost switch is simple to set up with one probe input and SPDT switch output. Programming performed using either the front keypad or through a TS2-K programming key. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Buzzer indicates probe/memory error or high/low temperature alarm conditions • Capacitive buttons offer clean panel face design 3.110 [79.0] 2.440 [62.0] GASKET AUX SET 1.440 [36.5] 1.110 [28.3] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: PTC: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -58 to 230°F (-50 to 110°C). Input: PTC (1000 Ω @ 25°C) or NTC (10 KΩ @ 25°C) thermistor. Output: SPDT relay rated 16 A @ 240 VAC resistive, 10 FLA, 60 LRA. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP. Control Type: On/Off. Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC/VDC, or 12 VAC/VDC. Power Consumption: 4 VA @ 115/230 VAC; 1.5 VA @ 12/24 VAC/VDC. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit, plus sign. Resolution: 0.1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Ambient Temperature: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 115 and 230 V models: 7.2 oz (204 g); 12 and 24 V models: 4.8 oz (136 g). Front Panel Rating: IP65. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SWITCH Refrigeration Control, Up To 3 Probe Inputs and 3 Relay Outputs E R U T A R E P M E T , s e h c t i w S e r u t a r e p m e T l a t i g D i APPLICATIONS • Refrigeration • Holding ovens • Boilers • Brewing systems MODEL CHART Model TST-011 TST-021 TST-031 TST-041 Supply Power 115 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC SERIES TSXT 3.110 [79.0] 2.440 [62.0] GASKET AUX SET 1.440 [36.5] 1.110 [28.3] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: PTC: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -58 to 230°F (-50 to 110°C). Input: PTC (1000 Ω @ 25°C) or NTC (10 KΩ @ 25°C) thermistor. Output: Relay 1: SPST relay rated 16 A @ 240 VAC resistive, 10 FLA, 60 LRA; Relay 2: SPST relay rated 5 A @ 240 VAC resistive; Relay 3: SPST relay rated 8 A @ 240 VAC resistive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP (Relay 1). Control Type: On/off with defrost options. Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC/VDC, or 12 VAC/VDC. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. Power Consumption: 3.6 VA @ 115/230 VAC; 1.5 VA @ 12/24 VAC/VDC. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit, plus sign. Resolution: 0.1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 115 and 230 V models: 7.2 oz (204 g); 12 and 24 V models: 4.8 oz (136 g). Front Panel Rating: IP65. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) The Series TSXT Digital Temperature Switch is designed for refrigeration control. It accepts PTC or NTC temperature probe types and can control the compressor, defrost, fan, alarm, and light in a refrigeration system. Master/slave configurations allow synchronization of defrost cycles between different units. Programming is performed through the front keypad, or by using the TS2-K programming key. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Models available with 1, 2, or 3 relay outputs • 3 temperature inputs and one digital input for complete refrigeration control • Configuration key available for programing multiple units • Capacitive buttons offer clean panel face design APPLICATIONS • Refrigerated cabinets • Walk in coolers • Applications requiring defrost cycles MODEL CHART Model TSXT-211 TSXT-221 TSXT-231 TSXT-241 TSXT-212 TSXT-222 Supply Power 115 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC Outputs Model 1 1 1 1 2 2 TSXT-232 TSXT-242 TSXT-213 TSXT-223 TSXT-233 TSXT-243 Supply Power 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC Outputs 2 2 3 3 3 3 128 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

151

® SERIES TS2 DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SWITCH Easy Multi-Unit Programming, 16A SPDT Relay Output V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TS2 Digital Temperature Switch offers an easy to use OEM friendly solution to monitor and control temperature in heating or cooling applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple to use temperature control device • Configuration key APPLICATIONS • Refrigerators • Chillers • Food service equipment • Medical sterilizers or equipment MODEL CHART Model TS2-010 TS2-011 TS2-020 TS2-030 TS2-040 TS2-041 Supply Power Unit 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC °F °C °F °F °F °C SERIES TSS2 DUAL STAGE TEMPERATURE SWITCH Two Independent Relay Outputs, Heating or Cooling Control The Series TSS2 Dual Stage Temperature Switch features two independent sensor inputs and control outputs in one device. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple to use dual temperature control device • Configuration key APPLICATIONS • Refrigerators • Chillers • Food service equipment • Medical sterilizers or equipment MODEL CHART Model TSS2-2100 TSS2-2110 TSS2-2210 TSS2-2300 TSS2-2400 Supply Power Unit 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC °F °C °C °F °F T E M P E R A T U R E 1-11/32 [34.13] 1-7/64 [28.18] 3 [76.2] 2-3/8 [60.38] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 mm x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C). Input: PTC (1000Ω @ 25°C). Output: 16 A SPDT relay @ 250 VAC resistive, 5 A inductive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP. Control Type: On/off. Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/VDC or 24 VAC/VDC. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit, red, 1/2˝ digits. Resolution: 1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Front Panel Rating: IP64. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) T e m p e r a t u r e S w l i D g i t a i t c h e s , 1-27/64 [36.12] 1-9/64 [28.97] 3 [76.2] 2-7/16 [61.91] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 mm x 29 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: PTC: - 58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -58 to 230°F (-50 to 110°C). Input: PTC (1000Ω @ 25°C); NTC (10KΩ @ 25°C). Outputs: OUT1=SPDT relay rated 16 A @ 240 VAC resistive; OUT2=SPDT relay rated 8 A @ 240 VAC resistive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP (OUT1). Power Requirements: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/VDC or 24 VAC/VDC (depending on model). Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3-digit and sign, red LED. Resolution: 0.1° (< 100°); 1° (≥ 100°). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Temperature Limit: Ambient: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Dimensions: 3 x 1-27/64 x 2-7/16 in. Front Panel Rating: IP64. Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 129

152

E R U T A R E P M E T , s e h c t i w S e r u t a r e p m e T l a t i g D i ® SERIES TSW WEATHER PROOF DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SWITCH NEMA 4X Housing, Single or Dual Stage, 20 A Contact Rating 2-19/32 [65.53] 3-5/8 [92.08] 6-21/32 [168.91] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TSW Weather Proof Digital Temperature Switch combines the trusted, reliable TS family of temperature controls and an installation friendly weatherproof enclosure. The bright, easy-to-read LED display shows the current output status and the temperature measurement. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Weatherproof housing • Single or dual stage models • Configuration key • Physical and passcode parameter setting protection APPLICATIONS • Chillers • Walk in cooler • Woodboilers • Brewing systems MODEL CHART Model TSW-150 TSW-160 TSW-250 TSW-260 TSW-150-NP TSW-160-NP TSW-250-NP TSW-260-NP Description Single stage Single stage Dual stage Dual stage Single stage Single stage Dual stage Dual stage Temperature Probe Included Supply Power 90 to 255 VAC TS-8T 12 to 24 VAC/VDC TS-8T 90 to 255 VAC TS-8T 12 to 24 VAC/VDC TS-8T 90 to 255 VAC None 12 to 24 VAC/VDC None 90 to 255 VAC 12 None 12 to 24 VAC/VDC None SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: PTC: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -58 to 230°F (-50 to 110°C). Input: PTC (1000 Ω @ 25°C); NTC (10K Ω @ 25°C). Output: R1 SPDT relay resistive load: 20 A @ 240 VAC; R2 SPDT relay resistive load: 8 A @ 240 VAC; Inductive load: 3 A @ 240 VAC. Horsepower Rating: R1 2HP @ 240 VAC. Control Type: On/off. Power Requirements: 90 to 255 VAC or 12 to 24 VAC/VDC (±10%) depending on model. Power Consumption: 3.6 VA. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Display: 3 digits plus sign. Resolution: Single stage: 1°; Dual stage: 0.1° < 100; 1° ≥ 100°. Memory Backup: Non-volatile memory. Ambient Temperature: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Weight: 1.2 lb (544 g). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES Model CC1-N CC1-GY Description Temperature sensor clip, neutral Temperature sensor clip, grey SERIES TSWB DIGITAL TEMPERATURE/WATER LEVEL SWITCH Two Temperature Set Points, Low Water Level Alarm 2-63/64 [75.69] 7/32 [5.33] 1-21/64 [33.73] 2-29/64 [62.23] 1-7/64 [28.19] The Series TSWB Digital Temperature/Water Level Switch offers complete boiler control for outdoor wood boilers and other similar heating equipment. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3 outputs for high temp, low temp or input alarm • Conductivity probe input for water level monitoring • Configuration key APPLICATIONS • Wood or pellet boilers MODEL CHART Model TSWB-010 TSWB-011 Supply Power Unit 115 VAC 115 VAC °F °C ACCESSORIES See page reference u below. 130 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Probe Range: PTC: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); NTC: -58 to 230°F (-50 to 110°C). Probe Temperature Input: PTC (1000Ω @ 25°C); NTC (10KΩ @ 25°C). Probe Level Input: Conductivity probe: Max voltage 12 VAC. Sensitivity established from factory at 100KΩ. Output: R1 SPST NO relay resistive load 5 A @ 250 VAC; R2 SPST NC relay resistive load 5 A @ 250 VAC; R3 SPDT relay resistive load 16 A @ 240 VAC. Horsepower Rating: 1HP -- 10FLA, 60LRA 250 VAC. Control Type: On/off. Power Requirements: 115 VAC ± 10%, 230 VAC ± 10%, 24 VAC/DC ± 10%, 12 VAC/DC ± 10%. Power Consumption: 4VA (230V/115V), 1.5VA (24V/12V). Accuracy: > 1% of full-scale. Display: 3-digit, red 1/2˝ digits. Resolution: 1° (3 digits). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-30 to 80°C). Weight: 3.5 oz. Front Protection: IP64. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. uDigital Temperature Switch Probes and Accessories: See page 131 (Series TS-Probes)

153

® SERIES TS-PROBES DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SWITCH PROBES & ACCESSORIES Probes to be used with TS2, TSS2, TSWB, TSW, TS3, TSX3, and 40M TS-1 OR TS-11 TS-2, TS-21, TS-8T, OR 81T TS-5 OR TS-51 TS-6 OR TS-61 TS-7 OR TS-71 V I DEO O N L I N E LENGTH 1-9/16 [39.69] 1-9/16 [39.69] 1 [25.4] 1-9/16 [39.69] Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] Ø9/32 [Ø7.14] Ø1/4 [6.60] A-TS-AP 2 [50.80] 1-57/64 [48.01] 13/32 [10.29] Ø15/32 [11.79] 7/8 [22.22] HEX Ø35/64 [13.97] Ø17/64 [6.63] 1/2 NPT TS-W 15/64 [5.84] 25/32 [19.81] 5/8 [15.79] 4 [101.60] 5/8 [15.79] 1-7/16 [36.39] 4 [101.60] 1-9/64 [28.98] 2-3/4 [70.03] 5/16 [8.05] T E M P E R A T U R E 4X Ø3/16 5/16 [8.05] 1-27/64 [36.07] 2-13/64 [55.88] TS2-K FEATURES/BENEFITS • 5 or 10 foot cable lengths • PTC or NTC temperature curves MODEL CHART - SENSORS APPLICATIONS • Refrigerated cabinets • Walk in coolers • Food service equipment • Medical sterilizers or equipment • Wood or pellet boilers • Brewing systems SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: See model chart. Operating Temperature: PTC or NTC: -58 to 221°F (-50 to 105°C); J-type: 32 to 1400°F (0 to 760°C); K-type: 32 to 2300°F (0 to 1200°C). Cable: PTC and NTC models: PVC; J-type and K-type models: FEP. Model Sensor Cap Material TS-1 TS-11 TS-2 TS-21 TS-5 TS-51 TS-6 TS-61 Brass Brass Stainless steel Stainless steel PVC PVC Polyamide resin coated brass Polyamide resin coated brass PTC PTC PTC PTC PTC PTC PTC PTC Length ft (m) 5 (1.5) 10 (3) 5 (1.5) 10 (3) 5 (1.5) 10 (3) 5 (1.5) 10 (3) Model Sensor Cap Material TS-7 TS-71 TS-8T TS-81T TS-88T TCS-J TCS-K None None Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel NTC NTC NTC NTC NTC J-type K-type Length ft (m) 5 (1.5) 10 (3) 5 (1.5) 10 (3) 15 (4.5) 4 (1.21) 4 (1.21) ACCESSORIES Model A-TS-AP TS2-K TS-W Description 1/4 DIN adapter plate Configuration key Brass thermowell (for use with TS-1, TS-11, TS-2, TS-21) SERIES DFS2 LOW LIMIT FREEZE PROTECTION SWITCH Manual and Automatic Reset 13/32 [10.32] 4-9/64 [110.67] 2-7/8 [73.03] i D g i t a l / T e m p e r a t u r e S w i t c h e s , M e c h a n c a i l 7/16 [11.11] MANUAL RESET UNITS ONLY 2-3/32 [53.18] 33/64 [13.10] 3-17/64 [82.95] V I DEO O N L I N E Manual reset option shown The Series DFS2 Low Limit Freeze Protection Switch protects cooling coils in air handler systems by preventing frost build up. The thermostat and its capillary sensing element provide an antifreeze function by sensing the lowest temperature along any one foot section of capillary. The DPDT manual or automatic reset relays signal the building management system as well as cut off the fan. The Series DFS2 will detect temperature drops below the fixed safety value (set point) which can be set as low as 34°F (1°C) utilizing the visual set point indicator and set point screw. APPLICATIONS • HVAC equipment • Heat exchangers and cooling coils FEATURES/BENEFITS • Vapor-filled copper capillary sensing element • Joint spring protector at capillary-bellow connection • Set point safety-lock protection and simple adjustment • Easy installation and wiring • Automatic and manual reset MODEL CHART Model DFS2-DA10 DFS2-DA20 DFS2-DM10 DFS2-DM20 Reset Action Capillary Length Automatic Automatic Manual Manual 10´ (302 cm) 20´ (609 cm) 10´ (302 cm) 20´ (609 cm) MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE M20 1-5/32 [29.37] 1-31/32 [50] 19/32 [15.03] 3/32 [2.38] 29/32 [23.02] Ø1-37/64 [Ø40.08] 13/64 [5.16] 19/32 [15.03] Ø3/32 [Ø2.38] CAPILLARY SPECIFICATIONS Sensing Element: Vapor-filled capillary. Operating Temperature: 14°F to 54°F (-10°C to 12°C). Storage Temperature: 14°F to 158°F (-10°C to 70°C). Capillary Overload Temperature: 392°F (200°C), maximum 60 minutes. Humidity Limit: 0 to 95% RH, non- condensing. Enclosure: Galvanized steel base, ABS cover. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1 (IP40). Capillary Material: Copper. Cable Entry: (1) M20 compression fitting. ACCESSORIES Model A-DFS2-C Capillary mounting clips Description Reset Action: Available in automatic or manual reset options. Low-level Setpoint: Factory Set: 39°F (4°C), and safety lock secured; Adjustment via screwdriver slot. Wire Connection: Terminal with wire- retaining screws. Wire Size: Max. 14 AWG. Electrical Rating: 24-250 VAC, 15 (8) A. Electrical Connections: Two each NO/ NC/Common. Deadband: 1.8°F (fixed). Weight: 1.6 lb (0.7 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 131

154

E R U T A R E P M E T , s e h c t i w S e r u t a r e p m e T l i a c n a h c e M ® MODEL 862E | MERCOID® BY DWYER EXPLOSION-PROOF, HEAVY-DUTY THERMOSTAT Line or Low Voltage, Heating or Cooling 4-25/64 FEED THRU [111.52] 2x Ø5/16 [Ø7.94] 2-13/64 [55.96] The Model 862E Explosion-Proof, Heavy-Duty Thermostat is designed for hazardous-location temperature control of heating, cooling, or ventilation systems and features an adjustable set point knob for easy and convenient set point adjustment. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Explosion-proof construction • Lightweight and durable APPLICATIONS • Oil rigs or refineries • Petrochemical plants • Grain processing and storage facilities • HVAC control MODEL CHART Model Description 862E Explosion-proof, heavy-duty thermostat SERIES DA-7035N | MERCOID® BY DWYER TEMPERATURE SWITCH Bulb and Capillary, Inert Gas Fill 5-1/4 [133.35] 5-59/64 [150.42] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases. Temperature Limit: -49 to 176°F (-45 to 80°C). Enclosure Rating: Explosion-proof NEMA 7 & 9, Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups C & D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F & G; Class II, Division 2, Groups F & G; Class III; Class I, Zones 1 & 2, Groups IIA & IIB. Switch Type: SPDT snap action switch. Electrical Rating: 22 A @ 480 VAC (res.), 1/2 HP @ 125 VAC, 1 HP @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connection: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Set Point Adjustment: External knob. Adjustable Range: 36 to 82°F (2 to 28°C). Deadband: 2.5°F (1.5°C). Weight: 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA, UL. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 5/8 [15.88] 1-5/8 [41.28] 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 2-1/4 [57.15] 1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION VIEW #1 2 [50.80] SEE VIEW #1 Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 2 PLACES 3-5/16 [84.14] ADJUSTMENT SCREWS 1/4 MALE NPT CONNECTION 3/4 MALE NPT BULB CONNECTION E Ø6-1/64 [152.80] 7/8 [22.23] The Series DA-7035N Temperature Switch includes the same time-proven switching mechanism used in our Series DA pressure switches. Bourdon tube ensures high sensitivity and long life. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Adjustable deadband • No cross ambient temperature effects • Visible dial calibrated in both °F and °C • Visible on/off indication APPLICATIONS • Mechanical process temperature monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Bulb and connection: 304 SS. Temperature Limit: Process: See model chart; Ambient: 180°F (82°C). Pressure Limit: 300 psi (20.6 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Optional weatherproof and explosion- proof. Repeatability: ±1% FS. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Optional DPDT snap and a variety of mercury switches. Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 120/240/480 VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8˝ (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) conduit hub. Process Connection: 3/4˝ male NPT. Other sizes available. Set Point Adjustment: External knobs for set point and reset point. Weight: 5 lb (2.3 kg). Deadband: Adjustable from minimum in model chart to full range. Optional low fixed deadband. Capillary: 6´ (1.8 m) standard. Ranges 1N to 7N, and 10N: copper. Ranges 8N, 9N, 11N: 304 SS. Set Point Scale: Indication in °F and °C. Options: See web page for additional option models such as: switch type enclosures, fixed deadband, longer or shorter capillary, armored capillary, wells, two stage, 1/2˝ or 1˝ connection sizes, manual reset. MODEL CHART Model DA-7035-153-1N DA-7035-153-3N DA-7035-153-4N DA-7035-153-5N DA-7035-153-7N DA-7035-153-8N DA-7035-153-9N DA-7035-153-10N DA-7035-153-11N Note: Insertion depth can be increased through use of bulb supports or wells. Consult factory. Range °F (°C) -60 to +30 (-50 to 0) 0 to 100 (-18 to 40) 50 to 150 (10 to 65) 100 to 200 (40 to 95) 140 to 300 (60 to 150) 250 to 415 (120 to 215) 350 to 550 (175 to 290) 100 to 300 (40 to 150) 100 to 500 (40 to 260) Min. Insertion Depth “E” in. (mm) 2-7/8 (73) 2-7/8 (73) 2-7/8 (73) 2-7/8 (73) 2-7/8 (73) 2-7/8 (73) 4-7/8 (124) 2-7/8 (73) 2-7/8 (73) Max. Temp. °F (°C) 150 (65) 240 (115) 250 (120) 300 (150) 500 (260) 550 (290) 600 (315) 500 (260) 600 (315) Min. Deadband °F (°C) 23 (13) 25 (14) 25 (14) 25 (14) 41 (23) 42 (23) 50 (28) 50 (28) 100 (56) 132 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

155

® SERIES BTT-E/N TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Wall Mount for Building Applications 1-1/16 [27.05] 1-3/16 [30.00] 1-5/32 [29.39] V I DEO O N L I N E 3-21/32 [92.96] 21/64 [8.38] 3X-3/8 [9.36] 3-9/16 [90.42] European style 3X-5/32 [3.87] T E M P E R A T U R E YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 3-1/64 [76.56] 1-3/32 [27.69] 35/64 [14.02] 4-1/2 [114.30] 2X-11/64 [4.47] 2-51/64 [71.12] North American style 31/64 [12.32] The Series BTT-E/N Temperature Transmitters offer transmitter output signals with the same form and fit as our popular Series TE-E/N thermistor and RTD sensors for Building Automation and HVAC installations. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Transmitter signal offers reliable accuracy for installations with long wire runs between the transmitter and the receiver/controller APPLICATIONS • Room or indoor building space temperature monitoring SERIES BTT MODEL CHART Model BTT-N00-3 BTT-N00-4 BTT-E00-3 BTT-E00-4 Housing North American style North American style European style European style Output 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS Current or Voltage Output, NEMA 4X Enclosures 4-19/64 [109.29] 4-3/64 [102.94] 2-51/64 [71.09] PROBE LENGTH 2X ø13/64 [ø5.08] SLOT ø3-5/16 [ø84.07] Duct mount V I DEO O N L I N E BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR ø3-5/16 ø3-5/16 [84.14] Outside air without radiation shield 1/8 [3.30] GASKET 2-13/16 PROBE 2-13/16 [71.44] 4-21/64 [109.93] ø47/64 [18.65] Immersion mount BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR 1/2 NPS 1/8 [ø3.18] GASKET The Series BTT Temperature Transmitters offer transmitter output signals with the same form and fit as our popular TE thermistor and RTD sensors for building HVAC applications. Thermowells are required when using immersion models in liquid applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Duct, immersion, and outside air models available • Radiation shield available for mounting in direct sunlight • Transmitter output allows for longer wire runs than standard thermistor sensors APPLICATIONS • Building automation system temperature monitoring MODEL CHART Example Series Mounting Configuration BTT -D 04 -1 BTT D I O R Probe Length* Output Options BTT-D04-1 Temperature transmitter Duct mount Immersion mount Outside air Outside air with radiation shield 2.5˝ (required for “O” and “R” models) 4˝ 6˝ 8˝ 12˝ 18˝ 4-20 mA 0-10 V None Factory calibration certificate NIST calibration certificate 25 04 06 08 12 18 1 2 Blank FC NIST *For BTT-I models, actual probe length is approximately 0.75˝ longer than listed probe length to ensure maximum immersion into thermowells. SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Sensor: Pt 1000 Ω RTD DIN Class A 0.00385Ω/°C. Range: 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C). Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C). Accuracy: ±0.5 °C @ 25 °C. Thermal Effect: ±0.01%/°C. Response Time: 100 ms. Power Requirements: 13-36 VDC for current models, 13-36 VDC or 16-28 VAC for voltage models. Output Signal: 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC (depending on model). Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Enclosure Rating: IP20. Weight: 2.6 oz (73.7 g). Agency Approvals: CE. 5-1/8 [130.00] 3-45/64 94.00 6-47/64 170.90 ø5-7/64 [ø129.59] 2-15/64 [56.60] 2X ø13/64 [ø5.00] 3-7/64 [79.00] 4-17/32 [115.00] 79 115 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 50 90 27/32 [21.50] 3-55/64 [98.06] 7-3/32 [180.18] 8-51/64 [223.58] T e m p e r a t u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s Outside air with radiation shield 2-15/64 [56.63] SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Sensor: Pt1000 RTD. Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Accuracy: ±0.5°C @ 25°C. Thermal Effect: ±0.01%/°C. Response Time: 100 ms. Wetted Materials: All models: 304 SS (probe), polycarbonate (housing); Duct and immersion models: Neoprene (gasket); Outside air models: Nylon (insert), silocone (O-ring). Process Connection: 1/2˝ NPS (immersion models only). Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block, knocks out for conduit fitting. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT. Probe Lengths: 2.5 to 18˝ (depending on configuration). Power Requirements: 13-36 VDC for current models, 13-36 VDC or 16-28 VAC for voltage models. Output Signal: 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC (depending on model). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) (immersions models require thermowell). Weight: 5.11 oz (145 g) (duct/immersion); 8.4 oz (238 g) (OSA without radiation shield); 1 lb 7.4 oz (663.4 g) (OSA with radiation shield). Agency Approvals: CE. THERMOWELLS - WELDED Model TE-TNS-N253N-00 TE-TNS-N043N-00 TE-TNS-N063N-00 TE-TNS-N083N-00 TE-TNS-N123N-00 TE-TNS-N183N-00 Material 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS Connection (Internal/External) 1/2˝ NPSM/1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM/1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM/1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM/1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM/1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM/1/2˝ NPT Insertion Length 2.5˝ 4˝ 6˝ 8˝ 12˝ 18˝ DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 133

156

E R U T A R E P M E T s r e t t i m s n a r T e r u t a r e p m e T ® SERIES TTW WEATHERPROOF IMMERSION TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Pt100 RTD, PC Programmable Transmitter Ø3-15/64 [Ø82.15] [PROBE LENGTH] +3/8 [9.52] 3-3/4 [95.25] 2-15/64 [56.75] 5 [127] SPECIFICATIONS TEMPERATURE SENSOR Accuracy: ±3°F (±1.7°C). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Sensor Curves: Pt100 RTD (TE Series Curve D). TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Input Range: -328 to 986°F (-200 to 530°C). Output: Two-wire 4-20 mA. Output Impedance: 600 Ω @ 24 VDC. Power Requirements: 12-35 VDC. Accuracy: ±0.2% FS. Temperature Limits: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Response Time: <100 ms. ENCLOSURE Temperature Limits: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65). Material: Painted aluminum housing. FREE software download: See page 134 (Series TBU-00) Machined thermowell uTechnical Specifications and Additional Thermowell Models: See page 147 (Series TE-TNS) 13/16 [20.5] 1-23/32 [43.5] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TTW Weatherproof Immersion Temperature Transmitter offers a field adjustable temperature transmitter pre-assembled with an RTD sensor and weatherproof enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Preset to 32 to 212°F (0 to 100°C) output range • USB port for easy output scale adjustment in the field APPLICATIONS • Immersion temperature sensing in HVAC systems MODEL CHART Model TTW-104 TTW-106 TTW-108 TTW-112 TTW-118 THERMOWELLS - MACHINEDu Probe Length 4˝ 6˝ 8˝ 12˝ 18˝ Model TE-TNS-N044N-14 TE-TNS-N064N-14 TE-TNS-N094N-14 TE-TNS-N124N-14 Material Length 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 4˝ 6˝ 9˝ 12˝ Connection (Internal/External) (NPT) 1/4˝ / 1/2˝ 1/4˝ / 1/2˝ 1/4˝ / 1/2˝ 1/4˝ / 1/2˝ MODEL TBU-00 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Field Selectable, Universal Input, In-Head Mounting V I DEO O N L I N E The Model TBU-00 Temperature Transmitter is a high precision temperature transmitter designed to easily mount in most temperature sensor instrument enclosures. The universal input reduces inventory while the micro-USB port facilitates easy configuration, and calibration in the lab or in the field. The versatile TBU model allows for selection and configuration of input type, measurement range, and calibration. The output can be set as either direct 4-20 mA, or reverse 20-4 mA, through easy to use configuration software. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Configurable measurement range • Standard temperature sensor head enclosure mounting • Pt100 connection for 2, 3, or 4 wires APPLICATIONS • Process applications where a 4-20 mA signal is required • Food processing equipment • Boiler equipment • Refrigeration equipment SPECIFICATIONS Input: Thermocouples J, K, R, S, T, N, E, and B; 2, 3, or 4 wire Pt100 RTD, 2 or 3 wire Pt1000 RTD, 2 wire NTC thermistor, or 0-50 mV voltage. Output: Linearized 4-20 mA, 2 wire or 20-4 mA loop powered. Transmitter Type: 2, 3, or 4 wire. Temperature Limits: -40°F to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC. Accuracy: See chart below. Temperature Drift: < ±0.16% / 25°C. Response Time: 1.6 s, typical. Weight: 1.4 oz (40 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Note: Factory set to Pt100 Ω RTD, 0 to 100°C, direct acting MODEL CHART Model TBU-00* Universal input temperature transmitter with Description customizable measurement ranges *TBU-00 FREE downloadable configuration software available at www.dwyer-inst.com ACCESSORIES Model A-709 UHH-CBL2 Description NEMA 4X aluminum transmitter enclosure USB to micro-USB cable 134 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ACCURACY CHART Input Type Thermocouples and mV Configured with software Pt100/ Pt1000 RTDs Temperature Range -328 to 1202°F (-200 to 650°C) -238 to 752°F (-150 to 400°C) Accuracy (Typical) ±0.1% FS ±0.13% FS ±0.1% FS

157

E R U T A R E P M E T ® SERIES TTE EXPLOSION-PROOF RTD TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER User Selectable Ranges, Optional LCD Display 4-9/32 [108.74] 3-29/32 [99.22] 2X 1/2˝ FEMALE NPT OR M20 4-15/32 [113.51] 2-23/32 [69.06] 10-23/64 [263.13] 1/2˝ MALE NPT OR 1/2˝ MALE BSPT ø1/4 [ø6.35] V I DEO O N L I N E *Shown with optional LCD display The Series TTE Explosion-Proof RTD Temperature Transmitter is the ideal product for hazardous temperature measurement applications. The TTE series has seven pre- programmed temperature ranges that are selectable via an internal dip switch. For those applications that need a custom range, the transmitter can be easily configured for any range between -30 to 250°F with a minimum span of 40°F. The span and zero can be quickly adjusted with a simple push-button design. This unit has optional listings of FM for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G and Class III atmospheres or ATEX (Directive 2014/34/EU) for II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T111°C Da (-20°C ≤ Ta ≤ + 70°C) and IECEx for Ex db IIC T6...T4 Gb (-20°C ≤ Ta ≤ + 70°C), Ex ta IIIC T111°C Da (-20°C ≤ Ta ≤ + 70°C). The compact housing allows for the transmitter to be mounted in virtually any application. II 2 G Ex db IIC T6...T4 Gb (-20°C ≤ Ta ≤ + 70°C), FEATURES/BENEFITS • FM approved for Class I, Groups B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F, G classified explosive environments • Optional LCD • Output span selected from seven common ranges or user determined APPLICATIONS • Explosive process environments • Offshore HVAC monitoring MODEL CHART Example Series Agency Probe Length Construction Options TTE -1 04 -W -LCD TTE-104-W-LCD TTE 1 2 02 04 06 09 12 15 18 W Blank BSPT C5 LCD M20 Explosion-proof RTD temperature transmitter FM* ATEX/IECEx flameproof 2˝ probe 4˝ probe 6˝ probe 9˝ probe 12˝ probe 15˝ probe 18˝ probe Well probe No LCD display 1/2 male BSPT process connection C5-M housing paint specification LCD display Female M20 thread electrical connection *Options that do not have ATEX and IECEx. Attention: Units without the “2” suffix following “TTE” are not directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX) Complaint. These units are not intended for use in potentially hazardous atmospheres in the EU. These units may be CE marked for other directives of the EU. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-287 Mounting bracket for pipe or surface mounting (Includes bracket and two 2˝ U-bolts) T E M P E R A T U R E T e m p e r a t u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Sensor: Pt1000, 0.00385 DIN. Output Temperature Ranges: User selectable – any range between -30 to 250°F with a minimum span of 40°F. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C); Process: -30 to 250°F (-34.4 to 120°C). Accuracy: Transmitter ±0.1% FS; Probe ±0.3% FS. Thermal Drift Effects: ±0.02%/°C max. Response Time: 250 ms. Wetted Materials: 316 SS. Process Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT or 1/2˝ male BSPT. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT or M20. Probe Length: 2˝ to 18˝ (depending on model). Pressure Limits: 2000 psi (137.9 bar). Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA (two wire loop powered). Optional Display: 2 lines X 8 character LCD. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. Listed with FM for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, and dust-ignitionproof for Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G and Class III atmospheres. ATEX Certified: T111°C Da, T6 Process Temp ≤80°C, Temperature Class T5 Process Temp ≤95°C, Temperature Class T4 Process Temp ≤120°C as defined on nameplate. EU-type Cerificate No.: EMT17ATEX0021 X. ATEX Standards: EN 60079-0:2012+A11:2013; EN 60079-1:2015; EN 60079- 31:2014. IECEx Certified: For Ex db IIC T6...T4 Gb, Ex ta IIIC T111°C Da, T6 Process Temp ≤80°C, Temperature Class T5 Process Temp ≤95°C, Temperature Class T4 Process Temp ≤120°C as defined on nameplate. IECEx Certificate of Conformity: Element IECEx EMT 17.0007X; IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0:2011 (Edition 6); IEC 60079-1:2014 (Edition 7); IEC 60079-31:2013 (Edition 2). Weight: 2 lb 8 oz (1134 g). Agency Approvals: FM, CE, ATEX/IECEx. II 2 G Ex db IIC T6...T4 Gb, 0518 II 1 D Ex ta IIIC THERMOWELLS - MACHINEDu Model TE-TNS-N044N-12 TE-TNS-N064N-12 TE-TNS-N094N-12 TE-TNS-N124N-12 Material Length 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 4˝ 6˝ 9˝ 12˝ Connection (Internal/External) (NPT) 1/2˝ / 3/4˝ 1/2˝ / 3/4˝ 1/2˝ / 3/4˝ 1/2˝ / 3/4˝ Machined thermowell FIELD-SELECTABLE RANGES 40 to 90°F (4.4 to 32.2°C) -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C) 0 to 100°F (-17.8 to 37.8°C) 30 to 240°F (-1.1 to 115.6°C) 32 to 212°F (0 to 100°C) 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) -30 to 65°C (-1.1 to 18.3°C) Custom range between -30 to 250°F (-34.4 to 121.1°C) uTechnical Specifications and Additional Thermowell Models: See page 147 (Series TE-TNS) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 135

158

E R U T A R E P M E T ® TEMPERATURE SENSORS EXPOSED TO PROCESS TEMPERATURE EXPOSED TO CONNECTOR TEMPERATURE PROTECTION TUBE & MOUNTING HARDWARE EXTENSION TERMINAL MEASURING JUNCTION OR ELEMENT V I DEO O N L I N E ORDERING SENSORS Sensors are constructed with various types of protection/mounting hardware, extensions, and wire terminations. The sensor types and their temperature ranges are shown in the table. See “Temperature Limits” for maximum service temperatures applicable to the protection tube, mounting hardware, wire extensions, etc. This section shows only a limited selection of the available sensors. The sensors are organized by hardware type. Most hardware can house any type thermocouple or RTD. Terminations are usually either lug type or standard plugs, but many other types are available. Various ‘head enclosures’ are also available. Dimensions can be custom designed to meet your specifications. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Sensor selection depends on two separate temperatures: process temperature and connector temperature. Make sure the local temperature at each component does not exceed the maximum rated service temperature for that component. Note that extension wire must withstand the process temperature. HARDWARE TYPE Wire Types Iron/constantan Chromel/alumel Chromel/constantan Copper/constantan Plat. 13%/rhod./plat. Plat. 10%/rhod./plat. Thermocouple Types J K E T R S RTD Types Low range thin film Medium range thin film High range wire wound Temperature Range (°F) 32 to 1400 32 to 2300 -300 to 1600 -300 to 700 32 to 2700 32 to 2700 Temperature Range (°F) -58 to 392 -58 to 896 -328 to 1112 Temperature Range (°C) 0 to 760 0 to 1200 -184 to 871 -184 to 371 0 to 1482 0 to 1482 Temperature Range (°C) -50 to 200 -50 to 480 -200 to 600 SERVICE TEMPERATURES 304/316 SS tubing/protection/mounting hardware Inconel® 600 tubing/protection/mounting hardware Alumina Mullite Fiberglass insulated extension wire FEP insulated extension wire Junction box (BX) connector Plug 1600°F 2100°F 3400°F 2700°F 842°F 392°F 400°F 400°F Plain sheath Bayonet mount, adjustable (with SS overbraid extension) Bayonet mount, adjustable (with SS flex hose) Bayonet mount, fixed s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T TERMINALS Stripped-ends – type 0 T/C RTD Mini plug – type 6 Lugs – type 1 T/C RTD Mini jack – type 7 Screw cover head – type E, F, G Lugs w/BX connector – type 2 Fast tabs – type 8 Snap cover head – type H T/C RTD Standard plug – type 3 Fast tabs w/ BX – type 9 Hex nipple – type A, B Screw cover head – type I, J, K, M, N, P T/C RTD Standard jack – type 4 Hex bushing – type C, D Snap cover head – type L, Q Inconel® is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation 136 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

159

® THERMOCOUPLES & RTD’S GENERAL PURPOSE 3/16˝ OD STAINLESS STEEL TUBE FIBERGLASS INSULATED WIRE #6 SPADE TERMINAL 4˝ 48˝ 4˝ 1/4˝ OD STAINLESS STEEL TUBE FEP INSULATED WIRE WITH SEALED TIP #6 SPADE TERMINAL A 36˝ 4˝ 1/2˝ BX CONNECTOR FIBERGLASS INSULATED WIRE WITH STAINLESS STEEL OVERBRAID #6 SPADE TERMINAL 3/16˝ OD STAINLESS STEEL TUBE 4˝ 48˝ 4˝ SPECIAL PURPOSE 1/2˝ BX CONNECTOR RING TERMINAL FIBERGLASS INSULATED WIRE WITH STAINLESS STEEL OVERBRAID #6 SPADE TERMINAL 48˝ TERMINAL STRIP 4˝ IRON STRIP CONSTANTAN STRIP A MINERAL INSULATED 3/8˝ OD 304 STAINLESS STEEL B FIBERGLASS INSULATED WIRE WITH SEALED TIP #6 SPADE TERMINAL A 36˝ 4˝ SERIES RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR High Temperature, Mineral Insulated, 316 SS Sheath MODEL CHART - BASIC Model 122095-84 122095-01 122095-04 Sensor Type J K (3-wire) 100 Ω RTD Terminal #6 spade #6 spade #6 spade V I DEO O N L I N E T E M P E R A T U R E MODEL CHART - FEP INSULATION EXTENSION Model 122087-00 100 Ω RTD Sensor Type A Length Terminal #6 spade 6˝ MODEL CHART - SS OVERBRAID EXTENSION Model 122095-19 122095-25 Sensor Type Bend Terminal J #6 spade 100 Ω RTD #6 spade 0° 0° MODEL CHART - SURFACE THERMOCOUPLE (900°F MAX.) Model 122095-24 122095-32 Sensor Type Ring Terminal ID Terminal #6 spade J J #6 spade 13/32˝ 13/64˝ MODEL CHART - WEB STYLE Model 122095-86 2.75˝ A Length Terminal No MODEL CHART Model 122088-00 122088-01 122086-00 Sensor Type A Length B Diameter Terminal 100 Ω RTD #6 spade 100 Ω RTD #6 spade 100 Ω RTD #6 spade 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/8˝ 6˝ 12˝ 6˝ T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s .250 [6.35] OD 304 STAINLESS STEEL POTTING ADAPTOR .125 [3.175] OD 304 STAINLESS STEEL SHEATH V I DEO O N L I N E 6.000 [152.4] 36.000 [914.4] Precision Series RTD Resistance Temperature Detector offers excellent accuracy and stability over a wide temperature range. Industry standard 3-wire 100 Ω (DIN) probes are available in 6˝ (15 cm), 12˝ (30.5 cm), or 18˝ (46 cm) sheath lengths with 30˝ (76 cm) extension cable and spade lug terminals. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 304 stainless steel sheath • High temperature rating SPECIFICATIONS Sensor Type: Wire wound, 100 Ω. Temperature Range: -328 to 1202°F (-200 to 650°C). Pressure Limits: 250 psig (17.2 bar). Probe Material: 316 SS. Extension Length: 30˝ (76 cm). Element Standard: DIN .00385 (Class B, 0.12%). APPLICATIONS Air ducts, bearing temperature, oil temperature indicator, soldering equipment, ovens, environmental test chambers, pharmaceutical mfg., food processing, plastic molding, petroleum & chemical processing, electric generating plants, etc. MODEL CHART Model RTD-686 RTD-646 Length 6˝ (15 cm) 6˝ (15 cm) Diameter 1/8˝ 1/4˝ #8 SPADE TERMINAL TYP 3 PLACES RED LEAD "-" WHITE LEAD "+" 4.000 [101.6] DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 137

160

E R U T A R E P M E T s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T ® ® SERIES A-TC THERMOCOUPLE WIRE J type - FEP J type - FB K type - FEP K type - FB MODEL CHART - SPOOLS Model A-TC-J25-FB A-TC-J25-FEP A-TC-K25-FB A-TC-K25-FEP A-TC-J50-FB A-TC-J50-FEP A-TC-K50-FB A-TC-K50-FEP A-TC-J100-FB A-TC-J100-FEP A-TC-K100-FB A-TC-K100-FEP Specification J type, 25’ on spool, fiber glass insulation, 450°C, black outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM J type, 25’ on spool, FEP insulation, 200°C, black outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM K type, 25’ on spool, fiber glass insulation, 450°C, yellow outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM K type, 25’ on spool, FEP insulation, 200°C, yellow outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM J type, 50’ on spool, fiber glass insulation, 450°C, black outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM J type, 50’ on spool, FEP insulation, 200°C, black outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM K type, 50’ on spool, fiber glass insulation, 450°C, yellow outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM K type, 50’ on spool, FEP insulation, 200°C, yellow outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM J type, 100’ on spool, fiber glass insulation, 450°C, black outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM J type, 100’ on spool, FEP insulation, 200°C, black outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM K type, 100’ on spool, fiber glass insulation, 450°C, yellow outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM K type, 100’ on spool, FEP insulation, 200°C, yellow outer sheath, 24 AWG, 0.20 SQMM PLUGS (MALE) JACKS (FEMALE) MODEL CHART - STANDARD SIZE SINGLE Model 481-0001 481-0002 481-0003 481-0004 481-0015 481-0134 Type J K T Cu11 (2-wire) E Cu (3-wire) MODEL CHART - STANDARD SIZE SINGLE Model 481-0006 481-0007 481-0008 481-0009 481-0016 481-0135 Type J K T Cu11 (2-Wire) E Cu (3-Wire) MODEL CHART - MINIATURE SIZE SINGLE Model 481-0093 481-0095 481-0094 481-0098 481-0097 481-0096 481-0099 481-0175 Type J K T R S E Cu (2-Wire) Cu (3-Wire) MODEL CHART - MINIATURE SIZE SINGLE Model 481-0100 481-0102 481-0101 481-0105 481-0104 481-0103 481-0106 481-0174 Type J K T R S E Cu (2-Wire) Cu (3-Wire) 138 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

161

® SERIES R & 8 MINERAL INSULATED THERMOCOUPLES AND RTD’S A B C MINERAL INSULATED TRANSITIONS Due to the varying size of connection wire and cable, a transition fitting is used between the cold end of the sheath and the connecting wires. This fitting measures 1-1/4˝ long by 1/4˝ OD for 1/8˝ or smaller sheaths, and 1-1/2˝ long by 3/8˝ OD for 3/16˝ and 1/4˝ sheaths. Larger sheaths and sheaths terminating in connectors other than wire or cable do not require transition fittings. Basic sheath configuration Sheath and transition fitting (when made with flex hose) Sheath and transition fitting (when made with SS overbraid wire) Sheath and transition fitting (when made with fiberglass wire) V I DEO O N L I N E Series R & 8 Mineral Insulated Thermocouples and RTD’s are known for their excellent mechanical durability and resistance to electrical breakdown. Mineral Insulated Thermocouples can be bent to most any angle without special equipment. MODEL CODING Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’. RTD TYPE 2 – 2-Wire; Class B 3 – 3-Wire; Class B 4 – 4-Wire; Class B 5 – 2-Wire; Class A 6 – 3-Wire; Class A 7 – 4-Wire; Class A SENSOR TYPE 6 – 100 Ω RTD: 0.00385 Ω/°C 4 – 100 Ω RTD: 0.00392 Ω/°C R 8 – – A AA B C IN 1/10 INCH IN 1/10 INCH IN INCHES IN INCHES – – – – – – – – T E M P E R A T U R E T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s SENSOR TYPE J – T/C K – T/C E – T/C T – T/C HARDWARE TYPE 1 – Plain Sheath (304 SS) 2 – Plain Sheath (316 SS) 3 – Inconel® 600 Sheath EXTENSION TYPE 0 – Fiberglass Singles 1 – Fiberglass Insulation 2 – Fiberglass Insulation w/ SS Flex Hose 3 – Fiberglass Insulation w/ SS Overbraid HEAD ASSEMBLY OPTIONS (3/4˝ NPT Conduit Connection) E – Screw Cover Head, AL w/ No Process Connection F – Screw Cover Head, Plastic w/ No Process Connection G – Screw Cover Head, SS w/ No Process Connection H – Snap Cover Head, AL w/ No Process Connection I – Screw Cover Head, AL w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection J – Screw Cover Head, Plastic w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection K – Screw Cover Head, SS w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection L – Snap Cover Head, AL w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection M – Screw Cover Head, AL w/ 3/4˝ NPT Process Connection N – Screw Cover Head, Plastic w/ 3/4˝ Process Connection P – Screw Cover Head, SS w/ 3/4˝ Process Connection Q – Snap Cover Head, AL w/ 3/4˝ Process Connection BEND 1 – None 2 – 45° 3 – 90° SENSOR O.D. 1 – 1/16˝ 2 – 1/8˝ 3 – 3/16˝ 4 – 1/4˝ 5 – 3/8˝ JUNCTION TYPE 1 – Grounded 2 – Ungrounded 3 – Exposed Tip ELEMENTS 1 – Single 2 – Dual SENSOR TERMINALS 0 – Stripped Ends 1 – Leads With #6 Spade Lugs 2 – Leads With #6 Spade Lugs & 1/2 BX 3 – Standard Plug 4 – Standard Jack 6 – Mini Plug 7 – Mini Jack 8 – Leads With 1/4˝ Fastabs 9 – Leads With 1/4˝ Fastabs 1/2˝ BX A – 1/2˝ NPT Hex Nipple (316 SS) B – 3/4˝ NPT Hex Nipple (316 SS) C – 1/2˝ NPT Hex Bushing (316 SS) D – 3/4 NPT Hex Bushing (316 SS) See table for HEAD ASSEMBLY OPTIONS Inconel® is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 139

162

E R U T A R E P M E T ® SERIES 4 & 5 GENERAL PURPOSE AND BAYONET TYPE THERMOCOUPLES & RTD’S GENERAL PURPOSE BAYONET “AA” “AA” “AA” “AA” 90° BEND “A” “A” 45° BEND 90° BEND “A” “A” 45° BEND “A” “B” “C” “A” “AA” V I DEO O N L I N E “B” Fixed “B” Adjustable “C” “C” Series 4 & 5 General Purpose and Bayonet Type Thermocouples & RTD’s tip temperatures can be as high as 842°F (450°C) for fiberglass insulated wire, and 392°F (200°C) for FEP insulated wire. Models can be specified with lead wires or head assembly construction. For higher temperatures see the Series R & 8 Mineral Insulated Probes.u MODEL CODING Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’. SENSOR TYPE 6 – 100 Ω RTD: 0.00385 Ω/°C Z – 1000 Ω RTD: 0.00385 Ω/°C 4 – 100 Ω RTD: 0.00392 Ω/°C RTD TYPE 2 – 2-Wire; Class B 3 – 3-Wire; Class B 5 – 2-Wire; Class A 6 – 3-Wire; Class A – – s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T 4 5 A AA B C IN 1/10 INCH IN 1/10 INCH IN INCHES IN INCHES – – – – – – – – SENSOR TYPE J – T/C K – T/C E – T/C T – T/C HARDWARE TYPE 1 – Plain Sheath (316 SS) 2 – Plain Sheath w/ FEP Coating 4 – Back Filled Sheath* 5 – Back Filled Sheath w/ FEP Coating* 6 – Bayonet Mount Adjustable Length 7 – Bayonet Mount Fixed Length EXTENSION TYPE 1 – Fiberglass Insulation 842°F/450°C 2 – Fiberglass Insulation w/ SS Flex Hose 3 – Fiberglass Insulation w/ SS Overbraid 4 – FEP Insulation 392°F/200°C 5 – FEP Insulation w/ SS Overbraid 6 – FEP Insulation w/ FEP Coated Flex Hose HEAD ASSEMBLY OPTIONS* (3/4˝ NPT Conduit Connection) E – Screw Cover Head, AL w/ No Process Connection F – Screw Cover Head, Plastic w/ No Process Connection G – Screw Cover Head, SS w/ No Process Connection H – Snap Cover Head, AL w/ No Process Connection I – Screw Cover Head, AL w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection J – Screw Cover Head, Plastic w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection K – Screw Cover Head, SS w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection L – Snap Cover Head, AL w/ 1/2˝ NPT Process Connection M – Screw Cover Head, AL w/ 3/4˝ NPT Process Connection N – Screw Cover Head, Plastic w/ 3/4˝ Process Connection P – Screw Cover Head, SS w/ 3/4˝ Process Connection Q – Snap Cover Head, AL w/ 3/4˝ Process Connection 140 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com BEND 1 – None 2 – 45° 3 – 90° SENSOR O.D. 2 – 1/8˝ 3 – 3/16˝ 4 – 1/4˝ 5 – 3/8˝ JUNCTION TYPE 1 – Grounded 2 – Ungrounded 3 – Exposed Tip ELEMENTS 1 – Single 2 – Dual SENSOR TERMINALS 0 – Stripped Ends 1 – Leads With #6 Spade Lugs 2 – Leads With #6 Spade Lugs 1/2 BX 3 – Standard Plug 4 – Standard Jack 6 – Mini Plug 7 – Mini Jack 8 – Leads With 1/4˝ Fastabs 9 – Leads With 1/4˝ Fastabs 1/2˝ BX A – 1/2˝ NPT Hex Nipple (316 SS)* B – 3/4˝ NPT Hex Nipple (316 SS)* C – 1/2˝ NPT Hex Bushing (316 SS)* D – 3/4 NPT Hex Bushing (316 SS)* See list for HEAD ASSEMBLY OPTIONS* *Options only available on Series 4 RTD’s uSee page 139 (Series R & 8)

163

® SERIES 9 & P SPECIAL APPLICATION THERMOCOUPLES & RTD’S SERIES 9 SPECIALTY SENSOR STYLES B C B C B Replacement element Assembly V I DEO O N L I N E Flexible FEP covered bead junction Ring type surface thermocouples and RTD’s Web type surface thermocouples SERIES P PENETRATION PROBE STYLES A 1 1 B C POINTED CLOSURE TRANSITION FITTING 1. Transition fitting STRAIN RELIEF TUBING V I DEO O N L I N E A 2-1/2 1-1/2 B C A 1-3/4 2-3/8 1-1/2 B C STRAIGHT HANDLE SABER HANDLE 2. Straight handle 3. Saber handle A 2-1/2 1-1/2 B C A 2-1/2 B C FLANGED HANDLE EURO STYLE 4. Flanged handle 6&7. Euro style handle (FEP or SS) Series 9 & P Special Application Thermocouples and RTD’s cover a wide variety of types and configurations. This section covers FEP covered thermocouples and RTD’s, ring type thermocouples and RTD’s for surface measurement, web type thermocouples for surface measurement of moving objects such as rollers, and penetration thermocouples and RTD’s with sharp tips for measurement of viscous liquids and semisolids such as plastic compounds, rubber and slightly frozen food products. MODEL CODING Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’. 9 – 1 0 – – B C IN INCHES IN INCHES SENSOR TYPE J – T/C K – T/C E – T/C T – T/C 6 – RTD DIN 4 – RTD NIST Z – RTD DIN 1K HARDWARE TYPE 5 – Bead Junction w/ FEP Coating 6 – Ring #10 (0.196˝ ID) 7 – Ring #8 (0.144˝ ID) 8 – Ring 3/8˝ (0.390˝ ID) 9 – Web EXTENSION TYPE 0 – None 1 – Fiberglass Insulation 842°F/450°C 2 – Fiberglass Insulation w/ SS Flex Hose 3 – Fiberglass Insulation w/ SS Overbraid 4 – FEP Insulation 392°F/200°C 5 – FEP Insulation w/ SS Overbraid 6 – FEP Insulation w/ FEP Coated Flex Hose JUNCTION TYPE 1 – T/C 2 – 2-Wire RTD; Class B 3 – 3-Wire RTD; Class B 6 – 2-Wire RTD; Class A 7 – 3-Wire RTD; Class A SENSOR TERMINALS 0 – None 1 – Lugs 2 – Lugs With BX 3 – Standard Plug 4 – Standard Jack 6 – Mini Plug 7 – Mini Jack 8 – Fastabs 9 – Fastabs With BX P – – – – A* B C IN 1/10 INCH IN INCHES IN INCHES T E M P E R A T U R E T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s SENSOR TYPE J – T/C T – T/C 6 – RTD DIN 4 – RTD NIST Z – RTD DIN 1K PROBE STYLE 1 – Transition Fitting, SS 2 – Straight Handle, SS 3 – Saber Handle, SS 4 – Flanged Handle, SS 6 – Euro Style, FEP 7 – Euro Style, SS EXTENSION TYPE 4 – FEP Insulation 6 – FEP Over SS Flex Hose SENSOR TERMINALS 0 – Stripped Ends 1 – Lugs 2 – Lugs With BX 3 – Standard Plug 4 – Standard Jack 6 – Mini Plug 7 – Mini Jack JUNCTION TYPE 1 – Grounded 2 – Ungrounded SENSOR O.D. 7 – 0.134 O.D. Hypodermic 8 – 0.180 O.D. Hypodermic *“A” Dimension maximum length is 12˝ (30 cm) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 141

164

E R U T A R E P M E T s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T ® SERIES T TEMPERATURE SENSOR ASSEMBLIES WITH THERMOWELLS A A HEX EXTENSION CONNECTION HEAD THERMOWELL V I DEO O N L I N E UNION EXTENSION CONNECTION HEAD THERMOWELL NIPPLE EXTENSION CONNECTION HEAD A THERMOWELL Series T Temperature Sensor Assemblies with Thermowells are available in a variety of head styles and thermowell materials. All elements are spring loaded to ensure positive contact in the thermowell. Thermowells are non-lagging. The sensor sheath material is constructed of 316 SS regardless of the well material specified. MODEL CODING Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’. T – – A IN INCHES WELL MATERIAL 0 – None 1 – 304 SS 2 – 316 SS 3 – Brass 4 – Carbon Steel TAPER/BORE 0 – None 1 – Step/0.260 2 – Straight/0.385 3 – Taper/0.260 4 – Taper/0.385 5 – Straight/0.260 SENSOR TYPE J – T/C K – T/C E – T/C T – T/C 6 – 100 Ω RTD: 3-Wire 0.00385 Ω/°C Z – 1000 Ω RTD: 3-Wire 0.00385 Ω/°C 4 – 100 Ω RTD: 3-Wire 0.00392 Ω/°C EXTENSION 1 – Steel 1/2 NPT 1 in hex 4 – Steel 1/2 NPT 4 in nipple 7 – Steel 1/2 NPT 4 in union K – 316 SS 1/2 NPT 1 in hex N – 316 SS 1/2 NPT 4 in nipple S – 316 SS 1/2 NPT 4 in union ELEMENTS 1 – Single (Ungrounded/RTD) 2 – Dual (Ungrounded/RTD) 3 – Single (Grounded) 4 – Dual (Grounded) HEAD 0 – Aluminum Screw Cover 1 – Aluminum Snap Cover 2 – Polypropylene Snap Cover 3 – Polypropylene Screw Cover 5 – 304 SS Screw Cover PROCESS CONNECTION (NOMINAL/REDUCED O.D.) 0 – None* 1 – 1/2˝ NPT (5/8˝ to 1/2˝ Step) 4 – 3/4˝ NPT (3/4˝ to 1/2˝ Step) 6 – 1˝ NPT (7/8˝ to 1/2˝ Step) 7 – 3/4˝ NPT (7/8˝ to 5/8˝ Taper) 8 – 1˝ NPT (1-1/16˝ to 5/8˝ Taper) 9 – 3/4˝ NPT (7/8˝ to 49/64˝ Taper) A – 1˝ NPT (1-1/16˝ to 49/64˝ Taper) B – 1/2˝ NPT (5/8˝ Straight) E – 3/4˝ NPT (3/4˝ Straight) D – 1˝ NPT (7/8˝ Straight) *For replacement sensors, specify “0” for well material, taper and bore, and process connections 142 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

165

® SERIES W THERMOWELLS 1/2 NPT 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/2 NPT 1-1/4 [31.75] V I DEO O N L I N E 2-1/4 [57.15] TAPERED STEM Tapered flanged A WELD SHEATH .260/.390 [6.60]/[9.91] BORE STRAIGHT STEM 2-1/4 [57.15] Straight flanged A PROCESS CONNECTION .260 [6.60] BORE A WELD SHEATH .260/.390 [6.60]/[9.91] BORE 1/4 [6.35] 5/8 [15.88] 49/64 [19.45] 1/2 NPT 3/4 [19.05] 1.000 [25.40] STRAIGHT STEM 1/4 IN ELEMENTS ONLY Straight stem A 1/4 [5.35] 0.260/0.390 [6.60]/[9.91] BORE 1/4 [6.35] 1/2 NPT TAPERED STEM 3/4 [19.05] 1.000 [25.40] T E M P E R A T U R E 1/4 [6.35] 1/2 [12.70] 5/8 [15.88] 49/64 [19.45] Tapered stem A .260 [6.60] BORE 1/4 [6.35] 1/2 [12.70] 1/2 NPT 3/4 [19.05] 1.000 [25.40] STEPPED STEM 1/4 IN ELEMENTS ONLY Stepped stem T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s Select bore as 0.260 for 1/4˝ diameter elements and 0.390 for 3/8˝ diameter elements. Specify heavy duty mounting for tapered sheaths. MODEL CODING Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the thermowell of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’. W – – A IN INCHES HARDWARE TYPE 1 – 304 SS Sheath 2 – 316 SS Sheath 3 – Brass 4 – Carbon Steel TAPER/BORE 0 – Straight/0.260 1 – Step/0.260 2 – Straight/0.390 3 – Taper/0.260 4 – Taper/0.390 INSIDE THREAD 1 – 1/2˝ Female NPT LAG 0 – None 2 – 2˝ 3 – 3˝ MOUNTING 1 – Threaded 2 – Heavy Duty Threaded 3 – Heavy Duty Flanged 4 – Flanged PROCESS CONNECTION 1 – 1/2 NPT 2 – 3/4 NPT 3 – 1 NPT 4 – 1˝ 150# Flange 5 – 1-1/2˝ 150# Flange 6 – 2˝ 150# Flange 7 – 1˝ 300# Flange 8 – 1-1/2˝ 300# Flange 9 – 2˝ 300# Flange A – 1˝ 600# Flange B – 1-1/2˝ 600# Flange C – 2˝ 600# Flange SHEATH O.D. BASE / TAPER 1 – 5/8˝ / 1/2˝ Step 4 – 3/4˝ / 1/2˝ Step 6 – 7/8˝ / 1/2˝ Step 7 – 7/8˝ / 5/8˝ Taper 8 – 1-1/16˝ / 5/8˝ Taper 9 – 7/8˝ / 49/64˝ Taper A – 1-1/16˝ / 49/64˝ Taper B – 5/8˝ Straight D – 7/8˝ Straight E – 3/4˝ Straight USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 143

166

E R U T A R E P M E T s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T ® THERMOCOUPLE ACCESSORIES EXTENSION CABLES B C [4˝ STD] MODEL CODING Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the extension cable of your choice. Fill in all boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’. EC – B IN FEET C (TERM. #1) C (TERM. #2) IN INCHES IN INCHES – – – SENSOR TYPE J – T/C K – T/C E – T/C T – T/C 2 – RTD 2-Wire 3 – RTD 3-Wire EXTENSION TYPE 0 – No Extension 1 – Fiberglass Insulation 3 – Stainless Steel Overbraid 4 – FEP Insulation 5 – Stainless Steel Flex Hose 6 – FEP Over SS Flex Hose TERMINAL #1 0 – Stripped Ends 1 – Lugs 2 – Lugs With BX 3 – Standard Plug 4 – Standard Jack 6 – Mini Plug 7 – Mini Jack 9 – Fastabs A – Fastabs With BX TERMINAL #2 0 – Stripped Ends 1 – Lugs 2 – Lugs With BX 3 – Standard Plug 4 – Standard Jack 6 – Mini Plug 7 – Mini Jack 9 – Fastabs A – Fastabs With BX ELEMENTS 1 – Single 2 – Dual COMPRESSION FITTINGS MODEL CHART Model 144-0012 144-0020 144-0009 144-0022 Type OD 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 3/16˝ 3/16˝ Thread Size Material 1/8-27 NPT 1/8-27 NPT 1/8-27 NPT 1/8-27 NPT Brass Stainless steel Brass Stainless steel Model 144-0014 144-0024 144-0037 Type OD 1/4˝ 1/4˝ .260 - .275˝ Thread Size Material 1/4-18 NPT 1/8-27 NPT 1/4-18 NPT Brass Stainless steel FEP PIPE ADAPTERS 1-3/4˝ x 7/16˝ OD BAYONET ADAPTERS 7/16˝ L 3/8˝ MODEL CHART Model 1568-0007 1568-0008 1568-0009 1568-0011 1568-0012 Fits Pipe Diameters Model 1/2˝ to 7/8˝ 7/8˝ to 1-1/2˝ 1-5/16˝ to 2-1/4˝ 2-1/4˝ to 3-5/16˝ 3-5/8˝ to 4-1/4˝ 1568-0013 1568-0020 1568-0021 1568-0022 1568-0023 Fits Pipe Diameters Model 4-5/16˝ to 5-1/4˝ 6-1/4˝ to 6-3/4˝ 7-3/4˝ to 8-1/4˝ 9-3/4˝ to 10-1/4˝ 11-3/4˝ to 12-1/4˝ 1568-0024 1568-0025 1568-0027 1568-0028 1568-0029 Fits Pipe Diameters 15-3/4˝ to 16-1/4˝ 17-3/4˝ to 18-1/4˝ 19-3/4˝ to 20-1/4˝ 23-3/4˝ to 24-1/4˝ 29-3/4˝ to 30-1/4˝ MODEL CHART Model 1568-0001 1568-0002 1568-0003 1568-0004 1568-0005 1568-0006 1568-0016 L 7/8˝ 7/8˝ 1-3/8˝ 1-3/8˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ Thread Size 1/8-27 UNF 3/8-24 UNF 1/8-27 UNF 3/8-24 UNF 1/8-27 UNF 3/8-24 UNF 10 x 1.5 mm TRANSITION ADAPTERS These adapters convert the miniature plug on the end of the coiled cable on the Master Probe Handle to a standard lug. Simply plug the cord into the adapter. 1.5˝ MODEL CHART Model 481-0127 481-0126 481-0128 Type K J T 7/16˝ 144 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

167

® SERIES TE-E/N WALL MOUNT TEMPERATURE SENSORS Discrete Wall Mount Housing 1-1/16 [27.05] 1-3/16 [30.00] 1-5/32 [29.39] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 3X-5/32 [3.87] 3-21/32 [92.96] 3-9/16 [90.42] 21/64 [8.38] 3X-3/8 [9.36] European 1-3/32 [27.69] 35/64 [14.02] 4-1/2 [114.30] 2X-11/64 [4.47] 3-1/64 [76.56] T E M P E R A T U R E V I DEO O N L I N E European North American The Series TE-E/N Wall Mount Temperature Sensors provide a low cost temperature input for any building management system. FEATURES/BENEFITS • North American or European housing aesthetic options • Uniform look matches other Dwyer wall mount devices • Universal mounting plate meets various installation requirements 2-51/64 [71.12] 31/64 [12.32] North American SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temp sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD temp sensor: DIN class B; ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±54°F @ 32°F). Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Housing Material: ABS plastic. Weight: 0.3 lb (136 g). APPLICATIONS • Building automation • Room temperature monitoring MODEL CHART North American Model Sensor Type TE-NND-A TE-NND-B TE-NND-C TE-NND-D TE-NND-E TE-NND-F TE-NND-Q 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor 10k Ω type III with 11 k Ω shunt European Model Sensor Type TE-END-A TE-END-B TE-END-C TE-END-D TE-END-E TE-END-F 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor SERIES TE-WSS STAINLESS STEEL WALL PLATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR Screw Terminal Connection, Suitable for Wash Down Applications 2-3/4 [69.86] T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TE-WSS Stainless Steel Wall Plate Temperature Sensor measures the ambient air temperature in classrooms and industrial environments. FEATURES/BENEFITS • SS flush plate design • Standard single gang junction box cover plate mounting APPLICATIONS • Building automation • Room temperature monitoring • Wash down environments 1-3/8 [34.93] 3/16 [4.70] 4-31/64 [113.89] 3-9/32 [83.31] (2) Ø.215 X THRU DIMPLE FOR 6-32 OVAL COUNTERSUNK SCREW 7 IN [177.8 MM] LEAD SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD: DIN Class B ±0.3°C @ 0°C. Temperature Limits: Operating -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Sensor Curves: See page reference u below. Housing Material: 304 SS wall plate. Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). MODEL CHART Model TE-WSS-A TE-WSS-B TE-WSS-C TE-WSS-D TE-WSS-E TE-WSS-F Sensor Type 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor PT100 Ω RTD PT1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor uResistance vs. Temperature Table: See page 148 (Series TE-OND/RND/OSA) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 145

168

E R U T A R E P M E T s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T ® SERIES TE DUCT AND IMMERSION BUILDING AUTOMATION TEMPERATURE SENSORS Available up to 18˝ Probe Length, Thermistor or RTD Outputs PROBE LENGTH YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY TE-I TE-D V I DEO O N L I N E ≠ + .75 +.0625/ -.000 PROBE LENGTH ≠ + .75 +.0625/ -.000 4.00 ±.050 PROBE LENGTH ≠ + .366 +.0625/ -.000 BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR ø3.295 4X ø.875 TE-IBG 8 FOOT PLENUM CABLE 2.216 GENERAL PURPOSE [2.813 WEATHERPROOF] PROBE LENGTH + .55 +.0625/ -.000 .125 GASKET PROBE LENGTH + .55 +.0625/- .000 4.00 ±.050 PROBE LENGTH + .336 + .0625/-.000 4X ø.875 BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR 2X .325 x .2000 MOUNTING SLOTS ø3.295 TE-DFG ø.235 .125 GASKET 8 FOOT PLENUM CABLE .125 GASKET 2.216 GENERAL PURPOSE [2.813 WEATHERPROOF] 4.788 4.163 1.000 2X ø 218 MOUNTING HOLES 1.500 2.000 The Series TE Duct and Immersion Building Automation Temperature Sensors can be used to monitor air or water temperature throughout a building management system or an air handler unit. Duct or immersion options available with or without an enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy to mount external tab housing and flange options for duct applications • 1/4 turn housing cover with chain to prevent dropping • Multiple conduit knockouts for easy installation positioning • 8´ plenum rated cable option • Terminal connector eliminates need for wire nuts SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD temperature sensor: DIN class A: ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Sensor Curves: See page reference u below. Cable Rating: Plenum option includes UL listed plenum cable. Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V-0 polycarbonate plastic. Housing Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) (DFW, IBW only). Weight: 5.3 oz (150.3 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). APPLICATIONS • Building automation • VAV temperature sensing • Chiller or boiler loops • AHU monitoring MODEL CHART Example Series Mounting Configuration Sensor Type Probe Length Probe Diameter Termination Fittings TE -DFN -A 04 4 8 -00 TE-DFN-A0448-00 TE DFN DFG DFW IBN IBG IBW A B C D E F Q 25 04 06 08 12 18 4 5 3 4 7 8 00 12 14 Temperature sensor Duct mount probe only Duct mount probe in general purpose housing Duct mount probe in NEMA 4X housing Immersion probe only Immersion probe in general purpose housing Immersion probe in NEMA 4X housing 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor 10k Ω type III with 11k Ω shunt 2.5˝ 4˝ 6˝ 8˝ 12˝ 18˝ (DFN/DFG only) 1/4˝ 1/4˝ double encapsulated 4˝ leads with spade connectors 4˝ leads 8´ plenum rated cable with spade connectors 8´ plenum rated cable None (probe only) 1/2˝ NPT compression fitting 1/4˝ NPT compression fitting 146 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com uResistance vs. Temperature Table: See page 162 (Series TE-OND/RND/OSA)

169

BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR Ø3.310 2X Ø0.875 0.125 2.201 GASKET GENERAL PURPOSE TE-ITG BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR Ø3.310 2X Ø0.875 PROBE LENGTH* YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 2.813 0.125 GASKET WEATHERPROOF TE-ITW T E M P E R A T U R E SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD temperature sensor DIN Class A: ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Sensor Curves: See page reference u below. Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V-0 polycarbonate plastic. Thermowell Material: 304 SS. Thermowell Connections: Internal = 1/2˝ NPSM; External = 1/2˝ NPT. Weight: 5.3 oz (150.3 g). TE -ITG -A 25 4 4 -00 TE-ITG-A2544-00 TE Duct and immersion building automation temperature sensor Immersion in general purpose housing Immersion in NEMA 4X housing 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor 10k Ω type III with 11k Ω shunt 2.5˝ 4˝ 6˝ 8˝ 12˝ 18˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ double encapsulated 4˝ flying leads terminal block ® SERIES TE-I IMMERSION TEMPERATURE SENSORS Integral Mounting Connection, Welded Thermowells V I DEO O N L I N E TE-ITG TE-ITW The Series TE-I Immersion Style Temperature Sensors accurately measure water temperature inside chilled and hot water loops in HVAC systems. Thermowells are required to protect the electrical connection from the process water and to allow replacement of the sensors without draining the system. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral 1/2˝ NPSM connection for direct mounting to a thermowell • 1/4 turn housing cover with chain to prevent dropping • Multiple conduit knockouts for easy installation positioning • General purpose or weatherproof enclosure options • Terminal connection eliminates need for wire nuts MODEL CHART Example Series Mounting Configuration Sensor Type APPLICATIONS • Chiller or boiler loops • Building automation uResistance vs. Temperature Table: See page 148 (Series TE-OND/RND/OSA) ITG ITW A B C D E F Q Probe Length* Probe Diameter 25 04 06 08 12 18 4 5 Termination Fittings *Actual probe length is approximately 0.75˝ longer than listed probe length to ensure maximum immersion into thermowells. 00 None (integral) 4 TE-TNS THERMOWELLS Thermowells for Building Automation Temperature Sensors V I DEO O N L I N E Machined thermowell Fabricated (welded) thermowell A 2X BREAK Ø1-1/8 [28.55] X 30° SEE BELOW FOR THREAD DETAIL 3/4 [19.05] A R 1/8 [R2.29] Ø1/4 [7.11] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Ø7/8 [21.34] Ø5/8 [15.88] 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/4 [6.35] INSERTION LENGTH Ø3/4 [19.05] A T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s Ø1-1/16 [26.68] [1/2 NPT] [3/4 NPT] A [1/4 NPT] [1/2 NPT] 1/2 X 3/4 NPT 1/4 X 1/2 NPT SERIES THERMOWELL SERIES THERMOWELL 1-1/8 HEX [28.55] 1-3/4 [45.21] INSERTION LENGTH 1/2˝ NPSM INTERNAL THREAD WELDED [SEALED] 1/2˝ NPT OR BSPT THREAD 1-1/8 [28.58] A A The Series TE-TNS Stainless Steel Thermowells are used to separate the instrument from the surrounding media. When used with the Series TE and TE-I Immersion Temperature Sensors, further protection is offered from aggressive media, high pressures, and flow rates while allowing for quick and easy installation of temperature sensors without having to drain process media. Thermowells are offered in both 304 and 316 stainless steel allowing for superior corrosion resistance. Fabricated, or welded, thermowells are constructed from a tube that is closed at the tip by a welded solid tip. Solid-machined thermowells are manufactured from barstock. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Configurable materials and sizes • Fabricated (welded) or machined construction • 1/2˝ or 3/4˝ NPT process connections APPLICATIONS • Building automation • Chiller or boiler loops • Chemical industry or process technology MODEL CHART Example Series Thread Type Length Material & Construction Connection (Internal & External) TE-TNS -N 9 TE-TNS N 5N -14 TE-TNS-N095N-14 25 04 06 09 12 18 3N 4N 5N 00 12 14 Stainless steel thermowell NPT 2.5˝ 4˝ 6˝ 9˝ 12˝ 18˝ 304 SS fabricated (welded) 304 SS machined 316 SS machined 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Pressure: Fabricated: 140 psi; Machined: 304 SS: 3700 psi; 316 SS: 5500 psi. Maximum Temperature: Fabricated: 1000°F (538°C); Machined: 1200°F (648°C). Construction: Fabricated (welded) or machined model specific. MODEL CHART Model TE-TNS-N254N-12 TE-TNS-N254N-14 TE-TNS-N044N-14 TE-TNS-N044N-12 TE-TNS-N064N-14 TE-TNS-N064N-12 TE-TNS-N094N-14 TE-TNS-N094N-12 TE-TNS-N124N-14 TE-TNS-N124N-12 TE-TNS-N045N-14 TE-TNS-N045N-12 TE-TNS-N065N-14 TE-TNS-N065N-12 TE-TNS-N095N-14 TE-TNS-N095N-12 TE-TNS-N125N-14 TE-TNS-N125N-12 TE-TNS-N253N-00 TE-TNS-N043N-00 TE-TNS-N063N-00 TE-TNS-N083N-00 TE-TNS-N123N-00 TE-TNS-N183N-00 Material Length Construction 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS 304 SS Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Machined Fabricated Fabricated Fabricated Fabricated Fabricated Fabricated 2.5˝ 2.5˝ 4˝ 4˝ 6˝ 6˝ 9˝ 9˝ 12˝ 12˝ 4˝ 4˝ 6˝ 6˝ 9˝ 9˝ 12˝ 12˝ 2.5˝ 4˝ 6˝ 8˝ 12˝ 18˝ Connection (Internal/External) 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT / 3/4˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPSM / 1/2˝ NPT DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 147

170

E R U T A R E P M E T s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T ® SERIES TE-OND/TE-RND/TE-OSA OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS Protection Against Radiated Heat, Weatherproof Housing 4-17/32 [115.09] 2-15/64 [56.75] 3-1/8 [79.38] 1-13/64 [30.56] 3-1/8 [79.38] 5-1/8 [130.18] 4-17/32 [115.09] 4-31/32 [126.21] 8-43/64 [220.27] Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLCS 55/64 [21.83] TE-OND 6-25/32 [172.09] 4-25/32 [121.61] 4-9/32 [108.91] 2-13/64 [55.91] Ø3-11/32 [Ø84.86] 2X 1/8 [3.18] 4-5/8 [117.31] Ø1 5/32 [29.21] TE-OSA 3/4 [19.05] V I DEO O N L I N E Ø5-1/8 [130.18] Ø4-47/64 [120.25] 2-1/4 [57.15] TE-RND YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 8-51/64 [223.30] 3-45/64 [93.98] 5-1/8 [130.05] The Series TE-OND/TE-RND/TE-OSA Outdoor Temperature Sensors are offered different configurations to increase measurement accuracy by reducing radiated heat effects. For applications where the north side of the building is accessible, the TE- OND/TE-OSA can be used to protect against low levels of radiated heat. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Weatherproof for outdoor installation • Radiation shield available to eliminate heating effects following installation in direct sunlight • Terminal connector eliminates need for wire nuts RESISTANCE VS TEMPERATURE TABLE Temperature Resistance Curves (Ω) SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD temperature sensor: DIN class A: ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Sensor Curves: See Resistance vs. Temperature Table. Housing Material: Polycarbonate. Enclosure Rating: TE-OND/TE-RND: NEMA 4X (IP65); TE-OSA: NEMA 3R (IP54). Weight: 0.65 lb (295 g). APPLICATIONS • Building automation • Outdoor temperature reference MODEL CHART Model TE-OND-A TE-OND-B TE-OND-C TE-OND-D TE-OND-E TE-OND-F TE-OND-Q TE-RND-A TE-RND-B TE-RND-C TE-RND-D TE-RND-E TE-RND-F TE-RND-Q TE-OSA-A TE-OSA-B TE-OSA-C TE-OSA-D TE-OSA-E TE-OSA-F TE-OSA-Q Sensor Type 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor PT100 Ω RTD PT1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor 10k Ω type III thermistor with 11k Ω shunt 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor PT100 Ω RTD PT1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor 10k Ω type III thermistor with 11k Ω shunt 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor PT100 Ω RTD PT1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor 10k Ω type III thermistor with 11k Ω shunt B - 10k Ω type II thermistor A - 10k Ω type III thermistor Green/Green Red/Green 963849.00 607800.00 670166.00 441200.00 471985.00 323600.00 239700.00 336479.00 179200.00 242681.00 176974.00 135200.00 102900.00 130421.00 97081.00 78910.00 72957.00 61020.00 55329.00 47540.00 37310.00 42327.00 29490.00 32650.00 25392.00 23460.00 19901.00 18780.00 15712.00 15130.00 12493.00 12260.00 10000.00 10000.00 8194.00 8057.00 6531.00 6752.00 5592.00 5326.00 4368.00 4655.00 3893.00 3602.00 2986.00 3271.00 2488.00 2760.00 2339.00 2083.00 1990.00 1752.00 1480.00 1700.00 1255.00 1458.00 1070.00 1255.00 915.50 1084.00 939.30 786.60 816.80 678.60 587.60 712.60 510.60 623.60 445.30 547.30 389.60 481.80 341.90 425.30 301.00 376.40 265.80 334.00 297.20 235.30 208.90 265.10 237.00 186.10 °C -55 -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 °F -67.0 -58.0 -49.0 -40.0 -31.0 -22.0 -13.0 -4.0 5.0 14.0 23.0 32.0 41.0 50.0 59.0 68.0 77.0 86.0 95.0 104.0 113.0 122.0 131.0 140.0 149.0 158.0 167.0 176.0 185.0 194.0 203.0 212.0 221.0 230.0 239.0 248.0 257.0 266.0 275.0 284.0 293.0 302.0 D - PT100 Ω RTD E - PT1000 Ω RTD C - 3k Ω thermistor Black/Black Yellow/Yellow Red/Red 289154.70 201049.80 141595.50 100943.70 72804.30 53092.20 39126.30 29124.30 21887.10 16598.70 12698.10 9795.00 7617.60 5970.30 4713.60 3747.90 3000.00 2417.10 1959.30 1597.80 1310.40 1080.60 895.80 746.40 624.90 525.60 444.00 376.50 321.00 274.65 235.98 203.58 176.28 153.18 133.59 116.88 102.57 90.30 79.74 70.59 62.67 55.83 78.32 80.31 82.29 84.27 86.25 88.22 90.19 92.16 94.12 96.09 98.04 100.00 101.95 103.90 105.85 107.79 109.74 111.67 113.61 115.54 117.47 119.40 121.32 123.24 125.16 127.08 128.99 130.90 132.80 134.71 136.61 138.51 140.40 142.29 144.18 146.07 147.95 149.83 151.71 153.58 155.46 157.33 783.2 803.1 822.9 842.7 862.5 882.2 901.9 921.6 941.2 960.9 980.4 1000.0 1019.5 1039.0 1058.5 1077.9 1097.4 1116.7 1136.1 1155.4 1174.7 1194.0 1213.2 1232.4 1251.6 1270.8 1289.9 1309.0 1328.0 1347.1 1366.1 1385.1 1404.0 1422.9 1441.8 1460.7 1479.5 1498.3 1517.1 1535.8 1554.6 1573.3 Q - 10k Ω type III thermistor with 11k Ω shunt F- 20k Ω thermistor Green/Blue Red/White 2394000.00 1646200.00 1145800.00 806800.00 574400.00 413400.00 300400.00 220600.00 163500.00 122280.00 92240.00 70160.00 53780.00 41560.00 32340.00 25360.00 20000.00 15892.00 12704.00 10216.00 8264.00 6722.00 5498.00 4520.00 3734.00 3100.00 2586.00 2166.00 1822.60 1540.00 1306.40 1112.60 951.00 815.80 702.20 606.40 525.60 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10804 10732 10638 10517 10364 10172 9938 9654 9320 8933 8495 8012 7489 6937 6369 5798 5238 4696 4184 3707 3271 2875 2521 2206 1929 1685 1472 1287 1126 986.8 865.4 760.3 669.2 590.1 521.4 461.6 409.5 363.9 324.2 289.4 258.9 232.0 148 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

171

® SERIES TE-A AVERAGING TEMPERATURE SENSOR Available in 6´, 12´ and 24´ Lengths V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TE-A Averaging Temperature Sensor features a long bendable aluminum capillary to measure the average temperature in large ducts and air handler units. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy to mount external tab housing • 1/4 turn housing cover with chain • Multiple conduit knockouts for easy installation positioning APPLICATIONS • Building automations • Air handler unit monitoring • Large air duct temperature monitoring MODEL CHART 2X Ø.875 2X Ø.742 Ø.375 AVAILABLE LENGTHS: 6 FT, 12 FT, 24 FT YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Ø3.295 2X .325 X .2000 MOUNTING SLOTS .125 GASKET 2.201 4.163 4.788 SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ± 0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F). Temperature Limits: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C). Capillary Lengths: 6, 12 or 24´ (depending on model). Cable Length: 4˝. Sensor Curves: See page reference u below. Probe Material: Bendable aluminum probe. Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V-0 polycarbonate plastic. Weight: 14 oz (397 g). Model TE-AAG-A0634-00 TE-AAG-A1234-00 TE-AAG-A2434-00 TE-AAG-B0634-00 TE-AAG-B1234-00 TE-AAG-B2434-00 Sensor Type 10k type III NTC thermistor 10k type III NTC thermistor 10k type III NTC thermistor 10k type II NTC thermistor 10k type II NTC thermistor 10k type II NTC thermistor Capillary Length Model 6´ 12´ 24´ 6´ 12´ 24´ TE-AAG-C0634-00 TE-AAG-C1234-00 TE-AAG-C2434-00 TE-AAG-F0634-00 TE-AAG-F1234-00 TE-AAG-F2434-00 Sensor Type 3k NTC thermistor 3k NTC thermistor 3k NTC thermistor 20k NTC thermistor 20k NTC thermistor 20k NTC thermistor Capillary Length 6´ 12´ 24´ 6´ 12´ 24´ AVERAGING TEMPERATURE SENSOR CLIPS Model CC1-N CC1-GY Note: Sold individually Color Natural Grey Sensor Diameter Size 3/8˝, 1/4˝, or 1/8˝ 3/8˝, 1/4˝, or 1/8˝ uResistance vs. Temperature Table: See page 148 (Series TE-OND/RND/OSA) SERIES O-4 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR NEMA 4X, Removable Terminal Block 2X .375 2X .250 2X Ø.188 V I DEO O N L I N E 3-31/64 [88.5] 3 [76.2] 4 [101.6] 6-3/8 [161.48] 2x 5/16 [7.94] 2-3/4 [69.85] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 1-27/64 [36.12] 1-31/64 [37.70] T E M P E R A T U R E T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r s The Series O-4 Outside Air Temperature Sensor is great for monitoring ambient air temperatures in outdoor applications. The temperature sensors are mounted in a NEMA 4X enclosure with integral mounting tabs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X weatherproof housing • Surface or suspension mount APPLICATIONS • Agricultural house ventilation • HVAC and building automation MODEL CHART Model Sensor Type O-4A O-4B O-4C 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor Model Sensor Type Pt100 Ω RTD O-4D Pt1000 Ω RTD O-4E 20k Ω thermistor O-4F SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD temperature sensor: DIN class B: ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±0.54°F @ 32°F). Operating Temperature: -40 to 250°F. Probe Diameter: 0.235˝ (5.97 mm). Probe Length: 3.5˝. Probe Material: 304 SS. Mounting: Suspension or surface. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 3 oz (85 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 149

172

® SERIES TE-SNW WEATHER RESISTANT SURFACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR Strap On Design, Twist Off Cover, 2 to 6˝ Pipe Sizes 3-3/8 [84.86] 1-1/2 [38.10] FITS 2 TO 6˝ PIPE V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TE-SNW Weather Resistant Surface Temperature Sensor non- intrusively measures the process temperature in hot and cold water loops in buildings. In order to work with most common building controllers, the output of the sensor can be chosen from 6 different RTD and Thermistor curves. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy to mount external tab housing • 1/4 turn housing cover with chain • Multiple conduit knockouts for easy installation positioning • Non-intrusive temperature measurement of 2 to 6˝ pipes APPLICATIONS • Heating or cooling loop line temperature monitoring • HVAC systems YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 3-1/4 [82.38] 1 [25.97] 2 X PG11 KNOCKOUTS 2 X PG16 KNOCKOUTS SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±-0.4°F @ 77°F); RTD temperature sensor: DIN Class A ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F). Temperature Limits: Operating: -32 to 240°F (-35.5 to 115.5°C). Sensor Curves: See page reference u below. Housing Material: Meets UL 94 V-0 polycarbonate plastic, NEMA 3R. Weight: 7 oz (198 g). MODEL CHART Model TE-SNW-A TE-SNW-B TE-SNW-C TE-SNW-D TE-SNW-E TE-SNW-F Sensor Type 10k Ω type III thermistor 10k Ω type II thermistor 3k Ω thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20k Ω thermistor uResistance vs. Temperature Table: See page 148 (Series TE-OND/RND/OSA) E R U T A R E P M E T s r o s n e S e r u t a r e p m e T SERIES S2-1 SURFACE MOUNT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RTD and Thermistor, 304 SS Probe 23 [584.20] 1/4 [6.35] STRIPPING LENGTH 5/8 [16.51] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series S2-1 Surface Mount Temperature Sensor provides a cost effective and reliable solution for surface contact temperature measurement of conditioned water pipes, low pressure steam or refrigerant lines. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low profile sensor can be taped or strapped to the outside of a pipe • Ideal for applications where immersion wells are not feasible APPLICATIONS • Heating or cooling loop line temperature monitoring • HVAC systems 1 [25.40] X Ă 1/4 [6.35] BULLET PROBE WIRES 22AWG 7/30 STRANDED ETCHED TEFLON S2-1X no housing SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Platinum RTD: ±0.1% @ 32°F (0°C), alpha 385 per DIN 43760; Thermistor: ±0.5°C interchangeable @ 77°F (25°C). Operating Temperature: -40 to 250°F (-40 to 120°C). Probe Diameter: 1/4˝ (6.3 mm). Probe Length: 1˝ (25 mm). Probe Material: 304 SS. MODEL CHART Model Sensor Type S2-1A S2-1B S2-1C S2-1D S2-1E S2-1F 10k Type III thermistor 10k Type II thermistor 3k thermistor Pt100 RTD Pt1000 RTD 20k thermistor 150 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company

173

T E S T & D A T A | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 152-155 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 156-157 HVAC MEASUREMENT GUIDE pages 158-163 HVAC Mobile Application page 156 HVAC Balancing Instruments pages 164-166, 168, 174 TraverseIT™ Software Application page 167 Thermo-Hygrometers Thermo-Anemometers Manometers, Portable pages 172-173, 175-176, page 169 pages 170-171, 192 178-184 Manometers, Air Velocity pages 177, 185 Pitot Tubes pages 167, 186-188 Air Flow Grids page 189 Vane Anemometer page 190 Wind Meters page 190-191 Thermocouple Thermometers page 193 Combustion Gas Analyzers/Kits pages 194 Tachometer pages 195 Signal Generators/ Multimeters page 196 Calibration Pumps pages 197-199 Chart Recorders page 200 Data Loggers, Temperature page 200 Data Loggers, Single Pressure page 201 Data Loggers, Indicating page 202 Data Loggers, USB page 203 Data Loggers, Wireless page 204 FEATURED PRODUCTS SMART AIR HOOD® BALANCING INSTRUMENT 100 MM VANE THERMO-ANEMOMETER TEST INSTRUMENT SERIES SAH | page 164 SERIES 473B | page 170 • Patent pending Quad Flow Design Technology enables accurate readings • Predictive Balancing that guides setting the optimal flow set point for each sequential terminal • The ergonomic design is much lighter and easier to use than traditional air flow hoods • Included 100 mm vane probe is able to measure air velocity, volumetric air flow, temperature, and humidity • Compatible with Dwyer AP1 thermo-anemometer and RP1 thermo-hygrometer wired probes (sold separately) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 151

174

A T A D & T S E T | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I ® DIGITAL Manometers SERIES Range Service AQTIA-WDPM - page 165 2 to 350 in w.c. (0.5 to 87 kPa) Non-corrosive dry gases 477AV - page 175 1 in w.c. to 150 psi (.25 kPa to 10.34 bar) Air and compatible gases Wetted Materials Consult factory Consult factory 475 - page 176 1 in w.c. to 150 psi (.25 kPa to 10.34 bar) Air and compatible combus- tible gases Consult factory 476A - page 178 ±20 in w.c. (±5 kPa) Air and compatible gases 478A - page 178 ±4 in w.c.; ±60 in w.c. (±1 kPa; ±15 kPa) Air and compatible gases Consult factory Consult factory Accuracy ±0.5% FS ±0.5% FS ±0.5% FS ±1.0% FS ±0.5% FS Pressure Limits 10 psi (2 to 10 in w.c.); 20 psi (20 to 30 in w.c.); 15 psi (100 in w.c.); 45 psi (200 to 350 in w.c.) 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) Temperature Limits Comp. Temp. Limits 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) Housing Protection Handheld: IP68 Display 4.3˝ QHD Gorilla glass, 960 x 540 5 psig (1 to 10 in w.c.); 10 psig (20 to 40 in w.c.); 30 psig (200 in w.c. to 10 psi); 60 psig (20 to 30 psi); 150 psig (100 psi); 200 psig (150 psi) 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) Rugged aluminum housing 4-digit backlit LCD 5 psig (1 to 10 in w.c.); 10 psig (20 to 40 in w.c.); 30 psig (200 in w.c. to 10 psi); 60 psig (20 to 30 psi); 150 psig (100 psi); 200 psig (150 psi) 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) Rugged aluminum housing 4-digit LCD 5 psig (.34 bar) 5 psig (.34 bar) 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) Rugged aluminum housing 4-digit LCD 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C) Rugged aluminum housing 4-digit LCD Memory Process Connection (2) Barbed connections for RAM 1 GB & ROM 4 GB use with 1/8˝ or 3/16˝ ID tubing Approvals CE, FCC 40 readings (2) Barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ or 3/16˝ ID tubing (Compression fittings for -7, -8 ranges) CE N/A (2) Barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ or 3/16˝ ID tubing (Compression fittings for -7, -8 ranges) CE, FM N/A Barbed connection for use with 3/16˝ or 1/4˝ ID tubing N/A (2) Barbed connection for use with 3/16˝ or 1/4˝ ID tubing CE CE These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 152 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

175

® DIGITAL Manometers SERIES Range Service 477B - page 179 20 in w.c. to 100 psi (4.982 to 689.5 kPa) Air and compatible gases Wetted Materials Consult factory Accuracy ±0.1% FS 490A - page 180 15 to 200 psi (1 to 13.8 bar) Compatible gases and liquids 316L SS; With 3-way valve: Buna-N, silicone grease, PTFE, brass 360, copper, reinforced acetal copolymer ±0.5% FS Pressure Limits 3 psig (20 to 40 in w.c.); 15 psig (200 in w.c.); 30 psig (10 psi); 60 psig (30 psi); 100 psig (50 psi); 200 psig (100 psi) 30 psig (15 psi); 60 psig (30 psi); 100 psig (50 psi); 200 psig (100 psi); 400 psig (200 psi); 1000 psig (500 psi) HM35 - page 181 10 in w.c. to 1305 psi (2.5 to 9000 kPa) Air and compatible gases HM28 - page 181 10 in w.c. to 245 psi (2.5 to 1700 kPa) Air and compatible gases 18/8 SS 18/8 SS (±0.2% FS, ±0.1% FS, or ±0.05% FS) ±1 digit N/A (±0.2% FS, ±0.1% FS, or ±0.05% FS) ±1 digit N/A T E S T & D A T A | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C) Temperature Limits Comp. Temp. Limits N/A Housing Protection Rugged aluminum housing Rugged aluminum housing Display 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C) N/A 4-digit backlit LCD 4-digit backlit LCD 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) N/A IP54 (NEMA 3) Graphical backlit LCD, 128 x 64 points 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C) N/A IP54 (NEMA 3) 2 line, 16 character, dot matrix LCD, with switchable display sizes 10,742 readings Hose 4/6 mm or 1/8˝ NPT Memory Process Connection (2) Barbed connections for 40 readings use with 1/8˝ or 3/16˝ ID tubing (Compression fittings for -6, -7 ranges) CE Approvals Up to 40 readings (2) 1/8˝ female NPT 10,742 readings Hose 4/6 mm or 1/8˝ NPT CE N/A N/A These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 153

176

A T A D & T S E T | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I ® THERMO Anemometers SERIES Air Velocity Range Air Velocity Accuracy Temperature Range Temperature Accuracy Humidity Range Humidity Accuracy Air Volume Range Wet Bulb Range Meter Temperature Range AQTIA-AP2 - page 165 0 to 6000 FPM (0 to 30 m/s) ±3% FS -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) ±0.5°F (±0.28°C) N/A N/A 999,999 in selected flow units N/A Operating: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C) AQTIA-VP2 - page 165 40 to 5000 FPM (0.25 to 25 m/s) ±1.5% of reading ±20 FPM -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C) ±0.54°F (±0.3°C) 0 to 100% RH ±2% RH 999,999 in selected flow units N/A Operating: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C) 473B - page 170 40 to 5000 FPM (0.2 to 25 m/s) ±1.5% of reading ±20 FPM -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C) ±0.54°F (±0.3°C) 0 to 100% RH ±2% RH 19,999 in selected flow units N/A Process: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C) Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C) Meter Humidity Limits Display Approvals 5 to 95% RH 4.3˝ QHD Gorilla glass, 960 x 540 CE, FCC 5 to 95% RH 4.3˝ QHD Gorilla glass, 960 x 540 CE, FCC N/A 4.5-digit backlit LCD N/A CALIBRATION Pumps SERIES Output Range Process Connection Gage Connection Materials HP - page 197 -27˝ Hg to 45 psig (-0.91 to 3 bar) 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT N/A CHP - page 197 -28.8˝ Hg to 100 psi (-0.975 to 3.4 bar) 1/8˝ female NPT 1/8˝ female NPT Acetel plastic and anodized aluminum A-396A - page 197 <1 in w.c. to 72 psig (5 bar) Barbed fitting or 1/8˝ female NPT N/A N/A PCHP - page 198 -28˝ Hg to 600 psi (-0.945 to 40 bar) 1/4˝ female NPT/BSPT 1/8˝ female NPT/BSPT SS fittings, anodized aluminum housing, plastic/rubber handles, and nitrile O-rings These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 154 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

177

T E S T & D A T A | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I ® THERMO Anemometers SERIES Air Velocity Range Air Velocity Accuracy Temperature Range Temperature Accuracy Humidity Range Humidity Accuracy Air Volume Range Wet Bulb Range Meter Temperature Range Meter Humidity Limits Display Approvals 471B - page 171 0 to 6000 FPM (0 to 30 m/s) ±3% FS -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) ±0.5°F (±0.28°C) N/A N/A 19,999 in selected flow units N/A Process Air Velocity: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Process Temperature: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C); Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C) N/A 4.5-digit backlit LCD CE VT-300 - page 192 98.4 to 3937 FPM (0.5 to 20 m/s) ±3% of reading ± 0.2 m/s -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) ±1°F (±0.6°C) 0.1 to 99.9% RH ±3% RH 99,999 (CFM or m3/s) -7.6 to 158°F (-22 to 70°C) 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) <80% RH 1 x 1.8˝ (26 x 45 mm) graphical LCD N/A CALIBRATION Pumps SERIES Output Range HCHP - page 198 0 to 10,000 psi (0 to 700 bar) LPCP - page 199 -5.8 psi to 5.8 psi (-0.4 to 0.4 bar) BCHP - page 199 -28˝ Hg to 870 psi (-0.95 to 60 bar) Process Connection Gage Connection Materials 1/4˝ female NPT/BSPT 1/4˝ female NPT/BSPT SS, polyurethane, anodized hard- coat aluminum, PTFE, and nitrile M20x1.5 or 1/4˝ female NPT M20x1.5 or 1/4˝ female NPT Ram/adapters: 316 SS, Body: Steel/aluminum; Seals: Buna-N 1/4˝ female BSPT (NPT available) 1/2˝ female BSPT Anodized aluminum, brass, and ABS These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 155

178

A T A D & T S E T Current/voltage signal generator used to calibrate panel meters. The Model CSG Digital Signal Generator is perfect for generating or simulating input signals to panel meters and process controllers. The signal generator is capable of sourcing up to 10 VDC or 20 mA in 1 VDC or 1 mA steps. The backlit digital display allows users to quickly compare the reading on the Model CSG to that of the panel meter or process controller. The signal from the Model CSG can be used to set up the upper and lower limits of the process range. It can also be used to ensure that set point and alarm functions are working properly on the panel meter or process controller. Combustion analyzer maximize boiler efficiency while monitoring harmful products of combustion. There are several critical factors in attaining efficient combustion for boilers and other combustors. Monitoring the temperature of combustion and minimizing the amount of excess air in the system are undoubtedly essential steps. A Dwyer® 1207-NOX Flue Gas Analyzer can break down the products of combustion, giving an accurate volumetric composition of harmful NOX compounds, O2, CO2, and CO. Additionally, the 1207-NOX will monitor differential temperature, excess air and poison index. Results can be easily viewed on screen or uploaded to a PC via the user-friendly software. s n o i t a c i l p p A i l a c p y T FREE DOWNLOAD! Download our Air Velocity and Flow Calculator app today. V I DEO O N L I N E HVAC mobile application. Field calibrate and certify pressure gages. For those customers in the HVAC or BAS industry, Dwyer offers the Air Velocity and Flow Calculator App available on the Google Play® store. One can easily convert velocity pressure to air velocity or air velocity to air volume. Converting velocity pressure to air volume is advantageous for effortlessly changing the pressure on your Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gage or manometer to velocity. Moreover, this Calculator also includes air density factors from humidity levels. By utilizing the air velocity to air volume functionality, one can simplistically convert the air velocity to air flow rates from duct dimensions, with just the tap of a button. Using the Series PHP-1 with a Series DPG-100, a technician can calibrate or certify process pressure gages up to 1% accurate. The Model PCHP-1 hand pump can easily supply pressures up to 600 PSI by squeezing the handle and adjusting the volume control valve. The pump has two connections to be connected with a test gage, such as the Dwyer® Series DPG-100, and a process gage, such as the Dwyer® Series 765. 156 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

179

T E S T & D A T A Digital Manometers used to check gas pressure to a heating burner. Determine air velocity and temperature levels in ducts or air supply grills. Checking the gas pressure to a heating unit on the burner side of the regulator is a standard installation and service routine. The Dwyer® Series 475 Handheld Digital Manometer is a low-cost, durable device that is easily transportable in a pocket or briefcase. Units are highly accurate with 0.5% full-scale accuracy. Some servicemen prefer our portable Dwyer® Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gage with dial type scale for field use. The Dwyer® Series 471B Digital Thermo-Anemometer is the ideal portable product for determining air velocity and temperature levels in ducts or air supply grills. With a push of a button, FPM and Fahrenheit readings are converted to MPS and Celsius. Readings may be stored and retrieved which allows the user greater efficiency with HVAC balancing at various locations in a building. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s Handheld anemometer enables measuring duct flow measurements. Quickly measure humidity and temperature levels in ambient air. Handheld anemometers are an excellent, portable tool for performing tests on HVAC system performance; however, large rotating vanes can prevent easy access to ducts. Dwyer introduces the VT-300 Mini-Vane Thermo-Anemometer to eliminate this problem. Additionally, simple keypad programming enables the user to view volumetric flow rates in CFM or CMM. The Dwyer® Model 485B-1 Thermo-Hygrometer is a simple, portable device for quickly measuring humidity and temperature levels in ambient air. The dew point and wet-bulb temperature readings are derived from relative humidity and temperature measurements. The Model 485B-1 is often used in agricultural applications where proper humidity and temperature levels are critical in plant or animal well being. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 157

180

A T A D & T S E T i e d u G t n e m e r u s a e M C A V H ® AIR VELOCITY MEASUREMENT INTRODUCTION In air conditioning, heating and ventilating work, it is helpful to understand the techniques used to determine air velocity. In this field, air velocity (distance traveled per unit of time) is usually expressed in feet per minute (FPM). By multiplying air velocity by the cross section area of a duct, you can determine the air volume flowing past a point in the duct per unit of time. Volume flow is usually measured in cubic feet per minute (CFM). Velocity or volume measurements can often be used with engineering handbook or design information to reveal proper or improper performance of an airflow system. The same principles used to determine velocity are also valuable in working with pneumatic conveying, flue gas flow and process gas systems. However, in these fields the common units of velocity and volume are sometimes different from those used in air conditioning work. To move air, fans or blowers are usually used. They work by imparting motion and pressure to the air with either a screw propeller or paddle wheel action. When force or pressure from the fan blades causes the air to move, the moving air acquires a force or pressure component in its direction of motion due to its weight and inertia. Because of this, a flag or streamer will stand out in the air stream. This force is called velocity pressure. It is measured in inches of water column (w.c.) or water gage (w.g.). In operating duct systems, a second pressure is always present. It is independent of air velocity or movement. Known as static pressure, it acts equally in all directions. In air conditioning work, this pressure is also measured in inches w.c. In pressure or supply systems, static pressure will be positive on the discharge side of the fan. In exhaust systems, a negative static pressure will exist on the inlet side of the fan. When a fan is installed midway between the inlet and discharge of a duct system, it is normal to have a negative static pressure at the fan inlet and positive static pressure at its discharge. Total pressure is the combination of static and velocity pressures, and is expressed in the same units. It is an important and useful concept to use because it is easy to determine and, although velocity pressure is not easy to measure directly, it can be determined easily by subtracting static pressure from total pressure. This subtraction need not be done mathematically. It can be done automatically with the instrument hook-up. SENSING STATIC PRESSURE For most industrial and scientific applications, the only air measurements needed are those of static pressure, total pressure and temperature. With these, air velocity and volume can be quickly calculated. To sense static pressure, six types of devices are commonly used. These are connected with tubing to a pressure indicating instrument. Fig. 1-A shows a simple thru-wall static pressure tap. This is a sharp, burr-free opening through a duct wall provided with a tubing connection of some sort on the outside. The axis of the tap or opening must be perpendicular to the direction of flow. This type of tap or sensor is used where air flow is relatively slow, smooth and without turbulence. If turbulence exists, impingement, aspiration or unequal distribution of moving air at the opening can reduce the accuracy of readings significantly. A B C D E WALL TYPES INSERTED TUBE FLOW STATIC TIP LOW RESISTANCE Figure 1 - Types of static pressure devices Fig. 1-B shows the Dwyer® No. A-308 Static Pressure Fitting. Designed for simplified installation, it is easy to install, inexpensive, and provides accurate static pressure sensing in smooth air at velocities up to 1500 FPM. Fig. 1-C shows a simple tube through the wall. Limitations of this type are similar to wall type Fig. 1-A. Fig. 1-D shows a static pressure tip which is ideal for applications such as sensing the static pressure drop across industrial air filters and refrigerant coils. Here the probability of air turbulence requires that the pressure sensing openings be located away from the duct walls to minimize impingement and aspiration and thus ensure accurate readings. For a permanent installation of this type, the Dwyer® No. A-301 or A-302 Static Pressure Tip is used. It senses static pressure through radially-drilled holes near the tip and can be used in air flow velocities up to 12,000 FPM. Fig. 1-E shows a Dwyer® No. A-305 low resistance Static Pressure Tip. It is designed for use in dust-laden air and for rapid response applications. It is recommended where a very low actuation pressure is required for a pressure switch or indicating gage — or where response time is critical. MEASURING TOTAL PRESSURE AND VELOCITY PRESSURE In sensing static pressure we make every effort to eliminate the effect of air movement. To determine velocity pressure, it is necessary to determine these effects fully and accurately. This is usually done with an impact tube which faces directly into the air stream. This type of sensor is frequently called a “total pressure pick-up” since it receives the effects of both static pressure and velocity pressure. 158 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

181

® AIR VELOCITY MEASUREMENT V I DEO O N L I N E C HOW TO TAKE TRAVERSE READINGS In practical situations, the velocity of the air stream is not uniform across the cross section of a duct. Friction slows the air moving close to the walls, so the velocity is greater in the center of the duct. T E S T & D A T A To obtain the average total velocity in ducts of 4” diameter or larger, a series of velocity pressure readings must be taken at points of equal area. A formal pattern of sensing points across the duct cross section is recommended. These are known as traverse readings. Figure 4 shows recommended Pitot tube locations for traversing round and rectangular ducts. EQUAL CONCENTRIC AREAS PITOT TUBE STATION INDICATED BY A R D .316 R .548 R .707 R .837 R .949 R CENTERS OF AREAS Round duct B 16.64 EQUAL RECTANGULAR AREAS CENTERS OF AREAS Rectangular duct Figure 4 - Traverse on round and rectangular duct areas In round ducts, velocity pressure readings should be taken at centers of equal concentric areas. At least 20 readings should be taken along two diameters. In rectangular ducts, a minimum of 16 and a maximum of 64 readings are taken at centers of equal rectangular areas. Actual velocities for each area are calculated from individual velocity pressure readings. This allows the readings and velocities to be inspected for errors or inconsistencies. The velocities are then averaged. By taking Pitot tube readings with extreme care, air velocity can be determined within an accuracy of ±2%. For maximum accuracy, the following precautions should be observed: 1. Duct diameter should be at least 30 times dia. of Pitot tube. 2. Locate the Pitot tube in a duct section providing 8-1/2 or more duct diameters upstream and 1-1/2 or more diameters down stream of Pitot tube free of elbows, size changes or obstructions. 3. Provide an egg-crate type of flow straightener 5 duct diameters upstream of Pitot tube. 4. Make a complete, accurate traverse. In small ducts or where traverse operations are otherwise impossible, an accuracy of ±5% can frequently be achieved by placing Pitot tube in center of duct. Determine velocity from the reading, then multiply by 0.9 for an approximate average. H V A C M e a s u r e m e n t G u d e i DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 159 A B STATIC PRESSURE TUBE TOTAL PRESSURE TUBE Ps FLOW Ps= STATIC PRESSURE Pt FLOW Pt= TOTAL PRESSURE Pv Ps Pt FLOW Pt - Ps = Pv TOTAL PRESS. - STATIC PRESS. = VEL. PRESS. SHOWS SEPARATE STATIC AND TOTAL PRESSURE TUBES FOR MEASURING VELOCITY PRESSURE. Figure 2 - Types of pressure measurements In Figure 2, note that separate static connections (A) and total pressure connections (B) can be connected simultaneously across a manometer (C). Since the static pressure is applied to both sides of the manometer, its effect is cancelled out and the manometer indicates only the velocity pressure. To translate velocity pressure into actual velocity requires either mathematical calculation, reference to charts or curves, or prior calibration of the manometer to directly show velocity. In practice this type of measurement is usually made with a Pitot tube which incorporates both static and total pressure sensors in a single unit. Essentially, a Pitot tube consists of an impact tube (which receives total pressure input) fastened concentrically inside a second tube of slightly larger diameter which receives static pressure input from radial sensing holes around the tip. The air space between the inner and outer tubes permits transfer of pressure from the sensing holes to the static pressure connection at the opposite end of the Pitot tube and then, through connecting tubing, to the low or negative pressure side of a manometer. When the total pressure tube is connected to the high pressure side of the manometer, velocity pressure is indicated directly. See Figure 3. FLOW Pt Ps PITOT TUBE (SECTION ENLARGED TO SHOW DETAIL) Figure 3 - Pitot tube senses total and static pressures. Manometer measures velocity pressure – (difference between total and static pressures). Since the Pitot tube is a primary standard device used to calibrate all other air velocity measuring devices, it is important that great care be taken in its design and fabrication. In modern Pitot tubes, proper nose or tip design — along with sufficient distance between nose, static pressure taps and stem — will minimize turbulence and interference. This allows use without correction or calibration factors. All Dwyer® Pitot tubes are built to AMCA and ASHRAE standards and have unity calibration factors to assure accuracy. To ensure accurate velocity pressure readings, the Pitot tube tip must be pointed directly into (parallel with) the air stream. As the Pitot tube tip is parallel with the static pressure outlet tube, the latter can be used as a pointer to align the tip properly. When the Pitot tube is correctly aligned, the pressure indication will be maximum. Because accurate readings cannot be taken in a turbulent air stream, the Pitot tube should be inserted at least 8-1/2 duct diameters downstream from elbows, bends or other obstructions which cause turbulence. To ensure the most precise measurements, straightening vanes should be located 5 duct diameters upstream from the Pitot tube.

182

A T A D & T S E T ® AIR VELOCITY MEASUREMENT CALCULATING AIR VELOCITY FROM VELOCITY PRESSURE Manometers for use with a Pitot tube are offered in a choice of two scale types. Some are made specifically for air velocity measurement and are calibrated directly in feet per minute. They are correct for standard air conditions: i.e. air density of .075 lb per ft3 corresponds to dry air at 70°F, barometric pressure of 29.92 inches Hg. To correct the velocity reading for other than standard air conditions, the actual air density must be known. It may be calculated if relative humidity, temperature and barometric pressure are known. Most manometer scales are calibrated in inches of water. Using readings from such an instrument, the air velocity may be calculated using the basic formula: V = 1096.7 hv d { = 4004.4 for .075 lb/ft3 dry air @ 70°F, 29.92 in. Hg Baro. hv { Where: V = Velocity in feet per minute. hv = Velocity pressure in inches of water. d = Density of air in pounds per cubic foot. FILTER OR OTHER RESTRICTION STATIC TIPS FLOW h PRESSURE DROP OR DIFFERENTIAL INCLINED TUBE GAGE V I DEO O N L I N E 2500 1.00 ) . . C W N I ( E C N A T S S E R I .80 .60 .50 .40 .30 .25 .20 .15 .10 1000 1500 2000 AIR FLOW (CFM) PB T To determine dry air density, use the formula: d = 1.325 Where: PB = { d = Air density in pounds per cubic foot. Barometric (or absolute) static pressure in inches of mercury. T = Absolute temperature (indicated temperature in °F plus 460°). i e d u G t n e m e r u s a e M C A V H With dry air at 29.9 inches mercury, air velocity can be read directly from curves on the following page. For partially or fully saturated air a further correction is required. To save time when converting velocity pressure into air velocity, the Dwyer® Air Velocity Calculator may be used. A simple slide rule, it provides for all the factors needed to calculate air velocity quickly and accurately. It is included as an accessory with each Dwyer® Pitot tube. To use the Dwyer® Calculator: 1. Set relative humidity on scale provided. On scale opposite known dry bulb temperature, read correction factor. 2. Set temperature under barometric pressure scale. Read density of air over correction factor established in 1 (above) . 3. On the other side of calculator, set air density reading just obtained on the scale provided. 4. Under Pitot tube reading (velocity pressure, inches of water) read air velocity, feet per minute. DETERMINING VOLUME FLOW Once the average air velocity is known, the air flow rate in cubic feet per minute is easily computed using the formula: Q= AV Where: A = Cross sectional area of duct in square feet. V = Average velocity in feet per minute. Q = Quantity of flow in cubic feet per minute. DETERMINING AIR VOLUME BY CALIBRATED RESISTANCE Manufacturers of air filters, cooling and condenser coils and similar equipment often publish data from which approximate air flow can be determined. It is characteristic of such equipment to cause a pressure drop which varies proportionately to the square of the flow rate. Figure 5 shows a typical filter and a curve for air flow versus resistance. Since it is plotted on logarithmic paper, it appears as a straight line. On this curve, a clean filter which causes a pressure drop of .50 in w.c. would indicate a flow of 2,000 c.f.m. 160 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Figure 5 - Differential measurement across duct restriction For example, assuming a manufacturer’s specification for a filter, coil, etc: Given Flow Q (ft3/min.) = at differential “h” (inches w.c.) { To determine flow at other differentials the formula is: Qn (other flows) = Q Where: h = Differential in inches water column hn = Differential (other flow conditions) Q = Quantity of flow in cubic feet per minute hn h OTHER DEVICES FOR MEASURING AIR VELOCITY A wide variety of devices are commercially available for measuring air velocities. These include hot wire anemometers for low air velocities, rotating and swinging vane anemometers and variable area flowmeters. The Dwyer® No. 460 Air Meter is one of the most popular and economical variable area flowmeter type anemometers. Quick and easy to use, it is a portable instrument calibrated to provide a direct reading of air velocity. A second scale is provided on the other side of the meter to read static pressure in inches w.c. The 460 Air Meter is widely used to determine air velocity and flow in ducts, and from supply and return grilles and diffusers. Two scale ranges are provided (high and low) with calibrations in both f.p.m. and in w.c. TO CHECK ACCURACY Use only devices of certified accuracy. All anemometers and to a lesser extent portable manometers should be checked regularly against a primary standard such as a hook gage or high quality micromanometer. If in doubt return your Dwyer® instrument to the factory for a complete calibration check at no charge. HVAC MOBILE APPLICATION Easily converts velocity pressure to air velocity or air velocity to air volume for most Android® or iOS devices. FREE DOWNLOAD! Download the phone App or use the Web version of our Air Velocity and Flow Calculator on our website at: www.dwyer-inst.com/flowcalc.

183

® AIR VELOCITY FLOW CHARTS T E S T & D A T A 1400°F 1200°F 1000°F 800°F 600°F 400°F 300°F 200°F 100°F 70°F 40°F 2600 2400 2200 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 13000 12000 11000 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 I E T U N M R E P T E E F N I I Y T C O L E V R A I I E T U N M R E P T E E F N I I Y T C O L E V R A I 0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 .09 .10 .11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 GAGE READING WITH PITOT TUBE (VELOCITY PRESSURE) IN INCHES OF WATER 1400°F 1200°F 1000°F 800°F 600°F 400°F 300°F 200°F 100°F 70°F 40°F H V A C M e a s u r e m e n t G u d e i 0 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 GAGE READING WITH PITOT TUBE (VELOCITY PRESSURE) IN INCHES OF WATER DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 161

184

A T A D & T S E T i e d u G t n e m e r u s a e M C A V H ® AIR BALANCING HVAC SYSTEMS METHODS OF AIR BALANCING Air balancing a distribution system is needed to properly direct the air flow in order to optimize the system’s design. Flow rates are tested, adjusted, and balanced as cubic feet per minute (CFM) or cubic meters per hour (m3/h). There are two traditional methods for balancing airflow at the terminals. The first is sequential balancing, which involves setting the zone and branch dampers in sequence. However, the most common method of air balancing is called proportional balancing. For traditional proportional balancing, an air flow hood, or capture hood, is the most popular test instrument used to take air flow readings. Traverse readings in the duct with a Pitot tube or a hot-wire thermo-anemometer is another accepted method of capturing the actual air flow. Dwyer has designed a variation of proportional balancing, which is called Predictive Balancing used in Dwyer’s Series SAH SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument. Predictive Balancing is designed to be a faster process and give more accurate results than traditional proportional balancing. PREDICTIVE VS PROPORTIONAL BALANCING In traditional proportional balancing, the flow hood will directly measure volumetric air flow at the outlets or terminals of a system: the registers, grilles, and diffusers. Most air flow hoods are cone shaped and aligned to the ceiling registers as shown in Figure 1 in the left picture. When a flow hood is placed over a terminal, it will generate pressure within the duct system, which reduces the air flow to the terminal. This condition is called back pressure. The effect of back pressure can result in errors when taking readings. Before using a flow hood, many technicians recommend performing a duct traverse to verify the K factor. Some digital flow hoods include back pressure compensation that attempts to calculate the effect of backpressure for the technician. Dwyer’s Predictive Balancing technique is based on mass balance and energy conservation methods. Predictive Balancing, is a process that involves predicting the ideal flow set points for each TUA (Terminal Under Adjustment) so that every terminal is at the target flow until the process is complete. Dwyer’s Series SAH SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument was designed with Predictive Balancing in mind. Dwyer’s air hood is being used in Figure 1 in the right picture. Predictive Balancing is deterministic and minimizes the number or process steps involved in testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems. Figure 2 illustrates a comparison between Predictive Balancing and traditional proportional balancing processes, showing how much faster Predictive Balancing is. V I DEO O N L I N E Figure 1 – Traditional air flow hood (left picture) versus Dwyer SMART Air Hood® balancing instrument (right picture) Terminal 2 Adjust Terminal 3 Adjust Terminal 4 Adjust Predictive Terminal 2 Adjust Yes Terminal 3 Adjust Yes Terminal 4 Adjust Yes D one C o m pare Are they in proportion? to Key C o m pare Are they in proportion? to Key C o m pare Are they in proportion? to Key No No No Proportional Figure 2 – Predictive vs Proportional Balancing 162 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

185

T E S T & D A T A ® AIR BALANCING HVAC SYSTEMS PROPORTIONAL BALANCING With proportional balancing (reference Figure 3), the technician balances a terminal proportional to the key terminal. To start a proportional balance of a system, one requirement is that the system has an 80% to 120% rate to the total design flow. Systems that are higher or lower than this range will not balance properly. If the system is outside of this range, the fan speed should be adjusted to get within range. Once set, the air flow from each terminal will remain the same ratio to other terminals. If key Terminal 1 has a design flow percent of 60%, then Terminal 2 is 57%, Terminal 3 is 65%, and the ratio to the key Terminal 1 is 57% / 60% = 0.95. Meaning Terminal 2 will deliver 95% of the air volume of Terminal 1. With Terminal 1 as the key, delivering 100% of design flow, then Terminal 2 will be delivering 95% of the design flow. This will meet the design requirements. For example, if the damper for Terminal 3 is adjusted down to 525 CFM, the flow from Terminal 1 may increase to 550 CFM. In this case, Terminal 2 is within the design range; 550 * 0.95 = 523 CFM. Once the terminals are in balance, with the proper ratio of tolerance with each other, they remain in balance with each other even though the air volume may change. All terminals in the system are then proportionally balanced. The fan RPM can be set to deliver the intended total air volume and all terminals will deliver the design flow within the established tolerances. This process requires the balancing technician to adjust the flow from the terminal under-adjustment (TUA) to the key to gain the correct flow proportion. The key terminal’s flow changes when the TUA damper is changed. It may take several iterations to achieve the proper flow proportion. Since the technician is estimating where to set the flow rate of the TUA relative to the key, the tolerance can vary considerably, which limits the accuracy of the balancing. The illustration in Figure 3 shows the potential number of lengthy steps involved with proportional balancing. PREDICTIVE BALANCING The Predictive Balancing (reference Figure 4) process begins by opening the dampers to capture the total flow. The total flow is distributed into the four terminal flows. The terminal flows are determined by the terminal and damper loads and the pressure drop in the system. Terminal 2 is the first damper adjusted in the system, and Terminal 1 is the key. Predictive Balancing calculates the ideal flow set point for Terminal 2 for TUA and predicts flows for Terminals 1, 3, and 4. After adjusting the Terminal 2 flow to the ideal flow set point, Predictive Balancing calculates the ideal set point for Terminal 3 and predicts the new flows for terminals 1, 2, and 4. To finish, Predictive Balancing calculates the ideal set point for the last Terminal, number 4, and flows for Terminals 1, 2, and 3 are correctly proportioned to the target. Finally, Predictive Balancing calculates the ideal flow for Terminal 4 so the blower flow can be adjusted to bring all the terminal flows to the target flows. Predictive Balancing also monitors and compensates for load on the blower/fan from the damper closures during the balancing process. The illustration in Figure 4 compared to Figure 3 shows just how much easier and faster Predictive Balancing is over Proportional Balancing in the amount of steps involved in the process. key Q1 Terminal 2 Q2 Terminal 3 Q3 Terminal 4 Q4 key Q1 Terminal 2 Q2 Terminal 3 Q3 Terminal 4 Q4 Start Read All Start Read All Troubleshoot Guess & Adjust No No Yes Yes Q1 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q1 Q4 - 1 - 1 - 1 ROT 2 ROT 2 ROT 2 Q1 Q 2,3,4 - 1 ROT 2 Guess & Adjust No Yes No Adjust Fan End Guess & Adjust Read All Set to a Target Flow Set to a Target Flow Set to a Target Flow Read All Adjust Fan End Figure 3 – Proportional balancing Figure 4 – Predictive balancing H V A C M e a s u r e m e n t G u d e i DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 163

186

A T A D & T S E T s t n e m u r t s n I g n c n a a B C A V H i l ® SERIES SAH SMART AIR HOOD® BALANCING INSTRUMENT Quad Flow Design Technology, Predictive Balancing 24.074 [611.480] 13.662 [347.015] 24.074 [611.480] 13.662 [347.015] 5.543 [140.792] 12 [304.8] 90.000° 8.909 [226.289] 7.103 [180.416] SPECIFICATIONS SAH SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air. Units: CFM, m3/h, l/s. Volume Flow Ranges: Supply: 40 to 2000 CFM (68 to 3398 m3/h) (19 to 944 l/s); Exhaust: 80 to 2000 CFM (136 to 3398 m3/h) (38 to 944 l/s). Accuracy > 40 CFM: ±3% of reading ±7 CFM (11.9 m3/hr) (3.3 l/s). Resolution: 1 CFM (1.7 m³/h) (.5 l/s). Power Requirements: 3.6 V NCR18650B MH12210 lithium ion battery, included, user replaceable or (4) 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries, not included, user replaceable. Housing Material: Polypropylene. Weight: 5.75 lb (2.6 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, FCC, IC. HANDHELD SPECIFICATIONS Operating System: PredictAir™ Application Software only available with factory supplied test instrument. Wireless Protocol: Wi-Fi direct low energy wireless technology. Response Time: 1 s. Updates to diffuser library can be downloaded using Google Play™ store. MODEL CHART Model SAH-22 A-SAH-12P SAH-22HC Description SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument with 2´ x 2´ (0.6 m x 0.6 m) opening 4.5´ to 12´ (1.4 m x 3.7 m) extendable pole (Required for operation) SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument with 2´ x 2´ (0.6 m x 0.6 m) opening, with hard travel case ACCESSORIES Model A-SAH-14S A-SAH-24S A-SAH-33S A-SAH-15S A-SAH-BK A-SAH-CK A-SAH-12P NISTCALM-SAH A-SAH-22HC Description Canvas hood 1´ x 4´ (0.3 m x 1.2 m) Canvas hood, 2´ x 4´ (0.6 m x 1.2 m) Canvas hood, 3´ x 3´ (0.9 m x 0.9 m) Canvas hood, 1´ x 5´ (0.3 m x 1.5 m) SAH adapter base kit for canvas hood Spare calibration kit with four Quad Flow Sensing Grids and Sensor Module 4.5´ to 12´ (1.4 m x 3.7 m) extendable pole Re-certification service. Please contact your regional Dwyer distributor or Dwyer International Sales Office for scheduling your NIST recertification Hard carrying case for SAH Note: For full functionality and versatility, the A-SAH-12P is required for operation of all SAH models. V I DEO O N L I N E The Series SAH SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument is the most accurate and easy to operate air flow hood on the market. By using the included hood stand and wireless communications to the handheld, a single operator can balance a branch in less time than traditional balancing teams. Besides being lighter than most traditional capture hoods, the ergonomic design makes the Series SAH easy to maneuver, with less physical stress. The rugged polypropylene base hood features patented Quad Flow Design Technology for controlling air flow and minimizing back pressure, which yields superior measurement accuracy. The Wi-Fi direct communication gives reliable communication with a distance of up to 200 yards (183 m) between the hood and the handheld test instrument. The SMART Air Hood® Balancing Instrument includes the PredictAir™ Application Software which reduces the number of steps in the air flow balancing process using Predictive Balancing’s Express Balance mode. Predictive Balancing is a method of predicting the optimal flow set point for each register and the order in which they should be adjusted. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Patent pending Quad Flow Design Technology directs the circulating air patterns to provide a more even air flow that minimizes backpressure enabling accurate readings • Patent pending Predictive Balancing is a process that guides the balancing technician on setting the optimal flow set point for each sequential terminal. With the PredictAir™ Application Software, the balancing process takes much less time than traditional air balancing methods • The ergonomic design is much lighter and easier to work with than the existing bulky air hoods, providing greater maneuverability and less physical strain. One technician can complete the air balancing • Wi-Fi direct wireless communication provides a range up to 200 yards (183 m) line of sight APPLICATIONS • Commissioning, testing, adjusting and balancing volumetric air flow from diffusers, grilles, and registers in HVAC systems INCLUDED WITH THE SAH-22-IN: • Handheld Test Instrument preloaded with PredictAir™ App • 3´ (0.9 m) extendable pole • Handheld quick release pole adapter kit • SAH roller travel case with instrument available foam inserts • Charging cables for SAH and handheld • Lithium ion battery • Installation and operating manual • NIST Traceable Certificate 164 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

187

® SERIES AQTIA AIR QUALITY TEST INSTRUMENT KITS AQTIA Combines the UHH2 Universal Handheld with Compatible Probes V I DEO O N L I N E AQTIA-AP2 AQTIA-RP2 UHH2 + thermo-anemometer UHH2 + thermo-hygrometer probe probe AQTIA-VP2 AQTIA-WDPM UHH2 + 100 mm vane thermo-anemometer probe UHH2 + wireless differential pressure module The Series AQTIA Air Quality Test Instrument Kits combine the versatile Model UHH2 handheld base with various compatible probes and modules. The versatile combination provides a line of instruments capable of streamlining a technician’s everyday testing by combining all into one product and using Bluetooth SIG, Inc. wireless technology for ease of use. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged IP68 housing withstands 1.5 meter drop test • Wireless measurement of pressure, air velocity, air flow, temperature, and humidity APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Building balancing • Testing HVAC equipment performance SPECIFICATIONS Display: 4.3˝ QHD Gorilla glass, 960x540. Temperature Limits: Operating: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C); Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% RH. Power Requirements: 2000 mAh lithium ion battery, installed functional, non- replaceable. Memory: RAM 1G & ROM 4G. Operating System: Android 4.2.2. CPU: MTK6589W Quad Core 1.2 GHz. Enclosure Rating: IP68. Weight: 15.9 oz (450 g). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Engineering Units Available Model Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K AQTIA-AP2 Humidity: %RH; Temperature: °F, °C, °K AQTIA-RP2 Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K AQTIA-VP2 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-002 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-005 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-010 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-020 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-030 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-100 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-200 in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa AQTIA-WDPM-350 Note: AQTIA series models supplied with: UHH2, UHH-BTG, wireless sensing probe, soft carrying case (UHH-C1), charging cable (UHH-CBL2), and headphones. Note: Pro series models supplied with: UHH2, UHH-BTG, wireless sensing probe, soft carrying case (UHH-C1), charging cable (UHH-CBL2), headphones, heavy duty hard case with pre-cut foam inserts for additional sensors (UHH-C2), and NIST calibration certificate. For pro series models, replace AQTIA with AQTIAP. Range 0 to 6000 FPM; -20 to 212°F 0 to 100% RH; -20 to 140°F 40 to 5000 FPM; 0 to 100% RH; -4 to 140°F ±2 in w.c. (498.18 Pa) ±5 in w.c. (1245.4 Pa) ±10 in w.c. (2490.9 Pa) ±20 in w.c. (4981.8 Pa) ±30 in w.c. (7472.7 Pa) ±100 in w.c. (24909 Pa) ±200 in w.c. (49818 Pa) ±350 in w.c. (87181 Pa) Parameters Velocity/temperature Humidity/temperature Velocity/RH/temperature Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure T E S T & D A T A l i H V A C B a a n c n g I n s t r u m e n t s MODEL CHART - PROFESSIONAL KITS Model AQTIAP-WDPM-002-PKIT WDPM-002 Probes Provided Parameters Pressure Range ±2 in w.c. (498.18 Pa) AP2 RP2 VP2 Velocity/temperature 0 to 6000 FPM; -20 to 212°F Humidity/temperature Velocity/RH/temperature 0 to 100% RH; -20 to 140°F 40 to 5000 FPM; 0 to 100% RH; -4 to 140°F AQTIAP-WDPM-005-PKIT WDPM-005 Pressure ±5 in w.c. (1245.4 Pa) AP2 RP2 VP2 Velocity/temperature 0 to 6000 FPM; -20 to 212°F Humidity/temperature Velocity/RH/temperature 0 to 100% RH; -20 to 140°F 40 to 5000 FPM; 0 to 100% RH; -4 to 140°F AQTIAP-WDPM-010-PKIT WDPM-010 Pressure ±10 in w.c. (± 2.5 kPa) AP2 RP2 VP2 Velocity/temperature 0 to 6000 FPM; -20 to 212°F Humidity/temperature Velocity/RH/temperature 0 to 100% RH; -20 to 140°F 40 to 5000 FPM; 0 to 100% RH; -4 to 140°F Engineering Units Available in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Humidity: %RH; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2; mm w.c., cm w.c., mbar, Pa, hPa, kPa Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Humidity: %RH; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2, mm w.c., cm w.c., mBar, Pa, hPa, and kPa Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Humidity: %RH; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Velocity: fps, fpm, mph, knots, m/s, m/h, k/h; Temperature: °F, °C, °K Note: Full professional kits supplied with UHH2, UHH-BTG, AP2 thermo-anemometer probe, RP2 thermo-hygrometer probe, VP2 thermo-anemometer probe, WDPM wireless differential pressure module, 160-18 stainless steel pitot tube, 160F straight stainless steel pitot tube, 160G averaging air flow grid, (2) A-303 portable static pressure tip, soft carrying case (UHH-C1), charging cable (UHH-CBL2), headphones, heavy duty hard case with pre-cut foam inserts for additional sensors (UHH-C2), and NIST calibration certificates. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 165

188

® MOBILE METER® SOFTWARE TEST INSTRUMENT APP Works With Most Android® and iOS® Phones/Tablets; Wireless Probes V I DEO O N L I N E Touch to toggle between meter and gage view Touch to access parameters Connection status The Mobile Meter® Software Test Instrument App converts Android® and iOS® based phones and tablets into a multi-function test instrument. Wireless probes connect to the phone or tablet using our mobile gateway, Model UHH-BTG, which utilizes wireless technology from Bluetooth SIG Inc. Parameters from multiple probes can be displayed simultaneously, or a single probes parameters can be displayed as a meter or analog gage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Available on Android® and iOS® devices • Data logging feature records measurements from a single probe and can email reports directly from device • Display multiple parameters in gage or meter display SPECIFICATIONS Operating Systems: Android® firmware version 3.X or later, iOS® firmware version 5.X or later. Wireless Protocol: Conforms to Bluetooth SIG, Inc. low energy wireless technology. Wireless Distance: 50´ (15 m) or greater. Response Time: 1 s. APPLICATIONS • Building balancing • Building commissioning • Testing HVAC equipment performance MODEL UHH-BTG WIRELESS MOBILE GATEWAY Converts UHH Probe Wireless Signals to Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Wireless Technology 2-7/16 [61.98] 2-13/16 [71.50] 1-3/16 [29.86] 1-17/32 [39.15] A T A D & T S E T s t n e m u r t s n I g n c n a a B C A V H i l The Model UHH-BTG Wireless Mobile Gateway transforms the wireless signal from any Dwyer Instruments, Inc. universal handheld probe or module into a Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Wireless Technology. Using this gateway, any iOS® Firmware version 5.X or later or Android® Firmware Version 3.X or later smartphone or tablet can become the base instrument for measuring or logging. Once the gateway is paired with a device, our Mobile Meter® Software Mobile App or any other Dwyer Instruments, Inc. approved apps can detect available probes or modules. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Detects probes/modules from 50 ft (15 m) away • Compact size with belt clip for carrying around • Can be recharged using the same mini-USB cable and charger as probes/modules SPECIFICATIONS Wireless Protocol: Conforms to Bluetooth SIG, Inc. low energy wireless technology. Wireless Distances: 50´ (15 m) or greater. Response Time: 1 s. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C); Battery charging: 32 to 113°F (0 to 45°C). Power Requirements: 3.7 V YT562447 lithium ion battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Weight: 2.5 oz (70.87 g). Agency Approvals: CE with CE approved charger, FCC. APPLICATIONS • Building balancing • Building commissioning • Testing HVAC equipment performance MODEL CHART - CONVERTS THESE WIRELESS PROBES FOR USE WITH OUR MOBILE METER® SOFTWARE MOBILE APP Model Description Wireless thermo-anemometer probe Wireless thermo-hygrometer probe Wireless 100 mm vane thermo-anemometer probe Wireless differential pressure probe ±2 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±5 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±10 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±20 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±30 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±100 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±200 in w.c. Wireless differential pressure probe ±350 in w.c. AP2 RP2 VP2 WDPM-002 WDPM-005 WDPM-010 WDPM-020 WDPM-030 WDPM-100 WDPM-200 WDPM-350 Note: See wireless probe catalog page on the web for full specifications.u 166 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART Model UHH-BTG Wireless mobile gateway Description ACCESSORIES Model UHH-ICHRG Dual USB charger Description RP2 AP2 VP2 WDPM Google Inc.® is a registered trademark of Google, Inc. Google® is a registered trademark of Google, Inc. iOS® is a registered trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. Google Play™ is a trademark of Google, Inc. uWireless Probes: See page 168 (Models RP2, AP2 & VP2)

189

® TRAVERSEIT™ AIR VELOCITY MEASURING SOFTWARE APPLICATION Includes ISO Standard Calculated Flow, Duct Traverse Procedure, Reporting T E S T & D A T A V I DEO O N L I N E The TraverseIT™ Air Velocity Measuring Software Application displays air flow measurements from Dwyer’s Series WDPM Wireless Differential Pressure Module or Series AP2 Hot Wire Thermo-Anemometer Probe and guides balancers through the duct traverse process using step-by-step instructions. The traverse process is a method for calculating the maximum airflow in a duct. Several readings are taken across a traverse plane which are converted into velocity, and averaged. The TraverseIT™ app calculates air flow using ISO 3966 and 5801 standards, yielding highly accurate flow readings with each traverse. The application comes factory installed on a Dwyer rugged handheld unit that is included with a variety of balancing instruments or it can be downloaded directly from the Google Play™ store. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Step-through traverse procedure provides duct visuals for quick and proper setup • Utilizes ISO Standards to calculate high accurate flow • Generates and shares duct traverse reports directly from the handheld device APPLICATIONS • Commissioning, testing, adjusting and balancing volumetric air flow in HVAC systems AP2 SPECIFICATIONS Operating System: Android™ 4.2.2 (Jellybean or newer).* Wireless Protocol: Bluetooth® wireless technology. Response Time: 1 s. *Latest updates to application can be downloaded using the Google Play™ store. T r a v e r s e I T A p p Google Play™ is a trademark of Google, Inc. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 167

190

A T A D & T S E T s t n e m u r t s n I g n c n a a B C A V H i l ® MODEL RP2 THERMO-HYGROMETER PROBE Wireless, Measures Humidity, Temperature, Dew Point, and Wet Bulb Temperatures 5/16 [7.95] 5/8 [15.87] 14-25/64 [365.39] 6-3/64 [153.63] 1-41/64 [41.62] 1-5/32 [29.31] FEATURES/BENEFITS • Allows for one handed operation for ladder use safety • Stable 50 ft (15 m) wireless range APPLICATIONS • Building Commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance MODEL AP2 THERMO-ANEMOMETER PROBE Wireless, Measures Velocity, Flow, and Temperature 5/16 [7.94] 15-3/8 [390.68] 6-3/64 [153.63] 1-41/64 [41.62] 1-5/32 [29.31] FEATURES/BENEFITS • Allows for one handed operation for ladder use safety • Stable 50 ft (15 m) wireless range APPLICATIONS • Building Commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance MODEL VP2 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air. Temperature Limits: Process: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C); Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C); Battery Charging: 32 to 113°F (0 to 45°C). Range: RH: 0 to 100% (non- condensing); Temperature: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Accuracy: RH: ±2% @ 25°C (10 to 90% RH); ±4% (0 to 10, 90 to 100% RH); Temperature: ±0.54°F @ 77°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C). Response Time: 1.5 s. Probe Length: 8˝ (203 mm) insertion. Power Requirements: 3.7 V YT562447 Lithium ion battery, installed functional, user replaceable. (Note: Intended to be operated with power cables less than 3 m in length). (Wireless Only). Maximum Wireless Distance: 50´ (15 m). Handle Enclosure: Thermoplastic elastomer over polycarbonate. Supplied With: Wrist strap. Weight: 11.2 oz (331.22 g). Agency Approvals: CE (not while charging), FCC compliant. MODEL CHART Model Description RP2 Wireless thermo-hygrometer probe for use with the Model UHH handheld meter and the Mobile Meter® Software Test Instrument Mobile App SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry, clean air. Temperature Limits: Process: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C). Range: Air Velocity: 0 to 6000 FPM (0 to 30 m/s); Volumetric Air: 999,999 in selected flow units; Temperature: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C). Accuracy: Air Velocity: ±3% FS within temperature range of 40 to 90°F (4 to 32°C) -TAB option: 50 to 3900 FPM (0.25 to 20m/s); Temperature: ±0.5°F (±0.28°C). Response Time: 1 s. Probe Length: 8˝ (203 mm) insertion. Battery Charging Limits: 32 to 113°F (0 to 45°C). (Wireless Only). Power Requirements: 3.7 V YT562447 Lithium ion battery, installed functional, user replaceable. (Note: Intended to be operated with power cables less than 3 m in length). (Wireless Only). Maximum Wireless Distance: 50´ (15 m). (Wireless Only). Handle Enclosure: Thermoplastic elastomer over polycarbonate. Supplied With: Wrist strap. Weight: 11.2 oz (317 g). Agency Approvals: CE (not while charging), FCC compliant. MODEL CHART Model Probe Length 8˝ (203.2 mm) AP2 18˝ (457.2 mm) AP2-18 24˝ (609.6 mm) AP2-24 36˝ (914.4 mm) AP2-36 100 MM VANE THERMO-ANEMOMETER PROBE Wireless, Measures Velocity, Flow, Humidity, and Temperature 4-13/64 [106.65] 2 [50.80] 5/16 [7.95] 1-41/64 [41.62] 16-25/32 [426.08] 6-3/64 [153.66] 1-5/32 [29.31] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry, clean air. Temperature Limits: Process: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C). Range: Air Velocity: 40 to 5000 FPM (0.2 to 25 m/s); Volumetric Air: 999,999 in selected flow units; Temperature: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Relative Humidity: 0 to 100% RH. Accuracy: Air Velocity: 0.25 to 10 m/s: ±1.5% of reading ±20 FPM (±0.1 m/s); 10 to 20 m/s: 1.5% of reading ±40 FPM (±0.2 m/s); 20 to 25 m/s: ±1.5% of reading ±60 FPM (±0.3 m/s); Temperature: ±0.54°F @ 77°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C); Relative Humidity: ±2% @ 77°F (25°C) (10 to 90% RH); ±4% (0 to 10% RH and 90 to 100%). Response Time: Air Velocity and Air Volume: 1 s; Temperature and Relative Humidity: 1.5 s. Probe Length: 8˝ (203 mm) insertion. Battery Charging Limits: 32 to 113°F (0 to 45°C). (Wireless Only). Power Requirements: 3.7 V YT562447 Lithium ion battery, installed functional, user replaceable. (Note: Intended to be operated with power cables less than 3 m in length). (Wireless Only). Maximum Wireless Distance: 50´ (15 m). (Wireless Only). Handle Enclosure: Thermoplastic elastomer over polycarbonate. Supplied With: Wrist strap. Weight: 13.6 oz (385 g). Agency Approvals: CE (not while charging), FCC compliant. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Allows for one handed operation for ladder use safety • Stable 50 ft (15 m) wireless range APPLICATIONS • Building Commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance 168 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART Model Description VP2 Wireless 100 mm vane thermo-anemometer probe for use with the Model UHH handheld meter and the Mobile Meter® Software Test Instrument Mobile App

191

® MODEL 485B THERMO-HYGROMETER Measures % RH, Temperature, Dew Point and Wet Bulb V I DEO O N L I N E The Model 485B Thermo-Hygrometer is a versatile, compact, handheld instrument for measuring percentage of relative humidity and temperature in °F or °C. Dew point and wet bulb temperatures are derived from the relative humidity and temperature measurements and are displayed on the LCD. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compatible with Dwyer AP1 thermo-anemometer and VP1 100 mm vane thermo- anemometer probes (sold separately) • Hold feature to freeze current readings on the display • Stores up to 99 readings for future evaluation APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Pulp & paper MODEL CHART Model Description 485B-1 Digital thermo-hygrometer includes 9V battery, sensing probe, wrist strap, soft carrying case and instructions OPTIONS Use order code: Description -NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate MODEL AQH-20 INDOOR AIR QUALITY METER Measures CO2, Temperature and Humidity The Model AQH-20 Handheld Indoor Air Quality Meter reduces the number of instruments a contractor has to carry by measuring carbon dioxide concentration, air temperature, and humidity percentage in one device. A large backlit LCD shows all three parameters simultaneously. This product offers user selectable engineering units, maximum/minimum/average readings, a hold function, and an audible alarm. FEATURES/BENEFITS • All-in-one unit for carbon dioxide, temperature, and humidity • Large backlit LCD for visibility in dark areas • User configurable alarms for audible indication of hazardous conditions APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Green house monitoring MODEL CHART Model AQH-20 0 to 2000 ppm 0.0 to 99.9% CO2 Range Humidity Range Temperature Range 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) T E S T & D A T A 5/8 [15.87] PS/2 INPUT 29/32 [23.00] 14-23/64 [364.92] 2-13/16 [71.59] 6-1/32 [153.16] 6-11/64 [156.92] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Humidity, temperature, wet bulb and dew point temperature detection in clean air. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C) Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C). Range Relative Humidity: 0 to 100% (non-condensing). Accuracy Relative Humidity: ±2% FS over 10 to 90% @ 77°F (25°C). Range Temperature: -20 to 140°F (-28 to 60°C). Accuracy Temperature: ±0.54°F @ 72°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C). Display: 4.5 digit LCD. Resolution: 0.1%, 0.1 °F/°C. Probe Length: 8˝ (203 mm) insertion. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable. Weight: 16 oz (454 g). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES Model RP1 UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT Description Thermo-hygrometer % RH and temperature probe with coiled cable Soft carrying case Protective magnetic rubber boot 2-11/64 [55.07] 1-5/16 [33.36] 8-1/4 [209.44] 6-3/4 [171.34] T h e r m o - H y g r o m e t e r s SPECIFICATIONS Ranges: CO2: 0 to 2000 ppm; Temperature: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C); Relative Humidity: 0.0 to 99.9% RH. Accuracy: CO2: ±30 ppm ±5% of reading; Temperature: ±0.9°F (±0.6°C); Humidity: ±3% RH (10 to 90%), ±5% (0.0 to 9.9% or 90 to 99.9%). Resolution: CO2: 1 ppm; Temperature: 0.1°F (0.1°C); Humidity: 0.1% RH. Response Time: CO2: < 30 s; Temperature: < 2 minutes; Humidity: < 10 minutes. Display: 4 digits for temperature/CO2 and 3 digits for humidity. CO2 Sensor: Non-dispersive infrared. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits (Non-Condensing): 0 to 95% RH. Power Requirements: (4) 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries, included, user replaceable. Warm Up Time: 30 s. Weight: 6.76 oz (200 g). ACCESSORIES Model TH-CAL 33% and 75% salt bath calibration standards Description DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 169

192

A T A D & T S E T ® MODEL 473B 100 MM VANE THERMO-ANEMOMETER TEST INSTRUMENT Measures Air Velocity or Air Volume, Temperature, and Humidity Simultaneously 4-13/64 [106.65] 16-3/4 [425.62] 6-1/32 [153.16] 6-5/32 [156.52] 2-13/16 [71.44] V I DEO O N L I N E The Model 473B 100 mm Vane Thermo-Anemometer Test Instrument is a versatile unit that quickly and easily measures air velocity or volumetric air flow, as well as air temperature and humidity in imperial or metric units. A stainless steel 100 mm vane probe is included, which has a comfortable hand grip. The extruded aluminum housing fully protects electronics, yet is lightweight and comfortable to hold. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compatible with Dwyer AP1 thermo-anemometer and RP1 thermo-hygrometer wired probes (sold separately) • Included 100 mm vane probe is able to measure air velocity, volumetric air flow, temperature, and humidity • High contrast and backlit LCD for visibility in any condition • Able to store up to 99 readings for later evaluation APPLICATIONS • Residential balancing • HVAC inspections s r e t e m o m e n A - o m r e h T MODEL CHART Model Description 473B-1 Vane thermo-anemometer test instrument OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -COC -FC -NIST Example: 473B-1-NIST Certificate of calibration Factory calibration certificate NIST traceable calibration certificate SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry, clean air. Temperature Limits: Process: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C). Display: 4.5 digit backlit display. Range: Air velocity: 40 to 5000 fpm (0.2 to 25 m/s); Volumetric air flow: 19,999 in selected flow units; Temperature: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Relative humidity: 0 to 100% RH. Accuracy: Air velocity: ±1.5% of reading ±20 fpm (±0.1 m/s) [0.25 to 10 m/s]; ±1.5% of reading ±40 fpm (±0.2 m/s) [10 to 20 m/s]; ±1.5% of reading ±60 fpm (±0.3 m/s) [20 to 25 m/s]; Temperature: ±0.54°F @ 77°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C); Relative Humidity: ±2% @ 77°F (25°C) [10 to 90% RH]; ±4% [0 to 10, 90 to 100% RH]. Response Time: Air velocity: 1 s; Volumetric air flow: 1 s; Temperature: 1.5 s; Relative humidity: 1.5 s. Probe Length: 8˝ (203 mm) insertion. Cable Length: 28˝ (71 cm) retracted; 6´ (18.3 m) extended. Vane Material: Anodized aluminum. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Weight: 18.4 oz (521 g). ACCESSORIES Model A-47X-BOOT A-VPX-CKIT AP1* RP1* UHH-C1 VP1* Description Protective magnetic rubber boot Vane hood kit Hot wire thermo-anemometer probe with coiled cable Thermo-hygrometer probe with coiled cable Soft carrying case 100 mm vane thermo-anemometer probe with coiled cable (replacement) *Consult website for more details. A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) A-VPX-CKIT AP1 RP1 UHH-C1 VP1 170 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

193

® MODEL 471B THERMO-ANEMOMETER TEST INSTRUMENT Measures Air Velocity or Air Volume and Temperature Simultaneously 11/32 [8.74] SLIDING COVER 16-11/64 [410.61] PS/2 INPUT 29/32 [23.00] 2-13/16 [71.59] New six button operation provides quick access to enhanced features 6-11/64 [156.92] 6-9/64 [155.82] 6-31/32 [177.13] 1-5/32 [29.36] PS/2 CONNECTOR PROBE CABLE APPROX. 2´ LG COILED APPROX. 6´ LG EXTENDED T E S T & D A T A V I DEO O N L I N E The Model 471B Thermo-Anemometer Test Instrument is a versatile dual function unit that quickly and easily measures air velocity or volumetric flow as well as air temperature in imperial or metric units. A stainless steel probe is included, which has a comfortable hand grip and etched insertion depth marks. The extruded aluminum housing fully protects electronics, yet is lightweight and comfortable to hold. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compatible with Dwyer RP1 thermo-hygrometer and VP1 100 mm vane thermo- anemometer probes (sold separately) • High contrast and backlit LCD for visibility in any condition • Able to store up to 99 readings • Integral sliding cover protects probe sensors when not in use • Built-in volumetric air flow calculations APPLICATIONS • Duct traverses • HVAC inspections • Testing and balancing MODEL CHART Model Description 471B-1 Digital thermo anemometer includes 9V battery, sensing probe, wrist strap, soft carrying case and instructions ACCESSORIES - CASES Model UHH-C1 A-160-CASE A-47X-BOOT Description Spare soft carrying case Hard carrying case for longer probes (18˝ to 36˝) Protective magnetic rubber boot ACCESSORIES - PROBES Model AP1 Probe Length Description 8˝ AP1-18 AP1-24 AP1-36 18˝ 24˝ 36˝ Thermo anemometer air velocity & temperature probe with coiled cable Thermo anemometer air velocity & temperature probe with coiled cable Thermo anemometer air velocity & temperature probe with coiled cable Thermo anemometer air velocity & temperature probe with coiled cable SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air velocity and temperature of clean, dry air. Temperature Limits: Process air velocity: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); Process temperature: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C); Ambient: 5 to 125°F (-15 to 51°C). Display: 4.5 digit LCD. Resolution: 0.1%, 0.1 °F/°C. Range Air Velocity: 0 to 6000 FPM (0 to 30 m/s). Air Velocity Accuracy: ±3% FS within temperature range of 40 to 90°F (4 to 32°C). -TAB option: ±5% of reading, not less than ±1.6 FPM (0.5 m). Range Volumetric Air Flow: 19,999 in selected flow units. Range Temperature: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Accuracy Temperature: ±0.5°F (±0.28°C) from 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); ±1.5°F (±0.83°C) from -40 to 32°F (-40 to 0°C) & 122 to 212°F (50 to 100°C). Probe Length: 8˝ (203 mm) insertion. Cable Length: 28˝ (71 cm) retracted, 6 ft (183 cm) extended. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Weight: 16 oz (454 g). Agency Approvals: CE. T h e r m o - A n e m o m e t e r s Replaceable probe with Soft carrying case A-47X-BOOT secure 6 pin adapter included with every unit (manometer not included) OPTIONS Model Description -NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 171

194

A T A D & T S E T ® ® SERIES 490W WIRELESS HYDRONIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MANOMETER Liquid and Gas Pressure Measurement, ±2% of Reading Accuracy 3-17/64 [83] 5/8 [16] 1.000 6-17/64 [159] .944 HEX 2.940 V I DEO O N L I N E Series 490W Wireless Hydronic Differential Pressure Manometer is the most accurate and easy to operate manometer on the market. By using wireless transducers and a versatile handheld, a single operator can monitor and balance a hydronic system in less time than traditional hydronic balancers. The Series 490W utilizes mobile technology to communicate via a Bluetooth connection with the transducers to monitor differential pressure and flow on up to three different valves. Being wireless means there are no hoses to carry, snag on equipment or needing to be drained. The 490W includes the Dwyer Hydronic Application Software that contains valve charts for numerous manufacturers, which converts differential pressure to flow directly on the screen. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged weatherproof handheld housing withstands 1.5 meter drop test. • Wireless measurement of differential pressure, single pressure and air flow. • Share logged data directly from handheld over Wi-Fi, GSM or CDMA networks. • Bluetooth direct wireless communication provides range up to 65 ft (19.8 m). • The ergonomic design is much lighter and easier to work with, providing greater maneuverability and quick install setup. , s r e t e m o n a M l e b a t r o P SPECIFICATIONS Wireless Distance: Up to 65´ (19.8 m). Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: 316 SS, PTFE, brass. Accuracy: 2% of reading, ±1 psi. Compensated Temperature Range: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C). Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.25% FS. Pressure Range: See chart. Process Temperature Limits: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Display: 5˝ Gorrilla® glass 3, touch screen, 1280x720. Resolution: 0.01 psi. Process Connections: Two 1/4˝ male NPT. Power Requirements: CR2050 or CR2032 lithium battery, user replaceable. Weight: 2 lb (907 g). Agency Approvals: CE, FCC. APPLICATIONS • Refrigerant pressure testing • Hydronic valve balancing • Measure pressure drop across pumps • Measure pressure drop across chiller and coils for freeze protection MODEL CHART Model 490W-6-HKIT 490W-6-HKIT-NIST English Range Metric Range Maximum Pressure Available Engineering Units 0 to 50 psi, 0 to 200 psi 0 to 50 psi, 0 to 200 psi psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. 100 psi (6.89 bar), 400 psi (27.58 bar) 100 psi (6.89 bar), 400 psi (27.58 bar) 0 to 344.7 kPa, 0 to 1379 kPa 0 to 344.7 kPa, 0 to 1379 kPa REPLACEMENT TRANSDUCERS A-490W-1 0 to 15 psi 1.034 bar 30 psig A-490W-2 0 to 30 psi 2.069 bar 60 psig A-490W-3 0 to 50 psi 3.447 bar 100 psig A-490W-4 0 to 100 psi 6.895 bar 200 psig A-490W-5 0 to 500 psi 34.47 bar 1000 psig A-490W-6 0 to 200 psi 13.79 bar 400 psig psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. psi, ft w.c., in w.c., Pa, kPa, hPa, cm w.c., mm w.c. ACCESSORIES Model A-HKIT-500 A-HKIT-500XL A-HKIT-510 Description Piercing gage adapter, 1/8˝ dia x 1-1/2˝ length (2 per kit) Piercing gage adapter, 1/8˝ dia x 3˝ length (2 per kit) Piercing gage adapter, 1/16˝ dia x 1-1/2˝ length (2 per kit) USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Gorilla® is a registered trademark of Corning, Incorporated 172 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

195

® SERIES 490A-HKIT HYDRONIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE METER KIT Liquid and Gas Pressure Measurement, ±0.5% FS Accuracy 7-5/64 [179.78] 2-21/32 [67.47] 2X Ø5/16 [Ø7.94] 3-5/32 [80.17] HIGH PRESSURE BLEED FITTING LOW PRESSURE BLEED FITTING T E S T & D A T A V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 490A-HKIT Hydronic Differential Pressure Meter Kit features the 490A Hydronic Differential Pressure Manometer and all the necessary attachments and accessories to meet all your balancing, measuring, and pressure needs. The manometer featured in this kit is a versatile, handheld, battery operated manometer available in several ranges for positive or positive differential pressure measurement and can tolerate most liquid media compatible with 316L SS. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Digital dampening for low pressure stability • Automatic resolution adjustment for finer control • Hard carrying case protects products • Stores up to 40 readings for later recall • Backlight for use in dim areas • Magnetic back mount for ease of use • Rubber boot for easy handling and all day comfort APPLICATIONS • Chiller to coils for freeze protection • Hydronic valve balancing • Measure pressure drop across pumps • Refrigerant pressure testing STANDARD KIT INCLUDES: Two (2) 6ft high pressure rated tubing with shut off valves One (1) high pressure 3-way valve Two (2) controlled bleed valves One (1) 8 ft Poly tubing for purges One (1) hard traveling lockable case with non-absorbent foam One (1) handheld carrying strap Two (2) 1/16 ̋ x 1-1/2 ̋ pressure gage adapters Two (2) 1/8 ̋ x 3 ̋ pressure gage adapters Two (2) 1/8 ̋ x 1-1/2 ̋ pressure gage adapters Two (2) Male 90° Flare to 1/4 ̋ NPT fittings Two (2) Male Flare to 1/4˝ NPT coupler fittings One (1) adjustable 8 ̋ wrench PTFE Thread Tape One (1) magnetic protective rubber boot NIST Calibration Certificate Standard A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) 11-55/64 [301.23] 3-5/32 [80.17] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS, PTFE, Brass, Copper. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS, 60 to 78°F (15.6 to 25.6°C); ±1.5% FS from 32 to 60°F and 78 to 104°F (0 to 15.6°C and 25.6 to 40°C). Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.1% FS. Pressure Limits: See chart. Electronic Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Process Temperature Limits: -20 to 180°F. Storage Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Display: 0.42 ̋ (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD. Resolution: See chart. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Weight: 3.6 lb. Process Connections: Two male 45 Flare 1/4 ̋. Agency Approvals: CE. P o r t a b e l M a n o m e t e r s , MODEL CHART Range (psi) 0 to 15 0 to 30 0 to 50 0 to 100 0 to 500 0 to 200 Available Pressure Units & Resolution** bar 1.034 2.069 3.447 6.895 34.47 13.79 Model 490A-1-HKIT 490A-2-HKIT 490A-3-HKIT 490A-4-HKIT 490A-5-HKIT 490A-6-HKIT *Digits will display smaller units until all 4 digits are exceeded. **Readings less than 10% of range will provide one additional decimal place than shown for higher resolution. in Hg kPa 30.54 61.08 101.8 203.6 1018 407.2 in w.c. mm Hg mbar 415.2 1034 830.4 2069 1384 3447 2768 6895 9999* 9999* 5536 9999* 775.7 1551 2585 5171 9999* 9999* Maximum Pressure 30 psig 60 psig 100 psig 200 psig 1000 psig 400 psig ft w.c. 34.60 69.20 115.3 230.7 1153 461.3 psi 15.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 500.0 200.0 103.4 206.9 344.7 689.5 3447 1379 ACCESSORIES Model A-47X-BOOT A-HKIT-AFIT A-HKIT-BFIT A-HKIT-HOSES A-HKIT-500 A-HKIT-500XL A-HKIT-510 NIST Calibration Description Rubber boot for manometers (manometer no included) Adapter fitting kit for the 490A-HKIT, includes pairs of SAE 1/4˝ adapters and elbow fittings Adapter fitting kit for the 490A-HKIT, includes pair of bleed fitting assemblies One pair red & blue 60” SAE replacement hoses for the 490A-HKIT, each with integral ball valve Piercing gage adapter for the 490A-HKIT, 1/8˝ dia x 1-1/2˝ length (2 per kit) Piercing gage adapter for the 490A-HKIT, 1/8˝ dia x 3˝ length (2 per kit) Piercing gage adapter for the 490A-HKIT, 1/16˝ dia x 1-1/2˝ length (2 per kit) Please contact your regional Dwyer distributor or Dwyer International Sales Office for scheduling your NIST recertification USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 173

196

A T A D & T S E T s t n e m u r t s n I g n c n a a B C A V H i l ® SERIES WDPM DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MODULES Wireless, Measures Differential Pressure, Air Velocity, and Flow 1-1/64 [25.80] 3-17/64 [82.77] 2-21/32 [67.31] 2-21/64 [59.28] 39/64 [15.59] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Non-corrosive dry gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS span @ 25°C (includes non linearity, hysteresis, and non repeatability). Pressure Limits: See model chart. Engineering Units: Pressure: in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, OzSl, mm w.c., cm w.c., mBar, Pa, hPa, and kPa; Velocity: fpm, mph, kn, m/s, m/h, k/h, and fps; Flow: cfm, gpm, gph, gpd, m3/s, m3/h, lps, lpm, and lph. Temperature Limits: Compensated: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C); Process/ambient: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C). Thermal Effects: ±0.01% FS/°F (±0.02% FS/°C). Battery Charging Limits: 32 to 113°F (0 to 45°C). Power Requirements: 3.7 V YT562447 lithium ion battery, installed functionally, user replaceable. Wireless Distance: At least 50´ (15 m). Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) or 3/16˝ (4.76 mm) ID tubing. Weight: 2.5 oz (70.87 g). Agency Approvals: CE with CE approved charger, FCC. ACCESSORIES Model A-WDPM-BRK Differential pressure mounting bracket Description Series WDPM Wireless Differential Pressure Modules are used with the Model UHH handheld meter and the Mobile Meter® Software Test Instrument Mobile App. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compatible with Dwyer’s Mobile Meter App • Bluetooth Gateway allows for up to 10 probes for simultaneous readings • Simple single button operation for power and logging • Wide selections of ranges for optimum accuracy • Stable 50´ (15 m) wireless range APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance • Critical environment testing • Industrial process verification • Instrumentation validation MODEL CHART Model WDPM-002 WDPM-005 WDPM-010 WDPM-020 WDPM-030 WDPM-100 WDPM-200 WDPM-350 Range ±2 in w.c. (±500 Pa) ±5 in w.c. (±1250 Pa) ±10 in w.c. (±2.5 kPa) ±20 in w.c. (±5 kPa) ±30 in w.c. (±7.5 kPa) ±100 in w.c. (±25 kPa) ±200 in w.c. (±50 kPa) ±350 in w.c. (±87 kPa) Maximum Pressure 10 psi (68.9 kPa) 10 psi (68.9 kPa) 10 psi (68.9 kPa) 20 psi (137.9 kPa) 20 psi (137.9 kPa) 15 psi (103.4 kPa) 45 psi (310.3 kPa) 45 psi (310.3 kPa) SERIES UHH-ACC HANDHELD ACCESSORIES UHH-C1 soft carrying case (19˝ x 6˝ x 3˝) KF-CC-304 dual USB charger A-VPX-CKIT UHH-C2 hard carrying case (24˝ x 18˝ x 9˝) A-WDPM-BRK differential pressure mounting bracket FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged weatherproof housing withstands 1.5 meter drop test • Wireless measurement of pressure, air velocity, air flow, temperature, and humidity • Share logged data directly from handheld over Wi-Fi, GSM or CDMA networks • Multitude of case options for full field service APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance • Critical environment testing • Industrial process verification • Instrumentation validation ACCESSORIES Model UHH-ICHRG UHH-CBL UHH-CBL2 UHH-C1 UHH-SD KF-CC-304 UHH-C2 A-VPX-CKIT A-WDPM-BRK Description UHH dual USB charger with international adapters (1.0 A) (Not CE approved) USB cable USB to micro-USB cable Soft carrying case 2 GB SD card Dual USB charger with North American adapter (1.5 A) Heavy duty hard case with pre-cut foam inserts for additional sensors Vane hood kit Differential pressure mounting bracket 174 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

197

® SERIES 477AV HANDHELD DIGITAL MANOMETER Measures Pressure, Flow and Velocity; ±0.5% Accuracy 2-13/16 [71.44] 1-1/16 [26.99] 41/64 [16.27] BARBED FOR 1/8 OR 3/16 ID TUBING 5-57/64 [149.68] T E S T & D A T A V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 477AV Handheld Digital Manometer is now available with pressure, flow, and velocity measurements along with a number of other convenient features. The built-in air velocity and flow calculations provide accuracy and conserve time and error associated with manual calculations. Also featured on this unit are adjustable zero and span values for calibrating in the field, as well as a damping feature to compensate for the fluctuating of readings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Calculates and displays air velocity and volumetric air flow • Rugged aluminum case protects instrument from damage during transport/use • 9 selectable English and metric engineering units • Large, easy to read display with backlight for use in dark areas • Stores up to 40 readings with minimum, maximum and average statistics APPLICATIONS • Air flow monitoring • Duct static pressure MODEL CHART 29/32 [23.02] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS, 60 to 78°F (15.6 to 25.6°C); ±1.5% FS from 32 to 60°F and 78 to 104°F (0 to 15.6°C and 25.6 to 40.0°C). Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.1% FS. Pressure Limits: See chart. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Display: 0.42˝ (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD. Resolution: See chart. Units of Pressure: in w.c., ft w.c., in Hg, psi, oz/in2, mm w.c., cm w.c., mm Hg, mbar, Pa, kPa, hPa. Units of Velocity: fpm, fps, mph, m/h, m/s, k/h, knot. Units of Flow: cfm, m3/h, m3/s. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Weight: 10.2 oz (289 g). Process Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) or 3/16˝ (4.76 mm) ID tubing. Two compression fittings for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) ID x 1/4˝ (6.35 mm) OD tubing for 477AV-7 and 477AV-8 only. Agency Approvals: CE. P o r t a b e l M a n o m e t e r s , Velocity Range Available Pressure Units Model 477AV-000 477AV-00 477AV-0 477AV-1 477AV-2 477AV-3 477AV-4 477AV-5 477AV-6 477AV-7 477AV-8 Pressure Range 0 to 1.000 in w.c. 0 to 4.000 in w.c. 0 to 10.00 in w.c. 0 to 20.00 in w.c. 0 to 40.00 in w.c. 0 to 200.0 in w.c. 0 to 10.00 psi 0 to 20.00 psi 0 to 30.00 psi 0 to 100.0 psi 0 to 150.0 psi fpm 4004 8009 1.266k 1.791k 25.33k 56.63k 66.62k 94.22k 115.4k 210.7k 258.0k m/s 20.34 40.69 64.33 90.97 128.7 287.7 338.4 478.6 586.2 1070 1311 psi - 0.1445 0.3613 0.7225 1.445 7.225 10.00 20.00 30.00 100.0 150.0 in Hg 0.0736 0.2942 0.7355 1.471 2.942 14.71 20.36 40.72 61.08 203.6 305.4 kPa 0.2491 0.996 2.491 4.982 9.96 49.82 68.95 137.9 206.9 689.5 1034 in w.c. 1.000 4.000 10.00 20.00 40.00 200.0 276.8 553.6 830.4 2768 4152 mm Hg 1.868 7.473 18.68 37.36 74.73 373.6 517.1 1034 1551 5171 7757 mbar 2.491 9.96 24.91 49.82 99.6 498.2 689.5 1379 2069 6895 - mm w.c. Pa 25.40 101.6 254.0 508.0 1016 5080 7031 - - - - 249.1 996 2491 4982 9964 - - - - - - OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 477AV-1-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate ft w.c. oz/in2 hPa 0.0833 0.3333 0.8333 1.667 3.333 16.67 13.07 46.13 69.20 230.7 346.0 0.5780 2.312 5.780 11.56 23.12 115.6 160.0 320.0 480.0 1600 2400 2.491 9.964 24.91 49.82 99.64 498.2 689.5 1379 2068 6895 - cm w.c. 2.540 10.16 25.40 50.80 101.6 508.0 703.1 1406 2109 7031 - Maximum Pressure 5 psig 5 psig 5 psig 10 psig 10 psig 30 psig 30 psig 60 psig 60 psig 150 psig 200 psig ACCESSORIES Model A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT Description Carrying case; tough gray nylon pouch protects any Series 477AV Manometer; double zippered for quick and easy access, with a belt loop that snaps closed; 7-1/2˝H x 3˝W x 2-1/4˝D (191 x 76 x 57 mm) Soft carrying case Protective magnetic rubber boot A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 175

198

A T A D & T S E T ® SERIES 475 INTRINSICALLY SAFE HANDHELD DIGITAL MANOMETER Ranges from 1 in w.c. to 150 psid, ±0.5% Accuracy 5/8 [15.88] 1-1/16 [26.98] BARBED FOR 1/8 OR 3/16 I.D. TUBING 475-7 & 475-8 ONLY; 1/8 I.D. X 3/16 O.D. TUBING 5-7/8 [149.23] 29/32 [23.02] 2-13/16 [71.44] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible combustible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS, 60 to 78°F (15.6 to 25.6°C); ±1.5% FS from 32 to 60°F and 78 to 104°F (0 to 15.6°C and 25.6 to 40°C). Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.1% FS. Pressure Limits: See chart. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Display: 0.42˝ (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD. Resolution: See chart. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Weight: 10.8 oz (306 g). Process Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) or 3/16˝ (4.76 mm) ID tubing. Two compression fittings for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) ID x 1/4˝ (6.35 mm) OD tubing for 475-7 & 475-8 only. Agency Approvals: CE, FM approved to Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 Ta = 70°C. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT Carrying case, tough gray nylon pouch protects any Series 475 manometer, double zippered for quick and easy access, belt loop that snaps closed, 7-1/2˝H x 3˝W x 2-1/4˝D (191 x 76 x 57 mm) Soft carrying case Protective magnetic rubber boot A-402A UHH-C1 -AV option 475-AV air velocity kit A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) uPitot tube: See pages 205-234 (Air Quality section) Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories) The Series 475 Intrinsically Safe Handheld Digital Manometer measures positive, negative, or differential pressures of air and natural gases in ranges from 1 in w.c. (0.249 kPa) to 150 psid (10.34 bar). The dual push pads on the front panel control the on/off, auto zero, and pressure unit selection, allowing for simple operation with no set up needed. When used with a Dwyer® Pitot tube (u), the Series 475 can also be used as an air velocity gage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged aluminum case protects instrument from damage during transport/use • Large, easy to read LCD and simple operation • FM approved to be intrinsically safe in hazardous locations, Class 1, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 Ta = 70°C APPLICATIONS • Monitoring natural gas pressures on boilers and other combustion equipment • Air velocity monitoring, when used with a Dwyer® Pitot tube (u) and AV calculator • Field calibration of other instruments • Monitoring or troubleshooting HVAC systems , s r e t e m o n a M l e b a t r o P MODEL CHART Model English Range Metric Range 475-000-FM 475-00-FM 475-0-FM 475-1-FM 475-2-FM 475-3-FM 475-4-FM 475-5-FM 475-6-FM 475-7-FM 475-8-FM 0 to 1.000 in w.c. 0 to 4.000 in w.c. 0 to 10.00 in w.c. 0 to 20.00 in w.c. 0 to 40.00 in w.c. 0 to 200.0 in w.c. 0 to 10.00 psi 0 to 20.00 psi 0 to 30.00 psi 0 to 100.0 psi 0 to 150.0 psi .2491 kPa 0.996 kPa 2.491 kPa 4.982 kPa 9.96 kPa 49.82 kPa .6895 bar 1.379 bar 2.069 bar 6.895 bar 10.34 bar Maximum Pressure 5 psig 5 psig 5 psig 10 psig 10 psig 30 psig 30 psig 60 psig 60 psig 150 psig 200 psig OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -AV Air velocity kit, includes the Series 475 manometer, two A-303 static pressure tips two 9´ lengths 3/16˝ ID rubber tubing, no. 166-6-CF pitot tube, A-397 step drill, A-532 air velocity slide chart and instruction bulletin H-11, all packed in a tough, molded plastic carrying case with die cut foam liner. Examples: 475-1-AV; 475-000-AV -NIST Example: 475-1-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate 176 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

199

® SERIES 475-AV & 477-AV KITS AIR VELOCITY KITS Digital Manometer and Pitot Tube for Balancing System Air Flows T E S T & D A T A 475-XX-FM-AV 475-XXT-FM-AV 477-XXXT-AV Convenient all-in-one Series 475-AV & 477-AV Air Velocity Kits are small, light and easy to use. No set-up or leveling needed. An indispensable test kit for the plant engineer, and HVAC technician that must balance system air flows at start-up. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Comprehensive kit for HVAC and industrial applications • Rugged construction for longevity • Conversion from pressure to air velocity made easy • Proudly assembled in the USA APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance • Critical environment testing • Industrial process verification • Instrumentation validation MODEL CHART - 475-XX-FM-AV Model 475-00-FM-AV 475-0-FM-AV 475-1-FM-AV 475-2-FM-AV Range 0-4.000 in w.c. 0-10.00 in w.c. 0-20.00 in w.c. 0-40.00 in w.c. MODEL CHART - 475-XXT-FM-AV Model 475-00T-FM-AV 475-0T-FM-AV 475-1T-FM-AV Range 0-4.000 in w.c. 0-10.00 in w.c. 0-20.00 in w.c. MODEL CHART - 477AV-XXXT-AV Model 477-000T-AV 477-00T-AV 477-0T-AV 477-1T-AV Range 0-1.000 in w.c. 0-4.000 in w.c. 0-10.00 in w.c. 0-20.00 in w.c. THE SERIES 475-XX-FM-AV KIT INCLUDES: • Series 475 digital manometer (±0.5% FS accuracy and minor divisions to 0.01, large 1/2˝ LCD readout is easy to see in poorly lighted areas and has “low battery” warning) • Model 166-6-CF, 6˝ SS pitot tube with integral compression fitting to hold it securely when taking readings • Two no. A-303 static pressure tips with magnetic mounting • Two 9´ lengths 3/16˝ ID rubber tubing • No. A-397 step drill for 3/16˝-1/2˝ holes in 1/16˝ increments • No. A-532 AV slide chart • 9 V battery • Fitted polyethylene case THE SERIES 475-XXT-FM-AV KIT INCLUDES: • Series 475 digital manometer (±0.5% FS accuracy and minor divisions to 0.01, large 1/2˝ LCD readout is easy to see in poorly lighted areas and has “low battery” warning) • Model 166T, 36˝ telescoping SS pitot tube, fully adjustable from 11.5˝ to 36˝ (29.2 to 91.4 cm) • Two no. A-303 static pressure tips with magnetic mounting • Two 4-1/2´ L 3/16˝ ID rubber tubing • No. A-397 step drill for 3/16˝-1/2˝ holes in 1/16˝ increments • No. A-532 AV slide chart • 9 V alkaline battery • Fitted polyethylene case THE SERIES 477-XXXT-AV KIT INCLUDES: • Series 477AV digital manometer (±0.5% FS accuracy, calculates air velocity or volumetric air flow, stores up to 40 readings in memory, instantly selecting up to nine English/Metric pressure units, large, backlit 0.4˝ LCD readout, both audible and visual overpressure alarms and a “low battery” warning are standard features) • Model 166T, 36˝ telescoping SS pitot tube, fully adjustable from 11.5˝ to 36˝ (29.2 to 91.4 cm) • Two no. A-303 static pressure tips with magnetic mounting • Two 4-1/2´ L 3/16˝ ID rubber tubing • No. A-397 step drill for 3/16˝-1/2˝ holes in 1/16˝ increments • No. A-532 AV slide chart • 9 V alkaline battery • Fitted polyethylene case A i r l V e o c i t y M a n o m e t e r s , DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 177

200

The Series 476A Single Pressure Differential Pressure Digital Manometer can be used to measure low pressures from -20 to 20 in w.c. with ±1.5% FS accuracy. The Series 478A Single Pressure Differential Pressure Digital Manometer can be used to measure positive, negative, or differential pressures. Both units are constructed of an extruded aluminum case for exceptional durability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • ±0.5% FS accuracy • Rugged extruded aluminum housing • One button auto-zero function • Auto power off function to conserve battery life • Instant selection of up to nine English/metric units APPLICATIONS • Verify field instrumentation performance • Adjust fuel mixture on combustion systems , s r e t e m o n a M l e b a t r o P MODEL CHART Range in w.c. -20.0 to 20.0 -4.00 to 4.00 -60.0 to 60.0 Available Pressure Units bar .0498 - .1495 psi 0.723 .1445 2.168 in Hg kPa 1.471 4.98 .294 0.996 4.41 14.95 Model 476A-0 478A-0 478A-1 in w.c. mm Hg mbar mm w.c. Pa 20.00 4.00 60.0 49.8 9.96 149.5 508 101.6 1524 37.4 7.47 112.1 - 996 - 2-13/16 [71.58] 2-13/16 [71.58] 6-17/32 [165.82] 5-57/64 [149.68] 6-17/32 [165.82] 5-57/64 [149.68] 29/32 [22.99] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±1.5% FS at 72°F (22.2°C). Includes linearity and repeatability. Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.1% FS. Pressure Limits: 5 psig (.74 bar). Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/°F. Display: 4 digit LCD (.425˝H x .234˝W digits). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Process Connections: For use with 3/16˝ or 1/4˝ ID tubing. Weight: 10.8 oz (306 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Resolution in w.c. 0.02 0.01 0.1 Maximum Pressure 5 psig 5 psig 5 psig A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) ® SERIES 476A & 478A SINGLE PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE DIGITAL MANOMETERS Electronic Zeroing, ±1.5% Accuracy A T A D & T S E T OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 478A-1-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT Description Carrying case, tough gray nylon pouch protects any Series 476A/478A manometer, double zippered for quick and easy access, belt loop that snaps closed, 7-1/2˝H x 3˝W x 2-1/4˝D (191 x 76 x 57 mm) Soft carrying case Protective magnetic rubber boot 178 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Process Tubing Options: See page 455 (Gage Tubing Accessories)

201

® SERIES 477B HANDHELD DIGITAL MANOMETER Precise Air Pressure Measurement, ±0.1% Accuracy 2-13/16 [71.44] 1-1/16 [26.99] 41/64 [16.27] BARBED FOR 1/8 OR 3/16 ID TUBING 5-57/64 [149.68] T E S T & D A T A 29/32 [23.02] The Series 477B Handheld Digital Manometer is a versatile, hand-held, battery operated manometer available in several basic ranges from 0-20 in w.c. up to 100 psi. All models measure either positive, negative or differential pressures with ±0.10% of full-scale accuracy. You can select from up to seven common English and metric pressure units so conversions are not necessary. A memory function allows storage of up to 40 readings for later recall and a backlight provides auxiliary lighting for hard-to-see locations. Also standard are a hold feature plus both visual and audible overpressure alarms. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Precise 0.1% FS accuracy provides four times better accuracy than most standard manometer/gages • Aluminum housing protects instrument against damage • 40 readings in internal memory reduces time to record data APPLICATIONS • Lab calibration of other pressure instruments • Air velocity/air flow measurements in commercial buildings SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Parts: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.10% FS from 60 to 78°F (15.6 to 25.6°C); ±1% FS from 32 to 60 and 78 to 104°F (0 to 15 .6 and 25.6 to 40°C). Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.1% FS. Pressure Limits: See chart. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140°F (-17.8 to 60°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Display: 4-digit LCD (.425˝ H x .234˝ W digits). Resolution: See chart. Power Requirements: 9 volt alkaline battery. Battery included but not connected. Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) or 3/16˝ (4.76 mm) I.D. tubing for 477B-1, 477B-2, 477B-3, 477B-4 and 477B-5 only. Two compression fittings for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) I.D. x 1/4˝ (6.35 mm) O.D. tubing for 477B-6 and 477B-7 only. Weight: 10.2 oz. (289 g). Agency Approvals: CE. P o r t a b e l M a n o m e t e r s , MODEL CHART Model Range 477B-1 477B-2 477B-3 477B-4 477B-5 477B-6 477B-7 0 to 20.00 in w.c. 0 to 40.00 in w.c. 0 to 200.0 in w.c. 0 to 10.00 psi 0 to 30.00 psi 0 to 50.00 psi 0 to 100.0 psi Available Pressure Units in Hg kPa bar .0498 1.471 .0996 2.942 .4982 14.71 .6895 20.36 2.069 61.08 3.447 101.8 6.895 203.6 psi .7225 1.445 7.225 10.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 4.982 9.96 49.82 68.95 206.9 344.7 689.5 in w.c. mm Hg mbar ft w.c. mm w.c. Pa 20.00 40.00 200.0 276.8 830.4 1384 2768 37.36 74.73 373.6 517.1 1551 2585 5171 49.82 99.6 498.2 689.5 2069 3447 6895 4982 9964 - - - - - 1.667 3.333 16.67 23.07 69.20 115.3 230.7 508.0 1016 5080 7031 - - - Maximum Pressure 3 psig 3 psig 15 psig 30 psig 60 psig 100 psig 200 psig OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate Example: 477B-1-NIST ACCESSORIES Model A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT Description Carrying case; tough gray nylon pouch protects any Series 477B Manometer; double zippered for quick and easy access, with a belt loop that snaps closed; 7-1/2˝H x 3˝W x 2-1/4˝D (191 x 76 x 57 mm) Soft carrying case Protective magnetic rubber boot A-402A UHH-C1 A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 179

202

A T A D & T S E T , s r e t e m o n a M l e b a t r o P ® SERIES 490A HYDRONIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MANOMETER Liquid and Gas Pressure Measurement, ±0.5% FS Accuracy 1/8 NPT 29/32 [22.86] 1-1/4 [31.75] 6-15/64 [158.27] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 490A Hydronic Differential Pressure Manometer is versatile, hand-held, battery operated manometers available in several basic ranges for positive or positive differential pressure measurement and can tolerate most liquid media compatible with 316L SS. A new feature added to the Series 490A is a field adjustable damping, which allows the user to choose the level of display averaging rate corresponding to the fluctuation level common in many applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Seven user-selectable English and metric units • Stores up to 40 readings for later recall • Backlight for use in dim areas • Digital dampening for low pressure - high resolution logging stability • Automatic resolution adjustment for finer control APPLICATIONS • Chiller to coils for freeze protection • Hydronic valve balancing • Measure pressure drop across pumps • Refrigerant pressure testing 2-53/64 [71.73] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Without valve: 316L SS, -3V option: 316L SS, Buna-N, silicone, grease, PTFE, brass 360, copper, reinforced acetal copolymer. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS, 60 to 78°F (15.6 to 25.6°C); ±1.5% FS from 32 to 60°F and 78 to 104°F (0 to 15.6°C and 25.6 to 40°C). Pressure Hysteresis: ±0.1% FS. Pressure Limits: See chart. Electronic Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Display: 0.42˝ (10.6 mm) 4 digit LCD. Resolution: See chart. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Weight: 14.1 oz (400 g). Process Connections: Two 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) female NPT. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Range psi 0 to 15.00 0 to 30.00 0 to 50.00 0 to 100.0 0 to 500.0 0 to 200.0 psi 15.00 30.00 50.00 100.0 500.0 200.0 Available Pressure Units & Resolution** bar 1.034 2.069 3.447 6.895 34.47 13.79 Model 490A-1 490A-2 490A-3 490A-4 490A-5 490A-6 *Digits will display smaller units until all 4 digits are exceeded. **Readings less than 10% of range will provide one additional decimal place than shown for higher resolution. Maximum Pressure 30 psig 60 psig 100 psig 200 psig 1000 psig 400 psig in w.c. mm Hg mbar 415.2 1034 830.4 2069 1384 3447 2768 6895 9999* 9999* 5536 9999* 775.7 1551 2585 5171 9999* 9999* in Hg kPa 30.54 61.08 101.8 203.6 1018 407.2 103.4 206.9 344.7 689.5 3447 1379 ft w.c. 34.60 69.20 115.3 230.7 1153 461.3 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Includes NIST Calibration traceable certificate Example: 490A-1-NIST -3V 3-way vent valve with bleed screw rated up to 100 psi Example: 490A-1-3V ACCESSORIES Model A-47X-BOOT A-402A A-HKIT-HOSES A-HKIT-500 A-HKIT-500XL A-HKIT-510 NIST Calibration Description Rubber boot for manometers (manometer no included) Carrying case, tough gray nylon pouch protects any Series 490A manometer, double zippered for quick and easy access, belt loop that snaps closed One pair red & blue 60˝ SAE replacement hoses for the 490A-HKIT, each with integral ball valve Piercing gage adapter for the 490A-HKIT, 1/8˝ dia x 1-1/2˝ length (2 per kit) Piercing gage adapter for the 490A-HKIT, 1/8˝ dia x 3˝ length (2 per kit) Piercing gage adapter for the 490A-HKIT, 1/16˝ dia x 1-1/2˝ length (2 per kit) Please contact your regional Dwyer distributor or Dwyer International Sales Office for scheduling your NIST recertification A-47X-BOOT (manometer not included) A-402A -3V option 3-way vent valve USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 180 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

203

® SERIES HM35 PRECISION DIGITAL PRESSURE MANOMETER Up to 0.05% Accuracy, Graphical Display, Data Logging Capability 3-11/16 [93.66] 1-9/16 [39.69] 7-7/8 [200.03] T E S T & D A T A The Series HM35 Precision Digital Pressure Manometer is designed to reliably measure and log absolute pressure, differential pressure, or gage pressure with up to 0.05% accuracy. The data logging function can store up to 10,742 readings and transmit the readings to a PC through an IR serial port. The large display can graphically display trends in the data as well as peaks and valleys. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Able to record up to 10,742 readings, which can be downloaded to a PC • Up to 0.05% accuracy for use in critical applications • Measure absolute, differential, or gage pressure APPLICATIONS • Calibration facilities • Laboratories Range 0 to 10 in w.c. (0-2.5 kPa) 0 to 28 in w.c. (0-7 kPa) 0 to 80 in w.c. (0-20 kPa) 0 to 120 in w.c. (0-30 kPa) 0 to 200 in w.c. (0-50 kPa) 0 to 14.5 psi (0-100 kPa) MODEL CHART - ERROR LIMIT 0.2% FS FOR GAGE, VACUUM, AND DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Model HM3531DLB300 HM3531DLC300 HM3531DLE300 HM3531DLF300 HM3531DLG300 HM3531DLH300 Note: For higher accuracy models, change the 10th digit from a 3 to a 1 (0.05% FS), 2 (0.1% FS), or 6 (0.1% of reading); higher accuracies are only available on 0 to 28 in of w.c. range or higher. Example: HM3531DLC100 (0 to 28 in w.c. with 0.05% accuracy); consult factory. Over Pressure 50 in w.c. 140 in w.c. 600 in w.c. 600 in w.c. 58 psi 58 psi SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: 18/8 stainless steel. Accuracy: (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability): Depending on model; ±0.20% FS ±1 digit; ±0.10% FS ±1 digit; ±0.05% FS ±1 digit. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Humidity: Maximum 95% RH non- condensing. Display: Graphical back lit LCD. 128 x 64 points. Power Requirements: (3) 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries, installed functional, user replaceable. Can operate on 6 to 9 VDC external power. Current Consumption: 25 mA without back lit display, IR, or buzzer. Memory: 10,742 readings. Recording intervals adjustable from 1 s to 24 hrs or manual. Case Protection: IP54 (NEMA 3). Weight: 10.5 oz (300 g). Process Connections: Hose 4/6 mm or 1/8˝ NPT. ACCESSORIES Model Description HM28-0 HM35-1 HM35-2 HM35-3 1/8˝ NPT adapter (1 piece) Communication software key Infrared RS-232 serial adapter, required to download stored data to a PC External power converter with U.S. plug adapter, input 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-MD NIST traceable calibration certificate SERIES HM28 PRECISION HANDHELD DIGITAL MANOMETER High Accuracy (0.2%, 0.1% or 0.05%), Differential, Gage or Absolute P o r t a b e l M a n o m e t e r s , The Series HM28 Precision Handheld Digital Manometer is designed to measure a wide range of pressures with up to 0.05% accuracy. The data logging function can store up to 964 readings and transmit the readings to a PC through an IR serial report. The dual line LCD is able to display a resolution to 0.001 of the selected unit and indicate peaks and valleys. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Measures differential, gage, or absolute pressure • Able to record up to 964 readings, which can be downloaded to a PC • Up to 0.05% accuracy APPLICATIONS • Calibration facilities • Laboratories Features 0 to 10 in w.c. (2.5 kPa) 0 to 28 in w.c. (7 kPa) 0 to 120 in w.c. (30 kPa) MODEL CHART Model Error limit 0.2% FS for gage, underpressure and differential pressure HM28D3B10000 HM28D3C10000 HM28D3F10000 Error limit 0.05% FS for gage, underpressure and differential pressure HM28D3C30000 HM28D3F30000 HM28D3K30000 For absolute pressure HM28A3I10000 0 to 15.9 psia (0.2% FS (110 kPa abs)) Note: Consult factory for 0.10% models. 0 to 28 in w.c. (7 kPa) 0 to 120 in w.c. (30 kPa) 0 to 100 psi (700 kPa) 5-61/64 [151.21] 3-1/4 [82.55] 1-5/16 [33.34] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Accuracy: (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability): per order code. ±0.20% FS ±1 digit; ±0.10% FS ±1 digit; ±0.05% FS ±1 digit. Wetted Materials: 18/8 stainless steel. Temperature Limits: 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Humidity: 30 to 95% rH, non- condensing. Display: 2 line, 16 character, dot matrix LCD, with switchable display sizes. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Can operate from external power supply of 7 to 14 VDC. Current Consumption: < 9 mA. Memory: 964 measured values. Recording intervals adjustable from manual, 1, 5, 10, 20, 30 s, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 30, 60 minutes. Case Protection: IP54 (NEMA 3). Case Dimensions: 6˝ x 3.27˝ x 1.34˝ (152 x 83 x 34 mm). Weight: 9.5 oz (270 g). Process Connections: Hose; 4/6 mm or 1/8˝ NPT. Maximum Measurement Rates: Stand alone: 2-1/2 readings/s (0.1% and 0.05% ratings), 5 readings/s (0.2% rating). Output to RS-232: 20 measurements/s (0.2% rating). 10 measurements/s (0.1% and 0.05% ratings). RS-232 Baud Rate: Adjustable, 1200, 2400, 4800, or 9600 baud. ACCESSORIES Model Description HM28-0 HM28-1 1/8˝ NPT adapter (1 piece) Communication software and cable Universal power adapter HM28-2 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-MD NIST traceable calibration certificate DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 181

204

A T A D & T S E T ® SERIES 1221/1222/1223 FLEX-TUBE® U-TUBE MANOMETERS 2-1/6 [52.39] 1-1/8 [28.58] A B B A 1-3/4 [44.45] 3/4 [19.05] Range Hg Required to Fill 1221, 2 & 3 Scale Length“A” 1221 & 2 O.A. Length “B” 1223 O.A. Length “B” 1221 1222 1223 Inches H2O Millimeters H2O Grams Ounces W/M D 8 (4-0-4) 14 12 (6-0-6) 18-7/8 16 (8-0-8) 23-5/8 20 (10-0-10) 28-1/2 32-7/8 - 24 (12-0-12) 33-3/8 36 (18-0-18) 47-7/8 52 - Note: Not recommended for vacuum service above 5 in. Hg (68 in w.c.). M200 (100-0-100) M300 (150-0-150) M400 (200-0-200) - M600 (300-0-300) - - M1000 (500-500) 178.5 225.5 269 314.5 353.1 379.7 491.1 526.6 12-1/4 16-1/4 20-3/8 24-1/4 27-7/8 28-1/4 40-1/4 43-5/8 6.3 7.9 9.5 11.1 12.4 13.4 17.3 18.5 W/M D 15-1/4 17 19-1/4 21-3/4 23-1/4 26-1/2 27-1/4 31-1/2 30-3/4 35-3/4 31-1/2 36-1/4 43-1/4 50-3/4 46-1/2 55 W/M 18-1/2 21-1/8 26-1/8 30-1/8 33-5/8 33-3/8 46-1/8 49-3/8 D 19-7/8 24-5/8 30-3/8 34-3/8 38-5/8 39-1/8 53-5/8 57-7/8 The Series 1221/1222/1223 Flex-Tube® U-Tube Manometers combine the inherent accuracy of the “U” Tube with the durability of tough, long-lasting plastic construction. The columns are made of 0.375˝ O.D. flexible and shatterproof clear butyrate tubing and are backed by a white scale channel to provide maximum color contrast. These manometers are ideal wherever a portable, direct reading manometer is needed. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Suitable for total pressures up to 100 psi • High contrast scale for better precision when measuring APPLICATIONS • Duct static pressure • Calibration labs • Filter monitoring , s r e t e m o n a M l e b a t r o P Series 1221 Flex-Tube® U-Tube Manometer Our simplest, lowest cost basic U-gage. A dependable U-tube manometer that withstands hard use and provides accurate, high visibility readings. For use with water, mercury or red gage fluid. For mercury filled manometers, a scale clamp bar, Dwyer® Part No. A-363 (available as an extra for Series 1221 — and standard on Series 1222) is recommended. One pair of carrying plugs and a pair of non-kink vinyl tube connectors are included with each manometer. Series 1222 Flex-Tube® U-Tube Manometer All the features of the 1221 plus magnetic clips for mounting to any vertical steel surface, and clamp bar to insure against U-tube slipping. (Especially recommended for manometers used with mercury.) Both magnets are easily removed and replaced at the user’s convenience. Series 1223 Flex-Tube® U-Tube Manometer Our finest U-gage — for either portable or stationary use. Safety traps prevent loss of indicating fluid in case of accidental over-pressure. Tubing is permanently bonded to a molded, high impact acrylic plastic top that contains safety traps. Large magnetic clips and clamp bar are provided. Standard type “a” connections include two rapid shut-off type molded nylon tubing connections, two 3-foot lengths of flexible Tygon® plastic tubing, and two 1/8˝ pipe thread to tube adapters. MODEL CHART Model 1221-8-W/M 1221-12-W/M 1221-16-W/M 1221-20-W/M 1221-24-W/M 1221-36-W/M 1221-M200-W/M 1221-M300-W/M 1221-M400-W/M 1221-M600-W/M 1221-M1000-W/M Note: To order models with red gage fluid change -W/M to -D. Model 1223-8-W/M 1223-12-W/M 1223-16-W/M 1223-20-W/M 1223-24-W/M 1223-36-W/M 1223-M200-W/M 1223-M300-W/M 1223-M400-W/M 1223-M600-W/M 1223-M1000-W/M Model 1222-8-W/M 1222-12-W/M 1222-16-W/M 1222-20-W/M 1222-24-W/M 1222-36-W/M 1222-M200-W/M 1222-M300-W/M 1222-M400-W/M 1222-M600-W/M 1222-M1000-W/M Ranges 8 (4-0-4) in w.c. 12 (6-0-6) in w.c. 16 (8-0-8) in w.c. 20 (10-0-10) in w.c. 24 (12-0-12) in w.c. 36 (18-0-18) in w.c. M200 (100-0-100) mm w.c. M300 (150-0-150) mm w.c. M400 (200-0-200) mm w.c. M600 (300-0-300) mm w.c. M1000 (500-0-500) mm w.c. OPTIONS To order add suffix: -NIST Example: 1230-8-W/M-NIST Description NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Model Description 1221 1222 1223 2 plastic carrying plugs; 2 flexible plastic tubing connectors for attachment of 3/16˝ rubber or plastic tubing without kinking. 1 ounce bottle .826 sp. gr. red gage fluid furnished for “D” style manometers. Fluorescein green dye concentrate furnished with “W/M” style manometers. 2 magnetic mounting clips; tube clamp; 2 plastic carrying plugs and 2 flexible plastic tubing connectors for attachment of 3/16˝ rubber or plastic tubing without kinking. 1 ounce bottle .826 sp. gr. red gage fluid furnished for “D” style manometers. Fluorescein green dye concentrate furnished with “W/M” style manometers. Magnetic mounting clips; tube clamp and Type “a” connections consisting of two rapid shut off molded nylon tubing connectors; two 1/8˝ pipe thread to tube adapters; two 3-foot lengths of Tygon® plastic tubing, 1 ounce bottle .826 sp. gr. red gage fluid is furnished for “D” style manometers; fluorescein green dye concentrate with “W/M” style. 182 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Tygon® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Corporation

205

® SERIES 1211 & MODEL 1212 SLACK TUBE® MANOMETER Slack Tube® manometer rolled up for easy handling and storage 1212 gas pressure kit The Series 1211 Slack Tube® Manometer is as accurate as the finest laboratory “U” gages, but is designed to roll up compactly for easy carrying. These manometers cover a wide range of pressure readings from 4-0-4 inches up to 60-0-60 inches. The Model 1212 Gas Pressure Kit in comes supplied with a 1211-16 Slack Tube® Manometer, carrying case, necessary tubing, and connection fittings for checking gas pressures in virtually all gas appliances. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rolls up for easy storage and transport • Over pressure safety traps to prevent loss of fluid due to over range pressures or surges in pressure APPLICATIONS • Filter monitoring • Duct static pressure for setting damper position MODEL CHART Metric Model 1211-50 1211-100 1211-200 Range, CM 25 to 0 to 25 50 to 0 to 50 100 to 0 to 100 Hg Req’d (oz.) 11 18-1/2 35 Model 1211-8 1211-12 1211-16 1211-24 1211-30 1211-36 1211-48 1211-60 1211-72 1211-120 Range, In. 4 to 0 to 4 6 to 0 to 6 8 to 0 to 8 12 to 0 to 12 15 to 0 to 15 18 to 0 to 18 24 to 0 to 24 30 to 0 to 30 36 to 0 to 36 60 to 0 to 60 Hg Req’d (oz.) 6 7 9 12-1/2 15 17-1/2 22-1/2 27 32 57 SERIES 1227 2-1/6 [52.39] 1-1/8 [28.58] A 2 1 0 1 2 Model 1211-8 1211-12 1211-16 1211-24 1211-30 1211-36 1211-48 1211-60 1211-72 1211-120 1211-50 1211-100 1211-200 Dimension “A” 16-3/4 [425.45] 20-3/4 [527.05] 24-3/4 [628.65] 32-3/4 [831.85] 38-3/4 [984.25] 44-3/4 [1136.65] 56-3/4 [1441.45] 68-3/4 [1746.25] 80-3/4 [2051.05] 128-3/4 [3270.25] 28-3/4 [730.25] 48-3/4 [1238.25] 87-3/4 [2228.85] INCLUDED WITH THE 1212 KIT Description (1) #1211-16 Slack Tube® Manometer, reads pressure to 16˝ water*, (1) Carrying case, plastic, 8-1/2˝ x 7˝ x 3-1/8˝, (1) 1 oz. bottle Fluorescein green color concentrate with wetting agent, (2) 1/8˝ pipe thread rubber tubing adapters, (1) 1/8˝ to 1/4˝ pipe thread bushing, (1) 3´ L 3/16˝ rubber tubing, (1) Rubber tubing adapter to fit standard 7/16˝ dia. spud. *Other ranges available. MODEL CHART Model Description 1212 Gas pressure kit ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Description Plastic case, magnetic mounting clips, two rapid shutoff type molded nylon rubber tubing connectors and one bottle of fluorescein green color concentrate with wetting agent. DUAL RANGE FLEX-TUBE® U-INCLINED MANOMETERS 1227 dual range 1227 mounted in incline position 1-3/4 [44.45] 5 [127] 3/4 [19.05] 26 [660.40] As Vertical U-Tube Manometer As Inclined Manometer 0-16˝ water with 1˝ major divisions, .2˝ minor divisions Model 1227M (metric) is 0-400 mm water column Scale is 17˝ long, reading .20-0-2.6˝ water with .02˝ minor divisions Model 1227M (metric) is -5 to 0 to 70 mm water column T E S T & D A T A P o r t a b e l M a n o m e t e r s , The Series 1227 Dual Range Flex-Tube® U-Inclined Manometers are versatile, low cost manometers that can be used to read high-range pressure on the right leg or as an inclined manometer to read low-range pressure on the bottom leg. It is made of a sturdy, clear plastic and offers direct readings as a U-tube or an inclined gage. Magnetic clips are attached to the unit to hold it in position on any steel duct surface and instructions are conveniently printed directly on the scale. MODEL CHART Model Description 1227 English units 1227M Metric units FEATURES/BENEFITS • Reads 0 to 16 in w.c. as a U-tube and -0.20 to 0 to 2.6 in w.c. as an inclined gage • Clear, shatterproof indicating tube provides overpressure protection • Black markings on a stark white scale for positive definition APPLICATIONS • Fan status • Filter monitoring ACCESSORIES - STANDARD Description Two plastic carrying plugs with retainers for use when manometer is not in service. Two magnetic clips to hold instrument to metal surface. Flexible red vinyl plastic tubing connectors. Brass terminal tube 1/4˝ diameter x 8˝ long. One terminal tube holder. Brass adapter, 1/8˝ pipe thread to plastic tubing. One 4-1/2´ length of Tygon® plastic tubing. One 1 ounce bottle .826 sp. gr. red gage fluid. Vinyl carrying case. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Tygon® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Performance Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 183

206

A T A D & T S E T ® SERIES 1213 GAS PRESSURE MANOMETER The “Tube in a Tube” Direct Reading Manometer 1/2 [12.70] 1 [25.40] 3/4 DIA [19.05] *17 [431.80] *1213-15 SHOWN. 1213-7 IS 11 INCHES LONG OVERALL 1/4 ID x 3/8 OD x 3 FT LONG VINYL TUBING [6.35 ID x 9.53 OD x 914.40] 1/8-27 NPT The Series 1213 Gas Pressure Manometer provides visual indication of pressure of natural gas up to 15 in w.c. Tap water is used as the sensing media and a magnetic clip provides temporary or permanent mounting. The 1213 is made of a durable plastic for years of trouble-free service, and includes 3´ of vinyl tubing and 1/8˝ nylon male NPT to barb fitting. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Used to monitor any compatible gas up to 15 in w.c. • Durable plastic housing for long term use • Economically priced APPLICATIONS • Combustion supply gas monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limit: 140°F (60°C) maximum. Pressure Limits: 15 in w.c. (381 mm). Piping Connections: 1/8˝ male NPT connector provided. Wetted Materials: Vinyl, PVC and nylon. Weight: 5 oz (142 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Model 1213-15 7˝ (177.8) Length (mm) SERIES MARK II MOLDED PLASTIC AIR VELOCITY METERS Low in Cost, Direct Reading Scales Offer 3% Accuracy, For Portable or Stationary Applications , s r e t e m o n a M l e b a t r o P 27 1-7/16 [35.53] 5/8 [15.88] 4-25/32 [121.44] 25/32 [19.84] 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-1/8 [28.58] 2-1/4 [57.15] MAX 3-11/16 [93.66] Ø7/32 [5.56] HOLE 5-29/32 [150.02] 4-23/32 [119.86] 25/32 [19.84] 7-13/32 [188.12] 7/32 X 13/32 [5.56 X 10.32] MOUNTING SLOT Ø15/64 [5.95] MOUNTING HOLE 40-AV – Shown with standard swing-out stand and leveling screw installed. 15/64 [5.95] x 13/32 [10.32] MOUNTING SLOT 10-5/8 [269.88] 5-5/16 [134.95] MAX 2-31/32 [75.41] 4-5/8 [117.48] 25/32 [19.84] 2-1/4 [57.15] MAX 1-1/4 [31.75] 4 [101.60] The Series Mark II Molded Plastic Air Velocity Meters offer the accuracy and durability of our Mark II manometers with direct air velocity readings. They are designed to be used with Dwyer’s Series 160 line of Pitot tubes (not included). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Thick white styrene-acrylonitrile housing is virtually indestructible • Moderate overpressures are accommodated by an overflow tank (Model 25) or float operated overflow traps (Model 40) • Able to be mounted on any vertical surface APPLICATIONS • Measure air velocity in ducts MODEL CHART Model Mark II 27 Mark II 28 Mark II 40-250 Pa-AV Note: Pitot tube not included with models above. Range 0 to 7000 FPM 0 to 10500 FPM 0 to 21 MPS ACCESSORIES Model Description A-612 Portable stand (for models 27, 28) OEM SPECIALS All models of the Dwyer® Mark II molded plastic air velocity meters can be supplied with your logo or special scale in OEM quantities. Consult factory for details. See also our Digital Manometers and Pitot tubes. 184 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

207

® SERIES 400 AIR VELOCITY METER The Series 400 Air Velocity Meter offers the convenience of a dual purpose instrument with high accuracy and easy-to-read scales. It can be used to balance air conditioning systems, measure pressure drop across filters, and test fan and blower discharge and inlet pressures. Series 400 kits include a manometer, Pitot tube, necessary tubing and connectors, red gage fluid, and carrying case. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Red figures display velocity in FPM and black figures display air pressure in inch w.c. • No conversion tables needed for air at standard conditions • Available with Pitot tubes and carrying case APPLICATIONS • Air balancing • Building commissioning T E S T & D A T A 1 [25.40] 9-5/8 [244.48] 9-5/8 [244.48] 9 [228.60] 2-1/2 [63.50] 3-1/2 [88.90] 6-1/8 [155.58] MODEL CHART - WITH COMBINATION INCLINED/VERTICAL SCALES* Model 400-10-Kit 400-10-Gage *Rated for total pressures to 100 psig (6.89 bar); temperatures to 150°F (65°C) Vertical .10, 1-10 .10, 1-10 Minor Div.; Range in w.c. Inclined .01, 0 to 1.0 .01, 0 to 1.0 Pitot Tube 18 in None Range in w.c. 0 to 10 0 to 10 Velocity FPM 400 to 12600 400 to 12600 MODEL 460 AIR METER/DRAFT GAGE A Low-Cost, Direct Reading Instrument Used for Air Velocity & Static Pressure Tests Furnace draft Grille velocities Complete kit, Model 400-10 Size**: 11-1/2˝H x 20-1/4˝W x 1-1/2˝D Weight: Only 13-1/4 lb with equipment **Contact factory for extra long steel cases for use with longer Pitot tubes A i r l V e o c i t y M a n o m e t e r s , 1-11/16 [42.88] 6 [152.40] 5/16 [7.95] 7/16 [11.11] 1-1/8 [28.72] The Model 460 Air Meter/Draft Gage is popular for servicing HVAC equipment because of its consistent, accurate results. The direct reading velocity and static pressure scales show supply and return grille velocities, furnace draft, and pressure drop across filters. The 460 is made of a rugged plastic for daily use. MODEL CHART Model Description 460 Air meter, complete kit FEATURES/BENEFITS • High and low range velocity in one unit • Simple and quick operation with highly accurate results • Compact housing for easy portability APPLICATIONS • Measuring grille velocities, furnace draft, and pressure drop across filters ACCESSORIES Model Description A-378 A-379 A-380 A-381 Tube of 3 replacement floats Supply grille probe Return grille probe Cleaning kit including 1 anti-static chemically treated pipe stem cleaner and nylon high range orifice cleaner Complete pocket-size kit Includes air meter, return and supply grille probes, angle connector, cleaning materials, instruction card, air velocity calculator and carrying case. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 185

208

® SERIES 160 STAINLESS STEEL PITOT TUBE ASME Design Meets AMCA and ASHRAE Codes A T A D & T S E T Standard Model 160 pitot tube 1 [25.40] 96˝ 1/2 [12.70] TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTION Ø1/4 [6.350] Ø1/4 [6.35] STATIC PRESSURE CONNECTION ØB 5 [127.00] 3-5/8 [92.08] 2-35/64 [64.69] STATIC PRESSURE (8) Ø.040 [1.02] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED TOTAL PRESSURE Ø1/8 [3.18] HOLE 160 96˝ and longer with stiffener The Series 160 Stainless Steel Pitot Tube is constructed from corrosion resistant stainless steel with permanently etched insertion depth graduations for a lifetime of service. The static pressure port is parallel to the sensing tube to allow quick, easy alignment of the tube with air flow. A universal model fits the user supplied 3/4˝ schedule 40 pipe in any length. s e b u T t o t i P FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low sensitivity to misalignment up to 15 degrees • No calibration needed due to ASHRAE tip design • Silver soldered connections for leak-proof operation • 5/16˝ models rated to 1500°F (815.5°C) APPLICATIONS • Monitor or control air velocity or air flow when combined with differential pressure gage, switch, or transmitter ACCESSORIES Model A-156 A-158 A-159 A-160-CASE A-397 Description Flange mounting plate 1/2˝ female NPT Split flange mounting. Can be added to any Dwyer® No. 160 standard pitot tube. Cadmium plated steel. Gasket is pattern for mounting holes. Secure flange loosely to tube, adjust tube depth and tighten screws. Gasket of 1/16˝ Neoprene fits tightly around tube and against duct for leak-proof seal. Nuts, washers included. Mounting gland. Versatile adapter slips on any Series 160, 5/16˝ standard pitot tube made after Dec. 1990. Two-part stainless steel fitting slides over tube and provides permanent, secure mounting. Where duct interior is accessible, use the washers and jam nut supplied. For blind applications or in thicker materials, use model A-156 flange mounting plate. Once tube is adjusted to proper depth and angle, tighten smaller hex bushing to lock position. Graphite bushing inside assures leak-proof seal even at higher temperatures. TFE bushing also available. Note: For full insertion with this fitting, order next longer pitot tube. A-159 mounting gland is used for both duct mounting and flange mounting. Carrying case for pitot tubes up to 48˝ Step drill. For fast, convenient installation of pitot tubes in sheet metal ducts. No center punch needed; automatic de-burring. Drills six sizes from 3/16˝-1/2˝ in 1/16˝ increments. 186 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 1/2 [12.70] TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTION Ø1/4 [6.35] Ø1/4 [6.35] 13/16 [20.62] INSERTION LENGTH 1/2 [12.70] SQ 2-5/8 [66.68] STATIC PRESSURE CONNECTION (8) Ø.040 [1.02] STATIC PRESSURE HOLES EQUALLY SPACED 160 Ø5/16 [7.94] 5 [127.00] 2-41/64 [67.07] Ø1/8 [3.18] TOTAL PRESSURE MODEL 166 2 [50.8] MODEL 167 1 [25.4] MODEL 166 1 [25.4] MODEL 167 1/2 [12.7] 6-1/2 OR 12-1/2 1/2 [12.70] 1-1/2 [38.10] TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTION Ø1/8 [3.18] Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] 1/2 [12.70] Ø1/8 [3.18] STATIC PRESSURE (8) Ø.020 [Ø.51] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED Ø1/8 [Ø3/18] Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] 2-1/2 [63.50] 1/2 [12.70] TOTAL PRESSURE Ø3/64 [Ø1.19] HOLE STATIC PRESSURE CONNECTION 166/167 MODEL CHART Standard 5/16˝ Diameter Model 160-8 160-12 160-18 160-24 160-36 160-48 160-60 Model 160-KIT Longer Length with Stiffener Model 160-96 Pocket Size 1/8˝ Diameter Model 166-6 166-12 167-6 167-12 Insertion Length 8-5/8˝ 12-5/8˝ 18-5/8˝ 24-5/8˝ 36-5/8˝ 48-5/8˝ 60-5/8˝ Description Kit containing 160-18, 160-24, 160-36, 160- 48, and carrying case Insertion Length 96˝ Insertion Length 6˝ 12˝ 6˝ 12˝ OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -CF Example: 166-6-CF 1/8˝ male NPT compression fitting, mounting option for Series 166/167 A-158 A-159 To flange mount, the A-159 must be used with the A-156 flange mounting plate. A-160-CASE A-397

209

T E S T & D A T A ® MODEL 160F STRAIGHT STAINLESS STEEL PITOT TUBE 5/16 [7.92] 19-9/32 [489.56] V I DEO O N L I N E Sensing profile [4] ø3/64 [ø1.09] PRESSURE HOLES [2 ON EACH SIDE] 2-35/64 [64.54] 5/8 [16.00] 1/4 [6.30] 1/4 [6.35] ø1/8 [ø3.05] The Series 160F Straight Stainless Steel Pitot Tube is constructed from corrosion resistant stainless steel with permanently etched insertion depth graduations for a lifetime of service. The static pressure port is parallel to the sensing tube to allow quick, easy alignment of the tube with air flow. The straight design allows for easy insertion into ducts through grills and pressure taps, as well as aids in positioning in hard to reach locations where a hook style Pitot tube may not allow access. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Straight design allows for easy insertion into ducts • Permanent stamped insertion depth graduations facilitate accurate positioning • Alignment indicator helps keep tip parallel to flow APPLICATIONS • Monitor or control air velocity or air flow when combined with differential pressure gage, switch, or transmitter where hook style Pitot tubes don’t allow access SPECIFICATIONS Wetted Material: 304 SS. Accuracy: ±2% FS, 0 to 9000 FPM (45 M/s). K-Factor: 0.81. Temperature Limit: 1500°F (815°C). Insertion Length: 18˝ (44 cm). Process Connections: 1/4˝ OD. Weight: 4.3 oz (122 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Model 160F 160F-24 160F-36 160F-48 160F-60 Probe Length Model 18˝ (457.2 mm) 24˝ (609.6 mm) 36˝ (914.4 mm) 48˝ (1219.2 mm) 60˝ (1524 mm) Description 160F-KIT Kit containing 160-18, 160-24, 160-36, 160- 48, and carrying case ACCESSORIES Model A-156 A-158 A-159 A-160-CASE A-397 Description Flange mounting plate 1/2˝ female NPT Split flange Mounting gland Carrying case for pitot tubes up to 48˝ Step drill MODEL 160E ELLIPSOIDAL TIP PITOT TUBE Designed to Meet ISO Standard 3966 V I DEO O N L I N E A 5 [127.00] Ø5/16 [7.94] 15/32 [11.91] 1-13/16 [46.04] DEPTH INDICATOR 2-1/2 [63.50] STATIC PRESSURE (8) Ø.040 [1.02] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED Ø1/4 [6.350] Ø3/16 [4.78] ALIGNMENT ARM The Series 160E Ellipsoidal Tip Pitot Tube uses a precision crafted tip configuration, which allows air to pass smoothly with minimum turbulence for consistent, reliable readings. Sliding depth indicators grip firmly to ensure uniform insertion when measuring traverses across ducts. Total and static pressure taps are 1/4˝ (6 mm) and are permanently silver soldered to the connection block, making them leak-proof and durable. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Designed to meet ISO standard 3966 commonly required in UK and Europe • Ellipsoidal tip design for improved accuracy • 304 SS construction adds strength and resists corrosion • Adjustable depth indicators for fast, consistent traverses • Alignment indicator helps keep tip parallel to flow APPLICATIONS • Monitor or control air velocity or air flow when combined with differential pressure gage, switch, or transmitter TOTAL PRESSURE Ø1/16 [1.59] HOLE MODEL CHART Model 160E-00 160E-01 160E-02 160E-03 160E-04 160E-05 160E-06 Insertion in Meters 0.2 0.3 0.48 0.8 1.0 1.22 1.52 P i t o t T u b e s STATIC PRESSURE CONNECTION 1/2 [12.70] Ø1/4 [6.35] TOTAL PRESSURE CONNECTION Model 160E-00 160E-01 160E-02 160E-03 160E-04 160E-05 160E-06 Dim A 7-7/8 [200.03] 11-7/8 [301.63] 18-7/8 [479.43] 31-1/2 [800.10] 39-1/2 [1003.30] 48 [1219.20] 59-7/8 [1520.83] ACCESSORIES Model A-160-CASE Carrying case for pitot Description tubes up to 1.22 m Handy A-532 slide chart speeds air velocity calculations. All plastic, stays clean for years. Included with each pitot tube. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 187

210

A T A D & T S E T ® SERIES 160S “S” TYPE STAINLESS STEEL PITOT TUBES Large, Open Tip Design Resists Fouling; Optional Permanent Mount Models 160S-18 160S-18PM V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 160S “S” Type Stainless Steel Pitot Tubes are designed specifically for flow measurement of dirty, particulate laden air or gas streams typical in smoke stack and other environmental testing. Total and static pressure tubes are precisely aligned and welded together every 6 inches for maximum accuracy, strength, and long term durability. Permanent mount (PM) models include a 1˝ welded stainless steel sleeve and adjustable compression fitting with 1˝ MNPT mounting threads. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Large 5/16˝ stainless steel tubing resists plugging under harsh conditions • 1/8˝ FNPT connections are permanently welded to unit • Able to be used in up to 1500°F (815.5°C) and 100 psig (6.89 bar) APPLICATIONS • Monitor or control air velocity or air flow in particulate laden air streams A 1-1/8 [28.58] 2-7/8 [73.03] 2-23/32 [69.06] TYP Ø5/16 [7.94] TYP 2 PLACES 1/8 NPT TYP 2 PLACES Model 160S-18 160S-24 160S-36 160S-48 160S-60 Dim A 18 [457.20] 24 [609.60] 36 [914.40] 48 [1219.20] 60 [1524.00] MODEL CHART Perm. Mtg. Model 160S-18PM 160S-24PM 160S-36PM Insertion in Inches 18 24 36 Insertion in Inches 18 24 36 48 60 72 Model 160S-18 160S-24 160S-36 160S-48 160S-60 160S-72 Note: Permanent Mounting (PM) models include 1 inch dia. welded stainless steel sleeve and adjustable compression fitting with 1 inch male NPT mounting treads. Adjust depth, lock in place. ACCESSORIES Model A-160-CASE Carrying case for pitot tubes up to 48˝ Description s e b u T t o t i P MODEL 166T TELESCOPING STAINLESS STEEL PITOT TUBE Adjustable Design Extends Insertion Length to 36 Inches V I DEO O N L I N E Ø7/16 [11.11] 11-15/32 [291.31] UNEXTENDED 40-7/16 [1027.13] EXTENDED The Model 166T Telescoping Stainless Steel Pitot Tube is a unique air flow sensor which can quickly and easily be adjusted for any duct insertion length from 11.5 to 36 inches (29.2 to 91.4 cm), allowing it to replace up to 5 conventional fixed length Pitot tubes. The telescoping sections lock in place as they are extended, which enables the use of the handheld grip to gauge proper alignment of the tip with the airstream. For even greater convenience, it is securely protected by a custom fitted polyethylene carrying case. MODEL CHART Model Description 166T Telescoping pitot tube FEATURES/BENEFITS • Adjustable length can replace up to 5 fixed length Pitot tubes • Stainless steel construction resists corrosion • 1.8˝ diameter hemispherical tip has 1.0 flow coefficient APPLICATIONS • Monitor or control air velocity or air flow when combined with differential pressure gage, switch, or transmitter where varying lengths are needed 188 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

211

T E S T & D A T A ® MODEL 160G AVERAGING AIR FLOW GRID Extends Over 50˝ to Aid in Air Flow Output Checks 4-7/8 [123.95] TYP. 4 [101.60] 3-3/16 [80.78] 16-15/32 [418.34] 5-27/32 [148.34] TYP. POLE RETRACTED 22-1/2 [571.59] POLE EXTENDED 36-1/8 [917.58] The Model 160G Averaging Air Flow Grid utilizes 16 sensing points to provide precision sensing across its 16.5˝ (41.9 cm) length and width. The ball pivot joint and tightening nut allows the user to position the sensing grid at any angle in any direction for ease of use in hard to reach locations. The included color coded tubing connects to the integral barbed fittings, providing a differential pressure signal to a gage or manometer where the readings can be converted into a velocity or flow reading. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Maximum reach of approximately 48˝ (122 cm) • 16 sensing points provide an accurate average flow APPLICATIONS • Measure face air velocity on grills, diffusers, registers, exhaust hoods 16-15/32 [418.34] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air or compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Grid: Black polycarbonate; Ball pivot joint: AL, plastic; Handle: Aluminum; Standoffs: Aluminum with rubber bumpers, two sets: 1.25˝ (31.7 mm) and 2˝ (50.8 mm), 1/8˝ ID / 1/4˝ OD; Tubing: Two 10´ (3 m) lengths of silicone rubber. Accuracy: ±2% FS. Temperature Limits: -40 to 257°F (-40 to 125°C). K Factor: 0.84. Range: 1000 to 5000 FPM (5 to 25 m/s). Process Connection: 1/8 to 1/4˝ ID tubing. Weight: 1.75 lb (0.79 kg). Agency Approvals: RoHS. MODEL CHART Model Description 160G Averaging air flow grid MODEL ANE-1 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ANEMOMETER Bi-Directional Anemometer, No Sensing Electronics ACCESSORIES Model UHH-C2 Protective hard case Description UHH-C2 A i r F o w G l r i d s MALE M10 CONNECTION 4-9/64 [105.00] 11/16 [17.50] 63/64 [25.00] 1-37/64 [39.97] 6-1/4 [158.79] Ø4-23/64 [110.90] HOLES FOR AIR INTAKE 2-1/8 [54.05] 10-25/64 [263.79] 2 [50.80] FEMALE M10 CONNECTION FOR HANDLE TUBING HOLE 4-23/64 [110.90] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air only. Wetted Materials: Anemometer: ABS; Tubing: Silicone; Handle: Phenolic. Dimensions: Tubing: 2 mm ID x 4.5 mm OD; Adapter: 2 mm OD to 3/16˝ OD connections. Temperature Limits: 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C). K-Factor: 0.843. Process Connections: 2 removable 5˝ (12.7 cm) tubing 3/16˝ ID. Weight: 7.7 oz (220 g). MODEL CHART Model Description ANE-1 Differential pressure anemometer DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 189 Tubing adapter The Model ANE-1 Differential Pressure Anemometer is a robust and durable bi-directional anemometer with no moving parts or sensing electronics. Using the installed tubing, the ANE-1 connects easily to any manometer or applicable pressure sensing device and is capable of measuring a wide velocity range. The air velocity range and accuracy is dependent on the installed manometer, and the ANE-1 retains the accuracy as long as it is dust free. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Wide velocity range dependent on connected manometer • Includes 5´ of blue and 5´ of red silicone tubing with a removable adapter sized 2 mm OD to 3/16˝ OD APPLICATIONS • Measure face air velocity on grills, diffusers, registers, exhaust hoods

212

® MODEL 480 VANEOMETER™ SWING VANE ANEMOMETER Use This Sensitive Dwyer Unit to Measure Low Air Velocities – at Low Cost A T A D & T S E T 25/32 [19/86] 1-37/64 [40.08] 11/32 [8.71] 3-7/8 [98.43] 2-45/64 [68.66] 27/32 [21.44] 1-21/64 [33.73] 3/32 [2.36] 3-13/16 [96.82] 61/64 [24.13] 27/32 [21.44] 3-3/32 [78.64] Use a Vaneometer™ swing vane anemometer to measure velocity of air flow into laboratory fume hoods and at paint spray booths to determine when to change filters. Or wherever needed to meet OSHA standards of ventilation for smoke, dust or fume removal. The Model 480 Vaneometer™ Swing Vane Anemometer is a durable, economically priced instrument specifically designed to simplify the measurement of low air velocities. It is accurate to ±5% of full-scale to 100 FPM and ±10% from 100 FPM to the top of scale. It has a spirit level to ensure accurate readings and the large scales are easy to read and visible from both sides. MODEL CHART Model Description 480 M480 25 to 400 FPM 0 to 2.0 m/s FEATURES/BENEFITS • Small size and weight for easy portability • Easy to clean ABS plastic housing APPLICATIONS • Measure air flow into laboratory fume hoods SERIES MARK II WIND SPEED INDICATOR i s r e t e M d n W / s r e t e m o m e n A e n a V ACCESSORIES Model Description A-390 Extra vanes, pkg. of 2 7-31/64 [190.07] 6 [152.25] 15-51/64 [401.32] Includes ABS plastic vane, 50´ tubing, mounting hardware and gage fluid. The Series Mark II Wind Speed Indicator indicates wind speed directly on the liquid filled scale reading in both miles per hour (0-80) and Beaufort scale (1-12). A metric model is also available, which reads the same as above, but reading 0-130 kilometers per hour. The Mark II Wind Speed Indicator is an accurate, economically priced option for measuring wind speed. MODEL CHART Model Mark II WSI Mark II WSI Metric Scale mph kph FEATURES/BENEFITS • Durable molded white instrument with gold scale • English and metric units available APPLICATIONS • Weather monitoring stations 190 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 13-3/32 [332.58] 7-1/4 [184.15] 9-1/2 [241.30] 2 [50.80]

213

® SERIES WIND METER PORTABLE WIND METER 21/32 [16.67] 6-3/4 [171.48] T E S T & D A T A Hold this way for low scale reading For high scale reading, finger covers hole Dimensions: 5/8˝ W X 6-3/4˝ H X 17/32˝ D The Portable Series Wind Meter is used to indicate wind speed and is ideal for yachtsmen, outdoors-men, and farmers. By holding the meter at eye level with the back of the unit to the wind, the white ball in the tube indicates wind speed. The meter has two scales for maximum accuracy. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Direct reading requires no calculations • Dual scales to fit any requirement APPLICATIONS • Fishing, hunting, golf MODEL MW-1 POCKET WIND METER Measures Wind Speed and Temperature, Wide Range MODEL CHART Model Wind Meter-MPH Wind Meter-KNOT Wind Meter-KPH Wind Meter-MPS Scale mph knots kph mps ACCESSORIES Model Description A-376 Replacement floats for windmeter, tube of 3 1-37/64 [40.08] 4-1/8 [104.78] i W n d M e t e r s The Model MW-1 Pocket Wind Meter measures wind speed and temperature via the integral vane and thermo-anemometer sensor. Users can view readings on the four- digit LCD with wind speed bar graph and select units for air velocity and temperature. The MW-1 also features automatic shut-off, detailed instruction manual, and protective plastic water resistant housing that floats. FEATURES/BENEFITS • User selectable units to fit any requirement • Auto shut-off to conserve battery life • Water resistant plastic housing floats APPLICATIONS • Balancing applications • Energy audits • HVAC inspection SPECIFICATIONS Air Velocity Range: 0 to 30 m/s, 0 to 5860 ft/min, 0 to 90 km/h, 0 to 65 mph, 0 to 55 knots. Temperature/Wind-Chill Ranges: 14 to 113°F (-10 to 45°C). Temperature Resolution: 0.36°F (0.2°C). Accuracy: Wind speed: ±5% of reading. Temperature: ±3.6°F (±2°C). Resolution: 0.1 m/s, 19 ft/min, 0.3 km/h, 0.2 mph, 0.2 knots. Sample Time: 1 reading per second. Water-Resistant: Up to 3´ (1 m). Power Requirements: 3 V CR2032 or BR1225 lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Auto-Off: 14 minutes after last key is pressed. Impeller: Plastic, replaceable. Case: Plastic. Display: 2.32 x 2˝ (59 x 51 mm). Weight: 1.84 oz (52.1 g). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model Description MW-1 Hand-held, mini-vane thermo-anemometer ACCESSORIES Model Description A-166 Replacement vane for MW-1 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 191

214

® MODEL VT-300 MINIATURE VANE THERMO-ANEMOMETER Telescoping Probe Measures Air Velocity, Air Volume, Temperature, and Humidity A T A D & T S E T 51/64 [20.13] TELESCOPING Retracted Extended “L” in [mm] 11-27/32 [301] 18-1/4 [946] 3-1/64 [76.5] L 3-21/64 [84.53] PS/2 PLUG 9V DC POWER PORT 1/8˝ RS232 PORT 1-23/64 [34.73] 3/4 [19.05] A-551 A-VA3000-P SPECIFICATIONS AIR VELOCITY Range: 98.4 to 3937 ft/min (0.5 to 20 m/s). Accuracy: ±3% of reading + 0.2 m/s. Resolution: 0.1 m/s. Response Time: 1 s. TEMPERATURE Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Accuracy: ±1°F (±0.6°C) from -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C); ±2.2°F (±1.2°C) from 122 to 140°F (50 to 60°C). Resolution: 0.1°F (0.1°C). Response Time: 60 s (typ). RELATIVE HUMIDITY Range: 0.1 to 99.9% RH. Accuracy: ±3% RH at 25°C (10 to 90% RH); ±5% RH (0.1 to 10% RH, 90 to 99.9% RH). Resolution: 0.1% RH. Response Time: 60 s (typ). AIR VOLUME Range: 0 to 99,999 (CFM or m3/s). Resolution: 0.1 (0 to 9999.9) or 1 (10,000 to 99,999). WET BULB Range: -7.6 to 158°F (-22 to 70°C). Resolution: 0.1°F (0.1°C). METER Temperature Limits: Operating: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); Storage: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: Operating: <80% RH; Storage: <90% RH. Display: 1 x 1.8˝ (26 x 45 mm). Serial Communications: 9600 bps, 8 data bits, no parity. Power Requirements: (4) AAA 1.5 V alkaline batteries, included, user replaceable. Battery Life: 100 hours. Vane Diameter: 0.7˝ (18 mm). Weight: 7.41 oz (210 g). s r e t e m o m e n A - o m r e h T The Model VT-300 Miniature Vane Thermo-Anemometer measures air velocity, air volume, temperature, and humidity inside air ducts. This meter includes a telescoping vane probe that is only 0.7˝ (18 mm) in diameter that allows duct traverse measurements up to 20˝ ducts. User-selectable units include ft/min, m/s, knots, mph, and km/hr. The vane probe has a built-in sensor to record temperature in °F or °C, as well as humidity in %RH. There are three modes which include viewing data in real time, manual recording, and automatic recording. Model VT-300 can store measurements that can later be transferred to a PC via RS-232 communication. The vane probe is detachable for easy replacement, if necessary. Each unit is supplied with a hard carrying case, batteries, logging software CD, USB to RS-232 cable and instruction manual. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 3-in-1 parameters: air velocity/flow, RH, and temperature • Telescopic probe for traversing ducts up to 20˝ • Built-in data logging for paperless reporting • Vane anemometer offers wider application use vs pitot or hotwire • Hard case, batteries, and software included APPLICATIONS • Building commissioning • Building HVAC test and balance • Critical environment testing • Industrial process verification • Instrumentation validation MODEL CHART Model Description VT-300 Miniature vane thermo-anemometer ACCESSORIES Model A-VT300-P A-551 Description Replacement probe with miniature vane Replacement probe with large vane 192 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

215

T E S T & D A T A l T h e r m o c o u p e T h e r m o m e t e r s ® SERIES PUB & PUF PORTABLE ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER KITS Portable, Non-Invasive and Data Logging Option V I DEO O N L I N E PUB PUF The Series PUB & PUF Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Kits utilize the transit-time difference for measuring flow rates in pipes non-invasively. Units offer flow rate local display with analog and pulsed outputs. The Series PUF offers the same features plus data logging capability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Non-invasive pipe measurement • Compact and lightweight • Incorporate the latest electronics and signal processing technologies realizing high performance and easy operation • Ideal for on-the-go flow monitoring, capable of 20 hours continuous operation with built-in, rechargeable battery • Easy to read graphic display with convenient backlight for visual comfort • Efficient layout of the function keys for easy to use programming • PUB features rugged carrying case with molded foam inserts • PUF boasts an IP67 rated case to hold and protect all equipment conveniently APPLICATIONS • Water treatment • Industrial systems • Irrigation applications • Treated water flow • River water • Sea water • Potable water • Demineralized water • Glycol/water mix • Hydraulic system • Diesel oil • Water use data logging KIT INCLUDES • Converter • Set of transducers • Transducer holders • Set of transducer cables (6.56´ (2 m)) • 4-20 mA communication cables • 12 VDC power supply • Ultrasonic coupling grease • Set of chains • Ruled guide rail • Test block • Carrying case USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov MODEL 472A-1 DUAL INPUT THERMOCOUPLE THERMOMETER Accepts J, K, T Thermocouples, Differential Temperature Indication 1-5/16 [33.52] 7-1/16 179.32 2-13/16 [71.56] 2-19/32 [65.79] 1-9/64 [29.08] SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Type J, K, T thermocouples. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed non-functional, user replaceable. Ranges: J-type: -328 to 1400°F (-200 to 760°C); K-type: -328 to 2498°F (-200 to 1370°C); T-type: -328 to 734°F (-200 to 390°C). Accuracy: ±0.1% reading + 1.4°F (0.7°C). Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits (Non-Condensing): 0 to 85% relative humidity. Display: Triple LCD display. Resolution: 0.1°C up to 500°C. Weight: 23.6 oz. HANDHELD THERMOCOUPLES Model 1718-0001 1718-0002 Description General Purpose Probe: Featuring a built-in handle with coiled cord and mini-plug, this general purpose probe can be used in liquids and air compatible gases. For use to 800°F. Penetration Probe: Featuring a built-in handle with coiled cord and mini-plug, this probe is used for penetrating meat, plastic, rubber, asphalt, or other semi-soft materials. 1718-0014 1718-0015 3/16˝ [4.76] 5-1/4˝ [133.35] 12˝ [304.80] 5-1/4˝ [133.35] 4-1/2˝ [114.3] General purpose probe Penetration probe T/C Type J K J K 1/8˝ [3.18] The Model 472A-1 Dual Input Thermocouple Thermometer precisely measures up to two temperature measurements simultaneously. The large LCD display shows both temperature inputs or one temperature input and the differential temperature. Any J, K, or T type thermocouple with a mini-jack connector can be used as an input. For viewing in poorly lit environments, the built-in back light brightens the display. A hold button allows the user to freeze temperature data displayed. Minimum and maximum readings can be recorded over a set time period. Model 472A-1 includes a hard carrying case, battery, and one K type thermocouple. MODEL CHART Model Description 472A-1 Digital Input Thermocouple Thermometer OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-TG NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model 472A-B 1818-0074 1818-0078 1818-0082 1818-0085 1718-0077 Description Rubber boot Immersion probe Penetration probe Surface probe Air duct probe Remote probe handler DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 193

216

A T A D & T S E T ® SERIES LPTK GAS PRESSURE TEST KIT Convenient Kit Perfect For Testing LP and Natural Gas Controls 2-17/32 [64.5] 6-9/64 [156] 4-1/64 [102] 12-31/64 [317] 8-17/64 [210] 9-29/64 [240] Ø2-5/8 [Ø66.7] H33/64 [H13] 1-9/16 [39.6] PLACE OF GAGE 35/64 SQUARE [13.8 SQUARE] Closed Open Gage & hose Adaptor PLACE OF ADAPTOR The Series LPTK Gas Pressure Test Kit is ideal for testing LP and natural gas lines and controls. The kit’s gage shows if proper pressure is present or if a leak exists. Series LPTK is easier to use than a manometer and includes a sturdy case for added durability and safe handling. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Calibration screw on the back of the gage • Simple interface for ease of use APPLICATIONS • Combustion gas supply monitoring and testing n o i t s u b m o C s t i l K / s r e z y a n A s a G MODEL CHART Model LPTK-01 LPTK-02 LPTK-03 LPTK-04 Note: Consult factory for other range options. Range 0 to 15 in w.c. & 0 to 8.6 oz/in2 0 to 32 in w.c. & 0 to 18.5 oz/in2 0 to 4 kPa & 0 to 40 mbar 0 to 8 kPa & 0 to 80 mbar SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Gage: brass, hose: rubber. Housing Materials: Steel with black finish. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±3% FS. Pressure Limit: 110% of range. Temperature Limits: -40 to 150ºF (-40 to 65ºC). Size: 2-1/2˝ (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/8˝ NPT, brass hose barb. Case: ABS plastic. Hose: Rubber, 36˝ (91.4 cm). Tube Nipple: Rubber. Weight: 1.75 lb (0.8 kg). 194 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

217

® MODEL TAC-L PORTABLE DIGITAL TACHOMETER Contact or Photo Non-Contact Operation, Backlit LCD The Model TAC-L Portable Digital Tachometer measures rotational speed either by contacting a rotatable head to the shaft of the object or by using a photo sensor to detect the reflections from the laser. The housing is made of a strong, lightweight ABS plastic housing, which is designed to comfortably fit in the hand of the user. Supplied with this model are 3 contact rotational heads, a contact surface wheel, and a protective carrying case. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Non-contact operation can record from a distance of up to 20 inches • Memory function recalls records since last power off • Large backlit LCD for visibility in dark areas APPLICATIONS • HVAC fan motors • Powder and bulk conveyor belts MODEL CHART Model Description TAC-L Contact/non-contact digital tachometer ACCESSORIES Model Description TAC-5 Reflective tape, 5´ (1.5 m) roll, 1/2˝ (13 mm) wide T E S T & D A T A 7-3/8 [187.91] 2-7/8 [73.89] 6-1/4 [159.96] 1-3/8 [34.05] SURFACE SPEED RING ATTACHMENT RPM ADAPTER FITTING [ATTACHED TO UNIT] CYLINDRICAL CONTACT ROTATIONAL FITTING SMALL POINTED CONTACT ROTATIONAL FITTING LARGE POINTED CONTACT ROTATIONAL FITTINGS [ATTACHED TO UNIT] SPECIFICATIONS Range: Non-contact (RPM): 2.5 to 99,999 RPM; Contact (RPM): 0.5 to 19,999 RPM; Surface speed (m/min): 0.05 to 1999.9 m/min. Accuracy: ±(0.05% + 1 digit). Display: Backlit LCD; 5 digits, 7 segments, 0.7˝ (1.8 cm) H. Resolution: Non-contact (RPM): 0.1 RPM (2.5 to 999.9 RPM), 1 RPM (1000 to 99,999 RPM); Contact (RPM): 0.1 RPM (0.5 to 999.9 RPM), 1 RPM (1000 to 19,999 RPM); Surface speed (m/min): 0.01 m/min (0.05 to 99.99 m/min), 0.1 m/min (100.0 to 1999.9 m/min). Non-contact Measuring Distance Range: 2 to 20˝ (5 to 50 cm). Sampling Time: 0.8 s. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Requirements: (4) 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries. Weight: 1.37 lb (.620 kg). T a c h o m e t e r DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 195

218

A T A D & T S E T ® MODEL CSG CURRENT/VOLTAGE SIGNAL GENERATOR Ramp Function, Large Numeric LCD Display 2-1/2 [63.5] 1-13/32 [35.72] 5-1/2 [139.7] The Model CSG Current/Voltage Signal Generator generates a 0-10 VDC signal in increments of 1 V or a 0-20 mA signal in increments of 1 mA. The large LCD features a blue backlight for use in dimly lit areas. Model CSG continuously ramps the output using the user selected minimum, maximum, and ramp interval timing parameters. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Large backlit LCD for visibility in dark areas • Timed ramp function • Auto shut-off to conserve battery life APPLICATIONS • Troubleshooting transmitters and transducers • Configuring panel meters SPECIFICATIONS Impedance: Voltage: 1000 Ω min; Current: 300 Ω max. Output: 0-20 mA (1 mA increments); 0-10 VDC (1 VDC increments). Resolution: 1 mA (current); 1 VDC (voltage). Ramping Time Intervals: 1 to 20 s (1 s increments). Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable or 120 VAC (provided). Auto Power Off: 1 to 20 min. Electrical Connections: 6´ (1.8 m) with alligator clips. Weight: 6 oz (170 g). MODEL CHART Model Description CSG Current/voltage signal generator MODEL ASG ANALOG SIGNAL GENERATOR Ramp Function, Bar Graph LED, Selectable Auto Shut Off / s r o t a r e n e G l a n g S i s r e t e m i t l u M 4-45/64 [119.4] The Model ASG Analog Signal Generator generates a 0-10 VDC signal in increments of 1 V or a 4-20 mA signal in increments of 2 mA. An LED bar graph visually indicates the analog signal level. Model ASG will also continuously ramp to user defined maximum and minimum values with user defined ramp interval timing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • LED bar graph for visibility in dark areas • Variable ramp function timing • Auto shut-off to conserve battery life APPLICATIONS • Troubleshooting transmitters and transducer • Calibrating transducers, displays, and other analog signal devices 196 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 55/64 [21.6] 2-13/32 [61.0] SPECIFICATIONS Impedance: Voltage: 1000 Ω min; Current: 300 Ω max. Output: 0-20 mA (2 mA increments); 0-10 VDC (1 VDC increments). Resolution: 2 mA (current). 1 VDC (voltage). Ramping Time Intervals: 2 to 20 sec (2 sec increments). Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, installed functional, user replaceable or 120 VAC (provided). Auto Shutoff Times: 2 to 20 min. (2 min. increments) (6 min. default). Electrical Connections: 6´ (1.8 m) with alligator clips. Weight: 3.2 oz (without battery). MODEL CHART Model Description ASG Analog signal generator

219

T E S T & D A T A C a l i b r a t i o n P u m p s ® MODEL HP HAND PUMP Generates Pressures up to 45 psig (3 bar), Single Hand Operation The Model HP Hand Pump provides a dual source of pneumatic pressure and vacuum for verifying the calibration of pressure instrumentation. Pump can generate pressures up to 45 psig (3 bar) and vacuum to -27 in Hg (-910 mbar). The compact pump is designed for portability and single hand operation. Model HP features a pressure relief valve and fine adjustment for control better than 0.0015 psi (0.1 mbar). Pump includes two 39˝ (1 m) hoses terminating in 1/4˝ female NPT connections and instruction manual. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Offers vacuum or positive pressure sourcing • Compact and portable • Integral relief valve for fine adjustment • Reference gage recommendation: DPG-022 APPLICATIONS • Test instrument calibration • Pressure switch calibration • Pressure transmitter calibration SERIES CHP PNEUMATIC HAND PUMP Vacuum or Pressure, Ranges up to 100 psig The Series CHP Pneumatic Hand Pump is the most dependable and rugged pump for applications up to 100 psi or 28.8 in Hg vacuum. The durable Acetel plastic and anodized aluminum construction prevents body heat transfer, resulting in drift-free, accurate readings. The Series CHP is equipped with oversized check valves in order to provide smooth and controlled operation. Dual O-Rings on all pistons ensure the pump to be leak-free. The unit includes a 2´ L hose, 1/8˝ female NPT gage fitting, and 1/8˝ NPT pipe plug. An optional hose kit is available so that a tee is not required when connecting a sensor and a calibrator. The Series CHP is ideal for checking calibration of pressure or vacuum gages, switches, or transmitters. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Offers vacuum or positive pressure sourcing • Compact and portable • Integral relief valve for fine adjustment • Reference gage recommendation: DPG-024 MODEL A-396A CALIBRATION PUMP Generates up to 72 psig, Integral Bleed Fitting QUICK FIT CONNECTIONS FOR FLEXIBLE HOSING TERMINATING IN 1/4 NPT 1-13/16 [46.04] 2-41/64 MIN [67.07] 3-9/32 MAX [83.34] MODEL CHART Model Description HP Hand pump 1-13/16 [46.04] 3-9/32 MIN [83.34] 4-1/16 MAX [103.19] 5-29/32 [150.02] ACCESSORIES Model Description HP-1K HP-1C USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Service kit Hard case 1/8 NPT PORT 8-21/32 [219.87] 11-19/32 [294.48] 1-1/2 [38.1] PRESSURE VENTING VALVE CAP 1/8 NPT PIPE PLUG SHOWN WITH CHP-KIT INSTALLED 1/4 NPT GAGE FITTING MODEL CHART Model Description CHP-P CHP-V Pressure calibration pump Vacuum calibration pump ACCESSORIES Model CHP-KIT 2´ hose and NPT fitting Description APPLICATIONS • Test instrument calibration • Pressure switch calibration • Pressure transmitter calibration 45/64 [17.77] 3-29/32 [99.11] 2-37/64 [65.49] 5/8 [15.85] 1-9/64 [29.08] 9/32 [7.33] The Model A-396A Calibration Pump serves as pressure source to calibrate gages and transmitters or to set pressure switches. Use with manometer or other pressure standard. Includes volume adjuster enabling fine pressure control and bleed valve. Generates pressures from a fraction of an in w.c. to 72 psig (5 bar). Includes barbed fitting, tee connector and three 36˝ lengths of vinyl tubing. MODEL CHART Model A-396A Description Calibration pump FEATURES/BENEFITS • Offers wide pressure sourcing capability • Compact and portable • Integral relief valve for fine adjustment • Reference gage recommendation: DPG-024 MODEL A-350 ASPIRATOR BULB Single Hand Operation, Vacuum or Pressure APPLICATIONS • Test instrument calibration • Pressure switch calibration • Pressure transmitter calibration The Model A-350 Aspirator Bulb can be used to source pressure for calibration and leak checking tests. Simply squeeze the bulb after the tubing is connected to generate pressure. For applications such as our CO2 indicator, the aspirator bulb can be squeezed before inserting the tubing to draw a vacuum to pull the smoke or air from a duct or stack into the gage. MODEL CHART Model Description A-350 Aspirator bulb FEATURES/BENEFITS • Offers vacuum or positive pressure sourcing • Compact and portable • Most cost effective option • Reference gage recommendation: Magnehelic 2010 APPLICATIONS • Test instrument calibration • Pressure switch calibration • Pressure transmitter calibration • Smoke leak testing DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 197

220

A T A D & T S E T ® SERIES PCHP PNEUMATIC CALIBRATION HAND PUMP Generates up to 600 psi (40 bar), Comfort Grip Handles 1/4 BSP WITH 1/4 NPT ADAPTER 1/8 BSP WITH 1/8 NPT ADAPTER 1-1/8 [28.58] 3-11/64 [80.57] 1/8 NPT PLUG SLIDE BUTTON 7-3/32 [180.1] 8-41/64 [219.48] The Series PCHP Pneumatic Calibration Hand Pump sources pressure and vacuum to check calibration of gages, switches, transmitters, and recorders. The contoured cushion handles provide extra comfort while preventing the pump from sliding. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Oversized check valve maintain smooth operation • Dual O-rings on pistons ensure no leaks APPLICATIONS • Instrument calibration • Laboratories • Production areas 5 [127] SPECIFICATIONS Output Ranges: -28 in Hg to 600 psi (-0.945 to 40 bar). Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT/BSP. Gage Connection: 1/8˝ NPT/BSP. Materials: SS fittings, anodized aluminum housing, plastic/rubber handles, and nitrile O-rings. Weight: 2 lb (0.91 kg). MODEL CHART Model PCHP-1 PCHP-1K Description Pneumatic calibration hand pump Pneumatic calibration hand pump with hose kit ACCESSORIES Model PCHP-HK High pressure hose Description SERIES HCHP HYDRAULIC CALIBRATION HAND PUMP Triple Filtration, Generates Pressure up to 10,000 psi (700 bar) s p m u P n o i t a r b i l a C 4-1/16 [103.19] 1/4 BSP WITH 1/4 NPT ADAPTER 2-3/32 [53.18] 1/4 BSP WITH 1/4 NPT ADAPTER 1/4 NPT PLUG 9-3/8 [238.13] 7-3/4 [196.85] 5-5/32 [130.97] The Series HCHP Hydraulic Calibration Hand Pump utilizes a fully adjustable stroke control that allows for quick priming, easy pumping, and fast pressure generation up to 10,000 psi (700 bar). The ergonomically engineered handles provide extra comfort, while the triple filtration system ensures pump operation in spite of dirty conditions. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Oversized check valve maintain smooth operation • Shatterproof reservoir and stainless steel construction guarantee no leaks SPECIFICATIONS Output Ranges: 0 to 10,000 psi (0 to 700 bar). Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT/BSP. Gage Connection: 1/4˝ NPT/BSP. Materials: SS, polyurethane, anodized hard-coat aluminum, PTFE, and nitrile. Weight: 3 lb (1.36 kg). APPLICATIONS • Instrument calibration • Laboratories • Production areas MODEL CHART Model HCHP-1 HCHP-1K Description Calibration hand pump Calibration hand pump with hose kit 198 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ACCESSORIES Model HCHP-1F Spare washer and filter kit Description

221

® MODEL LPCP LOW PRESSURE CALIBRATION PUMP High Resolution for Calibrating Low Pressure Gages and Transmitters 5-1/32 [128.00] 3-47/64 [95.00] 5-29/32 [150.00] The Model LPCP Low Pressure Calibration Pump is a low air pressure source with the ability to easily adjust and stabilize. It is made up of quick connectors for fast instrument connect and disconnect. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Heat insulator between the cover and pressure chamber lessens the heat effect during micro-pressure calibration • Highly stable adjustment APPLICATIONS • Instrument calibration • Laboratories • Production areas MODEL CHART Model LPCP-2 Description Low pressure calibration pump SERIES BCHP LOW PRESSURE CALIBRATION PUMP Vacuum or Pressure, Generates up to 870 psi (60 bar) 5-45/64 [144.91] 6-13/64 [157.60] Ø2-63/64 [76.00] 6-3/32 [154.60] 9-51/64 [248.67] SPECIFICATIONS Media: Air. Output Ranges: 5.8 psi (0.4 bar) vacuum to 5.8 psi (0.4 bar) positive pressure. Pressure Resolution: 0.01 Pa; 0.0001 mbar. Process Connection: M20*1.5 or 1/4˝ NPT. Gage Connection: M20*1.5 or 1/4˝ NPT. Material: Ram/adapters: 316 SS; Body: Steel/aluminum; Seals: Buna-N. Weight: 2.21 lb (1.0 kg). ACCESSORIES Model Description A-113A Fitting kit. Includes (1) 1/4˝ NPT to 1/8˝ quick connect fitting, (1) 1/4˝ NPT to hose barb fitting, (1) hose barb fitting to 1/8˝ quick connect fitting, (2) 19.7˝ (0.5 m) length of blue 1/8˝ O.D. tubing, (2) 12˝ (0.3 m) length of clear 1/4˝ O.D. tubing USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov T E S T & D A T A C a l i b r a t i o n P u m p s 2-3/64 [51.85] 1-25/32 [45.16] 1/2˝ FEMALE BSP W/ O-RING REFERENCE PORT 3-3/16 [81.02] 1-13/32 [35.83] 29/64 [11.43] 61/64 [24.26] 1/4˝ FEMALE BSP W/ O-RING TEST GAGE CONNECTION 11/32 [8.67] APPROX. 18˝ 43/64 [16.88] 3-1/64 [76.57] 3-3/16 [81.02] 11/32 [8.91] 9/64 [3.61] The Series BCHP Low Pressure Calibration Pump is able to generate pressure and vacuum for adjusting or calibrating pressure gages, transmitters, or switches. The pump is hand operated and has a pneumatic pressure range of -28 to 870 psi (-0.95 to 60 bar). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Dual pressure ports for ease of use • Fine adjustment valve ensures precise measurements APPLICATIONS • Instrument calibration • Laboratories • Production areas MODEL CHART Model BCHP-1 BCHP-KIT Description Calibration test pump Test pump with 1/4˝ NPT connections, fine volume adjustment tool and case 29/64 [11.54] 7/8 [22.07] 4-27/64 [112.40] SPECIFICATIONS Media: Air. Output Ranges: -28 in Hg to 870 psi (-0.95 to 60 bar). Process Connections: 1/4˝ female BSP. Gage Connection: 1/2˝ female BSP. Materials: Anodized aluminum, brass, and ABS. Weight: 8.4 lb (3.8 kg). ACCESSORIES Model A-BCHP-CASE A-BCHP-NPT A-BCHP-VAT Description Case for BCHP-1 1/4˝ BSP to 1/8˝ NPT, 1/4˝ NPT, 3/8˝ NPT and 1/2˝ NPT converter set for test connection Fine volume adjustment tool USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 199

222

A T A D & T S E T e r u t a r e p m e T , s r e g g o L a t a D / s r e d r o c e R t r a h C ® SERIES LCR10 & LCR20 CIRCULAR CHART RECORDERS Single and Dual Pen, Rotation Speeds and Recording Times LCR10 LCR20 14 [355.60] 13-3/16 [334.95] 11-29/32 [302.41] 14 [355.60] 12-5/8 [320.68] 3-35/64 [90.10] 12-5/8 [320.68] The Series LCR10 & LCR20 Circular Chart Recorders are two series of circular chart recorders with single and dual pen options. The LCR10 is a single pen recorder and the LCR20 is a dual pen. They can be easily programmed for any of six different thermocouple types, 100 ohm platinum DIN RTDs, or process inputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Uses large 10˝ (254 mm) circular chart to easily read data • Available with dual pen inputs APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring in water treatment • Temperature/humidity in wood drying • Room pressure monitoring in clean room applications MODEL CHART Model LCR10-101 LCR10-111 LCR20-101 LCR20-111 Rotation Counter-clockwise Counter-clockwise Counter-clockwise Counter-clockwise Pen Inputs Output Single Single Dual Dual No Yes No Yes MODEL HTDL-20/30 HIGH TEMPERATURE DATA LOGGER Submersible, Continuous Recording, User Replaceable Battery The Model HTDL-20/30 High Temperature Data Logger can measure temperatures up to 500°F (260°C) and record up to 32,700 measurements. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Submersible and portable • Temperature measurement up to 500°F • Remote probe option for chamber or oven logging • Delay startup timer APPLICATIONS • Thermal testing • Process monitoring or troubleshooting SPECIFICATIONS Ranges: Thermocouple: Type J, K, T, R, S, B; RTD: 100 Ω platinum DIN curve (0.00385 Ω per Ω per °C); Process: 0 to 5 VDC, 250 Ω impedance, 4 to 20 mA across 250 Ω. Chart Size: 10˝ (254 mm). Accuracy: ±0.5% of span (100 division span). Output Relay: Form C (DPDT), 1A @ 240 VAC resistive. Chart Speed: Programmable 4, 8, 12, 24, 48, 72, 168 hour rotation (168 hours=7 days). Ambient Operating Temperature/RH: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C); 0-90% RH (non-condensing). Power Requirements: 110/220 VAC ±10%. Battery Backup: 9 V alkaline battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Power Consumption: 15 VA max. Housing Material: Fire retardant polyphenylene ether and polystyrene PPE & PS with acrylic window. Mounting: ±20 degrees of vertical, ±10 degrees of horizontal. Weight: 7 lb (3.2 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES Model LCR200 LCR2007 LCR110C LCR-R LCR-B Description Chart paper, 0 to 200°F, 24 hour, CCW Chart paper, 0 to 200°F, 7 day, CCW Chart paper, 0 to 110°C, 24 hour, CCW Red chart pens, package of 6 Blue chart pens, package of 6 BATTERY SILICONE O-RING 316 STAINLESS STEEL PEEK THERMOPLASTIC Ø31/32 [Ø24.64] 1-37/64 [40.13] DIM A Front HTDL-XX 3/16 [4.83] Right SPECIFICATIONS Range: -328 to 500°F (-200 to 260°C). Memory Size: 32,700 readings. Accuracy: 0.18°F (0.1°C) @ 68 to 284°F (20 to 140°C); 0.54°F (0.3°C) @ -4 to 67.98°F (-20 to 19.99°C). Resolution: 0.02°F (0.01°C). Temperature Limits: -4 to 284°F (-20 to 140°C). Sampling Method: Stop on memory full or continuous recording. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 1 s to 24 hrs. Computer Requirements: Windows® Xp Sp3, Windows Vista®, Windows® 7 operating systems. Power Requirements: 3.6 V 1/2 AA ER14250SM lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 1 year (approx). Interface: Docking station and USB cable. Housing Material: 316 SS. Weight: 4.2 oz (120 g). MODEL CHART Model HTDL-20 HTDL-30 Description High temperature data logger with 2˝ rigid probe High temperature data logger with 24˝ flexible probe ACCESSORIES Model HTDL-DS ER1425S-HT Description Docking station, software, manual and USB interface Replacement battery 200 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Windows® and Windows Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

223

T E S T & D A T A l i S n g e P r e s s u r e D a t a L o g g e r s , ® SERIES DLI2 LCD PRESSURE DATA LOGGER 1/4˝ NPT Fitting, Records 262,143 Readings, Front Keypad 5-3/32 [129.54] 3-19/32 [91.44] 1-51/64 [45.72] 4-9/64 [105.16] 7/8 HEX 1/4-18 NPT The Series DLI2 LCD Pressure Data Logger accurately records pressure and gives instant remote readings. The large, back-lit LCD and 8-button keypad provide convenient access to current data and recorder setup as well as memory and battery levels. The Series DLI2 can be ordered for absolute or gauge pressure measurements up to 5,000 psi. Using the keypad or software, measurements can be read in psi, in. Hg, mm Hg, bar, atm, Torr, Pa, kPa, or MPa. The large memory capacity allows over 260,000 readings to be stored. The easy to use DL700 software makes creating permanent records, performing data calculations, and graphing of data simple. The DLI2 can easily be started and stopped from a PC or delayed to start up to six months in advance. It can also stop recording at a specific time or after a certain number of readings have been taken. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Efficient data capture tool to review processes are running correctly or to analyze alarm and out-of-spec conditions • Intuitive keypad interface allows easy set-up • PC start and stopping allows centralized control of data collection APPLICATIONS • Building automation • Clean room • Operating rooms • Process applications • Labs • Regulated environments SPECIFICATIONS Ranges: 0 to 30 psia (g), 0 to 100 psia (g), 0 to 300 psia (g), 0 to 500 psia (g), 0 to 1000 psia, and 0 to 5000 psia depending on the model. Memory Size: 262,143 readings. Accuracy: 2% FSR, 0.25% at 77°F (25°C) typical. Resolution: 0.002 psi (30 psi), 0.005 psi (100 psi), 0.02 psi (300 psi), 0.05 psi (500 and 1000 psi), and 0.2 psi (5000 psi) depending on model. Sampling Method: Stop on memory full or continuous recording. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 2 s to 12 hrs. Computer Requirements: Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 2000, Windows® ME, Windows NT®, or Windows® XP operating system, and one free USB port. Power Requirements: (6) AA alkaline batteries, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 1 yr (approx). Interface: USB port (interface cable required). Housing Material: Black anodized aluminum case. Wetted Material: 316L SS. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Weight: 40 oz (1134 g). MODEL CHART Model DLI2-A08 DLI2-G08 DLI2-A10 DLI2-G10 DLI2-A13 Pressure Range Model 0 to 30 psia 0 to 30 psig 0 to 100 psia 0 to 100 psig 0 to 300 psia DLI2-G13 DLI2-A14 DLI2-G14 DLI2-A15 DLI2-A19 Pressure Range 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psia 0 to 500 psig 0 to 1000 psia 0 to 5000 psia ACCESSORIES Model Description DL700 DLI-120 Software, manual and USB interface cable 9 V power adapter (North America) Windows®, Windows NT®, and Windows Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SERIES DLP PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE DATA LOGGER 1/4˝ NPT Fitting, Up to 5000 psia 6-15/64 [158.43] Ø1-1/4 [31.75] 1/4 NPT CONNECTION Ø1 [25.40] 1/8˝ JACK FOR USB INTERFACE CABLE The Series DLP Pressure/Temperature Data Logger can record pressure and temperature. The 1/4˝ NPT fitting comes standard and allows the logger to be adapted to almost any pressure fitting. The internal temperature sensor provides accurate temperature measurements without the need of a separate temperature recorder, and many of the models provide a choice between measuring pressure in psia or psig. The DLP can easily be started and stopped from a PC or delayed to start up to six months in advance. The battery-powered data logger can store over 16,000 measurements per channel, and the easy to use DL700 software makes retrieving data simple. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Efficient data capture tool to review processes are running correctly or to analyze alarm and out-of-spec conditions • Battery-powered reduces need to hard wire power allowing device to be used in a as a tool in a variety of in-and-out testing • PC start and stopping allows centralized control of data collection APPLICATIONS • Building automation • Clean room • Operating rooms • Process applications • Labs • Regulated environments SPECIFICATIONS Range: Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C); Pressure: 0 to 30 psia(g), 0 to 100 psia(g), 0 to 300 psia(g), 0 to 500 psia(g), 0 to 1000 psia, and 0 to 5000 psia depending on the model. Memory Size: 16,383 readings per channel. Accuracy: Temperature: ±0.9°F (±0.5°C); Pressure: 2% FSR, 0.25% at 77°F (25°C) typical. Resolution: Temperature: 0.2°F (0.1°C); Pressure: 0.002 psia(g), 0.005 psia(g), 0.05 psia(g), 0.05 psia, and 0.2 psia depending on the model. Sampling Method: Stop on memory full. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 2 s to 12 hrs. Computer Requirements: Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 2000, Windows® ME, Windows NT®, and Windows® XP operating system, one free USB port. Power Requirements: 3.6 V TL2150 lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 1 yr (approx). Interface: USB port (interface cable required). Material: 303 SS. Weight: 12 oz (340 g). MODEL CHART Model DLP-A08 DLP-G08 DLP-A10 DLP-G10 DLP-A13 Pressure Range Model 0 to 30 psia 0 to 30 psig 0 to 100 psia 0 to 100 psig 0 to 300 psia DLP-G13 DLP-A14 DLP-G14 DLP-A15 DLP-A19 Pressure Range 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psia 0 to 500 psig 0 to 1000 psia 0 to 5000 psia ACCESSORIES Model DL700 TL-2150 Description Software, manual and USB interface cable Replacement battery for Series DLP Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 201

224

® MODEL GDL & GDL-T GRAPHICAL DISPLAY DATA LOGGER Measure Temperature, Humidity and Dew Point, Instant Display A T A D & T S E T 3-1/16 [77.79] 4 [101.6] 1-1/2 [38.1] SPECIFICATIONS Memory Size: 43,344 temperature; 21,672 temperature, RH and dew point. Temperature Range: 15 to 150°F (-10 to 65°C). Temperature Accuracy: ±1°F (±0.5°C). Temperature Resolution: 0.01°F (0.01°C). Humidity Range: 0 to 99% RH. Humidity Accuracy: ±2% RH, from 10 to 90% RH. Humidity Resolution: 0.01% RH. Sampling Method: Stop on memory full or continuous recording. Sampling Rate: 1 s to 18 hrs, 1 s increments. Computer Requirements: Windows® 98 and above (software included). Power Requirements: (3) AA alkaline batteries, installed functional, user replaceable. Alarms: Programmable high/low. Interface: USB port (cable included). Weight: 7 oz (20 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation The Model GDL Graphical Display Data Logger can record and instantly display temperature, humidity, and dew point trends in a text or graphic format. The GDL has internal temperature and humidity sensors while the Model GDL-T Graphical Display Data Logger accepts up to 3 external temperature sensors. With the included Windows® based software, the user can select the sampling interval, high/low alarms, logging channels, and recording start time. Over 40,000 data points can be recorded and the measured data stays secure with a recording session counter and password- protected calibration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Measurements displayed in text or graph • Able to record over 40,000 data points and download them to a PC • Includes logging summary with details of the sample rate and memory status APPLICATIONS • Greenhouses/florists • Medical storage facilities • Refrigeration systems • Wine storage MODEL CHART Model Description GDL GDL-T Temperature/humidity data logger Four temperature sensor data logger SERIES BDL BUTTON DATA LOGGER Self-Powered, Compact Size, USB Interface , s r e g g o L a t a D g n i t a c d n I i The Series BDL Button Data Logger records temperature and humidity in applications where size and cost effectiveness are vital. Housed in a compact stainless steel case, the BDL is durable in hostile environments, while also being able to be inserted in small items and packages. The Series BDL-K Logger Kit includes 2 buttons, 2 magnets, an interface cable, and a plastic button holder. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact to fit in small areas and durable to work in hostile environments • Self-powered unit gives no need for external power supply • Magnetic mounting for quicker installation APPLICATIONS • Food processing verification • Pharmaceutical storage • HVAC system testing and balancing • Transportation of temperature sensitive goods ACCESSORIES Model DL500-LITE* DL500** BDL-SIL BDL-WALL BDL-CLIP BDL-1 BDL-2 *Free download from website **Need lite version also Description Lite version Windows® operating system software Full version Windows® operating system software key Weatherproof silicone housing (5 pk) Wall mounting bracket (5 pk) Plastic button holder (5 pk) Temperature input data logger, no kit Temperature/humidity input data logger, no kit 202 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Ø43/64 [Ø17.07] 1/4 [6.35] SPECIFICATIONS Range: BDL-1: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); BDL-2: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C), 0 to 100% RH. Memory Size: BDL-1: 2048 readings; BDL-2: 4096 temperature and 4096 humidity readings (low resolution), 2048 temperature and 2048 humidity readings (high resolution). Accuracy: BDL-1: ±1.5°F (±1°C) from -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C); BDL-2: ±0.9°F (±0.5°C) from 14 to 158°F (-10 to 70°C), ±5% RH. Resolution: BDL-1: 8 bit; BDL-2: 8 or 11 bit. Sampling Method: Stop on memory full or continuous recording. Sampling Rate: BDL-1: Selectable from 1 to 255 min.; BDL-2: Selectable from 1 s to 24 hrs. Computer Requirements: Windows® 98, Windows® 2000, Windows® ME, Windows NT®, Windows® XP, and Windows Vista® operating system with 16 MB RAM, one free USB port. Power Requirements: 3 V lithium metal battery, internal, non-replaceable. Battery Life: BDL-1: 10 years (approx); BDL-2: 5 years (approx). Alarms: Programmable high/low. Interface: USB port (cable included with kits). Housing Material: 305 SS. Weight: 0.14 oz (4 g). MODEL CHART Model BDL-K1 BDL-K2 Input Type Temperature Temperature/humidity Kit Yes Yes Windows®, Windows NT®, and Windows Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

225

® SERIES DW-USB COMPACT USB DATA LOGGER Measure Temperature, Humidity, Dew Point, Current, Voltage, or Carbon Monoxide 4-51/64 [121.73] LED Y X 1-3/64 [26.59] 1-1/16 [26.99] Ø1-3/32 [27.76] Model DW-USB-CASE Model DW-USB-X T E S T & D A T A Model DW-USB-1 DW-USB-2, -2-HA DW-USB-3 DW-USB-4 DW-USB-5, -5-LR DW-USB-6 Overall Length (X) Overall Length (Y) Body/Clip Cap 3-55/64˝ 4-1/16˝ 4-27/64˝ 4-27/64˝ 4-59/64˝ 4-21/32˝ Standard Vented Standard Standard Vented Standard 3-55/64˝ 4-1/16˝ 4-27/64˝ 4-27/64˝ 4-59/64˝ 4-21/32˝ Standard Standard Black tip term block Blue tip term block Red tip CO sensor Standard LED Clear/red Clear/clear Red/green Red/green Red/green Red/green VENTED BODY LCD SCREEN 15/16 [23.88] 7/8 [23.16] FUNCTION BUTTON LED Model DW-USB-1-LCD DW-USB-2-LCD DW-USB-2-HA-LCD DW-USB-6-LCD Overall Length (X) Overall Length (Y) Body/Clip 4-21/32˝ 4-31/32˝ 4-31/32˝ 5-19/64˝ 4-41/64˝ 4-57/64˝ 4-57/64˝ 5-15/64˝ Standard Vented Vented Plug in bottom Y X Cap Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent LED Red/green Red/green Red/green Red/green The Series DW-USB Compact USB Data Logger allows users to monitor temperature, humidity, dew point, voltage, current, or carbon monoxide almost anywhere, and then download stored data by simply plugging the module directly into a PC’s USB port. The compact housing can resist moisture up to IP67 when the protective cap is attached, and has built in LED’s to indicate an alarm has been met or the battery is low. Users can set the sampling rate, start time, high/low alarms, and temperature unit via software available for free download from our website. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Meets IP67 standards when the protective cap is fitted • All in one unit plugs into PC with no cable required • LED status indicators for visual confirmation • Optional integral LCD display for local indication APPLICATIONS • Calibration labs • Environmental chambers • Pharmaceutical plants • Storage warehouses SPECIFICATIONS Memory Size: 16,382 temperature; 16,382 each temperature and RH; 32,764 readings for voltage, current, and thermocouple; and 32,510 for carbon monoxide. Sampling Mode: Stop on memory full. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 10 s to 12 hr (temperature and RH models); 1 s to 12 hr (voltage, current, and thermocouple models); 10 s to 5 m (CO models). Computer Requirements: Compatible with Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10. Power Requirements: 3.6 V 1/2 AA lithium metal battery, included, user replaceable. Housing: ABS plastic blend. Alarms: Programmable high/low. Interface: USB port. Weight: 1.5 oz (43 g). U S B D a t a L o g g e r s , ACCESSORIES Model DW-USB-CASE 1818-0074 1818-0078 1818-0082 1818-0085 1718-0077 Description Waterproof case for DW-USB-1 Immersion temperature probe Penetration temperature probe Surface temperature probe Air duct temperature probe Remote temperature probe handle MODEL CHART Model DW-USB-1 DW-USB-2 DW-USB-2-HA DW-USB-3 DW-USB-4 DW-USB-5 DW-USB-5-LR DW-USB-6 Sensor Type Temperature Temperature/humidity/ dew point Temperature/humidity/ dew point Voltage Current Carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide External thermocouple DW-USB-1-LCD DW-USB-2-LCD DW-USB-2-HA-LCD DW-USB-6-LCD Temperature Temperature/humidity/ dew point Temperature/humidity/ dew point External Thermocouple Range -31 to 176°F (-35 to 80°C) -31 to 176°F (-35 to 80°C), 0 to 100% RH Accuracy ±2°F (±1°C) ±4°F (2°C), ±3% RH from 20 to 80% RH, ±5% RH Resolution 1°F (0.5°C) 1°F (0.5°C), 0.5% RH -31 to 176°F (-35 to 80°C), 0 to 100% RH ±3°F (1.5 °C), ±2% RH from 20 to 80% RH, ±4% RH 1°F (0.5°C), 0.5% RH 0 to 30 VDC 4 to 20 mA 0 to 1000 ppm 0 to 300 ppm With supplied probe: 32 to 752°F (0 to 400°C) J-type: -202 to 1652°F (-130 to 900°C); K-type: -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C); T-type: -328 to 662°F (-200 to 350°C) -31 to 176°F (-30 to 80°C) -31 to 176°F (-35 to 80°C), 0 to 100% RH ±1% ±1% ±6% of reading ±4% of reading ±2°F (1°C) (for data logger only) 50 mVDC 0.05 mA 0.5 ppm 0.5 ppm 1°F (0.5°C) ±3°F (1.5°C) ±4°F (2°C), ±3% RH from 20 to 80% RH, ±5% RH 1°F (0.5°C) 1°F (0.5°C), 0.5% RH -31 to 176°F (-35 to 80°C), 0 to 100% RH ±3°F (1.5 °C), ±2% RH from 20 to 80% RH, ±4% RH 1°F (0.5°C), 0.5% RH With supplied probe: 32 to 752°F (0 to 400°C) J-type: -202 to 1652°F (-130 to 900°C) K-type: -328 to 2372°F (-200 to 1300°C) T-type: -328 to 662°F (-200 to 350°C) ±2°F (1°C) (for data logger only) 1°F (0.5°C) Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 203

226

A T A D & T S E T ® MODEL DW-DATAPAD HANDHELD PORTABLE DATA VIEWER Works With DW-USB Data Logger 3/4 [19.00] 4-7/32 [107.00] 2-11/16 [68.00] The Model DW-DATAPAD Handheld Portable Data Viewer configures and reads data from up to 500 DW-USB data loggers and utilizes a 2.8˝ full color TFT touch screen display. Data can be displayed as a trend graph or a statistical summary, and can also be transferred to a computer using the provided cable and Windows® based software. Model DW-DATAPAD features a rechargeable lithium battery and has an average life of 5 to 8 hours under constant use. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 2.8˝ full color TFT touch screen simplifies navigation through configuration menus • Rechargeable lithium battery has a 5 to 8 hour life when constantly used APPLICATIONS • Calibration labs • Environmental chambers • Pharmaceutical plants • Storage warehouses SPECIFICATIONS Data Recording Capacity: Internal flash memory, greater than 8.5 million readings. Battery life: 5 to 8 hours (constant use). Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F). Power Requirements: CA374170 lithium ion battery, installed functional, factory replaceable. Display: 2.8˝ full color TFT touch screen LCD display. Resolution: 240 X 320. Interface: Touch screen and single front-panel push-button power switch. Connections: 1 USB type A socket (top of unit) for data logger connection. 1 micro- USB (bottom of unit) for connection of unit to PC via supplied USB cable. Compatible Data Loggers: DW-USB-1, DW-USB-1-HT, DW-USB-1-LCD, DW- USB-2, DW-USB-2-HA, DW-USB-2-HA-LCD, DW-USB-2-LCD, DW-USB-6, DW- USB-6-LCD, and DW-USB-LITE. Weight: 3.9 oz (111 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model DW-DATAPAD Handheld portable data viewer for Dwyer USB data loggers Description SERIES DW-WIFI WIRELESS WI-FI DATA LOGGER Measures Temperature/Humidity, Integral LCD , s r e g g o L a t a D s s e e r i l W The Series DW-WIFI Wireless Wi-Fi Data Logger measures and records up to 1,000,000 temperature and/or humidity readings and shares the data with any PC or server on the same Wi-Fi network. If the Wi-Fi connection is lost, the sensor will continue to store any records until it can regain communication with the network. The downloadable Windows® based software allows users to set high/low alarms, sampling rate, and the temperature scale. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Continues to record values even if Wi-Fi connection is lost • Able to record up to 1,000,000 data points, which can be downloaded to a PC • Large LCD allows users to view data directly from unit Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. 3-7/8 [97.30] 1 [26.36] 2-3/4 [71.30] SPECIFICATIONS Memory Size: 1,000,000 readings; 500,000 each for DW-WIFI-TH(-HA). Sampling Mode: Continuous recording. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 10 s to 12 hr. Transmission Rate: Selectable from 1 min to 24 hr. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Power Requirements: 3.7 V lithium ion battery, installed functional, factory replaceable (cable for charging included). Alarms: Programmable high/low. Interface: Wi-Fi connection. Probe Length: DW-WIFI-TP: 11.8˝ (30 cm); DW-WIFI-TC: 59˝ (150 cm). Weight: 7.2 oz (204 g). APPLICATIONS • Building/site monitoring • Environment monitoring • Weather monitoring MODEL CHART Model DW-WIFI-T DW-WIFI-TH Input Internal temperature Internal temperature/humidity DW-WIFI-TP DW-WIFI-TC DW-WIFI-T-HA DW-WIFI-TH-HA Remote temperature probe Remote thermocouple Internal temperature Internal temperature/humidity DW-WIFI-TP-HA *Probe dependent Remote temperature probe 204 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Range -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C), 0 to 100% RH -40 to 257°F (-40 to 125°C) -454 to 2372°F (-270 to 1300°C)* -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C), 0 to 100% RH -40 to 257°F (-40 to 125°C) Accuracy (Typ.) ±1.0°F (±0.5°C) @ 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C) ±0.6°F (±0.3°C) @ 41 to 140°F (5 to 60°C) ±2.5% RH @ 20 to 80% RH ±1.2°F (±0.6°C) @ 14 to 158°F (-10 to 70°C) ±3.0°F (1.5°C) ±0.2°F (±0.1°C) @ 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) ±0.4°F (±0.2°C) @ 41 to 140°F (5 to 60°C) ±2.5% RH @ 10 to 90% RH ±0.2°F (±0.1°C) @ 14 to 158°F (-10 to 70°C) Display Resolution 0.1°F (0.1°C) 0.5°F (0.5°C) 1.0% RH 0.1°F (0.1°C) 0.1°F (0.1°C) 0.1°F (0.01°C) 0.5°F (0.5°C) 1.0% RH 0.01°F (0.01°C)

227

I A R Q U A L T Y I | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 206-207 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 208-209 Flow Sensors pages 210-215 Fume Hood Monitors page 216 Air Flow Switches pages 216-217 Air Velocity Transmitters pages 218-220 Humidity Switches page 221 Humidity/Temperature Transmitters pages 222-227 Carbon Dioxide Transmitters pages 227-231 Gas Sensing Transmitters pages 232-233 Occupancy Sensors page 234 FEATURED PRODUCTS AIR VELOCITY TRANSMITTER SERIES AVUL | page 218 CARBON MONOXIDE TRANSMITTER AND SWITCH SERIES CMS300 | page 233 • Field selectable ranges from 0-4000 FPM (0-20 m/s) • 3% or 5% accuracy • Optional BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® Communication Protocol • Field selectable current or voltage analog outputs • Integral SPDT relay contact for low or high alarm • Jumper selectable alarm set points of 25, 60, or 150 PPM DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 205

228

I Y T L A U Q R A I | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I ® AIR VELOCITY Transmitters SERIES Service Range Accuracy Mounting Probe Length Output Display Process Temperature Limits AVUL - page 218 Clean air 1,000 to 4,000 FPM (5 to 20 MPS) ±3 or 5% of reading Duct mount 641 - page 219 Clean air 250 to 15000 FPM (1.25 to 75 MPS) ±3 to 4% FS Duct mount 641RM - page 220 Clean air 250 to 2000 FPM (1.25 to 10 MPS) ±3 to 4% FS Remote mount 641B - page 220 Clean air 250 to 2000 FPM (1.25 to 10 MPS) ±5 to 6% FS Duct mount 7-41/64˝ 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC selectable Optional LCD 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C) 6 to 36˝ (152 to 915 mm) 4-20 mA 6 to 36˝ (152 to 915 mm) 4-20 mA 4-1/4˝ (108 mm) 4-20 mA Optional LED -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) Optional LED -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) Optional LED -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C) HUMIDITY & HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE Transmitters SERIES Service Accuracy RH Output Temperature Output Options Display RHP-E/N - page 222 Room ±2, 3, or 5% FS 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None, passive sensor, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC Optional LCD RHP - page 224 Duct or outdoor ±2, 3, or 5% FS 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None, passive sensor, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None RHP with Shield - page 225 WHT - page 225 Room or outdoor Outdoor ±3% FS ±2, 3, or 5% FS 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None, passive sensor, 4-20 mA, None, passive sensor, 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None None These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 206 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

229

I A R Q U A L T Y I | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I ® CARBON MONOXIDE Sensors SERIES Service Range Housing Output Relay Display GSTA - page 232 Carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide 0 to 500 PPM CO or 0 to 10 PPM NO2 Space or duct 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC None Optional LCD GSTC - page 232 Carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide 0 to 500 PPM CO or 0 to 10 PPM NO2 Space or duct BACnet MS/TP, Modbus® RTU, Modbus® ASCII N/A Optional LCD CMT200 - page 233 Carbon monoxide CMS300 - page 233 Carbon monoxide 0 to 200 PPM CO 0 to 300 PPM CO Space 4-20 mA, 2-10 VDC Space 4-20 mA, 2-10 VDC N/A N/A (1) SPDT N/A HUMIDITY & HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE Transmitters SERIES Service Accuracy RH Output Temperature Output Options Display RH-R - page 226 Duct or process ±2% FS 4-20 mA None, 4-20 mA 657 - page 226 Duct ±2% FS 4-20 mA 4-20 mA 657C - page 226 Duct ±2% FS 4-20 mA 4-20 mA HHT - page 227 Room or outdoor ±2% FS 4-20 mA None, 4-20 mA None None None Optional LCD These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 207

230

I Y T L A U Q R A I Dwyer® transmitter signals precise air velocity adjustments to computer-controlled variable-speed fan motor. Automate your garage ventilation. In variable air volume (VAV) HVAC systems, a computerized control provides precise adjustment of air volume to meet changing system needs with maximum energy efficiency. The Dwyer® Series 641 has an optional LED display for local indication of air flow. The LED display provides a quick, visual acknowledgment of proper system performance. The computer reacts to any change in velocity by signaling the motor control to increase or decrease fan speed to maintain the required velocity. The computer, taking inputs from other ambient condition sensors, will establish a new required air velocity and signal an appropriate adjustment in fan speed. Carbon monoxide and Nitrogen Dioxide are by-products released in the exhaust from gasoline and diesel powered vehicles. These gases can build up in parking garages and loading dock areas where vehicles are concentrated, creating a potentially harmful environment. Ventilation is required to purge these gasses, but running fans non-stop increases building operating costs. The Dwyer® Series GSTA and GSTC can help to offer a more efficient solution to garage ventilation by transmitting CO or NO2 concentrations via an analog output signal or digital BACnet/Modbus® communication. This signal is sent to the Building Management System and the ventilation processes can then be automated to run only when the gases are present in dangerous concentrations. For stand-alone systems, the analog signal can be sent to a Series SCD process controller to provide a closed loop control system running the ventilation fans. Using the Dwyer® Series GSTA or GSTC transmitter, ventilation will occur only when needed, reducing the cost of maintaining air quality standards. s n o i t a c i l p p A i l a c p y T Air velocity transmitter controls drying oven air flow. The flow of heated air is held to a constant predetermined velocity in this carefully controlled low temperature process drying oven. The constant temperature air supply is modulated by a set of inlet louvers operated by a servo-driven actuator. A Dwyer® Series 641 Air Velocity Transmitter has an optional LED display for local indication of air flow. The LED display provides a quick, visual acknowledgment of proper system performance. The controller compares the Series 641’s signal to the set point in the controller and continuously signals appropriate louver adjustments to the actuator. Eliminate the need for Pitot tubes, orifice plates, differential pressure sensors and temperature sensors with a Series AVUL. Installing air velocity measurement systems can be a burdensome process – specifying Pitot tubes, static pressure tips, orifice plates, differential pressure transmitters, etc. Dwyer offers the Series AVUL Air Velocity Transmitter to consolidate these components into one convenient instrument. The Series AVUL can be easily installed into the duct or air stream to accurately measure air flow while providing local indication as well as linear analog output. Microprocessor-based technology ensures accurate, repeatable results. The Series AVUL combines these features for simple, reliable airflow measurement without the problems associated with complex, traditional systems. 208 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

231

I A R Q U A L T Y I Temperature and humidity measurements used to optimize the growth of hogs and poultry. Accurately measure and control the humidity and temperature in office buildings. The Dwyer® Series WHT Humidity Transmitter and Series O-4 Temperature Sensors are used to control the environmental conditions on hog and poultry farms. The amount the animals eat is linked to how comfortable the environmental conditions are. Thus the temperature, humidity, amount of light and other ambient conditions are tightly controlled to insure optimal animal growth. The Dwyer® Series RHP-E/N wall mount humidity and temperature transmitter can be combined with a DDC controller and a damper to provide comfortable working conditions in an office building. The amount of air flow entering the room is varied based on the temperature and humidity readings of the Series RHP-E/N. The compact size and mounting configuration allow this transmitter to be discretely mounted in any room. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s Greatly reduce the time it takes to dry wood. Demand control ventilation. The Dwyer® Series RHP monitors the humidity and temperature in the return air ducts in wood dehumidification rooms. Large fans are used to circulate air across the room. As dry conditioned air moves across the wood, it absorbs moisture from the wood. The humidity level of the air in the return air duct is representative of how much moisture is in the wood. When the humidity in the duct declines, it signifies that less dry conditioned air is needed to be supplied to the room. Since the number of people in a conference room or classroom varies throughout the day, the amount of conditioned air needed to properly ventilate the room varies as well. As the number of people in a room increase, the concentration of carbon dioxide in the room will also increase. The Dwyer® Series CDT, CDTR, CDTV, and CDTA carbon dioxide transmitters measures the amount of carbon dioxide that is emitted so that the VAV control system can supply enough fresh air into the space to return the concentration of carbon dioxide in the room to normal levels. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 209

232

I Y T L A U Q R A I s r o s n e S w o F l ® SERIES FLST DUCT MOUNTED AIRFLOW MEASUREMENT STATIONS Rectangular, Oval or Circular Configurations TOTAL PRESSURE TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING L STATIC PRESSURE TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING F D TOTAL PRESSURE TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING .25˝ RADIUS BEADING EDGE [TYP] DIMENSIONS - CIRCULAR FLANGE Station Size “D” 8˝ - 15˝ 16˝ - 44˝ 45˝ - 72˝ 73˝ & over Flange Thickness .064˝ .064˝ .188˝ .188˝ Flange Size “F” 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Casing Length “L” 6˝ 6˝ 10˝ 12˝ DIMENSIONS - OVAL FLANGE Station Flange Size “F” Width “W” 1-1/2˝ Up to 48˝ Over 48˝ 1-1/2˝ Flange Thickness .064˝ .188˝ Casing Length “L” 6˝ 8˝ H STATIC PRESSURE TAKEOFF 1/4˝ L L + 2.5˝ W 5˝ [F] [W] TOTAL PRESSURE [T.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING STATIC PRESSURE [S.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING W O L F R A I [H] DIMENSIONS - RECTANGULAR FLANGE Station Size “H” or “W” 8˝ - 72˝ 73˝ & Over Flange Size “F” 1-1/2˝ 2˝ The Series FLST Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Stations utilize an airflow averaging element generating a velocity pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi, and other primary elements. Single or multiple airflow elements are factory mounted and pre-piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the ductwork. Multiple elements are joined together for connection to a differential measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow measurement and indication purposes. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low signal-to-noise ratio • Factory mounted and pre-piped in a flanged duct section (casing) • Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063-T5 anodized aluminum flow sensors • Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in temperatures up to 350°F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400°F APPLICATIONS • Building air intake and exhaust flow rate measurement • HVAC air flow measurement Circular Models FLST–C DIAMETER (IN)* SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with published recommendations. K-Factor: 0.97. Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 FPM (0.51-51 m/s). Wetted Material: Elements: 6063-T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga G90 galvanized steel. Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350°F (177°C) continuous operation (in air) 400°F (204°C) intermittent operation (in air). Humidity: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing. Process Connections: 1/4˝ compression fittings. Rectangular or Oval Models FLST – x – CONFIGURATION R – Rectangular O – Oval HEIGHT (IN) x WIDTH (IN)* OPTION IM – Internal pressure connections F – Flange for oval mount station Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions. *Metric dimensions available upon request. 210 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

233

® SERIES FLST DUCT MOUNTED AIRFLOW MEASUREMENT STATIONS Rectangular, Oval or Circular Configurations 30˝ 32˝ MODEL CHART - SERIES FLST RECTANGULAR OR OVAL 18˝ 10˝ 12˝ 14˝ 16˝ 8˝ 20˝ 22˝ 24˝ 26˝ 28˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Size 8˝ 10˝ 12˝ 14˝ 16˝ 18˝ 20˝ 22˝ 24˝ 26˝ 28˝ 30˝ 32˝ 34˝ 36˝ Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X I A R Q U A L T Y I 34˝ 36˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 78˝ 84˝ 90˝ 96˝ 102˝ 108˝ 114˝ 120˝ MODEL CHART - SERIES FLST RECTANGULAR OR OVAL 60˝ 40˝ 44˝ 48˝ 52˝ 56˝ 66˝ 72˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Size 8˝ 10˝ 12˝ 14˝ 16˝ 18˝ 20˝ 22˝ 24˝ 26˝ 28˝ 30˝ 32˝ 34˝ 36˝ 40˝ 44˝ 48˝ 52˝ 56˝ 60˝ 66˝ 72˝ 78˝ 84˝ 90˝ 96˝ 102˝ 108˝ 114˝ 120˝ Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X l F o w S e n s o r s OPTIONS To order add suffix: -IM -F -SS1 -SS2 -SS3 Description Internal pressure connections (rectangular stations only) Flange (oval stations only) 316 SS elements with 16 GA galvanized casing 316 SS elements with 16 GA 304 SS casing 316 SS elements with 16 GA 316 SS casing MODEL CHART - SERIES FLST CIRCULAR 14˝ 10˝ 12˝ Size 8˝ Size 44˝ X X 48˝ X X 54˝ X X 60˝ X X 16˝ 66˝ X X 18˝ 72˝ X X 20˝ 78˝ X X 22˝ 84˝ X X 24˝ 90˝ X X 26˝ 96˝ X X 28˝ X 102˝ X 32˝ X 108˝ X 36˝ X 114˝ X 40˝ X 120˝ X DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 211

234

I Y T L A U Q R A I s r o s n e S w o F l ® SERIES STRA DUCT MOUNTED AIRFLOW MEASUREMENT STATIONS Integral Flow Straightener, Ideal for Turbulent Measuring Conditions AIR STRAIGHTENER TOTAL PRESSURE [T.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING STATIC PRESSURE [S.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING [L] [F] [D] I A R F L O W TOTAL PRESSURE [T.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING 3.25 .25˝ RADIUS BEADED EDGE [TYP] STATIC PRESSURE [S.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING A R F L O W I [H] [W] [W] [L] [L+2.5] TOTAL PRESSURE [T.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING STATIC PRESSURE [S.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING 8˝ [F] W O L F R A I [H] DIMENSIONS - CIRCULAR FLANGE Station Size “D” 8˝ - 15˝ 16˝ - 44˝ 45˝ - 72˝ 73˝ & over Flange Thickness .064˝ .064˝ .188˝ .188˝ Flange Size “F” 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Casing Length “L” 8˝ 8˝ 10˝ 12˝ DIMENSIONS - OVAL FLANGE (OPTIONAL) Station *Casing Length “L” Width “W” 8˝ Up to 44˝ Over 44˝ 10˝ *All oval flow stations without flange have a casing length of 8˝. Flange Thickness .064˝ .188˝ Flange Size 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ DIMENSIONS - RECTANGULAR FLANGE Station Size “H” or “W” 8˝ - 72˝ 73˝ & Over Flange Size “F” 1-1/2˝ 2˝ The Series STRA Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Stations utilize an airflow averaging element generating a velocity pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi, and other primary elements. Single or multiple airflow elements are factory mounted and pre-piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the ductwork. Multiple elements are joined together for connection to a differential measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow measurement and indication purposes. It has been developed with a honeycomb airflow straightening section for use in duct systems having highly turbulent conditions at the point of measurement. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Honeycomb airflow straightening section with 1/2 opening by 3˝depth • Low signal-to-noise ratio • Factory mounted and pre-piped in a flanged duct section (casing) • Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063-T5 anodized aluminum flow sensors • Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in temperatures up to 350°F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400°F APPLICATIONS • Building air intake and exhaust flow rate measurement • HVAC air flow measurement Circular Models STRA–C DIAMETER (IN)* SPECIFICATIONS Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with published recommendations. K Factor: 0.97. Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 FPM (0.51 to 51 m/s). Wetted Materials: Elements: 6063-T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga G90 galvanized steel, 3003 aluminum air flow straightener. Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350°F (177°C) continuous operation (in air), 400°F (204°C) intermittent operation (in air). Humidity Limits: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing. Process Connections: 1/4˝ compression fittings. Rectangular or Oval Models STRA – x – CONFIGURATION R – Rectangular O – Oval HEIGHT (IN) x WIDTH (IN)* OPTION IM – Internal pressure connections F – Flange for oval mount station Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions. *Metric dimensions available upon request. 212 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

235

® SERIES STRA DUCT MOUNTED AIRFLOW MEASUREMENT STATION Integral Flow Straightener, Ideal for Turbulent Measuring Conditions 30˝ 32˝ MODEL CHART - SERIES STRA RECTANGULAR OR OVAL 18˝ 10˝ 12˝ 14˝ 16˝ 8˝ 20˝ 22˝ 24˝ 26˝ 28˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Size 8˝ 10˝ 12˝ 14˝ 16˝ 18˝ 20˝ 22˝ 24˝ 26˝ 28˝ 30˝ 32˝ 34˝ 36˝ Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X MODEL CHART - SERIES STRA RECTANGULAR OR OVAL 60˝ 40˝ 44˝ 48˝ 52˝ 56˝ 66˝ 72˝ 96˝ 78˝ 84˝ 90˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Size 8˝ 10˝ 12˝ 14˝ 16˝ 18˝ 20˝ 22˝ 24˝ 26˝ 28˝ 30˝ 32˝ 34˝ 36˝ 40˝ 44˝ 48˝ 52˝ 56˝ 60˝ 66˝ 72˝ 78˝ 84˝ 90˝ 96˝ 102˝ 108˝ 114˝ 120˝ Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be located on the longer of the two dimensions. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 102˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X I A R Q U A L T Y I l F o w S e n s o r s 34˝ 36˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 108˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 114˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 120˝ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X OPTIONS To order add suffix: -IM -F Description Internal pressure connections (rectangular stations only) Flange (oval stations only) MODEL CHART - SERIES STRA CIRCULAR 14˝ 10˝ 12˝ Size 8˝ Size 44˝ X X 48˝ X X 54˝ X X 60˝ X X 16˝ 66˝ X X 18˝ 72˝ X X 20˝ 78˝ X X 22˝ 84˝ X X 24˝ 90˝ X X 26˝ 96˝ X X 28˝ X 102˝ X 32˝ X 108˝ X 36˝ X 114˝ X 40˝ X 120˝ X DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 213

236

YEAR LIMITED YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY WARRANTY MOUNTING HOLES 2XØ3/16 [Ø4.76] FOAM GASKET 1/8 THK [6.35 THK] PUSH-ON CONNECTIONS FOR 3/8 POLY TUBING [9.53 OD] 3-1/2 [88.90] 2-3/4 [69.85] 7/16 [11.11] 1-1/4 [31.75] A SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: ABS/polycarbonate (UL94-5V). Temperature Limits: Operating: 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C); Storage: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Process Connection: 1/4˝ (6 mm) ID, 3/8˝ (10 mm) OD tubing. Mounting Orientation: Integral flange with gasket. Weight: 1 oz (28 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). ®® SERIES PAFS-1000 AVERAGING FLOW SENSORS Ideal for Sensing Fan Flow Rates The Series PAFS-1000 Averaging Flow Sensors are ideal for sensing velocity pressure in the inlet section of variable air volume terminal units and fan terminal units. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple mounting flange works with both round or rectangular ducts APPLICATIONS • Zone control in HVAC systems • Retrofit HVAC air flow measurement MODEL CHART Model PAFS-1002 PAFS-1003 PAFS-1004 PAFS-1005 PAFS-1006 Length (Dim. A) in (cm) 3-5/32 (8.02) 5-13/32 (13.73) 7-21/32 (19.55) 9-29/32 (25.26) 12-1/2 (31.75) Model PAFS-1007 PAFS-1008 PAFS-1009 PAFS-1010 PAFS-1011 Length (Dim. A) in (cm) 14-3/4 (37.47) 17-1/8 (43.50) 19-13/32 (49.29) 21-21/32 (55.01) 23-29/32 (60.72) SERIES AFG AVERAGING FLOW GRID Cost Effective Air Flow Station for Ducts up to 60˝ I Y T L A U Q R A I s r o s n e S w o F l 1/64 [.396] SECTION A-A SCALE 2:1 A A ØA B 5/32 [2.38] 1-1/16 [27] 2 [51] 1-3/16 [30.16] 1-11/16 [42.86] The Series AFG Averaging Flow Grid is a fundamental pressure-sensing device designed to sense velocity pressure in an air duct. When this output is connected to a suitable measuring instrument (i.e. manometer, pressure transducer, etc.) it may be used to determine air velocity or air flow rate. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Kit complete with 2 probes and installation hardware • Trimmable length for any duct size up to 60˝ • Alternative to costly air flow stations APPLICATIONS • To display differential pressure, velocity or volume flow using a micro manometer, gage or transmitter • To give a warning of over or under flow rate using a pressure switch • To control air supply in a system by connecting the grid to a pressure transmitter with an electrical output which can be used to feed into a control system • To display differential pressure on a simple fluid manometer to give visual indication of changes in volume flow rate in the duct SPECIFICATIONS Service: Monitor air or compatible gas flow. Wetted Materials: 304 SS, PVC, polyurethane, acetyl plastics, and neoprene rubber. Accuracy: ±5%. Maximum Temperature: 176°F (80°C). Velocity Range: 295.2 ft/min to 5904 ft/min (1.5 to 30 m/s). Diameter of Tubes: 5/16˝ (8 mm) or 5/8˝ (16 mm). Maximum Duct Diagonal: 60.4˝ (153.4 cm). Maximum Duct Diameter: 59.4˝ (150.9 cm). Process Connections: 5/16˝ barbed. Weight: AFG-1: 1 lb (454 g); AFG-2: 3 lb (1361 g). MODEL CHART Model AFG-1 AFG-2 Diameter Tube (Dim. A) in (mm) 5/16 (8) 5/8 (16) Length (Dim. B) in (mm) 27 (688) 59-4/5 (1518) 214 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

237

® SERIES MAFS METAL AVERAGING FLOW SENSOR Blade Profile Provides Enhanced Performance and Minimal Flow Disruption YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 1 [25.40] 33/64 [12.95] 1/2 [12.70] APPROX. 1/4-20 THREADED STUD 1-11/32 [34.25] 29/64 [11.41] 4X Ø7/32 [Ø5.54] 33/64 [12.95] 2 [50.80] 1-35/64 [39.37] 1-13/64 [30.44] 21/64 [8.46] 1-3/64 [26.43] 1-1/2 [38.10] 1/4 [6.35] 2 [50.80] L 49/64 [19.43] 1/4 [6.35] 1-1/2 [38.10] The Series MAFS Metal Averaging Flow Sensor is ideal for use with Dwyer Instruments, Inc. precision air velocity gages, transmitters and switches. The Series MAFS uses evenly distributed total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate measurement of velocity pressure in a duct. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Blade design limits disruption of air stream • Lightweight aluminum construction • Flange mount for rectangular or square ducts APPLICATIONS • VAV air flow measurement • Fume hood exhaust flow verification • HVAC retrofit air flow measurement SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air. Wetted Materials: Aluminum AA6063. Accuracy: 400 to 9000 FPM (45.7 m/s); ±2% FS, ±3% FS for 6˝ (160 mm) and 48˝ (1200 mm) length models. K-Factor: 0.81, 0.80 for 6˝ (160 mm) and 48˝ (1200 mm) lengths, 4˝ (100 mm) length=0.82. Maximum Temperature: 400°F (204°C); Gasket: -31 to 230°F (-35 to 110°C). Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2 m/s). Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.91 m/s). Process Connections: Dual barb for 3/16˝ or 1/4˝ ID tubing. Straight Run Requirements: 5 diameters or longest side dimensions. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Probe Length (in) Model 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 Model MAFS-4 MAFS-6 MAFS-8 MAFS-10 MAFS-12 MAFS-14 MAFS-16 MAFS-18 MAFS-20 MAFS-22 MAFS-24 MAFS-26 MAFS-28 MAFS-30 MAFS-32 MAFS-34 MAFS-36 MAFS-40 MAFS-48 Probe Length (in) Model 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 40 48 MAFS-100MM MAFS-125MM MAFS-160MM MAFS-200MM MAFS-250MM MAFS-300MM MAFS-315MM MAFS-400MM MAFS-450MM MAFS-500MM Probe Length (mm) Model 100 125 160 200 250 300 315 400 450 500 MAFS-550MM MAFS-600MM MAFS-630MM MAFS-650MM MAFS-750MM MAFS-800MM MAFS-1000MM MAFS-1500MM MAFS-2000MM Probe Length (mm) 550 600 630 650 750 800 1000 1500 2000 I A R Q U A L T Y I l F o w S e n s o r s DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 215

238

® MODEL 670 FUME HOOD MONITOR Ensures Proper Fume Hood Performance The Model 670 Fume Hood Monitor continuously senses air flow through the face of the fume hood, ensuring safe levels of fresh air are exhausting. The 670 provides a highly accurate hot wire sensor to detect very low flows common on fume hoods. The Model 670 comes with everything required to quickly install the unit including a mounting bracket, 24˝ of tubing for connecting to the inside of the hood wall and a 120 Volt AC power adapter. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Flexible surface or flush mounting • LED safe and alarm status indicators • Audible alarm • Sash alarm input • Night time set-back APPLICATIONS • Fume hood ventilation monitoring MODEL CHART Model 670 Description Fume hood monitor MODEL AAFS ADJUSTABLE AIR FLOW PADDLE SWITCH Ranges from 200 to 1800 FPM, Stainless Steel Vane, ABS Housing I Y T L A U Q R A I / s r o t i n o M d o o H e m u F s e h c t i w S w o F r i l A The Model AAFS Adjustable Air Flow Paddle Switch is capable of detecting a wide range of air velocities with minimal user calibration. Quality features include a stainless steel vane, galvanized steel base, and ABS enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Adjustable air flow sensitivity from 200 to 1800 FPM • High current (15 A) rated SPDT contact • IP65 enclosure rating APPLICATIONS • Air flow proving in HVAC systems MODEL CHART Model Description AAFS Adjustable air flow paddle switch 216 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 3-29/64 [87.88] 13/64 [5.08] 1-1/16 [27.10] 5-45/64 [145.03] 2-1/64 [51.05] 3-17/64 [83.06] 4-9/16 [116.08] 4-61/64 [125.98] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Fume hood face velocity air flow. Alarm Range: 30-400 FPM (0.15-2.0 m/s). Alarm Indication: Red LED & audible alarm. Low Air Velocity Alarm Delay: Fixed 5 secs. Visual LED Display: Red: Alarm; Green: Normal. Horn Silence: Yes-temporary and permanent. Accuracy: Face velocity ±10%. Temperature Limits: Operating temperature: 55 to 86°F (13 to 30°C); Storage temperature: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 65°C). Power Requirement: 15 VDC 500 mA; 120 VAC, 60 Hz power transformer included. Relay Output Low Air Flow Alarm: 5 A @ 250 VAC. Relay Input For Night Setback: 2 wire rated for 24 VDC usage. Sash High Indication: Using a two wire micro switch or 3 wire proximity switch input, rated for 24 VDC usage. Mounting: Semi flush, flush or surface mounted when using included bracket. Weight: 5.0 oz (141 g). 4.02 [102.00] 3.46 [88.00] 3.86 [98.00] 3.03 [77.00] 2.56 [65.00] Ø0.20 [Ø5.00] 2.52 [64.00] 4.15 [105.50] 1.02 [26.00] 2.56 [65.00] 2.81 [71.50] 0.49 [12.50] 6.89 [175.00] 4.92 [125.00] 3.86 [98.00] 3.15 [80.00] 2.81 [71.50] 5.94 [151.00] M18X1.5 PROCESS CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gas. Wetted Materials: Vane: SS; Lever: Brass; Base: Galvanized steel. Housing: ABS. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 180°F (-40 to 85°C); Process: -14 to 185°F (-10 to 85°C). Humidity Limits: 10 to 90%, non-condensing. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: 15 (8) A @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connection: Screw terminal with M18 x 1.5 cable gland. Process Connection: Flange. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal duct flow. Set Point: Internal screw. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Weight: 13.6 oz (380 g). Agency Approvals: CE. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

239

® SERIES AVFS AIR FLOW SWITCH Monitors Flow in Ducts with Contact Output and Local LED Indication The Series AVFS Air Flow Switch is specifically designed to monitor air flow in ducts and provides a 3 A contact output to indicate a change or loss of flow. The AVFS provides a +/-5% set point repeatability across a full-scale range of 1-10 m/s (197- 1969 fpm) and includes a mounting bracket for quick duct mounting. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral red/green air flow status LED’s • Flush sensor design limits issues due to dust or particulate in the air flow • IP65 construction APPLICATIONS • Fan monitoring • Filter monitoring • Damper feedback • Air handlers MODEL CHART Model Description AVFS-1 AVFS-2 80-250 AC/DC power thermo air flow switch 24 VDC power thermo air flow switch SERIES DAFA AIR FLOW INDICATOR AND ALARM For Air Flow Monitoring in 3˝ and 4˝ pipes 2 LED POTENTIOMETER 5-33/64 [140.00] 29/32 [23.00] SPECIFICATIONS Air Velocity Range: 197-1969 FPM (1-10 m/s). Temperature Limits: 5 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: 0-90% RH. Wetted Materials: PBT body, titanium sensor. Pressure Limit: 14.7 psig (1 bar). Housing: PBT. Repeatability: ±5% FS. Switch Type: N.O. SPST. Electrical Rating: 3 A @ 30 VDC/250 VAC. Response Time: 3-60 seconds. Varies with flow and set point. Power Requirement: AVFS-1: 80 to 250 AC/DC (47 to 63 Hz AC); AVFS-2: 24 VDC ±25%. Power Consumption: 3 VA. Electrical Connection: 6.5´ (2 m) cable. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Display: 1 Red LED/1 Green LED. Weight: 7.2 oz (203 g). Agency Approvals: CE. 5-1/8 [130.00] 1-15/32 [37.47] 2-3/32 [53.00] 3/4 [19.05] 3-33/64 [89.32] I A R Q U A L T Y I A l i r F o w S w i t c h e s V I DEO O N L I N E The Series DAFA Air Flow Indicator and Alarm alerts users of low or no air flow conditions in pipes utilizing a thin, field trimmable vane to sense the air flow rate. An 85 dB audible buzzer alternates with a bright red LED to alert users when the air flow rate drops, indicating low or no flow in the pipe. The DAFA is battery powered to provide versatility for where it can be installed, and offers a yellow LED to indicate a low battery. This device is ideal for monitoring radon mitigation systems by detecting a loss of air flow in the pipe and providing a signal to homeowners if the fan has stopped operating. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple and quick installation • Field trimmable vane included to allow unit to be used in 3˝ and 4˝ pipes • Audible and visual alarms • Battery-operated with up to 5 year battery life and low battery warning SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air. Actuation Point: 15 CFM (4˝ pipe); 10 CFM (3˝ pipe) on decrease in flow. Audible Alarm: At least 85 dB @ 1 foot distance. Visual Alarm: Red LED for no flow alarm; Yellow LED for low battery. Wetted Materials: ABS, polycarbonate, rare earth magnet. Power Requirements: 3 V CR2450 lithium battery, included, user replaceable. Battery Life: 5 years steady state; 48 hours during alarm state. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 4 oz (113.4 g). Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Radon mitigation systems • Air flow monitoring in 3˝ and 4˝ pipes MODEL CHART Model DAFA-1 Air flow indicator and alarm Description ACCESSORIES Model A-DAFA-VANE A-DAFA-BCOV Description Replacement trimmable vane Replacement battery cover DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 217

240

I Y T L A U Q R A I ® SERIES AVUL AIR VELOCITY TRANSMITTERS 3% and 5% Models, Optional BACnet or Modbus® Communication Protocols 3-49/64 [95.71] 1/2 NPS 2-43/64 [67.92] 3-33/64 [89.13] 7-41/64 [194.07] 7-17/64 [184.60] 39/64 [15.32] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 3-3/16 [80.81] 1-19/32 [40.59] 31/32 [24.58] 2-5/32 [54.82] Ø15/32 [11.84] V I DEO O N L I N E s r e t t i m s n a r T y t i c o e V l r i A The Series AVUL Air Velocity Transmitters quickly and accurately measures air velocity or volumetric flow in imperial or metric units. Simultaneous current and voltage outputs on all models provide universal inputs to monitoring equipment while the output range, units, and 0 to 5/10 VDC output can be configured via local DIP switches. The optional integral display, or the portable remote display tool, provide a convenient way to locally monitor process values and configure the unit. Models are available in 3% and 5% accuracy models to suit a variety of needs, and the optional BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® RTU/ASCII communication protocol allows units to be daisy-chained while providing access to all of the velocity and flow data, as well as additional information such as air temperature. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Sensing elements have been coated with an engineered conformal coating to ensure durability and longevity • Field selectable ranges can be quickly configured without power to the unit APPLICATIONS • VAV systems • Building ducts MODEL CHART Model AVUL-5DA1 AVUL-5DA1-LCD AVUL-5DB1 AVUL-5DB1-LCD AVUL-5DM1 AVUL-5DM1-LCD AVUL-3DA1 AVUL-3DA1-LCD AVUL-3DB1 AVUL-3DB1-LCD AVUL-3DM1 AVUL-3DM1-LCD Description Air velocity transmitter, 5% accuracy, duct mount, Universal current/voltage outputs Air velocity transmitter, 5% accuracy, duct mount, Universal current/voltage outputs, with LCD Air velocity transmitter, 5% accuracy, duct mount, BACnet communications Air velocity transmitter, 5% accuracy, duct mount, BACnet communications, with LCD Air velocity transmitter, 5% accuracy, duct mount, Modbus® communications Air velocity transmitter, 5% accuracy, duct mount, Modbus® communications, with LCD Air velocity transmitter, 3% accuracy, duct mount, Universal current/voltage outputs Air velocity transmitter, 3% accuracy, duct mount, Universal current/voltage outputs, with LCD Air velocity transmitter, 3% accuracy, duct mount, BACnet communications Air velocity transmitter, 3% accuracy, duct mount, BACnet communications, with LCD Air velocity transmitter, 3% accuracy, duct mount, Modbus® communications Air velocity transmitter, 3% accuracy, duct mount, Modbus® communications, with LCD 218 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Range: 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 FPM (5, 10, 15, 20 m/s); Field selectable. Accuracy: ±(5% of reading + 0.2 m/s) or ±(3% of reading + 0.2 m/s) @ standard conditions, depending on model. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Requirements: 24 VDC ±20% or 24 VAC ±20%. Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Output Signals: 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC. Response Time (90%): 10 s, typical. Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push-buttons. Output Load Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1100 Ω max.; Voltage output: Minimum load resistance 1 k Ω. Current Consumption: 60 mA max. Display (optional): 5 digit LCD. Electrical Connections (Analog): Power and output: four wire removable European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG. Communication (optional): Connections: BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® RTU/ASCII: three wire removable European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG; Supported baud rates: 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, 115200. Device Load: 1/8th unit load. Electrical Entry: 1/2˝ NPS thread. Accessory (A-151): Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Flow direction must be parallel to the sensor tip. Weight: 6.0 oz (160 g). Agency Approval: BTL, CE. ACCESSORIES Model A-151 A-435-A A-AVUL-LCD A-AVUL-MTG SCD-PS Description Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable Remote display tool Field upgradeable display Replacement mounting flange 100-240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC power supply Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.

241

I A R Q U A L T Y I ® SERIES 641 AIR VELOCITY TRANSMITTERS High Accuracy, Field Selectable Ranges V I DEO O N L I N E B DIMENSION A DIMENSION 3-1/4 [82.55] 4-29/64 [113.11] 1/2-14 NPT 1/2 NPT B DIMENSION A DIMENSION 2-23/32 [29.06] 1/2-14 NPT 4-29/64 [113.11] 1/2 NPT 13/16 [20.64] 641 AVT WITH DISPLAY OPTION A Dimension 7-63/64 [202.80] 13-63/64 [355.20] 19-63/64 [507.60] 26-63/64 [685.40] 32-63/64 [837.80] 37-63/64 [964.80] B Dimension 9-13/16 [249.24] 15-13/16 [401.64] 21-13/16 [554.04] 28-13/16 [731.84] 34-13/16 [884.24] 39-13/16 [1011.24] 25/32 [19.84] 641 AVT WITHOUT DISPLAY OPTION A Dimension 7-7/16 [188.91] 13-7/16 [341.31] 19-7/16 [493.71] 26-7/16 [671.51] 29-7/16 [747.71] 37-7/16 [950.91] B Dimension 9-9/32 [235.74] 15-9/32 [388.14] 21-9/32 [540.54] 28-9/32 [718.34] 34-9/32 [870.74] 39-9/32 [997.74] The Series 641 Air Velocity Transmitters are the ideal instrument for monitoring air flow. This transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor which allows for precise velocity measurements at various flow rates and temperatures. The 641’s 16 field-selectable ranges provides it the versatility to be selected for several air flow applications. The optional LED produces a complete, low-cost solution for local indication of air flow. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Ranges from 250 FPM (1.25 MPS) to 15,000 FPM (75 MPS) • Optional bright LED display • Easy push-button set-up • Compact housing • 4-20 mA output • Digital filter for signal damping APPLICATIONS • Exhaust stack flow monitoring • Air control in drying processes • HVAC air velocity measurements • Fan supply and exhaust tracking • Clean room ventilation monitoring MODEL CHART Probe Length* Model 6˝ (152.4 mm) 641-6 6˝ (152.4 mm) 641-6-LED 12˝ (304.8 mm) 641-12 12˝ (304.8 mm) 641-12-LED 18˝ (457.2 mm) 641-18 18˝ (457.2 mm) 641-18-LED 24˝ (609.6 mm) 641-24 24˝ (609.6 mm) 641-24-LED *Other probe lengths available contact factory. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 641-6-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model A-156 A-158 A-159 641-LED Description Universal mounting plate, 1/2˝ female NPT Split flange mounting kit Duct mounting gland Field-upgradeable LED SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air and compatible, non-combustible gases. Accuracy: 3% FS process gas: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); 4% FS process gas: -40 to 32°F & 122 to 212°F (-40 to 0°C & 50 to 100°C). Response Time: Flow: 1.5 s to 95% of final value (output filter set to minimum). Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C); Ambient: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.89 bar) maximum. Humidity Limit: Non-condensing. Power Requirements: 12-35 VDC, 10-16 VAC. 1.5 A rating required on supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, isolated 24 V source, 3 or 4-wire connection. Output Filter: Selectable 0.5-15 (s). Loop Resistance: 600 Ω max. Current Consumption: 300 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Process Connections: 1/2˝ male NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) for non LED models only. Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be aligned with airflow. Weight: 12.6 oz (357.2 g). Agency Approval: CE. A i r l V e o c i t y T r a n s m i t t e r s OPTIONAL DISPLAY VERSION: Display: 4-1/2 digit 1/2˝ red LED. Resolution: 1 FPM, 0.01 MPS (10 FPM @ 10,000 and 15,000 FPM ranges). Weight: 13.3 oz (377 g). DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 219

242

® SERIES 641RM AIR VELOCITY TRANSMITTER WITH REMOTE PROBE For Remotely Mounting Electronic Enclosure 1/2 NPT I Y T L A U Q R A I V I DEO O N L I N E The Series 641RM Air Velocity Transmitter with Remote Probe features the same highly accurate heated mass flow sensor as the Series 641, with a remote probe construction. The units 6´ cable which connects the sensing probe with the electronic enclosure allows the enclosure to be mounted where it can be more easily accessed. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Ranges from 250 FPM (1.25 MPS) to 15,000 FPM (75 MPS) • Optional bright LED display • Easy push-button set-up • Compact housing • 4 to 20 mA output • Digital filter for signal damping APPLICATIONS • Exhaust stack flow monitoring • Air control in drying processes • HVAC air velocity measurements • Fan supply and exhaust tracking • Clean room ventilation monitoring MODEL CHART Model 641RM-12 641RM-12-LED Description Air velocity transmitter with 6´ cable Air velocity transmitter with 6´ cable with LED display OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 641RM-12-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate SERIES 641B AIR VELOCITY TRANSMITTER Dirty Air Flow Applications V I DEO O N L I N E s r e t t i m s n a r T y t i c o e V l r i A The Series 641B Air Velocity Transmitter uses a heated mass flow sensor suitable for dirty air flow applications. It has user-selectable ranges from 250 FPM (1.25 MPS) to 2000 FPM (10 MPS). FEATURES/BENEFITS • SS sensor suitable for dirty air flow measurement • Ranges from 250 FPM (1.25 MPS) to 2000 FPM (10 MPS) • 4 to 20 mA output • Digital filter for signal damping APPLICATIONS • Exhaust stack flow monitoring • Air control in drying processes • HVAC air velocity measurements • Fan supply and exhaust tracking • Clean room ventilation monitoring MODEL CHART Model 641B-4 641B-4-LED Description Air velocity transmitter Air velocity transmitter with LED display 220 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 1-5/8 [41.28] WITH LED 1-3/32 [27.78] WITHOUT LED 43/64 [17.07] 6 FT [152.40] 14-21/64 [53.07] FOR A STANDARD 12˝ PROBE 4-31/32 [126.21] Ø5/16 [Ø7.94] Ø13/64 [Ø5.16] 1-39/64 [40.88] 1-25/32 [45.24] 31/64 [12.30] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean air and compatible, non- combustible gases. Accuracy: 3% FS process gas: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); 4% FS process gas: -40 to 32°F & 122 to 212°F (-40 to 0°C & 50 to 100°C). Response Time: Flow: 1.5 s to 95% of final value (output filter set to minimum). Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C); Ambient: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.89 bar) maximum. Humidity Limit: Non-condensing. Power Requirements: 12 to 35 VDC, 10 to 16 VAC. 1.5 A rating required on supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, isolated 24 V source, 3 or 4-wire connection. Output Filter: Selectable 0.5–15 (seconds). Loop Resistance: 600 Ω max. Current Consumption: 300 mA max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be aligned with airflow. Weight: 13.2 oz (374.26 g). Cable Length: 6´ (1.82 m). Probe Length: 12˝ (30.48 cm) standard. Probe Diameter: 5/16˝ (0.79 cm). OPTIONAL DISPLAY VERSION: Display: 4-1/2 digit 1/2˝ red LED. Resolution: 1 FPM, 0.01 MPS (10 FPM @ 10,000 and 15,000 FPM ranges). Weight: 13.9 oz (394.16 g). ACCESSORIES Model A-156 A-158 A-159 641-LED Description Universal mounting plate, 1/2˝ female NPT Split flange mounting kit Duct mounting gland Field-upgradeable LED 1/2 NPT 4-31/32 [126.21] 9-1/4 [235.0] 1-23/32 [43.66] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible, non- combustible gases. Accuracy: 5% FS process gas: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). 6% FS process gas: -40 to 32°F & 122 to 176°F (-40 to 0°C & 50 to 80°C). Response Time: Flow: 1.5 s to 95% of final value (output filter set to minimum). Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Ambient: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Humidity Limit: Non-condensing. Power Requirements: 12 to 35 VDC, 10 to 16 VAC. 1.5 A rating required on supply due to initial power surge drawn by transmitter. *A brief current transient exceeding 300 mA may be seen on startup Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, isolated 24 V source, 3- or 4-wire connection. Output Filter: Selectable 0.5 –15 (seconds). Loop Resistance: 600 Ω max. Current Consumption: 300 mA max*. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) for non LED models only. Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Weight: 12.6 oz (357.2 g). ACCESSORIES Model A-155 A-156 Description Mounting gland with 1/2˝ male NPT fitting Flange mounting plate with 1/2˝ female NPT

243

® SERIES HS HUMIDITY SWITCH Programmable, 8 A Relay, 3-Digit Display I A R Q U A L T Y I 1-11/32 [34] 1-7/64 [28] 3 [76] Panel cutout 2-51/64˝ x 1-9/64˝ (71 x 29 mm) 2-3/8 [60] SPECIFICATIONS Relative Humidity Range: 10 to 100% RH. Input: 0 to 1 V, 3 V or 4 to 20 mA. Accuracy: THC-P: ±5% @ 20 to 90%; HS: ±1% RH. Display: 3-digit, green, 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) digits. Resolution: 1 digit. Temperature Limits: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Output: 16 A SPDT relay @ 250 VAC resistive. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1 HP. Control Type: ON/OFF. Power Requirements: 115 VAC or 230 VAC (depending on model). Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Front Panel Rating: IP64. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. ACCESSORIES Model Description THC-P Humidity probe, 3 V output, 4´ (1.2 m) cable The Series HS Humidity Switch provides control for humidifying or dehumidifying systems. Relative humidity, output status, and error messaging can be viewed on the bright green LED. Access to programming parameters can be locked for security purposes using the password protection feature. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Relative humidity display and control • Parameter protection • 0 to 1 V, 4 to 20 mA or 3 V (THC-P) input selection APPLICATIONS • Environmental chambers • Beer and wine chillers • Greenhouses MODEL CHART Model Supply Power HS-311 HS-312 115 VAC 230 VAC SERIES THC TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SWITCH Independent Displays, 61 Programmable Parameters, 4 SPST Relays 4-3/32 [103.98] 2-7/16 [61.84] 1-15/16 [49.21] 5-9/32 [134.30] 5 [127.00] 3-7/8 [98.43] The Series THC Temperature/Humidity Switch simultaneously measures and controls temperature and humidity. The unit offers a 3-digit red display for temperature indication and a 3-digit green display indicating humidity. The Series THC is equipped with four independent relays, two for temperature control and two relays for humidity control. The THC Temperature/Humidity Switch accepts up to two temperature probe inputs (sold separately) and a humidity sensor. A humidity sensor with 0 to 1 V, 3 V (THC-P sold separately), or 4 to 20 mA output can be used with the Series THC. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Temperature and humidity control in one device • Password protected parameter settings • Selectable fail safe status of relay outputs SPECIFICATIONS Measurement Range: Temperature: -58 to 302°F (-50 to 150°C); Humidity: 0 to 100% RH. Input: Up to 2 thermistors and 1 humidity sensor. Output: 4 SPST, 8 A relays @ 250 VAC. Horsepower Rating (HP): 1/3 HP. Control Type: ON/OFF direction, direct or reverse acting, neutral. Power Requirements: 110 or 230 VAC (depending on model). Accuracy: Temperature ±0.5% of probe range; Humidity: 20 to 90%. Display: Two 3-digit displays. 1/2˝ digits. Resolution: 0.1°. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory. Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Weight: 1.17 lb (530 g). Panel Cutout: 5.15˝ x 3.97˝ (131 x 101 mm). Front Panel Protection: IP64. Agency Approvals: CE. i H u m d i t y S w i t c h e s APPLICATIONS • Isolation chambers • Environmental chambers • Greenhouses • Beer and wine chillers MODEL CHART Model Supply Power Unit THC-10 THC-11 THC-20 THC-21 115 VAC 115 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC °F °C °F °C ACCESSORIES Model Description THC-P TS-5 TS-6 TS-51 TS-61 Humidity probe, 3 V output, 4 ft (1.2 m) cable Temperature probe, PVC with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable Temperature probe, metal with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable Temperature probe, PVC with 10 ft (3 m) cable Temperature probe, metal with 10 ft (3 m) cable DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 221

244

® SERIES RHP-E/N WALL MOUNT HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE/DEW POINT TRANSMITTERS Optional LCD Display YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY I Y T L A U Q R A I 4.50 [114.30] 2.80 [71.12] 1.10 [27.96] .552 [14.02] 2x .176 [4.47] .573 [14.56] 3.000 [76.20] North American style 1.08 [27.33] 1.18 [30] 1.16 [29.39] 3.65 [92.72] 3.56 [90.42] .33 [8.38] 3x .37 [9.36] European style 3x .15 [3.87] 0-5/10V Outputs: Power requirements: 15-35 VDC or 15-29 VAC; Output load: 5 mA max., 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature sensor models. Switch selectable 0-10 V/2-10 V or 0-5 V/1-5 V output. Switch selectable RH/dew point. Switch selectable normal or reverse output. Solid State Band Gap Temperature Sensor Output Ranges: Switch selectable, -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C); 0 to 100°F (-17.8 to 37.8°C); 40 to 90°F (4.4 to 32.3°C); -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Response Time: 8 s. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Drift: <0.25% RH/year. RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer. Enclosure Material: Polycarbonate. Enclosure Rating: IP20. Display: Optional LCD; Switch selectable %RH or dew point, °F/°C. Display Resolution: RH: 1%; Temperature: 0.1°F (0.1°C); Dew point: 1°F (1°C). Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g). Agency Approvals: CE. SPECIFICATIONS Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH. Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C) for thermistor and RTD sensors. -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C) for solid state band gap temperature sensors. Dew Point Temperature Range: -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C); 0 to 100°F (-17.8 to 37.8°C); 40 to 90°F (4.4 to 32.3°C); -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) field-selectable ranges. Accuracy: RH: Model RHP-2XXX ±2% 10 to 90% RH @ 25°C; Model RHP-3XXX ±3% 20 to 80% RH @ 25°C; Model RHP-5XXX ±5% 20 to 80% RH @ 25°C; Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.36°F @ 77°F (±0.2°C @ 25°C); RTD temperature sensor: DIN Class B; ±0.54°F @ 32°F (±0.3°C @ 0°C); Solid state band gap temperature sensor: ±0.9°F @ 77°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C). Hysteresis: ±0.8%. Repeatability: ±0.1% typical. Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). 4-20 mA Loop Powered Outputs: Power requirements: 10-35 VDC; Output signal: 4-20 mA, 2 channels for humidity/ solid state temperature sensor models (loop powered on RH). Switch selectable RH/dew point. Switch selectable normal or reverse output. V I DEO O N L I N E European style North American style The Series RHP-E/N Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/Dew Point Transmitters are the most versatile room transmitter on the market. The stylish housing is well vented to provide air flow across the sensor to improve measurement accuracy. The humidity and the dew point are measured using a capacitive polymer sensor. The humidity and dew point can have either a current or voltage output, while the optional temperature output can be a current, voltage, RTD or thermistor. For models with current or voltage for the temperature output, the temperature range is field selectable. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable relative humidity or dew point output • Universal analog outputs • Integral or service tool LCD display options • Two housing designs to match North American and European aesthetics APPLICATIONS • Air economizers • Room comfort monitoring • Greenhouse monitoring e r u t a r e p m e T / y t i d m u H i s r e t t i m s n a r T MODEL CHART Example Series Accuracy Housing Humidity/Dew Point Output Temperature Output Options ACCESSORIES Model A-449 SCD-PS Description Remote LCD display allows remote indication of select Dwyer wall mount transmitters for validation or certification purposes 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC power supply A-449 RHP -3 N 4 A -LCD RHP-3N4A-LCD RHP 2 3 5 E N 4 0 4 A B C D E F LCD NIST Humidity/temperaturedew point transmitter 2% accuracy 3% accuracy 5% accuracy European style wall mount North American style wall mount 4-20 mA/0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC None 4-20 mA/0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC 10K Ω @ 25°C thermistor type III 10K Ω @ 25°C thermistor type II 3K Ω @ 25°C thermistor 100 Ω RTD DIN 385 1K Ω RTD DIN 385 20K Ω @ 25°C thermistor LCD display NIST traceable calibration certificate 222 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com LEED® is a registered trademark of US Green Building Council.

245

® ® SERIES RHPLC WALL MOUNT HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER 2% or 3% Humidity Sensor, Passive Temperature Outputs 1-3/32 [27.69] 35/64 [14.02] 4-1/2 [114.30] 2X-11/64 [4.47] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 3-1/64 [76.56] I A R Q U A L T Y I V I DEO O N L I N E The Series RHPLC Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature Transmitter is a compact economical sensor for the building automation marketspace. The stylish housing is well vented to provide air flow across the sensor to improve measurement accuracy. Each unit utilizes a capacitive polymer sensing element to deliver a proportional analog output. A combination humidity and temperature model can be configured with current, voltage, RTD, or thermistor output. A wide selection of passive RTD or thermistor temperature sensors are available in this series. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 2% or 3% accuracy models • Humidity only or temperature and humidity combo • Wide selection of passive thermistor or RTD temperature sensors APPLICATIONS • Air economizers • Room comfort monitoring 2-51/64 [71.12] 31/64 [12.32] SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: Capacitive polymer. Relative Humidity Range: 0-100% RH. RH Accuracy: ±2% 10 to 90% RH @ 25°C for 2% accuracy units; ±3% 20 to 80% RH @ 25°C for 3% accuracy units. RH Hysteresis: ±0.8%. RH Repeatability: ±0.1% typical. Temperature Output Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Passive Thermistor Temperature Sensor Accuracy: ±0.36ºF @ 77°F (±0.2°C @ 25°C). Accuracy RTD Temp Sensor: DIN Class B; ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±0.54°F @ 77°F). Accuracy Current/Voltage Temperature Output: ±0.9°F @ 72°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC for 4-20 mA or 0-5 VDC output; 15-35 VDC for 0-10 VDC output; 10-29 VAC for 0-5 VDC output; 15-29 VAC for 0-10 VDC output. Response Time: 8 s (t63). Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Drift: <0.25% RH/year. Enclosure Material: Polycarbonate. Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g). Agency Approvals: CE. T r a n s m i t t e r s i H u m d i t y / T e m p e r a t u r e MODEL CHART Example Series Accuracy Housing Humidity Output Temperature Output 2 3 N 1 2 3 RHPLC -3 N 2 A -FC RHPLC-3N2A-FC RHPLC Humidity/temperature transmitter 2% accuracy 3% accuracy North American style wall mount Current 4-20 mA Voltage 0-10 VDC Voltage 0-5 VDC None Current 4-20 mA Voltage 0-10 VDC Voltage 0-5 VDC 10K Ω @ 25ºC thermistor type III 10K Ω @ 25ºC thermistor type II 3K Ω @ 25ºC thermistor 100 Ω RTD DIN 385 1K Ω RTD DIN 385 20K Ω @ 25ºC thermistor 0 1 2 3 A B C D E F Options FC Factory calibration certificate (3% accuracy units) ACCESSORIES Model SCD-PS APT-40-5DN Description 100-240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC power supply AC power transformer, 120/208/240/277/480 VAC input, 24 VAC isolated output, 40 VA, dual hub DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 223

246

I Y T L A U Q R A I ® SERIES RHP HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS Passive Temperature Outputs, Sintered Filter Options 5-1/8 [130.18] 2-1/4 [57.15] 3-45/64 [94.06] 55/64 [21.83] 6-25/32 [172.16] Sintered filter version 2-41/64 [67.07] OSA (outside air) Duct mount 2-11/64 [55.17] V I DEO O N L I N E Duct sintered Ø3-11/64 [Ø80.57] e r u t a r e p m e T / y t i d m u H i s r e t t i m s n a r T The Series RHP Temperature and Humidity Transmitters combine the voltage or current humidity transmitter output with a passive temperature thermistor or RTD output. Featuring polymer capacitance humidity sensors, models are available with 2%, 3% or 5% accuracies. Duct mounted transmitters are available with an optional two-line alpha numeric LCD display. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 2%, 3%, or 5% accuracy models • Optional LCD display on duct mount models • Radiation shield option for outdoor installation in direct sunlight APPLICATIONS • Air economizers • Outdoor temperature and relative humidity reference • Pool room humidity monitoring MODEL CHART Example Series Accuracy RHP -2 D 1 A -LCD RHP-2D1A-LCD RHP 2 3 5 D M O S R 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 A B C D E F Housing Type RH Output Temperature Sensor Options RH/passive temperature sensor transmitter 2% accuracy 3% accuracy 5% accuracy Duct mount with filter Duct mount with HDPE filter OSA (outside air) OSA with sintered filter* Radiation shield 4-20 mA 0-10 V 0-5 VDC None 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC 0-5 VDC 10K @ 25°C thermistor type III 10K @ 25°C thermistor type II 3K @ 25°C thermistor 100 Ω RTD DIN 385 1K Ω RTD DIN 385 20K Ω @ 25°C thermistor LCD display NIST traceable calibration certificate *Use OSA with sintered filter models when purchasing Series RHRS radiation shield separately. LCD NIST 224 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 4-17/32 [115.09] 2-15/64 [56.75] 5-1/8 [130.18] 4-17/32 [115.09] 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-1/8 [79.38] 1-13/64 [30.56] Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLCS 55/64 [21.83] 2-9/16 [64.96] 2-11/64 [55.12] 6-25/32 [172.09] [3] 3/16 [4.76] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4.115 [104.52] BC 1/2 NPT 2-41/64 [67.03] 2-9/64 [54.37] Ø35/64 [Ø13.89] 8-61/64 [227.30] RHP-XDXX RHP-XMXX 9-3/32 [231.13] SPECIFICATIONS Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH. Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Accuracy, RH: RHP-2XXX ±2% 10-90% RH @ 25°C; RHP-3XXX ±3% 20-80% RH @ 25°C; RHP-5XXX ±5% 20-80% RH @ 25°C. Accuracy, Thermistor Temp Sensor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C (±0.36°F @ 77°F). Accuracy, RTD Temp Sensor: DIN Class B; ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±0.54°F @ 32°F). Accuracy, Solid State Band Gap: ±0.9°F @ 77°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C). Hysteresis: ±1%. Repeatability: ±0.1% typical. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). 4 to 20 mA Loop Powered Models: Power requirements: 10-35 VDC; Output signal: 4-20 mA. 0-5/10V Output Models: Power requirements: 15-35 VDC or 15-29 VAC; Output signal: 0-10 V @ 5 mA max. Solid State Band Gap Temperature Sensor Output Ranges: Switch selectable, -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C); 0 to 100°F (-17.8 to 37.8°C); 40 to 90°F (4.4 to 32.3°C); -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Response Time: 15 s. Electrical Connections: Removable screw terminal block. Conduit Connection: Duct mount: 1/2˝ NPS; OSA: 1/2˝ (22.3 mm). Drift: < 1% RH/year. RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer. Temperature Sensor: Types 1, 2, 3: Solid state band gap; Curves A, B, C: Thermistor; Curves D, E: Platinum RTD DIN 385. Enclosure: Duct mount: PBT; OSA: Polycarbonate. Enclosure Rating: Duct mount: NEMA 4X (IP66) for housing only; OSA: NEMA 4X (IP66). Display: Duct mount only, optional 2-line alpha numeric, 8 characters/line. Display Resolution: RH: 0.1%; 0.1°F (0.1°C). Weight: Duct mount: .616 lb (.3 kg); OSA: 1 lb (.45 kg). Agency Approvals: CE.

247

® SERIES RHRS OUTSIDE AIR HUMIDITY RADIATION SHIELDS 6 or 10 Plate Design, Integral Pipe Mounting Kit ø5-1/8 [130.18] ø4-47/64 [120.25] 4-31/32 [126.21] 8-43/64 [220.27] Ø5-1/8 [130.18] Ø4-47/64 [120.25] 6-13/64 [157.65] RHRS 10-37/64 [268.73] RHRS-10 Picture shown with Series RHP humidity transmitter* (sold separately) V I DEO O N L I N E I A R Q U A L T Y I The Series RHRS Outside Air Humidity Radiation Shields protects outside air humidity transmitters from rain and radiated heat. With the curved shape and color of the plates, air flow is able to move across the sensor to keep radiated temperatures from rooftops and surrounding surfaces from affecting humidity readings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Adjustable sensor mounting collar works with Dwyer RHP sintered filter outdoor air humidity transmitters or other RH devices • Universal mount fits 3/4˝ to 1-1/2˝ pipe or flat surfaces MODEL CHART Model RHRS RHRS-10 Note: Only sintered filter OSA models of Series RHP are compatible with the shield. Description 6 plate radiation shield 10 plate radiation shield APPLICATIONS • Building outside air reference • Weather stations SERIES WHT WEATHER-RESISTANT HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Compact Housing, Sintered Filter 2X 5/16 [7.94] 4-9/16 [115.89] 3-31/64 [88.5] 3 [76.2] 4 [101.6] 2-3/4 [69.85] T r a n s m i t t e r s i H u m d i t y / T e m p e r a t u r e 1-27/64 [36.12] 1-31/64 [37.70] The compact Series WHT Weather-Resistant Humidity/Temperature Transmitter is designed to withstand the elements. A removable sintered filter protects the polymer capacitance sensor from solid objects that may come in contact with the transmitter. The transmitter is available with 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC output signals for both temperature and humidity. This transmitter is ideal for measuring outside air temperature and humidity levels for air handling economizer applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • RH or RH and temperature outputs • Compact NEMA 3S construction APPLICATIONS • Air handling economizers • Air environment monitoring in agriculture or livestock cultivation houses MODEL CHART Model None WHT-310 4 to 20 mA WHT-311 None WHT-320 0 to 10 VDC WHT-322 None WHT-330 0 to 5 VDC WHT-333 10K Ω Type III WHT-31A 10K Ω Type III WHT-32A Note: For 2% accuracy, change the leading 3 to a 2. Example: WHT-210. Accuracy RH Output Temperature 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 0 to 10 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 4 to 20 mA 0 to 10 VDC SPECIFICATIONS Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH. Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Accuracy, RH: ±3% 20 to 80% RH, ±4% @ 10-20%, 80 to 90%. Accuracy, Temp Models with 4 to 20 mA Temp. Output: ±0.9°F @ 72°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C). Accuracy, Temp Models with Passive Thermistor Temp Sensor: ±0.36°F @ 77°F (±0.2°C @ 25°C). Hysteresis, RH: ±1%. Repeatability, RH: ±0.1% typical. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Range, RH: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). 4 to 20 mA Loop Powered Models: Power requirements: 10 to 35 VDC; Output signal: 4 to 20 mA. 0 to 10 V Output Models: Power requirements: 15 to 35 VDC or 15 to 29 VAC; Output signal: 0 to 10 V @ 5 mA max. 0 to 5 V Output Models: Power requirements: 10 to 35 VDC or 10 to 29 VAC; Output signal: 0 to 5 V @ 5 mA max. Response Time: 15 s. Electrical Connections: Removable screw terminal block. Drift: < 1% RH/year. RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer. Temperature Sensor: 4 to 20 mA output, solid state band gap. Passive output: 10K @ 25°C thermistor (Dwyer curve A). Enclosure: ABS. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 3S (IP54). Weight: 0.3 oz (8.5 g). Agency Approvals: CE. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 225

248

I Y T L A U Q R A I ® SERIES RH-R HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Remote Mount, Field Replaceable Sensor Filter, Up to 16´ Cable 5-1/8 [130.18] 2-41/64 [67.07] 3-45/64 [94.06] 4-1/32 [102.39] 5/8 [15.88] 2-1/4 [57.15] 55/64 [21.83] 2-37/64 [65.48] 2-29/64 [11.51] Electrical Process Probe connections The Series RH-R Humidity and Temperature Transmitter is the ideal transmitter for those applications where space is limited. The compact sensor is protected by a removable filter. It can be mounted up to 16 feet away from the weatherproof base. The Series RH-R is ideal for environmental chambers, rubber bladder burst detection and air handler applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Cable lengths from 4 to 16´ • Remote housing allows for flexibility sensing where space may be limited APPLICATIONS • Process system monitoring • Environmental chambers • Air economizers SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry clean air. Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH. Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Accuracy: ±2% @ 10-90%. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA loop powered. Response Time: Less than 15 s. Electrical Connections: Terminal block. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT. Process Connection: 1/2 NPSM. Drift: < 1%/year. RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer Cable Length: Up to 16´. Housing Material: Polycarbonate, aluminum enclosure. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). MODEL CHART Model RHU-R004 RHU-R008 RHU-R012 RHU-R016 Cable Length Description 4´ 8´ 12´ 16´ Humidity Humidity Humidity Humidity Output Model Current Current Current Current RHT-R004 RHT-R008 RHT-R012 RHT-R016 Cable Length Description 4´ 8´ 12´ 16´ Humidity/temperature Humidity/temperature Humidity/temperature Humidity/temperature Output Current Current Current Current e r u t a r e p m e T / y t i d m u H i s r e t t i m s n a r T SERIES 657 RELATIVE HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS Dual Channel Design for Simultaneous 4 to 20 mA Output Signals 5/16 [7.925] 2-13/32 [60.96] 2-23/32 [68.88] 1-11/32 [34.15] 11-7/8 [302] 3-1/2 [88.90] 4-13/32 [112.0] 3-5/8 [92.4] 657C 9-1/10 [231] 1/2 [12.70] 7/8 [22.23] 1-5/32 [29.35] 2-15/32 [62.60] 1/2 NPT 657 5/32 [3.81] 1-1/2 [38.10] 2-1/4 [57.15] The Series 657 Relative Humidity/Temperature Transmitters provide two 4-20 mA channels to produce separate output signals for both relative humidity and temperature. These devices deliver ±2% accuracy for humidity and ±1°F for temperature measurements. Stainless steel probe can be easily mounted to most ductwork using either of the two optional kits below. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Polymer film humidity and thin film RTD temperature sensors offer highly reliable and stable measurements. • Remote mount housing offers installation flexibility (657-1) • Rugged die-cast aluminum housing is great for industrial applications (657C-1) APPLICATIONS • Cleanroom monitoring • HVAC/building control monitoring MODEL CHART Model Description 657-1 657C-1 RH/temperature transmitter RH/temperature transmitter - conduit housing ACCESSORIES Model Description Split flange A-158 A-159 Mounting gland A-158 A-159 226 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry clean air. Range: Relative humidity: 0 to 100%; Temperature: 32 to 212°F (0 to 100°C). Accuracy: Relative humidity: ±2% (10 to 90% RH), ±3% (0 to 10% and 90 to 100% RH); Temperature ±1°F (0.5°C). Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Pressure Limits: 1 psi (.07 bar). Compensated Temperature Range: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC. Output Signal: 2 channels each 4-20 mA. Loop powered on the RH channel. Electrical Connections: 4 screw type terminals. Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Probe: 657-1: Stainless steel 5/16˝ x 10˝ (0.8 x 25.4 cm); 657C-1: 5/16˝ x 9-1/10˝ (0.8 x 23.1 cm). Weight: 657-1: 5.5 oz (156 g); 657C-1: 10 oz (284 g). OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: 657C-1-NIST NIST traceable humidity calibration certificate

249

® SERIES HHT HAZARDOUS AREA HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER Intrinsically Safe or Explosion-Proof Models 4-9/32 [108.74] 13-23/32 [347.98] 2-23/32 [69.06] 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 4-15/32 [113.51] 3-29/32 [99.22] 1/2 NPT The Series HHT Hazardous Area Humidity/Temperature Transmitter takes accurate measurements in the harshest of environments. The explosion-proof model is offered with 4-20 mA output for humidity only. The intrinsically safe version is offered with 4-20 mA output for humidity and temperature, and do require an intrinsically safe barrier to meet hazardous area approvals. FEATURES/BENEFITS • FM approved explosion-proof and intrinsically safe models • Integral LCD option • Dual temperature and relative humidity output models APPLICATIONS • Process monitoring • Offshore HVAC monitoring • Dust and grain handling MODEL CHART Model HHT-EU HHT-IU HHT-IT HHT-EU-LCD HHT-IT-LCD Protection Explosion-proof Intrinsically safe Intrinsically safe Explosion-proof Intrinsically safe Description Humidity Humidity Humidity/temperature Humidity Humidity/temperature Display No No No Yes Yes ACCESSORIES Model KFD0-SCS-EX1.55u A-287 A-450 Description Loop powered galvanic isolator Mounting bracket for pipe or surface mounting (Includes bracket and two 2˝ U-bolts) Replacement sintered filter SPECIFICATIONS Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH. Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Accuracy: ±2% 10 to 90% RH, ±0.9°F at 72°F (±0.3°C at 25°C). Hysteresis: ±1%. Repeatability: ±0.1% typical. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Power Requirements: For intrinsically safe models HHT-IX, 9.5-28 VDC. For explosion-proof models HHT-EX, 16.5-28 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 2 channels for humidity/temperature models (loop power on RH). Response Time: 15 s. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Conduit Connection: 1/2 female NPT. Drift: < 1% RH/year. RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer. Temperature Sensor: Solid state band gap. Housing Material: Aluminum. Display: Optional 2 line alpha numeric, 8 characters/line. Temperature display is °F/°C selectable. Display Resolution: RH: 0.1%; Temperature: 0.1°F (0.1°C). Weight: 2 lb 8 oz (1134 g). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Models HHT-EX: FM Explosion- Proof, Class I Div. 1 Group B, C, D, Class II Div. 1 Group E, F, G, Class III Div. 1; Models HHT-IX: FM Intrinsically Safe, Class I Div. 1 Group A, B, C, D, Class II Div. 1 Group E, F, G, Class III Div. 1 T4. Agency Approvals: CE, FM. uSee page 366 (Model KFD0) SERIES CDWP CARBON DIOXIDE TRANSMITTER NDIR CO2 Sensor with Universal Outputs in an Industrial Housing V I DEO O N L I N E [OPTIONAL SUSPENSION BRACKET] 11/16 [17.46] 4-11/32 [110.32] 8 X Ø3/16 [4.76] 4 X 3/4 [19.05] Ø1/4 [6.35] 2-1/32 [51.59] 4-13/16 [122.23] 2-5/16 [58.73] 1-27/32 [46.82] i t t e r s 5-5/32 [130.96] 1-6 MM OR 5-10 MM CABLE GLAND [OPTIONAL 4-6 MM OR 6-8MM M12 CONNECTION] I A R Q U A L T Y I i C a r b o n D o x d e T r a n s m i i H u m d i t y / T e m p e r a t u r e T r a n s m i t t e r s / The Series CDWP Carbon Dioxide Transmitter accurately monitors the CO2 concentration in industrial and indoor environments to help achieve energy savings. For increased sensor life and accuracy, a single-beam dual-wavelength non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensor is used to eliminate light source aging effects. This sensing technology provides the highest level of accuracy compared to Automatic Baseline Correction methods, which can unintentionally shift the calibration based on CO2 levels and barometric pressure conditions. MODEL CHART Example Series Range Mounting Electrical Connection Option CDWP -05 W -M4 -FC CDWP-05W-M4 CDWP 02 05 10 W H C1 C5 M4 M6 Carbon dioxide transmitter 2000 PPM 5000 PPM 10000 PPM Wall mount Suspended mount Cable gland 1 to 6 mm cable Cable gland 5 to 10 mm cable M12 connection 4 to 6 mm cable M12 connection 6 to 8 mm cable FC Factory calibration certificate 6 [152.40] SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: Single beam, dual-wavelength NDIR. Range: CO2: 0 to 2000, 0 to 5000, or 0 to 10000 ppm (depending on model). Accuracy: CO2: ± 40 ppm ±3% of reading. Temperature Dependence: ±8 ppm/°C at 1100 ppm. Non-Linearity: 16 ppm. Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg. Response Time: 300 s (t63). Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH (non- condensing). Power Requirements: 16-35 VDC or 19-28 VAC. Power Consumption: Average: 2 w; Peak: 3.75 w. Output: Current: 4-20 mA (max. 500 Ω); Voltage: 0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC (min. 500 Ω). Enclosure Rating: IP54. Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with electrical connections points downward. Weight: 26.24 oz (744 g). Agency Approvals: CE. FEATURES/BENEFITS • IP54 aluminum housing • Gray finish tested to withstand 168 hour salt spray test • Single-beam dual-wavelength sensor automatically corrects for aging effects • Measures unfiltered light intensity directly and eliminates error from incorrect assumptions of gas concentration in theoretical logic assumption methods • Universal outputs to work with any building management system ACCESSORIES Model A-CDWP-L A-CDWP-H Description Replacement lid with filter material Suspended mount bracket APPLICATIONS • Animal husbandry • Mechanical room • CO2 refrigeration monitoring • Greenhouses DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 227

250

I Y T L A U Q R A I ® SERIES CDT CARBON DIOXIDE/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS NDIR CO2 Sensor, Universal Outputs, Optional Relay 1.10 [27.96] .552 [14.02] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 4.50 [114.30] 2x .176 [4.47] .573 [14.56] 3.000 [76.20] 2.80 [71.12] 1.08 [27.33] 1.18 [30] 1.16 [29.39] 3.65 [92.72] 3.56 [90.42] 1/8˝ [3.17] 4-25/32˝ [121.44] 4-9/32˝ [108.74] .33 [8.38] 3x .37 [9.36] 2-13/16˝ [71.44] 3x .15 [3.87] 11-49/64˝ [298.85] Ø1-15/64˝ [31.35] European style North American style V I DEO O N L I N E Duct Ø3-5/16˝ [84.14] The Series CDT Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Transmitters accurately monitor the CO2 concentration and temperature in indoor environments to help achieve energy savings. For increased sensor accuracy, a single beam dual wavelength non- dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensor is used to automatically correct the measurement in both occupied* and unoccupied buildings against light source aging effects. The single beam dual wavelength sensor technology provides the highest level of accuracy compared to Automatic Baseline Correction methods which can unintentionally shift the calibration based on CO2 levels and barometric pressure conditions. In order to achieve a higher level of accuracy, the Series CDT includes digital barometric pressure adjustment and the ability to field-calibrate the sensor. For applications that require visual indication, the wall mount configurations of the Series CDT can be ordered with an integral LCD display. Push-buttons are standard on all configurations of the transmitters for access to the menu structure, but wall mount configurations can be ordered without the buttons. To prevent tampering, the action of the buttons can be locked out using an internal dip switch selection. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Single beam dual wavelength NDIR sensor eliminates draft due to light source aging • Integral passive temperature outputs reduce number of devices mounted in the space • Service display tool available for models without an integral LED • Optional integral display and relay output APPLICATIONS • Demand control ventilation in schools, office buildings, hospitals, and other indoor environments • LEED® certification *For buildings occupied 24 hours per day, it is recommended that calibration be verified every 6 to 12 months depending on application. s r e t t i m s n a r T SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: Single beam, dual wavelength NDIR. Range: CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 PPM (depending on model); Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Accuracy: CO2: ±40 PPM ±3% of reading; Temperature: ±1°C @ 25°C. Temperature Dependence: ±8 PPM/°C at 1100 PPM. Non-Linearity: 16 PPM. Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg. Response Time: 2 min for 99% step change. Duct Air Velocity Range: 0-4000 FPM (20.32 m/s). Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Power Requirements: 16-35 VDC or 19-28 VAC. Power Consumption: Average: 2 w; Peak: 3.75 w. Output: Current: 4-20 mA (max. 500 Ω); Voltage: 0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC (min. 500 Ω); Relay: SPST NO rated 2 A @ 30 VDC. Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g). Enclosure Rating: Duct mount: NEMA 4X (IP66) for housing only; Wall mount: IP20. Agency Approvals: CE. i i e d x o D n o b r a C MODEL CHART Example Series Range Configuration CO2 Temperature Output Options 4 2 5 N E D CDT -2 N 4 4 -LCD CDT-2N44-LCD CDT Carbon dioxide/ temperature transmitter 0 to 2000 PPM CO2 range 0 to 5000 PPM CO2 range North American style wall mount European style wall mount Duct mount 4-20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC None 4-20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC 10 KΩ NTC thermistor type III 10 KΩ NTC thermistor type II 3 KΩ NTC thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20 KΩ NTC thermistor Factory calibration certificate LCD display (wall only) Relay No buttons (wall only) FC LCD RLY NBC 0 4 A B C D E F 228 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ACCESSORIES Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 A-449A A-CDT-KIT Description Calibration gas kit includes a 99.99% nitrogen gas cylinder for calibrating the zero point and a 200 PPM CO / 2000 PPM CO2 gas cylinder for calibrating the span point on Dwyer’s gas sensing transmitters Remote LCD display allows remote indication of select Dwyer® wall mount transmitters for validation or certification purposes Remote LCD display with buttons allows remote indication and calibration of select Dwyer® wall mount transmitters for validation and certification purposes Accessory kit including terminal block and power supply GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

251

® SERIES CDTA COMMUNICATING CARBON DIOXIDE DETECTORS Measures CO2, Humidity, Temperature, Temperature Set Point, and Override YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY I A R Q U A L T Y I 1.10 [27.96] .552 [14.02] 4.50 [114.30] 2.80 [71.12] 1.08 [27.33] 3.65 [92.72] 3.56 [90.42] 2x .176 [4.47] .573 [14.56] 3.000 [76.20] 1.18 [30] 1.16 [29.39] .33 [8.38] 3x .37 [9.36] 3x .15 [3.87] SPECIFICATIONS Sensor (CO2): Single beam, dual wavelength NDIR; Humidity: Capacitive polymer; Temperature: 10K Ω thermistor. Range: CO2: 0 to 2000 or 5000 PPM CO2 (depending on model); Humidity: 0 to 100% RH; Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Accuracy: CO2: ±40 PPM ±3% of reading; RH: ±2% (10 to 90% RH); Temperature: ±1°C @ 25°C. Temperature Dependence (CO2): ±8 PPM / °C at 1100 PPM. Non-Linearity (CO2): 16 PPM. Pressure Dependence (CO2): 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg. Response Time (CO2): 2 min= for 99% step change. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Power Requirements: 10-42 VDC / 10-30 VAC. Power Consumption: Average: 0.5 watts; Peak: 1.2 watts. Output: 2-wire RS-485, Modbus® RTU or BACnet MS/TP communication protocol. Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g). Enclosure Rating: IP20. Agency Approvals: BTL, CE. T r a n s m i t t e r s ACCESSORIES Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 A-CDT-KIT Description Calibration gas kit includes a 99.99% nitrogen gas cylinder for calibrating the zero point and a 200 PPM CO / 2000 PPM CO2 gas cylinder for calibrating the span point on Dwyer’s gas sensing transmitters Remote LCD display allows remote indication of select Dwyer® wall mount transmitters for validation or certification purposes Accessory kit including terminal block and power supply C a r b o n D o x d e i i V I DEO O N L I N E European style North American style The Series CDTA Communicating Carbon Dioxide Detectors combine the function of three room sensors into a single, compact housing. Parameters include carbon dioxide, humidity, temperature, and temperature set point with override. By having field selectable Modbus® and BACnet Communications, only four wires are needed for power and the communication signal. The communicating detectors can be daisy chained together to further reduce installation cost. In order to reduce the set up time, the RS-485 MAC address is set up using on board dip switches. A second set of dip switches are used to select whether output is Modbus® RTU or BACnet MS/TP communication protocols and to limit access to the set up menu. Like our Series CDT Carbon Dioxide Transmitter, the Series CDTA uses a Single Beam Dual Wavelength Non-Dispersive Infrared (NDIR) sensor to measure the carbon dioxide level. This technology can be used in installations that will be occupied 24 hours per day. For improved accuracy, the transmitter can be field calibrated to the environmental conditions of the installation. Also, the barometric pressure can be programmed to correct for altitude. The humidity uses a capacitive polymer sensor and the temperature is measured using a 10KΩ thermistor sensor. The humidity sensor is field replaceable without the need for additional calibration. Optional local and remote displays are available to display any of the parameters. For applications in which the building occupants aren’t familiar with CO2 concentrations, the LCD can be programmed to display temperature, humidity, or temperature set point instead. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Digital Intelligent Temperature Compensation Algorithm (DITCA) corrects for errors due to self heating effects of combination wall sensors • Field selectable Modbus® and BACnet communications reduces wiring • Single beam dual wavelength CO2 sensor • Replaceable humidity/temperature sensor • Physical hardware lockout • Optional remote display tool APPLICATIONS • Demand control ventilation in schools, office buildings, hospitals, and other indoor environments • LEED® certification MODEL CHART Model CDTA-2N000 CDTA-2N000-LCD CDTA-2E000 CDTA-2E000-LCD CDTA-5N000 CDTA-5N000-LCD CDTA-5E000 CDTA-5E000-LCD CO2 Concentration Housing Style Display 2000 PPM 2000 PPM 2000 PPM 2000 PPM 5000 PPM 5000 PPM 5000 PPM 5000 PPM North American North American European European North American North American European European No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -FC Factory calibration certificate Example: CDTA-2N000-FC GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 229

252

I Y T L A U Q R A I ® SERIES CDTR CARBON DIOXIDE/RH/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS NDIR CO2 Sensor, Universal CO2/RH Outputs, Optional Relay 1.10 [27.96] .552 [14.02] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY European style North American style 4.50 [114.30] 3.65 [92.72] 3.56 [90.42] 1/8˝ [3.17] 4-25/32˝ [121.44] 4-9/32˝ [108.74] V I DEO O N L I N E Duct Ø3-5/16˝ [84.14] 2x .176 [4.47] .573 [14.56] 3.000 [76.20] 2.80 [71.12] 1.08 [27.33] 1.18 [30] 1.16 [29.39] .33 [8.38] 3x .37 [9.36] 3x .15 [3.87] 11-49/64˝ [298.85] 2-13/16˝ [71.44] Ø1-15/64˝ [31.35] i i e d x o D n o b r a C s r e t t i m s n a r T The Series CDTR Carbon Dioxide, Relative Humidity and Temperature Transmitters reduce the number of sensors mounted on a wall or in a duct. By combining CO2, RH, and temperature in one device, system integrators are able to reduce installation time while lowering material cost at the same time. Like our popular Series CDT Carbon Dioxide Transmitter, a single beam dual wavelength non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensor is used to automatically correct the measurement in both occupied* and unoccupied buildings against light source aging effects. In order to achieve the best possible accuracy, the Series CDTR also includes digital barometric pressure adjustment and the ability to field calibrate the sensor. Universal outputs for both carbon dioxide and relative humidity allow users to select the transmitter output to be 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, or 0-10 VDC to work with virtually any building management controller. Additionally, passive thermistor or RTD sensor can be ordered for a temperature output. For applications that require visual indication, the wall mount configurations of the Series CDTR can be ordered with an integral LCD display. The display can be configured to display temperature only, relative humidity only, CO2 only, CO2 and humidity, or CO2 and temperature. Push-buttons are standard on all configurations of the transmitters for access to the menu structure. To prevent tampering, the action of the buttons can be locked out using an internal jumper selection. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Digital Intelligence Temperature Compensation Algorithm (DITCA™) eliminates error due to the self heating effects of wall mount combination devices. • Single beam dual wavelength NDIR CO2 sensor • Replaceable humidity/temperature sensors • Physical hardware lockout • Service display tool available for duct mount and wall mount units without an LCD • Relay output option APPLICATIONS • Demand control ventilation in schools, office buildings, hospitals, and other indoor environments • LEED® certification *For buildings occupied 24 hours per day, it is recommended that calibration be verified every 6 to 12 months depending on application. SPECIFICATIONS Range: CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 PPM (depending on model); Relative humidity: 0 to 100% ; Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Accuracy: ±40 PPM + 3% of reading (CO2); ±2% (RH). Temperature Dependence: ±8 PPM / °C at 1100 PPM. Non-Linearity: 16 PPM. Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg. Response Time: 2 minutes for 99% step change. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Duct Air Velocity Range: 0-4000 FPM (20.32 m/s) Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Power Requirements: 16-35 VDC / 19-28 VAC. Power Consumption: Average: 2 watts; Peak: 3.75 watts. Sensor: Single beam, dual wavelength NDIR. Output: Current: 4-20 mA (max 500 Ω); Voltage: 0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC (min 500 Ω); Relay: SPST NO 2 A @ 30 VDC; RTD or thermistor per r-t curves (depending on model). Weight: 5.6 oz (158.8 g). Enclosure Rating: Duct mount: NEMA 4X (IP66) for housing only; Wall mount: IP20. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Example Series Range Configuration CO2 Output Temperature Output RH Output Options 4 2 5 N E D CDTR -2 N 4 A 4 -LCD CDTR-2N4A4-LCD Carbon dioxide/RH/ CDTR temperature transmitter 0 to 2000 PPM CO2 range 0 to 5000 PPM CO2 range North American style wall mount European style wall mount Duct mount 4-20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC None 10K Ω NTC thermistor type III 10K Ω NTC thermistor type II 3K Ω NTC thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20K Ω NTC thermistor 4-20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC Factory calibration certificate LCD display (wall only) Relay No buttons (wall only) FC LCD RLY NBC 0 A B C D E F 4 ACCESSORIES Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 A-449A A-CDT-KIT Description Calibration gas kit includes a 99.99% nitrogen gas cylinder for calibrating the zero point and a 200 PPM CO / 2000 PPM CO2 gas cylinder for calibrating the span point on Dwyer’s gas sensing transmitters Remote LCD display allows remote indication of select Dwyer® wall mount transmitters for validation or certification purposes Remote LCD display with buttons allows remote indication and calibration of select Dwyer® wall mount transmitters for validation and certification purposes Accessory kit including terminal block and power supply 230 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 A-449A LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.

253

® SERIES CDTV CARBON DIOXIDE/VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND TRANSMITTERS Simultaneously Outputs Both CO2 / VOC I A R Q U A L T Y I YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 11-49/64˝ [298.85] V I DEO O N L I N E North American style The Series CDTV Carbon Dioxide/Volatile Organic Compound Transmitters reduce energy cost in buildings by lowering the amount of conditioned air based on the occupancy of the space. By sensing both CO2 and VOC, the transmitter can detect fumes that may need to be exhausted during lower occupancy periods. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Combination VOC and CO2 outputs reduce labor and material costs • Single beam dual wavelength NDIR CO2 sensor allows for use in spaces that may be occupied 24 hours a day • VOC output is correlated to be equivalent to CO2 measurements • Ventilate using ASHRAE’s occupancy-based VRP Algorithm APPLICATIONS • HVAC applications in hospitals, schools, and commercial buildings • Demand control ventilation • Odor control • Waiting rooms or other spaces that may be occupied 24 hours a day MODEL CHART Example Series Range Configuration CO2 Output Temperature Output VOC Output Options CDTV -2 D 4 A 4 -RLY CDTV-2D4A4-RLY CDTV 2 5 D N 4 0 A B C D E F 4 RLY FC LCD COC Carbon dioxide/VOC transmitter 0 to 2000 ppm CO2 range 0 to 5000 ppm CO2 range Duct North American style wall mount 4-20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC None 10 KΩ NTC thermistor type III 10 KΩ NTC thermistor type II 3 KΩ NTC thermistor Pt100 Ω RTD Pt1000 Ω RTD 20 KΩ NTC thermistor 4-20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC Relay Factory calibration certificate LCD display (wall only) Certificate of calibration 1/8˝ [3.17] 4-25/32˝ [121.44] 4-9/32˝ [108.74] Ø3-5/16˝ [84.14] 4.50 [114.30] 2.80 [71.12] 2-13/16˝ [71.44] Ø1-15/64˝ [31.35] 1.10 [27.96] .552 [14.02] 2x .176 [4.47] .573 [14.56] 3.000 [76.20] SPECIFICATIONS Range: CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 ppm (depending on model); VOC: 0 to 2000 ppm CO2 equivalent. Accuracy: CO2: ±40 ppm ±3% of reading. Temperature Dependence: ±8 ppm / °C at 1100 ppm. Non-Linearity: CO2: 16 ppm. Pressure Dependence: CO2: 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg. Response Time: CO2: 2 minutes for 99% step change; VOC: 5 minutes. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Duct Air Velocity Range: 0-4000 FPM (20.32 m/s). Power Requirements: 16-35 VDC / 19-28 VAC. Power Consumption: Average: 2 watts; Peak: 3.75 watts. Sensor: CO2: Single-beam, dual-wavelength NDIR; VOC: MEMS metal oxide semiconductor. Output: Current: 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-10 mA, or 2-10 mA (depending on selection jumper, max 500 Ω); Voltage: 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC, 0-5 VDC, or 1-5 VDC (depending on selection jumper, min 500 Ω); Relay: SPST NO 2A @ 30 VDC. Weight: 5.6 oz (158.8 g). Enclosure Rating: Duct mount: NEMA 4X (IP66) for housing only; Wall mount: IP20. Agency Approvals: CE. T r a n s m i t t e r s C a r b o n D o x d e i i DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 231

254

I Y T L A U Q R A I i g n s n e S s a G s r e t t i m s n a r T ® SERIES GSTA & GSTC CARBON MONOXIDE/NITROGEN DIOXIDE GAS TRANSMITTERS High Accuracy Electrochemical Sensor, Universal Output or BACnet or Modbus® Communication Protocol Options YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY Wall mount with LCD V I DEO O N L I N E Wall mount without LCD 3-45/64 [94.06] 3-1/8 [107.95] 2-15/64 [56.75] 3-23/64 [85] 2-55/64 [73] 2-15/64 [57] 4-17/32 [115.09] 5-7/64 [129.78] 3-59/64 [100] Duct mount Wall mount Duct mount The Series GSTA & GSTC Carbon Monoxide/Nitrogen Dioxide Gas Transmitters monitor gas concentrations in mechanical rooms, underground parking garages and loading docks. The carbon monoxide transmitter is used to measure the exhaust of gasoline engines, while the nitrogen dioxide transmitter is used for diesel engines. The Series GSTA features field selectable current and voltage outputs while the Series GSTC features BACnet or Modbus® communication protocol, allowing gas sensing solutions that can be used with almost any building management controller. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Industrial grade replaceable CO or NO2 sensors • Field selectable current or voltage output on GSTA models, and field selectable BACnet or Modbus® communication on GSTC models • Integral LCD display option • Service display tool for set-up and calibration of models without a LCD APPLICATIONS • Garage or loading dock ventilation • Mechanical room monitoring MODEL CHART Example GSTA -C Series Gas Sensed Options GSTA GSTC C N GSTA-C Field selectable analog outputs Field selectable BACnet or Modbus® CO, carbon monoxide NO2, nitrogen dioxide Wall mount without LCD Duct mount Wall mount with LCD - D LCD ACCESSORIES Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 A-505 A-506 A-507 Description Calibration gas Remote LCD display CO replacement sensor NO2 replacement sensor Calibration adapter SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: Field replaceable electrochemical, 4 years typical lifespan. Range: CO: 0 to 500 PPM, NO2: 10 PPM. Output Drift: <5% per year in air. Coverage Area: 5000 to 7500 sq ft typical. Accuracy: CO: 2% FS, NO2: 3% FS, at the time of calibration. Resolution: CO: 1 PPM; NO2: 0.1 PPM. Temperature Limits: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: For best sensor life, 32 to 68°F (0 to 20°C). Humidity Limits: 15 to 90% RH constant; 0 to 99% RH intermittent. Response Time: <45 s to 90% CO, <25 s to 90% NO2. Span and Zero Adjustment: Via push-button, using optional A-449 display. Zero only via BACnet or MODBUS® communication protocol. Housing: UV resistant glass filled polycarbonate. Output Signals: GSTA: Switch selectable 4-20 mA (loop powered), 0-5 V @ 5 mA, or 0-10 V@ 5 mA; Switch selectable 0-5 V / 1-5 V and 0-10 V / 2-10 V; Switch selectable normal or reverse output; GSTC: BACnet MS/TP, Modbus® RTU, or Modbus® ASCII (switch selectable) communication protocol. Power Requirements: GSTA: Current output: 10-35 VDC, Voltage output: 15-35 VDC or 15-29 VAC; GSTC: 10-36 VDC or isolated 21.6-33 VAC. Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block, knock outs for conduit fitting. Calibration: Via pushbuttons using A-449 auxiliary display. Span gas concentration is field selectable. Enclosure Rating: IP64. Weight: 1 lb (0.45 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-449 A-505 A-506 A-507 232 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.

255

® SERIES CMT200 CARBON MONOXIDE TRANSMITTERS Current/Voltage Selectable Output, 200 PPM Range 3-9/64 [79.78] 1-37/64 [39.89] Ø3-1/4 [82.71] 1-31/32 [50.20] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 4-17/32 [115.09] 5-7/64 [129.78] 1-5/64 [27.38] I A R Q U A L T Y I V I DEO O CMT200 N L I N E 2-21/64 [59.07] Ø1-5/64 [27.32] CMT200-R 2-15/64 [56.75] 21/64 [8.33] 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-45/64 [94.06] The Series CMT200 Carbon Monoxide Transmitters provides a field selectable current or voltage output that is proportional to the gas concentration in underground parking garages, vehicle maintenance facilities, or mechanical rooms. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable current or voltage outputs • Replaceable sensor • Field calibration kits APPLICATIONS • Garage ventilation • Mechanical room monitoring MODEL CHART Model CMT200 CMT200-R Description Carbon monoxide transmitter Carbon monoxide transmitter with rugged housing ACCESSORIES Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-505 A-507A Description Calibration gas Replacement Carbon Monoxide Sensor Calibration adaptor SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: Field replaceable electrochemical, 4 year typical lifespan. Range: 0 to 200 ppm. Coverage Area: 5000 to 7000 sq. ft. typical. Accuracy: ±2% FS at the time of calibration. Output Drift: <5% per year in air. Temperature Limits: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: For best sensor life, 32 to 68°F (0 to 20°C). Humidity Limits: 15 to 90% RH constant; 0 to 99% RH intermittent. Response Time: <45 s to 90% of final value. Calibration: 15 turn span and zero adjustment potentiometers. Housing: UV resistant polycarbonate. Output: Jumper selectable 4-20 mA (loop powered) or 2-10 V (load must be >50 KΩ). Power Requirements: Current Output: 18-28 VDC; Voltage Output: 18-28 VDC/ VAC, reverse polarity protected. Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block, includes two PG11 and one PG 16 knockouts for conduit fitting. Weight: 0.28 lb (0.11 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. SERIES CMS300 CARBON MONOXIDE TRANSMITTER AND SWITCH Current/Voltage Selectable Output, Jumper Selectable SPDT Relay Contact 3-45/64 [94.06] 3-1/8 [107.95] 2-15/64 [56.75] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY T r a n s m i t t e r s G a s S e n s n g i V I DEO O N L I N E 4-17/32 [115.09] 5-7/64 [129.78] The Series CMS300 Carbon Monoxide Transmitter and Switch provides a field selectable current or voltage output that is proportional to the carbon monoxide concentration in underground parking garages, vehicle maintenance facilities, or mechanical rooms. An integral relay can be used for alarm conditions and is configured with preset jumper selectable ranges of 25, 60, or 150 PPM. Field calibration can be done by using Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 calibration gas, Model A-507 calibration adapter, and the on board zero and span potentiometers. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable current or voltage analog outputs • Integral SPDT relay contact for low or high alarm • Jumper selectable alarm set points of 25, 60, or 150 PPM • UL recognized carbon monoxide sensing element • Field calibration kits APPLICATIONS • Garage or loading dock ventilation • Vehicle maintenance facilities • Mechanical room monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Sensor: Electrochemical, 5 years typical lifespan. Range: 0-300 PPM. Output Drift: <5% per year in air. Temperature Effect: ±2% over range. Coverage Area: 7,500 ft2 (700 m2) or 50 ft (15 m) radius. Accuracy: ±5 PPM or 5% of reading for 0-300 PPM (whichever is greater). Resolution: 1 PPM. Temperature Range: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: For best sensor life, 32°F to 68°F (0 to 20°C). Humidity Range: 15-90% RH constant; 0-99% RH intermittent. Response Time: <45 seconds to 90% of final value. Calibration: 15 turn span and zero adjustment potentiometers. Housing: UV resistant glass filled polycarbonate. Analog Output: Jumper selectable 4-20 mA (loop powered) or 2-10 V (max. load 2K Ω). Enclosure Rating: IP64. Weight: 1 lb (0.45 kg). Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Electrical Rating: 30 VAC/VDC. N/O = 5 A. N/C = 3 A. Set Point: Jumper selectable 25, 60, or 150 PPM. Set Point Differential/Hysteresis: 3% of scale. Relay Action: Factory set for direct acting. Agency Approvals: Sensor is UL recognized component for ANSI/UL- 2034, UL-2075, E340403, CE. MODEL CHART Model CMS300 Carbon monoxide transmitter and switch Description ACCESSORIES Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2 A-507 Description Calibration gas Calibration adapter DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 233

256

® MODEL OSC-200 & OSW-100 OCCUPANCY SENSORS Wide Viewing Angle, Easy To Install 1-47/64 [44.05] 2-39/64 [66.28] 1-25/32 [45.24] 10-1/4 [260.35] 5 - 22AWG WIRES BROWN, GREEN, WHITE, RED & BLACK Ø4-5/16 [Ø109.54] 4-27/64 [112.32] OSC-200 OSW-100 The Model OSC-200 Occupancy Sensors help to automate building control systems. A spherical Fresnel lens provides a 360° detection zone with the use of infrared technology. The Model OSW-100 Occupancy Sensor is an infrared sensor designed to help automate building control systems. The Model OSW-100 has a wide 110° viewing angle to capture movement up to 49.2´ (15 m) away. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Delay processor suppresses switch activation during momentary occupancy APPLICATIONS • Lighting control • Building energy conservation SPECIFICATIONS Infrared Sensor: Dual element. Range: OSC-200: 34.4´ (10.5 m) diameter at 13.8´ (4.2 m) mount height; OSW- 100: 49.2´ (15 m). Detectable Speed: 0.33 to 9.8 ft/s (0.1 to 3.0 m/s). Control Output Rating: SPDT, 0.2 A @ 30 VDC. Ambient Operating Temperature: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Power Consumption: Standby: 5 mA; Operating: 18 mA. Mounting Height: OSC-200: 7.9 to 13.8´ (2.4 to 4.2 m); OSW-100: 5.9 to 11.8´ (1.8 to 3.6 m). Power Requirements: 22-26 VAC/DC. Weight: OSC-200: 2.4 oz (68 g); OSW-100: 3.2 oz (90.7 g). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model OSC-200 OSW-100 Description Omnidirectional occupancy sensor Wall mount occupancy sensor I Y T L A U Q R A I s r o s n e S y c n a p u c c O 234 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

257

F L O W | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 236-241 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 242-244 TECHNICAL INFORMATION page 245 Flowmeters, Variable Area & In-Line pages 246-259, 266 Flowmeters, Dial page 260 Flowmeters, Venturi page 261 Flow Sensors, In-Line pages 262-263 Flowmeters, Orifice Plate pages 264-265 Sight Flow Indicators pages 267-269 Flow Switches, Paddle pages 270-275 Flow Switches, Thermal page 276 Flow Switches, Shuttle/Piston pages 277-279 Flow Transmitters, In-Line page 280 Flow Transmitters, Paddlewheel, Adjustable Insertion page 281 Flow Transmitters, Paddlewheel, In-Line pages 282-284 Water Meters pages 285-287 Flow Transmitters, Ultrasonic pages 288-289, 295 Flow Transmitters, Ultrasonic, Portable page 290 Flow Transmitters, Electromagnetic, In-Line page 291 Flow Transmitters, Electromagnetic, Thermal Energy Meter pages 292-293 Flow Transmitters, Electromagnetic, Remote Display page 293 Flow Transmitters, Electromagnetic, Adjustable Insertion page 294 Mass Flowmeters/ Controllers pages 296-298 FEATURED PRODUCTS INSERTION THERMAL ENERGY METER SERIES IEFB | pages 292-293 INSERTION ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW TRANSMITTER SERIES IEF | page 294 • Field configurable • Field configurable • Integral or remote display for ultimate flexibility • Complies with high accuracy requirements of EN 1434-1, ASTM E3137, CSA C900.1-13 for accurate heat measurement • Integral or remote displays allow for ultimate flexibility • Multiple display configurations with a single unit DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 235

258

® W O L F | GENERAL PURPOSE PANEL MOUNT Flowmeters I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Ranges RMA - pages 246-247 RMB - pages 246-247 RMC - pages 246-247 VFA - pages 248 0.05 to 200 SCFH air (5 to 2500 cc/m air); 1 to 50 GPH water (5 to 300 cc/m water) ±4% FS 0.5 to 600 SCFH air (0.6 to 95 LPM air); 1 to 100 GPH water (0.06 to 6.2 LPM water) ±3% FS Polycarbonate 130°F (54°C) 5 to 1800 SCFH air (2.5 to 850 LPM air); 0.1 to 10 GPM water (0.05 to 5 LPM water) ±2% FS Polycarbonate 130°F (54°C) Accuracy Body Materials Polycarbonate Temperature Limits 130°F (54°C) Pressure Limits 100 psi (6.7 bar) 100 psi (6.7 bar) 100 psi (6.7 bar) Process Connection 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 1/4˝ female NPT back connections 1/2˝ female NPT back connections Scale Length Metering Valve Optional bottom or top 2˝ (51 mm) mount brass or stainless steel valve 5˝ (127 mm) Optional bottom brass or stainless steel valve 10˝ (254 mm) Optional bottom brass or stainless steel valve 2˝ (51 mm) Optional bottom or top mount brass or stainless steel valve CORROSIVE MEDIA Flowmeters 0.1 to 200 SCFH air (0.06 to 100 LPM air); 0.6 to 40 GPH water (6 to 200 cc/m water) ±5% FS Acrylic With valve: 120°F (48°C); Without valve: 100°F (38.6°C) With valve: 100 psi (6.7 bar); Without valve: 150 psi (10 bar) 1/8˝ female NPT back or end connections VFB - pages 248 0.3 to 200 SCFH air (0.2 to 40 LPM air); 0.5 GPH to 5 GPM water (0.002 to 20 LPM water) ±3% FS Acrylic With valve: 120°F (48°C); Without valve: 100°F (38°C) With valve: 100 psi (6.7 bar); Without valve: 150 psi (10 bar) 1/8˝ female NPT back or end connections 4˝ (102 mm) Optional bottom brass or stainless steel valve VFC - page 248 2.5 to 100 SCFM air (60 to 2800 LPM air); 0.5 to 20 GPM water (2 to 75 LPM water) ±2% FS Acrylic 120°F (48°C) 100 psi (6.7 bar) 1˝ female or male NPT or BSPT back or end connections 5˝ (127 mm) N/A SERIES Ranges VAT - page 254 TVA - page 254 1.19 to 79 GPH water (75 to 5000 ml/min water) 6.34 to 79.2 GPH water (400 to 5000 ml/min water) VA1000 - page 255 0.104 to 89.2 SCFH air (49 to 42000 ml/m air) 0.009 to 19.97 GPH water (0.55 to 1260 ml/m water) 250°F (121°C) ±5% FS PFA 250°F (121°C) ±2% FS Glass flow tube 250°F (121°C) 100 psi (6.7 bar) 100 psi (6.7 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) ±5% FS Accuracy Body Materials PFA Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Process Connection Scale Length Metering Valve N/A 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ female NPT back connections 5˝ (127 mm) VAT20000 - page 255 0.792 to 93.9 SCFH air (374 to 44300 ml/min air) 0.087 to 21.7 GPH water (5.5 to 1370 ml/m water) VA1500 - page 255 0.22 to 49 SCFH air (104 to 23100 ml/min air) 0.028 to 27 GPH water (1.8 to 522 ml/min water) ±2% FS Glass flow tube Glass flow tube 250°F (121°C) 150°F (65°C) ±2% FS DR10000 - page 256 0.24 to 100 SCFH air (0.13 to 50 LPM air) 0.02 to 24 GPH water (1.5 to 1500 cc/m water) VA25000 - page 255 0.104 to 18.39 SCFH air (49 to 8600 ml/m air) 0.01 to 3.32 GPH water (0.61 to 209 ml/min water) ±2% FS Glass flow tube Glass flow tube 250°F (121°C) 150°F (65°C) ±5% FS DR20000 - page 256 0.33 to 90 SCFH air (0.16 to 44 LPM air) 0.05 to 21 GPH water (3.2 to 1300 cc/m water) ±5% FS Glass flow tube 250°F (121°C) 100 psi (6.7 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) 100 psi (6.7 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ female NPT back connections 3˝ (75 mm) Optional 6-turn needle valve 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 2.5˝ (65 mm) 6-turn needle valve; Optional 16-turn high precision valve 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 2.5˝ (65 mm) 6-turn needle valve 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 1/8˝ female NPT back connections 6˝ (150 mm) 6-turn needlevalve; Optional 16-turn high precision valve 6˝ (150 mm) 6-turn needle valve 2.5˝ (65 mm) Optional 6-turn needle valve 6˝ (150 mm) Optional 6-turn needle valve These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 236 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

259

® GENERAL PURPOSE IN-LINE Flowmeters F L O W | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I LFMC - page 253 0.25 to 8 GPM water (1 to 30 LPM water) ±5% FS Polycarbonate 1/2˝ or 3/4˝ male NPT in-line or 1/2˝ male NPT 90° elbow connections 3˝ (76 mm) LFMD - page 253 0.8 to 10 GPM water (3 to 40 LPM water) ±5% FS Polycarbonate 3/4˝ male or female NPT in-line or 3/4˝ male NPT 90° elbow connections 3.5˝ (89 mm) LFME - page 253 1.2 to 25 GPM water (5 to 100 LPM water) ±5% FS Polycarbonate 1˝ male or female NPT in-line or 1˝ male NPT 90° elbow connections 4.5˝ (114 mm) LFMF - page 253 2.5 to 70 GPM water (10 to 250 LPM water) ±5% FS Polycarbonate 2˝ male or female NPT in-line connections 5.5˝ (140 mm) SERIES Ranges LFMA - page 253 0.1 to 5 GPM water (0.5 to 18 LPM water) ±5% FS Accuracy Body Materials Polycarbonate Process Connection 1/2˝ male NPT in-line or 90° elbow connections LFMB - page 253 0.1 to 5 GPM water (0.5 to 18 LPM water) ±5% FS Polycarbonate 1/2˝ male NPT in-line or 90° elbow connections Scale Length 2˝ (51 mm) 3˝ (76 mm) INDUSTRIAL Flowmeters SERIES Ranges IF - page 257 1.2 to 250 SCFM air (35 to 7080 LPM air); 0.25 to 116 GPM water (0.95 to 439 LPM water) ±3% FS Glass flow tube 200°F (93°C) 200 psi (13.8 bar); some models 125 psi (8.6 bar) Accuracy Body Materials Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Process Connection 1/2˝, 1˝ or 2˝ female NPT back connections Scale Length 4-3/4˝ (120 mm) HF - page 259 2 to 22 SCFM air; 0.5 to 25 GPM oil; 0.05 to 116 GPM water ±4% FS Aluminum, brass, or 304 SS 240°F or 400°F (115° or 204°C) 600 psi to 6000 psi (41 to 413 bar) 1/8˝ to 2˝ female NPT back connections 1-1/2˝ to 2-1/4˝ (38 to 57 mm) These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 237

260

® W O L F | PADDLE AND THERMAL STYLE Flow Switches I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Service Set Point Range Wetted Materials V4 - pages 270-271 V6 - pages 272-273 V7 - page 274 Gases or liquids 3 to 2400 GPM (12 to 9000 LPM); 17 to 10000 SCFM (8 to 4700 LPM) Brass, 430 SS, 316 SS* Liquids 7.5 to 58.0 GPM (28.4 to 218 LPM) 301 SS Gases or liquids .03 to 10 GPM (.11 to 38 LPM); .15 to 43 SCFM (4 to 1200 LPM) Brass or 303 SS, 301 SS, 302 SS, Ceramic* -4 to 400°F (-20 to 205°C) V10 - page 274 Gases or Liquids 2.3 to 9.5 GPM (8.7 to 36 LPM); 8.8 to 50 SCFM (250 to 1420 LPM) Brass or 303 SS, 316 SS, 301 SS, 302 SS, Ceramic 200°F (93°C) V8 - page 275 Liquids 6.8 to 58 GPM (25.7 to 218 LPM) FS-2 - page 276 TDFS2 - page 276 Liquids 4 to 396 GPM (15 to 1500 LPM) Liquids 0.5 to 10 ft/s (0.15 to 3 m/s) Tin-Bronze, Brass, SS 316 SS Brass or 316 SS, 301 SS, 302 SS, Ceramic -40 to 250°F (-40 to 121°C) Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Adjustable Set Point Power Requirement Enclosure Rating WP and EXP Switch Type SPDT or DPDT 1-1/2˝ male NPT* or Process 1-1/2˝ male BSPT Connection Agency Approvals ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx, UL** None -4 to 400°F (-20 to 205°C) 5000 psig (345 bar) 2000 psig (138 bar) 2000 psig (138 bar) 2000 psig (138 bar) 250 psig (17.2 bar) 145 psig (10.0 bar) 300 psig (20.67 bar) Yes 250°F (121°C) 230°F (110°C) 140°F (60°C) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes None None None None None 9-24 VDC WP and EXP SPDT or DPDT 1/2˝ male NPT* or 1/2˝ male BSPT ATEX, CE, CSA, IECEx, KTL, UL WP SPDT 1˝ male NPT CE, UL WP SPST 1/2˝ male NPT* or 1/2˝ male BSPT CE, CSA, UR WP SPDT 1˝ male NPT CE, cURus WP SPDT 1˝ male NPT or BSPT CE NEMA 4X (IP65) 1 NO NPN, 1 NC NPN 1˝ male NPT CE *Other options available, contact factory **No housing option (-NH) has no approvals PADDLE WHEEL/TURBINE/MULTI-JET Flow Transmitters SERIES Service Wetted Materials Accuracy Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Pipe Size PFT - page 281 Liquids Brass or 316 SS ±1% FS 212°F (100°C) 400 psig (27.6 bar) 1-1/2 to 40˝ (38.1 to 1016 mm) SFI-100T - page 283 Liquids Brass ±5% FS -20 to 212°F (-29 to 93°C) 125 psig (8.6 bar) 1/2˝ or 3/4˝ (12.7 mm or 19 mm) Flow Rate Output 1.2 to 25 ft/s (0.37 to 7.62 m/s) 4-20 mA or pulsed 2 to 35 GPM (7.6 to 132.5 LPM) Pulsed DFMT - page 284 Liquids PVDF ±1.5% FS 194°F (90°C) 145 psi (1.0 mPa) 3/8˝, 1/2˝, 3/4˝, 1˝, 1-1/2˝ or 2˝ (9.5 mm, 12.7 mm, 19 mm, 25.4 mm, 38 mm or 50.8 mm) 0.44 to 176.11 GPM (0.1 to 40 m3/h) 4-20 mA or pulsed These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 238 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

261

® PISTON STYLE Flow Switches F L O W | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I AFS - page 279 Gases or Liquids 1 to 75 SCFM @ 5 psi (28 to 2123 LPM @ 5 psi); .5 to 20 GPM (2 to 75.5 LPM) 316 SS, Fluoroelastomer, Epoxy, Brass -20 to 300°F (-29 to 149°C)* 1000 psig (69 bar) SERIES Service Set Point Range P2 - page 277 Gases or liquids .05 to 1 GPM (.2 to 3.79 LPM); .42 to 5 CFM (11.9 to 141 LPM) P3 - page 277 Liquids .25 to 2 GPM (.95 to 7.57 LPM) P1 - page 278 Liquids .1 to 1.5 GPM (.38 to 5.7 LPM) P8 - page 278 Liquids .25 to 2 GPM (.95 to 7.57 LPM) GVS - page 279 Liquids 1 to 8 GPM (3.8 to 30.3 LPM) Wetted Materials Temperature Limits Pressure Limits PPE & PS, Epoxy, 316 SS Polypropylene, PPS Composite, 316 SS, Fluorocarbon 0 to 212°F (-18 to 100°C) 125 psig (8.6 bar) @ 70°F (21°C); 50 psig (3.4 bar) @ 212°F (100°C) No 0 to 212°F (-18 to 100°C) 150 psig (10.3 bar) @ 70°F (21°C); 50 psig (3.4 bar) @ 212°F (100°C) No Brass, Polysulfone, 316 SS, Fluoroelastomer, Epoxy -20 to 225°F (-29 to 107°C) 1000 psig (69 bar) Brass, PPS Composite, Epoxy, 316 SS, Fluorocarbon -20 to 275°F (-28 to 135°C) 1500 psig (103 bar) Bronze, TFE, 316 SS, Fluoroelastomer, Ceramic -20 to 200°F (-29 to 93°C) 400 psig (27 bar) @ 100°F (38°C) None Adjustable Set Point Power Requirement Enclosure Rating GP Switch Type Process Connection Agency Approvals CE SPST, NO 1/4˝ male NPT None GP SPST, NO 3/8˝ male NPT or 1/4˝ Quick Disconnect CE No None No None Yes None Yes None GP SPDT 1/4˝ female NPT GP SPST, NO 3/8˝ male NPT GP SPDT 1˝ female NPT GP SPDT 1/2˝ female NPT CE CE CE CE *Other options available, contact factory FLOW Water Meters SERIES Service Wetted Materials Accuracy WMH - page 285 Water Body and couplings: Brass; Measuring chamber: ABS plastic WMT2 - page 286 Water Body and couplings: Brass; Measuring Chamber: ABS plastic WMH-A-X-XX: Transitional flow: ±3%; Nominal flow: ±1.5% ±2% FS Temperature Limits 190°F (88°C) Pressure Limits Pipe Size Flow Rate Output 150 psi (10 bar) 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ to 2˝ (15 mm to 50 mm) 20 to 160 GPM (3 to 30 m3/h) Pulsed 104°F (40°C) 232 psi (16 bar) 1/2˝ to 2˝ (12.7 mm to 50 mm) 20 to 160 GPM (3 to 30 m3/h) Pulsed WPT - page 287 Water Body: Nylon 66; Couplings: Nylon 66, 1-1/2˝ (40 mm) sizes lead free ECO BRASS®; Measuring chamber: ABS plastic WPT-A-X-XX: Transitional flow: ±3; Nominal flow: ±1.5% 122°F (50°C) 150 psi (10 bar) 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝ (15 mm to 40 mm) 20 to 160 GPM (3 to 30 m3/h) Pulsed These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. ECO BRASS® is a registered trademark patent by Mitsubishi Shindoh DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 239

262

W O L F | ® ULTRASONIC Flow Transmitters I I E D U G N O T C E L E S UFM - page 289 Liquids N/A ±3% of reading SERIES Service Wetted Materials Accuracy Temperature Limits 185°F (85°C) Pipe Size Flow Rate Output Enclosure Rating 0.98 to 4.62˝ (24.89 to 117.35 mm) 0.33 to 32.8 ft/s (0.1 to 10 m/s) 4-20 mA and pulsed NEMA 4X (IP66) PUB - page 290 Liquids N/A ±2% FS 275°F (135°C) 0.5 to 78˝ (13 to 2000 mm) 0.33 to 65.62 ft/s (0.1 to 20 m/s) 4-20 mA, 0-16 mA or 0-20 mA and pulsed NEMA 4X (IP66) FLOW Heat Meters SERIES Services Wetted Materials Range Accuracy IEFB - pages 292-293 Compatible clean or dirty non coating, conductive liquids 316 SS, polystyrene and Silicon 0 to 20 ft/s (0 to 6 m/s) BTU: RTD and calculator meet EN1434 Class B; Flow: 1% of reading or 1% FS (model dependant) Temperature Limits 32 to 250°F (0 to 121°C) Pressure Limits Pipe Size Flow Rate Output 400 psi (27.6 bar) 4 to 36˝ (101 to 914 mm) (model dependant) Refer to velocity range above (1) Analog (1) Pulse/frequency (1) Empty Pipe detection/ min. or max velocity trigger (1) Reverse flow pulse output indication (1) BACnet or Modbus® TUF - page 295 Clean, compatible liquids Brass and 316L SS Refer to flow rate below BTU: EN1434/CJ128 CLASS 2; Flow: ±(2+(0.02 Qp/Q)) 36 to 203°F (2 to 95°C) 362 psi (25 bar) (model dependant) 1/2 to 8˝ (15 to 200 mm) 0.1 to 881 GPM (0.5 to 3333 LPM) BACnet, Modbus® or M-BUS (model selectable) These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. 240 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

263

® ELECTROMAGNETIC, IN-LINE/INSERTION Flow Transmitters F L O W | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I SERIES UFB - page 288 Service Liquids Wetted Materials N/A Accuracy ±2% of reading Temperature Limits 275°F (136°C) Pressure Limits Pipe Size Flow Rate Output N/A 0.05 to 79˝ (13 to 2000 mm) 0.33 to 33 ft/s (0.1 to 10 m/s) 4-20 mA, 0-16 mA or 0-20 mA MFS - page 291 Liquids 316 SS ±2% of reading 194°F (90°C) 232 psi (16 bar) 1/2 or 1˝ (12.7 or 25 mm) 0.25 to 52.8 GPM (1 to 200 LPM) 4-20 mA or pulsed IEF - page 294 Liquids 316 SS 0.5% of reading, 1% of reading or ±1% FS 15 to 250°F (-9 to 121°C) 400 psi (27.6 bar) 4 to 36˝ (101 to 914 mm) 0 to 20 ft/s (0 to 6 m/s) (1) Analog: 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, 0-10 V or 2-10 V (display selectable); (1) Pulse/Frequency: 0-15 V peak pulse, 0-500 Hz or scalable pulse output (display selectable); (2) Alarm: (1) Empty pipe detection or minimum/ maximum velocity, (display selectable); (1) Reverse flow output indication These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 241 ECO BRASS® is a registered trademark patent by Mitsubishi Shindoh Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.

264

W O L F s n o i t a c i l Designers of a bio-medical incubator rely on a Dwyer® flowmeter to control CO2 flow. Flowmeters and/or differential pressure switches monitor vital purge gas flow to motors, switchgear, instruments. This low temperature incubator with CO2 atmosphere is used in bio-medical applications, such as short term blood work and long term tissue culture studies. CO2 is introduced at a high initial purge rate controlled by a timer. After the purge period, a Dwyer® Visi-Float® flowmeter with a metering valve is utilized to adjust and monitor the CO2 flow in cubic centimeters per minute. The Visi-Float® flowmeter provides the reliability and accuracy needed to complement the host of high performance features designed into this incubator. To purge motors, generators, switchgear, and industrial instrument cases, Dwyer® flowmeters are installed in the supply line to indicate a flow of air, manufactured inert gas, or nitrogen to these devices. The flowmeters (with valves) allow maintenance personnel to set the flow quickly and recheck anytime to make sure proper flow continues. A Dwyer® differential pressure switch can also be used to monitor proper flow on a continuous basis and provide a signal or alarm if purge gas flow fails. Such an optional switch is shown above, monitoring proper flow of purge gas to the switchbox as a function of pressure drop across the flowmeter. The purging of electrical equipment in hazardous areas may require more extensive control and monitoring devices. p p A i l a c p y T Metering valves on Dwyer® flowmeters control air/gas intake on permanent air pollution analyzers. Operator uses Mini-Master® flowmeter to verify air flow into portable dust monitor. Regulations regarding air pollution levels require continuous monitoring a source and ambient pollutants in areas where noxious gases are generated. Ambient air quality samplers utilize either Visi-Float® or Rate-Master® flowmeters to establish the proper flow of sample or carrier gases into the analyzer. Top mounted metering valves are recommended for flowmeters used in vacuum service to maintain specified accuracy. The small size, accuracy, and low cost of the Dwyer® Mini-Master® Series flowmeter lends itself perfectly to use in this portable, battery-operated dust monitor. Using a light scattering electronic sampler, a small vacuum pump draws air through the flowmeter into the sampling chamber, and the flowmeter verifies the proper volume of sample air flow. Readout is digital and directly in dust weight per cubic meter of air. 242 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

265

F L O W Brass body gage measures water flow rates. A Dwyer® brass body Capsuhelic® differential pressure gage, required for water service to prevent corrosion damage to the gage, is used in conjunction with a Dwyer® Series DS-300 averaging Pitot tube. The Capsuhelic® gage provides a basic method of measuring water flow rates. As a guide in selecting the appropriate Capsuhelic® gage range, the designer can consult data provided with the DS-300 averaging Pitot tube. This relates differential pressure in inches of water column to the water flow in gallons per minute for the pipe size involved. The gage can be calibrated directly in GPM if desired. Bleed fittings installed in the top ports of the gage are recommended to facilitate removal of air from the system. Flotect® flow switch ensures cooling water circulation before air conditioning compressor motor starts and Series TUF monitors thermal energy loss from cooling tower to air condenser. Large air conditioning and refrigeration systems which include water cooled condensers require that the water must circulate through the condenser and cooling tower in sufficient volume before the compressor is started. Here the W.E. Anderson® Flotect® flow switch is connected to the compressor control circuit to prevent starting or to shut down the compressor control circuit if the flow of cooling water falls below that required for proper operation. A dual Flotect® switch (available as an option) will also trigger a remote alarm to signal the operator of the shutdown as soon as it occurs. The Series TUF monitors the water flow as well as the temperature of the water going into and out of the air conditioning unit in order to calculate the cooling efficiency of the air conditioning unit. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s When main pump fails, Flotect® flow switch transfers to standby pump to maintain vital fluid circulation. When proper fluid circulation in a system is critical, the W.E. Anderson™ Flotect® flow switch will automatically start a standby pump should the main pump fail. The flow in the main path of the parallel system illustrated keeps the Flotect® flow switch in an open position. When the main pump fails, the flow will cease. The flow switch then closes, starting the standby pump. W.E. Anderson® Midwest Sight Flow Indicator reveals flow or stoppage. In this gravity feed system delivering liquid fertilizer to portable tanks, a Series SFI-100 MIDWEST sight flow indicator was installed. The operator can see the rotating vanes to check for adequate flow at any time. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 243

266

W O L F s n o i t a c i l Flows of air and gases used in a special furnace are controlled by Dwyer® flowmeters. Durable dual-column flowmeter adds value for physicians and oral surgeons. A total of eleven Dwyer® Rate-Master® flowmeters function in the design of this sophisticated conveyor belt furnace used in manufacturing electronic devices. The flowmeters provide precise adjustment and monitoring of the flows of air and gases into the various portions of the furnace, which allow it to perform different operations, such as decarburizing and oxidizing, metallic package sealing, glass package sealing, and glass-to-metal sealing. Physicians and oral surgeons who use anesthesia or analgesia in their offices on an occasional basis require a system that is reliable but small and portable. One such system employs special Dwyer® dual-column Visi-Float® flowmeters to meter and monitor precise flows of nitrous oxide and oxygen to the patient. In addition to meeting the performance level demanded by this application, the Visi-Float® flowmeters are durable and attractive complements to this important and visible medical device. p p A i l a c p y T Salt corrosion test cabinet includes a Dwyer® flowmeter for adjustment of bubbler air flow. Prior to atomizing a heated salt solution to produce a fog inside this corrosion test cabinet, compressed air is bubbled through a heated water column to properly heat and humidify the air. A Dwyer® Visi-Float® VFA flowmeter, as part of the system, provides precise adjustment of the bubbler air flow to meet test standards. Measuring air velocity with an orifice plate. In this set-up, the Magnehelic® gage measures higher air velocities as a function of the pressure drop across a sharp-edged orifice plate in the pipe. The pressure drops can be converted to air velocity using orifice plate data supplied by the manufacturer. Details regarding available sizes, ranges, installation, and limitations are available from orifice plate manufacturers and from standard handbooks. A Dwyer® Durablock® inclined manometer or Photohelic® differential pressure switch/gage can also be used. In addition to the visual reading gage, the Photohelic® switch/gage provides an alarm signal or shutdown control function. Pressure sensing taps should be located on the side or top of the pipe or duct to prevent condensation from draining into sensing lines or gages. 244 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

267

® CONVERSION CURVES FOR GASES GAS PRESSURE PSIG BELOW ATMOSPHERE -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 10 9 8 I G N D A E R R E T E M W O L F D E V R E S B O 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ACTUAL GAS FLOW CORRECTED FOR PRESSURE* 0 2 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100 E R E H P S O M T A E V O B A G S P E R U S S E R P S A G I SPEClFIC GRAVITY OF GAS (REFERRED TO AIR) 2.2 2.0 1.81.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 10 9 8 I G N D A E R R E T E M W O L F D E V R E S B O 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0.2 0.1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 EQUIVALENT GAS FLOW CORRECTED FOR SPECIFIC GRAVITY-STD. COND.* F L O W i T e c h n c a l I n f o r m a t i o n If more convenient, approximate correction factors may be determined using the following formulas: A. Pressure: Q2 = Q1 x B. Specific Gravity: Q2 = Q1 x P1 x T2 P2 x T1 Q1= Actual or observed flowmeter reading Q2 = Standard flow corrected for pressure and temperature P1 = Actual pressure (14.7 psia + gage pressure) P2 = Standard pressure (14.7 psia, which is 0 psig) T1 = Actual temperature (460 R + temp °F) T2 = Standard temperature (530 R, which is 70°F) Where: Note: The corrections shown in the curves and in the formulas are for variations in specific gravity and internal pressure* only. Further correction may be necessary for variations in viscosity and changes in type of flow from laminar to turbulent or vice versa. This is particularly true in the case of extremely low flows of the lighter gases. Nevertheless these charts and correction factors can be quite useful when dealing with small changes in pressure* and specific gravity. *Measured at discharge on all but TMV units. Inlet pressure on TMV models. Q1 = Observed flowmeter reading Q2 = Standard flow corrected for specific gravity 1 = Specific gravity of air or water S.G.= Specific gravity of media being used in flowmeter originally calibrated for air or water. Where: 1 S.G. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 245

268

W O L F ® SERIES RM RATE-MASTER® POLYCARBONATE FLOWMETERS 2˝, 5˝ or 10˝ Scale, Interchangeable Bodies F J BACK WIDTH K A B C E D G H I FULL OPEN L DIMENSIONS - FLOWMETER Model RMA 4-9/16 [115.90] 3 [76.20] 1/8 NPT conn. 1-5/8 [41.28] 10-32 mtg. holes 3/8 [9.525] 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-3/16 [30.16] 11/16 [17.46] 61/64 [24.21] 1-3/8 [34.92] 3/4 [19.05) 4-13/16 [122.20] 1 [25.40] Model RMB 8-1/2 [215.90] 6-7/16 [163.50] 1/4 NPT conn. 3-15/16 [100.00] 1/4-20 mtg. holes 5/8 [15.88] 1-7/8 [47.63] 1-3/4 [44.45] 1 [25.40] 1-7/16 [36.51] 1-13/16 [46.04] 1-1/4 [31.75] 8-3/4 [222.30] 1-1/2 [38.10] Model RMC 15-1/8 [384.20] 12-1/4 [311.20] 1/2 NPT conn. 8-3/4 [222.30] 3/8-24 mtg. holes 1 [25.40] 2-3/4 [69.85] 2-1/2 [63.50] 1-7/16 [36.51] 1-31/32 [50.00] 2-1/2 [63.50] 2 [50.80] 15-3/8 [390.50] 2-1/4 [57.15] A B C D E F G H I J K L V I DEO O N L I N E Model RMC 10˝ scale, 15-3/8˝ high Model RMB-SSV 5˝ scale, 8-3/4˝ high Model RMA-TMV 2˝ scale, 4-13/16˝ high , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l The Series RM Rate-Master® Polycarbonate Flowmeters are a line of general use, direct reading precision flowmeters suitable for both gas and liquid applications. This Series consists of 2˝ (51 mm), 5˝ (127 mm) and 10˝ (254 mm) scales that can be panel or surface mounted with optional precision metering valves. Within a given Series, the Rate-Master® flowmeter bodies can be instantly interchanged, allowing the piping to remain undisturbed, interchangeability of the ranges, and easy cleaning. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Direct reading scales eliminate the need for troublesome conversions • Stainless steel backbone absorbs piping torque reducing installation damage and cost • Shatter-proof polycarbonate allows for long operation life • Precision injection molding around a precision tapered pin enables high repeatability • Increased reading accuracy with special integral flow guides that stabilize float movement • Scale graduations on both side of the indicating tube allow for instantaneous flow reading saving time SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Polycarbonate; O-ring: Neoprene and Buna-N; Metal parts: SS (except for optional brass valve); Float: SS, black glass, aluminum, K monel, tungsten carbide depending on range. Temperature Limit: 130°F (54°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Accuracy: RMA: 4%; RMB: 3%; RMC: 2% of FS. Process Connection: RMA: 1/8˝; RMB: 1/4˝; RMC: 1/2˝ female NPT. Weight: RMA: 4 oz (113.4 g); RMB: 13 oz (368.5 g); RMC: 39 oz (1105.6 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). CAUTION: Dwyer® Rate-Master® flowmeters are designed to provide satisfactory long term service when used with air, water, or other compatible media. Refer to factory for information on questionable gases or liquids. Caustic solutions, anti-freeze (ethylene glycol) and aromatic solvents should definitely not be used. APPLICATIONS • Medical equipment • Air samplers • Gas analyzers • Pollution monitors • Chemical injectors • Cabinet purging 246 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

269

® SERIES RM RATE-MASTER® POLYCARBONATE FLOWMETERS Gas Flow from 0.05 to 1800 SCFH, Water Flow to 10 GPM .5 to 5 1 to 10 2 to 25 5 to 50 5 to 70 10 to 100 .05 to .4 .1 to 1 .2 to 2 .5 to 5 1 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 50 10 to 100 15 to 150 20 to 200 RANGE CHART - RMA 2˝ SCALE - POPULAR RANGES Range No. SCFH Air 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Range No. CC/Min. Air 151* 150* 11 12 13 14 *Accuracy ±8% Range No. LPM Air 26 21 22 23 24 25 Range No. CC/Min. Water 32 33 34 Range No. GPH Water 42 43 44 45 5 to 50 10 to 100 30 to 240 50 to 500 100 to 1000 200 to 2500 5 to 50 10 to 110 20 to 300 1 to 11 2 to 24 4 to 34 5 to 50 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 3 to 20 4 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 40 to 400 50 to 500 60 to 600 RANGE CHART - RMB 5˝ SCALE - POPULAR RANGES Range No. SCFH & LPM Air Range No. SCFH Air 50D 1.2 to 10/0.6 to 5 49* 50 51D 2 to 20/1 to 9.5 51 52D 4 to 50/2 to 23 52 53D 10 to 100/5 to 50 53 54D 20 to 200/10 to 95 54 Range No. GPH & LPM Water 55 82D 1 to 12/0.06 to 0.76 56 83D 1 to 20/0.065 to 1.25 57 85D 10 to 100/0.8 to 6.2 Range No. GPH Water 82 83 84 85 *Accuracy ±5% 1 to 12 1 to 20 4 to 40 10 to 100 2 to 20 8 to 90 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 40 to 400 60 to 600 100 to 1000 120 to 1200 200 to 1800 RANGE CHART - RMC 10˝ SCALE - POPULAR RANGES Range No. SCFH Air 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Range No. SCFM Air 121 122 123 Range No. GPH Water 134 135 Range No. GPM Water 141 142 143 144 145 .1 to 1 .2 to 2.2 .4 to 4 .8 to 7 1.2 to 10 1 to 10 2 to 20 4 to 30 Description Standard RMA RMA with brass valve RMA with stainless steel valve RMA with top mounted valve Standard RMB RMB with brass valve RMB with stainless steel valve Standard RMC RMC with brass valve RMC with stainless steel valve MODEL CHART Model RMA-X RMA-X-BV+ RMA-X-SSV+ RMA-X-TMV*+ RMB-X RMB-X-BV+ RMB-X-SSV+ RMC-X RMC-X-BV+ RMC-X-SSV+ How To Order: Series-Range No.(“X”)-Valve-Option Example: RMA-2-SSV (Series RMA with .1-1 SCFH air range & stainless steel valve) *Provide same precision construction but for vacuum applications. +Valve is designed for flow adjustment only, not intended to be used as an open/shut-off valve. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST -APF -BPF -CPF Note: Special ranges, scales, mounting arrangements, etc., are available on special order, or in OEM quantities. NIST traceable calibration certificate Adjustable pointer flag for Series RMA Adjustable pointer flag for Series RMB Adjustable pointer flag for Series RMC Adjustable pointer flags Red lined pointer flags provide quick visual reference to a required flow level. Of clear plastic, they snap into place inside bezel and slide to desired level. ACCESSORIES Model RKA RK-RMB Description Regulator kit for Series RMA Regulator kit for Series RMB Regulator kits Available as optional extras for both Rate-Master® Flowmeters and Visi-Float® Flowmeters models. This view shows Model VFA Visi-Float® flowmeter with integrally connected constant differential pressure regulator. Recommended for use where inlet air pressure fluctuates widely and constant flow is required. The regulator maintains a constant pressure differential of approximately 3 ±.15 psig. Supply pressure must be at least 3 psig above the flowmeter discharge to operate. The standard regulator may be used with any Dwyer Series RM or VF flowmeter up to 200 scfh. For higher flow rates consult the factory. F L O W l V a r i a b e A r e a & I n - L n e i l F o w m e t e r s , USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 247

270

W O L F ® SERIES VF VISI-FLOAT® ACRYLIC FLOWMETERS Hot-Stamped Scales, Multi-Angle Views of Flow F M L A B C K E D M I FULL OPEN N DIMENSIONS - FLOWMETER Model VFA 4 [101.6] 3 [76.20]; 1/8 NPT conn. 1-5/8 [41.28]; 10-32 thd 1/2 [12.70] 1-3/16 [30.16] 1-1/4 [31.75] 2-1/16 [52.39]; Open 4-3/32 [104.0] 1 [25.40] 7/8 [22.23] ; 1/8 NPT 3/32 [2.381] A B C D E F I K L M N Model VFB 6-1/2 [165.1] 5-1/2 [139.7]; 1/8 NPT conn. 3-1/2 [88.90]; 10-32 thd 1/2 [12.70] 1-1/2 [38.10] 1-1/4 [31.75] 2-1/16 [52.39] ; Open 6-11/16 [169.9] 1-3/8 [34.93] 7/8 [22.23]; 1/8 NPT 3/32 [2.381] V I DEO O N L I N E Model VFB Model VFA-SSV The Series VF Visi-Float® Acrylic Flowmeters are a line of direct reading, precision machined, clear acrylic body flowmeters suitable for both gas and liquid applications. The fabrication of the Visi-Float® Flowmeters is backed by over 60 years of experience in acrylic instrument machining. This Series consists of 2˝ (51 mm) and 4˝ (102 mm) scales with optional precision metering valves. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Bodies are cut and precision machined from solid, clear acrylic blocks allowing for complete visual inspection • White background allows for better visibility of the float increasing reading accuracy • Direct reading scales are hot stamped into the plastic eliminating the need for troublesome conversions and increasing product operating life • Precision machined tapered bore enables high repeatability • Low installation costs with back or end connection options with metal mounting inserts that can be supported directly by system piping SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Acrylic plastic; O-ring: Buna-N (fluoroelastomer available); Metal parts: Nickel plated brass standard, SS optional; Float: SS, black glass, aluminum, K monel depending on range. Temperature & Pressure Limits: Without valve: 100 psig (6.9 bar) @ 150°F (65°C); 150 psig (10 bar) @ 100°F (38°C); With valve: 100 psig (6.9 bar) @ 120°F (48°C). Accuracy: VFA = 5% of FS; VFB = 3% of FS. Process Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT. VFB ranges 85 and 86 have 1/4˝ NPT back connections or 3/8˝ NPT end connections. These ranges not available with brass valves. Scale Length: VFA 2˝ typical length; VFB 4˝ typical length. Mounting Orientation: Mount in vertical position. Weight: VFA: 4.0 to 4.8 oz (.11 to .14 kg); VFB: 7.2 to 8.8 oz (.20 to .25 kg). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l APPLICATIONS • Medical equipment • Laboratory equipment • Air samplers • Gas analyzers • Pollution monitors • Chemical injectors • Cabinet purging MODEL CHART Model VFA-X VFA-X-SS VFA-X-BV+ VFA-X-SSV+ VFA-X-EC VFA-X-EC-SS VFB-X VFB-X-SS VFB-X-BV+ VFB-X-SSV+ VFB-X-EC VFB-X-EC-SS Description Standard VFA VFA with stainless metal wetted parts VFA with brass valve VFA with stainless steel valve VFA with end connections VFA with end connections and stainless steel metal wetted parts Standard VFB VFB with stainless metal wetted parts VFB with brass valve VFB with stainless steel valve VFB with end connections VFB with end connections and stainless steel metal wetted parts How To Order: Series—Range No. (“X”)—Valve—Option Example: VFA-9-BV (Series VFA with 20-200 SCFH air range & brass valve) +Valve is designed for flow adjustment only, not intended to be used as an open/shut-off valve. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST -PF -VIT NIST traceable calibration certificate Red ABS plastic pointer flag Fluoroelastomer O-rings ACCESSORIES Model RKA RK-VFB Description Regulator kit for Series VFA Regulator kit for Series VFB OEM specials Special flowmeter designs can be supplied to meet a wide range of requirements and specific applications. These include: on-off plunger and push-to-test valves, special gas or fluid calibration, special ranges, scales, name brand or other identification. Pointer flags can be furnished for instant visual reference. For specific information, please supply an outline of your requirements. 248 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com RANGE CHART - VFA 2˝ SCALE - POPULAR RANGES Range No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Range No. 32 33 34 SCFH Air .1 to 1 .2 to 2 .6 to 5 1 to 10 2 to 20 4 to 30 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 CC/Min. Water 6 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 Range No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Range No. 41 42 43 44 RANGE CHART - VFB 4˝ SCALE - POPULAR RANGES Range No. 50 91* 51* 52 53* 54* 55* SCFH Air .3 to 3 1 to 10 2 to 20 4 to 40 10 to 100 10 to 150 20 to 200 Range No. 90 Range No. 60 SCFM Air .3 to 3 CC/Min. Air 100 to 1000 LPM Air .06 to 0.5 .15 to 1 .6 to 5 1 to 10 3 to 25 6 to 50 10 to 100 GPH Water .6 to 5 2 to 10 3 to 20 8 to 40 LPM Air .2 to 4 1 to 10 1 to 20 3 to 30 4 to 40 CC/Min. Water 2 to 30 GPH Water .5 to 12 1 to 20 6 to 40 6 to 60 GPM Water .2 to 2 .6 to 5 Range No. 65 66 67 68 69 Range No. 82 Range No. 80* 83* 84 81 Range No. 85 86 *For dual range models in English and Metric add “D” to end of Range No. Special multi-column Visi-Float® flowmeters for OEM applications, Visi-Float® Perfect Flowmeters can be custom made with up to 10 columns in a single block of acrylic plastic. Available with or without valves. Consult factory for more information. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

271

® SERIES VFC & VFCII VISI-FLOAT® ACRYLIC FLOWMETERS 5˝ Scale, In-Line or Back Connection Options F L O W 1-3/4 [44.45] 1-1/2 [38.10] 1-1/32 [26.19] 2 NOM [50.80] 1-1/2 HEX [38.10] 1-1/8 [28.58] 11 [279.40] WITH BACK CONNECTIONS 1-1/8 [28.58] 10-1/2 [266.70] 4-1/2 [114.30] 8-1/2 [215.90] 1-1/2 [38.10] 3 [76.20] V I DEO O N L I N E VFCII with 1˝ MNPT end connections VFC with 1˝ FNPT end connections VFC with 1˝ FNPT back connections 1-1/2 [38.10] The Series VFC Visi-Float® Acrylic Flowmeters are direct reading, precision machined, clear acrylic body flowmeters suitable for both gas and liquid applications. This Series consists of two 5˝ (127 mm) scale flowmeters, the VFC and VFC II. The VFC features PVC 1˝ female NPT connections and the VFC II units are equipped with acetal thermoplastic 1˝ male NPT fittings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Bodies are cut and precision machined from solid, clear acrylic blocks allowing for complete visual inspection • White background allows for better visibility of the float increasing reading accuracy • Direct reading scales are hot stamped into the plastic eliminating the need for troublesome conversions and increasing product operating life • Precision machined tapered bore enables high repeatability • Low installation costs with back or end connection options SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Acrylic plastic; O-ring: Buna-N (fluoroelastomer available); Metal parts: SS; Float: SS. Fittings: VFC: PVC; VFCII: Acetal thermoplastic. Temperature and Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.9 bar) @ 120°F (48°C). Accuracy: 2% of FS. Process Connection: VFC: 1˝ female NPT back connections. End connections optional; VFCII: 1˝ male NPT back connections. End connections optional. Scale Length: 5˝ typical length. Mounting Orientation: Mount in vertical position. Weight: 24 to 25 oz (.68 to .71 kg). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). APPLICATIONS • Medical equipment • Laboratory equipment • Air samplers • Gas analyzers • Pollution monitors • Chemical injectors • Cabinet purging • Remediation • Osmosis skids Thread Type Process Connection 1˝ FNPT 1˝ MNPT 1˝ FNPT 1˝ MNPT MODEL CHART Model VFC-X VFCII-X VFC-X-EC VFCII-X-EC How To Order: Series-Range No.-Option Example: VFC-123-EC (Series VFC with 10-100 SCFM air range and 1˝ female NPT end connections) Back Back In-line end In-line end l V a r i a b e A r e a & l F o w m e t e r s , I n - L n e i RANGE CHART - 5˝ SCALE - POPULAR RANGES Range No. SCFM Air 121 4 to 25 122 5 to 50 123 10 to 100 Range No. LPM Air 131 132 133 Range No. GPM Water 141 142 143 Range No. LPM Water 151 152 153 100 to 700 200 to 1400 300 to 2800 2 to 20 4 to 40 10 to 75 .5 to 5 1 to 10 2 to 20 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -VIT -FDA -NIST -BSPT Fluoroelastomer O-rings 316 SS float & guide rod (only available on VFCII with fluoroelastomer O-rings) NIST traceable calibration certificate BSPT process connections DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 249

272

W O L F ® SERIES MM MINI-MASTER® FLOWMETERS 2˝ or 1-1/2˝ Scale, Configurable Valve Option Standard model MMA-X-LV Standard model MMA-X with field configurable valve, bottom mount Standard model MMA-X with field configurable valve, top mount Model MMF-50-PV 1-1/2˝ scale, with metering valve, knob. Model MMF-10 with 1-1/2˝ scale, no valve. 2-1/2 [63.50] 1-31/32 [50.01] 1-1/2 [38.10] ø5/16 [7.94] TYP 1-1/2 [38.08] Ø5/16 [Ø7.94] 3/4 [20.19] Model MMF-10-TMV with top-mounted valve- for vacuum service. Use screwdriver to adjust. 1/4 [6.15] 1/2 [12.70] O.D. TUBES OUTLET 3-3/4 [95.25] , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l 1 [25.40] V I DEO O N L I N E 3 [76.20] 3/8 [9.53] 3/4 [19.05] 1-3/8 [34.93] 1-29/32 [48.42] 2-27/64 [61.52] MMA-X 3-3/4 [95.25] 3 [76.20] 2-5/8 [66.68] 2-1/16 [52.37] 3/8 [9.98] 7/8 [22.23] 1 [25.40] 3/4 [9.98] 1-3/8 [34.83] MMA-X-LV INLET 5/16 [7.92] 13/32 [10.36] 3/4 [19.05] 15/16 [23.98] MMF-X The Series MM Mini-Master® Flowmeters consists of two series of flowmeters suitable for both gas and liquid applications with advanced features at a low cost. The Series MMA is a 2˝ (51 mm) scale flowmeter that is user configurable with or without non-removable top or bottom front mounted metering valves. It is constructed from transparent nylon material providing high chemical resistance and is easily disassembled via the provided key for cleaning or reconfiguration. The Series MMF is a 1-1/2˝ (38 mm) scale compact flowmeter ideal for measuring small volume air. It features bezel type mounting that can be quickly installed from the front of the instrument panel. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low installation costs with easy mounting • Long operation life with durable construction • Precision molding enables high repeatability • White back on the flow tube allows for better visibility of the float increasing reading accuracy • Side printed scale graduations allows for instantaneous flow reading saving time • Compact bodies require minimal panel space freeing valuable space APPLICATIONS • Medical equipment • Air samplers • Gas analyzers • Pollution monitors • Chemical injectors • Cabinet purging 250 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS MMA SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Nylon 12; O-rings: Buna-N (optional materials available); Float: Black glass, K monel, stainless steel, tungsten carbide. Temperature Limit: 130°F (54°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar) with compression fitting. 50 psi (3.4 bar) with tubing clamp. Accuracy: ±4% FS. Process Connection: 5/16˝ OD for push on rubber or plastic tubing with provided spring tubing clamp. Connect to rigid tubing with double compression fitting. Weight: 1 oz (28.35 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). MMF SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Styrene acrylonitrile; Float: SS, black glass, nylon; Valve: Polyurethane. Temperature Limit: 125°F (51°C). Pressure Limit: 50 psi (3.4 bar). Valve option: 10 psi (0.6 bar). Accuracy: ±10% FS. Process Connection: 1/4˝ OD for push on rubber or plastic tubing. Connect to rigid tubing with compression fittings. Weight: 0.5 oz (14.17 g). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II).

273

F L O W l V a r i a b e A r e a & I n - L n e i l F o w m e t e r s , ® SERIES MM MINI-MASTER® FLOWMETERS 2˝ or 1-1/2˝ Scale, Configurable Valve Option Description MODEL CHART Model MMA-X MMA-X-LV How To Order: MMA-Range No.-Optional Valve Example: MMA -4-LV (Series MMA with .5-5 SCFH air range without configurable valve) Standard MMA MMA without configurable valve Description MODEL CHART Model MMF-X MMF-X-PV MMF-X-TMV How To Order: MMF-Range No.-Valve Example: MMF-1-PV (Series MMF with .1-1 SCFH air range with valve) Standard MMF MMF with bottom mount valve MMF with top mount valve ACCESSORIES - MMA Model A-327 Description 5/16˝ union .5 to 2.5 .5 to 5 1 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 30 to 300 RANGE CHART - MMA Range No. SCFH Air 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Range No. GPH Water 30 31 32 33 1 to 8 1 to 16 4 to 40 5 to 60 ACCESSORIES - MMF Model Description 1/14˝ union A-328 RANGE CHART - MMF Range No. Range (SCFH Air) 1 2 10 50 100 .1 to 1 .2 to 2 1 to 10 5 to 50 10 to 100 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate Range No. LPM Air 20 .2 to 1.2 21 .25 to 2.5 .5 to 5 22 1 to 10 23 2.5 to 25 24 25 5 to 50 26 10 to 100 15 to 150 27 Range No. CC/Min. Water 35 36 37 38 5 to 50 10 to 150 20 to 200 50 to 500 Range No. LPM Water 40 41 42 .1 to 1.1 .25 to 2.5 .3 to 3.5 MMA-X tubing connections secured by clamp. “Standup” mounting clip shown. Spring retainers on connection tubes secure panel mounted MMA-X. Compression union, P/N A-327 shown. Model MMF mounts easily from front of panel. Drill two 9/32˝ or 5/16˝ dia. holes in panel on 2-1/16˝ centers. Insert mounting connector spuds. From rear, slide on the two spring retainers (furnished) and push on rubber or plastic tubing. top, installed tubing Model MMF connections. Connector in panel, has at retainer and flexible in place. Connector at bottom shows alternative connection with metal or rigid plastic tubing, using a double compression nylon tube union (as Dwyer Part No. A-328). DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 251

274

W O L F , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l ® SERIES UV ULTRA-VIEW™ POLYSULFONE FLOWMETERS High Corrosion - Resistant Body, Dual Scales 12 [307.98] 15 [381.00] 17 [431.80] 2-1/2 [63.50] IN-LINE THREADS 1˝ NPT[F] 1-7/16-18 UNEF THREADS 1˝ NPT[M] THREADS 2-15/16 [74.51] 1-1/2 [38.10] Shown with optional polysulfone fittings V I DEO O N L I N E Shown with optional polysulfone fittings Shown with optional polycarbonate shield The Series UV Ultra-View™ Polysulfone Flowmeters are an ultra-pure, laboratory grade flowmeter with a dual scale that measures flow in GPM and LPM of water, air and other compatible media. The Series UV is designed to withstand high temperatures up to 212°F (100°C) and pressures up to 150 psi (10.34 bar). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Corrosion-resistant polysulfone body ideal for applications where other flowmeters fail saving replacement cost and time • Easy to clean body yields low maintenance costs • Polycarbonate shield protects internal scale increasing product operating life • Low installation costs with optional panel mount polysulfone fittings APPLICATIONS • Chill water flow • Reverse osmosis systems • Deionized water systems • Potable water systems • Remediation applications MODEL CHART Model UV-0112 UV-1112 UV-2112 UV-3112 UV-4112 UV-5112 Note: For PVC 1˝ female NPT fittings, change 12 to 22. Range (GPM water) 0.25 to 2.5 (1 to 9.5 LPM) 0.5 to 5.0 (2 to 19 LPM) 1.0 to 10.0 (4 to 38 LPM) 2.0 to 20.0 (8 to 76 LPM) 3.0 to 30.0 (12 to 112 LPM) 4.0 to 40.0 (20 to 150 LPM) Model UV-A112 UV-B112 UV-C112 UV-D112 Range (SCFM air) 1 to 13 (30 to 370 LPM) 2.5 to 28 (70 to 780 LPM) 5 to 50 (70 to 1400 LPM) 14 to 100 (400 to 2800 LPM) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Polysulfone body and fittings, fluoroelastomer O-rings and virgin PTFE float. Temperature Limits: 35 to 212°F (2 to 100°C); 35 to 130°F (2 to 54°C) for PVC fitting option. Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10.34 bar). Accuracy: ±2% FS @ 70°F ±2°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (in line connection rating only). Repeatability: ±1% FS @ 70°F ±2°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (in line connection rating only). Process Connections: 1˝ female NPT. Optional 90° polysulfone elbow – 1˝ male NPT. Scale Length: 6˝ (152.40 mm) – 7˝ (177.80 mm), depending on model. Fitting Torque: Maximum 22 ft - lb. Weight: 1 lb (457 g) for 20 GPM range. CAUTION: Ball valves can have a “water cannon” effect on opening, creating pressure that exceeds the warranty ratings will damage the flowmeter. Series UV Flowmeters are for indoor use only or areas without direct sunlight. Polysulfone is adversely affected by ultraviolet light. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -SHD -NIST Protective polycarbonate shield NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES Model Description A-801 A-162 Panel mount kit, polysulfone fittings In-line fitting replacement kit. Two 1˝ female NPT connection fittings included in kit 252 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

275

® SERIES LFMA, LFMB, LFMC, LFMD, LFME, & LFMF POLYCARBONATE FLOWMETERS Chemically Resistant, In-Line or Panel Mount Options, Adjustable Set Point Indicator Option A F L O W C B V I DEO O N L I N E LFMA LFMC The Series LFM Polycarbonate Flowmeters are made of precision, injection molded polycarbonate bodies and fittings. This series consists of LFMA, LFMB, LFMC, LFMD, LFME and LFMF flowmeters with 3˝ (76 mm), 6˝ (152 mm), 5˝ (127 mm), 6˝ (152 mm), 8˝ (203 mm) and 11˝ (279 mm) respective scales. They feature dual, direct reading scales measuring in both GPM and LPM. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low installation costs with standard in-line male NPT process connections and 90° elbow fitting for panel mount option • Heat and chemically resistant polycarbonate body and fittings feature a low cost for high durability • Textured background on flowmeter bodies enhance scale readability saving time • Easy to clean bodies yield low maintenance costs • Adjustable set point indicator allows for easy visual set point indication decreasing costly flow reading error for LFMC, LFMD, LFME & LFMF APPLICATIONS • Chill water flow • Reverse osmosis systems • Deionized water systems D [BOTH ENDS] Model AØ LFMA LFMB LFMC LFMD LFME LFMF 1-21/32 [42.07] 1-63/64 [50.40] 1-63/64 [50.40] 2-21/64 [59.13] 2-27/32 [72.23] 3-15/16 [100.01] B 3-15/16 [100.01] 6-5/16 [160.34] 5-9/32 [134.14] 6-45/64 [170.26] 8-55/64 [225.03] 11-27/64 [290.12] C 6-45/64 [170.26] 8-55/64 [225.03] 8-9/32 [210.34] 9-27/32 [250.03] 12-19/64 [312.34] 15-3/4 [400.05] D 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 3/4 NPT 1 NPT 2 NPT SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water. Wetted Materials: Body: Polycarbonate; Flange nut: ABS; Float stop: LFMA, LFMB, LFMC: ABS; LFMD, LFME, LFMF: Polypropylene; O-rings: Fluoroelastomer; Rod & float: 316 SS; Connections: 20 mm & 63 mm metric union fittings: ABS; 32 mm & 40 mm metric union fittings: PVC; 1/2˝ & 3/4˝ male NPT fittings for LFMA, LFMB, LFMC: ABS; 3/4˝ male and female NPT fittings for LFMD: PA66 nylon; 1˝ & 2˝ male NPT fittings: PA66 nylon. Pressure Limit: 87 psi (6 bar) at 68°F (20°C); 90° elbow fittings 116 psi (8 bar) at 68°F (20°C). Accuracy: ±5%. Process Connection: LFMA: 1/2˝ male NPT. Optional 20 mm metric union; LFMB: 1/2˝ male NPT. Optional 20mm metric union or 1/2˝ male NPT with 90° elbow; LFMC: 1/2˝ male NPT. Optional 20 mm metric union, 3/4˝ male NPT, or 1/2˝ male NPT with 90° elbow; LFMD: 3/4˝ male NPT. Optional 32 mm metric union, 3/4˝ female NPT, or 3/4˝ male NPT with 90° elbow; LFME: 1˝ male NPT. Optional 40 mm metric union, 1˝ female NPT, or 1˝ male NPT with 90° elbow; LFMF: 2˝ male NPT. Optional 63 mm metric union or 2˝ female NPT. Weight: LFMA: 2 oz (56.7 g); LFMB: 3 oz (85.0 g); LFMC: 4 oz (113.4 g); LFMD: 10 oz (283.5 g); LFME: 15 oz (425.2 g); LFMF: 40 oz (1.1 kg). CAUTION: Series LFM Flowmeters are for indoor use only or areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate is adversely affected by ultraviolet light. l V a r i a b e A r e a & I n - L n e i l F o w m e t e r s , MODEL CHART Model LFMA-01-A2 LFMA-02-A2 LFMA-03-A2 LFMB-04-A2 LFMB-05-A2 LFMB-06-A2 Range (GPM Water) 0.1 to 1 (.5 to 4 LPM) 0.2 to 2 (1 to 7 LPM) 0.5 to 5 (1.8 to 18 LPM) 0.1 to 1 (.5 to 4 LPM) 0.2 to 2 (1 to 7 LPM) 0.5 to 5 (1.8 to 18 LPM) MODEL CHART Model LFMC-07-A2 LFMC-08-A2 LFMC-09-A2 LFMD-10-C2 LFMD-11-C2 LFME-12-F2 LFME-13-F2 LFME-14-F2 LFMF-15-I2 LFMF-16-I2 LFMF-17-I2 Range (GPM Water) 0.25 to 2.5 (1 to 10 LPM) 0.5 to 5 (1.8 to 18 LPM) 0.8 to 8 (3 to 30 LPM) 0.8 to 8 (3 to 30 LPM) 1 to 10 (4 to 40 LPM) 1.2 to 12 (5 to 50 LPM) 2 to 20 (8 to 80 LPM) 2.5 to 25 (10 to 100 LPM) 2.5 to 25 (10 to 100 LPM) 5 to 45 (20 to 180 LPM) 7 to 70 (25 to 250 LPM) Process Connection 1/2˝ male NPT 1/2˝ male NPT 1/2˝ male NPT 3/4˝ male NPT 3/4˝ male NPT 1˝ male NPT 1˝ male NPT 1˝ male NPT 2˝ male NPT 2˝ male NPT 2˝ male NPT OPTIONS Use order code: NISTCAL-FL1 Description NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES - LFMA Model Description A-560 A-566 20 mm metric union fittings - ABS 1/2˝ male NPT fittings - ABS ACCESSORIES - LFMB Model Description A-561 A-567 A-575 20 mm metric union fittings - ABS 1/2˝ male NPT fittings - ABS 1/2˝ male NPT with 90° elbow fittings - PVC ACCESSORIES - LFMC Model Description A-562 A-567 A-568 A-576 20 mm metric union fittings - ABS 1/2˝ male NPT fittings - ABS 3/4˝ male NPT fittings - ABS 1/2˝ male NPT with 90° elbow fittings - PVC ACCESSORIES - LFMD Model Description A-563 A-569 A-572 A-577 32 mm metric union fittings - PVC 3/4˝ male NPT fittings - nylon 3/4˝ female NPT fittings - nylon 3/4˝ male NPT with 90° elbow fittings - PVC ACCESSORIES - LFME Model Description A-564 A-570 A-573 A-578 40 mm metric union fittings - PVC 1˝ male NPT fittings - nylon 1˝ female NPT fittings - nylon 1˝ male NPT with 90° elbow fittings - PVC ACCESSORIES - LFMF Model Description A-565 A-571 A-574 63 mm metric union fittings - ABS 2˝ male NPT fittings - nylon 2˝ female NPT fittings - nylon DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 253

276

W O L F , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l ® SERIES VAT VARIABLE AREA FLUOROPOLYMER FLOWMETER In-Line, Chemically Inert A B Connection A 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 5-11/16˝ [144] 5-11/16˝ [144] 10-1/2˝ [267] 10-1/2˝ [267] B 1-1/4˝ [31.8] 1-1/4˝ [31.8] 2˝ [50.8] 2˝ [50.8] The Series VAT Variable Area Fluoropolymer Flowmeter is ideal for high purity or corrosive liquid applications. This series of flowmeters features a 0 to 10 scale for flow indication. Each unit is individually leak tested to a leak integrity rating of 1 x 10 -7 sccs Helium or better. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Chemically inert wetted components yield long life even in corrosive liquid applications • All units are individually leak tested for no additional cost SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Flowtube: PFA; Float and end fittings: PTFE; Guide rods: PCTFE. Temperature Limit: 250°F (121°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.9 bar). Accuracy: ±5% FS @ 70°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute). Process Connections: See chart. Leak Integrity: 1 x 10-7 sccs of helium. Scale: 0 to 10 markings. Mounting: Vertical, in-line. APPLICATIONS • Chemical injectors • Deionized water systems MODEL CHART Model Low Range With Valve Without Valve Connections VAT-311 VAT-312 VAT-313 VAT-314 VAT-315 VAT-316 VAT-317 VAT-318 VAT-319 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 3/8˝ female NPT 3/8˝ female NPT 3/8˝ female NPT 3/8˝ female NPT VAT-301 VAT-302 VAT-303 VAT-304 VAT-305 VAT-306 VAT-307 VAT-308 VAT-309 Flow Rate GPH (ml/min) 1.98 (125) 3.91 (250) 6.34 (400) 7.92 (500) 15.85 (1000) 31.69 (2000) 39.62 (2500) 47.54 (3000) 79.23 (5000) MODEL CHART Model High Range With Valve Without Valve Connections VAT-6110 VAT-6111 VAT-6112 VAT-6113 VAT-6114 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT VAT-6010 VAT-6011 VAT-6012 VAT-6013 VAT-6014 Flow Rate GPM (L/min) 3.43 (13) 5.28 (20) 7.93 (30) 10.57 (40) 11.89 (45) OPTIONS Use order code: NISTCAL-FL1 Description NIST traceable calibration certificate SERIES TVA ALL FLUOROPOLYMER FLOWMETERS 75 mm and 125 mm, 10:1 Turndown, Back Connect, Corrosive Resistant G I NPT (F) .750 TYP. H C TYP. A B F E D B 0.56 [14] 0.56 [14] 0.88 [22] 1.00 [25] G 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 A 4.97 [126] 4.97 [126] 8.72 [221] 8.47 [215] Model TVA11XX TVA13XX TVA22XX TVA24XX Note: Panel mounting: Drill two holes: 3/4˝ dia. at 4.97˝ apart for 1/4˝ NPT models, 7/8˝ dia. at 4.97˝ apart for 3/8˝ NPT models, 1˝ dia. at 8.72˝ apart for 1/2˝ NPT models, and 1-1/4˝ dia. at 8.47˝ apart for 3/4˝ NPT models (center-to- center). D 3.35 [85] 4.65 [118] 4.57 [116] 5.95 [151] F 6.16 [156] 6.16 [156] 10.4 [264] 10.4 [264] E 1.25 [32] 1.50 [38] 2.00 [51] 2.25 [57] C 1.06 [27] 1.25 [32] 1.75 [44] 1.75 [44] The Series TVA All Fluoropolymer Flowmeters are ideal for high purity or corrosive liquid applications. This series of flowmeters features a 0 to 10 scale graduations denoting a discrete flow rate. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Chemically inert wetted components yield long life even in corrosive liquid applications • Low installation costs with standard back process connections for easy panel mounting SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Flowtube: PFA; Float and end fittings: PTFE; Guide rods: PCTFE. Temperature Limit: 250°F (121°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psig (6.9 bar). Accuracy: ±5% FS @ 70°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute). Repeatability: ±0.25%. Leak Integrity: 1 x 10–7 sccs of helium. Scales: 0 to 10 markings, 75 mm or 125 mm lengths. Turn-down Ratio: 10:1. Mounting: Vertical. APPLICATIONS • Chemical injectors • Deionized water systems MODEL CHART Model Low Range With Valve Without Valve Length Connections TVA1113 TVA1115 TVA1317 TVA1319 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 3/8˝ female NPT 3/8˝ female NPT TVA1103 TVA1105 TVA1307 TVA1309 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm Flow Rate Water GPH (ml/min) 6.34 (400) 15.9 (1000) 39.6 (2500) 79.2 (5000) 254 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART Model High Range With Valve Without Valve Length Connections TVA22110 TVA24112 TVA24114 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT TVA22010 TVA24012 TVA24014 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm Flow Rate Water GPM (L/min) 3.43 (13) 7.93 (30) 11.9 (45) OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FL1 NIST traceable calibration certificate

277

1/8 NPT 4-1/2 [114.3] 1/8 NPT F L O W l V a r i a b e A r e a & I n - L n e i l F o w m e t e r s , 1/8 NPT 150 mm Panel mounting: Drill two 5/8˝ dia. holes at 4.5˝ apart for 65 mm models 65 mm and 8.812˝ apart for 150 mm models (center-to center). SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Flowtube: Borosilicate glass; Floats: Glass or SS (sapphire, Carboloy and tantalum are optional); Float stops: PTFE; End fittings: Anodized aluminum, 316 SS, brass or PTFE; Packings: Fluoroelastomer, none on VAX5XX models; O-rings: Buna-N on aluminum models and brass models, fluoroelastomer on SS models, PTFE on VAX5XX models. Temperature Limits: 250°F (121°C); VAX5XX: -15 to 150°F (-26 to 65°C). Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar); VAX5XX: 100 psig (6.7 bar). Accuracy: ±2% FS @ 70°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute); VA1043, VA1243, VA1343, VA25425, VA25025: ±5% FS @ 70°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (1 @ absolute). Repeatability: ±0.25% FS. Leak Rate: 1 x 10-7 sccs of helium. Scales: Universal 65 mm or 150 mm with correlation charts. Turn-Down Ratio: 10:1. Connections: Two 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting: Vertical. Valve: 6-turn needle (standard), optional 16-turn high precision valve. Valve Orifice: Acetal on aluminum models and brass models, PCTFE on stainless steel models, PTFE on VAX5XX models. MODEL CHART - PTFE 65 MM SCALE Model With Valve Without Valve Float VA1545 Glass VA1547 Glass VA15411 Glass VA15413 Glass VA15417 Glass VA15419 Glass VA15421 Glass Note: VAX5XX models indicate PTFE units. VA1505 VA1507 VA15011 VA15013 VA15017 VA15019 VA15021 Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (ml/min) 0.220 (104) 0.428 (202) 2.646 (1249) 4.322 (2040) 13.39 (6318) 27.9 (13153) 49 (23169) Water GPH (ml/min) 0.028 (1.8) 0.047 (2.95) 0.428 (27) 0.630 (39.7) 2.33 (147) 4.9 (309) 8.27 (522) ® SERIES VA VARIABLE AREA GLASS FLOWMETERS 65 mm and 150 mm, ±2% FS Accuracy, Interchangeable Flowtubes, PTFE Options, Universal mm Scale 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/8 NPT 1-1/4 [31.75] 9-13/16 [249.24] 8-13/16 [223.84] 5-1/2 [139.7] V I DEO O N L I N E 150 mm 65 mm The Series VA Variable Area Glass Flowmeters are designed with easy to read universal mm scale and supplied with correlation charts containing calibration data for air and water. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Permanently fused ceramic scale with vertical locator line reduces parallax and eye fatigue saving time • Long operating life with thick polycarbonate front shield that protects tube from breakage and serves as a magnifying lens to enhance reading resolution • Standard 6-turn needle valve for flow rate control eliminating the need for a separate valve reducing cost • No additional installation required with optional acrylic tripod base which allows for self-standing bench mounting • High precision metering valves with non-rising stems are available for high sensitivity control and resolution for very low flow rate APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid metering • Chemical processing • Semiconductor systems • Water and air pollution analysis systems • Laboratory systems MODEL CHART - METAL 65 MM SCALE Model Aluminum SS VA1043 VA1044 VA1045 VA1046 VA1047 VA1048 VA10423 VA10424 VA10411 VA10412 VA10413 VA10414 VA10417 VA10418 VA10419 VA10420 VA10421 VA10422 VA1243 VA1244 VA1245 VA1246 VA1247 VA1248 VA12423 VA12424 VA12411 VA12412 VA12413 VA12414 VA12417 VA12418 VA12419 VA12420 VA12421 VA12422 Brass VA1343 - VA1345 - VA1347 - VA1349 - VA13411 - VA13413 - VA13417 - VA13419 - VA13421 - Float Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (ml/min) 0.104 (49) 0.307 (145) 0.220 (104) 0.633 (299) 0.43 (202) 1.1 (522) 2.29 (1081) 4.51 (2129) 2.65 (1249) 5.34 (2520) 4.32 (2040) 8.45 (3990) 13.4 (6318) 25.5 (12058) 27.9 (13153) 52.3 (24680) 49.1 (23169) 89.2 (42094) Water GPH (ml/min) 0.009 (0.55) 0.038 (2.38) 0.028 (1.8) 0.122 (7.7) 0.041 (2.6) 0.19 (12.0) 0.329 (20.8) 0.930 (58.7) 0.428 (27) 1.125 (71) 0.63 (40) 1.71 (108) 2.33 (147) 5.77 (364) 4.9 (309) 11.81 (745) 8.27 (522) 19.97 (1260) MODEL CHART - METAL 150 MM SCALE Model Aluminum SS VA20429 VA20430 VA20433 VA20434 VA20435 VA20436 VA20437 VA20438 VA20439 VA20440 VA22429 VA22430 VA22433 VA22434 VA22435 VA22436 VA22437 VA22438 VA22439 VA22440 Brass VA23429 - VA23433 - VA23435 - VA23437 - VA23439 - Float Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Glass SS Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (ml/min) 0.792 (374) 1.725 (814) 4.9 (2313) 9.67 (4562) 8.07 (3807) 16.08 (7590) 18.38 (8678) 35.5 (16737) 49.9 (23564) 93.9 (44336) Water GPH (ml/min) 0.087 (5.5) 0.323 (20.4) 0.848 (54) 2.067 (130) 1.336 (84) 3.34 (217) 3.32 (210) 8.02 (506) 9.0 (568) 21.7 (1370) OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FL1* *Specify media type (air or water) for NISTCAL option NIST traceable calibration certificate MODEL CHART - PTFE 150 MM SCALE Model With Valve Without Valve Float VA25425 Glass VA25429 Glass VA25431 Glass VA25435 Glass VA25437 Glass Note: VAX5XX models indicate PTFE units. VA25025 VA25029 VA25031 VA25035 VA25037 Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (ml/min) 0.104 (49) 0.792 (374) 1.75 (825) 8.07 (3807) 18.39 (8678) Water GPH (ml/min) 0.01 (0.61) 0.087 (5.5) 0.262 (16.5) 1.34 (84.3) 3.32 (209) ACCESSORIES Model Description VA81 VA82 VA83 VA84 VA85 VA86 VA7 High precision valve, 316 SS, 0.42 SCFH capacity High precision valve, 316 SS, 0.85 SCFH capacity High precision valve, 316 SS, 2.12 SCFH capacity High precision valve, 316 SS, 4.87 SCFH capacity High precision valve, 316 SS, 13.14 SCFH capacity High precision valve, 316 SS, 45.55 SCFH capacity Acrylic tripod for single meter USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 255

278

W O L F , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l ® SERIES DR DIRECT READING GLASS FLOWMETERS 65 mm and 150 mm, Interchangeable Flowtubes, Direct Reading Scales 1/8 FNPT 5-1/2 [139.7] 4-1/2 [114.3] 1/2 [12.7] 5/8 [15.88] 1 [25.4] 65 MM SCALE LENGTH 5/8 [15.88] 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/8 [3.30] 3-1/4 [82.55] Ø23/32 [Ø18.29] 1-1/4 [31.75] OPEN 1 [25.4] 65 mm 1 [25.4] 1/8 [3.18] ø23/32 [ø18.29] 7-9/16 [192.07] 150 MM SCALE LENGTH 9-13/16 [249.24] 8-13/16 [223.84] 1/8 FNPT 5/8 [15.88] 1/2 [12.7] 5/8 [15.88] 1 [25.4] 1-1/4 [31.75] OPEN 150 mm 1-1/4 [31.75] V I DEO O N L I N E 65 mm 150 mm Panel mounting: Drill two 5/8˝ dia. holes at 4.5˝ apart for 65mm models and 8.812˝ apart for 150 mm models (center-to center). The Series DR Direct Reading Glass Flowmeters are ideal for the direct flow measurement of air, water, and other commonly used gases. These flowmeters are designed with direct read scales with no need for correlation charts. They feature borosilicate glass tubes in 150 mm or 65 mm scales with aluminum and SS metering valve options. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Permanently fused ceramic scale with vertical locator line, reflective lens background and 1.5 X magnification lens reduces parallax and eye fatigue saving time • Long operating life with thick polycarbonate front shield that protects tube from breakage and serves as a magnifying lens to enhance reading resolution • Optional needle valve for flow rate control eliminating the need for a separate valve reducing cost • Increased protection with included safety blow-out back panel for added safety SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetting Materials: Flowtube: Borosilicate glass; Float: 316 SS (black glass as indicated); Float stops: PTFE; End fittings: Anodized aluminum or 316 SS; O-rings: Buna-N on aluminum models and fluoroelastomer on SS models. Temperature Limit: 250°F (121°C). Pressure Limit: 250 psig (17 bar). Accuracy: ±5% FS @ 70°F (21.1°C) and 14.7 psia (1 atm absolute). Repeatability: ±0.25% of scale reading. Scales: Direct reading 65 mm or 150 mm scales for air or water. Turn-Down Ratio: 10:1. Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting: Vertical. Valve: 6-turn needle (standard on models with valve). APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid metering • Paper manufacturing • Chemical processing • Semiconductor systems • Water and air pollution analysis systems • Laboratory systems MODEL CHART - 65 MM SCALE Model Without Valve Model With Valve Aluminum SS DR10010* DR10022 DR10030* DR10042 Note: Add suffix “M” for metric scale. *Denotes glass float. †Metric models use ccm as unit of measure for water & LPM for air. Aluminum SS DR10410* DR10422 DR10430* DR10442 DR12410* DR12422 DR12430* DR12442 DR12010* DR12022 DR12030* DR12042 Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (SCCM) 0.24 (130†) 0.65 (300†) 1.1 (500†) 2.2 (1000†) MODEL CHART - 65 MM SCALE Model Without Valve Model With Valve Aluminum SS DR10062 DR10070* DR10082 DR10090* DR100102 Note: Add suffix “M” for metric scale. *Denotes glass float. Aluminum SS DR10462 DR10470* DR10482 DR10490* DR104102 DR12062 DR12070* DR12082 DR12090* DR120102 DR12462 DR12470* DR12482 DR12490* DR124102 MODEL CHART - 65 MM SCALE Model Without Valve Model With Valve Aluminum SS DR100120* DR100132 DR100140* DR100152 DR100172 DR100180* DR100192 DR100200* DR100212 Note: Add suffix “M” for metric scale. *Denotes glass float. Aluminum SS DR104120* DR104132 DR104140* DR104152 DR104172 DR104180* DR104192 DR104200* DR104212 DR124120* DR124132 DR124140* DR124152 DR124172 DR124180* DR124192 DR124200* DR124212 DR120120* DR120132 DR120140* DR120152 DR120172 DR120180* DR120192 DR120200* DR120212 Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (L/min) 5.6 (2.1) 11 (5) 20 (9.5) 55 (24) 100 (50) Max. Flow Rate Water GPH (SCCM) 0.02 (1.5) 0.1 (6.5) 0.13 (8) 0.36 (24) 0.9 (55) 2.2 (140) 4.4 (280) 10 (600) 24 (1500) MODEL CHART - 150 MM SCALE Model Without Valve Model With Valve Aluminum SS Aluminum SS DR20432 DR20032 DR20482 DR20082 DR200132 DR204132 Note: Add suffix “M” for metric scale. DR22032 DR22082 DR220132 DR22432 DR22482 DR224132 MODEL CHART - 150 MM SCALE Model Without Valve Model With Valve Aluminum SS Aluminum SS DR204182 DR200182 DR204232 DR200232 DR204282 DR200282 DR204332 DR200332 DR200382 DR204382 Note: Add suffix “M” for metric scale. DR220182 DR220232 DR220282 DR220332 DR220382 DR224182 DR224232 DR224282 DR224332 DR224382 MODEL CHART - 150 MM SCALE Model Without Valve Model With Valve Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (SCCM) 0.33 (160) 0.54 (270) 2 (840) Max. Flow Rate Air SCFH (L/min) 3.8 (1.8) 10 (4.8) 16 (7.5) 35 (16) 90 (44) Aluminum SS DR200432 DR200482 DR200532 DR200582 DR200632 DR200682** DR200732 DR200782 Note: Add suffix “M” for metric scale. **Not available in metric scale. Aluminum SS DR204432 DR204482 DR204532 DR204582 DR204632 DR204682** DR204732 DR204782 DR220432 DR220482 DR220532 DR220582 DR220632 DR220682 DR220732 DR220782 DR224432 DR224482 DR224532 DR224582 DR224632 DR224682 DR224732 DR224782 Max. Flow Rate Water GPH (SCCM) 0.05 (3.2) 0.075 (4.6) 0.34 (21) 0.75 (46) 2.2 (140) 3.6 (230) 7.5 (480) 21 (1300) OPTIONS Use order code: NISTCAL-FL1 Description NIST traceable calibration certificate 256 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

279

® SERIES IF INDUSTRIAL DIRECT READING FLOWMETERS Air/Water Direct Reading Scale, 304 SS Protective Shield B D DIMENSIONS Tube Size 1 and 2 3 and 4 5 and 6 Female NPT 1/2˝ 1˝ 2˝ A 2 [50.8] 3.5 [89] 5 [127] B 9.54 [242] 13.69 [348] 15.59 [396] C 2.25 [57.2] 3.75 [95.3] 5.25 [133] D 8.04 [204] 10.50 [267] 11.55 [293] The Series IF Industrial Direct Reading Flowmeters are flowmeters that directly measure flow rates up to 116 GPM (439 LPM) for water and 250 SCFM (7080 LPM) for air service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Direct read scales with no need for correlation charts saves time • Detachable, clear 3/16˝ thick polycarbonate front shield provides protection at maximum rated temperature and pressure APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid metering MODEL CHART • Industrial pneumatic or hydraulic systems A C SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Flowtube: Borosilicate glass; float, guide rods, float stops, end; Fittings: 316 SS; O-rings: Fluoroelastomer. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 200 psi (13.8 bar); 125 psi for tube size 5 & 6. Accuracy: ±3% of FS. Repeatability: ±0.5% of FS. Turn-Down Ratio: 10:1. Scale: Dual scale GPM and SCFM. Process Connection: See table. Mounting: Vertical. Front Shield: Polycarbonate. Side Panels: 304 SS. Maximum Flow Rate Water GPM (LPM) 0.25 (0.95) 0.36 (1.3) 0.76 (3.0) 1 (3.7) 1.5 (5.6) 2.2 (8.2) 3.8 (14) 5 (18) Air SCFM (LPM) 1.2 (35) 1.7 (50) 3.3 (90) 4.2 (120) 6.5 (180) 8.5 (250) 16 (475) 21.5 (650) Press. Drop (in H2O) Model IF2708 - 2 IF2709 5 IF2710 6 IF2711 IF2712 - 10 IF2713 10 IF2714 14 IF2715 Tube Size 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 Maximum Flow Rate Water GPM (LPM) 6 (20) 7.4 (27.5) 9.6 (35) 11 (40) 14 (50) 20 (75) 22 (83) 26 (98) Air SCFM (LPM) 25.5 (725) 30 (900) 40 (1200) 47.5 (1400) 62 (1800) 90 (2600) 90 (2550) - Model IF2700 IF2701 IF2702 IF2703 IF2704 IF2705 IF2706 IF2707 Press. Drop (in H2O) Model 5 IF2716 6 IF2717 10 IF2718 13 IF2719 24 IF2720 39 IF2721 16 70 Tube Size 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 Maximum Flow Rate Water GPM (LPM) 41 (155) 44 (167) 60 (227) 61 (231) 86 (326) 116 (439) Air SCFM (LPM) 160 (4531) 180 (5098) 245 (6938) 250 (7080) - - Press. Drop (in H2O) 5 30 16 40 25 45 Tube Size 6 5 6 5 6 6 OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FL1 NIST traceable calibration certificate SERIES RSF ROTATABLE SCALE FLOWMETERS Dual, Rotatable Direct Reading Scales for Air and Water 3/8-18 NPT TYP 2 PLACES 3/8-18 NPT TYP 2 PLACES 10-3/8 [263.53] 11-1/8 [282.58] 10-3/8 [263.53] 9-15/32 [240.51] In-line meter Panel mount meter 1-3/4 [44.45] 3/4 [19.05] 2 [50.80] 1-7/8 [47.63] 3/4 [19.05] In-line meter 2 [50.80] 1-7/8 [47.63] 1-1/2 [38.10] Panel mount meter F L O W l V a r i a b e A r e a & I n - L n e i l F o w m e t e r s , The Series RSF Rotatable Scale Flowmeters are ideal for the direct flow measurement of air, water, and other commonly used gases. These flowmeters are designed with direct read scales with no need for correlation charts and graduations are marked on a rotating, polycarbonate tube shield. They feature borosilicate glass tubes with brass and SS metering valve options. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Reflective lens background and 1.5 X magnification lens reduces parallax and eye fatigue saving time and allowing for a more accurate reading • Long operating life with thick polycarbonate front shield that protects tube from breakage and serves as a magnifying lens to enhance reading resolution • Increased protection with included safety blow-out back panel for added safety in the event of breakage APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid metering MODEL CHART Brass & SS Vertical In-Line Meters Model Without Valve Model With Valve • Water and air pollution analysis systems SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Flowtube: Borosilicate glass; Float: Brass/SS models: 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE; Float stops: Brass/SS models: 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE; End fittings: Brass/SS models: Brass or 316 SS; PTFE models: PTFE; O-rings: Brass/SS models: Fluoroelastomer; PTFE models: PTFE. Temperature Limit: 250°F (121°C); PTFE models: 150°F (65°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar) @ 200°F (93°C). PTFE models: 100 psig (6.7 bar). Accuracy: ±7% FS. Repeatability: ±0.25% FS. Scale: Direct Reading 127 mm scales for air and water. Turn-Down Ratio: 10:1. Connections: Two 3/8˝ female NPT. Mounting: Vertical or panel mount. Panel Cutout: Drill two 7/8˝ diameter holes 9.469˝ (240.5 mm) apart (for panel mount meters only). Valve: 6-turn needle (standard on models indicating “with valve”). Brass RSF011 RSF012 RSF013 RSF014 RSF015 Note: For PTFE models select RSF2XX_ (not available for all models). Brass RSF011V RSF012V RSF013V RSF014V RSF015V SS RSF111V RSF112V RSF113V RSF114V RSF115V SS RSF111 RSF112 RSF113 RSF114 RSF115 Brass & SS Panel Mount Meters Model Without Valve Model With Valve Max. Flow Rate Water Air SCFM GPM (LPM) Brass (SLPM) 5 (140) 1.2 (4) 2 (8) 10 (280) 3 (11.5) 15 (425) 4 (15) 20 (575) 30 (900) 5 (20) RSF021 RSF022 RSF023 RSF024 RSF025 SS RSF121 RSF122 RSF123 RSF124 RSF125 Brass RSF021V RSF022V RSF023V RSF024V RSF025V SS RSF121V RSF122V RSF123V RSF124V RSF125V Max. Flow Rate Water Air SCFM GPM (LPM) (SLPM) 5 (140) 1.2 (4) 2 (8) 10 (280) 3 (11.5) 15 (425) 4 (15) 20 (575) 30 (900) 5 (20) OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FL1 NIST traceable calibration certificate USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 257

280

W O L F ® SERIES HFPC & HFPS PLASTIC FLOWMETERS Mount in any Position, Corrosive Resistant “L” Meter Size DIM “L” 1/2˝ male 1/2˝ female 3/4˝ male 3/4˝ female 1˝ male 1˝ female 7-11/16 [195.26] 7-5/32 [181.76] 8-1/32 [204.00] 7-9/16 [192.09] 8-3/32 [205.58] 7-9/16 [192.09] HFPC HFPS The Series HFPC & HFPS Plastic Flowmeters are a series of clear body, in-line flowmeters. This Series consists of the HFPC polycarbonate body flowmeter and the HFPS polysulfone body flowmeter. These flowmeters have dual scales measuring both in GPM and LPM. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Clear body allows for visual inspection of the fluid conditions and immediate problem detection • Reduce cost with multi position mounting to accommodate direction of flow • Rugged construction allows for high pressure and temperature rating for long operation life • Injection molded, polycarbonate or polysulfone bodies yield great repeatability APPLICATIONS • Chemical processing • Pulp and paper • Process control • Fluid power • Hydraulic flow • Heating loop flow ø2-7/16 [61.91] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: HFPC: Polycarbonate body, Buna-N seals, SS spring, Polysulfone connections; HFPS: Polysulfone body, Buna-N seals, SS spring, polysulfone connections. Pressure Limit: 325 psig (22.4 bar). Temperature Limit: HFPC: 200°F (93°C); HFPS: 250°F (121°C). Accuracy: ±5% FS. Repeatability: ±1% FS. Pressure Loss: See chart. Weight: Standard models 1 lb (453.6 g). Models with optional brass connections 2 lb (907 g). CAUTION: Series HFPC & HFPS Flowmeters are for indoor use only or areas without direct sunlight. Polycarbonate & polysulfone are adversely affected by ultraviolet light. , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l HF PC -1 -1 -BC HFPC-1-1-BC HF MODEL CHART Example Series Wetted Parts Connection Range Option PC PS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 HF plastic flow meters Polycarbonate body, polysulfone connections Polysulfone body, polysulfone connections 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 1/2˝ male NPT brass connections only 3/4˝ male NPT brass connections only 1˝ male NPT brass connections only 1/2˝ female BSPP 3/4˝ female BSPP 1˝ female BSPP .5 to 5 GPM (1 to 19 LPM) 1 to 10 GPM (3.8 to 38 LPM) 2 to 15 GPM (7.5 to 55 LPM) 3 to 30 GPM (11 to 113 LPM) BC Brass connections I D S P : I I L A T N E R E F F D E R U S S E R P TYPICAL PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 FLOW RATE: GPM OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FL1 NIST traceable calibration certificate 258 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

281

® SERIES HF IN-LINE FLOW MONITOR For Air, Water or Caustic Fluids, ±2% FS, Unrestricted Mounting, High Temperature and Pressure Options ["C"] ["A"] ["B"] Valve Size 1/8 NPT 1/4 to 1/2 NPT 3/4 to 1 NPT 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 NPT 2 NPT “A” Reference 1.25 1.875 2.375 3.500 3.500 “B” Wrench Flats 0.875 1.250 1.750 2.250 2.250 “C” Reference 4.813 6.562 7.125 10.125 12.625 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: HFA: Aluminum casing, Buna-N seals, PTFE coated Alnico magnet, SS disk; HFB: Brass casing, Buna-N seals, PTFE coated Alnico magnet, SS disk; HFS: 303 SS casing, FKM seals with PTFE backup, PTFE coated Alnico magnet, SS disk. Maximum Viscosity: 500 SSU. Temperature Limits: 240°F (116°C). Pressure Limits: HFA, HFB, HFL and HFH models: 600 psig (41 bar) for air and gas, 3500 psig (241 bar) for liquids; HFS model: 1000 psig (70 bar) for air and gas, 6000 psig (413 bar) for liquids. Accuracy: ±2% FS. Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Shipping Weight: 1/4˝ to 1/2˝ female NPT models; 2 lb (0.9 kg); 3/4 to 1˝ female NPT models: 3.5 lb (1.59 kg); 1-1/2˝ female NPT models: 11 lb (5 kg); 2˝ female NPT models: 13.5 lb (6.12 kg). Note: Series HF monitors are recommended for use with system filtration of at least 74 microns or a 200 mesh screen MODEL CHART - ALUMINUM BODY FOR OIL BASED FLUIDS Model HFL-2-05 HFL-4-25 *Dual scale range Connection Size Range: Oil GPM (LPM)* 1/2˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 0.5 to 5.0 (1 to 19) 2 to 25 (7.5 to 95) MODEL CHART - 304 SS BODY FOR HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS Model HFS-2-02 HFS-2-10 *Dual scale range Connection Size Range: Water GPM (LPM)* 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 0.2 to 2.0 (0.75 to 7.5) 0.5 to 10 (1.9 to 38) The Series HF In-Line Flow Monitor is ruggedly constructed and ideal for direct measurement for a range of compatible gases, oil or water based liquids. This Series is designed based on a floating orifice disk and variable area flow measurement. Flowing media forces linear motion of the orifice disk and a ring shaped magnet which ride on a tapered center shaft. The transfer magnet drives a clearly visible magnet follower located outside the flow tube, and a ring on the magnet follower indicates flow rate on the direct reading scale. FEATURES/BENEFITS • This unique design allows accurate performance with fluid viscosities up to 500 SSU • All internal wetted parts are contained inside a sealed metal tubular casing assuring a virtually maintenance-free unit • Increased application versatility with no inlet or outlet straight plumbing requirement and can be mounted horizontally, vertically, or inverted • Rugged construction allows for high pressure and temperature rating for long operation life APPLICATIONS • Setting pressure relief valves • Fluid handling equipment • Detecting low-flow rates for lubricating liquids • Pulp and paper • Industrial maintenance • Fluid power • Heating loop flow MODEL CHART - BRASS BODY FOR WATER BASED FLUIDS (NON-STEAM) Connection Size 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 1-1/2˝ female NPT 1-1/2˝ female NPT 2˝ female NPT 2˝ female NPT Model HFB-2-05 HFB-3-15 HFB-3-20 HFB-4-35 HFB-5-50 HFB-5-100 HFB-6-75 HFB-6-150 *Dual scale range Range: Water GPM (LPM)* 0.5 to 5.0 (1 to 19) 2 to 15 (7.5 to 55) 2 to 20 (7.5 to 75) 5 to 35 (19 to 130) 5 to 50 (19 to 189) 10 to 100 (38 to 379) 8 to 75 (31 to 284) 20 to 150 (76 to 568) F L O W l V a r i a b e A r e a & I n - L n e i l F o w m e t e r s , MODEL CHART - ALUMINUM, BRASS, AND STAINLESS STEEL FOR AIR AND OTHER NON-CORROSIVE GASES Aluminum Model HFA-1-001 HFA-1-002 HFA-1-003 HFA-1-004 HFA-8-001 HFA-8-002 HFA-8-003 HFA-8-004 HFA-2-001 HFA-2-002 HFA-2-003 HFA-2-004 HFA-3-003 HFA-3-004 HFA-3-005 HFA-3-006 HFA-4-003 HFA-4-004 HFA-4-005 HFA-4-006 HFA-9-007 HFA-9-008 HFA-5-007 HFA-5-008 *Dual scale range Connection (NPT female, dry seal) 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 3/8˝ 3/8˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ Stainless Steel Model HFS-1-001 HFS-1-002 HFS-1-003 HFS-1-004 HFS-8-001 HFS-8-002 HFS-8-003 HFS-8-004 HFS-2-001 HFS-2-002 HFS-2-003 HFS-2-004 HFS-3-003 HFS-3-004 HFS-3-005 HFS-3-006 HFS-4-003 HFS-4-004 HFS-4-005 HFS-4-006 HFS-9-007 HFS-9-008 HFS-5-007 HFS-5-008 Range: SCFM (LPS)* 1.5 to 12 (0.5 to 5.5) 4 to 23 (2 to 10) 5 to 50 (2.5 to 25) 10 to 100 (5 to 45) 1.5 to 12 (.5 to 5.5) 4 to 23 (2 to 10) 5 to 50 (2.5 to 25) 10 to 100 (5 to 45) 1.5 to 12 (.5 to 5.5) 4 to 23 (2 to 10) 5 to 50 (2.5 to 25) 10 to 100 (5 to 45) 5 to 50 (3 to 23) 10 to 100 (4 to 48) 15 to 150 (8 to 56) 30 to 330 (20 to 150) 5 to 50 (3 to 23) 10 to 100 (4 to 48) 15 to 150 (8 to 56) 30 to 330 (20 to 150) 30 to 470 (15 to 220) 150 to 900 (75 to 425) 30 to 470 (15 to 220) 150 to 900 (75 to 425) Brass Model HFB-1-001 HFB-1-002 HFB-1-003 HFB-1-004 HFB-8-001 HFB-8-002 HFB-8-003 HFB-8-004 HFB-2-001 HFB-2-002 HFB-2-003 HFB-2-004 HFB-3-003 HFB-3-004 HFB-3-005 HFB-3-006 HFB-4-003 HFB-4-004 HFB-4-005 HFB-4-006 HFB-9-007 HFB-9-008 HFB-5-007 HFB-5-008 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 259

282

W O L F ® SERIES RMV RATE-MASTER® DIAL-TYPE FLOWMETER Brass Body, Three Ranges to 20 GPM Water, Shatterproof Construction 54° OUTLET WRENCH GRIP 54° 45° Ø4-13/16 [122.24] HOLE IN PANEL INLET 55° 21/64 [8.33] Ø5 [127.00] 1/2 [12.70] 1-51/64 [45.64] 3-1/32 [78.58] Pressure Drop: 0 to 5 GPM: 3.2 psid; 0 to 10 GPM: 5.3 psid; 0 to 20 GPM: 10.4 psid. Accuracy: ±2% of FS. Size: Diameter dial face 4˝ (101.6 mm). Process Connections: See chart. Maximum Flow: 1.5 x full-scale reading. Weight: 9 Ib (4.08 kg). The Series RMV Rate-Master® Dial-Type Flowmeter measures higher water flow rates with ±2% of full-scale accuracy at an affordable price. Stocked models are fitted with 1˝ female NPT inlet and outlet; 3/4˝ and 1/2˝ sizes are also available. Install in line, supported by piping or flush panel mount with complete hardware package included. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged forged brass housing yields great compatibility and strength, allowing the unit to withstand system pressures to 1000 psig (68.9 bar) • Shatter proof construction, unlike glass tube variable area flowmeters, yields long operation life APPLICATIONS • Monitor coolant flow through ingot heaters, high-amp switchgear, resistance welders, heat exchangers, compressors, scrubbers • Monitor water consumption to different processes and operations for more efficient operations • Calculate required fill or drain times for tanks, water towers OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: RMV-1-3-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate [4] Ø3/16 [4.76] HOLES IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNTING ON A 4-5/16 [109.52] B.C. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass, copper, 302 SS, sintered barium ferrite. Temperature Limits: 20 to 200°F (-6.7 to 93°C). Pressure Limit: 1000 psig (68.9 bar). MODEL CHART Model RMV-1-3 RMV-2-3 RMV-3-3 RMV-1-2 RMV-2-2 RMV-3-2 RMV-1-1 RMV-2-1 RMV-3-1 Range, GPM Water Connection Size 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 20 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 20 0 to 5 0 to 10 0 to 20 1˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov l , s r e t e m w o F l i a D SERIES RMVII RATE-MASTER® DIAL-TYPE FLOWMETER For Panel Mounting, Three Ranges to 10 GPM Water, High Pressure Limits [3] 7/32 DIA [5.6] HOLES ON 5-3/8 DIA [136.5] BOLT CIRCLE 120° TYP. 1 [25.40] 11/32 [8.85] 2 [50.80] 1-19/64 [33.02] 4-5/8 DIA. [117.98] The Series RMVII Rate-Master® Dial-Type Flowmeter consists of a machined brass meter body which is ideally suited for water flows with ±5% of full-scale accuracy. Body design fits standard 4-1/2˝ mounting hole layouts per ANSI B40.1. Inlet and outlet threads are standard 3/4˝ female NPT. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Unique construction fully isolates flowing media from gage front for leak-proof operation at pressures up to 3000 psig (206.7 bar) • Target-type design combined with a damage resistant magnetic linkage, drive a pointer over easy-to-read litho scale • Shatter proof construction, unlike glass tube variable area flowmeters, yields long operation life APPLICATIONS • Monitor coolant flow through ingot heaters, high-amp switchgear, resistance welders, heat exchangers, compressors, scrubbers • Monitor water consumption to different processes and operations for more efficient operations • Calculate required fill or drain times for tanks, water towers OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NIST Example: RMVII-1-NIST NIST traceable calibration certificate 260 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 5-7/8 DIA. [149.2] 1-1/4 [31.75] 3/4˝ NPT TYP. BOTH ENDS 4-7/16 [112.78] *FITS IN ANSI STANDARD 4.940 [125.5] PANEL CUTOUT SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, liquids and oils. Wetted Materials: Brass, 302 SS, sintered barium ferrite, polyacetyl. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206 bar). Pressure Drop: 0 to 5 GPM: 3.2 psid; 0 to 10 GPM: 5.3 psid; 0 to 20 GPM: 10.4 psid. MODEL CHART Accuracy: ±5% of FS. Size: Diameter dial face 4.5˝ (114.3 mm). Process Connections: 3/4˝ female NPT. Weight: 2 lb, 14 oz (1.3 kg). Model RMVII-1 RMVII-3 RMVII-6 RMVII-10 RMVII-12 RMVII-14 RMVII-20 RMVII-21 RMVII-22 Range GPM Water 0 to 3 0 to 5 0 to 10 - - - - - - Range SCFM - - - 0 to 10 0 to 30 0 to 50 - - - Range LPM Air - - - 0 to 280 0 to 850 0 to 1400 - - - Range GPM Oil - - - - - - 0 to 2.2 0 to 4.0 0 to 8.5 Range LPM Oil - - - - - - 0 to 8 0 to 15 0 to 32 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

283

® SERIES VFLO VENTURI FLOWMETER WITH MAGNEHELIC® GAGE ±2.5% Accuracy, Dual Scale in SCFM & in w.c. GAGE ASSEMBLY IS SHOWN TO ILLUSTRATE MOUNTING ORIENTATION MOUNTING SCREWS [ø4.750] F L O W [.687] SIDE PORTS PLUGGED [.500] [1.250] [B] [øC] FLOW [D] 90° APPROX. [G] [H] [E] [F] [A] VFLO Option Line Size A B ØC D E F XXXX-XXVF1 XXXX-XXVF2 XXXX-XXVF3 XXXX-XXVF4 XXXX-XXVF5 1˝ FNPT 1.5˝ FNPT 2˝ FNPT 3˝ FNPT 4˝ FNPT 4.500 6 7.750 11 14.500 2.687 2.562 2.562 2.734 2.734 2 2.500 3 4 5.000 2.015 2.625 3.312 4.625 5.172 2.125 2.375 2.875 4 5.000 3.125 3.375 3.875 5.500 6.500 G 1.359 2 2.703 4 5.328 H J K 1.125 1.375 1.750 2.375 3.000 4.625 5.250 5.750 7 9.250 6.375 7.125 7.875 9.625 11.500 The Series VFLO Venturi Flowmeter with Magnehelic® Gage is fabricated from aluminum and has a gradual Venturi profile to reduce pressure losses through the meter. Flowmeter can be used in a vertical or horizontal position just by rotating the Magnehelic® gage. The Magnehelic® gage provides a large, clear and accurate display of your differential pressure reading. Each meter is calibrated at standard atmospheric conditions. The dual scale reads in SCFM and in w.c. The meter is supplied with easy to read reference charts for various flow conditions. It is available in line sizes from 1˝ to 4˝ and can handle vacuum and pressure applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Gradual Venturi profile reduces pressure losses through meter helping to insure a more accurate measurement to meet measurement specifications • Easy to read gage through undistorted plastic face permits viewing from far away • Patented design provides quick response to pressure changes means no delay in assessing critical situations • Durable and rugged housing and high-quality components combined provides long- service life and minimized down-time SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Aluminum, silicone, acrylic, polycarbonate, high carbon steel, low carbon steel, brass, paper, acrylic paint, enamel paint, alkyd coating, nickel plate, zinc plate, helsel FC, 300 series stainless steel, PTFE, Loctite® AV sealant, commercial black rubber, neoprene, samarium cobalt, nickel alloy steel cover, beryllium copper. Housing: Die cast aluminum case and bezel, with acrylic cover. Exterior finish is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Accuracy: ±2.5% FS. Pressure Limits: -20˝ Hg to 15 psig (-0.677 bar to 1.034 bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar). For applications with high cycle rate within gage total pressure rating, next higher rating is recommended. Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 kPa). Temperature Limits: 20 to 140°F (-6.67 to 60°C). Size: 4˝ (101.6 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connection: Female NPT of nominal line size. (See chart). Weight: Gage only: 1 lb 2 oz (510 g), MP & HP 2 lb 2 oz (963 g); Venturi: see chart. V e n t u r i l F o w m e t e r s , APPLICATIONS • Filter monitoring • Air velocity with Dwyer pitot tube • Blower vacuum monitoring • Fan pressure indication • Duct, room or building pressures • Clean room positive pressure indication Series 2000, Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gage To Create Venturi Model, add option from chart to end of 2000. Example: 2000-10VF1 for 10 in w.c. & 20 SCFM of Air Scale with 1˝ Venturi Flow Tube ACCESSORIES Model MVB-LM1 MVB-TM1 MVB-WM1 Description Mini brass ball valve with lever handle. 1/8˝ F X 1/8˝ MNPT Mini brass valve with tee handle. 1/8˝ M X 1/8˝ FNPT Mini brass ball valve with wedge handle. 1/8˝ M X 1/8˝ FNPT OPTIONS Option 2000-10VF1 2000-20VF1 2000-40VF1 2000-10VF2 2000-20VF2 2000-40VF2 2000-10VF3 2000-20VF3 2000-40VF3 2000-10VF4 2000-20VF4 2000-40VF4 2000-10VF5 2000-20VF5 2000-40VF5 **Venturi price must be added to Series 2000 Magnehelic® gage price Range 0 to 10 in w.c. & 0 to 20 SCFM air 0 to 20 in w.c. & 0 to 30 SCFM air 0 to 40 in w.c. & 0 to 40 SCFM air 0 to 10 in w.c. & 0 to 50 SCFM air 0 to 20 in w.c. & 0 to 70 SCFM air 0 to 40 in w.c. & 0 to 100 SCFM air 0 to 10 in w.c. & 0 to 85 SCFM air 0 to 20 in w.c. & 0 to 120 SCFM air 0 to 40 in w.c. & 0 to 160 SCFM air 0 to 10 in w.c. & 0 to 200 SCFM air 0 to 20 in w.c. & 0 to 290 SCFM air 0 to 40 in w.c. & 0 to 395 SCFM air 0 to 10 in w.c. & 0 to 350 SCFM air 0 to 20 in w.c. & 0 to 500 SCFM air 0 to 40 in w.c. & 0 to 675 SCFM air Weight (Not Including Gage) lb (kg) 3 (1.36) 3 (1.36) 3 (1.36) 4.5 (2.04) 4.5 (2.04) 4.5 (2.04) 6 (2.72) 6 (2.72) 6 (2.72) 11 (4.99) 11 (4.99) 11 (4.99) 18 (8.16) 18 (8.16) 18 (8.16) Line Size 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 4˝ 4˝ 4˝ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Loctite® is a registered trademark of Henkel Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 261

284

W O L F ® SERIES DS IN-LINE FLOW SENSORS Use with the Dwyer® Differential Pressure Gages or Transmitters Valves — Standard, brass with TFE seat and Buna-N O-ring. Nameplate — Stainless steel permanently attached with split ring. Includes complete size and model information. 1-15/16 [49.21] 1-5/8 [41.28] 1-3/4 [44.45] 2-1/16 [52.40] 1-5/8 [41.28] TYP. 2-1/8 [53.98] 3-5/8 [92.08] APPROX. Head — Machined stainless steel. Packing gland — Brass compression fitting. Sensor tube — 304 SS. Sensing ports — Multiple upstream and downstream ports sized and positioned to provide effective accurate pressure averaging, even at lower velocities. 1-11/16 [42.86] APPROX 1/4 NPT 1-7/16 [36.53] 5/16 [7.94] 3/4 [19.05] DIA. 1/16 [1.59] CLEARANCE 1/16 [1.60] GAP UP TO 12˝ PIPE 1/8 [3.175] GAP 14˝ PIPE AND UP Large 3/4 inch diameter for extra strength in lengths to 24 inches , s r o s n e S w o F l Series DS-300 Series DS-400 i e n L - n I The Series DS In-Line Flow Sensors are two Series of averaging Pitot tubes for compatible gases and liquids that provide accurate and convenient flow rate sensing, for schedule 40 pipe, when purchased with suitable differential pressure gage with appropriate range. The Series DS-300 Averaging Flow Sensors are designed to be inserted in the pipeline through a compression fitting and available for pipe sizes from 1 to 10˝ (2.5 to 25.4 cm). Accessories include adapters with 1/4˝ SAE 45° flared ends compatible with hoses supplied with the Model A-471 Portable Capsuhelic® Gage Kit. The Series DS-400 Averaging Flow Sensors are designed for insertion lengths up to 24˝ (61 cm) and include a pair of 1/8˝ NPT x 1/4˝ SAE 45° flared adapters which are compatible with hoses used in the Model A-471 Portable Capsuhelic® Gage Kit. The supplied solid brass mounting adapter has a 3/4˝ dia. compression fitting to lock in required insertion length and a 3/4˝ male NPT thread for mounting in a threaded branch connection (not included). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Multiple sensing point measurement and built-in averaging capability eliminates the need for “traversing” the flowing stream with single point velocity pressure measurement saving time • Extremely reliable, proven technology, Pitot tubes, have been used in flow measurement for years • All models include convenient and quick-acting quarter-turn ball valves to isolate the sensor for zeroing with 1/8˝ female NPT valve assembly process connections. • Furnished with instrument shut-off valves on both pressure connections with 1/8˝ female NPT connections rated at 200 psig (13.7 bar) and 200°F (93.3°C) • Where valves are not required, they can be omitted at reduced cost • The Series DS-400 Averaging Flow Sensors are quality constructed from extra strong 3/4˝ dia. stainless steel to resist increased forces encountered at higher flow rates with both air and water • Economical flow indication when used with appropriate differential pressure gage • Rugged construction yields, non-clogging, stable design SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Sensor tube: 304 SS; Compression fitting: brass. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93.3°C). Pressure Limit: 200 psig (13.78 bar) at 200°F (93.3°C). Pipe Sizes: DS-300: 1 to 10˝ (2.5 to 25.4 cm); DS-400: 6 to 24˝ (15.2 to 61 cm). Process Connections: DS-300: 1/4˝ male NPT compression fitting included; DS- 400: 3/4˝ male NPT compression fitting included. Piping Connections: DS-300: 1/8˝ female NPT; optional 1/8˝ female NPT x 1/4˝ SAE 45 flared adapter sold separately; DS-400: 1/8˝ female NPT with 1/8˝ female NPT x 1/4˝ SAE 45 flared adapters include. Weights: Consult factory. APPLICATIONS • Remediation • Natural, flare, flue, stack gas • Boiler feedwater • Cooling water • Superheated, saturated, or geothermal steam • Combustion or compressed air • Oil flow monitoring 262 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

285

F L O W ® SERIES DS IN-LINE FLOW SENSORS Use with the Dwyer® Differential Pressure Gages or Transmitters HOW TO ORDER Merely determine the pipe size into which the flow sensor will be mounted and designate the size as a suffix to Model DS-300. For example, a flow sensor to be mounted in a 2˝ pipe would be a Model No. DS-300-2˝. For non-critical water and air flow monitoring applications, the chart below can be utilized for ordering a stock Capsuhelic® differential pressure gage for use with the DS- 300 flow sensor. Simply locate the maximum flow rate for the media being measured under the appropriate pipe size and read the Capsuhelic® gage range in inches of water column to the left. The DS-300 sensor is supplied with installation and operating instructions, Bulletin F-50. It also includes complete flow conversion information for the three media conditions shown in the chart below. This information enables the user to create a complete differential pressure to flow rate conversion table for the sensor and differential pressure gage employed. Both the Dwyer® Capsuhelic® gage and flow sensor feature excellent repeatability so, once the desired flow rate is determined, deviation from that flow in quantitative measure can be easily determined. You may wish to order the adjustable signal flag option for the Capsuhelic® gage to provide an easily identified reference point for the proper flow. Capsuhelic® gages with special ranges and/or direct reading scales in appropriate flow units are available on special order for more critical applications. Customer supplied data for the full-scale flow (quantity and units) is required along with the differential pressure reading at that full flow figure. Prior to ordering a special Capsuhelic® differential pressure gage for flow read-out, we recommend you request Bulletin F-50 to obtain complete data on converting flow rates of various media to the sensor differential pressure output. With this bulletin and after making a few simple calculations, the exact range gage required can easily be determined. MODEL CHART Model DS-300-1˝ DS-300-1-1/4˝ DS-300-1-1/2˝ DS-300-2˝ DS-300-2-1/2˝ DS-300-3˝ DS-300-4˝ DS-300-6˝ DS-300-8˝ DS-300-10˝ Description 1˝ pipe size 1-1/4˝ pipe size 1-1/2˝ pipe size 2˝ pipe size 2-1/2˝ pipe size 3˝ pipe size 4˝ pipe size 6˝ pipe size 8˝ pipe size 10˝ pipe size Model DS-400-6˝ DS-400-8˝ DS-400-10˝ DS-400-12˝ DS-400-14˝ DS-400-16˝ DS-400-18˝ DS-400-20˝ DS-400-24˝ Description 6˝ pipe size 8˝ pipe size 10˝ pipe size 12˝ pipe size 14˝ pipe size 16˝ pipe size 18˝ pipe size 20˝ pipe size 24˝ pipe size OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -LV DS-300 or DS-400 less valves RANGE CHART Gage Range (in w.c.) 2 2 2 5 5 5 10 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 Media @ 70°F Water (GPM) Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM) Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM) Water (GPM) Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM) Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM) Water (GPM) Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM) Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM) Water (GPM) Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM) Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM) Water (GPM) Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM) Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM) Water (GPM) Air @ 14.7 PSIA (SCFM) Air @ 100 PSIG (SCFM) Full Range Flows by Pipe Size (Approximate) 4˝ 1˝ 4.8 86 19.0 330 50.0 920 7.7 138 30.0 510 83.0 1600 11.0 195 41.0 725 120.0 2000 18.0 310 63.0 1130 185.0 3300 25.0 435 90.0 1600 260.0 4600 36.5 620 135.0 2290 370.0 6500 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 8.3 33.0 90.5 14.0 51.0 142.0 19.0 72.0 205.0 32.0 112.0 325.0 44.0 161.0 460.0 62.0 230.0 660.0 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 30 49 113 183 325 510 47 78 178 289 610 820 67 110 250 410 740 1100 108 173 390 640 1200 1800 152 247 560 900 1700 2600 220 350 800 1290 2300 3600 11.5 42.0 120.0 18.0 66.0 190.0 25.5 93.0 275.0 40.5 155.0 430.0 57.5 205.0 620.0 82.0 300.0 870.0 20.5 65.0 210.0 34.0 118.0 340.0 45.5 163.0 470.0 72.0 255.0 760.0 100.0 360.0 1050.0 142.0 505.0 1500.0 10˝ 560 2130 6000 890 3400 10000 1260 4860 15000 2000 7700 22000 8˝ 350 1340 3600 560 2150 5700 800 3040 8100 1250 4860 13000 1800 6400 18500 6˝ 205 760 2050 320 1200 3300 450 1690 4600 720 2630 7200 1000 3700 10000 1500 5000 15000 I n - L n e i l F o w S e n s o r s , ACCESSORIES Model A-160 A-161 A-471 631B Description Threaded branch connection, 3/8˝ NPT, forged steel, 3000 psi Brass bushing, 1/4˝ x 3/8˝ Portable Kit. For portable operation, the A-471 Capsuhelic® Portable Gage Kit is available complete with tough polypropylene carrying case, mounting bracket, 3-way manifold valve, two 10’ high pressure hoses, and all necessary fittings.u Capsuhelic® Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter. Low pressure transmitter for use with DS-300/400 flow sensors. Use Series 631B Capsuhelic® Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter.v Capsuhelic® gage shown installed In A-471 portable kit Series 631B USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov uSee page 31 (Series 4000) vSee page 81 (Series 631B) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 263

286

W O L F ® SERIES OP, PE & TE ORIFICE PLATE FLOWMETERS PVC or PTFE, Liquid and Gas use Options ORIFICE PLATE 1/8 [3.18] THICK TYPICAL OP TE 1/4˝ NPT PRESSURE FITTING A HI PRESSURE OD 4-1/2 [114.3] ID FLOW , s r e t e m w o F l l e t a P e c fi i r O BODY [CARRIER RING] A LOW PRESSURE INCLUDES RING GASKET ADHERED TO FACES 1-1/4 [31.75] SPECIFICATIONS Service: OP & TE: Compatible liquids and gases; PE: Clean air and compatible gases. Wetted Material: OP: 304 SS, Buna-N gaskets; PE: Gray PVC, Buna-N gaskets; TE: PTFE, Buna-N gaskets. Accuracy: 0.6% FS. (Beta = .2-.6) ±0.7% for Beta greater than .6. Temperature Limits: OP: -50 to 200°F (-45 to 93°C); PE: 140°F (60°C) max; TE: -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93.3°C). Pressure Limits: OP: Limited only by pipe and flange rating restrictions. Head Loss: 1-Beta ratio2 eg: 1-0.72 = 1-0.49 = 51% of the d.p. Line Sizes: 1/2˝ to 24˝. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Installation: Standard flange. OP: Any rating (orifice flanges not required); PE & TE: 125#/150# rating. Pipe Requirements: General requirements 10 diameter upstream and 5 diameter downstream of orifice plate. Weight: Varies with line size. See chart. V I DEO O N L I N E PE The Series OP Orifice Plate Flowmeters are a complete flow metering package. They incorporate a stainless steel orifice plate with a unique holder or carrier ring containing metering taps and integral gaskets. The Series OP is available in line sizes from 1/2˝ to 24˝ and can be used with compatible liquids and gases. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Mounted with standard flanges with no need of specialty flanges • Reduced installation costs with simple installation by slipping the unit between standard flanges • Easy access with corner type metering taps • Long operation life with corrosion free material • Stainless steel wetted parts assures long term reliability and accuracy • Proven through a wide range of applications for energy efficiency APPLICATIONS • Fluid flow rates in building water lines • Boiler feedwater • Cooling water • Combustion or compressed air • Steam flow The SERIES PE & TE Orifice Plate Flowmeters are two series of plastic orifice plate flow metering packages incorporating a unique holder or carrier ring containing metering taps and integral gaskets. They can be used in place of other primary differential products for efficiency and cost effectiveness. The Series PE orifice plate flowmeter is of PVC construction and is available in line sizes from 1/2 to 24˝. This series can be used for air and most gases and meets or exceeds ASME, AGA & ISO standards. The Series TE orifice plate flowmeter is of PTFE construction and is available in line sizes from 1/2 to 24˝. This Series can be used with gases, liquids, corrosive and high temperature fluids. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Mounted with standard flanges with no need of specialty flanges • Reduced installation costs with simple installation by slipping the unit between standard flanges • Easy access with corner type metering taps • Long operation life with corrosion free material • Proven through a wide range of applications for energy efficiency • PTFE construction yields excellent chemical and weather resistance • TE models are flame retardant without factory gaskets • Low friction leading to minimum wear and long operation life APPLICATIONS • Fluid flow rates in building water lines • Boiler feedwater • Cooling water • Combustion or compressed air • Steam flow 264 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

287

® SERIES OP, PE & TE ORIFICE PLATE FLOWMETERS PVC or PTFE, Liquid and Gas use Options F L O W SERIES OP ORIFICE PLATE FLOWMETER – CAPACITY STRUCTURE • Material 304/304 L, Gaskets Buna-N • Based on 70°F, 14.7 psia (base conditions) • Beta value based on std sch pipe I.D. • 1.25˝ overall thickness • Orifice plate thickness is 0.125˝ SERIES PE ORIFICE PLATE FLOWMETER – AIR CAPACITY STRUCTURE • Material PVC, Gaskets Buna-N • Based on 70°F, 14.7 psia (base conditions) • Beta value based on std sch pipe I.D. • 1.25˝ overall thickness • Orifice plate thickness is 0.125˝ SERIES TE ORIFICE PLATE FLOWMETER – CAPACITY STRUCTURE • Material PTFE, Gaskets Buna-N • Based on 70°F, 14.7 psia (base conditions) • Beta value based on std sch pipe I.D. • 1.25˝ overall thickness • Orifice plate thickness is 0.250˝ Water Capacity Air Capacity - Flow in SCFM TE Weight (lb) 1.00 1.00 1.00 Line Size Bore 1/2˝ 0.200˝ 1/2˝ 0.310˝ 1/2˝ 0.430˝ in d.p. w.c. 20 100 320 Flow in GPM 0.62 3.44 13.00 in d.p. w.c. 20 100 200 Beta 0.32 0.50 0.69 at 14.7 psia (0 psig) 2.35 12.21 32.77 3.65 20.21 59.92 5.24 34.2 91.28 9.31 62.09 180 14.57 80.82 212.18 20.92 125.74 372.09 32.71 197.54 543.99 49.17 282.9 816.7 83.58 503.76 1380.03 130.48 786.23 2152.83 187.86 1331.63 3097.20 333.87 2014.95 5532.00 521.58 3145.50 8626.42 at 20 psig 3.63 19.58 56.15 5.66 32.44 102.91 8.11 54.92 156.51 14.41 99.75 309.97 22.55 129.68 363.93 32.38 202.03 639.87 50.64 317.58 936.56 76.13 454.77 1404.95 129.44 810.06 2373.02 202.11 1264.42 3701.57 291 1820.05 5325.20 517.25 3241.45 9525.43 at 100 psig 6.61 36.37 107.47 10.3 60.26 197.2 14.8 102.09 300 26.3 185.5 595.2 41.16 241.5 697.39 59.13 375.8 1227.63 92.48 590.91 1798.86 139.06 846.21 2696.28 236.48 1507.64 4553.68 369.29 2353.51 7103.22 531.75 3387.93 10219.28 945.28 6034.85 18290.00 808 5060.38 14846.80 1476.77 9421.74 28506.17 750.9 4530 12430.00 1163.44 7288.16 21397.00 2126.47 13570.33 41089.02 927.14 6477.67 15251.50 1436.59 8812.87 28262.66 2625.81 16409.42 50427.78 1172.63 7264.58 20179.85 1817.05 11688.26 34749.32 3321.32 21764.08 66737.64 O l F o w m e t e r s , r i fi c e P a t e l DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 265 MODEL CHART OP Model OP-A-1 OP-A-2 OP-A-3 OP-B-1 OP-B-2 OP-B-3 OP-C-1 OP-C-2 OP-C-3 OP-D-1 OP-D-2 OP-D-3 OP-E-1 OP-E-2 OP-E-3 OP-F-1 OP-F-2 OP-F-3 OP-G-1 OP-G-2 OP-G-3 OP-H-1 OP-H-2 OP-H-3 OP-J-1 OP-J-2 OP-J-3 OP-K-1 OP-K-2 OP-K-3 OP-L-1 OP-L-2 OP-L-3 OP-M-1 OP-M-2 OP-M-3 OP-N-1 OP-N-2 OP-N-3 OP-O-1 OP-O-2 OP-O-3 OP-P-1 OP-P-2 OP-P-3 OP Weight (lb) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 PE Model PE-A-1 PE-A-2 PE-A-3 PE-B-1 PE-B-2 PE-B-3 PE-C-1 PE-C-2 PE-C-3 PE-D-1 PE-D-2 PE-D-3 PE-E-1 PE-E-2 PE-E-3 PE-F-1 PE-F-2 PE-F-3 PE-G-1 PE-G-2 PE-G-3 PE-H-1 PE-H-2 PE-H-3 PE-J-1 PE-J-2 PE-J-3 PE-K-1 PE-K-2 PE-K-3 PE-L-1 PE-L-2 PE-L-3 PE-M-1 PE-M-2 PE-M-3 PE-N-1 PE-N-2 PE-N-3 PE-O-1 PE-O-2 PE-O-3 PE-P-1 PE-P-2 PE-P-3 PE Weight (lb) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 TE Model TE-A-1 TE-A-2 TE-A-3 TE-B-1 TE-B-2 TE-B-3 TE-C-1 TE-C-2 TE-C-3 TE-D-1 TE-D-2 TE-D-3 TE-E-1 TE-E-2 TE-E-3 TE-F-1 TE-F-2 TE-F-3 TE-G-1 TE-G-2 TE-G-3 TE-H-1 TE-H-2 TE-H-3 TE-J-1 TE-J-2 TE-J-3 TE-K-1 TE-K-2 TE-K-3 TE-L-1 TE-L-2 TE-L-3 TE-M-1 TE-M-2 TE-M-3 TE-N-1 TE-N-2 TE-N-3 TE-O-1 TE-O-2 TE-O-3 TE-P-1 TE-P-2 TE-P-3 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 0.250˝ 0.400˝ 0.580˝ 0.300˝ 0.520˝ 0.720˝ 1.25˝ 1.25˝ 1.25˝ 0.400˝ 0.700˝ 1.00˝ 1.5˝ 1.5˝ 1.5˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2.5˝ 2.5˝ 2.5˝ 3˝ 3˝ 3˝ 4˝ 4˝ 4˝ 5˝ 5˝ 5˝ 6˝ 6˝ 6˝ 8˝ 8˝ 8˝ 10˝ 10˝ 10˝ 12˝ 12˝ 12˝ 14˝ 14˝ 14˝ 0.500˝ 0.800˝ 1.100˝ 0.600˝ 1.000˝ 1.450˝ 0.750˝ 1.250˝ 1.750˝ 0.920˝ 1.500˝ 2.150˝ 1.200˝ 2.000˝ 2.800˝ 1.500˝ 2.500˝ 3.500˝ 1.800˝ 3.000˝ 4.200˝ 2.400˝ 4.000˝ 5.600˝ 3.000˝ 5.000˝ 7.000˝ 3.600˝ 6.000˝ 8.400˝ 4.000˝ 6.600˝ 9.300˝ 0.30 0.49 0.70 0.29 0.49 0.69 0.29 0.51 0.72 0.31 0.50 0.68 0.29 0.48 0.70 0.30 0.50 0.70 0.30 0.49 0.70 0.30 0.50 0.70 0.30 0.50 0.69 0.30 0.49 0.69 0.30 0.50 0.70 0.30 0.50 0.70 0.30 0.50 0.70 0.30 0.50 0.70 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 20 100 320 0.97 5.69 23.82 1.38 9.63 36.15 2.46 17.48 71.77 3.85 22.73 83.95 5.52 35.34 147.74 8.63 55.54 216.30 12.97 79.94 324.16 22.03 141.51 547.11 34.39 220.80 853.09 49.46 317.74 1226.98 87.95 565.77 2195.86 137.35 883.04 3421.26 197.73 1271.62 4930.86 244.14 1537.49 6052.57 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 20 100 200 48.00 48.00 48.00 OP-Q-1 OP-Q-2 OP-Q-3 Note: Differential pressure values should be less than 50% of the inlet absolute pressure. PE-Q-1 PE-Q-2 PE-Q-3 TE-Q-1 TE-Q-2 TE-Q-3 4.500˝ 7.600˝ 10.700˝ 10.00 10.00 10.00 0.30 0.50 0.70 20 100 320 18.00 18.00 18.00 16˝ 16˝ 16˝ 308.76 2038.95 8007.74

288

W O L F ® SERIES DTFW, DTFO & DTFA VARIABLE-AREA FLOWMETERS In-Line Mounting, Gas, Liquids and Oils DTFW DTFO 3-19/32 [91.44] 3 [76.20] 1 [25.40] 3/4 [19.05] Ø2-59/64 [74.17] 2 [50.80] 11/16 [17.53] 1/4˝ NPT INLET & OUTLET 5-47/64 [145.54] 1/2˝ NPT INLET & OUTLET Ø2-59/64 [74.17] 1/4˝ NPT connection 1/2˝ NPT connection 1-1/2 [38.10] R1 [25.40] Ø2 [50.80] 11/16 [17.53] Ø2-59/64 [74.17] 1-1/2 [38.10] 1˝ NPT INLET & OUTLET 1-9/64 [28.96] 3 [76.20] 3-5/32 [80.26] 5-47/64 [145.54] 7 [177.80] 1/2˝ NPT INLET & OUTLET Ø2-59/64 [74.17] 1˝ NPT connection 3-19/32 [91.44] 3 [76.20] 1 [25.40] Ø2-59/64 [74.17] 3/4 [19.05] 2 [50.80] , s r e t e m w o F l i e n L - n I & a e r A e b a i r a V l DTFA 1/2˝ NPT process connection 1/4˝ NPT connection 3 [76.20] 11/16 [17.53] 1/4˝ NPT INLET & OUTLET The Series DTFW & DTFO Variable-Area Flowmeters for Liquids and Oils measure water or oil flow rates with ± 2% of full-scale accuracy at a competitive price. Available in 1/4˝, 1/2˝ and 1˝ connections for a wide variety of applications and comes calibrated for horizontal in line mounting. The Series DTFA Variable-Area Flowmeters for Gases measures gas flow rates with ±5% of full-scale accuracy at an affordable price. Available in either 1/4˝ or 1/2˝ NPT connections and comes pre-calibrated for horizontal in-line mounting. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Durable metal construction ensures great reliability and the strength to withstand system pressures of up to 3000 psig (200 bar). • Shatter proof construction, unlike glass tube variable area flowmeters, yields long operation life • Preform precisely in high temperature, high vibration, shock-prone environments APPLICATIONS • Monitoring pressure drop across filters or strainers • Flow scale based on differential pressure • Liquid level given pressure differential between bottom and top of tank • Hydraulic equipment • Oil & gas equipment • Heat exchangers • Backflow prevention SPECIFICATIONS Service: DTFW: Compatible liquids; DTFO: Compatible oils; DTFA: Compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Body: 316 SS, brass or aluminum; Spring: 302 SS or PTFE- coated; Range spring: 302 SS; Magnet: PTFE-coated; Metering cone: Acetal or PTFE; Seals: Buna. Temperature Limits: -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C). Pressure Limit: DTFW-3S: 1500 psig (100 bar); All other DTFW models: 3000 psig (200 bar); DTFO-1B and DTFO-2B: 3000 psig (200 bar); DTFO-3S: 1500 psig (100 bar); DTFA: 3000 psig (200 bar). Accuracy: Liquid/oil calibration: ±2% FS; Air calibration: ±5% FS. Repeatability: ±1% FS. Size: Diameter dial face 2.5˝ (63.5 mm). Process Connection: See model chart. Weight: DTFW-1B and 1S: 3 lb (1.36 kg); DTFW-2B and 2S: 5 lb (2.27 kg); DTFW-3S: 10 lb (4.54 kg); DTFO-1B: 3 lb (1.36 kg); DTFO-2B: 5 lb (2.27 kg); DTFO-3S: 10 lb (4.54 kg); DTFA-1A: 3 lb (1.36 kg); DTFA-2A: 5 lb (2.27 kg). MODEL CHART Model DTFA-1A-10A DTFA-1A-15A DTFA-1A-20A DTFA-1A-25A DTFA-2A-30A DTFA-2A-40A DTFA-2A-50A DTFA-2A-75A DTFA-2A-100A Range, SCFM Body 1.5 to 10 2.0 to 15 3.0 to 20 3.0 to 25 3.0 to 30 4.0 to 40 4.0 to 50 5.0 to 75 10.0 to 100 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Connection 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT MODEL CHART Range GPM Water 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 3 0 to 4 0 to 5 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 3 0 to 4 0 to 5 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 3 0 to 4 0 to 5 Model DTFW-1B-1W DTFW-1B-2W DTFW-1B-3W DTFW-1B-4W DTFW-1B-5W DTFW-1S-1W DTFW-1S-2W DTFW-1S-3W DTFW-1S-4W DTFW-1S-5W DTFW-2B-1W DTFW-2B-2W DTFW-2B-3W DTFW-2B-4W DTFW-2B-5W Note: For oil compatible models, change all W’s to O’s in model number. Example: DTFO-1B-1O Note: Not available in 1/4˝ or 1/2˝ SS. Model DTFW-2B-8W DTFW-2B-10W DTFW-2S-1W DTFW-2S-2W DTFW-2S-3W DTFW-2S-4W DTFW-2S-5W DTFW-2S-8W DTFW-2S-10W DTFW-3S-10W DTFW-3S-15W DTFW-3S-20W DTFW-3S-25W DTFW-3S-30W Connection NPT 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ Range GPM Water 0 to 8 0 to 10 0 to 1 0 to 2 0 to 3 0 to 4 0 to 5 0 to 8 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 15 0 to 20 0 to 25 0 to 30 Metering Cone Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Body Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass SS SS SS SS SS Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Connection NPT 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ Body Brass Brass SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS Metering Cone Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal Acetal PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE 266 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

289

® SERIES 500 | W. E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER SIGHT WINDOW Shows Level or Contents of Tanks, Pipelines; Tempered, Replaceable Glass Window A NPT Model SFI-500-3/4 SFI-500-1 SFI-500-1-1/4 SFI-500-1-1/2 SFI-500-2 REPLACEABLE WINDOW! ØB C HEX D E Dimensions — Inches (mm) A B C D E 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3/4 [19] 15/16 [24] 1-1/4 [32] 1-27/64 [37] 1-1/4 [32] 1-3/8 [35] 1-3/8 [35] 2-1/8 [54] 2-1/8 [54] 2-1/2 [64] 45/64 [18] 45/64 [18] 27/32 [22] 27/32 [22] 15/32 [12] 1-3/8 [35] 1-3/8 [35] 1-9/16 [40] 1-9/16 [40] 1-21/32 [42] The Series 500 Sight Window is a Series of standard tempered glass with brass body sight windows which display level or contents of tanks or pipelines. In addition to the standard brass body, the Series 500 Sight windows are also available in carbon steel or 316 SS. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Tough, tempered glass window resists chemical attach and abrasion • Seamless, replaceable gasket assures perfect seal • Field replaceable glass window • Range of wetted materials to suit a wide range of chemical compatibility SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Brass, carbon steel, or 316 SS; Gasket: Buna-N on brass and carbon steel body, PTFE on 316 SS body. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar). Connections: 3/4˝ to 2˝ male NPT. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). APPLICATIONS • Hydraulic tanks • Pressure vessels • Coolant tanks • Hydraulic lines • Oil reservoirs MODEL CHART 316 SS Model SFI-500SS-3/4 SFI-500SS-1 SFI-500SS-1-1/4 SFI-500SS-1-1/2 SFI-500SS-2 Brass Model SFI-500B-3/4 SFI-500B-1 SFI-500B-1-1/4 SFI-500B-1-1/2 SFI-500B-2 Carbon Steel Model SFI-500CS-3/4 SFI-500CS-1 SFI-500CS-1-1/4 SFI-500CS-1-1/2 SFI-500CS-2 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES 550 | W. E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER SIGHT WINDOW Shows Level or Contents of Tanks, Pipelines; Fused Glass and Steel Construction A NPT Model SFI-550-1/4 SFI-550-3/8 SFI-550-1/2 SFI-550-3/4 SFI-550-1 SFI-550-1-1/4 SFI-550-1-1/2 SFI-550-2 ØB C HEX D E Dimensions — Inches (mm) A B C D E 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 11/32 [8.73] 7/16 [11.11] 9/16 [14.29] 3/4 [19.05] 15/16 [23.81] 1-3/16 [30.18] 1-7/16 [36.53] 1-7/8 [47.63] 5/8 ]15.95] 3/4 [19.05] 15/16 [23.81] 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-3/8 [34.93] 1-3/4 [44.45] 2 [50.80] 2-1/2 [63.50] 3/16 [4.76] 7/32 [5.56] 7/32 [5.56] 5/16 [7.94] 5/16 [7.94] 13/32 [10.32] 13/32 [10.32] 13/32 [10.32] 5/8 [15.95] 23/32 [18.26] 25/32 [19.84] 15/16 [23.81] 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-7/32 [30.96] 1-7/32 [30.96] 1-9/32 [32.54] F L O W i S g h t l F o w i I n d c a t o r s The Series 550 Sight Window is a range of glass with plated steel body sight windows which display level or contents of tanks or pipelines. Connections are standard NPT in sizes ranging from 1/4 to 2˝. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Glass to metal bond for utmost reliability • Plated steel bodies have convenient hex wrench surfaces for easy installation • Windows are clear, ripple free, and flush with the front face, with no recess on which dirt might collect APPLICATIONS • Hydraulic tanks • Pressure vessels • Coolant tanks • Hydraulic lines • Oil reservoirs SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Window: Glass; Body: Plated steel. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar). Connections: 1/4˝ to 2˝ male NPT. MODEL CHART Model SFI-550-1/4 SFI-550-3/8 SFI-550-1/2 SFI-550-3/4 Model SFI-550-1 SFI-550-1-1/4 SFI-550-1-1/2 SFI-550-2 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 267

290

® W O L F SERIES SFI-100, SFI-300, SFI-300F, SFI-400 & SFI-700 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MIDWEST SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS Inexpensive Protection for Expensive Equipment and Systems Model 100, 100MP ++ Model 300, 300MP ++ Model 400 Model 700 ++ Model 360F The Series SFI Midwest Sight Flow Indicator is a Series of sight indicators which display flow or contents of pipelines. Available in window viewing style in the SFI-100 and SFI-300 Series and tube viewing style in the SFI-400 and SFI-700 Series with connection choices of female NPT, BSPP or BSPT threaded and flanged. Series SFI-100 & SFI-300 Midwest Sight Flow Indicator offers threaded process connections, viewing windows, and bodies of brass or 316 SS. The SFI-100 type has a single window with a rotating impeller, the 300 type has a double window with a rotating impeller, the SFI-350 type has a double window with no moving indicator, and the SFI-360 type has a double window with a flapper. Series SFI-300F Midwest Sight Flow Indicator offers ANSI flange process connections, double viewing windows, and bodies of carbon steel or 316 SS. The SFI- 350F type has a double window with no moving indicator and the SFI-360F type has a double window with a flapper. Series SFI-400 Midwest Sight Flow Indicator offers threaded or ANSI flanged process connections, tube style viewing, and bodies of cast iron or 316 SS. Series SFI-700 Midwest Sight Flow Indicator offers threaded process connections, tube style viewing, and bodies of brass or 316 SS. s r o t a c d n I i w o F l t h g S i FEATURES/BENEFITS • Manufactured of quality materials and safety tested to assure long, dependable service at economical prices • All Series SFI-100, SFI-300 and SFI-300F feature a removable window for easy service and replacement of wearing parts • The Series SFI-400 features glass tube construction offering easy flow viewing from any angle • Series SFI-700 offers an easy to see bright red Acetal rotating impeller that is easy to view from any angle with the glass tube construction • Maintenance is simple for the Series SFI-700 with internal wipers which restore full 360° visibility by simply rotating the glass tube without disrupting the flow DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT Model SFI-100 SFI-400 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Tube: Borosilicate; Body: Cast iron or 316 SS; Gasket: PTFE. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 50 psig (3.45 bar). Connections: Threaded or flanged. SFI-700 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Tube: Tempered borosilicate; Body: Brass or 316 SS; Gasket: Fluoroelastomer; Indicator: Acetal. Temperature Limit: 212°F (100°C). Pressure Limit: 230 psig (15.86 bar). Connections: Threaded. SPECIFICATIONS SFI-100 & SFI-300 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Bronze or 316 SS; Gasket: Buna-N, fluoroelastomer or PTFE; Indicator: ABS or 316 SS impeller (100 and 300), 304 SS or 316 SS flapper (360). Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C); 120°F (48°C) on W2 option; 170°F (77°C) on I1 option. Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.62 bar), 150 psig (10.34 bar) on “MP” models. Connections: Threaded. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal or vertical; 360: Horizontal only. SFI-300F SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Window: Tempered glass; Body: Carbon steel or 316 SS; Gasket: Buna-N, fluoroelastomer or PTFE; Indicator: 316 SS flapper (360). Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar). Connections: Flanged. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal or vertical; 360: Horizontal only. Depth 1.813 (46) 2.250 (57) 2.563 (65) 3.250 (83) 2.250 (57) 2.750 (70) 3.125 (79) 3.688 (93) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Height 2.125 (54) 2.563 (65) 2.625 (67) 3.625 (83) 2.125 (54) 2.563 (65) 2.563 (65) 4.063 (103) 1.500 (38) 2.250 (57) 2.750 (70) (across flats) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Flange Diameter Viewing Area Diameter Weight lb (kg) - - - - - - - - - - - 1.1 (0.5) 1.5 (0.7) 2.7 (1.2) 5.5 (2.5) 1.7 (0.8) 2.6 (1.2) 3.0 (1.4) 7.0 (3.2) 0.9 (0.4) 2.4 (1.1) 5.1 (2.3) - - - - - - - - - - - 3.500 (89) 3.875 (98) 4.250 (108) 4.625 (117) 5.000 (127) 6.000 (152) 7.500 (191) 9.00 (229) 4.250 (108) 4.625 (117) 5.000 (127) 6.000 (152) 7.500 (191) 9.000 (229) 5.000 (127) 6.000 (152) 7.500 (191) 9.000 (229) 11.000 (279) 1.500 (38) 1.750 (44) 2.000 (51) 2.000 (51) 2.500 (64) 3.000 (76) 4.000 (102) 5.000 (127) 2.000 (51) 2.000 (51) 2.500 (64) 3.000 (76) 4.000 (102) 5.000 (127) 2.313 (58) 2.313 (58) 3.000 (76) 4.000 (102) 6.000 (152) 3.8 (1.7) 4.8 (2.2) 6.2 (2.8) 7.6 (3.5) 8.7 (4.0) 13 (6.0) 17 (7.7) 25 (11.0) 7 (3.2) 8 (3.6) 12 (5.5) 14 (6.4) 23 (10.4) 31 (14.1) 12 (5.5) 16 (7.5) 38 (17) 56 (25) 120 (55) SFI-300 3.000 (76) 4.000 (102) 4.375 (111) 5.688 (144) 3.063 (78) 4.063 (103) 4.375 (111) 5.500 (140) 2.750 (70) 3.688 (94) 4.875 (124) Body Size Length 1/4, 3/8 1/2, 3/4 1, 1-1/4 1-1/2, 2 1/4, 3/8 1/2, 3/4 1, 1-1/4 1-1/2, 2 1/4, 3/8 1/2, 3/4 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3 4 SFI-400F 1 SFI-700 SFI-400 4.500 (144) 5.125 (130) 5.625 (143) 5.750 (146) 5.875 (149) 6.125 (156) 6.250 (159) 6.250 (159) 5.000 (127) 5.125 (130) 5.250 (133) 5.370 (137) 5.750 (146) 5.750 (146) 6.375 (162) 6.500 (165) 8.875 (225) 10.250 (260) 12.500 (318) 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3 4 SFI-300F 1-1/2 2 3 4 6 Dimensions are in inches (mm) APPLICATIONS • Hydraulic tanks • Pressure vessels • Coolant tanks • Hydraulic lines • Oil reservoirs MODEL CHART Model Description SFI-100 SFI-300 SFI-350 SFI-360 SFI-400 SFI-700 Single window with impeller Double window with impeller Double window with no indicator Double window with flapper Tube type with no indicator Tube type with impeller and internal wipers to clean glass tube ++ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 268 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

291

® SERIES SFI-100, SFI-300, SFI-300F, SFI-400 & SFI-700 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MIDWEST SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS Inexpensive Protection for Expensive Equipment and Systems MODEL CHART SFI-400 - TUBE STYLE WITH THREADED OR FLANGED CONNECTIONS Example Model Designator Body Style SFI -400SS -1-1/2 SFI-400SS-1-1/2 SFI Sight flow indicator 400CI 400SS 400F Body Size 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 3 4 Female NPT connections, cast iron body (only for 1 through 2 inch sizes) Female NPT connections, 316 SS body Raised face flange connection, 316 SS body (only for 1 inch and up sizes) 1/2 inch connection size 3/4 inch connection size 1 inch connection size 1-1/4 inch connection size 1-1/2 inch connection size 2 inch connection size 3 inch connection size 4 inch connection size Note: Best for use in vertical pipelines where there are no mechanical strains. MODEL CHART SFI-100 & SFI-300 - WINDOW STYLE WITH THREADED CONNECTIONS Example Model Designator Body Style SFI-300SS-2-G2 Sight flow indicator SFI -300 SS -2 SFI -G2 100 300 350 360 SS MP 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 Body Options Body Size Options W2 G1 G2 S2 S3 I1 I2 I3 F1 BSPT BSPP Single window, bronze body, ABS impeller Double window, bronze body, ABS impeller Double window, bronze body, no moving indicator Double window, bronze body, 304 SS flapper 316 SS body option for 300, 350, 360 150 psig maximum pressure option, includes fluoroelastomer gaskets 1/4 inch connection size 3/8 inch connection size 1/2 inch connection size 3/4 inch connection size 1 inch connection size 1-1/4 inch connection size 1-1/2 inch connection size 2 inch connection size Plexiglass window PTFE gasket Fluoroelastomer gasket 316 SS shaft (not on 350 model) Monel shaft (not on 350 model) ABS impeller with bronze bushing (not on 350, 360) 316 SS impeller (not on 350, 360) No impeller (100 only) 316 SS flapper (360 only) BSPT threads BSPP threads Note: Maximum flow on impeller models: 5 FPS with liquids, 5000 FPM with gases. MODEL CHART SFI-300F - WINDOW STYLE WITH FLANGED CONNECTIONS Example -360FSS -1-1/2 -G1 SFI-360FSS-1-1/2-G1 Model Designator Body Style Sight flow indicator SFI SFI 350FCS 350FSS 360FCS 360FSS Body Size Options 1-1/2 2 3 4 6 G1 G2 Carbon steel body, no moving indicator 316 SS body, no moving 316 SS indicator Carbon steel body, 316 SS flapper 316 SS body, 316 SS flapper 1-1/2 inch raised face flange connection size 2 inch raised face flange connection size 3 inch raised face flange connection size 4 inch raised face flange connection size 6 inch raised face flange connection size PTFE gasket Fluoroelastomer gasket F L O W i S g h t l F o w i I n d c a t o r s MODEL CHART SFI-700 - TUBE STYLE WITH THREADED CONNECTIONS Example Model Designator Body Style SFI -700SS -1-1/2 -BSPT SFI-700SS-1-1/2-BSPT SFI Sight flow indicator 700 700SS Body Size 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 Options BSPT BSPP Brass body 316 SS body 1/4 inch female NPT connection size 3/8 inch female NPT connection size 1/2 inch female NPT connection size 3/4 inch female NPT connection size 1 inch female NPT connection size 1-1/4 inch female NPT connection size 1-1/2 inch female NPT connection size BSPT threads BSPP threads USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 269

292

® W O L F SERIES V4 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® VANE OPERATED FLOW SWITCH Field Adjustable – Dependable Protection Against Flow Variation or Stopping in Pipelines for Fluids, Gases and Flowing Solids 1-5/8 [41.28] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 6-3/4 [171.45] 8 [203.20] 4-11/16 [119.06] 1 [25.40] 3-11/32 [84.93] 2-23/32 [69.06] UL AND CSA TYPE INCLUDES 16 GA LEADS, 6 [152.4] LONG. ATEX VERSION INCLUDES TERMINAL BLOCK EXPLOSION-PROOF HOUSING WITH 3/4˝ [19.05 MM] FEMALE NPT OR BSPT CONDUIT CONNECTION SWITCH BODY, SAE 72 BRASS OR 316 STAINLESS STEEL 1-1/2˝ [38.10 MM] MALE NPT OR BSPT PROCESS CONNECTION MAGNET KEEPER, 430 STAINLESS STEEL VANE BLOCK, 316 STAINLESS STEEL FIVE LAYER VANE 316 STAINLESS STEEL DESIGNED FOR 1-1/2˝ TO 8˝ [38.10 TO 203.20 MM] PIPES USABLE IN LARGER PIPE SIZES. V I DEO O N L I N E The Series V4 Flotect® Vane Operated Flow Switch is rugged and reliable, ideal for automatically protecting equipment and pipeline systems against damage from reduction or loss of flow. Time tested in thousands of pipeline installations and processing plants around the world this Series is Weatherproof, designed to meet NEMA 4 and Explosion-proof (listing included in specifications). This series can be used in pipes 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) and up. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Unique magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance • Features a free-swinging vane which attracts a magnet within the solid metal switch body, actuating a snap switch by means of a simple lever arm with no bellows, springs, or seals to fail • Leak proof body machined from bar stock • Electrical assembly can be easily replaced without removing the unit from installation so that the process does not have to be shut down • Installs directly and easily into pipeline with a thredolet, tee, or flange (see application drawings) • High pressure rating of 1000 psig (69 bar) with the brass body and 2000 psig (138 bar) with the 316 SS body • Choice of custom vane calibrated for your application, Model V4, or field adjustable multilayer vane, Model V4-2-U (see set point chart) l e d d a P APPLICATIONS • Protects pumps, motors and other equipment against low or no flow • Controls sequential operation of pumps • Automatically starts auxiliary pumps and engines • Stops liquid cooled engines, machines and processing when coolant flow is interrupted • Shuts down burner when air flow through heating coil fails • Controls dampers according to flow SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases or liquids compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Vane: 316 SS; Body: Brass or 316 SS standard; Magnet Keeper: 430 SS standard, 316 SS optional; Options: Other materials also available, consult factory (e.g. PVC, Hastelloy, Nickel, Monel, Titanium). Temperature Limit: -4 to 275°F (-20 to 135°C) standard, MT high temperature option 400°F (205°C) [MT option not UL, CSA, ATEX or IECEx] ATEX and IECEx options, ambient temperature -4 to 163°F (-20 to 73°C); Process temperature -4 to 163°F (-20 to 73°C). Pressure Limit: Brass body 1000 psig (69 bar), 316 SS body 2000 psig (138 bar), optional 5000 psig (345 bar) available with 316 SS body and SPDT switch only. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. **Listed with UL and CSA for Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. ATEX -20°C≤Tamb≤73°C. -20°C≤Process Temp≤73°C. EC-Type Certificate No.: KEMA 03 ATEX 2383. ATEX Standards: EN60079-0: 2009; EN60079-1: 2007. IECEx Certified: For Ex d IIB T6 Gb -20°C≤Tamb≤73°C. -20°C≤Process Temp≤73°C. **No housing option (-NH) has no approvals II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Gb 0344 IECEx Certificate of Conformity: IECEx DEK 11.0071. IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0: 2007; IEC 60079-1: 2007. Zone I. Also FM approved. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch standard, DPDT snap switch optional. Electrical Rating: UL, FM, ATEX and IECEx models 10 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). CSA models: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~); 5 A res., 3 A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MV option: 1 A @125 VAC (V~); 1 A res., .5 A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MT option: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). [MT and MV option not UL, CSA, FM, ATEX or IECEx]. Electrical Connections: UL and CSA models: 16 AWG, 6˝ (152 mm) long. ATEX and IECEx unit: Terminal block. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT or 19.05 mm standard or M25 with -BSPT option. Process Connection: 1-1/2˝ male NPT or 1-1/2˝ male BSPT or 38.10 mm. Mounting Orientation: Within 5° of vertical for proper operation. Units for horizontal installation (vertical pipe with up flow) available. Set Point Adjustment: For universal vane: five vane combinations. Weight: 4 lb 8 oz (1.9 kg). Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx, UL**. , s e h c t i w S w o F l Description Brass body, universal vane 316 SS* body, universal vane Brass body, universal vane, no housing Brass body, custom vane 316 SS* body, custom vane Brass body, custom vane, no housing Brass body, universal vane 316 SS* body, universal vane Brass body, custom vane 316 SS* body, custom vane MODEL CHART Model V4-2-U V4-SS-2-U V4-2-U-NH** V4 V4-SS V4-NH** V4-2-U-BSPT V4-SS-2-U-BSPT V4-BSPT V4-SS-BSPT Note: Consult factory for price and availability of fittings for V4 installation. Thredolets, bushings, and tees are available in a variety of sizes and materials. Note: For custom vane models, please supply factory with following information: pipe size, flow direction (horizontal, up), mounting, pressure, temperature, specific gravity, flow rates (maximum normal, actuation/deactuation†), etc. *316 SS body with 430 SS magnet keeper **No housing option (-NH) has no approvals †When both values are supplied, note which is critical Connection Type NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT BSPT BSPT BSPT BSPT 270 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -D -MV -MT -TRI -TRD -316 -V -AT -IEC -BSPT DPDT contacts Gold plated contacts, options for dry circuits* High temperature, option rated 400°F (204°C)* Increasing flow time delay relay option with 2 SPDT contacts, adjustable from 0-1 to 0-31 minutes* Decreasing flow time delay relay option with 2 SPDT contacts, adjustable from 0-1 to 0-31 minutes* 316 SS magnet keeper, option to replace standard 430 SS Vertical up flow, option for upward flow in vertical pipe ATEX compliant construction IECEx certified construction Female BSPT process connection and M25 conduit connection *See electrical rating in specification, no listings or approvals USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

293

® SERIES V4 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® VANE OPERATED FLOW SWITCH Field Adjustable – Dependable Protection Against Flow Variation or Stopping in Pipelines for Fluids, Gases and Flowing Solids F L O W V4 UNIVERSAL VANE FLOW CHARTS Values shown in both charts are nominal. If normal flows exceed actuation rates by less than 10%, custom vanes are recommended. Figures are based on standard vertical installation in a 1-1/2” threaded branch connection in a horizontal run of pipe. 1 & 2 7-3 (26.67-11.67) 2˝ Pipe 15-8 (56.7-30) 7-4 (26.7-15) APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR COLD WATER; GPM (LPM) 10˝ Pipe Vane Layers 1.5˝ Pipe 600-300 1 (2267-1133) 450-250 (1700-950) 300-180 (1133-683) 230-150 (867-567) 135-100 (517-383) 8˝ Pipe 375-175 (1417-667) 230-150 (867-567) 160-115 (600-433) 120-90 (450-333) 80-65 (300-250) 6˝ Pipe 210-120 (800-450) 130-90 (500-333) 80-60 (300-233) 60-45 (233-167) 40-30 (152-113) 4˝ Pipe 95-40 (367-150) 50-35 (190-132) 27-19 (102-71.7) 17-12 (65-45) 3˝ Pipe 45-22 (167-83.3) 23-14 (86.7-53.3) 11-7 (41.7-26.7) 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 1, 2, 3 & 4 1, 2 & 3 12˝ Pipe 900-450 (3400-1700) 650-350 (2467-1317) 450-275 (1700-1033) 310-200 (1167-750) 200-140 (750-533) 14˝ Pipe 1200-600 (4550-2267) 900-500 (3400-1900) 600-350 (2267-1317) 430-280 (1633-1067) 290-200 (1100-750) 16˝ Pipe 1400-800 (5300-3033) 1200-650 (4550-2467) 750-450 (2750-2083) 550-360 (2083-1367) 360-250 (1367-950) 18˝ Pipe 2000-1000 (7567-3783) 1450-800 (5483-3033) 1000-600 (3783-2267) 700-450 (2650-1700) 460-325 (1733-1233) 20˝ Pipe 2400-1200 (9083-4550) 1800-1000 (6817-3783) 1200-700 (4550-2650) 850-550 (3217-2083) 575-400 (2183-1517) Actuation rates are based on cold water at a specific gravity of 1.0. For fluids of different specific gravity, actuation rates may be approximated by dividing the rate shown by the square root of the specific gravity. APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR COLD AIR; SCFM (LPS) Vane Layers 1.5˝ Pipe 1 32-17 (15-8) 2˝ Pipe 65-32 (30-20) 23-13 (10-6) 3˝ Pipe 210-105 (100-50) 120-70 (60-30) 60-48 (30-20) 4˝ Pipe 400-200 (190-90) 195-140 (90-70) 135-100 (60-50) 65-50 (30-20) 6˝ Pipe 950-475 (450-220) 550-375 (260-180) 375-265 (180-130) 260-200 (120-90) 130-100 (60-50) 8˝ Pipe 1550-850 (730-400) 1100-700 (520-330) 725-500 (340-240) 500-400 (240-190) 310-250 (150-120) 10˝ Pipe 2400-1300 (1100-600) 1850-1200 (870-570) 1200-850 (570-400) 875-700 (410-330) 650-525 (310-250) 12˝ Pipe 3450-1900 (1600-900) 2700-1750 (1300-800) 1850-1300 (870-610) 1250-1000 (590-470) 1000-800 (470-380) 14˝ Pipe 4700-2600 (2200-1200) 3400-2200 (1600-1000) 2600-1800 (1200-800) 1900-1500 (900-710) 1600-1250 (760-590) 16˝ Pipe 6400-3500 (3000-1700) 4800-3100 (2300-1500) 3350-2350 (1600-1100) 2500-2000 (1200-900) 2200-1750 (1040-830) 18˝ Pipe 8000-4400 (3800-2100) 6000-3900 (2800-1800) 4300-3000 (2000-1400) 3100-2500 (1500-1200) 2800-2250 (1300-1100) 20˝ Pipe 10000-5500 (4700-2600) 7400-4800 (3500-2300) 5300-3700 (2500-1700) 3900-3100 (1800-1500) 3550-2850 (1700-1300) 1 & 2 1, 2 & 3 1, 2, 3 & 4 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5 Actuation rates are based on air at standard conditions. For gases at other pressures, temperatures, or specific gravities, consult factory for equivalent flow approximations. APPLICATION DRAWINGS FOR FLOTECT® AUTOMATIC FLOW SWITCHES THREADED COVER IS EASILY REMOVED FOR ACCESS TO SWITCH 3/4˝ [19.50] NPT OR M25 FOR CONDUIT 1-1/2 [38.10] THREADED BRANCH CONNECTION CUT 1-15/16 [49.21] MIN. HOLE IN PIPE REQUIRED FLOW HOLDS SWITCH OPEN WHEN FLOW SLOWS, VANE DROPS, ACTUATION SWITCH ALUMINUM ENCLOSURE FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SWITCH BODY MACHINED FROM BAR OF BRASS OR STAINLESS STEEL FLOW Threaded branch connection installation. May also be installed using tee, flange or coupling. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2-1/2 X 1-1/2 [63.50 X 38.10] FACE OR HEX BUSHING Ø2-7/8 [73.03] MINIMUM HOLE IN PIPE P a d d e l 2-1/2 [63.50] THREDOLET FLOW FLOW l F o w S w i t c h e s , 1-1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝x 1-1/2˝ (38.10 x 38.10 x 38.10 mm) tee installation 2-1/2˝ (63.50 mm) threaded branch connection 1-1/2 [38.10] 3000 LB COUPLING 2-1/16 [52.39] BORE I.D. 1 [25.40] A Ø1-15/16 [49.21] MINIMUM HOLE IN PIPE 1-1/2 [38.10] THREDOLET FLOW Standard installation ANSI RF THREADED REDUCING FLANGE ANSI RF WELDING NECK FLANGE * FLOW FLOW FLOW Flange installation *Flange face to pipe O.D. specified by customer. Normally should not exceed 5˝ (172) 2˝ x 2˝ x 2˝ (50.80 x 50.80 x 50.80 mm) tee installation Not recommended, unless coupling is bored out to 2-1/16˝ (52.4) as shown Pipe Size 2˝ (50.80 mm) 3˝ (76.20 mm) 4˝ (101.60 mm) Dim. A 2-5/8 (66.7) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-7/16 (61.9) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 271

294

® W O L F SERIES V6 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® MINI-SIZE FLOW SWITCHES Monitor Flow in 1/2˝ to 2˝ (12.70 to 50.80 mm) Pipe, Explosion-Proof, Compact 5-13/16 [147.64] LOCKING COLLAR ASSEMBLY 3/4 [19.05] NPT OR BSPT UPPER HOUSING SWITCH SUPPORTS SPDT [OR DPDT] SNAP SWITCH MAGNET LEVER PIN MAGNET LEVER ASSEMBLY MAGNETS LOWER HOUSING-BRASS OR STAINLESS STEEL VANE SPRING VANE PIVOT PIN VANE PIVOT BRACKET SNAP RING 1/2 [12.70] NPT OR 1/2 [12.70] BSPT STAINLESS STEEL VANE OVERALL LENGTH WITH 1-1/4˝ TEE CONNECTION APPROXIMATELY 8˝ [31.75 to 203.20 MM] V6 with tee V I DEO O N L I N E 18 GA. LEADS 18 [457.20] LONG 3/4 [19.05] NPT OR BSPT SWITCH HOUSING 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS CERAMIC MAGNET PISTON 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS INLET 1/2 [12.70] NPT OR 1/2 BSPT [12.70] V6 low flow VALVE BODY MATERIAL 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS 3-3/8 [85.73] 4-3/4 [120.65] SWITCH BODY 1-1/8 [28.58] SQ 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS OUTLET 1/2 [12.70] NPT OR 1/2 [12.70] BSPT 3-5/8 [92.08] O-RING BUNA-N HARDWARE [SCREW, SPRINGS & CHECK VALVE] STAINLESS STEEL , s e h c t i w S w o F l The Series V6 Flotect® Mini-Size Flow Switches are surprisingly compact, and specifically engineered to monitor liquid, gas, or air flows. Time tested in thousands of pipeline installations and processing plants around the world, this Series is Weatherproof, designed to meet NEMA 4 and Explosion-proof (listing included in specifications). Tees are available for installation in pipelines from 1/2˝ to 2˝ (12.70 to 50.80 mm). With bushings added the unit is easily adapted to 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ (6.35 and 9.53 mm) piping. l e d d a P FEATURES/BENEFITS • Unique magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance • Features a free-swinging vane which attracts a magnet within the solid metal switch body, actuating a snap switch by means of a simple lever arm with no bellows, springs, or seals to fail • Leak proof body machined from bar stock • Electrical assembly can be easily replaced without removing the unit from installation so that the process does not have to be shut down • Choice of models in a tee with calibrated vane or field adjustable trimmable vane • Easy installation with simple pipe insert via tee and simple electrical switch connections • High pressure rating of 1000 psig (69 bar) with the brass body and 2000 psig (138 bar) with the 316 SS body • Low flow model offers field adjustable set point APPLICATIONS • Protects pumps, motors and other equipment against low or no flow • Controls sequential operation of pumps • Automatically starts auxiliary pumps and engines • Stops liquid cooled engines, machines and processing when coolant flow is interrupted • Shuts down burner when air flow through heating coil fails • Controls dampers according to flow • Signals alarm when emergency shower or eyewash station in use 0344 II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb Process Temp ≤75°C Alternate SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases or liquids compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Standard V6 Models: Vane: 301 SS; Lower Body: brass or 303 SS; Magnet: Ceramic; Other: 301, 302 SS; Tee: Brass, iron, forged steel, or 304 SS. V6 Low Flow Models: Lower body: Brass or 303 SS; Tee: Brass or 304 SS; Magnet: Ceramic; O-ring: Buna-N standard, Fluoroelastomer optional; Other: 301, 302 SS. Temperature Limits: -4 to 220°F (-20 to 105°C) Standard, MT high temperature option 400°F (205°C) (MT not UL, CSA, ATEX, IECEx or KC) ATEX Compliant AT, IECEx IEC Option and KC (KC Option), Ambient Temperature -4 to 167°F (-20 to 75°C) Process Temperature: -4 to 220°F (-20 to 105°C). Pressure Limit: Brass lower body with no tee models 1000 psig (69 bar), 303 SS lower body with no tee models 2000 psig (138 bar). Brass tee models 250 psi (17.2 bar), iron tee models 1000 psi (69 bar), forged and stainless steel tee models 2000 psi (138 bar), low flow models 1450 psi (100 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. Listed with UL and CSA for Class I, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. (Group A on stainless steel body models only). ATEX Temperature Class T5 Process Temp ≤90°C, 115°C (T4) Process Temp ≤105°C consult factory. EC-type Certificate No.: KEMA 04ATEX2128. ATEX Standards: EN 60079-0: 2009; EN 60079-1: 2007. IECEx Certified: For Ex d IIC T6 Gb Process Temp≤75°C Alternate Temperature Class T5 Process Temp ≤90°C, 115°C (T4) Process Temp≤105°C consult factory. IECEx Certificate of Conformity: IECEx DEK 11.0039; IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0: 2007; IEC 60079-1: 2007; Korean Certified (KC) for: Ex d IIC T6 Gb Process Temp ≤75°C; KTL Certificate Number: 2012-2454-75. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch standard, DPDT snap switch optional. Electrical Rating: UL models: 5 A @125/250 VAC. CSA, ATEX and IECEx models: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~); 5 A res., 3 A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MV option: .1 A @ 125 VAC (V~). MT option: 5 A @125/250 VAC (V~). [MT option not UL, CSA, ATEX or IECEx]. Electrical Connections: UL models: 18 AWG, 18˝ (457.20 mm) long. ATEX/CSA / IECEx models: terminal block. Upper Body: Brass or 303 stainless steel. Conduit Connections: 3/4˝ (19.05 mm) male NPT standard, 3/4˝ (19.05 mm) female NPT or M25 with BSPT option on junction box models. Process Connection: 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) male NPT or 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) male BSPT on models without a tee. Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position but the actuation/ deactuation flow rates in the charts are based on horizontal pipe runs and are nominal values. Set Point Adjustment: Standard V6 models none. Without tee models vane is trimmable. Low flow models are field adjustable in the range shown. See set point chartsu. Weight: 2 to 6 lb (.9 to 2.7 kg) depending on construction. Options not Shown: Custom calibration, bushings, PVC tee, reinforced vane, DPDT relays. Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, IECEx, KTL, UL. 272 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov uSet Point Charts: See page 273 (Series V6)

295

® SERIES V6 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® MINI-SIZE FLOW SWITCHES Monitor Flow in 1/2˝ to 2˝ (12.70 to 50.80 mm) Pipe, Explosion-Proof, Compact F L O W V6 EP B-B -S V6 EP B-B S-S S D MODEL CHART Example Series Construction Body Circuit (Switch) Tee Connection Size+ Process Connection Tee Material+ Options -2 -B -MT V6EPB-B-S-2-B-MT 1 2 3 4 5 6 LF LF - E MI FS B S 0 Flow switch Explosion proof Brass SS SPDT DPDT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) 1˝ (25.40 mm) 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) 2˝ (50.80 mm) Low flow model (1/2˝ connection-brass) Low flow model (1/2˝ connection-SS) NPT BSPT Iron Forged steel Brass SS No tee, field trimmable vane** (For LF model no tee material chosen, tee material matches body choice) CSA approved construction with junction box* ATEX compliant construction with junction box IECEx certified construction with junction box Gold contacts on snap switch for dry circuits (see specifications for ratings) High temperature option rated 400°F (205°C) (see specifications for ratings)* Fluoroelastomer O-rings in place of Buna-N on low flow models CSA AT IEC MV MT VIT Note: M25 is not available with the CSA housing. +Additional adders dependent on tee connection size and tee material, consult factory for these adders. *Options that do not have ATEX. **Vane will be trimmed to the connection size. If full field trimmable vane is desired, must select with tee connection size 6. MODEL CHART Model V6EPB-B-S-1-B V6EPB-B-S-2-B V6EPB-B-S-3-B V6EPB-B-S-4-B V6EPB-B-S-5-B V6EPB-B-S-6-B V6EPB-B-S-1-MI V6EPB-B-S-2-MI V6EPB-B-S-3-MI V6EPB-B-S-4-MI V6EPB-B-S-5-MI V6EPB-B-S-6-MI V6EPS-S-S-1-FS V6EPS-S-S-2-FS V6EPS-S-S-3-FS V6EPS-S-S-4-FS V6EPS-S-S-5-FS V6EPS-S-S-6-FS V6EPS-S-S-1-S V6EPS-S-S-2-S V6EPS-S-S-3-S V6EPS-S-S-4-S V6EPS-S-S-5-S V6EPS-S-S-6-S V6EPB-B-S-6-0 V6EPS-S-S-6-0 V6EPB-B-S-LF V6EPS-S-S-LF V6EPB-B-S-LFE V6EPB-B-S-1E-B V6EPB-B-S-2E-B V6EPB-B-S-3E-B V6EPB-B-S-4E-B V6EPB-B-S-5E-B V6EPB-B-S-6E-B V6EPB-B-S-6E-0 V6EPS-S-S-LFE V6EPS-S-S-1E-S V6EPS-S-S-2E-S V6EPS-S-S-3E-S V6EPS-S-S-4E-S V6EPS-S-S-5E-S V6EPS-S-S-6E-S V6EPS-S-S-6E-0 Size/Connection 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) NPT 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) NPT 1˝ (25.40 mm) NPT 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) NPT 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) NPT 2˝ (50.80 mm) NPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) NPT 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) NPT 1˝ (25.40 mm) NPT 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) NPT 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) NPT 2˝ (50.80 mm) NPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) NPT 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) NPT 1˝ (25.40 mm) NPT 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) NPT 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) NPT 2˝ (50.80 mm) NPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) NPT 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) NPT 1˝ (25.40 mm) NPT 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) NPT 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) NPT 2˝ (50.80 mm) NPT No tee No tee 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) NPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) NPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) BSPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) BSPT 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) BSPT 1˝ (25.40 mm) BSPT 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) BSPT 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) BSPT 2˝ (50.80 mm) BSPT No tee 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) BSPT 1/2˝ (12.70 mm) BSPT 3/4˝ (19.50 mm) BSPT 1˝ (25.40 mm) BSPT 1-1/4˝ (31.75 mm) BSPT 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) BSPT 2˝ (50.80 mm) BSPT No tee Body Tee Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS Brass SS Brass SS Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron FS FS FS FS FS FS SS SS SS SS SS SS None None LF, brass LF, SS Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS V6 SET POINT CHARTS - FACTORY INSTALLED TEE APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/ DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR AIR; SCFM (LPM) Pipe Size Actuate 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 6.50 (180) 10.0 (300) 14.0 (420) 21.0 (600) 33.0 (960) 43.0 (1200) Deactuate 5.00 (120) 8.00 (240) 12.0 (360) 18.0 (540) 30.0 (840) 36.0 (1020) P a d d e l l F o w S w i t c h e s , APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/ DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR COLD WATER; GPM (LPM) Pipe Size Actuate 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 1.50 (5.667) 2.00 (7.5) 3.00 (11.33) 4.00 (15.17) 6.00 (22.67) 10.00 (37.83) 1.00 (3.83) 1.25 (4.67) 1.75 (6.67) 3.00 (11.3) 5.00 (18.9) 8.50 (32.2) Deactuate Actuate .04-0.75 .15-2.84 .18-2.70 .09-1.3 V6 LOW FLOW SET POINT CHART MIN-MAX FLOW RATES IN 1/2˝ PIPE Deactuate Media .03-0.60 GPM-water .11-2.27 LPM-water .15-2.0 SCFM-air LPS-air .07-.95 Pressure drop (head loss) is a function of both set point and flow rate. Typically, pressure drop at actuation flow rate listed will be 5-10 psid (.34-.69 bar). Pressure drops at other flow rates will vary in proportion to the (change in flow). USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 273

296

® W O L F SERIES V7 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® VANE OPERATED FLOW SWITCH Magnetic Linkage, UL Approved Pipe Size Dim. A 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-17/64 [32.15] 1-19/32 [40.48] 1-53/64 [46.43] Pipe Size Dim. A 2 3 4 2-11/64 [55.17] 2-11/64 [55.17] 2-11/64 [55.17] 1 NPT 11/16 [17.46] NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN COMMON GROUND 1-3/8 [34.93] A 3/4 [19.05] 3.702 .554 6-31/32 [177.00] 1/2 FEMALE NPSM 2-37/64 [65.48] 2X 47/64 [18.65] The Series V7 Flotect® Vane Flow Switch is an inexpensive range switch for use with compatible liquids to start or stop electronic operated equipment when flow or no- flow conditions occur. Design is standard weatherproof, meeting NEMA 4X. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance • Features a free-swinging vane which attracts a magnet within the solid metal switch body, actuating a snap switch by means of a simple lever arm with no bellows, springs, or seals to fail • Lower body is machined solid metal bar stock assuring no leak points, no matter how long the unit is in service • Robust vane design is rigid and field trimmable for set point adjustment APPLICATIONS • Proof of boiler flow • Shuts down burner when air flow through heating coil fails • Protects pumps, motors and other equipment against low or no flow • Stops liquid cooled engines, machines and processing when coolant flow is interrupted SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids compatible with wetted materials that are non-coating and non- crystallizing. Wetted Materials: Vane: 301 SS; Process connection: Brass or 316 SS; Magnet: Ceramic; Other: 301, 302 SS. Upper Body Material: Die cast aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 250°F (-40 to 121°C). Pressure Limits: 250 psi (17.2 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 10 A @ 125, 250, 480 VAC; 1/8 hp @ 125 VAC, 1/4 hp @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPSM. Process Connection: 1˝ male NPT. Contact factory for optional tees. Pipe Size: 1˝ to 4˝. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal or vertical (actuation flow rates are based on horizontal pipe runs in the vertical position). Will not work in vertical pipe with down flow. Set Point Adjustment: Vane is trimmable, see set point chart. Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (500 g). Agency Approvals: CE, UL. APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR COLD WATER; GPM (LPM) Pipe Size 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ Contact the factory for different actuation-deactuation rates. Actuate 7.5 (28.4) 8.1 (30.8) 11.7 (44.1) 16.9 (64.0) 19.6 (74.2) 31.6 (120) 58.0 (218) Deactuate 6.8 (25.7) 7.6 (28.9) 10.9 (41.3) 15.6 (59.1) 18.1 (68.5) 29.6 (112) 52.0 (197) MODEL CHART Model Body Material V7-WBS-30N V7-WSS-30N Brass 316 SS USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES V10 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® MINI-SIZE FLOW SWITCH Proof of Flow or No Flow in 1/2 to 2” Pipe, Cost Effective, Leak Proof Body, Weatherproof l e d d a P , s e h c t i w S w o F l 4 [101.6] 18 AWG LEAD WIRES 19˝ [482.6] LONG CABLE 1 [25.40] 2-7/8 [73.07] 1/4 [6.35] TRAVEL TO NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION 2-3/8 [61.11] Normally closed position 2-7/8 [73.07] LOWER BODY 7/8 HEX 1/2 MALE NPT VANE Normally open position The Series V10 Flotect® Mini-Size Flow Switch is designed to provide inexpensive, reliable monitoring of the presence or absence of flow in a system. This series is available for field installation in pipelines from 1/2 to 2˝ diameter and available in brass or 303 SS body. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance with rugged, hermetically sealed reed switch • Simple field switch adjustment allows user to toggle between Normally Open (NO) or Normally Closed (NC) with no change in the electrical connection • Switch housing is located outside the process media, allowing simple switch change- over or maintenance without interruption of process flow • Full size, field trimmable stainless steel vane provided with removable template calibrated for brass or ductile iron reducing tees with forged steel straight tee/bushing combinations SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Vane: 301 SS; Body: Brass or 303 SS; Pin and Magnet: Ceramic 8. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: Brass body: 1000 psig (69 bar); 303 SS body: 2000 psig (138 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPST hermetically sealed reed switch. Field adjustable for normally open or normally closed. Electrical Rating: 0.5 A @ 120 VAC; 1.5 A @ 24 VDC res.; 0.001 A @ 200 VDC res. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 19˝ (483 mm) long, PVC jacket. Rated 221°F (105°C). Process Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT or 1/2˝ male BSPT. Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position but the actuation/deactuation flow rates are based on horizontal pipe runs and are nominal values. Set Point Adjustment: Vane is trimmable. Weight: 5.5 oz (0.16 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, UR. Switch Enclosure: Nylon. APPLICATIONS • Proving flow in boilers, hot water heaters, and chillers • Protects pumps, motors and other equipment against low or no flow • Automatically starts auxiliary pumps and engines APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR COLD WATER; GPM (LPM) Pipe Size Trim N.O. 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ N.C. 2.6/2.5 (9.8/9.5) 3.1/2.8 (11.7/10.6) 4.8/4.4 (18.2/16.7) 6.1/5.6 (23.1/21.2) 8.2/7.7 (31/29.1) 9.5/9 (36/34.1) 2.6/2.3 (9.8/8.7) 3.1/2.7 (11.7/10.2) 4.8/4.5 (18.2/17) 6.2/5.6 (23.5/21.2) 8.2/7.7 (31/29.1) 9.5/9.1 (36/34.4) L J H E C Full APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR AIR; SCFM (LPM) Pipe Size Trim N.O. 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 10.3/8.8 (291.7/250) 13/11.6 (368.3/328) 19.2/17.6 (543.3/498) 24.8/22.2 (701.7/628) 33.4/31.2 (946.7/883) 50.2/48.4 (1422/1370) N.C. 10.2/9.2 (288/260) 12.9/11.6 (365/328) 18.9/17.6 (535/498) 24.5/22.5 (693/637) 33/30.6 (935/867) 50.2/47.7 (1422/1352) L J H E C Full MODEL CHART Model V10 V10SS Body Material Brass Connection Type NPT 303 SS NPT V10-BSPT Brass BSPT V10SS-BSPT 303 SS BSPT Switch Configuration Normally open or closed Normally open or closed Normally open or closed Normally open or closed 274 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

297

® SERIES V8 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® VANE OPERATED FLOW SWITCHES Field Adjustable – 1 to 6 Inch Pipe, Leak Proof Body, Chemical Resistance F L O W [3] 18 AWG LEAD WIRES, 18 [460] LONG 1.650 DIA. [42] 1/2 NPTM SWITCH BODY 1 5/16 [34] OCTAGON 1 NPTM FIELD TRIMMABLE VANE 3 1/16 [78] 9 3/8 [238] 5 1/4 [134] TRAVEL 3-1/16 [77.79] 11.800 [299.72] 1/2 NPTM 1-21/32 [41.31] 1-5/16 OCTAGON [33.34] 1 NPTM 5-1/4 [133.35] FIELD TRIMMABLE VANE 3-1/16 [77.79] 12-11/64 [309.17] 1/2 NPTM 1-21/32 [41.31] 1-5/16 OCTAGON [33.34] 1 NPTM 5-1/4 [133.35] FIELD TRIMMABLE VANE V I DEO O N L I N E V8 V8-WP V8-WP2 The Series V8 Flotect® Vane Operated Flow Switches are ideal for protecting unattended equipment from damage or loss of production. This Series is available for installation in a 1 to 6˝ pipe with operating pressures are up to 150 psig (10 bar) and temperatures to 212°F (100°C). FEATURES/BENEFITS • UL recognized as an industrial motor controller per UL standard 508, suitable for mounting in a protected environment • Magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance with free- swinging vane which attracts a magnet within the switch body, actuating a snap switch with no bellows, springs, or seals to fail • Leak proof body and vane constructed of tough durable polyphenylene sulfide which has excellent chemical resistance • A full size trimmable vane is provided with molded-in graduations APPLICATIONS • Chemical processing • Air conditioning • Refrigeration • Heating systems • Cooling lines • Machinery • Liquid transfer systems • Water treatment • Food processing • Machine tools APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/ DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR COLD WATER; GPM (LPM) Pipe Size Actuate/Deactuate 1˝ 10.8/9.1 (40.9/34.6) 1-1/4˝ 9.8/8.3 (37.2/31.4) 1-1/2˝ 8.6/6.8 (32.4/25.7) 2˝ 10.9/8.8 (41.2/33.4) 3˝ 12.9/8.9 (48.8/33.5) 4˝ 21.1/13.8 (79.7/52.2) 6˝ 45/33 (170.2/124.7) APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/ DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR AIR; SCFM (LPM) Pipe Size Actuate/Deactuate 1˝ 39/32.6 (1105/923) 1-1/4˝ 37.5/32.2 (1062/912) 1-1/2˝ 33.4/26.7 (945/757) 2˝ 43/36.8 (1218/1042) 3˝ 52.7/38.9 (1493/1100) 4˝ 87.6/63.6 (2482/1802) 6˝ 168.6/137.4 (4775/3890) l F o w S w i t c h e s , SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Vane and body: Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS); Pin and spring: 316 SS or Inconel®; Magnet: Ceramic 8. Temperature Limit: 212°F (100°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose, WP/WP2 option is weatherproof. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch, MV option: SPDT gold contact snap switch. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC, 5 A resistive, 3 A inductive @ 30 VDC; MV option: 1 A @ 125 VAC, 1 A resistive, 0.5 A inductive @ 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18˝ (460 mm) long. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT, 1/2˝ female NPT on WP and WP2. Process Connection: 1˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Actuation/deactuation flow rates are based on horizontal pipe runs and are nominal values. Unit cannot be used with vertical down flow. Set Point Adjustment: Vane is trimmable. Weight: 4.5 oz (0.13 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. P a d d e l MODEL CHART Model Description V8 Flow switch OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -MV Gold plated contacts, for dry circuits; rated 1A @ 125 VAC; 1A resistive, 0.5A inductive @ 30 VDC Example: V8-MV -INC Inconel® alloy option; Inconel® alloy replaces standard 316 SS wetted parts; wetted parts are Inconel® alloy, ceramic 8, and polyphenylene sulfide Example: V8-INC -WP Weatherproof enclosure; optional housing is phenylpolioxide and provides weatherproof protection for electrical wiring; not UL approved Example: V8-WP -WP2 Optional housing is aluminum and provides weatherproof protection for electrical wiring; not UL approved Example: V8-WP2 Inconel® is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 275

298

® W O L F SERIES FS-2 | W. E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER VANE FLOW SWITCH Low Cost, Field Adjustable Set Point and Paddle , s e h c t i w S w o F l The Series FS-2 Vane Flow Switch offers an economical flow proving solution. The FS-2 paddles are adjustable to fit 1 to 8˝ size pipe. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field adjustable set point adjustment screw allows for easy flow switch modification • Custom application set points enabled by field adjustable vane layers • Aluminum weatherproof housing permits outdoor installation APPLICATIONS • Boiler flow proving • Hot water heaters • Chillers • Cooling lines • Machinery • Liquid transfer systems APPROXIMATE ACTUATION/DEACTUATION FLOW RATES FOR WATER; GPM (LPM) Pipe Size 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ 5˝ 6˝ 8˝ Blade Vane Length in (mm) Dim. X 1.34 (34) 1.34 (34) 2.24 (57) 2.24 (57) 3.46 (88) 3.46 (88) 3.46 (88) 6.57 (167) 6.57 (167) 6.57 (167) Minimum Setting Maximum Setting Actuate 4.0 (15.0) 5.3 (20.0) 7.0 (26.7) 14.1 (53.3) 18.5 (70.0) 27.7 (105.0) 59.4 (225.0) 52.8 (200.0) 75.7 (286.7) 184.9 (700.0) Deactuate 1.8 (6.7) 2.6 (10.0) 4.0 (15.0) 9.7 (36.7) 15.4 (58.3) 25.1 (95.0) 52.8 (200.0) 39.6 (150.0) 52.8 (200.0) 158.5 (600.0) Actuate 8.8 (33.3) 11.4 (43.3) 14.5 (55.0) 31.3 (118.3) 35.2 (133.3) 52.8 (200.0) 123.3 (466.7) 132.1 (500.0) 154.1 (583.3) 396.3 (1500.0) Deactuate 6.6 (25.0) 8.4 (31.7) 11.4 (43.3) 22.5 (85.0) 30.8 (116.7) 46.2 (175.0) 114.5 (433.3) 123.3 (466.7) 140.9 (533.3) 374.2 (1416.7) l a m r e h T SERIES TDFS2 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER THERMAL DISPERSION FLOW SWITCH Non-Mechanical, Low Pressure Drop V I DEO O N L I N E The Series TDFS2 Thermal Dispersion Flow Switch is a thermal flow switch that indicates whether the flow rate is above or below a user set flow rate. The unit incorporates two LED status indicators providing visual switch indication. The set flow rate (setpoint) is field adjustable and the unit has both NO and NC NPN outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Better reliability and life expectancy than mechanical flow switches with no paddles or vanes to wear or break, no jams in the paddle movement, and no seals on movement assembly to wear or leak • Not affected by empty pipe as it avoids overheating by actively heating above the process temperature and then cooling down to process temperature • Set point is easily field set by tapping the included magnet on the set point target three times at the desired flow rate • LED status indicators provide visual switch indication of flow rate in comparison to the set point • Low pressure drop; only needs to be inserted 10% into the flow (e.g. 1/8˝ for 3/4˝ schedule 40 pipe) APPLICATIONS • Boiler flow proving • Hot water heaters • Chillers • Liquid transfer systems MODEL CHART Model TDFS2-1-P-06 Thermal flow switch, 6´ (1.83 m) Description cable with cable gland Note: Consult factory for longer cable lengths. 276 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 2-13/32 [61.1] 5 [127] 4-17/64 [108.3] 3-1/32 [77] 5-49/64 [146.5] x 5-1/8 [130.2] Shown with conduit connection option SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Bellow: Tin-bronze; Vane: SS; Body: Forged brass. Temperature Limit: 230ºF (110ºC). Pressure Limit: 145 psig (10 bar). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP64). Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 10 A res, 3 A ind @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connection: Cable gland with attached wire leads or optional conduit connection. MODEL CHART Model Description FS-2 Paddle flow switch Process Connection: 1˝ male NPT or BSPT. Mounting Orientation: Switch must be installed vertically on horizontal pipe runs. Set Point Adjustment: Four vane combinations and an adjustment screw. Enclosure: Die-cast aluminum alloy. Weight: 28.22 oz (0.8 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -BSPT Example: FS-2-BSPT -CND Process connection Conduit connection, 1˝ NPT female conduit connection with no wire leads. Example: FS-2-CND USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 1-1/8 HEX 4-3/16 [106.17] CABLE CABLE GLAND STATUS INDICATOR SETPOINT TARGET PROCESS CONNECTION 1/2˝ NPT 1-21/64 [33.78] SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible water-based fluids. Wetted Materials: 316 SS. Setpoint Range: 0.5 to 10 ft/s (0.15 to 3.0 m/s). Repeatability: 0.07 ft/s +3% of setpoint. Typical Deadband: 0.1 ft/s +15% of setpoint. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C), Process: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C), Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Pressure Limits: 300 psig (20.67 bar). Response Time: Approximately 8 s. Power Requirement: 9-24 VDC. Switching Current: 400 mA, derate 5 mA/°C above 23°C. Current Consumption: Average: 93 mA, Peak: 300 mA. Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ NPT cable gland with 4 conductor 22 AWG, 6´ (1.83 m) cable. Process Connection: 1/2˝ NPT male. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65). Housing Materials: 316 SS, 416 SS, polycarbonate, neoprene, and acrylated urethane. Switch Type: 1 NO NPN, 1 NC NPN. Input Power and Protection: 0.5A fuse (resettable) reverse polarity protected. Switched Output Protection: 0.5A fuse (resettable) reverse polarity protected. Agency Approvals: CE.

299

® SERIES P2 FLOW SWITCH Ideal for Air and Post-Filtered Water Applications, Fixed Set Point, FDA Compliant F L O W The Series P2 Flow Switch utilizes a piston-type design for both air and pure water applications. The switches have preset actuation points from 0.05 to 1.0 GPM for water and 25 CFH to 5 CFM for air. The P2 is comprised of PPE & PS (polyphenylene ether and polystyrene) housing and piston and 316 SS spring and stop pin. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Piston design incorporates a hermetically sealed SPST magnetic reed switch • All wetted parts are FDA compliant • Economical design APPLICATIONS • Pure water equipment • Filter life monitoring • Heat exchangers • Cooling applications 1 [25.40] 25/32 [19.84] 4-5/16 [109.54] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Housing: PPE & PS (polyphenylene ether and polystyrene); Piston: PPE & PS and epoxy; Spring and stop pin: 316 SS. Temperature Limits: 0 to 212°F (-18 to 100°C). Pressure Limits: 150 psig (10.3 bar) @ 70°F (21°C); 50 psig (3.4 bar) @ 212°F (100°C). Switch Type: SPST, N.O. Electrical Rating: .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connection: 22 AWG, 18˝ (45.7 cm), PVC lead wires. Process Connection: 1/4˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set points shown are based on vertical, inlet down position. Required Filtration: 50 microns or better. Weight: 2 oz (.06 kg). MODEL CHART Model Media Actuation Set Point Model Media P2-11 P2-12 P2-13 P2-14 .05 GPM (.19 LPM) .25 GPM (.95 LPM) .50 GPM (1.89 LPM) 1.0 GPM (3.79 LPM) Liquids Liquids Liquids Liquids P2-15 P2-16 P2-17 P2-18 Gases @ 5 psi Gases @ 5 psi Gases @ 5 psi Gases @ 5 psi Actuation Set Point .42 CFM (11.9 LPM) 1.0 CFM (28.3 LPM) 2.5 CFM (70.8 LPM) 5.0 CFM (141.6 LPM) SERIES P3 POLYPROPYLENE FLOW SWITCHES Fixed Set Points from 0.25 to 2.0 GPM, 3/8” NPT or “Quick Disconnect” Adapters 1 [25.4] 3/4 ACROSS FLATS [19.05] Ø7/16 [Ø11.11] 1 [25.4] 3/4 ACROSS FLATS [19.05] 11/16 HEX [17.46] 11/16 HEX [17.46] 3/8 NPT TYP S h u t t l e / P s t o n i 4-15/64 [107.55] 4 [101.6] l F o w S w i t c h e s , The Series P3 Polypropylene Flow Switches fit almost any piping requirements with compatible liquids. Choose the inlet and outlet port to be 3/8˝ male NPT or 1/4˝ male “Quick Disconnect” then select a quick disconnect acetal adapter for straight through flow or with a shut off valve. APPLICATIONS • Pure water equipment • Filter life monitoring • Heat exchangers • Cooling applications FEATURES/BENEFITS • Piston design incorporates a hermetically sealed SPST magnetic reed switch • Easy integration to existing piping with a variety of fitting options • Selectable shut off valve will stop line flow when the adapter is removed from the switch • Economical design MODEL CHART Model Connection P3-31 P3-32 P3-33 P3-34 P3-35 P3-41 P3-42 P3-43 P3-44 P3-45 3/8˝ NPT 3/8˝ NPT 3/8˝ NPT 3/8˝ NPT 3/8˝ NPT Quick disconnect Quick disconnect Quick disconnect Quick disconnect Quick disconnect Actuation Set Point 0.25 GPM (.95 LPM) 0.50 GPM (1.89 LPM) 1.0 GPM (3.79 LPM) 1.5 GPM (5.68 LPM) 2.0 GPM (7.57 LPM) 0.25 GPM (.95 LPM) 0.50 GPM (1.89 LPM) 1.0 GPM (3.79 LPM) 1.5 GPM (5.68 LPM) 2.0 GPM (7.57 LPM) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Housing: Polypropylene; Piston: PPS composite; Spring: 316 SS; O-ring: Fluorocarbon. Temperature Limits: 0 to 212°F (-18 to 100°C). Pressure Limits: 125 psig (8.6 bar) @ 70°F (21°C), 50 psig (3.4 bar) @ 212°F (100°C). Accuracy: 20% of set point. Repeatability: ±1%. Switch Type: SPST, NO. Electrical Rating: .08 A @ 120 VAC. Electrical Connection: 24˝ (60.96 cm), polymeric wire leads, 22 AWG. Process Connection: 3/8˝ male NPT or 1/4˝ quick disconnect. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set points shown are based on vertical, inlet down position. Required Filtration: 100 microns or better. Weight: 5 oz (0.14 kg). ADAPTERS Model Connection P3-801 P3-802 P3-804 P3-807 P3-901 P3-902 P3-907 Quick disconnect straight through 1/4˝ NPT Quick disconnect straight through 1/4˝ BSPT Quick disconnect straight through 3/8˝ BSPT Quick disconnect straight through 1/4˝ ID tubing Quick disconnect straight through 1/4˝ NPT w/shut-off valve Quick disconnect straight through 1/4˝ BSPT w/shut-off valve Quick disconnect straight through 1/4˝ ID tubing w/shut-off valve DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 277

300

W O L F ® SERIES P1 BRASS FLOW SWITCH Fixed Set points, Flow Rates from 0.10 to 1.5 GPM 1 [25.4] 1/4 NPT 1/2 [12.7] 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/2 NPT [1/4 TYP] [6.35 TYP] 1 [25.4] 2-3/8 [60.33] 1/2 [12.7] 1/4 NPT 2X [Ø9/32] [Ø7.14] 1-1/4 [31.75] 27/32 [21.43] 4-1/8 [104.78] The Series P1 Brass Flow Switch utilizes a piston-type design for accurate detection of excessive or insufficient liquid flow rates. The switches have preset actuation points from 0.10 to 1.5 GPM for liquid flow. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Piston-type operation yields accurate detection of low flow rates • The piston magnetically actuates a hermetically sealed SPST reed switch APPLICATIONS • Industrial cleaning equipment • Detecting loss of fluid in hydraulic systems • Assuring proper coolant flow in semiconductor processing MODEL CHART Model P1-011 P1-012 P1-013 P1-014 P1-015 P1-016 *Calibrated for water at standard conditions. Actuation Set Point* GPM (LPM) 0.10 (.38) 0.25 (.95) 0.50 (1.89) 0.75 (2.84) 1.00 (3.79) 1.50 (5.68) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Housing: Brass; Piston: Polysulfone; Spring: 316 SS; O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Other: Epoxy. Temperature Limits: -20 to 225°F (-29 to 107°C). Pressure Limits: 1000 psig (68.9 bar). Accuracy: ±10% of set point. Repeatability: ±1%. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connection: 18 AWG, 24˝ (60.96 cm), polymeric lead wires. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set points shown are based on vertical, inlet down position. Required Filtration: 50 microns or better. Weight: 0.66 Ib (301 g). Agency Approvals: CE. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov i n o t s P / e l t t u h S SERIES P8 HIGH PRESSURE BRASS FLOW SWITCH Up to 1500 psi, Fixed Set point, Up to 2.0 GPM, Rugged Brass Body , s e h c t i w S w o F l The Series P8 High Pressure Brass Flow Switch is ideal for high in-line pressures. Set points range from 0.25 to 2.0 GPM for liquid flow. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integrates a one-piece magnetic PPS composite piston to handle pressure up to 1500 psi • Less susceptible to clogging than other high in-line pressure switches with 100 micron filtration APPLICATIONS • Industrial cleaning equipment • High pressure lubrication systems MODEL CHART Model P8-11 P8-12 P8-13 P8-14 P8-15 Actuation Set Point GPM (LPM) 0.25 (.95) 0.50 (1.89) 1.0 (3.79) 1.5 (5.68) 2.0 (7.57) 278 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 3/8 NPT TYP 1-9/64 [28.97] 3/4 HEX [19.05] 3-29/64 [87.71] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Housing: Brass; Piston: PPS composite, epoxy; Spring: 316 SS; O-ring: Fluorocarbon. Temperature Limits: -20 to 275°F (-28 to 135°C). Pressure Limits: 1500 psi (103.4 bar). Accuracy: ±20% of set point. Switch Type: SPST, NO. Electrical Rating: .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connection: No. 22 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm), polymeric leads. Process Connections: 3/8˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set points shown are based on vertical, inlet down position. Required Filtration: 100 microns or better. Weight: 6 oz (.17 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

301

® SERIES GVS GLOBE VALVE SWITCH Adjustable Set Point, Rugged Bronze Construction, Straight Through Flow F L O W The Series GVS Globe Valve Switch offers accurate flow detection with 1% repeatability and external adjustability over a broad range of flow settings for compatible liquids. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Externally adjustable flow set point • Durable construction delivers long-life reliability in either water or oil • Ample space for flow to pass keep pressure drop low APPLICATIONS • Detection of improper flow rates in high volume lubrication • Low flow detection in cooling lines • Flow detection in process systems MODEL CHART Model GVS-111 GVS-112 GVS-113 Actuation Set Point Range GPM (LPM) 1.0 to 6.0 (3.8 to 22.7) 5.0 to 15.0 (18.9 to 56.8) 2.0 to 8.0 (7.6 to 30.3) SERIES AFS ADJUSTABLE FLOW SWITCH For Oils, Water and Gases, Infinite Adjustments The Series AFS Adjustable Flow Switch is externally adjustable piston-type flow switches for oils, liquids and gases. This Series offers an infinite number of flow settings from 0.5 to 20 GPM. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Externally adjustable flow set point • Offers a number of flow settings at pressures up to 1000 psig, with low pressure drop and precise repeatability APPLICATIONS • Protecting machine tools from coolant flow failure • Protecting bearings from loss of lubricant • Assuring proper air flow • Water or compatible liquid control • Oil flow control • Control of gas flows MODEL CHART Model AFS-131 AFS-141 AFS-151 AFS-231 AFS-251 AFS-132 AFS-142 AFS-152 AFS-232 AFS-252 Media Electrical Connection Piston Oil Brass Water Polysulfone Liquids 316 SS Gases Brass Gases 316 SS Oil Brass Water Polysulfone Liquids 316 SS Gases Brass Gases 316 SS Wire leads Wire leads Wire leads Wire leads Wire leads 1/2˝ NPT conduit 1/2˝ NPT conduit 1/2˝ NPT conduit 1/2˝ NPT conduit 1/2˝ NPT conduit Housing Brass Brass 316 SS Brass 316 SS Brass Brass 316 SS Brass 316 SS 1/2 NPT 1-25/32 HEX [45] 3 [7.62] 1 NPT 3-1/4 [83] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Housing: Bronze; Shuttle: TFE; Bonnet: Bronze; Spring: 316 SS.; Other: Fluoroelastomer, ceramic. Temperature Limits: -20 to 200°F (-29 to 93°C). Pressure Limits: 400 psig (27 bar) @ 100°F (38°C). Accuracy: ±10%. Repeatability: 1% maximum deviation. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm), polymeric lead wires. Process Connections: 1˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set points shown are based on horizontal, lead wires up positional. Required Filtration: 150 microns or better. Weight: 2 lb, 8 oz (1.16 kg). USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2 [50.80] 3/4 [19.05] 1/2 NPT BOTH ENDS 1-1/4 [31.75] 4-1/8 [104.78] S h u t t l e / P s t o n i SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Housing and Piston: See model chart; Spring: 316 SS; O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Other: Epoxy. Temperature Limits: -20 to 300°F (-29 to 149°C), -20 to 225°F (-29 to 107.2°C) with polysulfone piston. Pressure Limit: 1000 psi (68 bar). Accuracy: ±10% of set point. Repeatability: ±1% maximum deviation. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm), polymeric lead wires, optional 1/2˝ male NPT conduit connection. Process Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT ports. Mounting Orientation: Any. Set Point Adjustment: Liquids: 0.5 to 20 GPM (1.9 to 75.7 LPM); Gases: 1.0 to 75 SCFM (28 to 2124 LPM) at 5 psig. Required Filtration: 50 microns or better. Weight: 2 lb, 11 oz (1.22 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. l F o w S w i t c h e s , USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 279

302

W O L F ® SERIES HFO IN-LINE FLOW ALARM Latching Alarm Capabilities, For Air, Water or Caustic Fluids, Unrestricted Mounting GPM LPM 5 4 3 2 1 20 16 12 8 4 HFO-XXXX . R G . P S 0 1 . W O L F I N O T C E R D I X A M R A B 0 4 2 / I S P 0 0 5 3 7-1/8 [180.98] 2-15/16 [74.61] 4-1/2 [114.3] The Series HFO In-Line Flow Alarm provides continuous monitoring and control of flow rate levels. The flow alarm can be configured to open or close a contact for an increasing or decreasing set point. Available in 1/4˝, 1/2˝, 1˝ or 1-1/2˝ female NPT process connections, in aluminum, brass or 304 SS body. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Provides two 10 A SPDT limit switches with field adjustable alarm settings for application control and integral direct reading scale provides local indication of flow rate • Increased application versatility with no inlet or outlet straight plumbing requirement and can be mounted horizontally, vertically, or inverted • Outdoor or harsh environment installation capable with rugged cast aluminum construction and NEMA 4X (IP65) enclosure SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum, brass or 304 SS; Seals: Buna-N or fluoroelastomer; Magnet: PTFE coated Alnico; Other internal parts: 304 SS. Viscosity: 500 SSU. Temperature Limits: 170°F (76°C). Pressure Limits: Aluminum body: 600 psig (41 bar); Brass body: 3500 psig (240 bar); 304 SS body: 6000 psig (413 bar). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Accuracy: ±2% FS. Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Switch Type: SPDT, 10 A @ 250 VAC; 0.5 A @ 125 VDC, (resistive). Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2˝ female NPT models: 3 lb (1.4 kg); 3/4 to 1˝ female NPT models: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg); 1-1/2˝ female NPT models: 12 lb (5.4 kg). APPLICATIONS • Waste water processing • Lubrication systems • Process control • Solar systems • Drain lines • Pump testing MODEL CHART - DUAL SCALE RANGE Model HFO-21112 HFO-21123 Connection Size 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT Range, Air: SCFM, SLPS 2 to 12, 1 to 5.5 4 to 23, 2 to 10 Body Material Aluminum Aluminum MODEL CHART Model HFO-22205 HFO-22315 HFO-22320 HFO-22440 HFO-22550 HFO-23202 HFO-23210 Connection Size 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 1-1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT Range, Water: GPM, LPM 0.5 to 5.0, 2 to 19 1 to 15, 5 to 55 2 to 20, 10 to 74 4 to 40, 20 to 150 6 to 50, 20 to 190 .2 to 2, 1 to 8 1 to 10, 3 to 37.5 Body Material Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass 304 SS 304 SS USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES HFT IN-LINE FLOW TRANSMITTER Local Flow Indication, Unrestricted Mounting, 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, and 1-5 V Output i e n L - n I . R G . P S 0 1 . , s r e t t i m s n a r T w o F l W O L F I N O T C E R D I X A M R A B 0 4 2 / I S P 0 0 5 3 7-1/8 [180.98] The Series HFT In-Line Flow Transmitter provides continuous monitoring of flow rate levels via a direct reading in-line flowmeter with electronics to provide proportional 4-20 mA, 0-5 and 1-5 VDC analog outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Provides analog output to monitor application flow and integral direct reading scale to provide local indication of flow rate • Increased application versatility with no inlet or outlet straight plumbing requirement and can be mounted horizontally, vertically, or inverted • Outdoor or harsh environment installation capable with rugged cast aluminum construction and NEMA 4X (IP65) enclosure APPLICATIONS • Waste water processing • Lubrication systems • Process control • Solar systems • Drain lines • Pump testing • Drive data acquisition devices, meters or analog input cards MODEL CHART - DUAL SCALE RANGE Model HFT-1112 HFT-1123 Connection Size 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT Range, Air: SCFM, SLPS 2 to 12, 1 to 5.5 4 to 23, 2 to 10 Body Material Aluminum Aluminum OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate 280 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 2-15/16 [74.61] 4-1/2 [114.3] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases or liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum, brass or 304 SS; Seals: Buna-N or Fluoroelastomer; Magnet: PTFE coated Alnico; Other internal parts: 304 SS. Viscosity: 500 SSU. Temperature Limits: 170˚F (76˚C). Pressure Limits: Aluminum body: 600 psig (41 bar); Brass body: 3500 psig (240 bar); 304 SS body: 6000 psig (413 bar). Power Requirements: 12-35 VDC. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Accuracy: ±2% FS. Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Response Time: < 100 ms. Output Signal: 4-20 mA; 0-5 V; 1-5 V. Shipping Weight: 1/4 to 1/2˝ female NPT models: 3 lb (1.4 kg); 3/4 to 1˝ female NPT models: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg); 1-1/2˝ female NPT models: 12 lb (5.4 kg). MODEL CHART Model HFT-2205 HFT-2315 HFT-2320 HFT-2440 HFT-2550 HFT-3202 HFT-3210 Connection Size 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 1-1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT Range, Water: GPM, LPM 0.5 to 5.0, 2 to 19 1 to 15, 5 to 55 2 to 20, 1 to 75 4 to 40, 15 to 150 6 to 50, 20 to 190 .2 to 2, 1 to 8 1 to 10, 3 to 3.75 Body Material Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass 304 SS 304 SS USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

303

® SERIES PFT | W. E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER PADDLEWHEEL FLOW SENSOR Non-Magnetic Sensing, Adjustable for 1-1/2 to 40˝ (38.1 to 1016 mm) Pipe, Pulse or 4-20 mA F L O W 1/2˝ NPT Ø2-1/2 [63.50] 3-13/16 [96.84] 1-1/2˝ NPT 19.500 MAX 7-29/32 [200.94] 2-25/64 [60.72] 2˝ HEX [50.80] Ø1.125 5.000 MAX SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water-based fluids. Range: 1.2 to 25 ft/s (0.37 to 7.62 m/s). Wetted Materials: Body and fitting: Brass or 316 SS; fitting O-ring: FKM standard, silicone or Buna-N optional; impeller: 316 SS; shaft: Tungsten carbide standard or 316 SS optional; bearing: PTFE standard. Linearity: ±1.0% of FS. Repeatability: ±0.5% of FS. Temperature Limits: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Pressure Limits: 400 psig (27.6 bar) @ 100°F (37.8°C), 325 psig (22.4 bar) @ 212°F (100°C). Process Connection: 1-1/2˝ NPT male or 1-1/2˝ BSPT male standard, 2˝ NPT male or 2˝ BSPT male optional. Output: Pulse: NPN open collector with square wave output, rated 60 V @ 50 mA max; Frequency: 3.2 to 200 Hz. Pulse Width: 2.5 msec ±25%; 4-20 mA: 4 mA is 0 ft/s, 20 mA is 25 ft/s. Power Requirement: 10-35 VDC. Power Consumption: 40 mA (max.). Electrical Connection: 22 AWG shielded UL type PTLC rated 105°C, 20´ (6.1 m) long with cable gland. Can be extended up to 2000´ (609 m) with similar cable. Optional UL listed burial rated cable. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6P (IP67)*. Housing Materials: Brass or 316 SS. Weight: 3 lb (1.36 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. *Brass units IP67 only. ACCESSORIES Model A-PFT-HKIT A-PFT-HKIT-SS A-PFT-HKIT-BSPT A-PFT-HKIT-SS-BSPT Description 1-1/2˝ Brass valve NPT with nipple 1-1/2˝ SS valve NPT with nipple 1-1/2˝ Brass valve BSPT with nipple 1-1/2˝ SS valve BSPT with nipple l F o w T r a n s m j l A d u s t a b e I n s e r t i o n i t t e r s , l P a d d e w h e e l , USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 281 PFT-IAN-B111-S PFT-HDN-S611-S shown with A-PFT-HKIT-SS PFT-HDN-B611-S shown with A-PFT-HKIT The Series PFT Paddlewheel Flow Sensor is used to monitor liquid flow rates in pipes from 1-1/2 to 40˝ (40-1016 mm). The unit has one size-adjustable sensor and is available in brass or 316 SS body. The unit outputs a frequency proportional pulsed or 4-20 mA output. The pulse models are a square wave output signal with frequency proportional to the flow velocity and the 4-20 mA models have a linear output of the velocity with 4 mA equal to 0 ft/s and 20 mA equal to 25 ft/s. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Bearings and shaft offer excellent wear protection even in applications with particulate for long life • Weatherproof and submersible rated for irrigation applications • One unit adjustable over a large pipe size range • Multiple wetted material choices offer application versatility • Integral 4-20 mA output with no need for additional external components • Sensor technology uses inductive sensing to sense the blades of the impeller therefore does not use magnets allowing low flow rate monitoring with no concerns regarding magnetic material in the flow APPLICATIONS • Irrigation • Ground water remediation • Cooling systems • Pump protection • Leak detection • Filtration systems MODEL CHART Example Series Style PFT -I D N -B 1 1 1 -S -ST PFT-IDN-B111-S-ST PFT I H D A N B S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 1 2 S B Output Approvals Body Material Mounting O-Ring Material Wetted Materials Electrical Connection Options Paddlewheel flow sensor Insertion Hot-tap insertion 600UA/40 MA 2.5 MS pulse Analog 4-20 mA transmitter None Brass body 316 SST body 1-1/2˝ NPTM mounting 2˝ NPTM mounting 1-1/2˝ male BSPT mounting 2˝ male BSPT mounting 1-1/2˝ NPTM hot top with valve 1-1/2˝ BSPT hot tap without valve 1-1/2˝ BSPT hot tap with valve 1-1/2˝ BSPT hot tap without valve FKM fluoroelastomer Silicone (FDA approved) Buna-N Tungsten-carbide shaft, 316 SS impeller, PTFE bearing 316 SS shaft, 316 SS impeller, PTFE bearing 22 GA shielded wire, 20 ft (6.1 m) 18 GA UL listed burial rated, 4 ft (1.2 m) ST Stainless steel tag

304

® W O L F SERIES SF | W. E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER SIGHT FLOW TRANSMITTER ±2% FS Accuracy, 4-20 mA Output, Pressure up to 500 psig (34 bar) 2 [50.80] 1/2˝ FEMALE NPT 2-29/64 [62.31] 2-5/8 [66.68] 1-9/64 [28.97] 3-45/64 [94.06] The Series SF Sight Flow Transmitter is a Series of sight indicators which can display flow or contents of pipelines and provide an analog 4-20 mA signal proportional to the flow rate. It is available with a 316 SS or clear polycarbonate cover. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integrates tangential turbine technology with hermetically sealed circuitry to provide accurate flow measurement and control in the harshest environments • 2-wire loop-powered design transmits a 4-20 mA signal proportional to flow rate for remote flow monitoring • Clear polycarbonate viewing cover option for visible indication of flow • 316 SS cover offers added protection with pressure limit up to 500 psig (34 bar) • LED power indication, adjustable zero and span, polarity protection and over current limiting • Accurately measures flow in both directions and can be mounted in any orientation APPLICATIONS • Cooling and lubrication circuits • HVAC systems • Aggressive chemical metering • Batching systems SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: 316 SS shaft and case, Iglide® bearings, Buna-N seal and acetal copolymer, (polycarbonate cover on Model SF11). Flow Range: 0.5 to 15 GPM (2 to 60 LPM). Accuracy: ±2% FS. Repeatability: 0.5% FS. Temperature Limits: 20 to 225°F (-7 to 107°C). Pressure Limits: 500 psig (34 bar) Model SF10; 200 psig (14 bar) Model SF11. Response Time: 2 s to 90% (step change in flow rate). Supply Voltage: 12-35 VDC. Output: 4-20 mA. Loop Resistance: 1150 Ω max. Process Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Electrical Connection: Wire leads: 22 AWG x 9´ (2.7 m). Max. Particle Size: 100µm. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model Cover Material SF10 SF11 316 SS Clear polycarbonate OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FT1 NIST traceable calibration certificate Iglide® is a registered trademark of Igus GMBH SERIES SF2 SIGHT FLOW METERS SPDT or Pulse Output, Visual Flow Confirmation, Brass Body A 2-1/2 [63.5] C B D C , s r e t t i m s n a r T w o F l i e n L - n I , l e e h w e d d a P l SF2-1 SF2-2 41/64 [16.27] Side view VAC switch Side view VDC switch and models transmitter models DIMENSIONS in [mm] Model SF2-104 SF2-101 SF2-114 SF2-111 SF2-124 SF2-121 A 3-1/64 [76.6] 3-1/64 [76.6] 3-1/64 [76.6] 3-1/64 [76.6] 3-61/64 [100.41] 3-61/64 [100.41] B - 4-1/2 [114.3] - 4-1/2 [114.3] - 4-49/64 [121.05] C 7/8 [22.23] 7/8 [22.23] 7/8 [22.23] 7/8 [22.23] 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-1/16 [26.99] D 2-21/64 [59.13] - 2-21/64 [59.13] - 2-61/64 [75] - Model SF2-134 SF2-131 SF2-204 SF2-214 SF2-224 SF2-234 A 3-61/64 [100.41] 3-61/64 [100.41] 3-1/64 [76.6] 3-1/64 [76.6] 3-61/64 [100.41] 3-61/64 [100.41] B - 4-49/64 [121.05] - - - - C 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-1/16 [26.99] 13/16 [20.64] 13/16 [20.64] 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-1/16 [26.99] D 2-61/64 [75] - 2-21/64 [59.13] 2-21/64 [59.13] 2-61/64 [75] 2-61/64 [75] The Series SF2 Sight Flow Meters combine visual confirmation of flow with a relay or pulse output. The SF2-1 offers a SPDT relay output and the SF2-2 offers a pulse output proportional to the rate of flow. The 4.5-24 VDC pulse output is compatible with most digital logic families. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Brass, solid body construction, one piece composite rotor, and ceramic shaft delivers durability with broader chemical, temperature, and pressure capabilities • Set points are fully adjustable over the specified flow range • The dynamic operation of the rotor guards against jamming and false actuation APPLICATIONS • Cooling and lubrication circuits • HVAC systems • Aggressive chemical metering • Batching systems SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids compatible with wetted parts. Wetted Materials: Brass body, ceramic pin, PPS rotor, Polysulfone lens and fluoroelastomer O-ring. Accuracy: Relay output: ±5%; Pulsed output: ±7% for ranges up to 5.0 GPM, ±15% for ranges up to 60.0 GPM. Temperature Limits: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C). Pressure Limit: 200 psig (13.8 bar) @ 70°F. Power Requirements: See table. Output: SPDT: 1 Amp, 24 VDC resistive; 0.3 Amp, 110 VAC or 4.5-24 VDC pulse depending on model. Electrical Connections: Relay output models: 20AWG PVC-jacketed, 24˝ cable; Pulsed output models: 22AWG PVC-jacketed, 24˝ cable. Process Connections: See table. Set Point Differential: 15% max for relay output models. Maximum Viscosity: 200 SSU. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART - SPDT RELAY OUTPUT Model SF2-104 SF2-101 SF2-114 SF2-111 SF2-124 SF2-121 SF2-134 SF2-131 Range (GPM) Power 0.5 to 5.0 0.5 to 5.0 4.0 to 20.0 4.0 to 20.0 5.0 to 30.0 5.0 to 30.0 8.0 to 60.0 8.0 to 60.0 24 VDC 110 VAC 24 VDC 110 VAC 24 VDC 110 VAC 24 VDC 110 VAC Connection 1/4˝ female NPT 1/4˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT 282 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART - PULSED OUTPUT Model SF2-204 SF2-214 SF2-224 SF2-234 Range (GPM) Power 0.5 to 5.0 4.0 to 20.0 5.0 to 30.0 8.0 to 60.0 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC Connection 1/4˝ female NPT 1/2˝ female NPT 3/4˝ female NPT 1˝ female NPT USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

305

® SERIES SFI-800 | W. E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS/TRANSMITTERS Low Cost, Optional Output for Flow Rate and Totalization UV Stabilized Polycarbonate Model 1-15/32 [37.30] 17/32 [13.50] 2-15/16 [74.61] [4] 1/4 DIA [6.35] HOLE ON 2-1/2 DIA [63.5] BOLT CIRCLE 1-3/32 [27.78] REMOVAL CLEARANCE 2-1/4 [57.15] F L O W 2-1/32 [51.59] SFI-801 SFI-800 SFI with A-711 option SFI with A-711 option SFI model only [4] 13/64 DIA [5.16] HOLE ON 2-1/2 DIA [63.5] BOLT CIRCLE PANEL MOUNT CUTOUT 2-1/2 [63.50] 2-13/16 [71.44] 1/2 OR 3/4 NPT 2 [50.80] 2-5/16 [58.74] The Series SFI-800 Sight Flow Indicators/Transmitters are low cost, durable rotor style flow indicators with optional Hall Effect magnetic output packages to combine visual confirmation of flow with optional remote flow monitoring. There are three output sensors available, the A-711 offering two pulsed voltage signals proportional to flow rate, the A-712 which outputs a linear 1-10 VDC signal proportional to flow rate, and the A-713 which offers two programmable open collector switch outputs. The Model A-711 is a unique and patent pending sensor that outputs two pulsed voltage signals with one providing a 5 VDC pulse and the other a pulse of the input supply voltage used, ranging from 8-18 VDC. The Model A-712 is a sensor that outputs a linear 1-10 VDC signal proportional to flow rate. The Model A-713 is a sensor with two programmable open collector switch outputs with one output closed above the set point and the other output closed below the set point ideal for low flow or high flow indication. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Constructed of clear plastic enabling 360° viewing of the rotor for easy flow indication • SFI-800 models are constructed of Polysulfone with excellent chemical compatibility, high pressure and temperature ratings, and all wetted materials are FDA/NSF ratable for potable water applications • SFI-801 models are constructed of UV stabilized Polycarbonate making them ideal for outdoor applications and easy view bright red impeller • All three output packages cam be installed or replaced in the field without any tools and without removing the body from the process line • Units are weather-tight for outdoor or wash-down area use • A-713 features a user-friendly set point button which is set at the desired flow rate with red LED indication of switch status APPLICATIONS • Cooling and lubrication circuits • HVAC systems • Aggressive chemical metering • Batching systems MODEL CHART - BODY ONLY Polysulfone Body Model SFI-800-1/2 SFI-800-3/4 SFI-800-1/2-LF Polycarbonate Body Model SFI-801-1/2 SFI-801-3/4 SFI-801-1/2-LF Description Indicator only Indicator only Indicator only Description Indicator only Indicator only Indicator only MODEL CHART - SENSOR ONLY Model Description Pulsed output A-711 1-10 VDC A-712 Two open collectors A-713 *Sensor only, not attached to the flow indicator body. Range GPM (LPM) 2 to 20 (7.6 to 75.5) 3 to 35 (11.4 to 132.5) 0.5 to 6.5 (1.9 to 24.6) Range GPM (LPM) 2 to 20 (7.6 to 75.5) 3 to 35 (11.4 to 132.5) 0.5 to 6.5 (1.9 to 24.6) Connection Female NPT 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1/2˝ Connection Female NPT 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1/2˝ ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (for A-712 option only) Temperature Limits: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C). Power Requirements: 15-28 VDC. Output Signal: White lead: 1-10 VDC. Accuracy: ±5% FS. Electrical Termination: Black lead: Ground; Red lead: 15-28 VDC input; White lead: 1-10 VDC output. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ( for A-713 option only) Temperature Limits: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C). Power Requirements: 8-28 VDC. Output Signal: White lead: Normally open switch; Green lead: Normally closed switch. Both open collector, 100 mA max, 28 VDC max. Electrical Connections: Black lead: Ground; White lead: Normally open; Green lead: Normally closed; Red lead: 8-28 VDC. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible fluids. Wetted Materials: Body: SFI-800: Polysulfone; SFI-801: UV stabilized polycarbonate; Window: SFI-800: Polysulfone; SFI-801: UV stabilized polycarbonate; Rotor: SFI-800: White polysulfone; SFI-801: Red UV stabilized PBT; Rotor Pin: 316 SS; Thrust washers: 300 Series SS; O-ring: SFI-800: Fluoroelastomer (NSF grade); SFI-801: Buna-N. Temperature Limits: SFI-800: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); SFI-801: -20 to 130°F (-29 to 55°C). Pressure Limits: SFI-800: 150 psi (10.34 bar); SFI-801: 125 psi (8.62 bar). Viscosity Max: 200 SSU. Weight: SFI-800: 3.35 oz (95 g); SFI- 800-A711: 5.0 oz (142 g). ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (for A-711 Option Only) Temperature Limits: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C). Power Requirements: 8-28 VDC. Output Signal: White lead: 5 VDC; Green lead: 8-28 VDC equal to supply voltage. Pulsed output with frequency rate proportional to flow rate. Accuracy: ±5% FS. Frequency Output Range: 0 to 100 Hz. Electrical Connections: Black lead - ground; White lead: 5 VDC out pulse; Green lead: 8-28 VDC out pulse; Red lead: 8-28 VDC supply. A-711 attached to flow indicator body OPTIONS - BODY AND SENSORS ATTACHED To order add suffix: Description -A711 Example: SFI-800-1/2-A711 -A712 Example: SFI-800-1/2-A712 -A713 Example: SFI-800-1/2-A713 A-712 attached to flow indicator body A-713 attached to flow indicator body SERIES SFI-100T | W. E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER SIGHT FLOW INDICATOR/TRANSMITTER Output for Flow Rate and Totalization 3 [76.20] 2 [50.80] 4 [101.60] 1-3/8 [34.93] 3/4 NPT 2 PLCS l P a d d e w h e e l , I n - L n e i l F o w T r a n s m i t t e r s , The Series SFI-100T Sight Flow Indicator/Transmitter is a low cost and durable flow transmitter that combines our popular 100 Series Sight Flow Indicator with our A-711T output sensor for visual and remote monitoring of flow. The A-711T output sensor has two pulsed voltage signals with one providing a 5 VDC pulse, the other a pulse of the input supply voltage used, ranging from 8-28 VDC and a pulsed output with a frequency change proportional to the flow rate. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Constructed of a robust, solid brass body and a tempered glass window • Bright red impeller yields great visual indication of flow through the window • Front window can be easily unscrewed to clean out the sight flow indicator • Ideal for outdoor applications with weatherproof body that is unaffected by UV light SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible fluids. Wetted Materials: Body: Brass; Window: Tempered glass; Rotor: Red UV stabilized PBT; Rotor pin: 316 SS; Thrust washers: 300 series SS; Gasket: Buna-N. Temperature Limits: -20 to 200°F (-29 to 93°C). Pressure Limits: 125 psi (8.62 bar). Viscosity Max: 200 SSU. Weight: SFI only: 1.5 lb (0.7 kg); with A-711T: 1.8 lb (0.8 kg). • Monitoring chilled or hot water flow • Monitoring water flow in chillers ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: -20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C). Power Requirements: 8-28 VDC. Output Signal: White lead: 5 VDC. Green lead: 8-28 VDC equal to supply voltage. Pulsed output with frequency rate proportional to flow rate. Accuracy: ±5% FS. Frequency Output Range: 0 to 100 Hz. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal. Electrical Connections: Black lead: Ground; White lead: 5 VDC out pulse; Green lead: 8-28 VDC out pulse; Red lead: 8-28 VDC supply. APPLICATIONS • Cooling and lubrication circuits • HVAC systems MODEL CHART Model SFI-100T-1/2-A711T SFI-100T-3/4-A711T A-711T Description Brass indicator with A-711T sensor Brass indicator with A-711T sensor Output sensor package Range GPM (LPM) 2 to 20 (7.6 to 75.5) 3 to 35 (11.4 to 132.5) - Connection Female NPT 1/2˝ 3/4˝ - ++ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 283

306

W O L F ® SERIES DFMT & DFMT2 DIGITAL PADDLEWHEEL FLOW TRANSMITTERS Flow and Total Indication, Easy to Read LCD Display, 4-20 mA or Pulse Output 3-7/8˝ [100] 3-7/8˝ [100] 2-3/4 [68] A DFMT Connection A 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 6˝ (152 mm) 6˝ (152 mm) 6-1/4˝ (158 mm) 6-1/4˝ (158 mm) 6-5/8˝ (168 mm) 7-1/4˝ (184 mm) B 4-3/4˝ (121 mm) 5-1/8˝ (130 mm) 5-5/8˝ (142 mm) 5-1/2˝ (141 mm) 6-7/8˝ (175 mm) 6-7/8˝ (175 mm) 3-5/8 [93] B DFMT 1-13/32 [35.72] 4-9/16 [115.89] CABLE LENGTH 197˝ [5 m] 3-7/8 [100] 31/32 [24.61] 3-7/8 [100] 4-1/2 [114.30] B V I DEO O N L I N E DFMT2 Remote mounting bracket (stainless steel) DFMT2 , s r e t t i m s n a r T w o F l i e n L - n I , l e e h w e d d a P l The Series DFMT Digital Paddlewheel Flow Transmitters provide instantaneous, as well as totalizing flow monitoring. The unit offers a user selectable 4-20 mA or pulse output with compact display. FEATURES/BENEFITS • The large backlit LCD display defines instantaneous as well as cumulative flow with visual indication bar designating percent of max flow • Long operation life with high accuracy paddlewheel technology and corrosion resistant PVDF sensor • Totalizer is user resettable at any time ideal for single batch totalization • Security password protecting prevents any unauthorized changes APPLICATIONS • Cooling towers • Chemical proportioning or blending • Industrial water and wastewater treatment • Cooling water monitoring • Fluctuating fluid conductivity applications • Reverse osmosis systems The Series DFMT2 Remote Digital Paddlewheel Flow Transmitter provides instantaneous, as well as totalizing flow monitoring. The unit offers a user selectable 4 to 20 mA or pulse output with remote display. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Two piece design allows the user to separate the control display from the application, making it ideal in areas where space is limited • The large backlit LCD display defines instantaneous as well as cumulative flow with visual indication bar designating percent of max flow • Long operation life with high accuracy paddlewheel technology and corrosion resistant PVDF sensor • Totalizer is user resettable at any time ideal for single batch totalization • Security password protecting prevents any unauthorized changes APPLICATIONS • Reverse osmosis systems • Remote flow monitoring • Cooling towers • Chemical proportioning or blending • Industrial water & wastewater treatment • Cooling water monitoring • Fluctuating fluid conductivity applications 284 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible clean liquids. Range: See model chart. Wetted Materials: Sensor and impeller: PVDF; Shaft: Ceramic; O-rings: Fluoroelastomer. Accuracy: ±1.5% FS. Repeatability: ±0.5% FS. Output: Analog: 4-20 mA (750 Ω max. loop resistance); Pulse: NPN square wave output; Frequency: 0 to 2 kHz (adjustable); Pulse width: 0 to 1000 ms (adjustable). Electrical Connections: Removable screw terminal. Temperature Limits: Process: -4 to 194°F (-20 to 90°C); Ambient: -4 to 149°F (-20 to 65°C). Pressure Limit: 145 psi (1.0 MPa). Power Requirements: 12-24 VDC. Power Consumption: 2 W. Display: 2.38 x 1.25˝ (60.33 x 31.75 mm) LCD. Totalizing Display Maximum: 9,999,999,999. Process Connection: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Enclosure Material: ABS plastic. Weight: See model chart. MODEL CHART Model DFMT-10A DFMT-15A DFMT-20A DFMT-25A DFMT-40A DFMT-50A Range GPM (m3/h) 0.44 to 7.93 (0.1 to 1.8) 0.88 to 17.61 (0.2 to 4) 1.32 to 26.42 (0.3 to 6) 2.20 to 52.83 (0.5 to 12) 6.61 to 105.67 (1.5 to 24) 8.81 to 176.11 (2 to 40) Connection Weight lb (kg) 3/8˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT 1.06 (0.48) 1.10 (0.5) 1.15 (0.52) 1.23 (0.56) 1.46 (0.66) 1.68 (0.76) MODEL CHART Model DFMT2-10A DFMT2-15A DFMT2-20A DFMT2-25A DFMT2-40A DFMT2-50A Range GPM (m3/h) 0.44 to 7.93 (0.1 to 1.8) 0.88 to 17.61 (0.2 to 4) 1.32 to 26.42 (0.3 to 6) 2.20 to 52.83 (0.5 to 12) 6.61 to 105.67 (1.5 to 24) 8.81 to 176.11 (2 to 40) Connection Weight lb (kg) 3/8˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT 1.76 (0.8) 1.81 (0.82) 1.85 (0.84) 1.94 (0.88) 2.20 (1.0) 2.43 (1.1)

307

SERIES WMH MULTI-JET HOT WATER METER High Temperature Threshold, Pulsed Output F L O W W H L V I DEO O N L I N E Size in (mm) Spud NPSM (BSPP) Length ‘L’ in (mm) Width ‘W’ in (mm) Height ‘H’ in (mm) Weight lb (kg) 5/8 x 1/2 (15) 5/8 x 3/4 3/4 (20) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (40) 2 (50) 4-15/64(107.5) 4-15/64(107.5) 4-15/64(107.5) 4-5/8(117.5) 4-5/8(117.5) 5-9/16(141.5) 6-31/32(177) 6-1/2(165) 7-1/2(190) 7-1/2(190) 10-1/4(260) 10-1/4 (260) 11-13/16 (300) 11-13/16 (300) 3-45/64 (94) 3-45/64(94) 3-45/64(94) 3-55/64(98) 3-55/64(98) 4-51/64(122) 5-45/64(145) 3/4 ̋ (3/4˝) 1 ̋ (1˝) 1 ̋ (1˝) 1-1/4 ̋ (1-1/4˝) 1-1/2 ̋ (1-1/2˝) 2 ̋ (2˝) 2-1/2 ̋ (2-1/2˝) 3.75(1.7) 3.97(1.8) 4.9(2.2) 6.4(2.9) 8.2(3.7) 13.52 (6.17) 18.74 (8.5) The Series WMH Multi-Jet Hot Water Meter is a series of mechanical, water totalizing meters that display the total water usage in gallons with m3 options. They are available in a range of body sizes and include NPT or BSPT optional couplings. The high temperature resistant brass body is compatible in applications with high temperature water not suitable with standard brass water meters and maintains its accuracy. APPLICATIONS • HVAC applications • Measuring total condenser water flow in residential, commercial and industrial applications • Remote hot water monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water. Wetted Materials: Body: Brass; Couplings: Brass; Measuring Chamber: Brass. Flow Range: See model chart. Accuracy: WMH-A-X-XX: Transitional Flow: ±3%; Nominal Flow: ±1.5%. Temperature Limit: 190°F (88°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10 bar). Totalizing Display Maximum: See model chart. *Consult factory for m3, BSPT units or additional pulse output options Output Signal: Pulse output with frequency proportional to flow rate. Pulse Options: 0.1 gal, 1 gal, 10 gal, 100 gal per pulse (1 L, 10 L, 100 L, 1000 per pulse) See model chart.* Electrical Rating: 0.01A @ 24VAC/DC. Electrical Connections: Color-coded lead wires, 4.5´ (1.5 m) long. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with register facing up. Weight: See dimension chart. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High temperature threshold of 190°F (88°C) ideal for high temperature applications • Multi-jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges, even in low flow applications • Magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register does not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water • Designed for long service life and maintenance-free operation • Integral strainer that protects meter from particulate damage • Easy installation with included coupling adapters • Pulsed output proportional to flow allows for remote flow totalization USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer an Reproductive Harm www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES WNT MODEL CHART Model WMH-A-C-01 WMH-A-C-02 WMH-A-C-03 WMH-A-C-06 WMH-A-C-01-1 WMH-A-C-02-1 WMH-A-C-03-1 WMH-A-C-06-1 WMH-A-C-07-1 WMH-A-C-08-1 WMH-A-C-01-10 WMH-A-C-02-10 WMH-A-C-03-10 WMH-A-C-06-10 WMH-A-C-07-10 WMH-A-C-08-10 Size 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ 5/8˝ x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ SL 1˝ 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ 5/8˝ x 3/4 3/4˝ SL 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 5/8 x 1/2˝ 5/8 x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ SL 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Coupling Size 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT GPM (Gallons Per Minute) Max Flow Nominal Flow Range Transitional Flow 20 20 30 50 20 20 30 50 100 160 20 20 30 50 100 160 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 8 to 160 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 8 to 160 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 Display Max (Gallons) 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.9 9,999,999.9 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.9 9,999,999.9 Pulse Rate (Gal/Pulse) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 W a t e r M e t e r s MULTI-JET BRASS BODY WATER METER NSF Certified, Lead Free, Economical W SPUD L H V I DEO O N L I N E Size in (mm) Spud NPSM (BSPP) Length ‘L’ in (mm) Width ‘W’ in (mm) Height ‘H’ in (mm) Weight lb (kg) 5/8 x 1/2 (15) 5/8 x 3/4 (15) 3/4 (20) 1 (25) 1-1/2 (40) 2 (50) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-5/8 (117.5) 4-5/8 (117.5) 4-5/8 (117.5) 5-9/16 (141.5) 7-31/64(190) 7-31/64(190) 10-1/4 (260) 10-1/4(260) 11-13/16 (300) 11-13/16 (300) 3-45/64 (94) 3-45/64 (94) 3-55/64 (98) 3-55/64 (98) 4-51/64 (122) 5-45/64 (145) 3/4 ̋ (3/4˝) 1 ̋ (1˝) 1 ̋ (1˝) 1-1/4 ̋ (1-1/4˝) 2˝ (2˝) 2-1/2˝ (2-1/2˝) 3.58 (1.63) 3.81 (1.73) 6.02 (2.73) 6.02 (2.73) 12.02 (5.45) 13.23 (6) The Series WNT Multi-Jet Brass Body Water Meter is a series of mechanical, water totalizing meters that display the total water usage in gallons or cubic meter. They are available in a range of body sizes and include NPT or BSPT couplings. Its lead free, NSF certified body is ideal for potable water applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NSF/ANSI makes it ideal for no lead portable water requirements • Multi-jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges, even in low flow applications • Magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register does not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water • Designed for long service life and maintenance-free operation • Integral strainer that protects meter from particulate damage • Easy installation with included coupling adapters • Pulsed output proportional to flow allows for remote flow totalization APPLICATIONS • Potable water applications • Residential water measurement • Remote water monitoring MODEL CHART Model WNT-A-C-01 WNT-A-C-02 WNT-A-C-05 WNT-A-C-06 WNT-A-C-07-1 WNT-A-C-08-1 Size 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ 5/8˝ x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ x 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water. Wetted Materials: Body: ECO BRASS®; Couplings: ECO BRASS®; Measuring chamber: ABS Plastic. Flow Range: See model chart. Accuracy: Transitional Flow: ±3%; Nominal Flow: ±1.5%. Temperature Limit: 122°F (50° C). Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10 bar). Totalizing Display Maximum: See model chart. Output Signal: Pulse output with frequency proportional to flow rate. Pulse Options: 0.1 gal, 1 gal, 10 gal, 100 gal per pulse. Electrical Rating: 0.01 A @ 24 VAC/DC. Electrical Connections: Color-coded lead wires, 4.5´ (1.5 m) long. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with register facing up. Weight: See dimension chart. Agency Approvals: NSF. Coupling Size 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT GPM (Gallons Per Minute) Max Flow Nominal Flow Range Transitional Flow 20 20 30 50 100 160 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 8 to 160 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.25 2 Display Max (Gallons) 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.9 9,999,999.9 Pulse Rate (Gal/Pulse) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 ECO BRASS® is a registered trademark patent by Mitsubishi Shindoh DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 285

308

W O L F ® SERIES WM2 & WMT2 MULTI-JET WATER METER Economical, Brass Body, Dry Dial WMT2 V I DEO O N L I N E WM2 W H W H L WM2 L WMT2 Size in (mm) 5/8 x 1/2 (15) 5/8 x 3/4 Spud NPSM (BSPP) 3/4˝ (3/4˝) 1˝ (1˝) 3/4 (20) 1˝ (1˝) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (40) 2 (50) 1-1/4˝ (1-1/4˝) 1-1/2˝ (1-1/2˝) 2˝ (2˝) 2-1/2˝ (2-1/2˝) Length ‘L’ in (mm) 6-1/2 (165) 7-1/2 (190) 7-1/2 (190) 10-1/4 (260) 10-1/4 (260) 11-13/16 (300) 11-13/16 (300) Width ‘W’ in (mm) 3-45/64 (94) 3-45/64 (94) 3-45/64 (94) 3-55/64 (98) 3-55/64 (98) 4-51/64 (122) 5-45/64 (145) Height ‘H’ in (mm) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-5/8 (117.5) 4-5/8 (117.5) 5-9/16 (141.5) 6-31/32 (177) Weight lb (kg) 3.75 (1.7) 3.97 (1.8) 4.9 (2.2) 6.4 (2.9) 8.2 (3.7) 13.52 (6.17) 18.74 (8.5) The Series WM2 Multi-Jet Water Meter is a series of mechanical, water totalizing meters that display the total water usage in gallons or m3. They are available in a range of body sizes and include NPT or BSPT couplings. The Series WMT2 Multi-Jet Water Meter with Pulsed Output is a series of mechanical, water totalizing meters that display the total water usage in gallons or m3 and provide a reed switch output proportional to flow rate. They are available in a range of body sizes and include NPT or BSPT couplings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Multi-jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges, even in low flow applications • Magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register does not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water • Designed for long service life and maintenance-free operation, even under harsh conditions • Integral strainer that protects meter from particulate damage • Easy installation with included coupling adapters SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water. Wetted Materials: Body: Brass, polyethylene; Couplings: Brass; Measuring Chamber: Polyethylene, ABS plastic, ferrite, acetal. Flow Range: See model chart. Accuracy: Transitional flow: ±5%; Nominal flow: ±2%. Temperature Limit: 104°F (40°C). Pressure Limit: 232 psi (16 bar). Totalizing Display Maximum: See model chart. Output Signal: Pulse output with frequency proportional to flow rate (WMT2 only). Pulse Options: 0.1 gal, 1 gal, 10 gal, 100 gal per pulse (1 L, 10 L, 100 L per pulse) (WMT2 only). Electrical Rating: 0.01 A @ 24 VAC/DC (WMT2 only). Electrical Connections: Color-coded lead wires, 4.5´ (1.5 m) long (WMT2 only). Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with the register face pointing up. Weight: See dimension chart. APPLICATIONS • Irrigation • Cooling systems MODEL CHART • Filtration systems • Water monitoring s r e t e M r e t a W Model WM2-A-C-01 WM2-A-C-02 WM2-A-C-03 WM2-A-C-04 WM2-A-C-06 WM2-A-C-07 Size 5/8 x 1/2˝ 5/8 x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ MODEL CHART Coupling Size 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT Max Flow GPM (Gallons Per Minute) 20 20 30 50 100 160 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 8 to 160 Nominal Flow Range Transitional Flow Display Max 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 (Gallons) 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 Model WM2-B-C-08 WM2-B-C-10 WM2-B-C-11 WM2-B-C-12 WM2-B-C-13 WM2-B-C-14 Size 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm MODEL CHART Coupling Size 1/2˝ BSPT 3/4˝ BSPT 1˝ BSPT 1-1/4˝ BSPT 1-1/2˝ BSPT 2˝ BSPT Max Flow m3/h 3 5 7 12 20 30 Nominal Flow Range Transitional Flow Display Max 0.12 to 1.5 0.2 to 2.5 0.28 to 3.5 0.48 to 6 0.8 to 10 1.2 to 15 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.12 0.2 0.3 (m3) 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 999,999.9999 999,999.9999 Nominal Flow Range Transitional Flow Display Max Model WMT2-A-C-01 WMT2-A-C-02 WMT2-A-C-03* WMT2-A-C-04 WMT2-A-C-01-1 WMT2-A-C-02-1 WMT2-A-C-03-1* WMT2-A-C-04-1 WMT2-A-C-06-10 WMT2-A-C-07-10 WMT2-A-C-04-100 WMT2-A-C-07-100 *Does not include inlet filter. MODEL CHART Size 5/8 x 1/2˝ 5/8 x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 5/8 x 1/2˝ 5/8 x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 1˝ 2˝ Size Model 15 mm WMT2-B-C-08-1 20 mm WMT2-B-C-10-1* 25 mm WMT2-B-C-11-1 32 mm WMT2-B-C-12-1 15 mm WMT2-B-C-08-10 32 mm WMT2-B-C-12-10 50 mm WMT2-B-C-14-10 32 mm WMT2-B-C-12-100 50 mm WMT2-B-C-14-100 *Does not include inlet filter. Coupling Size 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 2˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 2˝ NPT Max Flow GPM (Gallons Per Minute) 20 20 30 50 20 20 30 50 100 160 50 160 1 to 10 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 1 to 10 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 8 to 160 3 to 50 8 to 160 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.75 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.75 1.5 2 0.75 2 (Gallons) 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 99,999,999.9 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 99,999,999.9 Coupling Size 1/2˝ BSPT 3/4˝ BSPT 1˝ BSPT 1-1/4˝ BSPT 1/2˝ BSPT 1-1/4˝ BSPT 2˝ BSPT 1-1/4˝ BSPT 2˝ BSPT Max Flow m3/h 3 5 7 12 3 12 30 12 30 Nominal Flow Range Transitional Flow Display Max 0.12 to 1.5 0.2 to 2.5 0.25 to 3.5 0.48 to 6 0.12 to 1.5 0.48 to 6 1.2 to 15 0.48 to 6 1.2 to 15 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.12 0.03 0.12 0.3 0.12 0.3 (m3/h) 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 99,999.9999 999,999.9999 99,999.9999 999,999.9999 Pulse Rate (Gal./Pulse) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 10 10 100 100 Pulse Rate (L/Pulse) 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 100 100 286 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

309

® SERIES WPT MULTI-JET PLASTIC WATER METER Lead Free, Economical Plastic Body, Pulse Output F L O W W H V I DEO O N L I N E L Size in (mm) 5/8 x 1/2 (15) 5/8 x 3/4 3/4 x 1 (20) 1 (25) 1-1/2 (40) Spud NPSM (BSPP) 3/4 ̋ (3/4˝) 1 ̋ (1˝) 1-1/4 ̋ (1-1/4˝) 1-1/4 ̋ (1-1/4˝) 2˝ (2˝) Length ‘L’ in (mm) 6-1/2(165) 7-1/2(190) 10-1/4 (260) 10-1/4(260) 9-5/8 (245) Width ‘W’ in (mm) 3-23/32 (94) 3-23/32 (94) 3-23/32 (94) 3-23/32 (94) 4-13/16 (122) Height ‘H’ in (mm) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-15/64 (107.5) 4-15/64 (107.5) 5-45/64 (141.5) Weight lb (kg) 1.55 (0.7) 1.77 (0.8) 2.43 (1.1) 2.43 (1.1) 4.41 (2) The Series WPT Multi-Jet Plastic Water Meter is a series of mechanical, water totalizing meters that display the total water usage in gallons with m3 options. They are available in a range of body sizes and include NPT or BSPT optional couplings. The plastic body water meters can be used in potable water applications, some corrosive environments, or where an economical water totalizer is desired. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Plastic body ideal for lead free requirements • Multi-jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges, even in low flow applications • Magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register does not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water • Designed for long service life and maintenance-free operation • Integral strainer that protects meter from particulate damage • Easy installation with included coupling adapters • Pulsed output proportional to flow allows for remote flow totalization APPLICATIONS • Low cost residential water measurement • Agriculture (fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides) • Irrigation • Remote water monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water. Wetted Materials: Body: Nylon 66; Couplings: Nylon 66, 1-1/2˝ (40 mm) sizes lead free ECO BRASS® alloy; Measuring Chamber: ABS Plastic. Flow Range: See model chart. Accuracy: WPT-A-X-XX: Transitional Flow: ±3%; Nominal Flow: ±1.5%. Temperature Limit: 122°F (50°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10 bar). Totalizing Display Maximum: See model chart. Output Signal: Pulse output with frequency proportional to flow rate. Pulse Options: 0.1 gal, 1 gal, 10 gal, 100 gal per pulse (1 L, 10 L, 100 L, 1000 per pulse) See model chart.* Electrical Rating: 0.01 A @ 24 VAC/DC. Electrical Connections: Color-coded lead wires, 4.5´ (1.5 m) long. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with register facing up. Weight: See dimension chart. *Consult factory for m3, BSPT units or additional pulse output options W a t e r M e t e r s MODEL CHART Model WPT-A-C-01 WPT-A-C-02 WPT-A-C-03 WPT-A-C-04 WPT-A-C-01-1 WPT-A-C-02-1 WPT-A-C-03-1 WPT-A-C-04-1 WPT-A-C-05-1 WPT-A-C-01-10 WPT-A-C-02-10 WPT-A-C-03-10 WPT-A-C-04-10 WPT-A-C-05-10 Size 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ 5/8˝ x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ x 1˝ 1˝ 1/2˝ 5/8˝ x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ x 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1/2˝ 5/8˝ x 3/4˝ 3/4˝ x 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ Coupling Size 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ NPT GPM (Gallons Per Minute) Max Flow 20 20 30 50 20 20 30 50 100 20 20 30 50 100 Nominal Flow Range 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 1 to 20 1 to 20 2 to 30 3 to 50 5 to 100 Transitional Flow 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.5 Display Max (Gallons) 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.9 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.99 9,999,999.9 Pulse Rate (Gal/Pulse) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov ECO BRASS® is a registered mark patented by Mitsubishi Shindoh DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 287

310

W O L F ® SERIES UFB & UFC ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER SETS Non-Invasive Pipe Flow Measurement, Easy Operation and Data Logging Option V I DEO O N L I N E UFB UFC The Series UFB & UFC Ultrasonic Flowmeter Sets utilize the transit-time difference for measuring flow rates in pipes. These units are permanent mount, where the converters can be mounted on a surface or pipe with a 4-20 mA and pulse output capabilities for pipe sizes from1/2 to 79˝ (13 to 2000 mm). The Series UFC offers the same features plus data logging capability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Non-invasive pipe measurement • Easy-to-use compact and lightweight design, intended for homogeneous liquids that contain no air • Simple installation with all necessary components included such as converter, sensor, cables and mounting accessories • Sturdy IP65 rating, protecting it from dust and direct water contact APPLICATIONS • Water treatment • Industrial systems • Irrigation applications • Treated water flow • River water • Sea water • Potable water • Demineralized water • Glycol/water mix • Hydraulic system • Diesel oil • Water use data logging KIT INCLUDES • Converter • Set of transducers • Ruled guide rail • Steel banding • Banding clips • Set of transducer cables • Set of high temperature interface cables • Ultrasonic coupling grease MODEL CHART - STANDARD VERSION Model UFB-122 UFB-123 UFB-222 UFB-223 Pipe Size Range in (mm) 0.5 to 4.5 (13 to 115) 2 to 79 (50 to 2000) 0.5 to 4.5 (13 to 115) 2 to 79 (50 to 2000) Power Supply 86-264 VAC 86-264 VAC 24 VAC/VDC 24 VAC/VDC MODEL CHART - DATA LOGGING VERSION Model UFC-122 UFC-123 UFC-222 UFC-223 Pipe Size Range in (mm) 0.5 to 4.5 (13 to 115) 2 to 79 (50 to 2000) 0.5 to 4.5 (13 to 115) 2 to 79 (50 to 2000) Power Supply 86-264 VAC 86-264 VAC 24 VDC/VAC 24 VDC/VAC 9-5/16 [236.49] 9-5/16 [236.49] 7-13/16 [198.30] UFB 4-1/2 [114.30] UFC 7-7/32 [183.36] 4-11/16 [119.02] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Homogeneous liquids that do not contain more than 3% of air bubbles or particulate and capable of ultrasonic wave propagation. Inputs: TNC cable from sensors. Range: 0.33 to 33 ft/s (0.1 to 10 m/s). Display: 240 x 64 pixel graphic display, high contrast black on white with backlight; Languages: English, French, German, Swedish, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Norwegian, and Dutch; 5˝ W x 1.3˝ H (5 x 33.02 mm). Accuracy: ±0.5 to ±2% of flow reading of flow rate > 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s) and pipe OD > 3.0 in (75 mm); ±3% of flow reading for flow rate > 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s) and pipe OD 0.5 to 3 in (13 to 75 mm); ±6% of flow reading for flow rate < 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s). Power Requirements: 86-264 VAC (50 to 60 Hz) or 24 VAC/VDC (1 A max). Power Consumption: 10.5 W. Temperature Limits: Transducer: -4 to 275°F (-20 to 135°C); Controller: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C). Outputs: Analog 1 opto-isolated output: 4-20 mA, 0-16 mA or 0-20 mA (selectable); Error current: 0-26 mA (selectable); Load resistance: 620 Ω max; Alarm: 2 opto- isolated MOSFET NO relays, 48 V at 500 mA, maximum 200 Hz; Pulsed: 1 opto- isolated MOSFET relay, 48 V at 500 mA, 1 to 250 pps; Pulse width: 2 to 500 ms (selectable). Serial Communications: USB (UFC only). Enclosure Rating: IP65 when using TNC connector; Transducers IP54. Materials: Plastic ABS and aluminum. Repeatability: ±0.5 % of measured value or 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s). Electrical Connections: Removable screw-in type terminal block. Mounting: Wall mounted using 3 type M4 screws. Turbidity: < 3 % by volume of particulate content. Permissible Air Content: < 3% by volume. Response Time: < 500 ms. Weight: Unit not including accessories: 2.80 lb (1.26 kg); Unit including accessories: 9.92 lb (4.5 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Pipe Material: Carbon steel, SS, copper, UPVC/PVDF, concrete, mild steel, glass, brass. Applicable Pipe Lining: Rubber, glass, concrete, epoxy, steel, other*. Pipe Wall Thickness: 0.04 to 3˝ (1 to 75 mm). Pipe Lining Thickness: < 1˝ (< 25 mm). *Selectable option for special material with known propagation rate of lining material. OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FU NIST traceable calibration certificate USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov , s r e t t i m s n a r T w o F l i c n o s a r t l U 288 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

311

® MODEL UFM COMPACT ULTRASONIC FLOWMETERS Cost Effective, Compact and Adjustable Design, Non-Invasive 4-55/64 [123.46] Ø15/32 [Ø12.00] 2-7/16 [61.73] V I DEO O N L I N E FEMALE SMB COAXIAL CONNECTORS 1-7/64 [28.05] 29/64 [11.67] 2X 1/2 [12.75] 4-5/32 [105.59] 16.4´ [5 M] RED BLACK GREEN WHITE BLUE BROWN SHIELD 59/64 [23.33] 59/64 [23.50] 1-1/64 [25.70] 3/4 [18.95] F L O W 4-7/64 [104.50] 59/64 [23.40] 45/64 [17.70] 31/32 [24.45] The Model UFM Compact Ultrasonic Flowmeters are economical, clamp-on, ultrasonic flowmeter. The Model UFM implements the transit-time difference to measure flow rates in pipes and can measure velocity and flow in pipes with outside diameters ranging from 0.98 to 4.62˝ (24.89 to 117.35 mm). This model comes with a volume pulse and 4-20 mA flow rate output. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Non-invasive pipe measurement • Simple installation with all necessary components included such as converter, sensor, cables and mounting accessories • Compact and lightweight design, featuring an easily installed, all in one clamp-on unit intended for homogeneous liquids that contain no air • Screen offers easy to read text displaying both flow rate and total with a convenient backlight for visual comfort APPLICATIONS • Flow measurement for heat metering • Chilled water metering and monitoring • Potable water metering and monitoring • Process water metering and monitoring KIT INCLUDES • Converter with adjustable guiderail • Set of 1.81 to 2.75˝ (46 to 70 mm) clamps • Set of 2 to 5˝ (51 to 127 mm) clamps • Set of small pipe adaptor circle clamps • Set of small pipe adaptor V clamps • Ultrasonic coupling grease MODEL CHART Model Description UFM-1 Compact ultrasonic flowmeter SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean water with < 3% by volume of particulate content. Range: 0.33 to 32.8 ft/s (0.1 to 10 m/s). Display: Backlit: 3.27˝ H x 0.74˝ W (83.1 mm x 18.8 mm), 2 line x 16 characters. Accuracy: ±3% of flow reading for > 0.98 ft/s (> 0.3 m/s). Power Requirements: 12-24 VDC or VAC. Power Consumption: 7 W max. Temperature Limits: Process: 32 to 185°F (0 to 85°C); Ambient: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Outputs: Analog: 1 opto-isolated: 4 to 20 mA; Error current: 3.5 mA; Load resistance: 620 Ω max; Pulse: 1 opto- isolated MOSFET relay, 500 mA max, 166 pps max, 200 Hz max. Enclosure Rating: IP54. Enclosure Material: Plastic polycarbonate. Repeatability: ±0.5% of measured value. Electrical Connections: 16.4´ (5 m) cable. Response Time: < 1 s. Weight: 2.9 lb (1.315 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Pipe Material: Steel, copper, or plastic. Pipe Outside Diameter: 0.98 to 4.62˝ (24.89 to 117.35 mm). Applicable Pipe Lining: None. Pipe Wall Thickness: 0.02 to 0.39˝ (0.5 to 10 mm). OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FU NIST traceable calibration certificate USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov U l t r a s o n c i MODEL UTG ULTRASONIC THICKNESS GAGE Ideal For Use with Ultrasonic Flow Transmitters, Adjustable Sound Velocity F o w T r a n s m l i t t e r s , 2-7/16 [62.00] 2-23/64 [60.00] The Model UTG Ultrasonic Thickness Gage measures the thickness of a variety of materials. The UTG works on a variety of parallel surface material ranging from 0.05 to 7.9˝ (1.2 to 200 mm). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Non-invasive thickness measurement • Reads in inches or millimeters and features an adjustable sound velocity to allow for an array of materials to be measured • Allows the user to find the wall thickness of the pipe when programming an ultrasonic transmitter without cutting or removing a section of the pipe to measure it • Ideal for monitoring corrosion in closed vessels such as boilers and chemical tanks and with any ultrasonic flow transmitter APPLICATIONS • Pipe thickness measurement • Finding wall thickness • Monitoring corrosion in closed vessels • Industrial applications • Automotive • HVAC • Plumbing 1-3/16 [30.00] 4-23/32 [120.00] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Steel, cast iron, aluminum, red copper, brass, zinc, quartz glass, polyethylene, PVC, gray cast iron, nodular cast iron, other. Selectable option for special materials with known sound propagation rate.* Range: 0.047 to 7.874˝ (1.2 to 200 mm). Accuracy: ±0.5%. Resolution: 0.001˝ / 0.1 mm. Sound Velocity: 1118 to 20132 mph (500 to 9000 m/s). Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limit: < 80%. Display: 4 digits, 0.394˝ (10 mm) LCD. Power Requirement: (4) 1.5 V AAA alkaline batteries, not included, user replaceable. Weight: 5.78 oz (164 g). *Material must be uniform with minimal coating/paint. MODEL CHART Model Description UTG Ultrasonic thickness gage USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 289

312

W O L F ® SERIES PUB & PUF PORTABLE ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER KITS Portable, Non-Invasive and Data Logging Option PUB 10-25/64 [264.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 6-39/64 [168.00] , s r e t t i l m s n a r T w o F PUF V I DEO O N L I N E l e b a t r o P i , c n o s a r t l U The Series PUB & PUF Portable Ultrasonic Flowmeter Kits utilize the transit-time difference for measuring flow rates in pipes non-invasively. Units offer flow rate local display with analog and pulsed outputs. The Series PUF offers the same features plus data logging capability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Non-invasive pipe measurement • Compact and lightweight • Incorporate the latest electronics and signal processing technologies realizing high performance and easy operation • Ideal for on-the-go flow monitoring, capable of 20 hours continuous operation with built-in, rechargeable battery • Easy to read graphic display with convenient backlight for visual comfort • Efficient layout of the function keys for easy to use programming • PUB features rugged carrying case with molded foam inserts • PUF boasts an IP67 rated case to hold and protect all equipment conveniently APPLICATIONS • Water treatment • Industrial systems • Irrigation applications • Treated water flow • River water • Sea water • Potable water • Demineralized water • Glycol/water mix • Hydraulic system • Diesel oil • Water use data logging KIT INCLUDES • Converter • Set of transducers • Transducer holders • Set of transducer cables (6.56´ (2 m)) • 4-20 mA communication cables • 12 VDC power supply • Ultrasonic coupling grease • Set of chains • Ruled guide rail • Test block • Carrying case MODEL CHART - STANDARD VERSION Model PUB-10 PUB-20 Pipe Size Range in (mm) 0.5 to 4.5 (13 to 115) 2 to 40 (50.7 to 1016) MODEL CHART - DATA LOGGING VERSION Model PUF-1001 PUF-1002 PUF-1003 Pipe Size Range in (mm) 0.5 to 78 (13 to 2000) 0.5 to 4.5 (13 to 115) 2 to 78 (50 to 2000) 290 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Homogeneous liquids that do not contain air bubbles capable of ultrasonic wave propagation. Inputs: Lemo connector cable from sensors. Range: 0.33 to 65.62 ft/s (0.1 to 20 m/s). Display: 240 x 64 pixel graphic display, high contrast black on white with backlight; Languages: English, French, German, Swedish, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Norwegian, and Dutch; 5.2˝ W x 1.5˝ H. Accuracy: ±0.5 to 2% of flow reading for flow rate > 0.66 ft/s (0.2 m/s) and pipe ID > 2.95 in (75 mm); ±3% of flow reading for flow rate > 0.66 ft/s (0.2 m/s) and pipe ID in range 0.512 to 2.95˝ (13 to 75 mm); ±6% of flow reading for flow rate < 0.66 ft/s (0.2 m/s). Power Requirements: 9-24 VDC, (1) 5-Cell NiMH battery, internal, factory replaceable (continuous operation time: 20 hours with back-light and output off) (recharging time: 6.5 hours, power adapter used). Power Consumption: 10.5 W. Power Adapter: 110/240 VAC adapter. UK,US, European adapters included. Temperature Limits: -4 to 275°F (-20 to 135°C). Outputs: Analog: 1 opto-isolated output: 4-20 mA, 0-16 mA or 0-20 mA (selectable); Error current: 0-26 mA (selectable); Load resistance: 620 Ω max; Pulse: 1 opto-isolated MOSFET relay, 150 mA max, 500 pps max, 200 Hz max. Serial Communications: USB; RS-232 (PUF only). Enclosure Rating: Converter: IP54; Transducers: IP51. Materials: Flame retardant injection molded ABS plastic. Repeatability: ±0.5 % of measured value or ±0.066 ft/s (0.02 m/s). Electrical Connections: Multi-pin Lemo plugs. Turbidity: < 3% by volume of particulate content. Permissible Air Content: < 3% by volume. Response Time: < 500 ms. Weight: Unit without accessories: 2.3 lb (1.06 kg); Unit with accessories in carrying case: 13.23 lb (6.0 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Pipe Material: Carbon steel, SS, copper, UPVC/PVDF, concrete, galvanized steel, mild steel, glass, brass. Applicable Pipe Lining: Rubber, glass, concrete, epoxy, steel, other*. Pipe Wall Thickness: 0.04 to 3˝ (1 to 75 mm). Pipe Lining Thickness: < 1˝ (< 25 mm). *Selectable option for special material with known propagation rate of lining material. OPTIONS Use order code: Description NISTCAL-FU NIST traceable calibration certificate USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

313

® SERIES MFS & MFS2 MAGNETIC INDUCTIVE FLOW SENSORS No Moving Parts, Frequency and 4-20 mA Output, Maintenance-Free F L O W 1-1/8 [28.96] 1-5/32 [29.64] LED 31/32 [24.89] 15/32 [11.99] 1-1/32 [25.91] 19/32 [15.27] 1/2˝ NPT 1-7/32 [31.04] 15/32 [11.99] LED 9/16 [13.95] 2-1/4 [56.90] 1-7/32 [30.99] 3-1/32 [77.22] 1˝ NPT 3-1/32 [77.22] 1-3/8 [34.80] 3-7/32 [81.53] 5-19/32 [141.99] MFS-31 & MFS-32 Ø-11/16 [17.60] 2-1/4 [56.90] 3-7/32 [81.53] 5-1/16 [128.81] 3/8 [9.91] MFS-11 & MFS-12 MFS-21 & MFS-22 MFS Model MFS2-1 MFS2-2 MFS2-3 MFS2-4 MFS2-5 MFS2-6 L1 4˝ 4˝ 4.02˝ 4.41˝ 4.41˝ 4.81˝ L2 0.86˝ 0.86˝ 0.86˝ 1.04˝ 1.04˝ 1.13˝ D1 1/2-14˝ NPT 1/2-14˝ NPT 3/4-14˝ NPT 1-11.5˝ NPT 1-11.5˝ NPT 1-1/4-11.5˝ NPT D2 0.31˝ 0.31˝ 0.55˝ 0.71˝ 0.71˝ 0.98˝ 4-pin plug connector 1-9/32 [32.52] 1-3/16 [30.02] 4-pin plug connector M12 X 1 17/64 [6.76] 2-23/64 [60.05] 2 x L2 V I DEO O N L I N E MFS2 2 x L2 2 X D1 2-13/32 [61.05] MFS2-6 2 X D2 [HOLE DIA.] 1-9/64 [29.02] 17/64 [6.76] 45/64 [18.01] 1-3/4 [44.53] 2 X D2 [HOLE DIA.] M12 X 1 2 X D1 L1 MFS2-1/5 l E e c t r o m a g n e t i c , I n - L n e i l F o w T r a n s m i t t e r s , The Series MFS & MFS2 Magnetic Inductive Flow Sensors are compact, 316 SS body, in line flowmeters with pulse and optional analog 4-20 mA output. It is available in a variety of flow ranges from 0.25 to 52.8 GPM (1 to 200 LPM) and process connection sizes of 1/2˝ and 1˝ NPT. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Long life cycle with no moving parts to wear or break • Can be applied in applications dealing with contaminated media with no mechanical component in the flow • Obstruction free pipe cross-section yields low pressure drop • Unaffected by change in temperature, density, viscosity or concentration APPLICATIONS • Contaminated liquid flow monitoring • Flow of conductive liquids • Water & wastewater treatment • Industrial systems • Irrigation applications MODEL CHART Model Range GPM (LPM) 0.25 to 5.3 (1 to 20) MFS-11 0.5 to 10.5 (2 to 40) MFS-21 2.5 to 52.8 (10 to 200) MFS-31 0.25 to 5.3 (1 to 20) MFS-12 Minimum Output Signal GPM (LPM) 0.13 (0.5) 0.25 (1) 1.3 (5) 0.13 (0.5) Process Connection Output 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 1˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency & analog ACCESSORIES Model MFS-C3 MFS-C5 MFS-C10 Description 4 pin cable socket M12x1 connect, 9.8 ft (3 m) 4 pin cable socket M12x1 connect, 16.4 ft (5 m) 4 pin cable socket M12x1 connect, 32.8 ft (10 m) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible, non-coating, conductive liquids. Range: See model chart. Wetted Materials: Electrodes: 316 SS; Process connections: MFS: 316 SS; MFS2: PVDF; Measuring pipe: MFS: PEEK-GF30; Gasket: EPDM. Accuracy: MFS: ±2% of reading; MFS2: ±1% or reading. Repeatability: 1%. Temperature Limits: MFS: Process: 32 to 194°F (0 to 90°C); Ambient: 41 to 158°F (5 to 70°C); MFS2: Process: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C); Ambient: 41 to 140°F (5 to 60°C). Pressure Limits: MFS: 232 psi (16 bar); MFS2: 145 psi (10 bar) @ 68°F (20°C); 116 psi (8 bar) @ 104°F (40°C); 87 psi (6 bar) @ 140°F (60°C). Response Time: MFS: < 500 ms; MFS2:< 100 ms. MODEL CHART Power Requirements: 24 VDC ±10%. Power Consumption: 0.6 W. Output: Frequency: Square-wave, NPN or PNP; Analog: 4-20 mA. Loop Resistance: 250 Ω. Current Consumption: Max 80 mA. Minimum Conductivity of Mediu m: 50 µS/cm. Flow Indication: LED green, flow proportional blinking. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP65). Process Connection: See model chart. Electrical Connection: Plug connector M12x1. Weight: MFS-1X: 1.5 lb (0.68 kg); MFS- 2X: 1.7 lb (0.77 kg); MFS-3X: 1.9 lb (0.87 kg); MFS2-1, -2, -3, -4, -5: 8 oz (226.8 g); MFS2-6: 1 lb (0.45 kg). Model Range GPM (LPM) MFS2-1 MFS2-2 MFS2-3 MFS2-4 MFS2-5 MFS2-6 0.07 to 1.3 (0.25 to 5) 0.26 to 5.3 (1.0 to 20) 0.66 to 13.2 (2.5 to 50) 1.3 to 26.4 (5.0 to 100) 2.6 to 52.8 (10 to 200) 3.3 to 66.0 (12.5 to 250) Process Connection 1/2˝ male NPT 1/2˝ male NPT 3/4˝ male NPT 1˝ male NPT 1˝ male NPT 1-1/4˝ male NPT Output Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency Frequency MFS-X 4 pin cable DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 291

314

W O L F ® ® SERIES IEFB INSERTION THERMAL ENERGY METER Field Adjustable, BACnet/Modbus® Outputs -LCD option 8-23/64 [212.2] 5-53/64 [148.0] 5-53/64 [148.0] 4-51/64 [121.9] 21-1/64 [533.6] 22-1/64 [559.0] B A 13-25/32 [350.0] 12-11/16 [322.2] 61/64 [24.1] A-IEFB-THW-XX (2) IEFB-X-X-RXX (2) IEFB-X-X-TXX V I DEO O N L I N E IEFB-X-X-TXX Shown with A-IEF-VLV-BR accessory valve A-IEFB-THW-XX (2) Hot-tap thermowells for model IEFB-X-X-RXX (2) shown with A-IEFB-VLV-BR-1 accessory valve THERMOWELL MODEL CHART Model A-IEFB-THW-4 A-IEFB-THW-6 A 4-11/16˝ (119.0 mm) 6-11/16˝ (169.8 mm) B 5-25/32 (146.8 mm) 7-25/32 (197.6 mm) , c i t e n g a m o r t c e E l , s r e t t i m s n a r T w o F l r e t e M y g r e n E l a m r e h T The Series IEFB is a field-adjustable insertion thermal energy meter that uses electromagnetic technology to accurately and reliably measure fluid velocity and energy consumption. The high accuracy IEFB is adjustable to fit pipe sizes from 4 to 10˝ (100 to 250 mm), while the standard accuracy IEFB fits pipe sizes 4 to 36˝ (100 to 900 mm). The energy meter is simple to install and incorporates a temperature meter and calculator into a single unit. The IEFB incorporates a temperature meter and a calculator into a single unit. The LCD display provides clear readings of the meter’s values, including temperature and energy consumption, making it ideal for installation on chillers, boilers, and other heating and cooling applications. The high measuring accuracy and long lifetime keeps annual operating costs at a minimum. In addition, it offers several output options, including selectable BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® RTU communications protocol over 2-wire RS-485 and standard analog, frequency, and alarm outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Flexible, field configurable setup displays (-LCD integral option or remote accessory A-IEF-DSP) accommodate a variety of application configurations. Application information is display selectable and includes pipe size, pipe material, liquid type, analog output, pulse/frequency output, alarm outputs, communication, outputs, damping, and calibration factor • High performance accuracy is maintained through changes in temperature, density and/or viscosity • The Setup Wizard and installation tool are simple to use, providing quick and precise installation • Accessory setup kit A-IEF-KIT comes with a thickness gage and measuring tape to ensure exact installation depth • The meter has no moving parts and electrodes that discourage fouling, which gives the meter a long lifecycle and minimizes the need for maintenance • Hot-tap isolation valve accessories allow for easy installation and removal in operational systems without system downtime APPLICATIONS • Monitoring chiller cooling output performance • Industrial boiler heating performance • Energy efficiency monitoring • Optimization of heat energy performance • Commercial and residential heat energy consumption and metering • District heating and cooling monitoring • Energy cost allocation monitoring SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible clean or dirty non coating, conductive liquids. Range: 0 to 20 ft/s (0 to 6 m/s).* Wetted Materials: Body shaft/fitting: 316 SS; Electrodes: 316 SS; Electrode cap: Polymer/polystyrene; O-ring: Silicone; Thermowells: 304 SS. BTU Accuracy per EN1434/ASTM E3137/CSA C900.1-13: High Accuracy Units: Class 2 for 2 to 20 ft/s (0.6 to 6 m/s)**; Standard Accuracy Units: Class 3 for 6.5 to 20 ft/s (2 to 6 m/s)**. Flow Sensor Accuracy: High Accuracy Units: ±0.5% of reading at calibrated velocity, ±1% of reading from 2 to 20 ft/s (0.6 to 6 m/s) ±0.02 ft/s (±0.006 m/s) at < 2 ft/s (0.6 m/s); Standard Accuracy Units: ±1% FS. Temperature Accuracy: Class B ±(0.30 + 0.005*t)°C per EN60751. Differential Temperature Accuracy: Et = ±(0.5 +3*ΔΘmin/ΔΘ) % per EN1434. Calculator Accuracy: Ec = ±(0.5 +ΔΘmin/ΔΘ) % per EN1434. Temperature Compensation: 140 to 220°F (60 to 104.4°C) < 2% error over ±30°F (-1.1 °C) change, 40 to 70°F (4.4 to 21.1°C) < 2% error over ±10°F (-12.2°C) change. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)**; LCD -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C); Process: 15 to 250°F (-9 to 121°C); Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Process Connection: Flowmeter: 1˝ NPT or BSPT with accessory full port ball valve options; Thermowell: (2) 1/2˝ NPT or BSPT thermowell with 1˝ full port ball valve options. Pressure Limit: 400 psi (27.6 bar) @ 100°F (37.8°C). Pressure Drop: < 0.1 psi at 12 ft/s in 4˝ (<0.01 bar at 3.7 m/s in 100 mm) and larger pipe. Outputs: (1) Analog: 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, 0-10 V or 2-10 V (display selectable); (1) Pulse/Frequency: 0-15 V peak pulse, 0 to 500 Hz or scalable pulse output (display selectable); (2) Alarm: Empty pipe detection or minimum/maximum velocity, (display selectable) & Reverse flow output indication. Power Requirements: 12-42 VDC, .25 A @ 24 VDC; 12-36 VAC. Electrical Connection: Removable terminal blocks, (2) model selectable 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connection, (2) PG 16 gland or (2) PG 16 gland with 10 ft (3 m) 9 conductor 22 AWG plenum rated cables, accessory cable lengths up to 200 ft (61 m) optional. Display (-LCD option): 2 x 2˝ (50 x 50 mm) graphic LCD with backlight. Conductivity: >20 microsiemens. Enclosure Material: Powder coated die cast aluminum. Enclosure Ratings: NEMA 6P (IP68) (Non display models); NEMA 4X (IP66) (-LCD option). Agency Approvals: BTL. COMMUNICATIONS (-COM OPTION) Type: BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® RTU communication protocol (default disabled, display selectable). Supported Baud Rates: 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, or 115200 bps (display selectable). Device Load: 1/8 unit load. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Pipe Material: Most popular plastic and metal pipes; i.e. Carbon steel, SS, copper, UPVC/PVDF, galvanized steel, mild steel, and brass. Applicable Pipe Size: 4 to 36˝ (100 to 900 mm), model dependent. See model chart. Diameter Length Requirements: >10 upstream, >5 downstream. Temperature Resistance: Matched 4 wire platinum RTD’s. Relative Humidity: 10 to 90% non-condensing. Output Impedance: 4 to 20 mA: 536 Ω; 5V: 500 Ω; 10V: 1.27k Ω. *For max flowrates >10 ft/s (3 m/s) order option -CC. **Verified at standard temperature 73.4°F (23°C) refer to listed standards for detailed accuracy formulations. 292 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

315

® ® SERIES IEFB INSERTION THERMAL ENERGY METER Field Adjustable, BACnet/Modbus® Outputs MODEL CHART Example Series Accuracy IEFB -L N -CND -R10 -LCD IEFB-LN-CND-R10-LCD IEFB F L O W Description Setup kit (includes setup display, thickness gage, and measuring tape) and universal power adapter Setup display 1-1/4˝ full port isolation valve brass** 1-1/4˝ full port isolation valve 316 SS (2) 1/2˝ NPT, 4˝ thermowell for 4 to 7˝ pipe (2) 1/2˝ NPT, 6˝ thermowell for ≥ 8˝ pipe (2) 1/2˝ BSPT, 4˝ thermowell for 4 to 7˝ pipe (2) 1/2˝ BSPT, 6˝ thermowell for ≥ 8˝ pipe (2) 1˝ NPT full port isolation valve brass for temperature sensor with 1˝ branch outlet and 1˝ nipple** (2) 1˝ NPT full port isolation valve 316 SS for temperature sensor with 1˝ branch outlet and 1˝ nipple ACCESSORIES Model A-IEF-KIT A-IEF-DSP A-IEF-VLV-BR† A-IEF-VLV-SS† Thermowells A-IEFB-THW-4 A-IEFB-THW-6 A-IEFB-THW-4-BSPT A-IEFB-THW-6-BSPT Hot-Tap Valves A-IEFB-VLV-BR-1† A-IEFB-VLV-SS-1† **Brass fittings and pipe are not to be used with NSF Certified models. Brass valves are non-RoHS compliant. †BSPT valves also available L G S F I E T H Process Connection Housing Electrical Connection Temperature Sensors N B CND PG 10 Options T10 T20 T50 R10 R20 R50 LCD COM NIST FC Insertion thermal energy meter Standard accuracy <10˝ (250 mm) pipe; 1% FS Standard accuracy >10˝ (250 mm) pipe; 1% FS Standard accuracy 4 to 36˝ (100 to 900 mm) pipe; 1% FS High accuracy 4˝ (100 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 6˝ (150 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 8˝ (200 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 10˝ (250 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 4 to 10˝ (100 to 250 mm) pipe; 1% of reading 1˝ Male NPT 1˝ Male BSPT 1/2˝ female NPT PG 16 gland without cable PG 16 gland with (2) 10´ (3 m) cables (2) 10´ (3 m) PT temperature sensors* (2) 20’ (6 m) PT temperature sensors* (2) 50’ (15 m) PT temperature sensors* (2) 10´ (3 m) PT temperature sensors with hot-tap thermowells (2) 20´ (6 m) PT temperature sensors with hot-tap thermowells (2) 50´ (15 m) PT temperature sensors with hot-tap thermowells Integral LCD display BACnet or Modbus® communications protocol (display selectable) NIST traceable calibration certification for flow and temperature Factory calibration certification for 0.5% of reading at single point Custom configuration (required input) *Thermowells not included. Refer to accessories model chart to purchase permanent thermowells. CC SERIES A-IEF REMOTE DISPLAY FOR SERIES IEF AND IEFB Convenient Access to IEF & IEFB Meter Readings 6.365 3.976 Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Full functional display A-IEF-FDSP-RM 4.790 l F o w T r a n s m R e m o t e D s p a y l i i t t e r s , l E e c t r o m a g n e t i c , Indicator display A-IEF-IDSP-RM Shown with IEF-HN-PG and A-IEF-VLV-BR accessory valve 6X .193 Full functional display A-IEF-FDSP-RM The Series A-IEF Remote Display can be installed almost anywhere near a Series IEF flow transmitter or IEFB thermal energy meter. Both the indicator display (A-IEF- IDSP-RM) and the full functional display (A-IEF-FDSP-RM) have a maximum display cable length of 100 ft (30 m) to permit easy viewing of flow readings. The full functional display allows for convenient adjustment of configuration settings and allows the user to save the IEF or IEFB configuration settings to a computer for printing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Full functional display can be used to set up the IEF/IEFB and adjust the settings if it is installed in a hard-to-reach location. • Indicator display makes it convenient to read process values if the meter is inaccessible. • Varying cable lengths of up to 100 ft (30 m) allows for flexible installation on a wall or pipe mount. • Easy to install and wire in the field. APPLICATIONS • Mechanical rooms with a small footprint • Hard-to-reach piping • Boilers and chillers • Chilled water • Condenser water • Make-up water • Heating water • Boiler feed water • Steam condensate SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: Ambient: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C); Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Display: 3.3˝ diagonal graphic LCD. Backlight (full functional display only). Enclosure Material Housing: Powder coated die cast aluminum. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Electrical Connection: Removable terminal blocks, #22 AWG (100 ft (30 m) max). Mounting: Wall or pipe mount. Mounting Orientation: Any orientation. Weight: 2.46 lbs (1.12kg). MODEL CHART Model A-IEF-IDSP-RM A-IEF-FDSP-RM ACCESSORIES Model A-IEF-CBL-50 Description A-IEF-DSP-RM indicator remote display A-IEF-DSP-RM full functional remote display Description Plenum rated cable 50 ft (15.2 m) Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 293

316

W O L F ® SERIES IEF INSERTION ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW TRANSMITTER Field Configurable, High Accuracy, BACnet or Modbus® Protocol 7-3/32 [180.2] 5-53/64 [148.0] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY -LCD option shown Shown with A-IEF-VLV-BR** accessory valve 5-53/64 [148.0] 22-1/64 [559.2] 4-51/64 [121.8] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series IEF Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Transmitter is an adjustable insertion flowmeter featuring electromagnetic technology that accurately and reliably measures fluid velocity in addition to providing several continuous signal outputs. This series is specifically designed to offer superior performance paired with simple installation and use. One unit is adjustable to fit pipe sizes from 4 to 36˝ (102 to 914 mm), and offers several output options including selectable BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® RTU communications protocol over 2-wire RS-485 in addition to the standard analog, frequency and alarm outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field configurable setup displays (-LCD integral option or remote accessory A-IEF-DSP) allow for ultimate flexibility by accommodating a variety of application configurations with one model through multiple display configurations i.e. pipe size, pipe material, liquid type, analog output, pulse/frequency output, alarm outputs, communication outputs, damping, and calibration factor. • High performance accuracy is maintained through changes in temperature, density or viscosity. • Setup Wizard and installation tool are simple to use allowing for quick and precise installation. • Accessory setup kit A-IEF-KIT ensures exact installation application depth with included thickness gage and measuring tape. • Long Life Cycle and minimal maintenance requirements with no moving parts to wear or break and electrodes that discourage fouling. • Isolation valve accessory options allow for installation in operational systems via hot-tap kit or easy removal without system downtime. • NIST traceable pass/fail verification certificate included standard for Carbon Steel Schedule 40 pipes sized 4˝ (102 mm), 6˝ (150 mm), 8˝ (200 mm), and 10˝ (250 mm) with high accuracy option; 10˝ (250 mm) with standard option. APPLICATIONS • Boiler feed water • Chilled water • Open and closed loop condenser water • Irrigation system • Municipal water distribution • Process and coolant flow • Ground water remediation • Chemical processing • Pump protection • Wastewater • Mining n o i t r e s n I e b a t s u d A l j , c i t e n g a m o r t c e E l , s r e t t i m s n a r T w o F l MODEL CHART Example Series Accuracy IEF -H N -CND -LCD IEF-HN-CND-LCD IEF L G S F I E T H Process Connection Housing Electrical Connection Options N B CND PG 10 LCD COM NIST FC CC NW Insertion electromagnetic flow transmitter Standard accuracy <10˝ (250 mm) pipe; 1% FS Standard accuracy >10˝ (250 mm) pipe; 1% FS Standard accuracy 4 to 36˝ (100 to 900 mm) pipe; 1% FS High accuracy 4˝ (100 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 6˝ (150 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 8˝ (200 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 10˝ (250 mm) pipe; 1% of reading High accuracy 4 to 10˝ (100 to 250 mm) pipe; 1% of reading 1˝ male NPT 1˝ male BSPT 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connection without cable PG gland without cable PG gland with 10´ (3 m) cable Integral LCD display BACnet or Modbus® communication protocol (display selectable) Six point NIST traceable calibration certificate Factory calibration certificate for 0.5% of reading at single point Custom configured for specific installation NSF certified 61/64 [24.2] A-IEF-KIT SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible clean or dirty non coating, conductive liquids. Range: 0 to 20 ft/s (0 to 6 m/s).* Wetted Materials: Body shaft/fitting: 316 SS; Electrodes: 316 SS; Electrode cap: Polymer/Polystyrene; O-ring: Silicon. Accuracy: High accuracy units: ±0.5% of reading at calibrated velocity; ±1% of reading from 2 to 20 ft/s (0.6 to 6 m/s); ±0.02 ft/s (±0.006 m/s) at < 2 ft/s (0.6 m/s); Standard accuracy units: ±1% FS. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C); Process: 15 to 250°F (-9 to 121°C); Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Process Connection: 1˝ NPT or BSPT with accessory full port ball valve options. Pressure Limits: 400 psi (27.6 bar) @ 100º F (37.8°C). Pressure Drop: < 0.1 psi at 12 ft/s in 4˝ (101.6 mm) and larger pipe. Outputs: (1) Analog: 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, 0-10 V or 2-10 V (display selectable); (1) Pulse/Frequency: 0 to 15 V peak pulse, 0 to 500 Hz or scalable pulse output (display selectable); (2) Alarm: (1) Empty pipe detection or minimum/maximum velocity, (display selectable); (1) Reverse flow output indication. Power Requirements: 12-42.4 VDC, .25 A @ 24 VDC; 12-36 VAC. Electrical Connection: Removable terminal blocks, model selectable 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connection, PG 16 gland or PG 16 gland with (2) 10 ft (3 m) 9 conductor 22 AWG plenum rated cables, accessory cable lengths up to 200 ft (61 m) optional. Display (-LCD option): 2˝ ( 5.08 cm) x 2˝ (5.08 cm) graphic LCD with backlight. Conductivity: >20 microsiemens. Enclosure Material: Powder coated die cast aluminum. Enclosure Ratings: NEMA 6P (IP68) (Non display models); NEMA 4X (IP66) (-LCD option). Agency Approvals: BTL, CE, NSF/ANSI 61 and 372. COMMUNICATIONS (-COM OPTION) Type: BACnet MS/TP or Modbus® RTU communication protocol (default disabled, display selectable). Supported Baud Rates: 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, or 115200 bps (display selectable). Device Load: 1/8 unit load. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Pipe Material: Most popular plastic and metal pipes; i.e. Carbon steel, SS, copper, UPVC/PVDF, galvanized steel, mild steel, and brass.† Applicable Pipe Size: 4-36˝ (101 to 914 mm), model dependent. See model chart. Diameter Length Requirements: >10 upstream; >5 downstream. Glycol: 0 to 100% display selectable. *For max flowrates >10 ft/s (3 m/s) order option -CC. †Brass fittings and pipe are not to be used with NSF Certified models. ACCESSORIES Model A-IEF-KIT Description Setup kit (includes setup display, thickness gage and measuring tape), and universal power adapter Setup display Plenum rated cable 50 ft (15.2 m) 1-1/4˝ full port isolation valve brass** 1-1/4˝ full port isolation valve 316 SS AC wall adapter A-IEF-DSP A-IEF-CBL-50 A-IEF-VLV-BR A-IEF-VLV-SS A-IEF-PA **Brass fittings and pipe are not to be used with NSF Certified models. Brass valves are non-RoHS compliant. Note: For CC option, must provide completed configuration paperwork. 294 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. A-IEF Remote Display now available: See page 294

317

® SERIES TUF ULTRASONIC ENERGY METERS Flow & Temperature Monitoring Capability, Modbus® or BACnet Communication 4-1/4 [108.00] TUF-150/400 V I DEO O N L I N E TUF-500 L H 2X D THREAD L ´N´ NO. OF HOLES [SEE TABLE] H ØD1 B.C. ØD2 ØD F L O W DIMENSIONS in [mm] Model TUF-150-XX TUF-200-XX TUF-250-XX TUF-320-XX TUF-400-XX L 4-21/64 [110.00] 5-1/8 [130.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 7-3/32 [180.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] D G3/4B G1B G11/4B G11/2B G2B H 3-31/32 [101.00] 3-31/32 [101.00] 4-11/64 [106.00] 4-29/64 [113.00] 4-49/64 [121.00] DIMENSIONS in [mm] Model TUF-500-XX TUF-650-XX TUF-800-XX TUF-1000-XX TUF-1250-XX L 7-7/8 [200] 7-7/8 [200] 8-55/64 [225] 9-27/32 [250] 9-27/32 [250] ØD 6-1/2 [165.00] 7-9/32 [185.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] 8-21/32 [220.00] 9-27/32 [250.00] H 9-27/32 [250] 10-7/16 [265] 11-1/32 [280] 12-13/64 [310] 12-63/64 [330] ØD1 4-59/64 [125.00] 5-45/64 [145.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 7-3/32 [180.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] ØD2 45/64 [18.00] 45/64 [18.00] 45/64 [18.00] 45/64 [18.00] 45/64 [18.00] N 4 4 8 8 8 The Series TUF Ultrasonic Energy Meters are highly accurate and stable energy meter that utilizes ultrasonic technology to measure heating and cooling energy consumption. The Series TUF is a compact meter with a flowmeter and energy calculator in one, making it great for installation on chillers and boilers. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Lower maintenance costs with local parameter display and no moving parts • Serial communication output allows for easy transfer of data • Flow and temperature monitor in one unit eliminates the need for multiple units APPLICATIONS • Heat metering • Utilities billing • Tenant billing • Monitoring of water heating or cooling: radiators, fan coils INSTRUCTIONS FOR ORDERING • Choose 1 ultrasonic energy meter model (includes 2 BSPP pipe fittings, 2 tightening nuts, 2 O-rings, and 1 thermowell with welding collar) • Choose 1 pipe fitting model given the appropriate fitting size if NPT or BSPT connections are required (for DN15 to DN40 only)* Example: TUF-150-MD, Fitting Size: A, select pipe fitting Model WM-ACC-C01 or WM-ACC-C11. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean, compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass and 316L SS. Range: See chart. Display: 8-digit LED. Accuracy: BTU: EN1434/CJ128 Class 2; Flow: ±(2+(0.02 Qp / Q))%; Temperature: ±0.1°C. Power Requirements: 24 VDC/VAC (model dependent) or 3.6 V ER26500 lithium metal battery, user supplied and installed, battery acts as back-up if power is lost. Power Consumption: 1 W. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 41 to 131°F (5 to 55°C); Process: 36 to 203°F (2 to 95°C). Humidity Limit: < 93%. **M-BUS available upon request. Pressure Limits: 232 psi (16 bar) for DN15 to DN40; 362 psi (25 bar) for >DN50. Pressure Drop: < 1.5 psi (10 kPa). Process Connection: See chart. Serial Communications: Modbus® RTU or BACnet MSTP (selectable)**. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Enclosure Material: Plastic. Repeatability: Flowmeter: 1%. Electrical Connections: 3´ (0.91 m) 4x0.2 mm2 cable with terminal block. Flow Direction: Unidirectional. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal or vertical. Weight: See chart. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Pipe Size Body Size† DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 in 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 5 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 5 mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 Ultrasonic Energy Meter Model TUF-150-MD TUF-200-MD TUF-250-MD TUF-320-MD TUF-400-MD TUF-500-MD* TUF-650-MD TUF-800-MD TUF-1000-MD TUF-1250-MD TUF-150-BN TUF-200-BN TUF-250-BN TUF-320-BN TUF-400-BN TUF-500-BN* TUF-650-BN TUF-800-BN TUF-1000-BN TUF-1250-BN Model TUF-XXX-XX TUF-XXX-XX-DC *A pipe fitting is required to use the DN15 to DN40 energy meters. The DN50 has a flange connection and does not require a pipe fitting. †For additional sizes up to 8˝ (203.2 mm) contact factory. Fitting Size A B C D E - - - - - A B C D E - - - - - Power Requirements 24 VAC/VDC 24 VDC Communication Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® Modbus® BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet BACnet Nominal Flow Range (Qp) 6.6 (25) 11 (42) 15 (58) 26 (100) 44 (167) 66 (250) 110 (417) 176 (667) 264 (1000) 440 (1667) 6.6 (25) 11 (42) 15 (58) 26 (100) 44 (167) 66 (250) 110 (417) 176 (667) 264 (1000) 440 (1667) Meter Connection G-3/4 G1 G1-1/4 G1-1/2 G2 Flange Flange Flange Flange Flange G-3/4 G2 G1-1/4 G1-1/2 G2 Flange Flange Flange Flange Flange Max Flow (Qs) 13 (50) 22 (83) 31 (117) 53 (200) 88 (333) 132 (500) 220 (833) 352 (1333) 528 (2000) 881 (3333) 13 (50) 22 (83) 31 (117) 53 (200) 88 (333) 132 (500) 220 (833) 352 (1333) 528 (2000) 881 (3333) Weight lb (kg) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 4.1 (1.8) 5.2 (2.3) 6.6 (3) 33 (15) 10.1 (4.6) 13.5 (6.1) 16.5 (7.5) 21.1 (9.6) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 4.1 (1.8) 5.2 (2.3) 6.6 (3) 33 (15) 10.1 (4.6) 13.5 (6.1) 16.5 (7.5) 21.1 (9.6) GPM (LPM) Min Flow (Qi) 0.1 (0.5) 0.2 (0.8) 0.3 (1.2) 0.5 (2) 0.9 (3) 1.3 (5) 2.2 (8.3) 3.5 (13.3) 5.3 (20) 8.8 (33) 0.1 (0.5) 0.2 (0.8) 0.3 (1.2) 0.5 (2) 0.9 (3) 1.3 (5) 2.2 (8.3) 3.5 (13.3) 5.3 (20) 8.8 (33) U l t r a s o n c i l F o w T r a n s m i t t e r s , MODEL CHART Fitting Size A A B B C *Each model includes 1 fitting. Pipe Fitting Model* WM-ACC-C01 WM-ACC-C11 WM-ACC-C02 WM-ACC-C12 WM-ACC-C03 Process Connection Size 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ BSPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ BSPT 1˝ NPT Weight lb (kg) 0.6 (0.3) 0.6 (0.3) 1.2 (0.5) 1.2 (0.5) 1.8 (0.8) Fitting Size C D D E E Pipe Fitting Model* WM-ACC-C13 WM-ACC-C04 WM-ACC-C14 WM-ACC-C05 WM-ACC-C15 Process Connection Size 1˝ BSPT 1-1/4˝ NPT 1-1/4˝ BSPT 1-1/2˝ NPT 1-1/2˝ BSPT Weight lb (kg) 1.8 (0.8) 2.3 (1.1) 2.3 (1.1) 4.4 (2) 4.4 (2) USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 295

318

W O L F / s r e t e m w o F s s a M l s r e l l o r t n o C ® ® SERIES GFM GAS MASS FLOW METERS Flow Range Up to 1000 L/min, Pressures Up to 1000 psi, NIST Traceable 3 [76.20] 1-3/4 [44.55] 1-1/8 [28.58] 5-37/64 [141.86] 1-3/32 [27.84] 4-7/8 [123.70] 1-3/32 [27.94] 4-1/2 [114.30] 3 [76.20] 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-3/4 [44.55] 5-31/32 [151.64] 5-1/64 [127.51] Model GFM-1101 thru GFM-1111 & GFM-2101 thru GFM-2111 1-3/4 [44.55] 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-1/2 [38.10] 3 [76.20] 1 [25.40] 6-9/64 [156] Model GFM-1140 thru GFM-1142 & GFM-2140 thru GFM-2142 6-1/32 [153] Model GFM-1130 1-1/4 [31.75] 3 [76.20] 1-7/16 [36.51] 1-7/16 [36.51] thru GFM-1133 & GFM-2130 thru GFM-2133 4-35/64 [115.57] 4 [101.60] 4 [101.60] 7-19/64 [185.42] 1-17/64 [32.00] 7-19/64 [185.42] 1-17/64 [32.00] Model GFM-1143 thru GFM-1145 & GFM-2143 thru GFM-2145 Series GFM Gas Mass Flow Meters combine a straight tube sensor with a restrictor flow element to provide high accuracy and repeatability. Flow rates are virtually unaffected by temperature and pressure variations. Actual gas flow is displayed in engineering units on a 3-digit, 90° tiltable LCD readout. Units can be used with Series GFT Flow Totalizer for applications requiring totalization. Series GFM includes a NIST traceable certificate. ACCESSORIES Model GFM-110P GFM-220PE GFM-CBL4 GFM-CBL5 Description 110 V power supply 220 V power supply 3´ cable for 4-20 mA output 3´ cable for 0-5 VDC output MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean gases compatible with wetted parts. Wetted Materials: GFM-1XXX: Anodized aluminum, brass, 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O-rings; GFM-2XXX: 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O-rings. Accuracy: ±1% FS including linearity over 59 to 77°F (5 to 25°C) and 5 to 60 psia (0.34 to 4 bar); Series X143, X144, X145, ±1.5% FS. Repeatability: ±0.25% of FS. Response Time: 2 s to within ±2% of actual flow. Output: Linear 0-5 VDC and 4-20 mA. Max. Particulate Size: 5 microns. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Supply: ±12 VDC. Process Connections: 1/4˝ compression fitting for flow rates ≤50 L/m; 3/8˝ for 100 and 200 L/m; 1/2˝ for 500 L/min; 3/4˝ for 1000 L/min. Pressure Limits: 1000 psig (68.9 bar); Series GFM-X143, X144, X145, 500 psig (34.5 bar). Leak Integrity: 1 x 10-9 sccs of He. Display: 90° tiltable, 3-1/2 digit. Agency Approvals: CE. Model* GFM-1101 GFM-1102 GFM-1103 GFM-1104 GFM-1105 GFM-1106 GFM-1107 GFM-1108 GFM-1109 GFM-1111 GFM-1131 GFM-1133 GFM-1142 GFM-1143 GFM-1144 GFM-1145 *Specified flow ranges are for an equivalent flow of nitrogen at 70°F (21°C) @ 760 mm Hg. Process Connector Compression Fitting Model* 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ GFM-2101 GFM-2102 GFM-2103 GFM-2104 GFM-2105 GFM-2106 GFM-2107 GFM-2108 GFM-2109 GFM-2111 GFM-2131 GFM-2133 GFM-2142 GFM-2143 GFM-2144 GFM-2145 Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Flow Range 0 to 10 mL/m 0 to 20 mL/m 0 to 50 mL/m 0 to 100 mL/m 0 to 200 mL/m 0 to 500 mL/m 0 to 1000 mL/m 0 to 2 L/min 0 to 5 L/min 0 to 15 L/min 0 to 30 L/min 0 to 50 L/min 0 to 100 L/min 0 to 200 L/min 0 to 500 L/min 0 to 1000 L/min Material Flow Range SS 0 to 10 mL/m SS 0 to 20 mL/m SS 0 to 50 mL/m SS 0 to 100 mL/m SS 0 to 200 mL/m SS 0 to 500 mL/m SS 0 to 1000 mL/m SS 0 to 2 L/min SS 0 to 5 L/min SS 0 to 15 L/min SS 0 to 30 L/min SS 0 to 50 L/min SS 0 to 100 L/min SS 0 to 200 L/min SS 0 to 500 L/min SS 0 to 1000 L/min Process Connector Compression Fitting 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 296 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

319

® SERIES GFM3 & GFM4 GAS MASS FLOW METERS Flow Monitoring, Push-Button Configuration GFM3 GFM4 The Series GFM3 & GFM4 Gas Mass Flow Meters are an ideal choice for the measurement of flow rates of a wide variety of gases. Unit can be calibrated for a variety of gases via push-button with 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA and relay outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Multi parameter flow meter supports various functions such as flow totalizer, flow, temperature, and pressure alarms, and is available in a choice of 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA output signals • Set alarms remotely via digital interface for flow, pressure, and temperature to alert user of high or low thresholds being exceeded • Programmable 12-digit totalizer for total gas volume indication, and is available in the choice of 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA output signals • Standard four button keypad and large 128 x 64 graphical LCD with backlight allows easy access to the many features • Digital interface operates through available RS-485 or RS-232, providing access to internal data parameters and multi-drop capability of up to 255 units (RS-485 only) • Set alarms remotely via digital interface for flow to alert user of high or low thresholds being exceeded • Internal conversion factors for up to 32 gases • NIST traceable certificate included • Automatic zero adjustment • Self-diagnostic tests F L O W 4-1/4 [107.87] GFMX 1-21/32 [42.16] PROCESS CONNECTIONS WITH COMPRESSION FITTINGS ATTACHED 5-1/4 [133.60] 3/4 [19.30] 1-11/32 [34.29] 1-1/2 [38.10] 5-1/4 [133.10] 6-3/4 [171.70] 2 [51.05] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean gases compatible with wetted parts. Wetted Materials: 316 SS, 416 SS; Fluoroelastomer, Buna-N, EPR or PTFE O-rings. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Repeatability: ±0.25% FS. Response Time: 0.6 to 1.0 s to within ±2% of set point over 20 to 100% FS. Output Signal: Linear 0-5 VDC (3000 Ω min. load impedance); 0-10 VDC (6000 Ω min. load impedance); 4-20 mA (500 Ω max. loop resistance). Relay Rating: 1 A @ 24 VDC. Max. Particulate Size: 5 microns. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); Dry Gases: 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C). Power Supply: 12 VDC; 15 VDC; ±24 VDC. Process Connections: 1/8˝ compression fitting for flow rates ≤ 10 L/min; 1/4˝ for ≤ 50 L/min; 3/8˝ for ≤ 100 L/min. Pressure Limits: 500 psia (35 bar). Leak Integrity: 1 x 10-9 smL/sec of helium. Display: 128 x 64 graphic LCD with backlight. Weight: 1 lb (.45 kg). APPLICATIONS • Gas flow measurement • Gas flow control • Operating pumps and valves • Process equipment • Vacuum processes • Glass and metal coating • Film deposition ACCESSORIES Model A-110N12 A-110N24 A-110NA15 Description 110 VAC power supply, 12 VDC standard interface 110 VAC power supply, 24 VDC standard interface 110 VAC power supply, 15 VDC standard interface C o n t r o l l l M a s s F o w m e t e r s / e r s MODEL CHART Example Series GFM3 -AIR GFM3 GFM4 AIR AR C2H2 C3H8 C4H10 CH4 CO CO2 HF HE H2 N2 NH3 O2 SO2 010 050 100 5 2 4 V B E T Specialty Gas & K-Factor Body Sizev Power Supply Seal Material Fittings Display Flow Output Signal Temperature & Pressure Output Signal Digital Interface -010 -5 -E -B -L -B -C -2 GFM3-AIR-010-5-E-B-L-B-C-2 Gas mass flow meter Gas mass flow meter with temperature Air 1.0000 Argon 1.4573 Acetylene 0.5829 Propane 0.3500 Butane 0.2631 Methane 0.7175 Carbon monoxide 1.0000 Carbon dioxide 0.7382 Hydrogen fluoride 0.9998 Helium 1.4540 Hydrogen 1.0106 Nitrogen 1.0000 Ammonia 0.7310 Oxygen 0.9926 Sulfur dioxide 0.6900 Low flow Medium flow High flow ±15 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC Fluoroelastomer Buna-N EPR PTFE 1/4˝ compression (low) 1/8˝ compression (medium) 3/8˝ compression (high) LED display 0-5 VDC 4-20 mA 0-10 VDC N.A/N.A 0-5 VDC/0-5 VDC 0-5 VDC/4-20 mA 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC 4-20 mA/0-5 VDC 4-20 mA/4-20 mA 4-20 mA/0-10 VDC 0-10 VDC/0-5 VDC 0-10 VDC/4-20 mA 0-10 VDC/0-10 VDC RS232 RS485 PROFIBUS A B D L A B G A B C D E F G H I J 2 5 9 Note: Specify flow range at time of orderu DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 297

320

W O L F ® SERIES GFC GAS MASS FLOW CONTROLLERS Flow Range Up to 1000 L/min, Pressures Up to 500 psi, NIST Traceable 3 [76.20] 1-3/4 [44.55] 1-1/8 [28.58] 3 [76.20] 1-3/4 [44.55] 1-1/8 [28.58] 5-37/64 [141.86] 3-9/16 [90.42] 5-31/32 [151.77] thru 3-15/16 [99.95] 6-19/64 [159.77] 1 [25.40] 7 21/64 [186.18] 7 21/64 [186.18] Model GFC-1101 thru GFC-1111 Model GFC-1130 thru GFC-1133 & GFC-2101 thru GFC-2111 & GFC-2130 thru GFC-2133 1-1/4 [31.75] Model GFC-1140 thru GFC-1142 & GFC-2140 thru GFC-2142 11/16 [17.53] 6-32 2 11/16 [68.33] 1-3/4 [44.55] 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-1/2 [38.10] 4-35/64 [115.57] 4 [101.60] 4 [101.60] 11/16 [17.53] 6-32 3 [76.20] 1.437 2-11/16 [68.33] 3-11/64 [80.65] 1-17/64 [32.00] 7-19/64 [185.42] 3-1/8 [79.38] 1-17/64 [32.00] Model GFC-1143 thru GFC-1145 & GFC-2143 thru GFC-2145 s r e / s r e t e m w o F s s a M l l l o r t n o C The Series GFC Gas Mass Flow Controllers combine a straight tube sensor with a restrictor flow element. It is available for flow ranges up to 1000 L/min and offered in aluminum or 316 SS in 1/4˝, 3/8˝, 1/2˝ and 3/4˝ sizes. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Provides high accuracy and repeatability • Flow rates are virtually unaffected by temperature and pressure variations • Utilizes an electromagnetic valve and PID electronics to maintain continuous control by comparing measured sensor signal set to flow rates • Set points can be adjusted with local potentiometers or remotely via 0 to 5 VDC or 4 to 20 mA analog signal • Actual gas flow is displayed in engineering units on a 3-1/2 digit, 90° tiltable LCD readout • Can be used with Series GFT2 Flow Totalizer for applications requiring totalization • NIST traceable certificate included APPLICATIONS • Gas flow measurement • Gas flow control • Operating pumps and valves • Process equipment • Vacuum processes • Glass and metal coating • Film deposition MODEL CHART SS Model GFC-2101* GFC-2102* GFC-2103* GFC-2104* GFC-2105* GFC-2106* GFC-2107* GFC-2108* GFC-2109* GFC-2111* GFC-2131* GFC-2133* GFC-2142* GFC-2143* GFC-2144* GFC-2145* Aluminum Model GFC-1101* GFC-1102* GFC-1103* GFC-1104* GFC-1105* GFC-1106* GFC-1107* GFC-1108* GFC-1109* GFC-1111* GFC-1131* GFC-1133* GFC-1142* GFC-1143* GFC-1144* GFC-1145* *Specified flow ranges are for an equivalent flow of nitrogen at 70°F (21°C) @ 760 mm Hg Flow Range 0 to 10 mL/m 0 to 20 mL/m 0 to 50 mL/m 0 to 100 mL/m 0 to 200 mL/m 0 to 500 mL/m 0 to 1000 mL/m 0 to 2 L/min 0 to 5 L/min 0 to 15 L/min 0 to 30 L/min 0 to 50 L/min 0 to 100 L/min 0 to 200 L/min 0 to 500 L/min 0 to 1000 L/min Process Connector Compression Fitting 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 298 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean gases compatible with wetted parts. Wetted Materials: GFC-1XXX: Anodized aluminum, brass, 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O-rings; GFC-2XXX: 316 SS and fluoroelastomer O-rings. Accuracy: ±1% FS including linearity over 59 to 77°F (5 to 25°C) and 5 to 60 psia (0.34 to 4 bar); Series GFC X143, X144, X145, ±1.5% FS. Repeatability: ±0.25% FS. Response Time: 2 s to within ±2% of actual flow. Output: Linear 0-5 VDC and 4-20 mA. Max. Particulate Size: 5 microns. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Supply: ±12 VDC. Process Connections: 1/4˝ compression fitting for flow rates ≤50 L/m; 3/8˝ for 100 and 200 L/m; 1/2˝ for 500 L/min; 3/4˝ for 1000 L/min. Pressure Limits: 1000 psig (68.9 bar); Series GFC-X143, X144, X145, 500 psig (34.5 bar). Leak Integrity: 1 x 10-9 sccs of He. Display: 90° tiltable, 3-1/2 digit. Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES Model GFC-110P GFC-220PE GFC-CBL1 GFC-CBL3 Description 110 V power supply 220 V power supply 8´ cable with 15-pin connector 3´ extension cable for LCD readout USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

321

L E V E L | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 300-303 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 304-305 Level Indicators pages 306-307 Water Leak Detectors page 308 Level Switches, Float pages 309-319 Level Switches, Level Switches, Optical page 320 Displacer page 320 Level Switches, Capacitive pages 321-322 Level Switches, Vibrating Rod page 322 Level Switches, Tuning Fork page 323 Level Switches, Paddle pages 324-325 Level Switches, Diaphragm pages 326-327 Level Transmitters, Submersible pages 329-331 Level Transmitters, Level Transmitters, Capacitive page 332 Float page 333 Level Transmitters, Ultrasonic pages 334-335 Level/Pump Controllers pages 336-338 Bin Vibrators/ Aerators pages 339-340 FEATURED PRODUCTS CAPACITIVE LEVEL SWITCH SERIES CLS2 | page 321 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTER SERIES PBLTX | page 330 • No moving parts to jam, wear or break • Auto calibrates for easy set up • Durable cage style design ensures long life in harsh application environments • Large flush 36 SS diaphragm will not clog • cULus intrinsically safe DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 299

322

L E V E L | ® LIQUID Level Switches I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Service Wetted Materials Temperature Limits L4 - page 309 Liquids 316 SS 275°F (135°C) L6 - page 310 Liquids 304 SS 220°F (105°C) L8 - page 311 Liquids 316 SS 212°F (100°C) L10 - page 312 Liquids 304 SS 200°F (93°C) Pressure Limits Process Connection 2000 psig with option bar 1-1/2˝ or 2-1/2˝ male NPT 2000 psi (138 bar) 1˝ male NPT or 1˝ female NPT with external float 150 PSIG (10.34 bar) 1˝ male NPT 2000 (137.137.8 bar) 1˝ male NPT 0.7 0.9 SPDT or DPDT Horizontal with optional vertical SPDT or DPDT Horizontal ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx,UL ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx, KTL, UL 0.6 SPDT Horizontal CE, cURus 0.9 SPST Horizontal CSA, UR Min. Specific Gravity Output Mounting Orientation Agency Approvals LIQUID Level Switches SERIES Service F7-MS - page 317 Liquids 123 - page 318 Liquids Wetted Materials Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Process Connection Brass or 316 SS Buna-N floats: 180°F (82.2°C) in oil, 230°F (110°C) in water; SS floats: 300°F (148.9°C) 750 psi (51.7 bar) 1/2˝, 1-1/4˝, 2˝, or 3˝ 150# flange Min. Specific Gravity 0.55 Output Mounting Orientation Agency Approvals N/A SPST or SPDT Vertical ±30° 304 SS 365°F (185°C) 102 - page 318 Liquids Cast iron 425°F (218°C) CFS2 - page 319 Liquids FSW2 - page 319 Liquids Polypropylene 122°F (50°C) Polypropylene 122°F (50°C) 150 psig (10.34 bar) 1˝ female NPT 400 psig (27.6 bar) 1˝ female NPT 14.5 psi (1 bar) N/A 29 psi ( 2 bar) N/A 0.88 SPDT, DPDT or (2) SPDT Vertical 0.6 SPDT, DPDT or (2) SPDT Vertical 0.6 SPST or SPDT Horizontal 0.6 SPST or SPDT Vertical CSA, UL UL CE, UL/CSA CE These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 300 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

323

® LIQUID Level Switches L E V E L | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I SERIES Service F7-MLK - page 312 Liquids F6 & F7 - page 313 Liquids F6 & F7 - page 314 Liquids F7-MM - page 316 Liquids Polypropylene, 316 SS, or Buna-N* Polypropylene, 316 SS, or Buna-N* Brass or 316 SS 176°F (80°C) or higher* 176°F (80°C) or higher* 180°F (82.2°C) or higher* 50 psig (3 bar) or higher* M16x2, 18˝ male NPT, 1/2˝ male NPT, 3/4˝ female NPT, or 3/8˝-24˝ UNF-2A* 15 psig (1 bar) or higher* 1/8˝ or 1/4˝ male NPT* 0.45 or higher* 0.45 or higher* 1000 psi (68.95 bar) 1/8˝, 3/4˝, or 1˝ male NPT, 3-5/8˝ flange, 1-5/16-12UNF-2A, 3/8˝-24 thread, or 2˝ male NPT with 1/2˝ conduit 0.45 SPST Horizontal N/A SPST Vertical CE, UL* SPST Vertical N/A Wetted Materials Temperature Limits Buna-N/Brass 221°F (105°C) Pressure Limits Process Connection 150 psig (10 bar) 2˝ male NPT Min. Specific Gravity Output Mounting Orientation Agency Approvals 0.45 SPST Vertical N/A *Varies per product LIQUID Level Switches SERIES Service OLS - page 320 Liquids B-190 - page 320 Liquids 316 SS, Polysulfone or PFA 316 SS 200°F (93.3°C) 200°F (93.3°C) CLS2 - page 321 Liquids, powder, bulk materials 316 SS 185°F (85°C) CLS1 - page 322 Solids, liquids, slurries CPVC 240°F (116°C) Wetted Materials Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Process Connection 1000 psig (69 bar) 1/2˝ male NPT 125 psig (8.6 bar) 4˝ 125 # cast iron flange 365 psi (25 bar) 3/4˝, 1˝, or 1-1/2˝ male NPT or BSPT or 1-1/2˝ or 2˝ sanitary clamp 30 psig (2.06 bar) 1˝ male NPS Min. Specific Gravity N/A Output Mounting Orientation Agency Approvals N/A NPN open collector Any position 0.5 SPST or SPDT Vertical N/A DPDT Vertical or horizontal N/A SPDT Vertical or horizontal UL CE, cULus N/A These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 301

324

L E V E L | ® BULK Level Switches I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Service CLS2 - page 321 Liquids, powder and bulk Sensing Technology Capacitance CLS1 - page 322 Liquids, slurries, powder and bulk Capacitance VRLS - page 322 Powder and bulk TFLS - page 323 Powder and bulk CTF - page 323 Powder and bulk Vibrating rod Vibrating tuning fork Vibrating tuning fork Wetted Materials 316 SS CPVC 304 SS 316 SS 304 SS Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Process Connection 3/4˝, 1˝, or 1-1/2˝ male NPT 185°F (85°C) 365 psi (25 bar) or BSPT or 1-1/2˝ or 2˝ sanitary clamp DPDT Output Mounting Orientation Vertical or horizontal Agency Approvals CE, cULus 240°F (116°C) 30 psig (2.06 bar) 1˝ male NPS 176°F (80°C) 150 psi (10 bar) 1˝ male NPT 176°F (80°C) 145 psig (10 bar) 1-1/2˝ male NPT 212°F (100°C) 600 psi (40 bar) 1˝ male NPT SPDT Vertical or horizontal N/A SPDT Vertical or horizontal N/A SPDT Vertical or horizontal N/A PNP/NPN Vertical or horizontal N/A SUBMERSIBLE Level Transmitters SERIES Service Wetted Materials Temperature Limits 150°F (66°C) SBLT2/SBLTX - page 328 Liquids 316 SS MBLT - page 329 Liquids 316 SS 176°F (80°C) Pressure Limits Accuracy 2x FS ±0.25% FS 2x FS ±0.25% FS PBLT2/PBLTX - page 330 Liquids 316 SS PBLT2: 180°F (82°C) PBLTX: 176°F (80°C) 2x FS ±0.25% FS FBLT - page 331 Liquids 316 SS 176°F (80°C) 2x FS ±0.25% FS Range 0 to 300 psi (10 to 693 ft w.c) (3.2 to 211 m w.c) 0 to 300 psi (10 to 693 ft w.c) (3.2 to 211 m w.c) 0 to 300 psi (10 to 693 ft w.c) (3.2 to 211 m w.c) 0 to 300 psi (10 to 693 ft w.c) (3.2 to 211 m w.c) Output 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 V 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Agency Approvals SBLT2: CE CE SBLTX: CE, cULus PBLT2: CE PBLTX: CE, cULus CE These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. XXX 302 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

325

® BULK Level Switches L E V E L | I S E L E C T O N G U D E I ULTRA-MAG™ - pages 326-327 Powder and bulk Magnetic linkage and diaphram Aluminum or 304 SS with Urethane, Buna-N, PTFE, Silicone Rubber, Polyester, Fluoroelestomer, White Buna-N or EPDM diaphragm 350°F (176°C) 60 psig (4.14 bat) 8-3/8˝ (212.73 mm) diameter bolt hole circle SERIES Service DBLM - page 324 Powder and bulk PLS2 - page 324 Powder and bulk PLS - page 325 Powder and bulk Sensing Technology Rotating paddle Rotating paddle Rotating paddle Wetted Materials Polycarbonate 304 SS 316 SS 140°F (60°C) N/A Temperature Limits Pressure Limits Process Connection 3/4˝ male NPT, optional flange and 1-1/4˝ to 3/4˝ reducer SPDT Output Mounting Orientation Vertical or horizontal Agency Approvals CE 176°F (80°C) 11.6 psi (0.8 bar) 1-1/4˝ male NPT 300°F ( 148.9°C) 30 psig (2.07 bar) 1-1/4˝ male NPT, optional flange SPDT Vertical or horizontal CE, FM SPDT or DPDT Vertical or horizontal cUL SPDT Vertical CSA, UL CAPACITIVE, ULTRASONIC & FLOAT Level Transmitters CRF2 - page 332 Liquids, powders, bulk material 316 SS SERIES Service Wetted Materials Temperature Limits Ambient: 185°F (85°C), Process: 250°F (121°C) 100 psi (6.9 bar) ±0.25% FS Pressure Limits Accuracy CLT - page 333 Liquids Brass 180°F (82°C) in water, 230°F (110 °C) in oil, 230°F (110°C) SS floats 150 psig (10 bar) ±1 mm ULT - page 334 Liquids 303 SS 140°F (60°C) 30 psi (2 bar) ±0.2% FS Range 12 to 30 ft (3.7 to 9.1 m) Options from .5 to 68˝ ( 0.01 to 1.73 m) 0 to 24.6 ft (0 to 7.5 m) or 0 to 32.8 ft (0 to 10 m) Output Agency Approvals N/A 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 V N/A 4 to 20 mA CE, FM ULSS/ULSM/ULSL - page 335 Fluids/liquids PVDF, FKM 140°F (60°C) 30 psi (2 bar) ULSS: ±0.125˝ (3 mm); ULSM/ULSL: ±0.2% FS ULSS: 0 to 4.1 ft (0 to 1.25 m); ULSM: 0 to 9.8 ft (0 to 3 m); ULSL: 0 to 18 ft (0 to 5.5 m) 4 to 20 mA CE These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 303

326

L E V E L s n o i t a c i l Proximity® Series PLS is used to indicate level status in pneumatic conveying systems. Mercoid® pump controller with level transmitter control pumps in wastewater lift stations. Pneumatic conveying systems use air to transport powder and dry bulk solids through conveying lines. The air is pressurized by positive pressure or vacuum to move the product through the lines into and out of silos, transporters, and receivers. Typical applications have high and low level indication in the storage bins to control the flow of product in or out. The Series PLS is perfect for level use in these storage bins. It has a rotating paddle that is inserted into the bin. As the product level builds up in the bin it stops the paddle from rotating and triggers the level output. The Series PLS is great for this application as it is not affected by pressure changes in the bin. Lift stations are used to transmit wastewater to the treatment facility. Wastewater is transmitted by gravity feed so it has to be continually elevated to provide height to generate the flow. Lift stations are pits located at points in the wastewater system to collect the wastewater that usually have two submersible pumps. Wastewater in the lift station is pumped out to a higher level from where it can flow on to the next lift station or to the treatment facility. The Mercoid® Series MPC pump controller is used with the Series PBLT level transmitter to control the level in the lift station. The Series PBLT is a level transmitter that is submersed in the tank and sends a linear output of the height of wastewater above it. The Series MPC takes the height input and controls the pumps according to how it has been programmed. p p A i l a c p y T Grain hopper level controlled by Series PLS Paddle Level Switch. The supply of grain pneumatically conveyed to this dispensing hopper is controlled by two Proximity® Series PLS paddle level switches. When the grain level falls to the low limit switch, the supply is turned on until the hopper fills to the level of the high limit switch which turns off the supply. Since grain dust is explosive, the explosion-proof Series PLS provides the required safety protection. The Series PLS is a paddle level switch and is not affected by the varying pressure in the hopper due to the cycling of the pneumatic conveying system. Custom level sensing devices are built to meet each customer’s specific requirements, providing visual indication, continuous measurement, and point level control. To meet various tank level measuring needs, Dwyer Instruments, Inc. offers custom- configured products built to customer specifications that provide visual indication, continuous level measurement, and multiple point level measurement. Series VR or MVR View-Rite Level Indicators are a safe way to keep the process isolated while providing true visible indication. Unlike sight glasses, which can crack or break, View-Rite Indicators contain liquids entirely within their stainless steel enclosure. For continuous level measurement needs, the Series CLT uses reed switch technology to offer a more economical solution than expensive ultrasonic, submersible or RT transmitters. Lastly, the Series F7-MQ can be used in virtually any tank to indicate high and low alarms or to control pumps and valves. 304 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

327

L E V E L Mercoid® displacer type level control is ideal for controlling industrial sump pumps. Low level float switch enables sensing in air conditioner drip pans and other shallow level applications. Industrial sumps and other underground tanks are ideal applications for top-mounted Mercoid® displacer type level controls. Easily installed, these controls use porcelain displacers that do not float on the surface of liquids, but are suspended on a coil spring and cable. As the liquid in the tank reaches the level of the upper displacers, their weight decreases by an amount equal to the liquid displaced, allowing the spring to move the cable upward, actuating the switch and the pump is turned on. As the liquid level falls below the upper displacers they move only a small amount, staying within the switch deadband until the liquid level falls to the center of the bottom displacer. At this point the switch is deactivated stopping the pump. The pump will remain deactivated until the water level rises to the upper displacers, repeating the cycle. The displacers are not affected by turbulence, pressure or chemicals and are excellent for tanks with viscous or dirty liquids. The level differential is easily adjusted by repositioning of the displacers on the 316 SS cable. Standard float switches require at least an inch of liquid to attain enough buoyancy to switch. This can be a problem in applications where low level sensing is required. The hat-shaped design of the W.E. Anderson™ Series F7-LL provides necessary buoyancy for switching in only 5/8˝ of water. This is essential for air conditioner drip pans, low level sumps, and drains. The Series F7-LL is also ideal for low alarms, where running the process dry can result in catastrophic failure. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s Mercoid® Series 123 level controls provide high and low alarm on large de-aerator tank. W.E. Anderson™ Series OLS indicates level in heavy equipment radiator. Liquid level in the external piping equals level in the tank. When level rises to high limit, float in upper Series 123 is lifted, actuating switch to sound high level alarm. When level drops to low limit, lower Series 123 sounds low level alarm. Many types of heavy industrial equipment use a liquid cooling system for the motor. A vibratory trench roller is a machine that compacts sub-bases for roads, parking lots, etc., and is an example of the type of equipment that would utilize this system. This machine incorporates a radiator cooling system. In the system, cooling liquid circulates through the engine preventing it from over heating. As the engine is cooled the cooling fluid heats up. The fluid returns to the radiator to cool down before being circulated through again. If there is not enough cooling fluid in the system the engine will not be cooled enough and damage will occur. A W.E. Anderson™ Series OLS optical level switch is installed as a low level alarm. The level alarm is signaled by the Series OLS before the cooling fluid gets to a critical low level, warning the operator of the problem. The Series OLS uses an optical detection system superior for this application as float controls may trip from machine vibration. Also the compact insertion length is ideal for a small radiator. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 305

328

® L E V E L SERIES VR | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER VIEW-RITE LEVEL INDICATOR Customized to Fit Any Application, Durable, 316 SS Housing and Float L1 C to C L1 & C to C TYPICAL MEASUREMENTS C to C = L1 + 10.25˝ (260.35 mm) C to C = L1 Top & bottom Side & side The Series VR View-Rite Level Indicator provides customized level indication to meet a variety of application requirements. Specify any indication length up to 96˝ (244 cm) and the View-Rite level indicators incorporate a pressure tight housing with internal float that magnetically activates external level indication flags, switches, or transmitter. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean, low viscosity liquids. Pressure Limits: 275 psi (18.9 bar), 225 psi (15.5 bar) @ 100°F (37.8°C), 215 psi (14.8 bar) @ 300°F (148.9°C), 195 psi (13.4 bar) @ 400°F (204.4°C). Tube Diameter: 2-1/2˝ (64 mm). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low maintenance with all 316 L SS wetted material • Environmentally friendly with process liquid contained inside a pressure-tight housing • Durable 316 L SS provides maintenance-free operation • Requires no external power to operate • Brightly colored flags are easy to read even at long distances APPLICATIONS • Pharmaceuticals • Oil and gas • Medical equipment • Food and beverages • Semiconductor manufacturing • Boilers MODEL CHART Example Construction Wetted Materials Configuration Process Connection i s r o t a c d n I l e v e L Float Access Drain and Vent Specific Gravity Operating Pressure Operating Temperature Indicating Length, L1 Indicating Flags Visual Indicating Scale Output Options VR -S SS 1 -TP D -0.8 -150 -090 -080 P 1 -I VR-SSS1-TPD-0.8-150-090-080P1-I VR S TB SS 1 2 4 5 6 7 TP BM TB N D V B 0.0 000 000 000 P A N 1 2 I V View-rite level indicator 316 L SS, fluoroelastomer O-ring Top/bottom connections Side/side connections 1/2˝ NPT (female on TB; male on SS configuration) 1˝ NPT (female on TB; male on SS configuration) 1˝ 150# RF flange 2˝ 150# RF flange 1˝ 300# RF flange 2˝ 300# RF flange Top Bottom Top and bottom (only with SS configuration) None Drain, 1/2˝ female NPT (only with SS configuration) Vent, 1/2˝ female NPT (only with SS configuration) Drain and vent (only with SS configuration) Specific gravity of fluid: Minimum is 0.8 Operating pressure in psi: Maximum is 275 psi (18.9 bar) Operating temperature of fluid in °F: Maximum is 400°F (204°C) Indicator length in whole inches: Maximum of 240˝ (6.1 m); Minimum of 6˝ (15.25 cm) Plastic, white and orange [300°F (149°C) maximum] Aluminum, silver and black None Feet and inches Inches only 4-20 mA transmitter of level [300°F (149°) maximum] 0-5 VDC transmitter of level Note: Models are built to your specifications OPTIONAL SWITCH MODULES Model Description Maximum temperature is 300°F (148.9°C). Polysulfone with 1/4˝ female NPT conduit connection. VR-S1 Maximum temperature is 750°F (399°C). 316 SS with 1/2˝ male NPT conduit connection. VR-S2 Maximum temperature is 750°F (399°C). Explosion-proof terminal box with 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connection. VR-S3 Clamp onto the level indicator. SPST, rated .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. 306 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

329

L E V E L L e v e l I n d c a t o r s i ® SERIES MVR | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MINI VIEW-RITE LEVEL INDICATOR Customized, Visual Level Indication, Compact Size L1 C to C L1 & C to C TYPICAL MEASUREMENTS C to C = L1 + 7.72˝ (196.09 mm) C to C = L1 Top & bottom Side & side The Series MVR Mini View-Rite Level Indicator provides customized level indication to meet a variety of application requirements in a 1-1/4˝ (32 mm) housing. Specify any indication length up to 96˝ (244 cm) and the Mini View-Rite level indicators incorporate a pressure tight housing with internal float that magnetically activates external level indication flags, switches, or transmitter. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean, low viscosity liquids. Pressure Limits: ≤ 300°F, 400 psi (27.6 bar); ≥ 300°F, 373 psi (25.7 bar). Tube Diameter: 1-1/4˝ (32 mm). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low maintenance with all 316L SS wetted material • Environmentally friendly with process liquid contained inside a pressure tight housing • Durable 316L SS provides maintenance-free operation • Requires no external power to operate • Brightly colored flags are easy to read even at long distances APPLICATIONS • Pharmaceuticals • Medical equipment • Food and beverages • Semiconductor manufacturing • Boilers MODEL CHART Example Construction Wetted Materials Configuration Process Connection Float Access Drain and Vent Specific Gravity Operating Pressure Operating Temperature Indicating Length, L1 Indicating Flags Visual Indicating Scale Output Options MVR -S SS 1 -TP D -0.8 -150 -090 -080 P 1 -I MVR-SSS1-TPD-0.8-150-090-080P1-I MVR S TB SS 1 3 TP BM TB N D V B 0.0 000 000 000 P A N 1 2 I V Mini view-rite level indicator 316L SS housing, 316L SS float, fluoroelastomer O-ring Top/bottom connections Side/side connections 1/2˝ NPT (female on TB; male on SS configuration) 1/2˝ 150# RF flange Top Bottom Top and bottom (only with SS configuration) None Drain, 1/2˝ female NPT (only with SS configuration) Vent, 1/2˝ female NPT (only with SS configuration) Drain and vent (only with SS configuration) Specific gravity of fluid: Minimum is 0.8 Operating pressure in psi: Maximum is 400 psi (27.6 bar) Operating temperature of fluid in °F: Maximum is 400°F (204°C) Indicator length in whole inches: Maximum of 240˝ (6.1 m); Minimum of 6˝ (15.25 cm) Plastic, white and orange [300°F (149°C) maximum] Aluminum, silver and black None Feet and inches Inches only 4-20 mA transmitter of level [300°F (149°) maximum] 0-5 VDC transmitter of level Note: Models are built to your specifications OPTIONAL SWITCH MODULES Model Description Maximum temperature is 300°F (148.9°C). Polysulfone with 1/4˝ female NPT conduit connection. Maximum temperature is 750°F (399°C). 316 SS with 1/2˝ male NPT conduit connection. Maximum temperature is 750°F (399°C). Explosion-proof terminal box with 1/2˝ female NPT conduit connection. MVR-S1 MVR-S2 MVR-S3 Clamp onto the level indicator. SPST, rated .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 307

330

L E V E L ® SERIES WD3 WATER LEAK DETECTORS Battery or External Powered, SPST or DPDT Relays 3-5/8 [91.70] 3 [76.68] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 5/16 [7.52] 1-3/16 [30.12] 4-1/8 [105.23] 1-5/16 [33.15] 5/8 [16.58] V I DEO O N L I N E 2 [50.66] WD3-BP WD3-LP Bracket WD3 1/8 [2.50] 5/8 [16.18] Bracket The Series WD3 Water Leak Detectors protect equipment from water damage by detecting the presence of water. Model WD3-BP-D1-A is battery powered, all others require AC or DC supply voltages. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Audible and visual alerts provide local indication of the alarm condition and internal switch will give remote indication or control to prevent further buildup of water • Sensing height can be adjusted as low as 1/32˝ (0.79 mm) using the included adjustable mounting bracket • Mounting bracket can attach to any flat surface by either using the attached adhesive strips or mounting screws for easy installation APPLICATIONS • AHU drip pans • Radiant floors • Data centers • Sump pumps • Drains MODEL CHART Model WD3-BP-D1-A WD3-LP-D2 WD3-LP-D2-A Output SPST NO SSR DPDT relay DPDT relay Power Battery 24 VAC (±10%) or 11 to 27 VDC 24 VAC (±10%) or 11 to 27 VDC Audible Alarm Yes No Yes ACCESSORIES Model A-WD3-BRK Description Replacement mounting bracket SERIES WD | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER WATER DETECTOR AND SENSOR TAPE Detects Low Levels Of Conductive Liquids, Large Measuring Area s r o t c e t e D k a e L r e t a W SPECIFICATIONS Service: Water or conductive fluids. Minimum Sensing Gap: 1/32˝. Switch Type: Battery powered model: SPST NO SSR; External powered models: DPDT relay. Electrical Ratings: Battery powered model: Pilot duty rating 250 mA @ 24 VDC; External powered models: 1 A @ 24 VAC/DC. Audible Alarm: At least 85 dB @ 1´ distance (depends on model). Visual Alarm: Red LED for water level; Yellow LED for low battery (battery powered model only); Green LED for power condition (external powered models only). Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Power Requirements: Battery powered model: 3V CR2450 lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable; External powered models: 24 VAC (±10%) or 11-27 VDC. Power Consumption: Battery powered model: 0.9 mA steady state / 3.0 mA during alarm condition; External powered models: 30 mA steady state / 85 mA during alarm condition. Battery Life: 5 years steady state / 48 hours during alarm condition. Electrical Connections: 4.9´ (1.5 m), 22 AWG, PVC, UL plenum rated cable. Enclosure Material: ABS and polycarbonate with flammability classification UL 94 V-0. Enclosure Rating: Audible alarm models: Watertight up to 3/4 of the body height; Non-audible alarm models: NEMA 6P (IP 68) submersible. Weight: 4.85 oz (137.5 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] 1-1/2 [38.10] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 1/2˝ CONDUIT OR FLEX CONNECTOR 4-3/4 [120.02] 4-1/4 [107.32] 1/4 [6.35] AMBER LED LIGHT 3 [76.38] Ø7/8 [Ø22.23] WD WATER DETECTOR PUSH- BUTTON TEST ALARM POWER GREEN LED LIGHT 15 PIN CABLE CONNECTION 1/8 [2.10] 1-3/4 [44.17] The Series WD Water Detector and Sensor Tape is designed for dependable detection of water presence even of low conductive liquids. The water sensing tape attaches to module and if any liquid comes in contact with the tape the resistance is changed and the alarm will be triggered. The sensing tape is 1˝ wide and can be bought in lengths of 5, 10, 15 and 25´ and is powered by 24 VAC or 24-30 VDC. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Sturdy and reliable aluminum enclosure • Hydrophobic tape does not absorb any liquid allowing for faster drying time and faster return to service after water leak • Multiple tapes can be connected together to extend the coverage area SPECIFICATIONS Service: Conductive liquid. Switch Type: DPDT. Electrical Rating: 1 A @ 24 VAC/VDC. Power Requirements: 24 VAC, 24-30 VDC. Power Consumption: 35 mA maximum. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Conduit Connections: Hole for 1/2˝ conduit. Enclosure: Extruded aluminum. Sensor Tape: 1˝ (25.4 mm) wide and 5´, 10´, 15´ or 25´ long. Weight: 8 oz (.23 kg). APPLICATIONS • Drip pans under HVAC equipment • Computer rooms • Telecommunication facilities • Leak detection around water pumps 308 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART Model Description WD TP05 TP10 TP15 TP25 Water module 5´ (1.52 m) tape 10´ (3.05 m) tape 15´ (4.57 m) tape 25´ (7.62 m) tape

331

® SERIES L4 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® FLOAT SWITCH Magnetically Operated Switch, Leak Proof Body, Explosion-Proof DEFLECTION L E V E L STOP FLOAT OF 316 SS [STANDARD] FLOAT ARM AND BLOCK 316 SS OR BRASS 1-5/8 [41.28] HINGE PIN SWITCH BODY OF BRASS OR 316 SS 1-1/2 [38.10] NPT OR BSPT EXPLOSION PROOF HOUSING WITH 3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION 16 GA. LEADS, 6 [152.4] LONG 2-1/2 [63.5] 3-11/32 [84.93] HEX FLOAT CONNECTION 5 [127] LOCK NUT MAGNET KEEPER 430 SS 6 [152.4] 19-5/32 [486.57] 3-15/16 [100.01] 5-31/32 [151.61] 8-5/32 [207.17] 1-1/2 [38.10] THREADED BRANCH CONNECTION CUT HOLE 1-15/16 [49] DIA. ANSI RF THREADED REDUCING FLANGE 2-1/2 [63.50] THREADED BRANCH CONNECTION CUT HOLE 2-7/8 [73] DIA. 3/4 [19.50] NPT OR BSPT ANSI RF THREADED REDUCING FLANGE 3/4 [19.05] NPT OR BSPT 11-3/4 [298.5] 2-1/2 X 1-1/2 [63.50 X 38.10] FACE BUSHING Standard installation Horizontal, flange installation V I DEO O N L I N E Horizontal, 2-1/2 threaded branch connection installation with optional 2-1/2 [64] spherical float * *FLANGE FACE TO CENTERLINE OF FLOAT SPECIFIED BY CUSTOMER. NORMALLY SHOULD NOT EXCEED 20˝ [508 mm]. Vertical, flange installation The Series L4 Flotect® Float Switch is a rugged and reliable float switch which operates automatically to indicate tank level. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Unique magnetically actuated switching design gives superior performance • No bellows, springs, or seals to fail • Free-swinging float attracts a magnet within the solid metal switch body, actuating a snap switch by means of a simple lever arm • Float arm hinge design limits the arm angle to prevent vertical hang up APPLICATIONS • Direct pump control for maintaining level • Automatic tank dump operations • Level control • Valve control • Level alarm in sumps, scrubber systems, hydro-pneumatic tanks, boilers, and water/ wastewater treatment processes OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -D -NH -MV -MT -TRI -TRD -316 -AT -IEC -TOP -50 -150 -300 DPDT contacts No housing Gold plated contacts for dry circuits (see electrical rating in specifications, no listings or approvals) High temperature rated 400°F (204°C) (see electrical rating in specifications, no listings or approvals) Time delay relay with 2 SPDT contacts, adjustable from 0-1 to 0-31 minutes (increasing flow) Time delay relay with 2 SPDT contacts, adjustable from 0-1 to 0-31 minutes (decreasing flow) (no listings or approvals) *316 SS magnet keeper option to replace standard 430 SS ATEX compliant construction IECEx certified construction Top mounted for vertical flange installation [distance from flange face to centerline of float to be specified, 20˝ (508 mm) max] Optional float (2-1/2˝ spherical) 304 SS rated 50 psig (3.5 bar) and 0.5 min. s.g. Optional float (2-1/2˝ spherical) 316 SS rated 150 psig (10.3 bar) and 0.7 min. s.g. Optional float (2-1/2˝ spherical) 304 SS rated 300 psig (20.7 bar) and 0.7 min. s.g. 1-1/2˝ female BSPT process connection -BSPT *316 SS body and float with 430 SS magnet keeper (wetted part). Consult factory for price and availability of fittings for L4 installation. Threaded branch connection, bushings, and flanges are available in a variety of sizes and materials. l F o a t L e v e l S w i t c h e s , 0344 II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Gb -20°C≤Tamb≤73°C. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Float and Rod: 316 SS; Body: Brass or 316 SS standard; Magnet Keeper: 430 SS standard, 316 SS or nickel optional. Temperature Limits: 4 to 275°F (-20 to 135°C) standard, MT high temperature option 400°F (205°C) [MT option not UL, CSA, ATEX or IECEx]. ATEX and IECEx options: Ambient temperature -4 to 163°F (-20 to 73°C); Process temperature -4 to 163°F (-20 to 73°C). Pressure Limit: Brass body 1000 psig (69 bar), 316 SS body 2000 psig (138 bar). Standard float rated 100 psig (6.9 bar). For other floats, see options. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. **Listed with UL and CSA for Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. ATEX -20°C≤Process Temp≤73°C. EC-Type Certificate No.: KEMA 03 ATEX 2383. ATEX Standards: EN60079-0: 2009; EN60079-1: 2007. IECEx Certified: For Ex d IIB T6 Gb -20°C≤Tamb≤73°C. -20°C≤Process Temp≤73°C. IECEx Certificate of Conformity: IECEx DEK 11.0071. IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0: 2007; IEC 60079-1: 2007. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch standard, DPDT snap switch optional. Electrical Rating: UL, FM, ATEX and IECEx models: 10 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). CSA models: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~); 5 A res., 3 A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MV option: 1 A @ 125 VAC (V~); 1 A res., .5 A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MT option: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). [MT and MV option not UL, CSA, FM, ATEX or IECEx]. Electrical Connections: UL and CSA models: 16 AWG, 6˝ (152 mm) long. ATEX and IECEx unit: terminal block. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ (19.05 mm) female NPT standard or M25 with -BSPT option. Process Connection: 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) male NPT or 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) male BSPT standard, 2-1/2˝ (63.50 mm) male NPT or 2-1/2˝ (63.50 mm) male BSPT standard optional floats. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal installation standard, optional vertical top mount. Dead Band: 3/4˝ (19 mm) for standard float. Specific Gravity: 0.7 minimum with standard float. For other floats see model chart. Weight: 4 lb 9 oz (2.07 kg). Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx, UL**. **No housing option (-NH) has no approvals. MODEL CHART Description Brass body, side wall mounting Brass body, side wall mounting, no housing 316 SS* body, sidewall mounting 316 SS* body, sidewall mounting, no housing Brass body, side wall mounting 316 SS* body, sidewall mounting Model L4 L4-NH** L4-SS L4-SS-NH** L4-BSPT L4-SS-BSPT *316 SS body and float with 430 SS magnet keeper (wetted part). **No housing option (-NH) has no approvals. Process Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT BSPT BSPT USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 309

332

® L E V E L SERIES L6 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES Easy In-wall or External Installation, Up to 2000 psig (138 bar), Compact Size 1 [25.40] FEMALE NPT OR BSPT TYP 2 PLACES 3/4 [19.05] MALE NPT OR BSPT CONDUIT CONNECTION Ø1 [25.40] 1 [25.40] MALE NPT OR BSPT Ø1-1/16 [26.99] 3/4 [19.05] MALE NPT OR BSPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 3-5/64 [78.18] 1-9/64 [28.97] Ø1-1/16 [26.99] 2 [50.80] HEX 8-9/16 [217.49] Model L6 with external float chamber V I DEO O N L I N E 1-3/4 [44.45] 3/4 6 [152.40] [19.05] Model L6 with spherical float Ø1 [25.40] x 2 [50.80] LONG FLOAT 3/4 [19.05] MALE NPT OR BSPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 1 [25.40] MALE NPT OR BSPT Ø1-1/16 [26.99] 2-7/8 [73.03] 6-1/2 [165.10] 1-1/16 [26.99] Model L6 with cylindrical float , s e h c t i w S l e v e L t a o F l The Series L6 Flotect® Liquid Level Switches are rugged and reliable float switches which operates automatically to indicate tank level. It is offered with a 303 SS or brass body with spherical or cylindrical float options. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact design is built for years of trouble-free service • Simple and dependable operation with no mechanical linkage • Float lever pivoted within the body moves when the process liquid displaces the float and magnet on the opposite end of the float lever controls a second magnet on the switch actuating lever located in the switch housing • Leak proof lower body machined from bar stock • Side wall or direct tee mounting options available to act as an external float chamber • Weatherproof and explosion-proof body for demanding outdoor applications • Electrical assembly can be easily replaced without removing the unit from the installation so that the process does not have to be shut down • Sensitive to level changes of less than 1/2˝ (12 mm) APPLICATIONS • Direct pump control for maintaining level • Automatic tank dump operations • Level control • Valve control • Level alarm in sumps, scrubber systems, hydro-pneumatic tanks, boilers, and water/wastewater treatment processes OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -MV -MT -CSA -AT -IEC Gold plated contacts for dry circuits (see electrical rating in specifications) High temperature rated 400°F (204°C) (see electrical rating in specifications, no listings or approvals, only available on models with stainless steel floats) CSA and UL approved construction, includes weatherproof and explosion-proof junction box ATEX compliant construction includes, weatherproof and explosion- proof, junction box IECEx certified construction, weatherproof and explosion-proof, junction box Note: M25 is not available with the CSA housing. DPDT Contacts Note: To order, change seventh character in model number to “D”. Example: L6EPB-B-D-3-O Options Not Shown: 1-1/2˝ and 2˝ (38.10 and 50.80 mm) male NPT or 1-1/2˝ and 2˝ (38.10 and 50.80 mm) male BSPT process connection, 2˝ female NPT or 2˝ female BSPT. 0344 II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb Process Temp≤75°C. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Float: Solid polypropylene or 304 SS; Lower body: Brass or 303 SS; Magnet: Ceramic; External float chamber (tee): Matches lower body choice of brass or 303 SS; Other: Lever arm, spring, pin, etc.: 301 SS. Temperature Limit: -4 to 220°F (-20 to 105°C) Standard, MT high temperature option 400°F (205°C)(MT not UL, CSA, ATEX, IECEx and KC). ATEX compliant AT, IECEx IEC and KC option ambient temperature -4 to 167°F (-20 to 75°C) process temperature: -4 to 220°F (-20 to 105°C). Pressure Limits: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. Listed with UL and CSA for Class I, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. (Group A on stainless steel body models only). ATEX EC-Type Certificate No.: KEMA 04ATEX2128. ATEX Standards: EN 60079-0: 2009; EN60079-1: 2007. IECEx Certified: For Ex d IIC T6 Gb Process Temp≤ 75°C. IECEx Certificate of Conformity: IECEx DEK II.0039. IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-00: 2007; IEC 60079-1: 2007. Korean Certified (KC) for Ex d IIC T6 Gb Process Temp≤75°C. KTL Certificate Number: 2012-2454-75. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch standard, DPDT snap switch optional. Electrical Rating: UL models: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~). CSA, ATEX and IECEx models: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC (V~); 5 A res., 3 A ind. @ 30 VDC (V ). MV option: .1 A @ 125 VAC (V~). MT option: 5 A @125/250 VAC (V~). [MT option not UL, CSA, ATEX or IECEx]. Electrical Connections: UL models: 18 AWG, 18˝ (457.20 mm) long. ATEX/CSA/ IECEx models: terminal block. Upper Body: Brass or 303 SS. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ (19.05 mm) male NPT standard, 3/4˝ (19.05) female NPT or M25 with BSPT option on junction box models. Process Connection: 1˝ (25.40 mm) male NPT or 1˝ (25.40 mm) male BSPT on models without external float chamber, 1˝ (25.40 mm) female NPT or 1˝ (25.40 mm) female BSPT on models with external float chamber. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with index arrow pointing down. Specific Gravity: See chart. Weight: Approximately 1 lb (.5 kg) without external float chamber, 1.75 lb (.8 kg) with external float chamber. Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, IECEx, KTL, UL. MODEL CHART Model L6EPB-B-S-3-O L6EPB-B-S-3-A L6EPB-B-S-3-C L6EPB-B-S-3-B L6EPB-B-S-3-H L6EPS-S-S-3-O L6EPS-S-S-3-A L6EPS-S-S-3-C L6EPS-S-S-3-S L6EPS-S-S-3-L BSPT process connection and M25 conduit connection. Note: To order, change eighth character in model to “4”. Example: L6EPB-B-S-4-A Process Connection Max. Pressure psig (bar) Min. S.G. NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT Installation Side wall mounting Side wall mounting Side wall mounting Brass external float chamber (tee) Brass external float chamber (tee) Side wall mounting Side wall mounting Side wall mounting 304 SS external float chamber (tee) 304 SS external float chamber (tee) Float Material Polypropylene spherical 304 SS cylindrical 304 SS spherical Polypropylene spherical 304 SS spherical Polypropylene spherical 304 SS cylindrical 304 SS spherical Polypropylene spherical 304 SS spherical 1000 (69) 200 (13.8) 350 (24.1) 250 (17.2) 250 (17.2) 2000 (138) 200 (13.8) 350 (24.1) 2000 (138) 350 (24.1) Body Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass 303 SS 303 SS 303 SS 303 SS 303 SS 0.9 0.5 0.7 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.5 0.7 0.9 0.7 310 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

333

® MODEL L8 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES Low Cost, Leak Proof Body, Excellent Chemical Resistance L E V E L [3] 18 AWG LEAD WIRES 18 [457.2] LONG 1-5/16 [33.32] OCTAGON 3-1/16 [77.79] 8-5/16 [211.12] 4-5/16 [109.52] Ø1-21/32 [42.07] 1/2˝ NPT(M) 1˝ NPT(M) 4-17/32 [115.09] SWITCH BODY V I DEO O N L I N E FLOAT Ø1-1/8 [28.58] 2-17/32 [64.29] L8 11-13/64 [284.56] 3-1/16 [77.79] Ø1-21/32 [42.07] 4-5/16 [109.52] 4-17/32 [115.09] 1/2 NPTM 1-5/16 OCTAGON 1 NPTM [33.32] 2-17/32 [64.29] Ø1-1/8 [28.58 ] L8-WP2 The Model L8 Flotect® Liquid Level Switches are float switches constructed of polyphenylene sulfide, Ceramic 8 and 316 SS. This liquid level switch provides accurate set point control of liquids with specific gravities as low as 0.6. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Features a leak proof body and float constructed from tough, durable polyphenylene sulfide which has excellent chemical resistance • Liquid level snap switch is magnetically actuated with no direct mechanical linkage to leak or fail, assuring longer life and decreased maintenance costs • Quick and easy installation with simple placement of the unit in a horizontal position with the index arrow pointing down • UL recognized as an industrial motor controller per UL standard 508, suitable for mounting in a protected environment APPLICATIONS • Environmental control • Waste water • Scrubber systems • Holding tanks • Cooling towers • Chemical/petroleum processing • Plating and washing tanks • Sewage treatment • Car washes • Remediation systems • Thermal storage systems • HVAC and building automation systems SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Float and body: Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Pin and spring: 316 SS or Inconel®; Magnet: Ceramic 8. Temperature Limit: 212°F (100°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose. WP/WP2 option is weatherproof. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. MV option is a SPDT gold contact snap switch. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250 VAC, 5 A resistive, 3 A inductive @ 30 VDC. MV option: 1 A @ 125 VAC, 1 A resistive, 0.5 A inductive @ 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18˝ (460 mm) long. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT, 1/2˝ female NPT on WP and WP2. Process Connection: 1˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with index arrow pointing down. Weight: 5 oz (0.142 kg). Specific Gravity: 0.6 minimum. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. l F o a t L e v e l S w i t c h e s , MODEL CHART Model Description L8 Level switch OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -MV Gold plated contacts for dry circuits. Rated 1 A @ 125 VAC; 1 A resistive, 0.5 A inductive @ 30 VDC Example: L8-MV -INC Inconel® alloy. Inconel® alloy replaces standard 316 SS wetted parts. Wetted parts are Inconel® Alloy, Ceramic 8, and Polyphenylene Sulfide. Example: L8-INC -WP Weatherproof enclosure. Optional housing is phenylpolioxide and provides weatherproof protection for electrical wiring. (Not UL approved) Example: L8-WP -WP2 Weatherproof enclosure. Optional housing is aluminum and provides weatherproof protection for electrical wiring. (Not UL approved) Example: L8-WP2 Inconel® is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 311

334

® L E V E L SERIES L10 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER FLOTECT® MINI-SIZE LEVEL SWITCH Easy In-wall or External Installation, Specific Gravities as Low as 0.5 Spherical float 1-3/4 [44.45] 3-1/4 [82.55] 3/4 [19.05] Ø1 [25.40] 1 NPT OR 1 BSPT 18 AWG LEAD WIRE 4 [101.6] 1/4 [6.35] TRAVEL TO NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION 2-7/8 [73.07] 1 [25.40] 19 [482.6] CABLE Cylindrical float 2-7/8 [73.03] 1-1/16 [26.99] 3-1/2 [88.90] 1 [25.40] Ø1 [25.40] X 2 [50.80] LONG 1 NPT OR 1 BSPT 19 [482.6] CABLE 4 [101.6] 2-7/8 [73.07] 1/4 [6.35] TRAVEL TO NORMALLY 18 AWG LEAD WIRE CLOSED POSITION 1/4 [6.35] TRAVEL TO NORMALLY CLOSED POSITION External float chamber 5-7/16 [138.13] 2-3/8 [60.33] 1 [25.40] 1 [25.40] 3 [76.20] 2-7/8 [73.07] 1 NPT OR 1 BSPT 19 [482.6] CABLE 4 [101.6] 18 AWG LEAD WIRE The Series L10 Flotect® Mini-Size Float Switch is a series of economical, compact liquid level floats. It is offered in brass or 303 SS bodies and external tees as well as polypropylene or 304 SS floats with 1˝ NPT male threads, for direct side mounting through a half coupling, or with factory installed tee for external mounting. This series can be used in liquids with specific gravities as low as 0.5. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Hermetically sealed, magnetically actuated SPST reed switch which is encapsulated in a polypropylene housing • Simple field switch adjustment allows user to toggle between normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) with no change in the electrical connection • Switch is easily replaced without affecting process installation for quick and low cost maintenance • Combines low cost with top quality materials and construction for great value and years of reliable liquid level control APPLICATIONS • Direct pump control for maintaining level • Automatic tank dump operations • Level control • Valve control SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Float: Solid polypropylene or 304 SS; Body: Brass or 303 SS; Magnet: Ceramic; External float chamber (tee): None, brass, or 304 SS; Other: Lever arm, pin, spring, etc.: 301 SS, 302 SS, 316 SS. Temperature Limit: 200°F (93°C). Pressure Limit: Brass body: See chart; 303 SS body: Polypropylene float: 2000 psig (137.8 bar), Cylindrical float: 200 psig (13.8 bar), Spherical float: 350 psig (24.1 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPST hermetically sealed reed switch. Field adjustable for NO or NC. Electrical Rating: 1.5 A @ 24 VDC res., 0.001 A @ 200 VDC res., 0.5 A @ 120 VAC. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 19˝ (483 mm) long, PVC jacket. Rated 221°F (105°C). Process Connection: 1˝ male NPT or 1˝ male BSPT on models without external float chamber. Change 3 in model number to 4 for 1-1/4˝, to 5 for 1-1/2˝, or 6 for 2˝. 1˝ female NPT or 1˝ female BSPT on models with external float chamber. Mounting Orientation: Horizontal with index arrow pointing down. Specific Gravity: See chart. Switch Enclosure: Nylon. Weight: Approximately 10 oz (0.283 kg) without external float chamber, 2.32 lb (1.05 kg) with external float chamber. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA and UR. MODEL CHART Model L10-B-3-O L10-B-3-A L10-B-3-C L10-B-3-B L10-B-3-H Installation Side wall mounting Side wall mounting Side wall mounting Brass tee Brass tee Float Material Polypropylene spherical 304 SS cylindrical 304 SS spherical Polypropylene spherical 304 SS spherical Process Connection NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT Max. Pressure psig (bar) 1000 (69) 200 (13.8) 350 (24.1) 250 (17.2) 250 (17.2) Min. S.G. 0.9 0.5 0.7 0.9 0.7 OPTIONS BSPT Process Connection and M25 Conduct Connection Note: To order, add “-BSPT” to the end of the model number. Example: L10-B-3-0-BSPT 303 SS Body Note: To order, change fourth character to “S”. Example: L10-S-3-0 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov MODEL F7-MLK | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MULTI-LEVEL SWITCH KIT One or Two Station Level Switch, Vertically Mount 1/2 [12.70] MAX 36˝ MIN 11˝ 1/2 [12.70] 7/8 [22.23] 4 TUBE UNIONS 1/2 [12.70] 9-7/32 [234.19] 7-63/64 [202.97] 4 [101.60] 2 EXTENSION TUBES 12 [304.80] 2 SWITCHES 1/2 [12.70] MIN 3.5˝ TO TOP OF FLOAT 1.24 MINIMUM 1 FITTING ASSEMBLY 2˝ NPT PIPE MOUNTING Ă1-1/4 [31.75] 1-31/32 [49.91] 2 BUNA-N FLOATS 1-59/64 [48.67] 1/2˝ NPT 2-1/2˝ [63.50] 7/8 [22.23] 1-1/8 [28.64] 7/8 [22.23] 1 TUBE END FITTING , s e h c t i t a o F l w S l e v e L The Model F7-MLK Multi-Level Switch Kit provides a customized level system to suit specific application requirements. The F7-MLK Multi-Level Switch Kit contains all the components necessary for the design and fabrication of a 1 or 2 station level switch for pipe plug mounting. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Customize stem length (max.: 36˝; min.: 11˝), actuation point, distance between floats, and lead wire lengths • Includes two level stations (switch, tube, and Buna-N float), two brass extension tubes 12˝ length, four brass tube unions, one end fitting, and one mounting plug APPLICATIONS • General purpose level monitoring • Gas and oil • Low specific gravity SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials (Float/Stem): Buna-N/ Brass. Temperature Limits: 221°F (105°C). Pressure Limits: 150 psig (10 bar). Switch Type: SPST, NO or NC. Electrical Rating: 60 Watts: 0.4 A @ 220 VAC, 0.5 A @ 110 VAC, 0.2 A @ 120 VDC, 0.5 A @ 24 VDC. Electrical Connections: 22 AWG x 72˝ (183 cm) leads. Note: Top floats 3.5˝ (8.89 cm) min. distance. Process Connection: 2˝ male NPT pipe plug. Mounting Orientation: Up to 30° angle from vertical. Stem Length: 36˝ (91 cm) max.; 11˝ (27.94 cm) min. Tube/Fitting Size: 1/2˝ OD. Minimum Specific Gravity: 0.45. Weight: 3.5 lb (1.6 kg). MODEL CHART Model F7-MLK Note: 316 SS version also available, please see F7-MLK2 on Dwyer website. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Description Multi-level switch kit 312 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

335

L E V E L l F o a t L e v e l S w i t c h e s , ® SERIES F6 & F7 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER LEVEL SWITCHES - HORIZONTAL/SPECIALTY Low Cost, Hermetically Sealed Contacts HORIZONTAL 13/64 [5.16] M16 X 2 21/64 [8.33] 1-27/64 [36.12] F6-HPS-11 33/64 [13.1] 11-13/16 [300] 16-9/64 [420.69] 51/64 [20.24] 3-7/8 [98.43] 2-11/64 [55.17] 2-11/64 [8.33] 1/2 NPT ø45/64 [ø17.86] 3/4 [19.05] 13/64 [5.16] ø11/64 [ø17.46] 1-13/32 [35.72] 3/4 [19.05] 21/64 [8.33] F6-HPS-21 33/64 [13.1] 1/4 [6.35] 3/4 [19.05] 9/32 [7.14] 1/2 NPT 15 [381] 33/64 [13.1] 2X 3/4 [19.05] 1-23/32 [43.66] 21/64 [8.33] ø11/16 [ø17.46] 15/16 [23.81] 21/64 [8.33] 3/4 [19.05] F6-HPS-31 19/32 [15.03] M16 X 2 11-13/16 [300] 4-1/4 [107.95] ø43/64 [ø17.07] 3/8 [9.56] 1/2˝ NPT 3-17/64 [83.10] Ø43/64 [17.02] Ø5/16 [8.00] 1-19/32 [40.61] 11/64 [4.31] 2X 11/16 [17.28] FITTING CENTERLINE 1-7/32 MAX [31.0] 13/16 MIN [20.6] 3/32 [2.54] 4-5/8 MAX [116.8] 1-5/32 MAX [29.2] 1/2-14 NPT APPROXIMATE ACTUATION LEVEL F6-MHS F6-MHS2 F7-HSS SPECIALTY 3/8-24 UNF-2A 1-3/4 [44.45] 3/4 HEX [19.05 HEX] ø1-1/2 [ø38.1] F7-SS6 3-1/4 [82.55] 1 [25.4] ø5/16 [ø7.94] JUNCTION BOX F7-EBX ONLY 1/2 NPT FEMALE 2-3/4 [70] 1-3/4 [44.5] 7 [178] 4-1/4 [108] Ø2-5/8 [67] F7-EB 2-1/8 [54] 2-3/32 [53] 1-15/32 [37] 15/16 [24] 1/4 [6.4] 1/8 NPT 1/2 [12.7] HEX Ø 5/16 [8] Ø 1-7/8 [47] F7-LL 3-1/2 [89] 1-5/16 [33] Ø1-7/16 [37] F7-WBB The Series F6 & F7 Horizontal and Specialty Level Switches are designed to mount through the walls of tanks or other vessels and unique applications to provide point level indication. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Hermetically sealed reed switches are actuated by magnets permanently bonded inside the float arm and can be easily adapted to open or close a circuit on rising or falling levels APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring • Oil level control • Chemical level indication • Sumps • Stand pipes • Tank level control MODEL CHART Model F6-HPS-11 Applications Water, oils, chemicals F6-HPS-21 Water, oils, chemicals F6-HPS-31 Water, oils, chemicals F6-MHS Corrosives Material Float/Stem Polypropylene/ polypropylene Polypropylene/ polypropylene Polypropylene/ polypropylene 304 SS/304 SS Temperature Limits 176°F (80°C) Pressure Limits 116 psig (8 bar) 176°F (80°C) 116 psig (8 bar) 176°F (80°C) 116 psig (8 bar) 257°F (125°C) 218 psig (15 bar) F6-MHS2 Water, oils, chemicals 304 SS/304 SS 257°F (125°C) 363 psig (25 bar) F7-HSS† High temp/pressure, corrosive, expl. Model F7-SS6 F7-SS6B F7-EB‡** F7-LL F7-WBB Style/Applications Bent stem/liquids with metal particles Bent stem/liquids with metal particles Non-intrusive bottle type/ Outside tank mounting Vertical/detect levels as low as 5/8˝ 25´ cable, slosh shield/ Sumps, stand pipes 316 SS/316 SS 392°F (200°C) 300 psig (20.7 bar) Material Float/Stem 316 SS/316 SS Temperature Limits 300°F (149°C) Pressure Limits 100 psig (7 bar) 316 SS/316 SS 300°F (149°C) 100 psig (7 bar) Brass/316 SS (Brass housing) Polysulfone/ Buna-N Brass/Buna-N 300°F (149°C) 500 psig (34 bar) 180°F (82°C) 50 psig (3 bar) 180°F (82°C) 150 psig (10 bar) 0.60 0.60 Min. S.G. Electrical Rating 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 0.60 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 70 VA: 0.7 A @ 250 VAC 30 VA: 0.14 A @ 220 VAC 0.85 0.85 0.60 M16 x 2 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT Wire Leads Mtg 20 AWG, 11.8˝ (30 cm) 20 AWG, 11.8˝ (30 cm) 20 AWG, 11.8˝ (30 cm) 22 AWG, 11.8˝ (30 cm) 22 AWG, 11.8˝ (30 cm) 22 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm) M16 x 2 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT (int/ext) 0.70 Min. S.G. Electrical Rating 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 0.70 220 VAC N.O. operation 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 220 VAC N.C. operation 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 0.75 0.45 – Wire Leads Mtg 22 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm) 18 AWG, 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG, 72˝ (182 cm) 22 AWG, 25´ (7.6 m) 3/8˝-24˝ UNF-2A 3/8˝-24˝ UNF-2A 3/4˝ NPT female 1/8˝ NPT male – Weight oz (g) 1.23 (38) 1.23 (38) 1.41 (40) 3.35 (95) 4.8 (136) 3 (94) Weight oz (g) 2 (58) 2 (58) 5 lb 5 oz (2.4 kg) 2 (58) 10.8 (310) † F7-HSS is rated explosion-proof for Class I, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III. ‡ Explosion proof model available with DPDT switch. Example: F7-EBX ** Model available with normally closed switch. Example: F7-EBNC USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 313

336

® L E V E L SERIES F6 & F7 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER LEVEL SWITCHES - VERTICAL Low Cost, Reliable and Compact, Hermetically Sealed Contacts DIMENSIONS - IN (MM) (A) Stem Length 2.75 (70) 2.06 (52) 2.17 (55) 1.63 (41) 2.18 (55) 2.18 (55) 2.13 (54) 2.06 (52) 2.06 (24) 3.44 (87) 3.47 (88) 3.38 (86) 3.38 (86) Model F7-SB F7-SS2 F6-SS F7-MPP F7-PP F7-BT F7-K F7-C11 F7-C21 F7-PVC F7-T1 F7-ST713 F7-ST714 jDistance between hex and liquid (S.G. = 1.0) level at actuation point will vary with specific gravity changes. (D) Actuation from Hexj 1.2 (31) 0.73 (19) – 0.47 (12) 0.69 (18) 0.69 (18) 0.65 (17) 0.56 (14) 0.56 (14) 0.75 (19) 0.92 (22) 1.09 (28) 1.09 (28) (B) Float Diameter 1.38 (35) 1.0 (25) 1.11 (28) 0.63 (16) 1.18 (30) 1.18 (30) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.5 (38) 2.13 (54) 2.06 (52) 2.06 (52) (C) Float Height 1.13 (29) 1.0 (25) 1.11 (28) 0.63 (16) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.0 (25) 1.81 (46) 1.94 (49) 2.06 (52) 2.06 (52) 1/8 NPT D A C ACCESSORIES - FOR EXTERNAL MOUNTING OF VERTICAL MODELS Model A-347 A-347-SS A-348 Description 1/8˝ x 1-1/4˝ NPT carbon steel adapter 1/8˝ x 1-1/4˝ NPT 316 SS adapter 1/8˝ x 1-1/2˝ NPT carbon steel adapter F7-SB F7-ST713 B The Series F6 & F7 Vertical Level Switches are designed to be mounted at the maximum or minimum level point to provide level indication and control. Models are shipped with normally open switch contacts which close as the float rises toward the mounting threads. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Combine low cost and reliability with fast, simple installation • Hermetically sealed reed switches are actuated by magnets permanently bonded inside the float and can be easily adapted to open or close a circuit on rising or falling levels • Easily reverse switch action by removing the float, rotating it end-for-end and replacing it on the stem • Vertical models mount internally, oriented within 30° of vertical, or select optional fittings for external mounting • Switch ratings are suitable for many solid state control systems and monitors or alarms • Simple relay interfaces can be used for higher current applications APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring • Oil level control • Chemical level indication • Sumps • Stand pipes • Tank level control • High viscosity liquids MODEL CHART , s e h c t i w S l e v e L t a o F l Model F7-SB* F7-SS2* F6-SS Applications General purpose High temp/pressure, corrosives Corrosives F7-MPP** F7-MPP-NO** F7-PP* F7-BT* F7-K* F7-C11 F7-C21* F7-PVC F7-T1 F7-ST713 Broad chemical compatibility Broad chemical compatibility Broad chemical compatibility Oils & fuels Food/beverage, corrosives General purpose Oils & water, general purpose Chemical & plating Viscous, sticky or corrosive liquids Oils, water & chemicals Material Float/Stem Buna-N & epoxy/ 316 SS 316 SS (CYC)/ 316 SS 316 SS/ 316 SS Polypropylene/ polypropylene Polypropylene/ polypropylene Polypropylene & epoxy/polypropylene Buna-N & epoxy/ PBT*** PVDF/ PVDF Buna-N/ brass Buna-N/ 316 SS CPVC/ CPVC PTFE/ TFE 316 SS/ 316 SS Temp. Limits 220°F (105°C) 300°F (149°C) 257°F (125°C) 180°F (82°C) 176°F (80°C) 220°F (105°C) 220°F (105°C) 180°F (82°C) 180°F (82°C) 180°F (82°C) 180°F (82°C) 300°F (149°C) 300°F (149°C) Pressure Limits 150 psig 10 bar 450 psig 31 bar 218 psig 15 bar 100 psig 6.89 bar 100 psig 6.89 bar 100 psig 6.89 bar 150 psig 10 bar 100 psig 6.89 bar 150 psig 10 bar 150 psig 10 bar 15 psig 1 bar 30 psig 2 bar 750 psig 52 bar Min. S.G. 0.60 0.75 0.65 0.90 0.90 0.60 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.45 0.85 0.80 0.80 Electrical Rating 25 VA: 1 A @ 220 VAC 25 VA: 1 A @ 200 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 10 VA: 0.1 A @ 100 VAC 50 VA: 0.2 A @ 240 VAC 30 VA: 0.14 A @ 220 VAC 30 VA: 0.14 A @ 220 VAC 50 VA: 0.25 A @ 150 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC 20 VA: 0.08 A @ 240 VAC Wire Leads 22 AWG 18˝ (45 cm) Mtg NPT (M) 1/8˝ Weight oz (g) 2 (58) 22 AWG 18˝ (45 cm) 1/8˝ 1.2 (34) 20 AWG 11.8˝ (30 cm) 1/8˝ 1.59 (45) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 22 AWG 24˝ (61 cm) 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 1/4˝ 0.8 (23) 0.8 (23) 0.8 (23) 0.7 (20) 1.5 (43) 1.5 (43) 1.5 (43) 5 (140) 6 (170) 6 (170) *UL listed **F7-MPP is normally closed/F7-MPP-NO is normally open ***PBT-Polybutylene terephthalate 314 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

337

L E V E L l F o a t L e v e l S w i t c h e s , ® SERIES F7-MQ | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER QUICK-SHIP MULTI-STATION LEVEL SWITCH Fast Delivery, Customized, Up to Four Actuation Levels 1-3/4 [44.45] Ø 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-13/16 [46.02] Ø 1-7/8 [47.62] 2-3/32 [53.16] Ø 2-1/16 [52.37] LO F1 float dimensions F2 float dimensions F3 float dimensions L4 A L3 L2 L1 B D B 3˝ (76.20 mm) ACTUATION LEVELS A 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) Each switching point requires one float. A=Minimum distance from actuation point to bottom of mounting B=Minimum distance between actuation levels D=Minimum distance from end of unit to lowest actuation point D 2˝ (50.80 mm) 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 1.000 SQ [25.40] 1-1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1-1/4 SQ [31.75] 2 NPT Type 1 mounting dimensions Type 2 mounting dimensions Type 3 mounting dimensions The Series F7-MQ Quick-Ship Multi-Station Level Switch provides a customized level switch to meet application requirements. Switches can be configured with up to four different control points and stem lengths up to 72˝ (1.82 m). Stems and floats are available in 316 SS or brass, SPST or SPDT switches, and choice of mountings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Customized level indication quickly and affordably • Rugged construction with multiple options yielding exceptional versatility • Capable of supporting larger, more buoyant floats • Durable construction asserts long reliability in contaminated or turbulent media SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Temperature Limits: F1 and F2 with water: 0 to 180°F (-18 to 82°C); Oil: -40 to 230°F (-40 to 110°C); F3: -40 to 300°F (-40 to 149°C). Electrical Connections: 24˝ (61 cm) free leads; #22 AWG TFE and #18 AWG polymeric. Mounting Orientation: Vertical ±30°. APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring • Oil level control • Tank level control • Diesel level monitoring MODEL CHART Example Construction Stem & Connection Material Connection Type Switch Points Float Type Switch Type* Set Point Distance, L4† Set Point Distance, L3† Set Point Distance, L2† Set Point Distance, L1† Overall Length, L0 F7-MQ B 1 -4 F3 3 -07.00 -11.00 -15.00 -20.00 -24.00 J F7-MQB1-4F33-07.00-11.00-15.00-20.00-24.00-J F7-MQ B S 1 2 3 # F1 F2 F3 1 3 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 Multi-station level, 1 to 4 switch points Brass with beryllium copper stops 316 SS with SS ARMCO PH-15-7MO stops 1/2˝ NPT (float F2, F3 only) 1-1/4˝ NPT (float F1 only) 2˝ NPT (float F2, F3 only) Put 1 to 4 for the number of switch points desired Material Buna-N Buna-N 316 SS SPST, .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC SPDT, .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection Min. length is L1+D; Max. length with connection length is 72˝ (1.82 m) Max. Pressure 150 psi (10.3 bar) 150 psi (10.3 bar) 750 psi (51.7 bar) Min. s.g. 0.75 0.55 0.75 Options *NO switch is standard. For NC place an “*” after the corresponding set point distance in the model number. †No numbers needed beyond the number of switches specified. Note: Models are built to your specifications J Junction box for wire leads, NEMA 4 (not available with connection type 1) USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 315

338

L5 A L4 L3 L2 L1 B LO D ACTUATION LEVELS Float Type A F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 Each switching point requires one float. A=Minimum distance from actuation point to bottom of mounting B=Minimum distance between actuation levels D=Minimum distance from end of unit to lowest actuation point D 3/4˝ 1-1/16˝ 15/16˝ 1-7/16˝ 1-3/4˝ 7/8˝ (NO); 1-3/16˝ (NC) 1-1/8˝ 1-1/16˝ B 1-3/4˝ 1-7/8˝ 1-13/16˝ 2-7/16˝ 2-7/16˝ 1-7/8˝ 2˝ 1-7/8˝ 7/8˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 13/16˝ 9/16˝ 15/16˝ 13/16˝ 3/4˝ The Series F7-MM Miniature Multi-Station Level Switch provides a customized level switch to meet application requirements in a miniature size. Control up to five different level points across a maximum length of 48˝ (121 cm). Stems and mounting fixtures are available in 316 SS or brass. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Customized miniature level indication in a compact, lightweight design ideal for tanks less than 4´ (1.2 m) deep • Rugged construction with multiple options yielding exceptional versatility • Miniature custom level switches are sturdy, compact and lightweight yet still rugged and durable , s e h c t i w S l e v e L t a o F l APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring • Oil level control • Tank level control • Diesel level monitoring MODEL CHART Example Construction Stem & Connection Material Connection Type Switch Points Float Type Switch Type* B S 1 2 3 4 5 6 # F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 1 2 1 [25.40] Ø 1-1/2 [38.10] F3 float dimensions F1 float dimensions F2 float dimensions Ø 29/32 [22.61] 1-19/32 [40.49] Ø 29/32 [22.86] 1-3/32 [27.79] 1-1/32 [26.16] 1-7/32 [30.99] 1-9/64 [29.79] 1-1/8 [28.58] F4, F5 float dimensions F6 float dimensions F7 float dimensions F8 float dimensions 1/8 NPT [.125] 1/2 HEX [12.7] 1-1/16 HEX [26.97] 3/4 NPT 1-5/16 HEX [33.32] 1 NPT Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 mounting dimensions mounting dimensions mounting dimensions 6 HOLES Ø 5/16 [7.95] EQUALLY SPACED ON A 3.000 B.C. [76.20] Ø 3-5/8 [92.08] 1/8 NPT 3/16 [4.78] 1-1/2 HEX [38.10] 1-5/16-12 THREAD 3/8-24 THREAD Type 4 Type 5 Type 6 mounting dimensions mounting dimensions mounting dimensions SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Stem, connection, and float. Temperature Limits: F1 and F2: Water, 180°F (82.2°C); Oil, -40 to 250°F (-40 to 121.1°C). All other floats: -40 to 300°F (-40 to 148.9°C). Electrical Connection: 24˝ (61 cm) free leads #22 AWG, TFE jacketed. Mounting Orientation: Vertical ±30°. Multi-station level, 1 to 5 switch points Brass with beryllium copper stops 316 SS with SS ARMCO PH-15-7MO stops 1/8˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT (cannot be used with float F1, F3, F7 and F8) 1˝ NPT (cannot be used with float F3) 3-5/8˝ flange [maximum pressure is 50 psi (3.45 bar)] 1-5/16-12UNF-2A (cannot be used with float F3) 3/8-24 Put 1 to 5 for the number of switch points desired Material Buna-N Buna-N 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS PTFE 316 SS 316 SS SPST, .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC SPST, .8 A @ 120 VAC, .4 A @ 240 VAC In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection 00.00 Min. length is L1+D; Max. overall length is 48˝ (121 cm) Max. Pressure 300 psi (20.68 bar) 250 psi (17.24 bar) 100 psi (6.89 bar) 150 psi (10.34 bar) 400 psi (27.58 bar) 1000 psi (68.95 bar) 275 psi (18.96 bar) 600 psi (41.37 bar) Min. s.g. 0.45 0.60 0.70 0.85 1.10 0.65 0.85 0.90 ® L E V E L SERIES F7-MM | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MINIATURE MULTI-STATION LEVEL SWITCH Custom, Lightweight, Low Cost, 316 SS or Buna-N Floats Ø1.000 [25.40] 15/16 [23.80] 1-1/4 [31.75] Ø 29/32 [22.86] F7-MM B 1 -5 F1 1 -03.00 -07.00 -11.00 -15.00 -20.00 -25.00 F7-MMB1-5F11-03.00-07.00-11.00-15.00-20.00-25.00 F7-MM 00.00 00.00 00.00 Set Point Distance, L5† Set Point Distance, L4† Set Point Distance, L3† Set Point Distance, L2† Set Point Distance, L1† Overall Length, L0 *NO switch is standard. For NC place an “*” after the corresponding set point distance in the model number. †No numbers needed beyond the number of switches specified. Note: Models are built to your specifications 00.00 00.00 316 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

339

® SERIES F7-MS | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MULTI-STATION LEVEL SWITCH Customize To Fit Application, Up to Six 316 SS or Buna-N Floats L6 A L5 L4 B LO 1-3/4 [44.45] Ø 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-13/16 [46.02] Ø 1-7/8 [47.62] 2-3/32 [53.16] Ø2-1/16 [52.37] F1 float dimensions F2 float dimensions F3 float dimensions L3 L2 L1 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 2 NPT 1-1/4 SQ [31.75] D Type 1 mounting dimensions Type 3 mounting dimensions ACTUATION LEVELS A 1-1/2˝ (38.10 mm) Each switching point requires one float. A=Minimum distance from actuation point to bottom of mounting B=Minimum distance between actuation levels D=Minimum distance from end of unit to lowest actuation point B 3˝ (76.20 mm) D 2˝ (50.80 mm) 1/2 NPT 1-1/4 NPT 1.000 SQ [25.40] Type 2 mounting dimensions 6 HOLES Ø 3/4 [19.05] EQUALLY SPACED ON A 6.000 B.C. [152.4] Ø7-1/2 [190.5] 1/2 NPT 1 [25.40] Type 4, 5 mounting dimensions The Series F7-MS Multi-Station Level Switch provides a customized level switch to meet application requirements. Switches can be configured with up to six different control points and stem lengths up to 140˝ (3.56 m). Stems and floats are available in 316 SS or brass, SPST or SPDT switches, and choice of mountings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Customized level indication quickly and affordably • Rugged construction with multiple options yielding exceptional versatility • Capable of supporting larger, more buoyant floats • Durable construction asserts long reliability in contaminated or turbulent media SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Stem, connection, and float. Temperature Limits: Buna-N floats: 180°F (82.2°C) in water, -40 to 230°F (-40 to 110°C) in oil; SS floats: -40 to 300°F (-40 to 148.9°C). Wire Leads: 24˝ (61 cm) free leads; #22 AWG, TFE jacketed, and #18 AWG polymeric. Mounting Orientation: Vertical ±30°. L E V E L l F o a t L e v e l S w i t c h e s , *NO switch is standard. For NC place an “*” after the corresponding set point distance in the model number. †No numbers needed beyond the number of switches specified. Note: Models are built to your specifications USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 317 APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring • Oil level control • Tank level control • Diesel level monitoring MODEL CHART Example Construction Stem & Connection Material Connection Type Switch Points Float Type Switch Type* Set Point Distance, L6† Set Point Distance, L5† Set Point Distance, L4† Set Point Distance, L3† Set Point Distance, L2† Set Point Distance, L1† Overall Length, L0 Options F7-MS B 1 -5 F3 1 -04.00 -07.00 -11.00 -15.00 -20.00 F7-MS B S 1 2 3 4 5 # F1 F2 F3 1 2 3 -24.00 J F7-MSB1-5F31-04.00-07.00-11.00-15.00-20.00-24.00-J Multi-station level, 1 to 6 switch points Brass with beryllium copper stops 316 SS with SS ARMCO PH-15-7MO stops 1/2˝ NPT (float F2, F3 only) 1-1/4˝ NPT (float F1 only) 2˝ NPT 3˝ 150# flange carbon steel (conn. material S only, float F2, F3 only) Max. pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar) 3˝ 150# flange 316 SS (conn. material S only, float F2, F3 only) Max. pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar) Put 1 to 6 for the number of switch points desired Material Buna-N Buna-N 316 SS Max. Pressure 150 psi (10.3 bar) 150 psi (10.3 bar) 750 psi (51.7 bar); Units >72˝: 300 psi (20.7 bar) Min. s.g. 0.75 0.55 0.75 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 00.00 SPST, .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC SPST, .8 A @ 120 VAC, .4 A @ 240 VAC SPDT, .17 A @ 120 VAC, .08 A @ 240 VAC, .13 A @ 120 VDC, .06 A @ 240 VDC In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection In inches referenced from bottom of process connection Min. length is L1+D; Max. length with connection type 1: 36˝ (91.4 cm), type 2: 60˝ (152.4 cm) and types 3, 4, 5: 140˝ (355.6 cm) J Junction box for wire leads, NEMA 4 (not available with connection type 1)

340

® L E V E L SERIES 123 & 125 | MERCOID® BY DWYER BOILER WATER LEVEL CONTROL Heavy Duty, Cast Iron Chamber The Series 123 & 125 Boiler Water Level Control is designed for boiler applications, the Model 123 is primarily used for low water cut-off or feed-water control. The 125 offers the same long lasting service with a direct action mercury switch movement that provides a close deadband where needed. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Special snap action switch mechanism options eliminates frequent operation due to surging water level • Transparent cover provides convenient visible operation of the switch • Flanged chamber for easy clean out and replacement of float or switch mechanism without removing the unit from piping APPLICATIONS • Boiler low water cut-off • Boiler feed-water control • Condensate tanks • Deaerators MODEL CHART Model 123-153 123-7000-153 Switch Type SPDT mercury SPDT snap SERIES 102 & 1102 | MERCOID® BY DWYER 1 NPT 1-1/8 [28.58] 3-9/16 [90.50] 7-1/8 [180.98] Ø5-3/4 [146.05] 5-1/2 [139.70] 7 [177.80] 1/2 PIPE PLUG TYP 2 PLACES 5-3/8 [136.53] 3-9/16 [90.50] 4-3/4 [120.65] 2-7/16 [61.91] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Cast iron is not for use with lethal or flammable substances either liquid or gaseous. Wetted Materials: Body: Cast iron; Float: 304 SS; Trim and packing gland: Brass; Packing: Carbon; Body gasket: Carbon. Temperature Limit: Ambient Temperature: 212°F (100°C); Process Temperature: 365°F (185°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psig (10.34 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Optional weatherproof. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch or mercury switch. Optional DPDT or two stage. Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 12 A @ 120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC, 0.5 A @ 125 VDC resistive, 0.25 A @ 250 VDC resistive; Mercury switch: 4 A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2 A @ 240 VAC/DC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8˝ (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2˝ (12.7 mm) conduit. Process Connections: 1˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Deadband: Approximately 1-1/2˝ (38.1 mm). Specific Gravity: 0.88 min. Options: Manual reset. Weight: 20 lb (9.1 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA, UL. (Snap switch is not rated). FLANGED CHAMBER TYPE LEVEL CONTROL Operating Pressures to 300 PSIG 6-3/4 [171.45] , s e h c t i w S l e v e L t a o F l 1 NPT 17-1/2 [444.5] 8-1/4 [209.55] Ø5-3/4 [146.05] 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION. CAN BE ROTATED 360˚. B A Specific Gravity A 1.0 0.6 5-1/16 [129 mm] 5-13/16 [148 mm] B 3/4 [19 mm] 1 [25.4 mm] 1-5/8 [41.28] 3-1/4 [82.55] 4-7/8 [123.83] 6-1/8 [155.58] The Series 102 & 1102 Flanged Chamber Type Level Control is external cage type level switches which are self-contained in a side mount body. The 102 series will operate to a minimum specific gravity of 0.60 and the 1102 series will operate to a specific gravity of 0.40. These series contain a stainless steel float and offer a choice of cast iron, cast steel, or cast 316 SS float chamber. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Unique design allows the simple removal of four bolts from the inspection plate to examine the float and chamber for cleaning or wear without disconnecting the piping or electrical circuitry • Electrical enclosures provide general purpose, weatherproof, explosion-proof or explosion-proof/vapor proof capability as well as cost effective cast 316 SS float chamber option • Electrical circuits using hermetically sealed snap action or mercury contacts are available in a variety of actions including SPST, SPDT, DPDT and DPST combinations • The 102 design features three 1˝ NPT process connections for side/side or side/ bottom piping allowing the bottom 1˝ NPT connection to be used as a drain when using the side/side process connection APPLICATIONS • Pressure or vacuum vessels • Chemical processing plants • Steam and electric generating stations • Hydraulic accumulators • Vapor-liquid separators • Scrubbers • Oil refineries • Storage tanks SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Cast iron is not for use with lethal or flammable substances either liquid or gaseous. Wetted Materials: Body: Cast iron. Optional cast steel or 316 SS; Float and trim: 303 SS, 304 SS, 316 SS, and 430 SS. Option of all 316 SS; Body gasket: Carbon. Temperature Limit: Ambient Temperature: 212°F (100°C); Process Temperature: 425°F (218°C). Pressure Limit: 300 psig (20.7 bar). Optional rating to 400 psig (27.6 bar). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Optional general purpose or explosion- proof. Repeatability: ±1/4˝ (6.4 mm). Switch Type: SPDT snap switch, hermetically sealed snap switch, or mercury switch. Optional DPDT or two stage. MODEL CHART Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 12 A @ 120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC, 0.5 A @ 125 VDC resistive, 0.25 A @ 250 VDC resistive; Hermetically sealed snap switch: 5 A @ 125 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC, 5 A @ 30 VDC resistive; Mercury switch: 4 A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2 A @ 240 VAC/DC. Higher contact ratings available for the mercury switch. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connections: 1˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: ±1˝ (25.4 mm). Specific Gravity: 0.6 min. Weight: 35 lb (15.9 kg). Agency Approvals: UL. Model 102-WT-4810-C-60 102-WT-7810-C-60 102-WT-7810HM-C-60 Switch Type SPDT mercury SPDT snap SPDT hermetically sealed snap USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 318 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

341

® SERIES CFS2 | MERCOID® BY DWYER CABLE FLOAT SWITCH Mercury-Free, UL/CSA Approved Options V I DEO O N L I N E L E V E L 1-41/64 [41.50] 3-3/16 [81.00] 5-5/32 [131.00] 6-15/64 [158.50] 4-9/64 [105.00] The Series CFS2 Cable Float Switch is a mechanically actuated floating switch intended to activate electrical components, such as pumps, to start and stop automatically. Optional cables are available. Contact factory for cable length options ranging from 10 to 70´ (3 to 21 m). FEATURES/BENEFITS • High reliability with mercury-free, magnetic, mechanical internal design • Economical pricing with multiple option available for increased versatility • Easy installation with counterweights and cable hangers to suit a variety of mounting applications APPLICATIONS • Water level monitoring • Tank level control • High or low level alarm • Municipal water control • Industrial water control • Filling or draining reservoirs and tanks • Pump automation SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Enclosure: Polypropylene; Cable: See model chart. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Pressure Limits: 14.5 psi (1 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP68. Switch Type: See model chart. Electrical Rating: CFS2-XXBXX-XX: 10 (8) A @ 250 VAC; CFS2-XXDXX-XX: 1 HP @ 125 VAC 16 FLA; 2 HP @ 250 VAC 12 FLA. Shipping Weight: Enclosure: 5.43 oz (154 g); Cable: 0.77 oz (21.27 g) per ft. Agency Approvals: See model chart. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-457 A-459 7.76 oz (220 g) counterweight Cable hanger MODEL CHART Model CFS2-ONBPN-20 CFS2-ONBPN-30 CFS2-ONBPN-40 CFS2-ONBPN-50 CFS2-CNBPN-20 CFS2-CNBPN-30 CFS2-CNBPN-40 CFS2-CNBPN-50 CFS2-DNBPN-7 CFS2-DNBPN-10 CFS2-DNBPN-15 CFS2-DNBPN-20 CFS2-DNBPN-30 Cable Type Approvals Switch Type Cable Length Model PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC 20´ (6.10 m) 30´ (9.14 m) 40´ (12.19 m) 50´ (15.24 m) 20´ (6.10 m) 30´ (9.14 m) 40´ (12.19 m) 50´ (15.24 m) 7´ (2.13 m) 10´ (3.05 m) 15´ (4.57 m) 20´ (6.10 m) 30´ (9.14 m) SPST NO SPST NO SPST NO SPST NO SPST NC SPST NC SPST NC SPST NC SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT CFS2-DNBPN-40 CFS2-DNBPN-50 CFS2-DNBPN-60 CFS2-DNBPN-80 CFS2-DNBPN-100 CFS2-OGDSN-20 CFS2-OGDSN-30 CFS2-OGDSN-40 CFS2-OGDSN-50 CFS2-CGDSN-20 CFS2-CGDSN-30 CFS2-CGDSN-40 CFS2-CGDSN-50 CE CE CE CE CE CE CE CE CE CE CE CE CE Cable Type Approvals Switch Type Cable Length PVC 40´ (12.19 m) 50´ (15.24 m) PVC 60´ (19.29 m) PVC 80´ (24.38 m) PVC 100´ (30.48 m) PVC 20´ (6.10 m) SJOW 30´ (9.14 m) SJOW 40´ (12.19 m) SJOW 50´ (15.24 m) SJOW 20´ (6.10 m) SJOW 30´ (9.14 m) SJOW 40´ (12.19 m) SJOW 50´ (15.24 m) SJOW SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPST NO SPST NO SPST NO SPST NO SPST NC SPST NC SPST NC SPST NC CE CE CE CE CE UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA SERIES FSW2 | MERCOID® BY DWYER FREE-FLOATING LEVEL SWITCH Designed for Industrial Applications, Mercury-Free, Self Counter-Weighted l F o a t L e v e l S w i t c h e s , The Series FSW2 Free-Floating Level Switch is a self-counterweighted, mechanically actuated floating switch intended to activate electrical components, such as pumps, to start and stop automatically. Optional cables are available. Contact factory for cable length options ranging from 10 to 70´ (3 to 21 m). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Body is free of any irregularities allowing substances to effortlessly glide off and consists of a double airtight chamber with high-pressure melted polypropylene re-injection sealing to ensure a perfect seal reducing maintenance events • High reliability with mercury-free, magnetic, mechanical internal design • Economical pricing with multiple option available for increased versatility • Seamless installation with self-counterweighted body and cable hangers to suit a variety of mounting applications MODEL CHART 5/8 [16.00] 8-23/64 [212.50] 4-45/64 [119.50] 4-23/64 [110.83] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids, slurries. Wetted Materials: Enclosure: Polypropylene; Cable: PVC. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP68. Switch Type: See model chart. Electrical Rating: 10 (3) A @ 250 VAC. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Shipping Weight: Enclosure: 2.4 lb (1100 g); Cable: 0.77 oz (21.27 g) per ft. Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Wastewater level monitoring • Tank level control • High or low level alarm • Municipal wastewater control • Industrial wastewater control ACCESSORIES Model Description A-459 Cable hanger Model FSW2-ONPN-20 FSW2-ONPN-30 FSW2-ONPN-40 FSW2-ONPN-50 FSW2-CNPN-20 FSW2-CNPN-30 FSW2-CNPN-40 FSW2-CNPN-50 Switch Type Cable Length ft (m) Model SPST NO SPST NO SPST NO SPST NO SPST NC SPST NC SPST NC SPST NC 20 (6.10) 30 (9.14) 40 (12.19) 50 (15.24) 20 (6.10) 30 (9.14) 40 (12.19) 50 (15.24) FSW2-DNPN-10 FSW2-DNPN-15 FSW2-DNPN-20 FSW2-DNPN-30 FSW2-DNPN-40 FSW2-DNPN-50 FSW2-DNPN-60 FSW2-DNPN-80 FSW2-DNPN-100 Switch Type Cable Length ft (m) SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT 10 (3.05) 15 (4.57) 20 (6.10) 30 (9.14) 40 (12.19) 50 (15.24) 60 (18.29) 80 (24.38) 100 (30.48) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 319

342

® L E V E L SERIES OLS | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER OPTITROL® OPTICAL LEVEL SWITCHES Low Cost, Compact, LED Indication, No Moving Parts OLS-10 OLS-11 OLS-12 The Series OLS Optitrol® Optical Level Switches are low cost, rugged optical level switches that indicate the presence or absence of liquid via infrared light that is reflected back through the prism lens. This series offers three optional materials, 316 SS, polysulfone and PFA. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Provides rapid response while employing no moving parts for stable process control • Bright red and green LED’s indicate the presence or absence of liquid for true, local indication • Three optional materials, 316 SS, polysulfone and PFA provide application flexibility • Compact switch can be quickly mounted horizontally or vertically for each installation APPLICATIONS • Food and beverage systems • Liquid holding tanks • Hydraulic reservoirs • Pharmaceutical systems • Air conditioning systems • Sumps 1/2 NPT 1/16 [1.59] 1-3/4 [44.45] 15/64 [5.95] Output Signal: Vout (max) = 28 VDC, Isink (max) = 100 mA. Current Consumption: 35 mA max. Electrical Connections: 38˝ (965.2 mm) 3 conductor cable, 22 AWG wire. Process Connection: 1/2˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Can be mounted in any position. Specific Gravity: No min. Weight: 3 oz (0.085 kg). 7/8 HEX [22.23 HEX] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Noncoating compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: See model chart. Temperature Limit: Process: OLS-10, 11: 200°F (93.3°C), OLS-12: 120°F (48.9°C); Ambient: OLS-10, 11: 175°F (79.4°C), OLS-12: 120°F (48.9°C). Pressure Limit: OLS-11, 12: 200 psig (13.8 bar); OLS-10: 1000 psig (69 bar). Repeatability: ±0.02˝ (0.5 mm). Switch Type: NPN open collector. Power Requirements: 10 to 28 VDC. MODEL CHART Model Wetted Materials OLS-10 OLS-11 OLS-12 316 SS/polysulfone Polysulfone PFA SERIES B-190 | MERCOID® BY DWYER LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH-CONTROL Top Mounted Displacer Type, Adjustable Setpoints, Magnetic Operation, Optional Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch s e h c t i w S l r e c a p s D i l e v e L / l a c i t p O 6-3/4 [171.45] Ø5-3/4[146.05] 3/4 NPT 9-13/16 [249.24] 3 [76.20] B A C TB OPERATES ON LEVEL RISE OPERATES ON LEVEL DROP TO BOTTOM DIMENSIONS FOR 1.0 S.G. @ 100°F (38°C) A TB C B Max. 116-1/2˝ (2.66 m) Min. 6-1/2˝ (165 mm) Max. 114˝ (2.9 m) Min. 6-3/4˝ (172 mm) Max. 2-1/2˝ (64 mm) Min. 122-1/4˝ (3.1 m) The Series B-190 Liquid Level Switch-Control is a top mount displacer type level control. They work on the principle that submerged solids weigh less in liquids, and as the liquid level rises and their weight decreases, the tension on the spring by which they are suspended is decreased. This Series is offered in a range of cable lengths, specific gravities, circuit types and enclosure ratings. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Extremely versatile design • Displacers are suspended on a coil spring and do not float on the surface of liquids and are unaffected by turbulence or pressure • Excellent for applications with viscous or dirty liquids APPLICATIONS • Pumping stations • Foaming liquids • Sanitary/sewage treatment • Paints & varnishes • Agitated or turbulent fluids • Heavy oil refineries • Chemical plants • Power generating stations • Viscous or dirty liquids MODEL CHART Model B190-WT-4810-P-A-1.0-6 B190-WT-7810-P-A-1.0-6 B190-WT-7810HM-P-A-1.0-6 Switch Type SPDT mercury SPDT snap SPDT hermetically sealed snap 320 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Cable, spring and stops: 316 SS; Optional Inconel® spring; Displacers: Porcelai; Optional 304 SS, 316 SS, or carbon graphite. Temperature Limits: Ambient Temperature: 32 to 200°F (0 to 93°C); Process Temperature: 32 to 200°F (0 to 93°C). Pressure Limit: 125 psig (8.6 bar). Higher ratings available. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X. Optional general purpose or explosion-proof. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch, hermetically sealed snap switch, or mercury switch. Optional DPDT or two stage. Electrical Rating: Snap switch: 12 A @ 120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC, 0.5 A @ 125 VDC resistive, 0.25 A @ 250 VDC resistive; Hermetically sealed snap switch: 5 A @ 120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC, 5 A @ 30 VDC resistive; Mercury switch: 4 A @ 120 VAC/DC, 2 A @ 240 VAC/DC. Higher contact ratings available for the mercury switch. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connections: 4˝ 125 cast iron flange. Other material, size, and rating flanges are available. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable by moving displacers see dimension chart for minimum and maximum values. Deadband: Adjustable by moving displacers see dimension chart for minimum and maximum values. Specific Gravity: Standard is 1.0. Specify when ordering by replacing 1.0 in model number with specific gravity setting desired. Settable range is 0.5 to 1.2. Cable Length: 10´ (3 m) standard. Optional up to 100´ (30.5 m). Weight: 25 lb (11.34 kg). Agency Approvals: UL (None on HM switch). Inconel® is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation

343

® SERIES CLS2 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER CAPACITIVE LEVEL SWITCH Powder, Bulk, or Liquids, Auto-Calibration V I DEO O N L I N E L E V E L Ø3/8 [Ø9.53] 4-3/16 [106.36] 3-19/32 [91.28] 4-5/32 [105.57] 4-1/8 [104.78] 2-19/64 [58.34] 22-21/64 [567.14] 19 [482.60] The Series CLS2 Capacitive Level Switch is a capacitive technology level switch which can be used for liquids, powders and bulk materials. It is offered with PVDF and 316 SS wetted material, weatherproof enclosure, DPDT output and a variety of process connections. FEATURES/BENEFITS • No moving parts permitting for no jams, no wear, nothing to break, and no maintenance • Impulse RF admittance measurement combined with an active guard, provides excellent level measurement and stability while being insensitive to material buildup • Immune to external RF sources like walkie-talkies and cell phones as well as minimal interference with radio communication or other electronic systems • Automatic calibration with no need to turn calibration pots, just push the calibration button and an external magnet to activate the calibration without having to open the enclosure saving time • Coat guard probe is not affected by sticky, dusty, or clingy materials that coat or build preventing false alarms • Status indication via an ultra-high brightness external red LED switch status indicator, and internal indicators for power, sensor, and switch status that can be seen externally with window cap option (external LED on weatherproof model only) • Can be used for liquid interface applications to detect the level of two immiscible liquids that have different dielectric constants such as oil and water • Failsafe setting with output switches that can be set for NO or NC condition on loss of power • Time delay prevents false alarms from material splashing, agitation, etc. • Removable terminal block snaps in and out enabling easy wiring outside of the enclosure • Universal power supply with one model that works from 12-240 VAC/DC without any jumpers or change of setting • Wetted materials of PVDF and 316 SS assure great chemical compatibility and meet food grade requirements SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids, powder, and bulk materials compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: 316 SS and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF). Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C), -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C) with under 24 VAC/DC power supply; Process: -40 to 250°F (-40 to 121°C). Pressure Limit: 365 psi (25 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: DPDT (two form C). Electrical Rating: 8 A @ 120/240 VAC res., 30 VDC. 1/2 hp @ 120 VAC and 1/4 hp @ 240 VAC ind. Power Requirements: 12-240 VAC/DC. Power Consumption: 2.8 watts max. Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ NPT conduit opening, screw termination with removable terminal block. Process Connection: See model chart. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal. Set Point Adjustment: Trips when product touches probe. Cut or extend probe to length of desired trip point. Can be cut as short as 1˝ and can be extended by welding on to probe. (Minimum length will be effected by material being sensed.) Response Time: 0.2 s. Time Delay: Adjustable, 0 to 60 s. Spark/Static Protection: 10 M Ω dissipation resistance with spark gap. Surge current to 100A max. Sensitivity: 8 selectable settings, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 20 pF (at 30 pF nominal free capacitance). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. C a p a c i t i v e L e v e l S w i t c h e s , APPLICATIONS • Sewage and wastewater • Food and beverage • Pharmaceuticals • Sumps • Level monitoring in receivers • Boilers and steam generators • Caustics and acids • Reservoirs • Level indication in silos • Transporters in pneumatic conveying systems 1 R K 1 -019 -M20 CLS2-W11RK1-019-M20 Capacitive level switch Weatherproof DPDT rated 8 A @ 12/240 VAC, 30 VDC res. 12-240 VAC/DC Standard rod: 316 SS, .375˝ diameter Threaded rod: 316 SS (can attach 47˝ (1.2 m) field extensions.*) Cable: 316 SS with weight PVDF 3/4˝ male NPT 1˝ male NPT 1-1/2˝ male NPT 3/4˝ BSPT 1˝ BSPT 1-1/2˝ BSPT 1-1/2˝ sanitary clamp 2˝ sanitary clamp Insertion length in inches. Example 019 is 19˝ length. (Minimum length is 6˝, with 3/4˝ sensing tip) M20 conduit connection with cable gland Window cap DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 321 CLS2 -W 1 CLS2 W 1 MODEL CHART Example Series Enclosure Switch Power Supply Probe Type Insulator Material Process Connection 1 R T C K 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 Probe Length Options Example: CLS2-W11RK1-019. *Extension rods sold separately. XXX M20 WC

344

L E V E L ® MODEL CLS1 CAPACITANCE LEVEL SWITCH For Solids, Liquids or Slurries, Fail-Safe Protection, <1 pF Sensitivity 1-11/16 [42.88] 7/8 [22.23] 6-3/16 [157.15] 1 MALE NPS PROCESS CONNECTION 21/32 [16.67] 1-13/16 [46.05] 8-5/8 [219.08] 3-13/16 [96.84] 1/2 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 1-7/64 [28.18] The Model CLS1 Capacitance Level Switch provides reliable point level measurement of solids, liquids and slurries in metallic or non-metallic tanks and vessels. It detects the presence or absence of material in contact with the probe by sensing a change in the capacitance. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Electronics provide highly sensitive measurement detection (requires less than a 1 picofarad shift from ambient) • State of the art technology ignores material build-up on the vessel sidewall or along the probe assembly • One time calibration is simple with a single multi-turn potentiometer • Red LED on housing indicates sensor status • Adjustable 1-30 second time delay and a 5 A, SPDT fail-safe relay output • Added installation flexibility with vertically or horizontally mounting APPLICATIONS • High or low level detection • Bins • Silos • Tanks • Hoppers • Chutes SPECIFICATIONS Service: Solids, liquids, or slurries. Wetted Material: CPVC. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 240°F (-40 to 116°C); Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66), PVC, dust tight, water resistant. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 250 VAC. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 1.5 VA. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1˝ male NPS. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal. Sensitivity: Adjustable to < 1 pF. Fail-Safe: Switch selectable, high/low. Time Delay: Adjustable 1 to 30 s. Weight: 2.0 lb (0.91 kg). MODEL CHART Model Description CLS1 Capacitance level switch MODEL VRLS | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER VIBRATING ROD LEVEL SWITCH Economical, No Material Build Up, For Powder or Bulk Solids , s e h c t i w S l e v e L i d o R g n i t a r b V / e v i t i c a p a C V I DEO O N L I N E 4-29/64 [113.03] 4-9/32 [108.83] 51/64 [20.19] 1˝ NPT 10-27/32˝ [275.35] Ø3/4 [18.87] The Model VRLS Vibrating Rod Level Switch is economical choice in level detection of powders and bulk solids. The VRLS incorporates a piezoelectric crystal that vibrates the rod at its natural frequency, when contact material is present it dampens the vibrations and the switch changes state. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Probe design allows for self-cleaning, ensuring no build-up or bridging of material and accurate detection • No mechanical moving parts with no routine maintenance required • Sensitivity is adjustable for detection ranging from large granular material to small powders with low bulk densities. • The failsafe mode can be set for failure on high level or failure on low level using a selector switch in the enclosure • Unaffected by the dielectric constant of the sensed material, making it superior to a capacitance level switch for applications where the dielectric constant is too low, where there is more than one material being used in one vessel, and when material moisture content can change • Ideal for applications where the bulk density is too low for a rotating paddle level switch SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry powder or bulk materials compatible with wetted materials. Sensitivity: Min. bulk density of 20 lb/ft3 (320 kg/m3). Wetted Materials: 304 SS. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Process: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Pressure Limit: 150 psi (10 bar). Power Requirement: 20-250 VAC/VDC, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: 15 VA. Enclosure: Aluminum, painted. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 250 VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT x 2. Process Connection: 1˝ male NPT. Indication Lights: Internal: green and red LED. Sensing Delay: 0 to 6 s. Weight: 4.4 lb (2.0 kg). APPLICATIONS • Pulp and paper processing • Mining • Food and beverage • Silos • Hoppers 322 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com MODEL CHART Model VRLS-01 Vibrating rod level switch Description

345

® SERIES TFLS | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER TUNING FORK LEVEL SWITCH Perfect for Sensing Low Bulk Density or Low Dielectric Materials 3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION 1-1/2 NPT ø4-7/16 [112.73] 4-7/8 [123.83] 4-7/32 [107.14] 3-5/8 [92.08] COVER REMOVAL 7-5/8 [193.68] 8-5/8 [219.08] “A” 7/8 [22.23] Extension Length None 6 in 12 in 18 in 24 in 36 in 48 in DIM “A” 9-1/4 (234.95) 15-7/8 (403.23) 21-7/8 (555.63) 27-7/8 (708.03) 33-7/8 (860.43) 45-7/8 (1165.23) 57-7/8 (1470.03) The Series TFLS Tuning Fork Level Switch is ideal for level control of powders and fine grained solids, especially those with a low bulk density. The TFLS incorporates a piezoelectric crystal that vibrates the fork at its natural frequency, when contact material is present it dampens the vibrations and the switch changes state. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Status indication with external LED switch indicator, and internal indicators for normal and alarm status • No calibration required for quick and easy installation • No mechanical moving parts with no routine maintenance required • Unaffected by the dielectric constant of the sensed material, making it superior to a capacitance level switch for applications where the dielectric constant is too low, where there is more than one material being used in one vessel, and when material moisture content can change • Vibrating fork design is ideal for low bulk density and low dielectric constant products, detecting products down to 1.8 lb/ft3 (30 g/l) • Ideal for applications where the bulk density is too low for a rotating paddle level switch • Adjustable sensitivity can be set to ignore lighter bulk density products and only detect heavier products, such as sand, gravel, or polyester chips in water • Unit is not affected by vibration from conveying systems, motors, or the movement of material • Mounted in any position and is available with factory built extensions for mounting on the top of the storage vessel • Failsafe setting with output switch that can be set for NO or NC condition on loss of power • Time delay prevents false alarms from material surges • Universal power supply yields one model which works with 90-265 VAC and 24 VDC APPLICATIONS • Chemical processing • Pulp and paper processing • Mining • Food and beverage • Lime, styrofoam, tobacco, dry cereals, sugar, animal feed, milk powder, flour, insulation, cement, paper shavings, plastic granules, sawdust, carbon black, light fibers, detergent powders, dyes, chalk, silica, sand, wood chips MODEL CTF | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER MINI TUNING FORK LEVEL SWITCH Compact, Cost Effective, DIN Connection V I DEO O N L I N E SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry powder or bulk materials compatible with wetted materials. Can detect bulk materials submerged in liquid. Sensitivity: Minimum bulk density of 1.8 lb/ft3 (30 g/l), max particle size 0.4´ (10 mm). Wetted Materials: 316 SS. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -4 to 140˚F (-20 to 60°C); Process: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Pressure Limit: 145 psig (10 bar). Power Requirement: 90-265 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 24 VDC. Power Consumption: 4 VA. Enclosure: Aluminum, powder coated. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 230 VAC. Electric Connections: Screw terminals. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1-1/2˝ male NPT. Indication Lights: External: Red LED; Internal: Green and red LED’s. Sensing Delay: (Max) covered probe: 2 s; Uncovered probe: 3 to 7 s. Time Delay: Separate settings for covering and uncovering the probe. Adjustable from 2 to 20 s. Weight: 5.5 lb (2.5 kg). MODEL CHART Model TFLS-W11SR1 Tuning fork level switch Contact factory for fork extension options in stainless steel. Description 1˝ NPT 1-3/16 [30.00] 3-15/16 [100.00] HEX1/5˝ 4-9/64 [105.00] Ø1-1/2 [38.00] L E V E L i T u n n g F o r k L e v e l S w i t c h e s , The Model CTF Mini Tuning Fork Level Switch is an ideal choice for level control of powders. The CTF incorporates a piezoelectric crystal that vibrates the fork at its natural frequency, when contact material is present it dampens the vibrations and the switch changes state. This series offers a PNP/NPN configurable output. FEATURES/BENEFITS • DIN connection and compact size allows for application in places a larger tuning fork level switch may not be suitable, providing great versatility • No mechanical moving parts with no routine maintenance required • Unaffected by the dielectric constant of the sensed material, making it superior to a capacitance level switch for applications where the dielectric constant is too low, where there is more than one material being used in one vessel, and when material moisture content can change • Ideal for applications where the bulk density is too low for a rotating paddle level switch SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry powder compatible with wetted materials. Sensitivity: Min. bulk solid density: 4.4 lb/ft3 (70 g/l). Wetted Materials: Tuning Fork: 316 L SS; Process connection: 304 SS. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Process: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C). Pressure Limit: 600 psi (40 bar). Power Requirement: 12-55 VDC. Power Consumption: 10 mA @ 12-24 VDC; 0.5 W (max.). Enclosure: Aluminum, painted. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Switch Type: 3-wire PNP/NPN output. Electrical Rating: 350 mA (max) @ 12 to 55 VDC. Conduit Connection: Valve plug DIN 43650. Process Connections: 1˝ male NPT. Indication Lights: External red LED. Sensing Delay: Max. covered probe: 1 to 3 s.; Uncovered probe: 1 to 3 s. Weight: 2.2 lb (1.0 kg). APPLICATIONS • Chemical processing • Pulp and paper processing • Mining • Food and beverage MODEL CHART Model Description CTF-01 Mini tuning fork level switch DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 323

346

L E V E L ® MODEL DBLM | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER MINI-BIN DRY BULK LEVEL MONITOR Compact, 4-Vane Paddle Ø2-9/16 [Ø65.09] 3/4 NPT 11/32 [8.7] DIA. HOLE 6-PLACES 1-27/32 [46.83] 6-25/32 [172.2] 8 [203.2] DIA. 1-37/64 [40.08] 1-7/32 [30.94] 3-5/32 [80.02] F1 with half coupling side mount 7 [177.8] DIA. BOLT CIRCLE 15/32 [11.9] The Model DBLM Mini-Bin Dry Bulk Level Monitor provides reliable level sensing for dry bulk solids where mounting space is limited. Model DBLM Mini-Bin operates by using a 1 rpm synchronous motor to rotate a four vane, plastic paddle, and when material surrounds paddle and impedes rotation, the motor is de-energized and triggers a SPDT snap switch. Mount the Mini-Bin with optional 1-1/4˝ to 3/4˝ reducer to replace standard size units. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact, side mount control reports high, intermediate, and low level conditions, eliminating overflows, choking, clogs or empty vessels • Unaffected by the dielectric constant of the sensed material, making it superior to a capacitance level switch for applications where the dielectric constant is too low, where there is more than one material being used in one vessel, and when material moisture content can change SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry bulk solids. Wetted Materials: Polycarbonate paddle, SS shaft, PTFE washer. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Enclosure Rating: Polycarbonate, NEMA 1 (IP10). Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 3 A @ 250 VAC. Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 220 VAC optional, consult factory. Power Consumption: 1.5 watt. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 12˝ leads wrapped in conduit. Process Connection: 3/4˝ male NPT, optional flange and 1-1/4˝ to 3/4˝ reducer. Mounting Orientation: Side mount. Weight: 0.77 Ib (350 g). Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Mining • Food and beverage • Grain silos • Hoppers MODEL CHART Model DBLM3040 DBLM3140 Power Supply 110 VAC 220 VAC ACCESSORIES Model Description F1 A-335 8˝ x 1-1/4˝ NPT flexible carbon steel mounting flange 1-1/4˝ to 3/4˝ reducer 220 SERIES PLS2 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER PADDLE LEVEL SWITCH 3 Sensitivity Settings, Top or Side Mounting , s e h c t i w S l e v e L l e d d a P V I DEO O N L I N E 4-59/64 [125.00] 4-23/32 [120.00] 5-1/8 [130.00] 5-29/32 [150.00] 1-1/4˝ NPT 25/64 [10.00] 3-5/8 [92.00] 3-15/16 [100.00] 2X 3/4˝ NPT 3-15/16 [100.00] 1-29/64 [37.00] PLS2-PL1 3-15/61 [100.00] 1-3/8 [35.00] 7-7/8 [200.06] PLS2-PL2 The Series PLS2 Paddle Level Switch is an electromechanical level switch designed for level monitoring of bulk materials. The rotating measuring vane is driven by a brushless synchronous motor at one revolution per minute and as product builds up, the paddle rotation is impeded and the resulting motor torque activates the output switch and stops the motor. The PLS2 is designed with the industry standard 1-1/4˝ male NPT connection and unit can be side or top mounted. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Torque adjusting mechanism eliminates the need for different sized paddles • 3 sensitivity settings for spring force can be set for light to very sticky materials • Brushless synchronous motor assures long term reliability and efficiency • Motor shuts ceases operation when paddle stalls • Screw cover for easy access with no worries about losing bolts or screws • Top or side mountable for added installation flexibility • Unaffected by the dielectric constant of the sensed material, making it superior to a capacitance level switch for applications where the dielectric constant is too low, where there is more than one material being used in one vessel, and when material moisture content can change SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry powder or bulk materials compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Paddle: 304 SS; Exposed shaft: 303 SS; Shaft seal: NBR; Process connection: Aluminum. Temperature Limits: Process: -13 to 176°F (-25 to 80°C); Ambient: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Pressure Limit: 11.6 psi (0.8 bar). Power Requirement: Select by model number: 115 VAC, 230 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: AC versions: 4 VA; DC version: 2.5 watt. Enclosure: Aluminum, powder coated. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP66); Rated for Class II & III, Div. 1, Group E, F, G. Switch Type: SPDT micro switch. Electrical Rating: 5 A @ 250 VAC, 3 A @ 30 VDC. Electric Connections: Screw terminals. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1-1/4˝ male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Side or top mounting. Sensitivity: Min. material density of 6 lb/ ft3 (96 kg/m3). Permitted Mechanical Loading: Standard shaft: 67 lbf (300 N) max; Optional extension: 22 lbf (100 N) max. Weight: 2.6 lb (1.2 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, FM. APPLICATIONS • Mining • Food and beverage • Silos • Hoppers MODEL CHART Model PLS2-E-1-1 PLS2-E-1-2 PLS2-E-1-3 Note: Models include single sided non-spring paddle. Description Explosion-proof paddle level switch, 115 VAC power supply Explosion-proof paddle level switch, 230 VAC power supply Explosion-proof paddle level switch, 24 VDC power supply 324 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ACCESSORIES Model PLS2-PL1 PLS2-PL2 PLS2-EX1 PLS2-EX2 PLS2-EX3 PLS2-EX4 Description Single sided spring paddle Double sided spring paddle 8.5˝ shaft extension 19.6˝ shaft extension 39.4˝ shaft extension 78.7˝ shaft extension

347

® SERIES PLS | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER PADDLE LEVEL SWITCH Weatherproof and Explosion Proof Option, Rotary Paddle Level Control, Top or Side Mounting for Dry Bulk Materials L E V E L 4-11/32 [110.31] 4-1/2 [113.69] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 4-31/32 [126.19] 6-3/8 [162.05] 8-33/64 [216.26] 10-5/16 [261.92] 3/4˝ CONDUIT CONNECTION PDL-1 Minimum bulk density of 5 lb/ft3 (80 kg/m3). PDL-2 Minimum bulk density of 30 lb/ft3 (481 kg/m3). V I DEO O N L I N E ISOLATED MAGNETIC DRIVE The Series PLS Paddle Level Switch uses a 1 rpm synchronous motor to rotate a paddle and sense the presence of dry powder or bulk materials. Movement is impeded when product comes into contact with the paddle and the resulting motor torque activates the output switches and stops the motor. The PLS is designed with the industry standard 1-1/4˝ male NPT connection and mounting flanges. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Magnetic drive isolates and completely seals the control head from the process and environment preventing material or dust from entering the control head • Motor shuts-off when paddle stalls increasing motor life, preventing motor burnout, and decreasing power usage • Slip clutch design enabled by the magnetic drive that prevents damage to motor and drive mechanism from sudden or excessive loading on the paddle • Status indication light on weatherproof models • Screw cover on the enclosure for easy access with no worries about losing bolts or screws • Modular design to allow field installation of any paddle, flanges, shaft extensions, or shaft guards • Flexible coupling available for protection of the paddle and drive from side loads, surges or impacts. Recommended for top mount applications with shaft extension and applications with large or heavy materials APPLICATIONS • Mining • Food and beverage • Silos • Hoppers PDL-3 PDL-4 Minimum bulk density of 30 lb/ ft3 (481 kg/m3). Fits through a 1-1/4˝ coupling eliminating the need for a mounting flange. Minimum bulk density of 70 lb/ ft3 (1122 kg/m3). Fits through 1-1/4˝ coupling eliminating the need for a mounting flange. P a d d e l L e v e l S w i t c h e s , SPECIFICATIONS Service: Dry powder or bulk materials compatible with wetted materials. Sensitivity: Min material density of 5 lb/ft3 (80 kg/m3), max of 200 lb/ft3 (3200 kg/ m3). Wetted Materials: Paddles: 316 SS; Exposed shaft: 316 SS; Shaft seal: PTFE; Mounting boss: Aluminum; Flexible coupling: 316 SS; Mounting flanges: Carbon steel or 316 SS; Shaft extension and shaft guards: Galvanized steel or 316 SS. Temperature Limits: Standard construction: Process: -40 to 300°F (-40 to 148.9°C); Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); High temperature option: Process: -40 to 500°F (-40 to 260°C); Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Pressure Limit: 30 psig (2.07 bar) max for .5 micron or larger material. Power Requirement: Select by part number: 110 to 120 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VAC, 48 VAC or 12 VDC. Power Consumption: Weatherproof models: 5 watts; Explosion-proof models: 3 watts. Enclosure: Aluminum, powder coated. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof (W, WH construction): NEMA 4X (IP66); Explosion- proof (E, EH construction): NEMA 4X (IP66) and rated for Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C & D, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, & G. Switch Type: SPDT or optional DPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120. Electric Connections: Screw terminals. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Process Connection: 1-1/4˝ male NPT. Optional flange. Indication Light: Red LED that activates when switch is made or when switch is not made with RL option (Not available on explosion-proof models). Options: Time delay relay, high temperature construction, top mount, shaft extensions, shaft shields, flexible couplings, other power voltages, reversed light. Agency Approvals: cUL approved as an auxiliary device or as an auxiliary device for hazardous locations. Weight: Control head only: 4 lb (1.81 kg). MODEL CHART Paddle Model Flange Model Description PDL-1 PDL-2 PDL-3 PDL-4 Note: Contact the factory for shaft extensions, protective shields, and other options. More detailed information available in our Measurement & Control for Powder, Dust, and Bulk Materials Catalog. Carbon steel with half coupling Carbon steel with full coupling 316 SS with half coupling 316 SS with full coupling FLG-CSH FLG-CSF FLG-SSH FLG-SSF MODEL CHART - CONTROL ASSEMBLIES Model PLS-W-S-1-0-0-0-0 Description Weatherproof construction, SPDT switch, 120 VAC power supply. Order paddles and flanges separately. Weatherproof construction, SPDT switch, 120 VAC power supply, includes PDL-3 paddle. Weatherproof construction, SPDT switch, 120 VAC power supply, includes PDL-2 paddle and FLG-CSH flange. PLS-W-S-1-3-0-0-0 PLS-W-S-1-2-CSH-0-0 *316 SS mounting boss available. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 325

348

L E V E L ® SERIES E, G, & P | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER ULTRA-MAG™ EXPLOSION-PROOF LEVEL SWITCHES FOR POWDER & BULK SOLIDS Driving magnet Driven magnet Sealed junction box Epoxy seal Sealed switch cavity Flange adapter ring SUSPENSION HUB – 1˝ NPT DIAPHRAGM DIAMETER 5-7/8˝ 7-1/2 Suspension mounting 3-3/8˝ CONDUIT ENTRANCE 1/2˝ NPT (6) 5/16˝ DIA. HOLES ON 8-3/8˝ B.C. DIAPHRAGM DIAMETER 5-7/8˝ 7-1/4˝ 9-1/8˝ V I DEO O N L I N E Flange mounting 3/8˝ 3-1/8˝ SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible powder or bulk solids. Wetted Materials: Mounting Flange: See model chart. Aluminum or 304 SS; Diaphragm: See model chart. Urethane, Buna-N, PTFE, silicone rubber, polyester, fluoroelastomers, white Buna-N (food grade), or EPDM. Temperature Limits: Depends on diaphragm material, see model chart. Standard switch: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); High temperature switch: -40 to 350°F (-40 to 176°C). Pressure Limit: 60 psig (4.14 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose or weatherproof and explosion-proof. See model chart. Switch Type: See model chart. Electrical Rating: See model chart. Electrical Connections: 18 gage solid core, 600 volt TEW 105°C, style 1015. Epoxy sealed at conduit entrance. 12˝ (304.8 mm) long. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Process Connection: For flanged models standard is 8-3/8˝ (212.725 mm) diameter bolt hole circle. Mounting Orientation: Flange mount or suspend depending on model. Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw. Options: Suspension kits and flange adapter rings. Weight: 7 lb (3.18 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA and UL. , s e h c t i w S l e v e L m g a r h p a D i The Series E, G, & P Ultra-Mag™ Explosion-Proof Level Switches For Powder & Bulk Solids are explosion-proof series of level switches for powder and bulk solids that utilize a unique magnetic linkage and diaphragm design to sense the presence of powder and bulk solids in a variety of bins, vessels, and hoppers. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Uses a unique magnetic linkage which isolates the electrical compartment from controlled product, reducing maintenance and improving sensitivity • Sealed switch compartment and sealed leads yield the exceptionally reliable operation • A wide selection of diaphragms and switches is available with choices of flange or suspension mounting to fit a specific application • Extremely sensitive indication and very economical • Magnetic linkage makes this simple explosion-proof diaphragm switch the most rugged and reliable level control for a variety of products APPLICATIONS • Mining • Food and beverage • Silos • Hoppers MOUNTING SELECTION A choice of either suspension or flange mounting is available to match your application. Flange mounting is the best choice for control of low or intermediate level in vessels containing granular product that does not “bridge”, “rathole”, or otherwise build up on vessel walls. Choose suspension mounting for high level in vessels and for better operation with “bridging” product.u Note: The mounting configuration is represented by the letter “S” for suspension or “F” for flange which is the second digit in the part number.v DIAPHRAGM SELECTION A wide variety of diaphragms are available to match product bulk density, flowability, abrasiveness and temperature requirements while providing maximum sensitivity. The best choice for vessels subject to pressure or vacuum is “breathable” fabric (P Series), requiring no venting. Non-porous elastomer (G Series) type diaphragms are the best choice for more abrasive product and broader temperature range applications. Venting is always required with the G series and if used in pressurized vessels, venting to the tank atmosphere is required to allow pressure equalization. A slide rule “Diaphragm Selector” is available from the factory to help you choose the diaphragm best suited to your application. 326 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com uSuspension and Flange Mounting Kits: See page 327 (Ultra Mag™) vPart Number: See page 327 (Ultra Mag™)

349

® SERIES E, G, & P | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER ULTRA-MAG™ EXPLOSION-PROOF LEVEL SWITCHES FOR POWDER & BULK SOLIDS L E V E L DIAPHRAGM SELECTION GUIDE Suggested Diaphragm* Product 3D 3D 3D 3D 7B 7B 3D 6G 17 4B 4B 3D 17 7A 8A 4B 6G 3D 5A 3D 8A 7A 3D 7B 3D 3D 3D 3D 3D 5A 3D 4B 7A 3D 7A 3D 7A 17 7A Product Abrasive Aggregate Alumina Ash, Dry Baking Powder Baking Soda Barite Bark, Ground Barley, Ground or Meal Barley, Whole Beans, Edible Bentonite Bond, Foundry Carbon Black Cement, Klinker Cement, Portland Chips, Hogged Fuel Coal Compost Core Sand, Foundry Corn, Shelled Diatomaceous Earth Drill Mud Flour Fly Ash Glass Batch Gravel Iron Ore, Crushed Kaolin Clay Lime, Hydrated Lime, Stone Oats Peanuts in Shell Peanuts, Shelled Perlite Phosphate, Rock Polyethylene Powder Polyethylene Resin Polypropylene Fluff *Diaphragm codes become 4th and 5th characters in model number Polypropylene Powder Polypropylene Resin Polystyrene Beads Pot Ash Powdered Metal Powdered Ore PVC Powder PVC Resin Rice Rye Salt Sand, Dry Sand, Dry Silica Sand, Foundry Prepared Sand, Shake Out Sawdust, Dry Sea Coal Sesame Seed Shale, Crushed Silica, Flour Sludge, Sewage Dried Sludge, Sewage, Ground Soda Ash Soybeans, Cracked Soybean, Flake Soybean, Flour Soybean Meal Soybean, Whole Sugar Beets, Whole Sugar Refined Sunflower Seed Taconite Pellets Talcum Powder Walnut Shells, Crushed Wheat Wheat, Wet Wood, Chips Wood, Dust Suggested Diaphragm* 7A 17 3D 3D 3D 3D 7A 17 17 3D 3D 3D 3D 5A 3D 6G 3D 3D 3D 3D 1A 1A 3D 3D 7A 7A 3D 3D 6H 7B 7A 3D 3D 3D 8A 5A 6G 6G SUSPENSION MOUNTING Suspension mounting is normally used for high level monitoring in vessels. For product over 20 lb/ft3, the level switch (diaphragm face) should be located about 1/3 of the distance from the vessel wall to the point of entry of the product. For product less than 20 lb/ft3, the unit should be located closer to the point of entry of the product, about 1/2 the distance from the vessel wall to the point of entry. Pressure required to depress the diaphragm and trip the switch is in the range of 5 to 15 oz in the horizontal direction (perpendicular to the diaphragm). Suspension mounting provides the easiest vertical adjustment capability, greatest sensitivity and best maintenance conditions. 1/3 1/2 SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY KITS Pre-assembled kits are available from the factory, or you can build your own kits using standard pipe fittings shown in our Proximity Bill of Materials (Form No. 101). Pipes and fittings are normally galvanized steel, but aluminum and SS pipes and fittings are available. Units are secured to a steel cover plate that rests on a rectangular steel flange welded into the top of the vessel. Aluminum and stainless coverplates and flanges are also available. Standard 48˝ L x 1˝ pipe provides working depth (WD) up to 48˝. Longer pipe (to provide greater WD) is available. GS Series switches have upper (L1 = 28˝ standard) and lower (L2 = 20˝ standard) 1˝ pipes, with a tee (for stilling pot) in between. A stilling pot is required to equalize pressure and keep dirt from building up behind the diaphragm. PS series require a 1/2˝ conduit in 1˝ suspension pipe for explosion-proof applications. The 1/2˝ conduit (56˝ standard length) is a standard part of the GS series assembly. MODEL CHART - ALUMINUM FLANGE ADAPTER RINGS Model 126-009 126-010 126-011 126-012 126-013 126-014 126-015 Tank Outside Diameter 15˝ 30˝ 36˝ 42˝ 48˝ 60˝ 72˝ Model 126-016 126-017 126-018 126-019 126-020 126-021 Tank Outside Diameter 84˝ 96˝ 10´ 12´ 14´ 24´ MODEL CHART - “P” AND “G” SERIES SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY KITS Model Description 901-409 ˝P Series suspension assembly includes 1/2˝ pipe (56˝ std length), 1˝ pipe (48˝ std length), 1˝ pipe coupling, 1-1/2 NPT strain relief on 1˝ pipe. Galvanized mild steel pipe, explosion proof, standard. ˝G˝ Series suspension assembly includes 1/2˝ pipe (56˝ std length), watertight strain relief and 1˝ coupling, upper 1˝ pipe (28˝ std length), lower 1˝ pipe (20˝ std length), strain relief with 1-1/2˝ NPT, 1˝x1˝x1˝ Tee, 1˝ street ell and 1˝ pipe-4˝ long stilling pot. Galvanized steel pipe, explosion proof, standard. 901-412 Note: Specials include aluminum or stainless steel assemblies. Flange port and cover assemblies are sold separately. Consult factory for details. MODEL CHART Example Certification 1 Certification 2 Basic Magnetic Pressure Sensing Series Mounting (Top = Suspension/ Side = Flanged) Housing Material Diaphragm Material (Temperature) (Bulk Density) Switch Type Special Controls E -X -G -S -D -3D -A E EX X G P S F T D A E 3D 3E 4B 5A 6D 6E 6G 7A 7B 8A 16 17 A T V G A2 A3 E-X-G-S-D-3D-A* Ultra-Mag™ explosion-proof level switches Explosion-proof (UL & CSA) Class I, Div I & II, Groups C & D; Class II, Div I & II, Groups E, F, & G Explosion-proof (CSA) Class II, Div I & II, Groups F & G General purpose (no code) Elastomeric diaphragm-venting required*. (Diaphragms 1A - 8A) Breathable fabric diaphragm-no venting required. (Diaphragms 16 & 17 only) Suspended (G series require suspension vent fittings)* Subtract 10 lbs./cu. ft.-greater sensitivity Flanged, aluminum standard Flanged, 304 SS Aluminum Aluminum, anodized Aluminum, epoxy coated Urethane, .031˝ thick, (10 to 150°F), (> 30 lb/ft3) Urethane, orange, .062˝ thick, (10 to 150°F), (> 90 lb/ft3) Buna-N, black, .020˝ thick, (-20 to 212°F), (20 to 90 lb/ft3) PTFE/glass on silicone rubber, .024˝ thick, (-40 to 350°F), (> 35 lb/ft3) Silicone rubber, gray, .062˝ thick, (-40 to 350°F), (15 to 30 lb/ft3) Silicone rubber on glass, red, .032˝ thick, (-40 to 350°F), (> 90 lb/ft3) ˝6C˝ w/urethane overlay, (-40 to 350°F), (wood chips diaphragm with ˝A2˝) Silicone rubber on glass (White), .015˝ thick, (-40 to 350°F), (5 to 40 lb/ft3) Buna-N (food applications-white), .060˝ thick, (-20 to 212°F), (30 to 90 lb/ft3) EPDM, black, .036˝ thick, (-40 to 275°F), (40 to 90 lb/ft3) Polyester filter fabric, white, 150 micron permeability, (-30 to 275°F), (30 to 90 lb/ft3) Polyester nitex, white, 15 micron permeability (-30 to 275°F), (30 to 90 lb/ft3) Standard, SPDT, 15 A @ 125, 250 VAC High temp, SPDT, 5 A @ 125, 250 VAC; 24 VDC** High vibration, SPDT, 15 A @ 125, 250 VAC Gold contacts, SPDT, 1 A @ 125 VAC, 1/2 A @ 24 VDC Wood chip control (with ˝6G˝ diaphragm only) High sensitivity actuator (for very light product) *GS - G series suspended controls require suspension vent fittings. **Non-UL/CSA listed Note: The ˝EX˝ prefix must he added to the 6-digit model number for ˝explosion-proof standard˝. General purpose units do not require the ˝EX˝ or other prefix. i D a p h r a g m L e v e l S w i t c h e s , DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 327

350

L E V E L ® SERIES SBLT2 & SBLTX | MERCOID® BY DWYER SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTERS Perfect for Ground Water and Wells, Lightning Protected, Standard 72 Hour Lead Time SBLT2 SBLTX V I DEO O N L I N E NOW WITH 72 HOUR OUT OF STOCK LEAD TIME! The Series SBLT2 & SBLTX Submersible Level Transmitters are manufactured for years of trouble free service. These series measure the height of liquid above the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitter consists of a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a 316 SS housing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Slim design for tight applications with bullet nose design which protects the diaphragm from damage • Incorporates lightning and surge protection utilizing dual arrestor technology, grounded to case, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by warranty) on SBLT2 models • Maintenance free filter eliminates particulate or water droplets from entering the transducer • UL approved intrinsically safe on SBLTX models for use in hazardous locations when used with proper barrier • 270 lb tensile strength shielded and vented cable • Excellent chemical compatibility • NPT connection allows the unit to be rigidly installed in a pipe/conduit, or the addition of a A-625 hanging loop for attaching a chain for pulling out of the installation • Standard 72 hour lead time ensures minimal downtime APPLICATIONS • Well monitoring • Ground water monitoring • Environmental remediation • Surface water monitoring • Down hole • Water tanks MODEL CHART , s r e t t i m s n a r T l e v e L l i e b s r e m b u S Range psi* (ft w.c.) [m w.c.] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 10 (23.09) [7.04] 15 (34.63) [10.56] 20 (46.18) [14.08] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 10 (23.09) [7.04] 15 (34.63) [10.56] 20 (46.18) [14.08] 4.97 (11.48) [3.5] 14.21 (32.81) [10] 25.58 (59.06) [18] Model SBLT2-5-40-ETFE SBLT2-10-40-ETFE SBLT2-15-60-ETFE SBLT2-20-60-ETFE SBLT2-5-40 SBLT2-10-40 SBLT2-15-60 SBLT2-20-60 SBLT2-3.5M-5M SBLT2-5M-10M SBLT2-10M-18M *Configured ranges below 5 psi (11.54´ w.c.) (3.52 m w.c.) ±1% FS accuracy Note: For intrinsically safe approval, change model number from SBLT2 to SBLTX. For custom ranges or cable lengths, contact factory. Cable Length ft (m) Cable Type 40 (12.2) 40 (12.2) 60 (18.3) 60 (18.3) 40 (12.2) 40 (12.2) 60 (18.3) 60 (18.3) 16.40 (5) 32.81 (10) 59.06 (18) ETFE ETFE ETFE ETFE Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane Polyurethane 328 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 7-3/16 [182.75] 1/2 NPT SUBMERSIBLE CABLE Ø1 [Ø25.40] BREATHER TUBE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: 316 SS, 316L SS; Bullet nose: PVC; Cable: Polyether polyurethane or ETFE; Seals: Fluoroelastomer. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS. Temperature Limit: SBLT2: Polyurethane: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C); ETFE: 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C); SBLTX -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C); Polyurethane: -4 to 149°F (-20 to 65°C). Compensated Temperature Range: SBLT2: 0 to 140°F (-18 to 60°C); SBLTX: 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F. Pressure Limit: 2X FS. Power Requirement: SBLT2: 10-30 VDC (≤ 1000 ft (305 m) of cable); SBLTX: 10-28 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC, 2-wire. Response Time: 50 ms. Max. Loop Resistance: 900 Ω at 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: Wire pigtail. Mounting Orientation: Suspended in tank below level being measured. Electrical Protection: SBLT2: Lightning and surge protection; SBLTX: None. Weight: 2.2 lb (1.0 kg). Agency Approvals: SBLT2: CE; SBLTX: CE, cULus intrinsically safe for Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III Div. 1. (according to control drawing 001833-43)*. *Up to 196´ (59.5 m) for ETFE cable; Up to 333´ (101.5 m) for polyurethane cable OPTIONS Model Description -P1 -P2 -P3 -P4 -P11 1/4˝ NPT male 1/4˝ NPT female 1/4˝ BSPT male ISO 228 R 1/4˝ BSPT female ISO 228 RC 3/4˝ clean-out type -P11 option ACCESSORIES Model MTL5541 MTL7706 A-297 A-625 Description Galvanic barrier Intrinsically safe zener barrier Dessicant filter for vent tube. Removes humidity for protection of the sensor. Changes color to show saturation 316 SS cable hanger use with NPT option for attaching chain for easy pulling out of application A-297 A-625

351

® SERIES MBLT | MERCOID® BY DWYER MINIATURE SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTER Only 0.63˝ (16 mm) in Diameter, Perfect for Wells and Boreholes, Low Power Models for Telemetry Systems V I DEO O N L I N E 6-3/4 [171.45] Ø5/8 [Ø15.87] BREATHER TUBE L E V E L SUBMERSIBLE CABLE The Series MBLT Miniature Submersible Level Transmitter measures the height of liquid above the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitter consists of a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a 0.63˝ (16 mm) diameter 316 SS housing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Slender 0.63˝ (16 mm) diameter design fits in narrow openings • Constructed for years of trouble free service with welded 316 SS body and 316 SS nose cap • Body top is 316 SS and tapered to prevent damage or snares when pulling the unit out of the installation • ±0.10% or ±0.25% FS accuracy output is more precise than BFSL or BSL rated outputs used by most competitors • Maintenance free filter eliminates particulate or water droplets from entering the transducer • Comes with a choice of polyether polyurethane or ETFE cable materials for excellent chemical compatibility • Incorporates lightning and surge protection, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by warranty) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Body and nose: 316 SS; Cable: Polyether polyurethane or ETFE; Seals: Fluoroelastomer; Label: Polyolefin. Accuracy: ±0.25% or ±0.10% FS**. Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0.25%: (0 to 70°C); 0.10%: (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effect: 0.25%: ±0.45% FS TEB; 0.10%: ±0.30% FS TEB. Pressure Limit: 2x FS. Power Requirements: Current output: 10 to 33 VDC; Voltage output: 8 to 33 VDC; 5 mA max (no load). *Consult factory for additional outputs. **4.3 to 4.9 psi (10 to 11.54 in w.c.) configured ranges ±0.30% FS accuracy Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC 2-wire or 0 to 5 V* (model depending). Response Time: < 50 ms. Max Loop Resistance: 1000 Ω @ 30 VDC (current output). Voltage Output Impedence: 10 Ω + 4.4 Ω / 100´ cable (voltage output). Electrical Connections: Wire pigtail. Mounting Connection: Suspended below point being monitored. Electrical Protection: Surge/lightning protected per EN61000-4-5, Class 5. Weight: Body: 0.235 lb (0.107 kg); Cable: 0.037 lb (0.017 kg) per foot. Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Ballast tanks • Ground water monitoring • Surface water monitoring • Dewatering • Down hole • Remote telemetry • Remote flood monitoring • Narrow conduit or pipe installations • Remediation and environmental monitoring OPTIONS For custom ranges, cable lengths, or ETFE cable, contact the website. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-297 Dessicant filter for vent tube. Removes humidity for protection of the sensor. Changes color to show saturation A-297 S u b m e r s b e i l L e v e l T r a n s m i t t e r s , MODEL CHART 4 to 20 mA output Model ±0.10% - - - - MBLT-2SB-IVPF-20-40 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-30-50 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-10-15.2 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-50-70 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-20-26 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-30-36 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-100-120 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-40-46 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-150-170 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-60-66 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-200-220 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-350-370 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-100-106 MBLT-2SB-IVPM-200-206 MBLT-2SB-IVPF-690-710 **4.3 to 4.9 psi (10 to 11.54 in w.c.) configured ranges ±0.30% FS accuracy 4 to 20 mA output Model ±0.25%** MBLT-2SC-IVPP-5-40 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-15-40 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-5-12.2 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-10-30** MBLT-2SC-IVPF-20-40 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-30-50 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-10-15.2 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-50-70 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-20-26 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-30-36 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-100-120 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-40-46 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-150-170 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-60-66 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-200-220 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-350-370 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-100-106 MBLT-2SC-IVPM-200-206 MBLT-2SC-IVPF-690-710 0 to 5 V output Model ±0.25%** MBLT-2SC-VVPP-5-40 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-15-40 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-5-12.2 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-10-30** MBLT-2SC-VVPF-20-40 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-30-50 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-10-15.2 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-50-70 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-20-26 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-30-36 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-100-120 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-40-46 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-150-170 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-60-66 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-200-220 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-350-370 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-100-106 MBLT-2SC-VVPM-200-206 MBLT-2SC-VVPF-690-710 Range psi (´ w.c.) [m w.c.] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 6.50 (15) [4.57] 7.10 (16.40) [5] 14.22 (32.84) [10] 8.66 (20) [6.10] 12.99 (30) [9.14] 14.21 (32.81) [10] 21.65 (50) [15.24] 28.42 (65.62) [20] 42.63 (98.43) [30] 43.31 (100) [30.48] 56.83 (131.23) [40] 64.96 (150) [45.72] 85.25 (196.85) [60] 86.62 (200) [60.96] 151.58 (350) [106.68] 142.09 (328.08) [100] 284.18 (656.17) [200] 298.83 (690) [210.31] Cable Length Cable Type 40´ 40´ 12.2 m 9.14 m 40´ 50´ 15.2 m 70´ 26 m 36 m 120´ 46 m 170´ 66 m 220´ 370´ 106 m 206 m 710´ Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane Polyether polyurethane DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 329

352

L E V E L ® SERIES PBLT2 & PBLTX | MERCOID® BY DWYER SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTERS Perfect for Sludge and Slurries, Lightning Protected, Standard 72 Hour Lead Time NOW WITH 72 HOUR OUT OF STOCK LEAD TIME! Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] x THRU ON A Ø1-39/64 [Ø40.88] B.C. Ø3-7/16 [Ø87.31] 7-27/32 [199.26] Ø1 [Ø25.40] 1/2 NPT SUBMERSIBLE CABLE Ø1/4 x THRU [Ø6.35 x THRU] 60° TYP 2 [50.80] BREATHER TUBE V I DEO O N L I N E PBLT2 PBLTX The Series PBLT2 & PBLTX Submersible Level Transmitters are manufactured for years of trouble free service in the harshest applications. These Series measure the height of liquid above the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitter consists of a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a 316 SS housing with cage and large diameter 316 SS diaphragm seal. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Durable cage design with large diameter 316 SS diaphragm seal that is non-clogging and damage resistant to floating solids • Incorporates lightning and surge protection utilizing dual arrestor technology, grounded to case, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by warranty) on PBLT2 models • Maintenance free filter eliminates particulate or water droplets from entering the transducer • UL approved intrinsically safe on PBLTX models for use in hazardous locations when used with proper barrier • 270 lb tensile strength shielded and vented cable • Excellent chemical compatibility • NPT connection allows the unit to be rigidly installed in a pipe/conduit, or the addition of a A-625 hanging loop for attaching a chain for pulling out of the installation • Standard 72 hour lead time ensures minimal downtime SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: 316 SS, 316L SS; Cable: Polyether polyurethane or ETFE; Seals: Fluoroelastomer. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Temperature Limit: PBLT2: 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C); PBLTX: ETFE -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C); Polyurethane: -4 to 149°F (-20 to 65°C). Compensated Temperature Range: PBLT2: 0 to 180°F (-18 to 82°C); PBLTX: 0 to 176°F (-18 to 80°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F. Pressure Limit: 2X FS. Power Requirement: PBLT2: 13-30 VDC; PBLTX: 10-28 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC, two wire. Response Time: 50 ms. Loop Resistance: 900 Ω. Electrical Connection: Wire pigtail. Mounting Orientation: Suspended in tank below level being measured. Electrical Protection: PBLT2: Lightning and surge protection, PBLTX: none. Weight: 4.3 lb (2.0 kg). Agency Approvals: PBLT2: CE, PBLTX: CE, cULus intrinsically safe for Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III, Div. 1. (According to control drawing 001833-44)*. *Up to 196´ (59.5 m) for ETFE cable; Up to 333´ (101.5 m) for polyurethane cable APPLICATIONS • Wastewater • Sludge pits, clarifiers, digesters • Alum tanks • Chemical storage tanks • Oil tanks • Lime slurry • Sumps • Reservoirs MODEL CHART , s r e t t i m s n a r T l e v e L l i e b s r e m b u S Range psi* (ft w.c.) [m w.c.] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 10 (23.09) [7.04] 15 (34.63) [10.56] 20 (46.18) [14.08] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 10 (23.09) [7.04] 15 (34.63) [10.56] 20 (46.18) [14.08] 4.97 (11.48) [3.5] 7.10 (16.38) [5] 14.21 (32.78) [10] Model PBLT2-5-40 ETFE PBLT2-10-40 ETFE PBLT2-15-60 ETFE PBLT2-20-60 ETFE PBLT2-5-40-PU Polyurethane PBLT2-10-40-PU Polyurethane PBLT2-15-60-PU Polyurethane PBLT2-20-60-PU Polyurethane PBLT2-3.5M-5M-PU Polyurethane PBLT2-5M-10M-PU Polyurethane PBLT2-10M-18M-PU Polyurethane *Configured ranges below 5 psi (11.54´ w.c.) (3.52 m w.c.) ±1% FS accuracy Note: For intrinsically safe approval, change model number from PBLT2 to PBLTX. For custom ranges or cable lengths, contact factory. Cable Length ft (m) Cable Type 40 (12.2) 40 (12.2) 60 (18.3) 60 (18.3) 40 (12.2) 40 (12.2) 60 (18.3) 60 (18.3) 16.40 (5) 32.81 (10) 59.06 (18) 330 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ACCESSORIES Model MTL5541 MTL7706 A-297 A-625 Description Galvanic barrier Intrinsically safe zener barrier Dessicant filter for vent tube. Removes humidity for protection of the sensor. Changes color to show saturation 316 SS cable hanger use with NPT option for attaching chain for easy pulling out of application A-297 A-625

353

® SERIES FBLT | MERCOID® BY DWYER FLUSH TIP SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTERS Perfect for Sludge and Slurries, Lightning Protected, ±0.25% Accuracy, Slim Body L E V E L 5-15/16 [150.83] SUBMERSIBLE CABLE Ø1-3/16 [Ø30.16] Ø5/8 [Ø15.87] BREATHER TUBE 5-15/16 [150.83] 1-7/8 [47.63] Ø1-3/16 [Ø30.16] 1/2 [12.69] 1/2˝ NPT 15/16 HEX SUBMERSIBLE CABLE Ø5/8 [Ø15.87] 1-1/8 [29.33] BREATHER TUBE NPT option V I DEO O N L I N E FBLT FBLT with NPT option The Series FBLT Flush Tip Submersible Level Transmitters measure the height of liquid above the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitter consists of a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a narrow 316 SS housing with PTFE coated flush diaphragm tip. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Flush diaphragm tip will not clog in harsh applications • Maintenance free filter eliminates particulate or water droplets from entering the transducer • Comes with a choice of polyether polyurethane or ETFE cable materials for excellent chemical compatibility • Incorporates lightning and surge protection, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by warranty) • Narrow body design allows the FBLT to fit into stilling wells and narrow installations • Robust FKM fluoroelastomer diaphragm that is PTFE coated for a stick resistant surface holds up in aggressive fluids • Diaphragm cavity is filled with a gel that will not leak out versus oil or grease • Optional NPT connection allows the unit to be rigidly installed in a pipe/conduit, or the addition of the A-625 hanging loop for attaching a chain for pulling out of the installation SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Wetted Materials: Body: 316 SS; Cable: Polyether polyurethane or ETFE; Diaphragm: PTFE coated FKM fluoroelastomer; Label: Polyethylene polyamid. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (10´ w.c. range is ±0.30% FS). Temperature Limits: -4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Thermal Effect: ±0.0075%/°F (±0.0135%/°C). Pressure Limit: 2x range. Power Requirements: 10 to 33 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC 2-wire. Response Time: < 50 ms. Max Loop Resistance: 1000 Ω @ 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: Wire pigtail. Mounting Connection: Suspended below point being monitored. Electrical Protection: Surge/lightning protected per EN61000-4-5, Class 5. Weight: Body: 0.3 lb (0.136 kg); Cable: 0.037 lb (0.017 kg) per foot. Agency Approvals: CE. S u b m e r s b e i l L e v e l T r a n s m i t t e r s , APPLICATIONS • Sewage lift stations • Industrial slurries • Industrial sumps • Landfill leachate • Reservoirs • Sludge pits • Oil tanks MODEL CHART Range psi (´ w.c.) [m w.c.] 4.33 (10) [3.05] 4.33 (10) [3.05] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 4.33 (10) [3.05] 6.50 (15) [4.57] 8.66 (20) [6.10] 12.99 (30) [9.14] 5 (11.54) [3.52] 2.82 (15) [4.57] 8.66 (20) [6.10] 12.99 (30) [9.14] 10 (32.09) [7.04] 15 (34.63) [10.56] 10 (32.09) [7.04] 10 (32.09) [7.04] 15 (34.63) [10.56] 15.16 (35) [10.67] 20 (196.85) [60] Cable Type Model FBLT-2SC-IVPF-10-20* Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPF-10-30* Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPP-5-40 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPF-10-40* Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPF-15-40 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPF-20-40 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPF-30-50 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVEP-5-40 ETFE FBLT-2SC-IVEF-15-40 ETFE FBLT-2SC-IVEF-20-40 ETFE FBLT-2SC-IVEF-30-50 ETFE FBLT-2SC-IVEP-10-40 ETFE FBLT-2SC-IVEP-15-60 ETFE FBLT-2SC-IVPP-10-40 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPP-10-60 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPP-15-60 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPF-35-60 Polyurethane FBLT-2SC-IVPP-20-60 Polyurethane *4.3 to 4.9 psi (10 to 11.54 in w.c.) configured ranges ±0.30% FS accuracy Note: Cables can be ordered shorter or longer in polyurethane or ETFE. Other ranges are available and can be ordered in psi, ft w.c., or m w.c. Please see website. Cable Length 20´ 30´ 40´ 40´ 40´ 40´ 50´ 40´ 40´ 40´ 50´ 40´ 60´ 40´ 60´ 60´ 60´ 60´ OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -NPT 1/2˝ NPT connection to connect conduit, piping, or cable hanger. All 316 SS Factory calibration certificate -FC Example: FBLT-2SC-IVPF-20-40-FC ACCESSORIES Model Description A-297 Dessicant filter for vent tube. Removes humidity for protection of the sensor. Changes color to show saturation 316 SS cable hanger use with NPT option for attaching chain for easy pulling out of application A-625 A-297 A-625 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 331

354

® L E V E L SERIES CRF2 | MERCOID® BY DWYER CAPACITIVE LEVEL TRANSMITTER Powder, Bulk or Liquids, No-Moving Parts, Excellent Chemical Resistance 9/16 [14.29] 3-19/32 [91.28] 2X 1/2 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 4-1/2 [114.30] 3/4 MALE NPT PROCESS CONNECTION “L” 4-3/16 [106.36] 2X 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 4-7/16 [112.7] 2-3/8 [60.3] 2-3/4 [70.0] 3-1/4 [82.6] 2X 1/2 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 6 [152.4] MOUNTING BRACKET 1-3/8 [34.9] 3/4 MALE NPT PROCESS CONNECTION 3-5/32 [80.2] “L” 120 [3048] Remote mount housing The Series CRF2 Capacitive Level Transmitter provides a two-wire 4 to 20 mA output to indicate level of liquids, powders and bulk materials. The CRF2 senses capacitance changes resulting from the height of the material in the tank between the probe and the tank wall. In non-metallic tanks or tanks that do not have the wall parallel to the probe a ground reference must be used. FEATURES/BENEFITS • State of the art sensing technology, uses impulse RF admittance measurement which provides excellent accuracy and stability • Comes with either a rigid or flexible probe depending on application installation need and probe length required • Easy push-button calibration of zero and span • Any length probe can be customer ordered for any specific application • FEP covered probe is ideal for use with corrosive media • Immune to external RF sources like walkie-talkies and cell phones as well as minimal interference with radio communication or other electronic systems APPLICATIONS • Pulp and paper processing • Chemical processing • Food and beverage • Aggregates • Plastics • Mining , s r e t t i m s n a r T l e v e L e v i t i c a p a C SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids, powders, and bulk materials compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Standard: Rod/cable: FEP, Connection: 316 SS; Ground option: Rod/cable and connection: 316 SS; Cable spacers: PVC; Flange option: Material of flange. Capacitance Range: 0 to 2000 pF. Sensitivity: 0.15 pF. Minimum Span: 8 pF. Accuracy: ±0.5 pF or ±0.25% of span, whichever is greater. Repeatability: ±0.25 pF or ±0.1% of span, whichever is greater. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Process: -40 to 250°F (-40 to 121°C). Pressure Limit: 100 psi (6.9 bar). Power Requirements: 12 to 35 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA or 20 to 4 mA, 2 wire. Response Time: 0.5 s. Electrical Connection: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT female. Process Connection: Standard: 3/4˝ NPT male; Optional: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) weather tight/corrosion resistant. Spark/Static Protection: 106 Ω dissipation resistance with spark gap. Surge current to 100 A max. Calibration: Zero, span, 4 mA, 20 mA. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 6´ rod type: 3.6 lb (1.63 kg). MODEL CHART Example Series Enclosure Probe Type Ground Process Connection CRF2 -W R 0 1T -048 -M20 CRF2-WR01T-048-M20 CRF2 W R R C 0 A U 1T 2T 3T 1B 2B 3B 1S 2S 3S 1F 2F 3F 4F 5F 6F Capacitive level transmitter Weatherproof Remote mount weatherproof housing Rod Cable None included Attached ground rod (3˝ or 4˝ flange process connection types only) Unattached ground rod 3/4˝ NPT male 1˝ NPT male 1-1/2˝ NPT male 3/4˝ BSPT 1˝ BSPT 1-1/2˝ BSPT 1˝ sanitary clamp 1-1/2˝ sanitary clamp 2˝ sanitary clamp 2˝ 150# flange, 316 SS 2˝ 150# flange, PVC 3˝ 150# flange, 316 SS 3˝ 150# flange, PVC 4˝ 150# flange, 316 SS 4˝ 150# flange, PVC Insertion length in inches. Example 048 is 48˝ length. Rod type min: 24˝, max: 144˝; Cable type min: 24˝, max: 360˝ Probe Length Options Examples: CRF2-WR01T-072; CRF2-WR01T-096 XXX M20 M20 conduit connection with cable gland 332 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

355

® SERIES CLT | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER CONTINUOUS LEVEL TRANSMITTER Customize To Fit Application, 316 SS or Buna-N Floats L E V E L JUNCTION BOX [CURRENT OUTPUT ONLY] 1-1/4˝ [31.8] 1-5/16˝ [33.3] TYP. 1-7/8˝ [47.6] 2-1/16˝ [52.4] 5/16˝ [7.9] 1-13/16˝ [46.0] TYP. 2-3/4˝ [69.8] TYP. 4-9/16˝ [115.9] C 2˝ NPT HIGHEST LEVEL INCHES OF INDICATION B LOWEST LEVEL The Series CLT Continuous Level Transmitter provides up to the minute tank level monitoring with a customized level transmitter. Transmitters can be configured for 4-20 mA or proportional voltage output, 316 SS or Buna-N stem and floats, and lengths up to 72˝ (183 cm). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Customized stem length, actuation point, distance between floats, and lead wire lengths • 4-20 mA or proportional voltage output outputs continuous level indication APPLICATIONS • General purpose level monitoring • Low specific gravity applications • Gas and oil MODEL CHART Example Construction Output Stem & Connection Material Connection Type Float Type V C B S 1 2 3 4 5 F1 F2 F3 Indication Length Top Float Stop “C” Dimension Overall Length “B” Note: Models are built to your specifications 00.00 00.00 F1 float dimensions 1/2 NPT 5/16˝ [8] F2 float dimensions 1/2 NPT 1-1/4 SQ [31.75] 2 NPT Type 1 mounting dimensions Type 3 mounting dimensions 1/2 NPT 1.000 SQ [25.40] 1-1/4 NPT Type 2 mounting dimensions 5/16˝ [8] F3 float dimensions 6 HOLES Ø 3/4 [19.05] EQUALLY SPACED ON A 6.000 B.C. [152.4] Ø7-1/2 [190.5] 1/2 NPT 1 [25.40] Type 4, 5 mounting dimensions SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids. Resolution: 1/4˝ (6.35 mm). Temperature Limits: Buna-N floats: 180°F (82°C) in water, -40 to 230°F (-40 to 110°C) in oil; SS floats: -40 to 230°F (-40 to 110°C). Pressure Limits: Buna-N floats: 150 psig (10 bar); SS floats: 300 psig (21 bar). Power Requirements: Proportional voltage output models: 10-30 VDC; 4-20 mA output models: 10-40 VDC. Loop Resistance: 1.4k Ω max. Electrical Connections: Proportional voltage output: 24˝ (61 cm) free leads #22 AWG, TFE jacketed; 4-20 mA output: Junction box. Enclosure Rating: 4-20 mA models, NEMA 4 (IP56) junction box. Mounting Orientation: Vertical ±20°. l F o a t L e v e l T r a n s m i t t e r s , CLT -V S 5 F3 -20.25 -02.00 -25.75 CLT-VS5F3-20.25-02.00-25.75 CLT Continuous level transmitter Voltage, proportional signal of 0 to supply voltage 4-20 mA (junction box provided) Brass with beryllium copper stops 316 SS with SS ARMCO PH-15-7MO stops 1/2˝ NPT (output type V only) 1-1/4˝ NPT (float F1 only) 2˝ NPT 3˝ 150# flange, carbon steel (connection material S only) [max. pres. 150 psi (10.3 bar)] 3˝ 150# flange, 316 SS (connection material S only) [max. pres. 150 psi (10.3 bar)] Material Buna-N Buna-N 316 SS Length that the unit sends an output for level, maximum is 68˝ (173 cm) Distance from bottom of mounting connection to upper float stop, minimum is 1/4˝ (6.4 mm) Max. Pressure 150 psi (10.3 bar) 150 psi (10.3 bar) 300 psi (20.7 bar) Float Factor 2.0˝ (50.8 mm) 2.5˝ (63.5 mm) 3.5˝ (52.4 mm) Min. s.g. 0.55 0.55 0.75 00.00 To calculate overall length, add indication length, top float, stop dimension “C”, and float factor, maximum length is 72˝ (1.82 m) USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 333

356

® L E V E L SERIES ULT | MERCOID® BY DWYER ULTRASONIC LEVEL TRANSMITTER Explosion-Proof, Mapping Software, 3˝ (76.2 mm) Measuring Column 4 9/32 [108.74] 3 29/32 [99.21] 2X 1/2 NPT ø3 21/64 [84.53] 8 1/16 [204.79] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series ULT Ultrasonic Level Transmitter provides non-contact measurement of liquid levels in an explosion-proof body. It is capable of measuring up to 32.8´ (10 m) with a PVDF sensor and 4 to 20 mA output. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Provides reliable, accurate, and non-contact level measurement of compatible liquids • Non-contact technology offers no moving parts to wear, jam, corrode, or get coated like contact technologies • Mapping software makes effective measuring surface only a 3˝ (76.2 mm) diameter column with no concerns of ladders, pipes, or other tank intrusions in the remaining sound cone • FM approved explosion-proof making it ideal for use in hazardous locations • Easy programming with 6 digit LCD display and simple menu structure • Output range is adjustable with choices of inputting tank dimensions or by filling and emptying the tank while calibrating and it automatically and scaling to levels it senses • Window cover allows easy viewing of display • Fail-safe output options and diagnostic capabilities APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater • Pulp and paper processing • Chemical processing • Food and beverage MODEL CHART Model Range ULT-11 ULT-21 24.6´ (7.5 m) 32.8´ (10 m) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible fluids. Not for use with powder and bulk solids. Wetted Materials: Sensor: PVDF; Process connection: 303 SS; O-ring: Fluoroelastomer. Ranges: 24.6´ (7.5 m), 32.8´ (10 m). Accuracy: ±0.2% FS. Resolution: 0.079˝ (2 mm). Blind Zone: Under 8˝ (20 cm). Beam Width: 3˝ (7.6 cm) diameter. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C); Process: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Temperature Compensation: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Pressure Limits: 30 psi (2 bar) up to 25°C (77°C). Above 25°C (77°F), rating decreases 1.667 psi per 1°C increase. See chart. Power Requirement: 18-28 VDC (two-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 mA or 20-4 mA (two-wire). Max. Loop Resistance: 250 Ω at 24 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT female (two) or optional M20. Process Connection: 2˝ NPT male or optional BSPT. Enclosure Rating: Weather-proof meets NEMA 4X (IP66), explosion-proof rated Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II/III, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Failsafe: On lost echo after 30 seconds, user selectable to 4, 20, 21, 22 mA or last signal. Memory: Non-volatile. Display: 6 character LCD. Units: In, cm, ft, m, percent. Programming: 4 button. Weight: 4.0 lb (1.8 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, FM. , s r e t t i m s n a r T l e v e L i c n o s a r t l U TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE DERATING UNACCEPTABLE RANGE ACCEPTABLE RANGE 40 30 20 10 I S P E R U S S E R P G N T A R E P O I 0 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 TEMPERATURE °C 334 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

357

L E V E L U l t r a s o n c i L e v e l T r a n s m i t t e r s , ® SERIES ULSS, ULSM & ULSL ULTRASONIC LEVEL SENSORS Non-Contact Transmitter, SPST Programmable Relays 4´ [1.2 m] 3-1/4 [82.55] ULSS-10: 1˝ NPT 2 [50.85] V I DEO O N L I N E ULSS 4´ [1.2 m] ULSM-10: 1˝ NPT 2-45/64 [68.66] 1-11/64 [29.90] ULSM 3-5/64 [78.18] 1-5/64 [27.30] 4´ [1.2 m] 1-1/16 [27.10] ULSL-10: 2˝ NPT 2-43/64 [68.05] 2-45/64 [68.67] ULSL 3-5/64 [78.18] The Series ULSS Ultrasonic Level Sensor provides non-contact, continuous ultrasonic level measurement of fluids for short range applications. It has a 4.1´ (1.2 m) measuring range with a 0.125˝ (3 mm) accuracy. The Series ULSM Ultrasonic Level Sensor provides non-contact, continuous ultrasonic level measurement of fluids for medium range applications. It has a 9.8´ (3 m) measuring range with a ±0.2% of range accuracy. The Series ULSL Ultrasonic Level Sensor provides non-contact, continuous ultrasonic level measurement of fluids for tall range applications. It has a 18´ (5.5 m) measuring range with a ±0.2% of range accuracy. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Via free software, units can be programmed to transmit an output signal and operate four relays for control applications • Provides reliable, accurate, and non-contact level measurement of compatible liquids • Non-contact technology offers no moving parts to wear, jam, corrode, or get coated like contact technologies • Mapping software makes effective measuring surface only a 3˝ (76.2 mm) diameter column with no concerns of ladders, pipes, or other tank intrusions in the remaining sound cone • Ultrasonic technology paired with automatic temperature compensation provides accurate and reliable measurements in almost all conditions • Fail-safe logic is easily configured to custom applications via free software removing the need for target calibration • Full NEMA 6P submersible enclosure rating to ensure excellent product durability APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater • Pulp and paper processing • Sump and process tanks • Chemical processing • Food and beverage Range 4.1´ (1.25 m) 9.8´ (3 m) 18´ (5.5 m) MODEL CHART Model ULSS-10 ULSM-10 ULSL-10 Note: USB adapter necessary for calibration. One adapter can program multiple units. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible fluids. Wetted Materials: Sensor: PVDF; O-ring: FKM. Ranges: See chart. Accuracy: ULSS: 0.125˝ (3 mm); ULSM & ULSL: ±0.2% of range. Resolution: ULSS: 0.019˝ (0.5 mm); ULSM: 0.039˝ (1 mm); ULSL: 0.079˝ (2 mm). Blind Zone: ULSS: 2˝ (5 cm); ULSM: 4˝ (10 cm); ULSL: 8˝ (20 cm). Beam Width: ULSS & ULSM: 2˝ (5 cm); ULSL: 3˝ (7.62 cm). Temperature Limits: Process: 20 to 140°F (-7 to 60°C); Ambient: -31 to 140°F (-35 to 60°C). Temperature Compensation: Automatic. Pressure Limit: 30 psi (2 bar). Power Requirement: 12 to 28 VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 2-wire; Invert: 4-20 mA or 20-4 mA; Fail-safe: 4 mA, 20 mA, 21 mA, 22 mA, or hold last. Loop Resistance: 400 Ω max. Electrical Connections: 4´ (1.2 m) 9 conductor shielded cable. Contact Type: 4 SPST relays. Contact Rating: 1 A max @ 28 VDC max. Deadband: Selectable (no hysteresis, 1/4˝, 1/2˝, 1˝, 1/2 cm, 1 cm, 2 cm, 5 cm or not available). Process Connection: 1˝ NPT, 1˝ BSPP (optional). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6P (IP68). Enclosure Material: Polycarbonate; Gland: TPE. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Memory: Non-volatile. Failsafe: Contact: Power loss: Holds last contact; Power on: Open, close, or last contact. Programming: Free PC software download (USB adapter required). Weight: 1 lb (0.45 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES Model ULS-ACC-USB ULS-ACC-121 ULS-ACC-122 ULS-ACC-131 ULS-ACC-132 ULS-ACC-142 ULS-ACC-221 ULS-ACC-222 ULS-ACC-231 ULS-ACC-232 ULS-ACC-241 ULS-ACC-242 ULS-ACC-510 ULS-ACC-520 Description USB adapter for calibration, PVC 2˝ x 1˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 40), PVC 2˝ x 1˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 80), PVC 3˝ x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 40), PVC 3˝ x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 80), PVC 4˝ x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 80), PVC 2˝ socket x 1˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 40), PVC 2˝ socket x 1˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 80), PVC 3˝ socket x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 40), PVC 3˝ socket x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 80), PVC 4˝ socket x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 40), PVC 4˝ socket x 2˝ NPT reducer bushing fitting (sch. 80), PVC 1˝ NPT polypropylene side mount bracket 2˝ NPT polypropylene side mount bracket DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 335

358

L E V E L ® SERIES MPC | MERCOID® BY DWYER PUMP CONTROLLER One or Two Pump Control with Built-In Alternation, Over Temperature Protection and Seal Failure Monitoring 4-1/2 [114.3] 17/32 [13.5] 3-25/32 [95.9] 3-19/32 [91.3] 3-25/32 [95.9] PANEL CUT-OUT: 3.620 X 3.620 IN, +0.032/-0.000 [92 X 92 MM, +0.8/-0.0]. ALLOW FOR 0.5 IN [13 MM] CLEARANCE AT THE REAR OF THE INSTRUMENT. MAX. PANEL THICKNESS 0.25 [6.35] MEETS IP66 [UL TYPE 4X] The Series MPC Pump Controller provides versatile level control in a standard 1/4 DIN package. Designed for use with almost any style level transmitter the unit displays the present level and main set point value. Incorporated in the MPC is programmable level differential for on/off control of one or two pumps, valves, or other devices through two SPDT relays. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Selectable pump alternation when used with two pumps to minimize pump wear, with alternation “on” a seal failure or over temperature condition will force the non-failed pump to lead status and stop alternation • Alarms can be programmed for output indication of pump seal failure or over temperature • Selectable time delay, for pump two, on power up to prevent both pumps from starting at the same time • In the event of power loss, upon regaining power a time delay of up to 60 seconds can be selected to prevent excessively large current draw • Integral 24 VDC power supply to power level transmitter • Displays pump run time from a front panel button • Test system function simulates the process input to ensure the pumps are operating or to test programming • User selectable security lock-out of programming and/or set points • Process input retransmission as a current (4 to 20 mA) or voltage (2 to 10 VDC) analog signal (standard model MPC is set for current retransmission. For voltage retransmission add suffix “-RV”) • Two additional programmable alarm contacts with front alarm light indication • Front panel face meets NEMA 4X for outdoor panel mounting • User-friendly programming menu p m u P / l e v e L s r e l l o r t n o C APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater • Sump and sludge pits, clarifiers, digesters • Chemical storage tanks • Oil tanks • Reservoirs 336 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: 4 (or 0)-20 mA DC or 2 (or 0)-10 VDC selectable. Input Impedance: Current = 10 Ω; Voltage = 100 K Ω. Output Ratings: Control relays: SPDT, rated 10 A @ 240 VAC res., 1/4 hp @ 120 VAC, 1/3 hp @ 240 VAC; Alarm relays: SPST, 3 A @ 240 VAC res., 1/10 hp @ 120 VAC. Control Type: On/off, reverse (pump out) or direct (pump in) acting. Power Requirements: 100-240 VAC nominal, +10%-15%, 50 to 400 Hz, single phase; 132 to 240 VDC nominal, +10%-15%. Power Consumption: 7.5 VA max. Accuracy: ±0.25% of span, ±1 least significant digit. Display: Two 4 digit, 7 segment 0.56˝ high LED’s. Display Resolution: 1 count. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory (no batteries required). Serial Communications: Optional RS-232 or RS-485 with Modbus® protocol. Ambient Operating Temperature/RH: 14 to 131°F (-10 to 55°C)/0 to 90% up to 104°F (40°C) non-condensing, 10 to 50% at 131°F (55°C) non-condensing. Front Panel Rating: Meets UL Type 4X (IP66). Loop Power Supply (Isolated): 24 VDC @ 50 mA, regulated. Seal Failure (Moisture Sensor): Power: 2.5 VDC; Search current: 3 micro amps; Resolution: 10K to 500K Ω in 10K Ω steps. Weight: 16 oz (454 g). Agency Approvals: cULus. MODEL CHART Model Description MPC Pump controller OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -232 -485 RS-232 Modbus® RTU serial communications RS-485 Modbus® RTU serial communications ACCESSORIES Weatherproof Enclosures, NEMA 4X (IP66).u A-901 Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Compatible Level Transmitters: See page 328 (Series SBLT2) See page 330 (Series PBLT2) Additional Digital Control Panel Meters: See page 338 (Series APM/MPM/PPM) uSee page 338 (Series A-900 & A-901)

359

® SERIES MPC JR | MERCOID® BY DWYER PUMP CONTROLLER One or Two Pump Control with Built-In Alternation L E V E L 4-1/2 [114.3] 17/32 [13.5] 3-25/32 [95.9] 3-19/32 [91.3] 3-25/32 [95.9] PANEL CUT-OUT: 3.620 X 3.620 IN, +0.032/-0.000 [92 X 92 MM, +0.8/-0.0]. ALLOW FOR 0.5 IN [13 MM] CLEARANCE AT THE REAR OF THE INSTRUMENT. MAX. PANEL THICKNESS 0.25 [6.35] MEETS IP66 [UL TYPE 4X] The Series MPC JR Pump Controller provides versatile level control in a standard 1/4 DIN package. Designed for use with almost any style level transmitter the unit displays the present level and main set point value. Incorporated in the MPC JR is programmable level differential for on/off control of one or two pumps, valves, or other devices through two SPDT relays. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Selectable pump alternation when used with two pumps to minimize pump wear • Integral 24 VDC power supply for transmitter • User selectable security lock-out of programming and/or set points • Optional process input retransmission as a current (4-20 mA) or voltage (2-10 VDC) analog signal • Analog output on pump “on” condition for activation of separate pump run time meters APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater • Sump and sludge pits, clarifiers, digesters • Chemical storage tanks • Oil tanks • Reservoirs SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: 4 (or 0)-20 mA DC or 2 (or 0)-10 VDC selectable. Input Impedance: Current = 10 Ω; Voltage = 5 K Ω. Output Ratings: Control relays: SPDT, rated 10 A @ 240 VAC res.,1/4 hp @ 120 VAC, 1/3 hp @ 240 VAC; Alarm relays: SPST, 3 A @ 240 VAC res., 1/10 hp @ 120 VAC; Others: 15 VDC @ 20 mA for output one and output two. Control Type: On/off, reverse (pump out) or direct (pump in) acting. Power Requirements: 100-240 VAC nominal, +10%-15%, 50 to 400 Hz, single phase; 132-240 VDC nominal, +10%-15%. Power Consumption: 7.5 VA max. Accuracy: ±0.25% of span, ±1 least significant digit. Display: Two 4-digit, 7 segment 0.56˝ high LED’s. Display Resolution: 1 count. Memory Backup: Nonvolatile memory (no batteries required). Serial Communications: Optional RS-232 or RS-485 with Modbus® protocol. Ambient Operating Temperature/RH: 14 to 131°F (-10 to 55°C)/0 to 90% up to 104°F (40°C) non-condensing, 10 to 50% at 131°F (55°C) non-condensing. Front Panel Rating: Meets UL Type 4X (IP66). Loop Power Supply (Isolated): 24 VDC @ 50 mA, regulated. Weight: 16 oz (454 g). Agency Approvals: cULus. C o n t r o l l e r s L e v e l / P u m p MODEL CHART Model Description MPCJR Pump controller OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -RC -RV -232 -485 Retransmission of input, 4-20 mA Retransmission of input, 0-10 VDC RS-232 Modbus® RTU serial communications RS-485 Modbus® RTU serial communications ACCESSORIES Weatherproof Enclosures, NEMA 4X (IP66).u A-901 Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Compatible Level Transmitters: See page 328 (Series SBLT2) See page 330 (Series PBLT2) uSee page 338 (Series A-900 & A-901) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 337

360

L E V E L ® SERIES APM, MPM & PPM PANEL METERS & PUMP CONTROLLERS Open Channel Flow, Rate and Total, Multi-Pump Control APM MPM PPM The Series APM Panel Meter is a 1/8 DIN digital panel meter perfect for displaying flow rate and total simultaneously from several analog inputs such as a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V from any flow transmitter. When utilized with an ultrasonic level transmitter, such as the Mercoid Series ULT, this series provides an economical way to measure open channel flow. The dual line display can be configured to read flow rate, total, grand total, as well as engineering units. The Series PPM Panel Meter is a 1/8 DIN digital panel meter specifically designed for a variety of pulse inputs. This series is particularly well-suited for flow applications with its large six-digit, dual-line display that can display flow rate and total simultaneously with up to 4 programmable relay options and 4-20 mA output. This series features latching, non-latching, sampling, and fail-safe action in addition to its pump alternation function. The Series MPM Pump Controller is also a 1/8 DIN digital panel meter but for multi- pump alternation control. This series features, non-latching, sampling, and fail-safe action in addition to its ability to alternate up to four pumps. This series is also capable of linearizing nonlinear inputs with a variety of pre-programmed math functions. This is helpful in applications where volume is monitored in odd shaped tanks as well as open channel flow monitoring. It accepts 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, 1-5 V or 0-±10 V standard. For more information on these products: See page 352 MODEL A-900 & A-901 | MERCOID® BY DWYER 1/4 DIN CONTROL ENCLOSURES Weatherproof, Durable, Pre-Cut Mounting Hole p m u P / l e v e L s r e l l o r t n o C A-900 A-901 4-1/4 [107.95] 3-39/64 [91.68] 7-3/4 [195.33] Top view 10-32 UNF-2B TYP 8 PLCS 1-1/2 [38.10] 5 [127.51] 3-39/64 [91.68] 7-3/4 [195.33] 4-1/4 [107.95] 1-3/4 [44.45] 4-1/8 [106.17] 5 [127.51] Bottom view A-901 UNIT [4-1/2 [114.30] STANDOFFS] 4 PLCS Side view The Model A-900 & A-901 1/4 DIN Control Enclosures are rated weatherproof type NEMA 4X to protect controls from dirt, dust, oil, and water. The Model A-900 comes with a standard 1/4 DIN cutout in the front cover and the Model A-901 comes with a clear plastic front window. Both units feature a lockable latch to prevent unauthorized removal of the control from the enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • UV stabilized for outdoor use • Fiberglass material is easily punched or drilled for conduit connections • Compatible with Love Series 2500, 2600, 4B, 4C, 4G,and Mercoid Series MPC, MPCJR APPLICATIONS • Wastewater remote pump stations • Outdoor industrial ovens/furnaces/boilers FOR MODELS: 25XX3, 26XX3, 26X3X, 26X33, MPC, MPCJR A-901 Ambient Temperature A-900 Maximum Current A-901 Maximum Current 77°F (25°C) 104°F (40°C) 131°F (55°C) 10 amps 10 amps 7.5 amps 10 amps 9 amps 6 amps ACCESSORIES Model Description A-600 R/C snubber 338 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Indoor or outdoor. Rating: NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13. Materials: Body: UV stabilized fiberglass reinforced polyester; Snap latch: 304 SS; Hinge: SS; Mounting feet and screws: 304 SS; Window: UV stabilized polycarbonate; Cover gasket: Neoprene. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Control Temperature Limits: When using the enclosures with controls that have 10 A relay outputs the extra heat generation decreases the maximum ambient temperature value that the control can be used at inside the enclosure. Other outputs on our controls are not a concern. Agency Approvals: UL. MODEL CHART Model Description A-900 Weatherproof enclosure, NEMA 4X, control direct panel mounts in the front of the enclosure Weatherproof enclosure, NEMA 4X, clear plastic window with rear panel for mounting the control inside the enclosure

361

® SERIES BAP | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER BIN AERATOR PADS Inexpensive, Quiet Operation L E V E L 1/8 FEMALE NPT FOR TANK NIPPLE 7-1/2 [190.50] 11/16 [17.46] 5/32 [3.81] 3-3/4 [95.25] RUBBER GASKET 2X WASHERS 3/4˝ NUT 1/8 NPT X 2˝ TANK NIPPLE BAP aerator Mounting hardware The Series BAP Bin Aerator Pads provide positive flow of dry, finely ground materials from any bin using the proven principle of aeration. It features simple and quick installation, is inexpensive, and adapts to any bin configuration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Provides positive, uniform, and easily controlled flow with quiet operation • Non-clogging SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limit: BAP-C and BAP-SSC: 180°F (82°C) BAP-F and BAP-SSF: 600°F (316°C). Supply Pressure: 3 to 5 psi (0.2 to 0.3 bar). Air Consumption: See chart. Air Connection: 1/8˝ NPT male. Materials: See model chart. APPLICATIONS • Powder and bulk MODEL CHART Model BAP-C BAP-SSC BAP-F BAP-SSF BAP-K Description Zinc plated steel with gal. steel mesh & cotton diffuser 316 SS with 316 SS mesh & cotton diffuser Zinc plated steel with gal. steel mesh & fiberglass diffuser 316 SS with 316 SS mesh & fiberglass diffuser Optional external mounting kit SERIES APV | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER PISTON VIBRATOR Air Cushioned or Piston Vibrators AIR CONSUMPTION GUIDE 1 psi (0.07 bar) 2 psi (0.14 bar) 3 psi (0.21 bar)* 4 psi (0.28 bar) 5 psi (0.34 bar) *Recommended for most applications 4.2 CFM (118.9 LPM) 5.7 CFM (161.4 LPM) 6.5 CFM (184.1 LPM) 7.1 CFM (201.0 LPM) 7.6 CFM (215.2 LPM) BAP-K i i B n V b r a t o r s / Model A APV-X1 APV-X2 APV-X3 5-7/16 [138.11] 6-35/64 [166.69] 8-13/64 [208.36] B 3-5/32 [80.17] 3-15/16 [100.01] 5-33/64 [140.10] C 2-3/8 [60.33] 2-61/64 [75.01] 4-9/64 [105.17] D 31/64 [12.30] 41/64 [16.27] 41/64 [16.27] H 23/64 [9.13] 7/16 [11.11] 19/32 [15.08] IN/OUT 1/8 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 1/4 BSPT A e r a t o r s A IN OUT D ØH ØB ØC The Series APV Piston Vibrator uses compressed air to push the piston from one side and cause vibration power. APV-C models are air cushioned to provide low noise, making it suitable for quiet area applications. APV-I models allow direct impact on the tank to help get rid of dust or material accumulated inside of pipes and tanks. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High strength aluminum alloy housing • Frequency and amplitude of vibration can be adjusted as needed • Low frequency and direct impact models available APPLICATIONS • Bin vents • Bag houses • Dust collectors MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limit: 212°F (100°C). Noise Level Range: APV-C: 60-75 dBA; APV-I: 80-115 dBA. Supply Pressure: 29 to 87 psi (2 to 6 bar). Air Consumption: See model chart. Air Connection: 1/8˝ BSPT female with 1/4˝ OD push to connect adapter on APV-C1 and APV-I1; 1/4˝ BSPT female with 1/4˝ OD push to connect adapter on APV-C2, APV-C3, APV-I2 and APV-I3. Also includes muffler for exhaust port. Housing Material: Aluminum. HOW THEY OPERATE There are air-breathing tubes located in both ends of the cylinder. Compressed air pushes the piston from one side to the other. Vibration power arises when the piston moves back and forth in the body. In APV-C air cushion at both ends produced by the to-and-fro motion will keep the piston from striking the body. Therefore, the piston will not produce much noise. In APV-I, air cushion at the top end is produced by the to-and- fro compression. This will keep the piston from striking onto the body top. The piston will strike directly on the bottom side of the body to produce a strong impact. Force lbf (N) Pressure Input Air Consumption cfm (l/min) Pressure Input 8.12 (230) 8.79 (249) 9.50 (269) 8.8 (250) 9.5 (270) 10.6 (300) Weight lb (kg) 1.98 (0.9) 4.19 (1.9) 9.92 (4.5) 2.2 (1.0) 4.6 (2.1) 10.6 (4.8) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 339 Frequency (V.P.M.) Pressure Input 29 psi (2 bar) 58 psi (4 bar) 87 psi (6 bar) 29 psi (2 bar) 58 psi (4 bar) 87 psi (6 bar) 1765 1333 1000 1973 1744 1277 44 (195) 62 (275) 91 (404) 1818 (8086) 3245 (14443) 3470 (15434) 85 (380) 119 (531) 175 (780) 3044 (13542) 4934 (21948) 7799 (34692) 126 (560) 161 (715) 231 (1030) 3996 (17776) 6048 (26904) 8276 (36816) Model APV-C1 2308 1677 APV-C2 APV-C3 1200 APV-I1 2885 2459 APV-I2 1875 APV-I3 V.P.M. = vibrations per minute 2857 1875 1340 3571 3000 1973

362

L E V E L ® SERIES IPV | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER AIR HAMMER Single Impacting Type IN A Model A IPV-1 IPV-2 IPV-3 IPV-4 5-7/16 [138.11] 6-35/64 [166.69] 8-13/64 [208.36] 10-19/32 [269.08] B 3-5/32 [80.17] 3-15/16 [100.01] 5-33/64 [140.10] 6-25/32 [172.24] C 2-3/8 [60.33] 2-61/64 [75.01] 4-9/64 [105.17] 5-33/64 [140.10] D 31/64 [12.30] 41/64 [16.27] 41/64 [16.27] 61/64 [24.21] H 23/64 [9.13] 7/16 [11.11] 19/32 [15.08] 3/4 [19.05] IN/OUT 1/4 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 3/8 BSPT D OUT ØH ØC ØB The Series IPV Air Hammer helps to smooth the flow and prevent accumulation inside of containers. It is often applied to a pipe or clean elbow in a tank filled with humidity or low specific gravity material. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High strength aluminum housing • Impact force and interval timing can be adjusted as needed • Magnetic hammer stores magnetic strength to increase the piston’s impact power • Includes muffler for exhaust port. SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limit: 212°F (100°C). Noise Level Range: 60 to 75 dBA. Supply Pressure: 43.5 to 87 psi (3 to 6 bar). Air Consumption: See model chart. Air Connection: 1/4˝ BSPT female with 1/4˝ OD push to connect adapter on IPV-1, IPV-2 and IPV-3; 3/8˝ BSPT female with 3/8˝ OD push to connect adapter on IPV-4. MODEL CHART Impulse lbf•s (N•S) .225 (1.0) .630 (2.8) 1.66 (7.4) 2.81 (12.5) Model IPV-1 IPV-2 IPV-3 IPV-4 Air Consumption in3 (l) per stroke 1.71 (0.028) 5.0 (0.082) 14.0 (0.228) 27.8 (0.455) Weight lb (kg) 2.43 (1.1) 3.97 (1.8) 8.82 (4.0) 18.52 (8.4) APPLICATIONS • Bin vents • Bag houses • Dust collectors HOW IT OPERATES The IPV series air hammer contains a powerful magnet inside the hammer. The hammer and magnet are tightly closed before activation. As the inlet air pressure gets higher than the force, this tightens the hammer and magnet. The hammer and magnet will separate and cause more strength for impact power. The spring will bring the hammer back to the initial position automatically after the impact. By doing this, the air pressure will be released and the strength of the air pressure will be delivered to the target impact container. It will help to smooth the flow and prevent accumulation inside the container. s r o t a r e A SERIES EBV | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER ELECTRIC BIN VIBRATOR Adjustable Vibration Intensity / s r o t a r b V n B i i B E A C D DIMENSIONS - IN (MM) B Model A EBV-1 5-23/64 (136) EBV-2 5-23/64 (136) EBV-3 6-17/64 (159) EBV-4 6-23/32 (170) 5-1/8 (130) 5-1/8 (130) 5-1/8 (130) 6-7/64 (155) C 8-5/16 (211) 8-5/16 (211) 9-3/32 (231) 10-23/64 (263) D 4-11/64 (106) 4-11/64 (106) 4-11/64 (106) 4-7/16 (113) E 2-43/64 (68) 2-43/64 (68) 2-43/64 (68) 5-1/8 (130) SPECIFICATIONS Power Requirements: 120 VAC. Power Consumption: See model chart. Temperature Limits: -4 to 104°F (-20 to 40°C). Enclosure: Aluminum. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Noise Level: 20 dB. Electrical Connection: Electrical junction box. Rotational Speed: 3600 RPM. Weight: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Max Power Model EBV-1 EBV-2 EBV-3 EBV-4 Kw 0.09 0.11 0.21 0.28 Hp 0.12 0.15 0.28 0.38 Centrifugal Force Current Kg 71 95 189 323 Max Amps 1.03 1.3 2.62 3.43 lb 156.5 209.4 416.7 712.1 Weight lb 9.3 10.1 15.4 21.6 The Series EBV Electric Bin Vibrator features an adjustable force, which increases the application flexibility and reduces equipment downtime and labor expense. The low amperage draw at 120 V reduces power consumption and makes the vibrators usable in any application. The EBV is capable of running continuously at 100% force output without overheating or mechanical damage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X (IP66) aluminum housing • Centrifugal force can be adjusted as needed • Silent operation at 20 dB APPLICATIONS • Bin vents • Bag houses • Dust collectors 340 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

363

P R O C E S S C O N T R O L | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 342-345 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 346-347 Panel Meters/Indicators pages 348-353 Annunciators/ Alarm Modules page 354 Relays pages 355-356 Current Transformers/ Switches pages 356-359 Power Transformers Signal Converters page 360 page 361 Power Supplies pages 361-362 Fan Speed Controls page 363 Vibration Controls page 363 Timers page 364 Intrinsically Safe Barriers pages 365-366 Timer Controllers pages 367-371 Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) Transmitters page 372 Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) Sensors pages 373-374 Control Enclosures pages 375-376 FEATURED PRODUCTS GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE PANEL METER SERIES SPPM2 | page 348 PARTICULATE TRANSMITTER SERIES PMT2 | page 372 • Large touch screen display allows for easy visibility and setup • Free design software allows seamless drag and drop functionality to quickly develop unique interface • Non-stick PTFE coated probe to prevent false readings from moist and conductive dusts, condensate, and dust buildup • Simple 2-wire installation for PLC and control panels DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 341

364

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I ® PANEL METERS Displays SERIES Display SPPM2 - page 348 Graphical full color TFT SPPM - page 349 Graphical full color TFT Panel Size Display Units Input Signal Output 4.3˝ diag. User defined 4 analog (0-50 mA, or 0-40 VDC), 8 digital I/O 2 digital I/O, 4 PWM 2.4˝, 2.8˝, 3.5˝ diag. User defined 0-50 mA, or 0-40 VDC None DPM - page 350 3-1/2 digit, or 4-1/2 digit, 7 segment backlit LCD (amber, green or red) 2-3/8˝ by 1-1/8˝ None, °F, °C, %, psi, V, A, KW, PF 4-20 mA, 0-200 mVDC, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None DPMX - page 351 3-1/2 digit, 7 segment backlit LCD (red) 10-19/32˝ by 4-5/32˝ None 4-20 mA, 0-200 mVDC, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC None SWITCHES & TRANSFORMERS Current Sensors SERIES Type Case Range Output SCS - page 356 Current switch MCS - page 357 Miniature switch CCS - page 357 Current switch MSCS - page 358 Miniature switch Solid or split core 0.15 A to 200 A 1 A @ 30 VAC/DC NO solid state output; Optional 10 A @ 260 VAC (5 A @ 30 VDC) SPST relay Solid core or terminal 0.5 to 50 A or 0.01 to 1 A 0.3 A @ 130 VAC/DC NO output Solid or split core 0.5 to 200 A 0.3 A @ 135 VAC/DC NO output or 1 A @ 240 VAC NO output Split core 0.15 to 60 A (0.15 A fixed set point) 1 A @ 30 VAC/DC NO solid state output These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 342 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

365

P R O C E S S C O N T R O L | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I ® PANEL METERS Displays SERIES Display LCI132 - page 351 4 digit, 7 segment LED (red) PM - page 352 2 - 6 digit, 7 segment LED (red) LPI/BPI - page 353 4 digit LCD or LED Panel Size Display Units Input Signal Output 1/32 DIN None V (DC), mA (DC) or V (AC), A (AC/DC) None 1/8 DIN User defined mA, V DC, pulse, open collector, NPN, PNP, switch contact None, 4-20mA, or Relay Stand alone None 4-20 mA, Thermocouple, or RTD None SWITCHES & TRANSFORMERS Current Sensors SERIES Type Case Range Output SSCS - page 358 Current switch with set point based on motor HP Split core 1 to 100 HP 1 A @ 30 VAC/DC NO solid state output; Optional 10 A @ 260 VAC (5 A @ 30 VDC) SPST relay CCT40/50 - page 359 Current transformer CCT60/70 - page 359 Current transformer Solid or split core 10/20/50 A or 100/150/200 A 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA Solid or split core 10/20/50 A or 100/150/200 A 4-20 mA, true RMS These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 343

366

® POWER SUPPLIES & TRANSFORMERS Power Converters L O R T N O C S S E C O R P | I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Input Voltage Output Voltage APT - page 360 24 VAC, 120 VAC, 240 VAC, 120/208/240/277 VAC, 120/208/240/277/480 VAC, 50/60 Hz 24 VAC Output Current 20, 40, 75, 100, 150 VA Options from 0.5 A to 4.8 A A-700 - page 361 100/120/220/230/240 VAC ±10%. 47 to 63 Hz BPS - page 362 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz SCD-PS - page 362 120 to 240 VAC/VDC, 50/60 Hz 24-28 VDC regulated 1.5-27 VDC (full wave rectified and regulated) adjustable 1.5-29 VDC 0.5 A or 1.5 A 24 VDC ±3% 1 A POWDER, BULK, DUST COLLECTION, AND PNEUMATIC CONVEYING SENSORS Particulate Sensors SERIES Wetted Materials Process Temperature Limit Pressure Limit Output PMT2 - page 372 316L SS, silicone, and PTFE -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C) 30 psi 4-20 mA PMS - page 374 316 SS and PFA or 316 SS and ceramic 250°F (121°C), 450°F (232°C), 800°F (426°C), or 1200°F (649°C) 10 or 100 psi pA These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 344 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

367

DUST COLLECTOR PULSE VALVE CONTROLLERS Timers P R O C E S S C O N T R O L | DCT500A - page 368 4, 6, or 10 DCT500ADC - page 368 4, 6, or 10 DCT600 - page 369 4, 6, 10, 22, or 32 DCT1000 - page 370 6, 10, or 22; up to 255 with expansion board DCT1000DC - page 371 6, 10, or 22; up to 255 with expansion board SERIES SVT - page 367 Output Channels 2, 3, 4, 5,or 6; up to 60 with expansion board. Housing includes pilot solenoid valves Dry contact Input Power Dry contact Dry contact Dry contact 90-240 VAC or 24 VAC/ DC 102-132 VAC 10-35 VDC 85-270 VAC Dry contact or integral pressure sensor 85-270 VAC Dry contact or integral pressure sensor 10-30 VDC S E L E C T O N G U D E I I Size See catalog page 4-7/8˝ by 6-3/4˝ 4-7/8˝ by 6-3/4˝ Approvals CE CE, cULus CE 4-7/8˝ by 6-3/4˝ or 6-7/8˝ by 8-3/4˝ CE, cULus 6-7/8˝ by 8-3/4˝ 6-7/8˝ by 8-3/4˝ cULus CE These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 345

368

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s n o i t a c i l Monitor the test environment for accurate laboratory tests. Dust Collector Timer Controller shows filter condition in dust collector. The Love Controls® Model LCR20 dual pen circular chart recorder can be used to monitor the humidity and temperature in an environmental chamber. The 10˝ chart size makes it easy to see the blue and red pen markings on the chart paper. The recorder takes in most common thermocouples and process inputs for both channels. It is recommended that the LCR20 be used with a Dwyer® RHP series humidity / temperature transmitter for best results. This portable dust collector can be rolled from job to job in an industrial building. An operator places the large diameter collection hose where it is needed and dust is collected by filters located inside the access doors on the units side. The top mounted blower draws air through the filters. To monitor the pressure drop across the filters, the manufacturer supplies a Magnehelic® differential pressure gage. When the pressure drop due to dust build up on the filter indicates that cleaning is necessary, the DCT500A Dust Collector Timer Controller is manually activated to initiate a cleaning cycle which involves solenoid valves releasing pulses of air. This process removes the dust from the filters where it drops into a storage bin. A Dwyer® Minihelic® differential pressure gage can be used instead of the Magnehelic® gage, and, if automatic cleaning is required, a Photohelic® differential pressure switch/gage can provide the electrical contact to actuate the cleaning cycle when the pressure drop reaches the preset limit. p p A i l a c p y T Button Data Logger monitors food and beverage temperature in refrigerated transport vehicles. Bag house cleaning system uses Dust Collector Timer Controller to initiate optimum cleaning cycle. When transporting temperature-sensitive products such as meat, produce, beer and wine over long distances, it is necessary to verify that the storage compartment has not exceeded the critical preservation temperature at any time. Dwyer® BDL Button Data Loggers offer a low cost way to measure and record storage temperatures throughout transport. By placing several “buttons” throughout the storage compartment and setting an appropriate measurement interval, transportation services can retrieve data at the completion of delivery to assure their customers of adequate preservation temperatures. A Dwyer® DCT1000 Dust Collector Timer Controller with attachable DCP pressure sensing module monitors and controls the dust levels and corresponding pressure drop across the filter bags. The DCT1000/DCP control automatically activates the cleaning cycle when the DCT1000’s pre-programmed set points have been exceeded. This on-demand control system alleviates excessive air compressor usage by preventing unnecessary cleaning which lowers energy and maintenance costs. 346 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

369

P R O C E S S C O N T R O L Detect broken filters in dust collectors. Monitoring belt conveyor for proper operation. The Dwyer® Series DPM Particulate Monitor and PMS Particulate Sensor combine to make a particulate monitoring system for the exhaust stream of dust collectors. The amount of particulate leaking out of the dust collector is measured using low maintenance induction technology and shown on a display for easy viewing. The DPM has programmable thresholds of leakage for switch output indication of dust collector problems such as broken or leaking filters. Proper use of the system will allow the user to catch breaking filters early. Advantages of the system are maintaining regulatory compliance, maximizing product recovery, optimizing filtration efficiency, preventing fines and plant shutdowns, and reducing the amount of pollutants released. A Proximity® Series NSS Speed Switch is used to monitor the speed of a product belt conveyor indicating proper operation. Common applications include grain, feed, aggregate, mining, and textiles. Belt slippage or a slowdown in belt speed indicates problems that could lead to product waste or could generate sparks leading to a fire or explosion. The belt’s speed is monitored via the rotational speed of the shaft at the end of the belt. The NSS is a non-contact magnetic actuated system allowing easy installation and long operational life. A magnetic disc is installed on the rotating shaft and the sensor is mounted across from it. The sensor picks up the rotation of the disc to detect the rotational speed of the belt. Inside the sensor is a programmable switch that can be set for any speed. In this application as the speed decreases and hits the set point the switch is activated for indication of a problem. Proper usage of an NSS can help with predictive maintenance and decrease down-time. T y p c a l i A p p l i c a t i o n s Providing remote indication of pressure, humidity or temperature. Monitor the status of your fan or pump. The Series DPML, DPMP, and DPMW Digital LCD Panel Meters as well as the SPPM and SPPM2 HMI Panel Meters provide remote indication in the designated engineering units for pressure, humidity, temperature as well as customizable measurement units. The panel meters can take a voltage or current input signal from transmitters such as the Dwyer® TTE, Series 626 or Series RHP. The Dwyer® Series SCS Current Switches monitor the input current into a fan or pump motor starter in order to monitor the status of the equipment. As the current passes through the core of the switches, it generates enough energy to power up the switch eliminating the need for extra power wires. The solid core models are typically used on new installations, while the split core models are able to mount on existing or new installations. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 347

370

® SERIES SPPM2 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE PANEL METER 4.3” (109 mm) Touch Screen Display, Fully Customizable L O R T N O C S S E C O R P 4-45/64 [119.30] 3-49/64 [95.84] 25/32 [19.93] 45/64 [17.93] 2-5/32 [54.66] 3-9/64 [79.82] JTAG [FOR INTERNAL USE] ALARMS, SERIAL INPUT & DIGITAL I/O MINI USB PORT 2-63/64 [75.86] RS232 INTERFACE ETHERNET & EXPANSION I/O 4-20mA CURRENT LOOP CONFIGURATION ANALOG INPUTS 4-17/32 [115.30] POWER & ANALOG INPUTS SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Mini-USB, 6-line screw terminal analog, 4 x ±40 V, or 4-20 mA, 8 x digital I/O. Outputs: 4 x PWM, 2 x alarms (open collector). Accuracy: ±0.05% ±0.1 mV (typ). Resolution: 0.04 mV (max ) or 4 decimal places. Power Supply: USB port or 5-30 VDC. Current Consumption: 400 mA at 5 VDC. Display: 4.3˝ (10.9 cm) TFT LCD with 262k colors. Display Resolution: 480 x 272 pixels. Sampling Rate: 10 samples/s. Temperature Limits: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Warm Up: 15 s. Mounting: Panel mount. Electrical Connection: Multi-pin DIL’s, 1 mini-USB, and 1 RS232. Software Requirements: Compatible with Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10. Weight: 6.7 oz (181 g). Approvals: CE. V I DEO O N L I N E The Series SPPM2 Graphical User Interface Panel Meter is a configurable, full- color 4.3˝ (109 mm) touch screen display that can be used in a variety of applications. By using the free Windows® based Interface Panel Design Studio software, users can personalize the display with buttons, switches, and analog and digital scales to suit their needs. A development kit is also available, which includes a development board with buttons, dials, LEDs, and screw terminals to test the functionality of all inputs and outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Large 4.3˝ touch screen display can be powered from USB or 5-30 VDC supply • Free design software allows users to drag and drop elements onto the screen to quickly develop their specific interface • Accepts up to 4 analog inputs, 8 digital I/O, 4 PWM outputs, and 2 open collector alarm outputs / s r e t e M l e n a P s r o t a c d n I i APPLICATIONS • Lift station pump control • Room condition monitoring display • Walk-in refrigeration/freezer control MODEL CHART Model SPPM2-43 SPPM2-43-D Description 4.3˝ interface panel 4.3˝ interface panel with development board DEVELOPMENT BOARD SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: 4 x ±5 VDC. Outputs: 8 x digital I/O’s, 4 x PWM outputs. Serial Communication: RS232. Power Supply: USB port or 5-30 VDC. Weight: 19.7 oz (560 g). 348 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

371

® SERIES SPPM SMART PROGRAMMABLE PANEL METERS Fully Field Configurable, 16-Bit Color Touch Screen Display 3 [76.45] 1/2 [12.45] P R O C E S S C O N T R O L 2-3/8 [60.44] 1-29/32 [48.26] 15/16 [23.62] 9/32 [7.11] 23/32 [18.29] 1-11/16 [42.55] SPPM-24 and SPPM-24-C 1/16 [1.52] 21/32 [16.51] 3-17/32 [89.50] 19/32 [15.00] 2-13/16 [70.96] 2-1/4 [56.80] 29/32 [23.40] 3-25/32 [96.00] 3-1/2 [88.85] 3-3/32 [78.50] 19/32 [15.20] 3/4 [19.00] 1-5/16 [33.95mm] SPPM-28 and SPPM-28-C 5/8 [16.16] 35 29/32 [23.30] 27/32 [21.26] 2-5/32 [55.01] 31/32 [24.81] SPPM-35 and SPPM-35-C 1/16 [1.90] 11/16 [17.80] 3/32 [2.70] 23/32 [17.95] SPPM-HSG The Series SPPM Smart Programmable Panel Meters are configurable full-color touch screen displays that can be used in a variety of applications. By using a USB connection, the panel meter can be configured with downloadable software for any computer running Windows® based software. The display features remarkable graphics that can easily be customized to read and/or graph pressure, temperature, humidity, gas concentration, or many other parameters. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Available with 2.4˝, 2.8˝, or 3.5˝ color touch screen display • Free downloadable Windows® software allows the unit to be customized to specific applications APPLICATIONS • Tank level • Power monitoring • Room pressurization condition • Indoor air quality conditions SAMPLE PROGRAMMABLE DISPLAY CONFIGURATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPPM SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Current: 0-50 mA, scalable (factory set from 4-20 mA); Voltage: 0-40 VDC, scalable (factory set from 0-10 V). Accuracy: 0.1%. Resolution: 0.3 to 9.8 mV (depending on input range). Power Supply: 4-30 VDC max or via USB. Current Consumption: 190 mA max. Display: 2.4˝, 2.8˝ or 3.5˝ TFT full color touch screen. Display Resolution: 320 x 240 pixels. Sampling Rate: 3 samples/s. Temperature Limits: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Warm Up: 30 s. Mounting: Panel mount. Electrical Connection: Screw terminals, pin connection, or USB. Computer Requirements: Compatible with Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10. Weight: 2.8 oz (79.4 g). Agency Approvals: CE. SPPM-HSG SPECIFICATIONS Service: Indoor or outdoor. Material: Painted aluminum or glass. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). A-SPPM-TC SPECIFICATIONS Probe Measurement Range: K-type: -328 to 2462°F (-200 to 1350°C); J-type: -328 to 2174°F (-200 to 1190°C); T-type: -328 to 734°F (-200 to 390°C). Temperature Limits: 14 to 104°F (-10 to 40°C). Resolution: 1.0°F (0.5°C). Power Requirements: Powered by USB port through SPPM panel meter. Accuracy: ±2.0°F (±1.0°C). Weight: 0.9 oz (25.5 g). Agency Approvals: CE. i I n d c a t o r s P a n e l M e t e r s / MODEL CHART Model SPPM-24 SPPM-28 SPPM-35 SPPM-24-C SPPM-28-C SPPM-35-C Display Input 2.4˝ 2.8˝ 3.5˝ 2.4˝ 2.8˝ 3.5˝ Voltage Voltage Voltage Current Current Current ACCESSORIES Model A-SPPM-TC SPPM-CA SPPM-HSG24 SPPM-HSG28 Note: Additional configurations available via online software. Description Thermocouple input board Mini USB to full USB cable 2.4˝ display housing 2.8˝ display housing Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 349

372

DPMA DPMW DPMP 3-25/32 [96] 3-15/32 [88] REAR HOUSING 17/64 [6.9] 2-3/8 [60.5] [Ø.140] [Ø3.6 mm] 2 PLCS 13/32 [10.2] 2-35/64 [64.5] 2.390 [60.6] REAR HOUSING 2-35/64 [64.5] 1-9/64 [29] 1-9/64 [29] 2-5/16 [58.7] 1/8 [3] 1/8 [3] PANEL CUTOUT FOR WINDOW MOUNTING 29/32 [23.1] 2-13/32 [61] PANEL CUTOUT FOR WINDOW MOUNTING 1 [25.4] 2-13/32 [61] PANEL CUTOUT FOR WINDOW MOUNTING 1 [25.4] 1-9/16 [39.7] 1/8 [3] 1-5/8 [41.1] 1/8 [3] 1-5/8 [41.1] 63/64 [25.1] 63/64 [25.1] 63/64 [25.1] SPECIFICATIONS Input: DPMX-4XX(P): 4 to 20 mA; DPMX-5XX(P): 0 to 200 mVDC, 0 to 5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC. Input Impedance: DPMX-4XX(P): 300Ω nominal; DPMX-5XX(P): 390Ω nominal. Accuracy: DPMA: ±(0.05% FS + 1 count); DPMW/P/L: ±(0.1% FS + 2 count). Power Supply: DPMX-4XX(P): Powered by control loop; DPMX-5XX(P): 12 VDC or 24 VDC. Backlight Power Supply: 24 VDC @ 35 mA typical. Span and Zero: Adjustable (±1999 counts). Display: DPMA: 3-1/2 digits, 7 segments, 1˝ (25.4 mm) H; DPMP/W: 3-1/2 digits, 7 segments, 0.45˝ (11.4 mm) H; DPML: 4-1/2 digits, 7 segments, 0.45˝ (11.4 mm) H. Decimal Points: DPMA/W/P: 3-position, user selectable; DPML: 4-position, user selectable. Polarity: Automatic, “-” displayed. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C). Mounting: DPMA: Snap-in panel mount or clamp (gasket included); DPMW: Window mount; DPMP/L: Snap-in bezel mount. Connection: Screw terminals. Conversion Rate: 3 per s. Warm-Up: 10 minutes typical. Weight: DPMA: 4 oz (113.4 g); DPMW/ P/L: 2 oz (56.7 g). ® SERIES DPMA, DPMW, DPMP, & DPML LCD DIGITAL PANEL METERS 3-1/2 & 4-1/2 Digit LCD, User Selectable Engineering Units, Panel Mount L O R T N O C S S E C O R P 1-57/64 [48] PANEL CUTOUT FOR SNAP IN MOUNTING 1-49/64 [45] MOUNTING BRACKET OUTLINE REAR VIEW 1-59/64 [49] 3-5/8 [92] (R.010 MAX) 4 PLCS [.25 mm] 4-29/64 [113] 1-1/8 [28.5] 15/32 [12] 63/64 [25] 1-59/64 [49] 13/64 [5] 5/64 [1.9] DPML 2.390 [60.6] REAR HOUSING / s r e t e M l e n a P s r o t a c d n I i The Series DPMA, DPMW, DPMP, & DPML LCD Digital Panel Meters provide easy viewing on the 3-1/2 or 4-1/2 digit LCD display. On the DPMP and DPML the snap-in bezel mount eliminates mounting hardware for quick installation. The DPMA has a high contrast display for easy viewing in a standard 1/8 DIN package. The DPMW window mounts using two screws to sit flush within the panel cutout. This series can accept 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 200 mVDC, 0 to 5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC input signal and requires a 24 VDC power supply to illuminate the colored segments. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Panel mount for quick installation • 3-1/2 or 4-1/2 digit with 0.45˝ or 1˝ segments • Colored segments available in black, red, amber, green, or blue • Jumper selectable engineering units and decimal point positions APPLICATIONS • Display process values from pressure, humidity, temperature, voltage, current, watt, or power factor transmitters ACCESSORIES Model DPM-12P DPM-24P Description Regulated 120 VAC to 12 VDC power supply Regulated 120 VAC to 24 VDC power supply MODEL CHART Model DPMA-401 DPMA-402 DPMA-404 DPMA-501 DPMA-502 DPMA-504 DPMA-401P DPMA-402P DPMA-404P DPMA-501P DPMA-502P DPMA-504P DPMW-401 DPMW-402 DPMW-403 *For 4-1/2 digit display, change DPMP to DPML. Example: DPML-401 Segments Engineering Units Digit Model Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Red Green Amber Green Red °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi Input Current Current Current Voltage Voltage Voltage Current Current Current Voltage Voltage Voltage Current Current Current 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ 3-1/2˝ DPMW-401P DPMW-402P DPMW-403P DPMP-401* DPMP-402* DPMP-403* DPMP-501* DPMP-502* DPMP-503* DPMP-401P* DPMP-402P* DPMP-403P* DPMP-501P* DPMP-502P* DPMP-503P* Input Current Current Current Current Current Current Voltage Voltage Voltage Current Current Current Voltage Voltage Voltage Segments Engineering Units Digit 3-1/2˝ Amber 3-1/2˝ Green 3-1/2˝ Red 3-1/2˝ Amber 3-1/2˝ Green 3-1/2˝ Red 3-1/2˝ Amber 3-1/2˝ Green 3-1/2˝ Red 3-1/2˝ Amber 3-1/2˝ Green 3-1/2˝ Red 3-1/2˝ Amber 3-1/2˝ Green 3-1/2˝ Red V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi °F, °C, %, psi V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF V, A, KW, PF 350 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

373

® SERIES DPMX EXTRA LARGE DIGITAL PANEL METER 3-1/2 Digit LED Display, 2.3” Segment Height, Process Inputs 1-31/32 [50.04] 10-19/32 [269.24] 4 [101.60] 4-5/32 [105.66] 29/32 [22.86] 10-19/32 [261.11] 2-43/64 [67.87] 3-7/64 [78.99] P R O C E S S C O N T R O L The Series DPMX Extra Large Digital Panel Meter can be easily viewed from across a room or in dark areas. The 2.3˝ LED segments are available in red, green, or blue. These panel meters come equipped with a universal power supply and user selectable process inputs to fit most applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Large 10.6˝ (269.2 mm) x 4.2˝ (105.7 mm) backlit display • Protective metal casing with adjustable mounting bracket APPLICATIONS • Display process values from various transmitters MODEL CHART Model DPMX-1 DPMX-2 DPMX-3 DPMX-1-LV DPMX-2-LV DPMX-3-LV Segments Power Supply Blue 90 to 250 VAC 90 to 250 VAC Green 90 to 250 VAC Red Blue 10.5 to 30 VAC/VDC 10.5 to 30 VAC/VDC Green 10.5 to 30 VAC/VDC Red SERIES LCI132 COMPACT PROCESS INDICATOR 1/32 DIN, Fully Programmable Program keys SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Set voltage: ±200 mVDC, ±2 VDC, ±20 VDC; Adjustable voltage: 200 mVDC, 5 VDC, 10 VDC; Adjustable current: 0(4)-20 mA DC. Input Impedance: Set voltage: >1 M Ω (>10 M Ω on 200 mV range); Adjustable voltage: 392 kΩ; Adjustable current: 300 Ω nominal. Accuracy: ±(1% FS + 1 count). Power Supply: 90-250 VAC @ 12 VA or 10.5-30 VAC/DC @ 6 VA (depending on model). Display: 3-1/2 digits, 2.3˝ H, 7 segment LED. Sampling Rate: 3 readings per s. Operating Temperature: 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C). Storage Range: -40 to 167°F (-40 to 75°C). Warm Up: 10 minutes. Mounting: 180° gimbal mounting with 30° stops or bezel mount. 2-49/64 [70.25] 7/16 [11.11] 1-57/64 [48.2] 53/64 [21.03] 61/64 [24.2] i I n d c a t o r s P a n e l M e t e r s / Process display 1/4 [6.35] MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS The Series LCI132 Compact Process Indicator offers flexibility and value in a low cost, compact 1/32 DIN package. The shallow depth of these full size panel meters allows installation in panels only 2.76˝ (70 mm) deep with room to spare. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Fits in 1/32 DIN panel cutouts • IP65 (NEMA 4X) front housing • Fully programmable • Various voltage and current inputs fit most processes APPLICATIONS • Display process values from various transmitters MODEL CHART Model LCI132-00 LCI132-01 LCI132-10 LCI132-11 Input ±100 VDC; ±20 VDC; ±10 VDC; ±200 VDC; ±20 mA DC ±100 VDC; ±20 VDC; ±10 VDC; ±200 VDC; ±20 mA DC ±100 VAC; 600 VAC; 5 A (DC) 1A (AC); -199.9 to +600 VDC; ±100 VDC -1.999 to 5 A (DC) ±1 A (DC) ±100 VAC; 600 VAC; 5 A (DC) 1 A (AC); -199.9 to +600 VDC; ±100 VDC -1.999 to 5 A (DC) ±1 A (DC) Supply Voltage 120/240 VAC 24/48 VAC 120/240 VAC 24/48 VAC SPECIFICATIONS LCI132-0X Range: Input volts (DC): ±200 V, ±20 V, ±10 V; Input amperes: ±100 mV, ±20 mA. Resolution: Input volts (DC): 0.1 V, 0.01 V, 1 mV; Input amperes: 0.1 mV, 0.01 mA; Input impedance: Volts: 1 MΩ, mV: 100 MΩ, mA: 12.1 Ω. LCI132-1X Range AC: Input volts: 600.0, 100.0; Input amperes: 5.000, 1.000. Range DC: Input volts: -199.9, ±600.0, ±100.0; Input amperes: -1.999, +5.000, ±1.000. Resolution: Input volts: 0.1 V; Input amperes: 1 mA; Input impedance: Volts: 3 M Ω (106), Amps: 12 m Ω (10-3). Accuracy at 23ºC ±5ºC: 100/600 VDC 1/5 A DC; 600 V/5 A AC: ±(0.2% reading + 3 digits). 100 V / 1 A AC: ±(0.4% reading + 4 digits). Temperature Coefficient: 100 ppm/°C. Warm Up: 5 minutes. Power Supply and Fuses (DIN 41661) (Not supplied): LCI132-X0: 85–265 VAC 50/60 Hz and 100-300 VDC: Fuse: 0.1 A/ 250 V; LCI132-X1: 21-53 VAC 50/60 Hz and 10.5-70 VDC: Fuse 0.5 A/ 250 V. DISPLAY Range: -1999 to 9999 (DC) 0 to 9999 (AC). Type: 4 red digits 10 mm. Reading Rate: 4/s. Overflow Indication: OVR. ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperature: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C). Storage Temperature: -13 to 185°F (-25 to 85°C). Relative Humidity (non condensed): < 95% @ 40°C. Panel Sealing: NEMA 4X (IP66). DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 351

374

® SERIES APM, MPM & PPM DUAL LINE CONFIGURABLE PANEL METERS 1/8 DIN Process and Flow / Rate Totalizers 1-49/64 [45.0] 3-5/8 [92.0] 4-11/64 [106.0] 5-3/64 [128.0] 4-49/64 [121.0] 2-13/32 [61.2] 25/64 [10.0] 4-13/32 [112.0] SPECIFICATIONS Input: APM and MPM: 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, 0-5 V, or ±10 V inputs; PPM: Field selectable: Pulse or square wave 0-5 V, 0-12 V, or 0-24 V @ 30 kHz; TTL; open collector 4.7 k Ω pull-up to 5 V @ 30 kHz; NPN or PNP transistor, switch contract 4.7 k Ω pull-up to 5 V @ 40 Hz. Input impedance: 50 to 100 Ω. Accuracy: ±0.03% of calibrated span ±1 count. Display: Red LED, Dual-line 6-digit display, 0.60 in and 0.46 in. Transmitter / Flowmeter Power: 85- 265 VAC models: 200 mA @ 24 VDC; 12-24 VDC models: 100 mA @ 24 VDC; Second supply with 4-20 mA output models: 40 mA @ 24 VDC. Power Requirements: 85-265 VAC 50/60 Hz, 90-265 VDC, 20 W max or 12-24 VDC ±10%, 15 W max. Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 149°F (-40 to 65°C); Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C). Front Panel: NEMA 4X, IP65 front. Output Signal (option): Isolated 4-20 mA. Switch Rating (option): 2 or 4 SPDT (Form C) internal and/or 4 SPST (Form A) external; rated 3 A @ 30 VDC and 125/250 VAC resistive load; 1/14 HP @ 125/250 VAC for inductive loads. Time Delay: 0 to 999.9 s, on and off relay time delays; programmable and independent for each relay. Shipping Weight: 9.5 oz (269 g). Agency Approvals: CE, UL. Programming Software: Free, USB based. Resident on meter, nothing to download. FREE USB PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE AND CABLE The PM Series meters come preloaded with free programming software that connects and installs directly to your PC with a standard USB cable, also provided free with each instrument. This eliminates the need to insert CDs, install drivers, or download software from the internet. The software will allow you to configure, monitor, and datalog a PM Series meter using your PC. Just simply connect the meter to your PC with the USB cable and within seconds you will be programming it. UNIQUE LEVEL MONITORING CAPABILITIES The MPM meter is particularly well suited for level monitoring, controlling and alarming applications. For instance, the meter can be programmed to display any two of these parameters on its dual line display: height, volume or percent full. Its six digit display allows it to display volumes up to 999,999 gallons, liters, or any other volume. The meter also has a Round Horizontal Tank function which requires the user to enter only the height and length of a round horizontal tank and the meter will display in volume. Up to four relays are available for alarm and control applications, and the relays can even be programmed to alternate for pump control applications. ACCESSORIES Model PMA-01 PMA-03 PMA-04 PMA-05 PMA-06 PMA-07 PMA-08 PMA-09 PMA-10 PMA-11 PMA-12 Description RS-232 serial adapter RS-422/485 serial adapter RS-232 to RS-422/485 isolated converter RS-232 to RS-422/485 non-isolated converter USB to RS-232 non-isolated converter USB to RS-422/485 isolated converter USB to RS-422/485 non-isolated converter Snubber DIN rail mounting kit for two modules 4 relay expansion module 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs module L O R T N O C S S E C O R P / s r e t e M l e n a P s r o t a c d n I i These 1/8 DIN digital panel meters accept signals from various transmitters and flowmeters and displays them on a six-digit, dual line display in engineering units. These meters will also provide power to the field device and include a NEMA 4X front panel. Free, USB based programmnig sofware is resident on the meter. Options include up to four relays and a 4-20 mA output. The Series MPM Dual Line Configurable Panel Meter is a general purpose process meter that is field selectable for a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V input signal. It provides 24 VDC to power the transmitter. The dual line display can display the process variable on the upper line and engineering units on the lower line. Or, in dual scale mode, the process variable can be displayed in one units (like height) on the upper display and another (like volume) on the lower display. The meter also has an automatic Round Horizontal Tank function a well as 32 point linearization. The Series APM Dual Line Configurable Panel Meter and Series PPM Dual Line Configurable Panel Meter are flow / rate totalizers for analog or pulse inputs. The most useful feature of these products is their dual line display which allows rate and total to be displayed at the same time. A non-resetable grand total can also be programmed. Total can be reset either from the front panel or by connecting a remote switch to the F4 terminal at the rear of the meter. The Series APM accepts either a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V input signal and provides the 24 VDC to power the flowmeter. Other features of the APM include square root extraction for DP flow, and programmable exponents for open channel flow. The Series PPM accepts a pulse input signal and provides either 5, 10 or 24 VDC to power the flowmeter. Adding the 4-20 mA output option converts the pulse into a signal that can be run long distances to a PLC or other device. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X / IP65 front panel • Powers the transmitter / flowmeter • Dual line 6 digit display • Free USB based programming software • Display rate and total at the same time • Two or four relays and isolated 4-20 mA output options APPLICATIONS • Level monitoring • Pump control • Flow rate indication • Flow totalization • Open channel flow monitoring • Process control MODEL CHART Model Model APM-100 MPM-100 APM-101 MPM-101 APM-120 MPM-120 APM-121 MPM-121 APM-140 MPM-140 APM-141 MPM-141 APM-200 MPM-200 APM-201 MPM-201 APM-220 MPM-220 APM-221 MPM-221 APM-240 MPM-240 APM-241 MPM-241 Model PPM-100 PPM-101 PPM-120 PPM-121 PPM-140 PPM-141 PPM-200 PPM-201 PPM-220 PPM-221 PPM-240 PPM-241 Power 85-265 VAC 85-265 VAC 85-265 VAC 85-265 VAC 85-265 VAC 85-265 VAC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC Output 1 Output 2 None None 2 relays 2 relays 4 relays 4 relays None None 2 relays 2 relays 4 relays 4 relays None 4-20 mA None 4-20 mA None 4-20 mA None 4-20 mA None 4-20 mA None 4-20 mA 352 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

375

® MODEL LPI LOOP POWERED PROCESS INDICATOR Square Root Function and User Defined Curves 4-Digit LED 1/2˝ NPT 9/16 [14.2] 3-11/32 [84.9] 1-11/64 [29.7] GPM P R O C E S S C O N T R O L The Model LPI Loop Powered Process Indicator accepts a 4-20 mA input signal and displays the associated process variable such as pressure, level, flow, temperature, or relative humidity. The indicator is housed in a NEMA 4X (IP66) polycarbonate enclosure with a 1/2˝ female NPT side port. Users can quickly modify the instrument configuration via three push-buttons on the front of the unit. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X (IP66) enclosure for outdoor applications • Programmable input/output scaling, engineering units, offset, decimal point position, and password protection • Bright red four-digit LED APPLICATIONS • Displays process values from various transmitters Bottom of cover 2-15/64 [56.7] SPECIFICATIONS @ 68°F (20°C) Input: 4-20 mA. Maximum Input Current: 100 mA for 1 minute. Accuracy: ±0.02% FS. Stability: Zero: 0.002%/°C; Span: 100 ppm/°C. Power Requirements: 2-wire 4-20 mA loop powered. Display: 4-digit, 7.6 mm (high) red LED. Maximum Display Range: -1999 to 9999. Ambient Operating Temperature: -4 to 167°F (-20 to 75°C). Storage Temperatures: -58 to 185°F (-50 to 85°C). Weight: 6.0 oz (170 g). Front Panel Protection: NEMA 4X (IP66). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model Description LPI-111 Loop powered indicator with plastic enclosure SERIES BPI BATTERY POWERED TEMPERATURE INDICATOR RTD or T/C Input, 4-Digit Display, Selectable °F or °C 1/2˝ NPT 9/16 [14.2] 1-11/64 [29.7] 2-15/64 [56.7] i I n d c a t o r s P a n e l M e t e r s / 3-11/32 [84.9] The Series BPI Battery Powered Temperature Indicator accepts RTD or thermocouple input and provides local or remote display of temperature measurements. The indicator is housed in a NEMA 4X (IP66) enclosure for additional protection from the environment. Users can quickly modify the instrument configuration via three push- buttons on the front of the unit. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Programmable input type, engineering units (°F/°C), offset temperature, decimal point position, and password protection • Four-digit segmented display APPLICATIONS • Provides local temperature indication in areas without power availability MEASURING RANGES Sensor Range °F (°C) K J T N R S E F Pt100Ω Ni120 -328 to 2498 (-200 to 1370) -148 to 2192 (-100 to 1200) -346 to 752 (-210 to 400) -292 to 2372 (-180 to 1300) 14 to 3200 (-10 to 1760) 14 to 3200 (-10 to 1760) -328 to 1832 (-200 to 1000) -148 to 1112 (-100 to 600) -148 to 1472 (-100 to 800) -148 to 1472 (-100 to 800) SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: Thermocouple or RTD depending on model. Accuracy: Thermocouple input: ±0.1% FS, ±0.5°C (plus sensor); RTD: ±0.2°C ±0.1% of reading (plus sensor error). Power Requirements: 3.6 V AA lithium metal battery, included, user replaceable. Battery Life: > 2 years. Display: 0.3˝ (7.6 mm) 4-digit LCD. Resolution: 0.1°C. Ambient Operating Temperature: 14 to 158°F (-10 to 70°C). Storage Temperature: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Weight: 6.0 oz (170 g). Front Panel Protection: NEMA 4X (IP66). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model Input BPI-101 3-wire Pt100 or Ni120 BPI-102 K, J, T, N, R, S, E, or F thermocouples DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 353

376

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P i / r o t a c n u n n A s e u d o M m r a A l l ® SERIES SC1 PROCESS/TEMPERATURE ALARM SWITCH MODULE Two Form C (SPDT) Switches, Small Size, Mounts Easily on 35 mm DIN Rail 0.886˝ [22.5] ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MILLIMETERS) DIN EN 50022-35 [NOT SUPPLIED] The Series SC1 Process/Temperature Alarm Switch Module is an on-off or limit switch with selectable process signal. Each unit has two form C (SPDT relays which can operate independently, or be logically connected to operate as a DPDT output. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Accepts current, voltage, thermocouple, or RTD inputs • Mounts on standard 35 mm DIN rail • Two color LED indicator to indicate the status of each output relay • Programmable input type, scale range, output action, and output type APPLICATIONS • Stand alone CO monitoring in parking garage • Industrial processing equipment MODEL CHART Model SC1090 SC1290 SC1490 SCL1090 SCL1290 SCL1490 Description 4-20 mA, 10-50 mA, 0-20 mA, 0-10 V, -10-10 mV Thermocouple type J, K, R, S, T, E RTD Pt1000 Ni100, Ni120, Cu10, Ni-Fe1000, Ni-Fe2000 4-20 mA, 10-50 mA, 0-20 mA, 0-10 V, -10 to 10 mV Thermocouple type J, K, R, S, T, E RTD Pt1000 Ni100, Ni120, Cu10, Ni-Fe1000, N-Fe2000 Power Supply 85-265 VDC/VAC 85-265 VDC/VAC 85-265 VDC/VAC 12-24 VDC/VAC 12-24 VDC/VAC 12-24 VDC/VAC SERIES AN2 INDICATING ALARM ANNUNCIATOR Up to 8 Inputs, Integral Power Supply The Series AN2 Indicating Alarm Annunciator provides visible and audible alarms for up to eight inputs. Audible alarm conditions can be acknowledged, reset, or silenced either via the front panel push-buttons or the rear terminal block. The annunciator also has two SPDT relay outputs that can be used to initiate external alarms, buzzers, or paging devices. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Includes integral 24 VDC power supply to power most switches • Can be set to any common ISA sequences APPLICATIONS • Water and wastewater panels • Tank level monitoring • Temperature monitoring process 3.88˝ [98.5] 2.95˝ [75] ADAPTOR BRACKET FOR SURFACE MOUNTING [OPTIONAL] 1.40˝ [35.3] 3.88˝ [98.5] SPECIFICATIONS Input: See table. Power Supply: SC models: 85- 265 VDC/VAC, 50 to 400 Hz; SCL models: 12-24 VDC/VAC, 50 to 400 Hz. Isolation: 1500V rms between outputs, input, and power. Set Points: Adjustable 0 to 100% of span. Deadband: Adjustable 0.25% to 100% of span. Drift: ±0.02%/°C typical ±0.05%/°C maximum. Ambient Temperature Range: Operating: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C); Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Excitation Current: (SC1490) Cu10 Ω = 5 mA; Plt 100 Ω, Ni 100 Ω, Ni 120 Ω = 500 µA; Plt 500 Ω, NiFe 1000 Ω = 100 µA; Plt 1000 Ω = 50 µA. Lead Compensation Error: (SC1490) ≈ 0.02%/Ω. Open Lead Protection: (SC1490) upscale only. Input Impedance: SC1090: Voltage input = 1 MΩ, current input = 10 Ω; SC1290: 3 MΩ. Sensor Burnout Protection: Selectable. Relay Output: Form C, SPDT, one per set point, 5A @ 250 VAC, resistive. Latch Circuit Reset: Automatic at power up. Manual with reset switch on front of module. Indicators: One dual color LED per set point. Red = relay on, green = relay off. Wiring Terminals: Screw driven compression type. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 Aluminum DIN rail 1 m 37/64 [14.68] 3-1/2 [88.9] 4-5/32 [105.57] 3-29/32 [99.22] 3-9/16 [90.49] 4-7/32 [107.16] 1-31/32 [50] 2-7/32 [56.36] 4 [101.6] 4-13/16 [22.24] SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: NO or NC switches, open collector transistor (open circuit voltage = 3.3 VDC); Logic levels: LO = 0-0.9 VDC, HI = 2.4-28 VDC (100 KΩ input impedance). Outputs: Two SPDT relay (3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC, resistive; 1/14 HP @ 125/250 VAC, inductive). Temperature Limits: -40 to 149°F (-40 to 65°C). Power Requirements: 85-265 VAC 50/60 Hz, 90-265 VDC; 12-36 VDC, 12-24 VAC (depending on model). Power Consumption: 20 W (6 W on low voltage models). Mounting: 1/8 DIN. Housing Material: UL rated 94V-0 high impact plastic. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) front panel. Weight: 9.6 oz (272 g). Agency Approvals: CE, UL. MODEL CHART Model AN24-1 AN24-2 AN28-1 AN28-2 Number of Outputs Power Supply 4 4 8 8 85-265 VAC 12-36 VDC 85-265 VAC 12-36 VDC 354 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

377

® SERIES 9 ELECTROMECHANICAL RELAYS 30 Amp, SPDT and DPDT Operation 1-5/8 [41.40] 19/64 [7.62] 1-15/64 [31.50] 1 [25.25] Ø3/32 [Ø2.29] R 5/64 [R 1.80] 1-1/16 [26.92] 1-3/32 [27.94] 0.25 X 0.033 [6.35 X 0.84] QUICK CONNECT TEMINALS WITH SOLDER HOLE FOR #8 SCREWS 1-11/32 [34.29] 3/16 [4.83] 1-39/64 [40.89] 1-3/16 [29.97] SPDT DPDT 1-61/64 [49.53] 5/64 [2.03] SPDT 2-11/32 [59.44] 2-11/16 [68.07] 2-3/64 [51.85] DPDT P R O C E S S C O N T R O L The Series 9 Electromechanical Relays are small in size, features Class F insulation for a max coil temperature of 155°C, quick-connect terminals for simple connection, and is panel mountable. The relays are compact and impervious to shock and vibration. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact size for flange mounting • Quick-connect terminals to allow for easy installation APPLICATIONS • Motor control • Lighting control • Refrigeration compressor systems MODEL CHART Model 9AS5A5224 9AS5A52120 92S11A22D24 92S11A22D120 9AS5D5224 92S11D22D12 92S11D22D24 Operation Input Voltage AC AC AC AC DC DC DC 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC Coil Resistance 500 Ω 3000 Ω 250 Ω 1600 Ω 576 Ω 86 Ω 1600 Ω SERIES 781 & 782 ICE CUBE RELAYS SPDT or DPDT Operation 1-19/32 [40.60] 35/64 [14.00] 1-3/32 [27.09] SPECIFICATIONS Operating and Load Voltage Range: 12-277 VAC; 5-110 VDC. Electrical Connection: Quick-connect tab terminals. SPDT 0.187˝ coil terminal/0.25˝ contact terminal; DPDT 0.25˝ coil terminal/0.25˝ contact terminal. Switching Operation: SPDT or DPDT. Electrical Rating: SPDT: NO 30 A @ 240 VAC / 28 VDC; NC 10 A @ 240 VAC / 28 VDC; DPDT: 30 A @ 240 VAC 20 A @ 28 VDC. Temperature Limits: Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Operation: -40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C). Voltage Loss: 2.5 VA (VAC); 1W (VDC). Cycle Life: 100,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical). Housing: Polyester resin. Weight: 1.16 oz (45 g) (SPDT); 3 oz (85 g) (DPDT). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus, (EMR- XXXX-DPDT), cURus (EMR-XXXX- SPDT). ACCESSORIES Model 16-9ADIN1 A-360 Description Din adaptor Aluminum DIN rail 1 m 53/64 [21.00] 1/64 [0.50] 19/64 [7.37] 1-3/32 [27.90] 1-17/32 [39.10] 3/16 [4.75] l R e a y s 781 Pictures shown with socket accessory (sold separately) 782 The Series 781 & 782 Ice Cube Relays are full-featured relays that can be used to handle loads up to 15 amps for AC or DC circuits. It features a flag status indicator and a LED status lamp to let the user know when the relay is activated. In order to differentiate between AC and DC actuated models, the push-to-test button is color coded and a removable lock-down lever holds the test button in place. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Clear plastic housing to easily view the contacts • Flag and LED status indicators for visual confirmation of relay state • Socket mounted for quick installation/replacement APPLICATIONS • Refrigeration compressor systems • HVAC motor controls • Water/wastewater pump control SPECIFICATIONS Operating and Load Voltage Range: 24-240 VAC; 24 VDC. Electrical Connection: Silver alloy plug- in contacts. Switching Operation: SPDT or DPDT. Electrical Rating: Depends on model, see model chart. Temperature Limits: Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Operation: -40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C). Power Consumption: 781: 0.9 VA; 0.7W; 782: 1.2 VA; 0.9W. Cycle Life: 100,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical). Housing: Plastic polycarbonate. Weight: 781: 1.02 oz (29 g); 782: 1.3 oz (36 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, cULus, cURus. ACCESSORIES Model 70-781D5-1A 70-782D8-1A Description Socket for 781 series relay Socket for 782 series relay MODEL CHART Model 781XAXRM4L-24A 781XAXRM4L-120A 781XAXRM4L-240A 781XAXRM4L-24D 782XBXM4L-24A Operation Input Voltage AC AC AC DC AC 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 240 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC 24 VAC 50/60 Hz Coil Resistance Electrical Rating 180 Ω 4430 Ω 15720 Ω 750 Ω 180 Ω 782XBXM4L-120A AC 782XBXM4L-240A AC 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 4430 Ω 240 VAC 50/60 Hz 15720 Ω 782XBXM4L-24D DC 24 VDC 650 Ω 15 A @ 277 VAC (50/60 Hz) or 28 VDC 15 A @ 277 VAC (50/60 Hz) or 28 VDC 15 A @ 277 VAC (50/60 Hz) or 28 VDC 15 A @ 277 VAC (50/60 Hz) or 28 VDC 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60 Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or 28 VDC (UL); 10 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz (CSA) 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60 Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or 28 VDC (UL); 10 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz (CSA) 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60 Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or 28 VDC (UL); 10 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz (CSA) 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60 Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or 28 VDC (UL); 10 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz (CSA) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 355

378

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P / s y a e R l s r e m r o f s n a r T / s e h c t i w S t n e r r u C ® SERIES 783 & 784 ICE CUBE RELAYS 3PDT or 4PDT Operation 1/64 [0.51] 1-37/64 [40.00] 1-7/32 [30.80] 1-3/32 [27.90] 3/16 [4.75] 17/64 [6.57] 783 Pictures shown with socket accessory (sold separately) 1-19/32 [40.60] 17/64 [6.60] 1/64 [0.50] 1-3/32 [27.90] 784 1-17/32 [39.10] 3/16 [4.75] The Series 783 & 784 Ice Cube Relays are full-featured relays that can be used to handle loads up to 15 amps for AC or DC circuits. It features a flag status indicator and a LED status lamp to let the user know when the relay is activated. In order to differentiate between AC and DC actuated models, the push-to-test button is color coded and a removable lock-down lever holds the test button in place. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Clear plastic housing to easily view the contacts • Flag and LED status indicators for visual confirmation of relay state • Socket mounted for quick installation/replacement APPLICATIONS • Refrigeration compressor systems • HVAC motor controls • Water/wastewater pump control MODEL CHART Model 783XCXM4L-24A 783XCXM4L-120A 783XCXM4L-24D 784XDXM4L-24A 784XDXM4L-120A 784XDXM4L-24D Operation Input Voltage AC AC DC AC AC DC 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC Coil Resistance 103 Ω 2770 Ω 400 Ω 84.5 Ω 2220 Ω 388 Ω SERIES SCS CURRENT SWITCHES Optional Relay Output, Solid or Split Core Case SPECIFICATIONS Operating and Load Voltage Range: 24-240 VAC; 24 VDC. Electrical Connection: Silver alloy plug-in contacts. Switching Operation: 3PDT or 4PDT. Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60 Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or 28 VDC. Temperature Limits: Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Operation: -40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C). Power Consumption: 783: 1.5 VA; 1.4 W; 784: 1.5 VA; 1.5 W. Cycle Life: 100,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical). Housing: Plastic polycarbonate. Weight: 783: 2.1 oz (60 g); 784: 2.8 oz (80 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, cULus, cURus. ACCESSORIES Model 70-783D11-1A 70-784D14-1 70-ASMM-24 70-ASMM-120 70-ASMD-250 16-750/788CBJ-1 Description Socket for 783 series relay Socket for 784 series relay Protection modules, MOV suppressor, 24 VAC/VDC Protection modules, MOV suppressor, 120 VAC/VDC Protection modules, protection diode, 6 to 250 VDC Coil bus jumpers 1-27/32 [47.0] 63/64 [24.9] 1-9/16 [39.6] 2-9/16 [65.0] 2-35/64 [64.5] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 2-35/64 [64.5] 1-5/64 [27.4] 1-5/64 [27.4] SCS-111100 and SCS-120025 SCS-111100-R 2-9/16 [65.0] 1-1/16 [26.9] 2-45/64 [68.6] 1-1/16 [26.9] 2-9/16 [65.0] 2-45/64 [68.6] SCS-220015, SCS-220150, and SCS-211125 SCS-220150-R and SCS-211125-R The Series SCS Current Switches are ideal for monitoring whether fans, pumps, or motors are operating. The current flowing through the core of the device powers the circuit without an external power supply. All models have a built in solid state output and are easy to install. Optional LED’s and 10 Amp relay modules are available. The Series SCS is available in both split and solid core configurations. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral mounting flange for quick installation • Solid core or split core configurations APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC SPECIFICATIONS Output: Isolated, 1 A @ 30 VAC/DC max, NO. External Relay: SPST N.O., 10 A at 260 VAC (5 A at 30 VDC). Power Requirements: None, self-powered. Temperature Limits: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C). Isolation Voltage: 600 VAC RMS. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Enclosure Rating: UL, 94 V-0 flammability rated, ABS plastic housing. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. MODEL CHART Model SCS-120025 SCS-111100 SCS-111100-R SCS-220015 Case Solid Solid Solid Split Amperage Range .25 to 200 A 1 to 135 A 1 to 135 A .15 to 200 A Set Point 0.25 fixed Adjustable Adjustable 0.15 fixed Switch Mode Under Over/under Over/under Under Snap-on Relay No No Yes No Model SCS-220150 SCS-211125 SCS-220150-R SCS-211125-R Case Split Split Split Split Amperage Range 1.5 to 200 A 1.25 to 135 A 1.5 to 200 A 1.25 to 135 A Set Point 1.5 fixed Adjustable 1.5 fixed Adjustable Switch Mode Under Over/under Under Over/under Snap-on Relay No No Yes Yes 356 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

379

® SERIES MCS MINIATURE CURRENT SWITCHES Low Cost, Solid or No Core, LED Confirmation, Adjustable Set Point P R O C E S S C O N T R O L YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 63/64˝ [25.15] Ø5/32˝ [Ø3.94] 1/8˝ [3.18] 1-21/32˝ [42.25] 2-1/32˝ [51.73] 2-31/64˝ [63.03] No core Solid core The Series MCS Miniature Current Switches are ideal for monitoring the current usage in fuse boxes and small control panels. Both models have adjustable set points and LED indication to show there is power to the unit and when the switch activates. Set points can be adjusted using the potentiometer next to the LED’s. Due to the size of the switch, it is only offered in solid core and no core versions. The no core version has terminal blocks which can accept currents up to 1 A directly into the unit. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral mounting flange for quick installation • Compact size fits in any space APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC SPECIFICATIONS Amperage Range: MCS-111050: 0.5 to 50 A AC continuous; MCS-111001: 0.01 to 1 A AC continuous. Output Rating: Isolated, N.O. 0.3 A @ 130 V DC/AC. Power Requirements: None, self-powered. Hysteresis: 1%. Response Time: <200 ms. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V-0 flammability rated ABS, insulation class 600 V. Weight: 0.5 oz (14.5 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. MODEL CHART Model MCS-111050 MCS-111001 Case Solid core No core (terminal connection) Set Point Minimum Set Point LED Adjustable Adjustable 0.50 0.01 Red/geen Red/green SERIES CCS CURRENT SWITCHES Solid or Split Core, LED Visual Confirmation, Fixed or Adjustable Set Point 63/64 [25.00] 33/64 [13.00] 1-9/64 [29.00] 55/64 [22.00] 2-29/32 [74.00] 2-31/64 [63.00] Ø3/4 [Ø19.00] 3-1/2 [89.00] Solid 2X Ø13/64 [Ø5.00] 45/64 [18.00] 1-17/64 [32.00] 33/64 [13.00] 2-7/16 [62.00] 19/32 [15.00] 55/64 [22.00] S w i t c h e s C u r r e n t T r a n s f o r m e r s / YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 2X Ø13/64 [Ø5.00] 43/64 [17.00] 3-1/2 [89.00] 2-3/4 [70.00] 2-33/64 [64.00] 55/64 [22.00] 4-1/64 [102.00] Split The Series CCS Current Switches are ideal for monitoring the operating status of fans, pumps, and motors. These self-powered switches can be hung or tied directly to cables or wires. For use on existing installations, split core models can be installed without disconnecting cables. LED indicators provide a visual confirmation that the current is flowing through the core. Both fixed and adjustable set points are available. The adjustable models utilize a potentiometer to easily adjust the set point. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral mounting flange for quick installation • Solid core or split core configurations • LED Indicator APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC SPECIFICATIONS Amperage Range: 0 to 200 A AC. Maximum Switch Rating: For dry contact models: 0.3 A @ 135 VAC/DC; For non- dry contact models: 1 A @ 240 VAC. Power Requirements: None, self-powered. Temperature Limits: -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C). Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% (non-condensing). Isolation Voltage: 2000 V. Frequency: 40 to 400 Hz. Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V-0 flammability rated, ABS plastic housing. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. MODEL CHART Model CCS-121050 CCS-111100 CCS-221100 CCS-211150 CCS-131100 CCS-231150 Case Solid core Solid core Split core Split core Solid core Split core Set Point Minimum Set Point (A) LED Red Fixed Red/green Adjustable Red Fixed Adjustable Red/green Red/green Adjustable Adjustable Red/green 0.50 (±0.2) 1.00 (±0.2) 1.00 (±0.2) 1.50 (±0.2) 1.00 (±0.2) 1.50 (±0.2) Dry Contact Output Yes No Yes No Yes Yes DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 357

380

® MODEL MSCS MINIATURE CURRENT SWITCHES Split Core, Integral Mounting Tabs The Model MSCS Miniature Current Switches are low cost solutions for monitoring on and off status of light to medium current loads in compact spaces. This unit has a split core design and has a fixed set point of 0.15 amps. It is designed to detect changes in operating current to prevent motor belt loss, slippage, or mechanical failure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral mounting flange for quick installation • Compact size fits in any space APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC • Small industrial motors MODEL CHART Model MSCS-220015 Miniature split core current switch Motor Application SERIES SSCS SURE-SET CURRENT SWITCHES Split Core, Adjustable Set Point L O R T N O C S S E C O R P / s r e m r o f s n a r T t n e r r u C s e h c t i w S 1-9/16 [39.37] 1-3/16 [30.16] 27/32 [21.08] 2XØ 3/16 [Ø4.57] YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 1-23/32 [43.69] 3/4 [19.30] 1-11/16 [42.80] SPECIFICATIONS Amperage Range: 0.15 to 60 A. Output: NO. Power Requirements: None, self-powered. Temperature Limits: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C). Humidity Limits: 0 to 95%, non-condensing. Isolation Voltage: 300 VAC RMS. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V-0 flammability rated, ABS plastic housing. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 3-21/64 [84.66] 2-9/16 [65.02] 4X 7/64 [R2.69] 1-5/64 [27.43] 11/64 [4.56] 2-45/64 [68.58] The Series SSCS Sure-Set Current Switches provide a unique approach to calibration and installing current sensors in a low cost, fast, and accurate design. Selecting the set point has never been easier, with each model having 9 pre-configured adjustable HP set points. This feature eliminates the need to work within a live enclosure, reducing the risk of arc flash on installation. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Models for 230 VAC or 480 VAC applications • Low and high motor HP ranges available • 9 pre-set HP set points for faster installation SPECIFICATIONS Output: Isolated, NO. Power Requirements: None, self-powered. Temperature Limits: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C). Humidity Limits: 0 to 95%, non-condensing. Isolation Voltage: 600 VAC RMS. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V-0 flammability rated, ABS plastic housing. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC • Industrial motors MODEL CHART Model SSCS-211100-230 SSCS-211200-480 SSCS-211500-230 SSCS-211150-480 Case Motor HP Range Split Split Split Split 1, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100 Motor Application 230 VAC 480 VAC 230 VAC 480 VAC ACCESSORIES Model SCT-RLY-12 SCT-RLY-24 Description 12 VAC trigger voltage relay module 24 VAC trigger voltage relay module 358 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

381

® SERIES CCT40/50 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Solid or Split Core, Field Selectable Range The Series CCT40/50 Current Transformers are a low cost alternative for measuring power and monitoring the operation of fans, pumps, or other equipment. For use on existing installations, split core models can be installed without disconnecting cables. Each model offers three jumper selectable ranges and a choice of three different outputs. MODEL CHART Model CCT40-202 CCT50-202 CCT40-102 CCT50-102 CCT40-203 CCT50-203 CCT40-200 CCT50-200 CCT40-100 CCT50-100 Range 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A Output 0-5 V 0-5 V 0-5 V 0-5 V 0-10 V 0-10 V 4-20 mA 4-20 mA 4-20 mA 4-20 mA Power Requirements Self-powered Self-powered Self-powered Self-powered Self-powered Self-powered 15 to 42 VDC, loop powered 15 to 42 VDC, loop powered 15 to 42 VDC, loop powered 15 to 42 VDC, loop powered Case Solid core Solid core Split core Split core Solid core Solid core Solid core Solid core Split core Split core SERIES CCT60/70 TRUE RMS CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Solid or Split Core, Field Selectable Range The Series CCT60/70 True RMS Current Transformers are a low cost alternative for providing true RMS outputs on distorted AC waveforms. True RMS outputs are ideal for nonlinear loads or noisy circuits. For existing installations, split core models can be installed without disconnecting cables. Each model offers three jumper selectable ranges to reduce the risk of ordering the wrong model. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral mounting flange for quick installation • Solid core or split core configurations • Jumper selectable range • True RMS APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC MODEL CHART Model CCT60-200 CCT70-200 CCT60-100 CCT70-100 Range 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A 10/20/50 A 100/150/200 A Case Solid core Solid core Split core Split core YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 2X Ø13/64 [Ø5.00] 43/64 [17.00] 2-33/64 [64.00] P R O C E S S C O N T R O L 63/64 [25.00] 33/64 [13.00] 1-9/64 [29.00] 55/64 [22.00] 2-29/32 [74.00] 2-31/64 [63.00] Ø3/4 [Ø19.00] 3-1/2 [89.00] Solid 3-1/2 [89.00] 2-3/4 [70.00] 2X Ø13/64 [Ø5.00] 45/64 [18.00] 1-17/64 [32.00] 33/64 [13.00] 2-7/16 [62.00] 19/32 [15.00] 55/64 [22.00] 55/64 [22.00] 4-1/64 [102.00] Split SPECIFICATIONS Amperage Range: Field selectable; up to 200 A (depending on model). Output: 0-5 V, 0-10 V, or 4-20 mA (depending on model). Power Requirements: Self-powered or 15-42 VDC loop powered (depending on model). Accuracy: 1%. Temperature Limits: -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C). Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% (non-condensing). Response Time: 250 ms to 90%. Isolation Voltage: 2000 V. Frequency: 10 to 400 Hz. Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V-0 flammability rated, ABS plastic housing. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Integral mounting flange for quick installation • Solid core or split core configurations • Jumper selectable range APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC S w i t c h e s C u r r e n t T r a n s f o r m e r s / YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY 2X Ø13/64 [Ø5.00] 43/64 [17.00] 2-33/64 [64.00] 63/64 [25.00] 33/64 [13.00] 1-9/64 [29.00] 55/64 [22.00] 2-29/32 [74.00] 2-31/64 [63.00] Ø3/4 [Ø19.00] 3-1/2 [89.00] Solid 3-1/2 [89.00] 2-3/4 [70.00] 2X Ø13/64 [Ø5.00] 45/64 [18.00] 1-17/64 [32.00] 33/64 [13.00] 2-7/16 [62.00] 19/32 [15.00] 55/64 [22.00] 55/64 [22.00] 4-1/64 [102.00] Split SPECIFICATIONS Amperage Range: Up to 200 A (depending on model). Output: 4-20 mA, true RMS. Power Requirements: 24 VDC nominal. Accuracy: 1%. Temperature Limits: -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C). Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% (non-condensing). Response Time: 250 ms to 90%. Isolation Voltage: 2000 V. Frequency: 10 to 400 Hz. Enclosure Rating: UL 94 V-0 flammability rated, ABS plastic housing. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 359

382

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s r e m r o f s n a r T r e w o P SERIES APT AC POWER TRANSFORMERS 20 VA to 150 VA, Single or Dual Hub, Circuit Breaker, UL Class 2 A D C B E APT-40-3SN APT-50-5DB Model APT-20-0SN APT-20-1SN APT-40-3SN APT-40-5DN APT-50-5SB APT-50-5DB APT-75-5SB APT-75-5DB APT-100-5SB APT-100-5DB APT-150-1DB Dimensions in [mm] A 1-31/64 (37.6) 1-31/64 (37.6) 1-61/64 (49.5) 1-61/64 (49.5) 1-13/16 (46.0) 1-13/16 (46.0) 2-13/64 (56.0) 2-13/64 (56.0) 2-39/64 (66.0) 2-39/64 (66.0) 2-33/64 (64.0) B 1-21/32 (41.9) 1-21/32 (41.9) 1-25/32 (45.2) 1-25/32 (45.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) 1-31/32 (50.2) C 1-7/8 (47.5) 1-7/8 (47.5) 2-11/64 (55.0) 2-11/64 (55.0) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) D 2-17/64 (57.4) 2-17/64 (57.4) 2-43/64(68.0) 2-3/4 (70.0) 3-7/16 (87.1) 3-7/16 (87.1) 3-53/64 (97.1) 3-53/64 (97.1) 4-1/4 (107.1) 4-1/4 (107.1) 3-9/16 (90.5) E 2-39/64 (66.2) 2-39/64 (66.2) 2-7/8 (73.0) 2-7/8 (73.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0) APT-50-5SB The Series APT AC Power Transformers provide isolated step-down to 24 VAC with models offering VA ratings of 20, 40, 50, 75, 96, or 150 VA’s. These cost efficient transformers are offered in single or dual 1/2˝ NPT threaded hub mounts with 8-1/2˝ 18 AWG wire leads, to meet the installation requirements of a variety of building automation and control panel applications in HVAC. All models are UL Class 2 listed. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Single or dual 1/2˝ NPT • Universal supply voltage input • With or without integral circuit breaker SPECIFICATIONS Input Voltage: See model chart. Input Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Output Voltage: See model chart. Output VA Rating: 20, 40, 50, 75, 96, or 150 VA. Mounting: Slotted foot mount with single, or dual 1/2˝ NPT hub. Current Protection: See model chart. Electrical Connections: Models ending in -20: 20˝ (508 mm) 18 AWG leads; All other models: 8.5˝ (210 mm) 18 AWG leads. Weight: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC MODEL CHART Model APT-20-0SN APT-20-1SN APT-40-3SN APT-40-5DN APT-50-5SB APT-50-5DB APT-75-5SB APT-75-5DB APT-100-5SB APT-100-5DB APT-150-1DB Rating 20 VA 20 VA 40 VA 40 VA 50 VA 50 VA 75 VA 75 VA 100 VA 100 VA 150 VA Input Voltage 24 VAC 120 VAC 120/208/240/277 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120/208/240/277/480 VAC 120 VAC Output Voltage 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC 24 VAC Mounting Foot mount with single hub Foot mount with single hub Foot mount with single hub Foot mount with dual hub Foot mount with single hub Foot mount with dual hub Foot mount with single hub Foot mount with dual hub Foot mount with single hub Foot mount with dual hub Foot mount with dual hub Current Protection Inherent Inherent Internal fuse Internal fuse Button circuit breaker Button circuit breaker Button circuit breaker Button circuit breaker Button circuit breaker Button circuit breaker Button circuit breaker Wiring Diagram B Diagram A Diagram D Diagram C Diagram C Diagram C Diagram C Diagram C Diagram C Diagram C Diagram A Weight 1.25 lb (0.57 kg) 1.29 lb (0.59 kg) 2.07 lb (0.94 kg) 2.29 lb (1.04 kg) 2.69 lb (1.22 kg) 2.73 lb (1.24 kg) 3.60 lb (1.63 kg) 3.62 lb (1.64 kg) 4.03 lb (1.83 kg) 4.05 lb (1.84 kg) 4.98 lb (2.26 kg) WHITE BROWN RED BROWN 120VAC 24VAC 24VAC 24VAC BLACK BLUE RED BLUE 480VAC 277VAC 240VAC 208VAC 120VAC COM GRAY BROWN YELLOW ORANGE RED WHITE BLACK 277VAC 240VAC 208VAC 120VAC COM YELLOW ORANGE RED WHITE BLACK 24VAC BLUE BROWN 24VAC BLUE Diagram A Diagram B Diagram C Diagram D 360 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

383

® MODEL MN-1 MINI-NODE™ COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CONVERTER Converts RS-485 to USB, Integral USB Connector, No External Power The Model MN-1 Mini-Node™ Communication Signal Converter is a low cost device that converts half duplex RS-485 serial communications signals into a signal that can be read by any computer with a USB port. The integral USB connector and RJ-45 connector reduces set up time by eliminating extra wiring. The Model MN-1 is powered via the USB connection which eliminates the need for an external power source. The compact size is great for field installation, control panels, and lab testing. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Converts half duplex RS-485 via USB port • Reduces set up time of process controllers APPLICATIONS • Oven, boiler, or chiller control • Hot plates/melt pots • Packaging equipment • Environmental chambers • Medical equipment • Food service equipment SERIES A-700 POWER SUPPLY YELLOW LED GREEN LED 27/32 [21.43] 3-13/64 [81.36] 57/64 [22.62] SPECIFICATIONS Power Requirements: No external power required. Power Consumption: 0.4 W. Isolated Voltage: 3000 VDC. Input Impedance: 96 kΩ. USB Connector: B-type (female). RS-485 Connector: RJ-45. Baud Rate: 75, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200 bps. Compatibility: Full compliance with USB V.2.0 specification. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model Description MN-1 Mini-Node™ USB to RS-485 converter A B E N 3/4 [19.05] C D M L H G R J 3/4 [19.05] 8X Ø.188 MTG HOLES P R O C E S S C O N T R O L P o w e r S u p p l i e s i S g n a l C o n v e r t e r s / Dim. 0.5 amp A 4 [ 101.6] B 3-3/8 [85.73] C 4-7/8 [123.84] D 4-1/8 [104.78] 2.4 amp 4-7/8 [123.83] 4-1/8 [104.78] 5-5/8 [142.88] 4-7/8 [123.83] 4.8 amp 9 [228.6] 8 [203.2] 4-7/8 [123.83] 4-1/8 [104.78] Dim. 0.5 amp E G H J 25/64 [9.92] 1-5/8 [41.28] 37/64 [14.68] - 2.4 amp 1/4 [6.35] 2-1/2 [63.5] 43/64 [17.07] 1-1/4 [31.75] 4.8 amp 1/2 [12.7] 2-3/4 [69.85] - 1-1/4 [31.75] Dim. 0.5 amp L M N R 17/64 [14.68] 51/64 [20.24] - 29/64 [11.51] 2.4 amp 2-55/64 [72.63] 1-1/32 [26.19] 1-1/4 [31.75] 29.64 [11.51] 4.8 amp - - 1-1/4 [31.75] 17/32 [13.49] The economical and reliable Series A-700 Power Supply is suitable for powering all Dwyer pressure, temperature or air velocity transmitters. Inexpensive, open-frame design allows convenient access to input/output solder terminals. Auxiliary inputs are selectable for operation from power sources found worldwide. Compact size eases enclosure installations. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Universal supply voltage input • Compact size APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC SPECIFICATIONS AC Input: 100/120/220/230-240 VAC ±10%, 47-63 Hz. DC Output: 24-28 VDC regulated. Maximum Current Output: A-700: 0.5 A @ 60 Hz, 0.45 A @ 50 Hz; A-700-2: 2 A @ 60 Hz, 1.8 A @ 50 Hz; A-700-3: 4.8 A @ 60 Hz, 4.5 A @ 50 Hz. Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). External Fuse Required: 0.5 A for 100- 120 VAC, 0.25 A for 220-240 VAC. Dimensions: 4-7/8˝H x 4˝W x 1-5/8˝D. Weight: 2 lb. MODEL CHART Model A-700 A-700-2 A-700-4 Description 0.5 A 2 A 4.8 A DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 361

384

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s e i l p p u S r e w o P ® MODEL BPS-005 LOW COST DC POWER SUPPLY Regulated 0.5 A, 1 A Fuse Protection The Model BPS-005 Low Cost DC Power Supply is a regulated .5 A power supply that accepts 24 VAC input and provides an adjustable 1.5 to 29 VDC output. Output voltage adjustments are made using the on-board potentiometer while measuring the output with a multimeter. A compact snap track design allows the power supply to be surface mounted within a panel. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Snap track design allowing for easy panel installation • Regulated 0.5 Amp APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC 3 [76.20] 2-13/32 [61.19] SNAPTRACK SPECIFICATIONS Input: 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz. Output: 24 VDC (full wave rectified and regulated) adjustable 1.5-29 VDC, 0.5 A max. Maximum Current Output: 0.5 A. Over-Current Protection: 1 A fuse. Operating Temperature: 32 to 130°F (0 to 55°C). MODEL CHART Model BPS-005 Low cost DC power supply Description 19/32 [14.97] 2-1/16 [52.28] Humidity Limits: 95% (non- condensing). Weight: 0.4 lb. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). MODEL BPS-015 LOW COST DC POWER SUPPLY Regulated 1.5 A, 3 A Fuse Protection 4-1/16 [103.12] 1-15/16 [49.02] 11/16 [17.27] 2-19/64 [58.17] The Model BPS-015 Low Cost DS Power Supply is used to convert 24 VAC to a regulated DC power source for transmitters with 4 to 20 mA outputs. The output voltage can be field adjusted from 1.5 V to 27 V using a potentiometer. The 3 A fuse protects the power supply from over-current conditions. The snap-on bracket can be quickly surface mounted to any flat surface. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Snap track design allowing for easy panel installation • Regulated 1.5 Amp APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC SNAPTRACK SPECIFICATIONS Input: 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz. Output: 24 VDC (full wave rectified and regulated) adjustable 1.5-27 VDC. Maximum Current Output: 1.5 A (de- rated to 400 mA for non-isolated circuits). Temperature Limits: 32 to 130°F (0 to 55°C). Humidity Limits: 95% (non- condensing). Weight: 0.4 lb. MODEL CHART Model BPS-015 Power supply Description MODEL SCD-PS DIN RAIL MOUNT DC POWER SUPPLY Regulated 1 A, 24 VDC Output 3.543 [90.00] SIZED FOR 35MM DIN RAIL MOUNT .118 [3.00] 1.437 [36.50] .524 [13.30] 2.362 [60.00] The Model SCD-PS DIN Rail Mount DC Power Supply is a compact and economical solution for providing DC power to any Dwyer pressure, humidity, temperature, level or air velocity transmitters. Input voltage can range from 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz without any jumpers or dip switch selections. A plastic cover slides over the terminals in order to prevent shock from accidental touching of high voltage wires. FEATURES/BENEFITS • DIN rail mount • Universal supply voltage input APPLICATIONS • BAS • HVAC SPECIFICATIONS AC Input: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. DC Output: 24 VDC (±3% VDC). Maximum Current Output: 1 A. Noise: Under 100 mVp-p typical at full load. MODEL CHART Model SCD-PS DIN rail DC power supply Description Temperature Limits: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C). Weight: 5.6 oz (158 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. 362 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

385

® MODEL FC-1000 ELECTRONIC FAN SPEED CONTROL Low Cost, 0-10 VDC Input, Selectable Hard Start 1-3/8 [34.93] 13/16 [20.64] 3/16 [4.76] 4 [101.6] 4X Ø1/4 [Ø6.35] 3/4 [19.05] 2X 7/16 [11.11] 2X Ø7/8 [Ø22.23] 2X 1/2 [12.7] 2X 4-1/4 [107.95] 4-3/8 [111.13] P R O C E S S C O N T R O L 5-1/4 [133.35] 5-1/8 [130.18] 1/2 [12.7] 2-7/8 [73.03] The Model FC-1000 Electronic Fan Speed Control provides precise speed modulation of small AC motors. Popular 0-10 VDC input works with most process controllers, eliminating the need for more expensive dampers, damper actuators, and linkages while improving overall energy efficiency of the system. This inexpensive unit enables variable control ventilation fans, condenser fans, and interfacing with VAV box controllers. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact design allows for use in most areas • Improves energy efficiency in systems APPLICATIONS • Monitoring fans and motors MODEL CHART Model FC-1000 Electronic fan speed control Description MODEL VBT-1 VIBRATION TRANSMITTER Continuous 4-20 mA Output Signal SPECIFICATIONS Line Voltage Range: 120-277 VAC, 60 Hz. Input Signal Voltage: 0-10 VDC. Low Voltage Input: 24 VAC, class 2. Input Signal Impedance: 10K Ω. Full Load Amp Rating: 9.8 @120 VAC, 9.3 @ 208 VAC, 8.0 @ 240 VAC, 6.9 @ 277 VAC. Locked Rotor Amp Rating: 24.0. Temperature Limits: -40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C). Electrical Connections: Line voltage: 10-32 screw terminals. Signal and low voltage input: 1/4˝ quick connects. Transient Protection: 320 V surge suppression. Exceeds IEEE C62.41 standards. Housing Materials: Cold rolled steel. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1. Mounting: Vertical only; four holes provided for #10 screws. Weight: 1 Ib 11 oz (.77 kg). Agency Approvals: UR. M12 CONNECTOR Ø7/8˝ [22.00] 2-1/2˝ [63.25] 7/8˝ [22.23] V I DEO O N L I N E The Model VBT-1 Vibration Transmitter continuously detects the vibration in a system and monitors for unusual operating conditions and potential failure. The vibration is converted into an analog signal at the current output. The 2-wire loop power operation, combined with standard M12 micro cable connector and interchangeable mounting studs, make for a fast and reliable installation. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Easy set-up and operating concept • Stainless steel housing • No software required APPLICATIONS Vibration monitoring for: • Motors • Pumps • Fans • Engines • Compressors • Gear boxes 1/4˝-28 UNF SPECIFICATIONS Housing Material: 316 SS. Temperature Limit: -22 to 221°F (-30 to 105°C). Accuracy: < ±3%. Connections: M12 connector. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP68). Electrical Rating: 9.6 to 32 VDC. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Nonlinearity: < ±0.25% of span. Frequency Range: 10 to 1000 Hz. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Repeatability: < 0.5%. Weight: 0.28 lb (0.125 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model Description VBT-1 Vibration transmitter ACCESSORIES Model Description A-283 4 Wire Connector i V b r a t i o n C o n t r o s l F a n S p e e d C o n t r o s / l DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 363

386

® SERIES LCT216 DIGITAL TIMER/TACHOMETER/COUNTER 3 Controls in 1 Device, DIP Switch Configuration L O R T N O C S S E C O R P DIP SWITCH 1-3/4 [44.45] 1-7/8 [47.63] 3-23/64 [85.22] 3-1/8 [79.50] 1-7/8 [47.63] The Series LCT216 Digital Timer/Tachometer/Counter combines a versatile timer, counter, and tachometer all in one device. The bright, easy-to-read display shows the desired set point and the current process value as well as the operating mode that the control is functioning in. For quick set up, many of the programming parameters can be set with external dip switches located on the side of the unit. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Fourteen pre-programmed timer functions • One stage, two stage, batch, total, and dual counting modes APPLICATIONS • Industrial ovens • Batch counting in conveyor systems • Silk screening equipment MODEL CHART Model LCT216-100 LCT216-110 Output Type Transistor Relay s r e m T i SERIES LCT316 COUNT DOWN DIGITAL TIMER Quick Installation, Digital Input, Audible Alarm SPECIFICATIONS Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Humidity Conditions: 35 to 85% RH (non-condensing). Control Output Ratings: (Out 1) Relay: SPST 5 A at 250 VAC; Transistor: NPN open collector 100 mA / 30 VDC residual voltage = 1.5 VDC max; (Out 2) Relay: SPST 5 A at 250 VAC, Transistor: NPN open collector 100 mA / 30 VDC residual voltage = 1.5 VDC max. Weight: 4 oz (114 g). Reset Time: 0.001 s minimum. Inputs: Dry contact, PNP, or NPN. Timing Functions: 14 pre-programmed timing functions. Supply Voltage: 100 to 240 VAC 50 / 60 Hz. Power Consumption: Less than 10 VA. Internal Power Supply: 12 VDC ±10%, 100 mA. Display: Two-line 6 digit negative transmissive LCD display. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. 1-11/32 [33.99] 1-1/8 [28.57] 3 [76.20] 2-7/16 [61.91] SPECIFICATIONS Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C). Control Output Ratings: Relay, SPST NO, 16 A at 250 VAC resistive. Weight: 5.6 oz (158.8 g). Status Light: LED shows time and operation. Inputs: Digital input for start and reset. Supply Voltage: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 12 VAC/DC, 24 VAC/DC depending on model. Power Consumption: 4 VA. Agency Approvals: CE, cURus. The Series LCT316 Count Down Digital Timer provides accurate countdown timing for a variety of applications. The timer can be triggered remotely using the digital input terminals or locally via the set button. Time intervals can be set up to 999 minutes or seconds and an internal buzzer will sound when the time interval has expired. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 1 second to 999 minute field set time interval • Audible alarm for status indication APPLICATIONS • Commercial cooking equipment • Commercial dish washers and refrigeration equipment MODEL CHART Model LCT316-100 LCT316-200 LCT316-300 LCT316-400 Supply Power 115 VAC 230 VAC 12 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC 364 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

387

® SERIES MTL7706/7787 ZENER BARRIERS Intrinsically Safe Barriers for Hazardous Locations HAZARDOUS AREA TERMINALS SAFE AREA TERMINAL 1/2 [12.70] 3-35/64 [90.09] MTL7787 4-5/32 [105.57] The Series MTL7706/7787 Zener Barriers are an intrinsically safe shunt-diode barrier that can be used to communicate with and provide isolations for certain Dwyer® transmitters approved for use in hazardous areas. These barriers limit the amount of energy allowed to pass into the hazardous area, which inhibit ignition in flammable atmospheres. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Approved for use in hazardous areas APPLICATIONS • Electrically isolates pressure and level transmitters from unregulated circuits for intrinsically safe applications COMPATIBLE MODELS: 637, 608, SBLTX, PBLTX, IS626 Model MTL7706 Approval UL for class I; div. 1 groups A, B, C, D CL II; div. 1 groups E, F, G; CL III div. 1 FM for class I, II, III; div. 1 groups B, C, D, E, F, G FM for class I, II, III; div. 1 groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G MTL7706 MTL7706 Note: Compatible models: 637, 608, SBLTX, PBLTX, IS626 Dwyer Series IS626, SBLTX, PBLTX 637 608 MODEL CHART Model MTL7706 MTL7787 FM Group µF A & B A & B 0.083 0.083 BASEEFA (ATEX) mH 4.2 3.05 mH Group µF 4.2 3.05 0.083 0.083 IIC IIC SPECIFICATIONS Transmitter Voltage: 16.2 V at 20 mA with 250 Ω load (negative w.r.t. earth); 11.0 V at 20 mA with 500 Ω load (negative w.r.t. earth). Safe Area Output: 4-20 mA. Load Resistance: 0 to 500 Ω. Power Requirement: 20-35 VDC w.r.t. earth. Accuracy: ±2 µA under all conditions. LED Indicator: Green: Power indication. Temperature Limits: Operating: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C); Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Humidity: 5 to 95% RH. Terminals: Accommodate up to 2.5 mm2 stranded or single-core. Safety Description: 28 µV, 300 Ω, 93 mA. Weight: 4.9 oz (140 g). Agency Approvals: See table. MODEL CHART Model MTL7706 MTL7787 Description Zener barrier Zener barrier ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 Aluminum DIN rail 1 m P R O C E S S C O N T R O L I n t r i n s c a i l l y S a f e B a r r i e r s Region (Authority) USA (FM) (UL) Canada (CSA) UK (BASEEFA) UK (BASEEFA) Systems Standard Approved For 3600, 3610 entity 3611, 3810 UL698, UL913 UL1604 CAN/CSA E60070, IEC60079, C22.2 EN 50014, EN 50020 EN 50039 EEx ia IIC AIS/I,II,III/1/Entity ABCDEFG- SCI-942; NI/I/@/ABCD/T4 [I/0] AEx[ia]IIC-SCI-942 Entity; NI/1/2/IIC/T4; Ta=140°F (60°C) Class I, Div.2, Gps A, B, C, D; Ex nA [iA] IIC T4 Class I, Xone 2, Aex nA IIC T4 EEx ia IIC Certificate/ File no. 3010737 1345550 BAS01ATEX7217 Ex01E2219 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 365

388

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s r e i r r a B e f a S y l l i a c s n i r t n I ® SERIES MTL5541 GALVANIC BARRIER Intrinsically Safe Isolators for Hazardous Locations The Series MTL5541 Galvanic Barrier provides intrinsically safe isolation for communication with Dwyer® transmitters approved for use in hazardous areas. This galvanic barrier eliminates the need for a high integrity earth ground required when using shunt type diode type safety barriers. DIN rail mounting and plug-in signal and power connectors simplify installation and maintenance. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Designed to mount on most standard DIN rails • Approved for use in hazardous areas APPLICATIONS • Electrically isolates pressure and level transmitters from unregulated circuits for intrinsically safe applications MODEL CHART Model MTL5541 Galvanic barrier Description ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 Aluminum DIN rail 1 m COMPATIBLE MODELS: 608, SBLTX, PBLTX, IS626 Model MTL 5541 Approval UL for class I; div. 1 groups A, B, C, D class II div. 1 groups E, F, G class III div. 1 FM for class I, II, III; div. 1 groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G MTL 5541 Dwyer Series IS626, SBLTX, PBLTX 608 41/64 [16.27] 4-11/32 [110.33] HAZARDOUS AREA TERMINAL 4-3/32 [103.98] SAFE AREA TERMINAL SPECIFICATIONS Hazardous Area Input: Signal range: 0-24 mA (including over-range); Transmitter voltage: 16.5 V at 20 mA. Safe Area Output: Signal range: 4-20 mA; Under/over-range: 0-24 mA; Load resistance: 0 to 360Ω @ 24 mA, or 0 to 450Ω @ 20 mA; Current sink: 600Ω max.; Maximum Voltage Source: 24 VDC; Output resistance: > 1 MΩ. Power Requirement: 20-35 VDC Response Time: Settles to within 10% of final value within 50 µs. Current Consumption (20 mA signal): 51 mA @ 24V. Maximum Power Dissipation (20 mA signal): 0.7 W @ 24 VDC, 1.0 W @ 24 VDC. Isolation: 250 V RMS, tested at 1500 V RMS minimum, between safe- and hazardous-area terminals; 50 V between safe-area circuits and power supply. Transfer Accuracy at 68°F (20°C): Better than 15 µA. LED Indicator: Green: Power Indication. Temperature Limits: Operating: -6 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C); Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Temperature Drift: < 0.8µA/°C. Humidity: 5 to 95% RH. Mounting: T-section 35mm DIN rail (7.5 or 15mm) to EN 50022. Terminals: Accommodate up to 2.5 mm2 stranded or single-core. Safety Description: Vo= 28 V, Io= 93 mA, Po= 651mW, Um= 253 RMS or DC. Weight: 150 g. Agency Approvals: See table. Certifying Authority FM (USA) Standard FM3600, FM3610, FM3810 Canada (CSA) UL CSA ATEX CSA-C22.2 No. 157-M1992, CSA-C22.2 No. 213-M1987 UL61010-1 Edition 3 UL913 Edition 8 UL60079-0 Edition 6 UL60079-11 Edition 6 C22.2 No. 142-M1987 C22.2 No. 157-M1992 C22.2 No. 213-M1987 CAN/CSA E60079-0:07 CAN/CSA E60079-11:02 CAN/CSA E60079-15:02 EN 60079-0:2012 EN 60079-15:2010 IECEx (Type ‘n’) IEC 60079-0:2011 Edition 6 IEC 60079-15:2010 Edition 4 IECEx (Intrinsic Safety) IEC 60079-0:2011 Edition 4 IECEx ([Ex ia] I/IIB/IIC) IEC 600709-11:2011 Edition 6 IEC 60079-0:2004 Edition 4 IEC 60079-11:2006 Edition 1 IEC 60079-0:2004 Edition 1 IEC 60079-11:2005 Edition 1 Approved For Associated Apparatus providing intrinsically safe circuits for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, and G when installed per the control drawing SCI-1028; Non-incendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D T4; Intrinsic safety for AEx [ia] IIC when installed per the control drawing SCI-1028; Non sparking for Class I, Zone 2, AExnA IIC T4 Gc hazardous (classified) locations with an ambient temperature rating of -20OC to +60OC Associated Apparatus for use in Unclassified Locations or Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D Certificate/File no. 3025815 E120058 Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC; Ex nA [ia] IIC; Ex nC [ia] IIC LR 36637 Ex nA IIC T4 Gc EX nA IIC T4 Gc [Ex ia Ga] IIC, [Ex ia Da] IIIC, [Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia] I/IIB/IIC, IECEx ITA 08.0009X Baseefa07ATEX0213 MTL08ATEX5541X BAS01ATEX7217 IECEx BAS 15.0119X IECEx BAS 07.0069 IECEx ITA 08.0009X MODEL KFD0 GALVANIC BARRIER Loop Powered, Intrinsically Safe Isolators 4-37/64 [116.46] 25/32 [20.00] 4-3/8 [111.20] The Model KFD0 Galvanic Barrier provides complete isolation for communication with Dwyer® intrinsically safe transmitters approved for use in hazardous areas. This galvanic barrier eliminates the need for a high integrity earth ground required when using shunt type diode type safety barriers. Unlike most other isolators, the Model KFD0-SCSEX1.55 does not require external power and has a low current draw. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Designed to mount on most standard DIN rails • Approved for use in hazardous areas APPLICATIONS • Used to isolate voltages for intrinsically safe applications for HHT series SPECIFICATIONS Hazardous Area Input: Signal range: 4-20 mA (linear transmission 1-22 mA); Available transmitter voltage: ≥ 16 V for supply voltage > 21 V. Safe Area Output: Signal range: 4-20 mA; Transmitter voltage: ≤ 30 VDC. Response Time: ≤ 20 µs at 0, and ≤ 600 µs at 800 load. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-360 Aluminum DIN rail 1 m Maximum Power Dissipation: 150 mW @ 20 mA and V <24 V. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C). Temperature Drift: ≤ 0.5 µA/°C. Weight: 4.2 oz (120 g). Agency Approvals: CE, FM. MODEL CHART Model KFD0-SCS-EX1.55 Loop powered galvanic barrier Description Approval FM for class I, zone 1, groups IIC, IIB, IIA; class I, II, III, div. 2, groups A, B, C, D, F, G 366 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Dwyer Series Vo (V) Io (mA) Group HHT-IX 38.2 23.1 IIC (A, B), IIB (C), IIA (D, F, G) µF 0.042, 0.267, 0.267 mH 0.5, 2.5, 2.5

389

® SERIES TR-7 | W.E. ANDERSON® BY DWYER SAFE-T-GROUND Explosion-Proof, Intrinsically Safe, Ground Continuity Control TR-7L The Series TR-7 Safe-T-Ground provides continuous monitoring of a truck’s ground connection throughout loading operations. The TR-7 instantly stops loading operations if a tank truck loses its ground. To safeguard loading operations, the Safe-T-Ground circuit can be wired into your pump control, and to an audible alarm or signal light. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Explosion-proof housing • Audible alarm and LED status indicators APPLICATIONS • Chemical • Oil and gas MODEL CHART Example TR-7 Construction TR-7 Power Supply Option Cable Connection Cable Length -B L TR-7-BL - U - B - X Explosion-proof and intrinsically safe 120 VAC (standard) 220/240 VAC Stud (standard) Battery (alligator) clamp 36˝ coiled, extends to 16´ (standard) 72˝ coiled, extends to 32´ Options L Red and green indicating lights 8-1/16 [204.77] 5-25/32 [146.91] 4-31/64 [113.79] 7/16 [11.11] 3/4 NPT CONDUIT OPENING [TYP.] 6-5/8 [168.28] SPECIFICATIONS Housing: 356-T6 cast aluminum alloy (copper-free), explosion-proof – Class I, Group D. Size: 6-5/8˝ W x 10-3/8˝ H x 5-5/8˝ D. Power Requirements: 105-125 VAC, 60 Hz. 7.75 watts - with light, 1.75 watts - without lights. Optional 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Electrical Rating, Relay: DPDT, 10 A, 125 VAC, 60 Hz contact rating. Wiring: Terminal strip. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ NPT. Installation: 7/16˝ mounting lugs, integrally cast. Contactor: (Grounding clamp) molded polyethylene with beryllium copper contact clips. 16-2 type SO coiled cable; retracts to 3´, extends to 16´. Grounding Studs: 2 supplied. Order a pair for each truck. Shipping Weight: 20 lb with contactor and cord. Agency Approvals: UL. Options: Integral pilot lights; 30´ coiled cable; Temporary contactor assemblies, clamp connectors, and other supply voltages. MODEL CHART Model Description TR-7 TR-7-L Safe-T-Ground Safe-T-Ground with integral pilot lights SERIES SVT SOLENOID VALVE ENCLOSURE WITH TIMER Compact Size, NEMA 4X Enclosure 9-55/64 [250.49] P R O C E S S C O N T R O L i T m e r C o n t r o 5-3/16 [131.80] 2-7/16 [61.77] l l e r s V I DEO O N L I N E The Series SVT Solenoid Valve Enclosure with Timer is a compact, reliable, and economic package that combines a timer board and solenoid valve enclosure into one package. Each model is available with 2, 4, or 6 valves, but expansion modules can easily be daisy chained for a maximum of 60 outputs. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact, all-in-one package eliminates the need for separate wiring and enclosures • Universal power requirements for both domestic and overseas use • Field selectable cleaning functions and on/off settings to personalize for any need APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying • Industrial vacuums MODEL CHART 9-5/8 [244.48] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, filtered and oil free. Wetted Materials: Pilot body: Brass; Spring: 302 SS; O-ring: NBR. Temperature Limits: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C). Pressure Limit: 145 psi (10 bar). Power Requirements: 90-240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz or 24 VAC/VDC ±10%. Power Consumption: 25 VA. Fuse: 0.5 A delayed. Electrical Connection: 2 DIN A 43652 connectors. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Enclosure Material: Polyamide with carbon fiber, polycarbonate, TPE rubber. Process Connection: 1/4 ̋ OD push to connect. Mounting Orientation: Any position. On-Time: 150 ms to 700 ms. Off-Time: 4 s to 210 s. Agency Approvals: CE. Model SVT-2 SVT-3 SVT-4 SVT-6 SVT-2-DC SVT-3-DC Note: SVTE modules are powered from the main enclosure and can be used with either the 90 to 240 VAC or the 24 VDC/VAC SVT models. Description Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Description Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Solenoid valve enclosure with timer Expansion module Expansion module Expansion module Model SVT-4-DC SVT-6-DC SVTE-3 SVTE-4 SVTE-6 Number of Solenoids 4 6 3 4 6 Supply Voltage 24 VDC/VAC 24 VDC/VAC Any Any Any Number of Solenoids 2 3 4 6 2 3 Supply Voltage 90-240 VAC 90-240 VAC 90-240 VAC 90-240 VAC 24 VDC/VAC 24 VDC/VAC USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 367

390

® SERIES DCT500A LOW COST TIMER CONTROLLER Compact, Easy to Use, 4, 6 or 10 Channels The Series DCT500A Low Cost Timer Controller is designed to provide continuous or on-demand cleaning for receivers and pulse jet systems. It is available in either 4, 6, or 10 channels, and each unit is the same size, minimizing enclosure space and reducing overall system installation cost. For added safety, the control circuitry including the control inputs are isolated from the line voltage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple and easy to use design • Optional weatherproof enclosure available APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying • Cement batch plants MODEL CHART Model DCT504A DCT506A DCT510A Description Timer controller Timer controller Timer controller No. of Channels 4 6 10 SERIES DCT500ADC LOW COST TIMER CONTROLLER For Low Voltage Applications L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s r e l l o r t n o C r e m T i The Series DCT500ADC Low Cost Timer Controller is designed to provide continuous or on-demand cleaning for 10-35 volt powered receivers and pulse jet systems. It is available in either 4, 6, or 10 channels, and each unit is the same size, minimizing enclosure space and reducing overall system installation cost. For added safety, the control circuitry including the control inputs are isolated from the line voltage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Ideal for low voltage applications • Simple and easy to use design • Optional weatherproof enclosure available APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying • Cement batch plants MODEL CHART Model DCT504ADC DCT506ADC DCT510ADC Description Timer controller Timer controller Timer controller No. of Channels 4 6 10 368 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 4-1/4 [107.95] 4-7/8 [123.8] 1/16 [1.59] 1/2 [12.70] 1-21/64 [33.73] Storage Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). On Time: 50 ms to 500 ms. On Time Accuracy: ±10 ms. On Time Stability: ±1 ms. Off Time: 1 second to 180 seconds. Off Time Accuracy: ±5% of setting. Weight: 9 oz (255 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. 6-1/4 [158.75] 6-3/4 [171.45] SPECIFICATIONS* Output Channels: 4, 6, & 10 channels. Power Requirements: 102-132 VAC 50 or 60 Hz. Power Consumption: 2.5 W. Solenoid Supply: 3 A max per channel. Fuse: Type 3 AG, 3 A @ 250 VAC. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). *Additional specifications on IOM. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -L -WP Mounting bracket for field retrofits: 8-1/4˝ x 6-1/4˝ (209.55 mm x 158.75 mm) Weatherproof housing: standard models Weatherproof housing: with option -L mounting bracket 4-1/4 [107.95] 4-7/8 [123.83] 1/16 [1.59] 1/2 [12.70] 1-3/16 [30.16] Storage Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). On Time: 50 ms to 500 ms. On Time Accuracy: ±10 ms. On Time Stability: < ±1 ms. Off Time: 1 s to 180 s. Off Time Accuracy: ±5% of setting. Weight: 9 oz (255 g). Agency Approvals: CE. 6-1/4 [158.75] 6-3/4 [171.45] SPECIFICATIONS* Output Channels: 4, 6, & 10 channels. Power Requirements: 10-35 VDC. Power Consumption: 0.6 W. Solenoid Supply: 3 A max per channel. Fuse: Type 3 AG, 3 A @ 250 VAC. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). *Additional specifications on IOM. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -L -WP Mounting bracket for field retrofits: 8-1/4˝ x 6-1/4˝ (209.55 mm x 158.75 mm) Weatherproof housing: standard models Weatherproof housing: with option -L mounting bracket

391

® SERIES DCT600 TIMER CONTROLLERS With Universal Power For Both 120 and 220 VAC 4-1/4 [107.95] 4-7/8 [123.8] 4 thru 10 channel board 6-1/4 [158.75] 6-3/4 [171.45] 22 and 32 channel board 8-1/4 [209.55] 8-3/4 [222.25] P R O C E S S C O N T R O L 1/16 [1.59] 1-23/64 [34.53] 1/2 [12.7] 6-1/4 [158.75] 6-7/8 [174.62] 1/16 [1.59] 1/2 [12.7] 1-3/16 [30.16] i T m e r C o n t r o l l e r s The Series DCT600 Timer Controllers are timing systems for pulse-jet type dust collectors or pneumatic conveying systems in either continuous or on-demand cleaning applications. It provides either 4, 6, 10, 22, or 32 channels, and if fewer channels are required than is available on the board, a shorting plug or dip switch allows selection of the last used channel. The new enhanced board circuitry of the DCT600 synchronizes the on-time pulse to the power line to achieve a pulse stability of ±1 msec. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Better synchronized on-time pulse to the power line for better pulse stability • Adjustable potentiometers to select time-on and time-off settings • Simple and easy to use design APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying MODEL CHART Model DCT604 DCT606 DCT610 DCT622 DCT632 Description Timer controller Timer controller Timer controller Timer controller Timer controller No. of Channels 4 6 10 22 32 SPECIFICATIONS* Output Channels: 4, 6, 10, 22 and 32 channels available. Power Requirements: 85-270 VAC. Power Consumption: 1.2 W. Solenoid Supply: 300 VA. Fuse: Type 3 AG, 3 A @ 250 VAC. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). On Time: 50 ms to 500 ms. On Time Accuracy: ±5% of setting. On Time Stability: ±1 ms. Off Time: 1 s to 180 s. Off Time Accuracy: 5% of setting. Weight: 9 oz (255 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cULus. *Additional specifications on IOM. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -L -WP Mounting bracket for field retrofits: 8-1/4˝ x 6-1/4˝ (209.55 mm x 158.75 mm) Weatherproof housing: 4 thru 10 channel only Weatherproof housing: 22 & 32 channels Note: L mounting bracket available with 4, 6, or 10 channel models only. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 369

392

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s r e l l o r t n o C r e m T i ® SERIES DCT1000 DUST COLLECTOR TIMER CONTROLLER Modular Design, User Friendly, Up to 22 Channels The Series DCT1000 Dust Controller Timer Controller simplifies on-demand cleaning requirements by eliminating the need for external devices such as pressure switches, relays, and timers. The modular design allows for use as a continuous cleaning control or on-demand cleaning control using the optional plug-in pressure module. The DCT1000 is the same size for 6, 10, and 22 channels, allowing one board size to be the standard on one enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Universal power requirements for both domestic and overseas use • Standard mounting holes to other dust collector controllers for use in existing installations • Able to automatically detect any channel expander connected APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying MODEL CHART Model DCT1022 DCT1010 DCT1006 DCT1122 DCT1110 DCP200A DCP100A Description Master controller Master controller Master controller Channel expander Channel expander Pressure module Pressure module No. of Channels D.P. Range 22 10 6 22 10 - - - - - - - 20 in w.c. 10 in w.c. OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -WP -WPP -WPPS Weatherproof housing only Weatherproof housing with pressure ports Weatherproof housing with pressure ports, three position rotary switch installed Explosion-proof housing -EXPL Note: Multiple boards stacked in enclosure. ACCESSORIES Description Model Process indicator DPMA-402 Note: DCA channel expander cable available in 1 ft, 2 ft, and 4 ft lengths. 370 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 2-3/4 [69.85] 6-1/4 [158.75] 6-7/8 [174.62] 8-1/4 [209.55] 8-3/4 [222.25] 1/16 [1.59] 1-13/16 [46.04] DCP PRESSURE MODULE Pressure Ranges: 10 in w.c. or 20 in w.c. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Pressure Limit: 10 psi (68.95 kPa). Pressure Limit (differential): 10 psi (68.95 kPa). Accuracy: ±1.5% FS @ 73°F (22.8°C). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Alarm Contacts: 1.5 A inductive load, 3 A resistive load @ 30 VAC or 40 VDC. Process Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) or 3/16˝ (4.76 mm) ID tubing. Weight: 5.5 oz (155.9 g). SPECIFICATIONS DCT1000 TIMER CONTROLLER Output Channels: 6, 10, & 22 channels. Expandable to 255 channels using DCT1122 & DCT1110 channel expander boards. Power Requirements: 85-270 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz. Power Consumption: 5 W. Solenoid Supply: 3 A max per channel. Fuse: 3 A @ 250 VAC. Low voltage control circuitry is isolated from the line voltage for system safety. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). On Time: 10 ms to 600 ms, 10 ms steps. On Time Accuracy: ±10 ms. Off Time: 1 s to 255 s, 1 s steps. Off Time Accuracy: ±1% of the value or ±50 ms, whichever is greater. Weight: 1 lb 3.0 oz (538.6 g). Agency Approvals: cULus. DCT in optional NEMA 4/4X weatherproof enclosure DCT in optional Explosion-proof enclosure DCAC02 cable connection for connecting multiple boards Master board stacked with channel expander

393

® SERIES DCT1000DC DUST COLLECTOR TIMER CONTROLLER For Low Voltage Applications P R O C E S S C O N T R O L ® 2-3/4 [69.85] 6-1/4 [158.75] 6-7/8 [174.62] 8-1/4 [209.55] 8-3/4 [222.25] 1/16 [1.59] The Series DCT1000DC Dust Collector Timer Controller simplifies on-demand cleaning requirements in low voltage applications by eliminating the need for external devices such as pressure switches, relays, and timers. The modular design allows for use as a continuous cleaning control or on-demand cleaning control using the optional plug-in pressure module. The DCT1000 is the same size for 6, 10, and 22 channels, allowing one board size to be the standard on one enclosure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 10 to 30 VDC power requirement for low voltage applications • Standard mounting holes to other dust collector controllers for use in existing installations • Able to automatically detect any channel expander connected SPECIFICATIONS DCT1000DC TIMER CONTROLLER Output Channels: 6, 10, & 22 channels. Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC. Solenoid Supply: 3 A maximum per channel. Fuse: 3 A @ 250 VAC. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Storage Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). On Time: 10 ms to 600 ms, 10 ms steps. On Time Accuracy: ±10 ms. Off Time: 1 s to 255 s, 1 s steps. Off Time Accuracy: ±1% of the value or ±50 ms, whichever is greater. Weight: 1 lb 3.0 oz (538.6 g). APPLICATIONS • Dust collection • Pneumatic conveying MODEL CHART Model DCT1022DC DCT1010DC DCT1006DC DCP200A DCP100A Description Master controller Master controller Master controller Pressure module Pressure module No. of Channels D.P. Range 22 10 6 - - - - - 20 in w.c. 10 in w.c. DCP PRESSURE MODULE Pressure Ranges: 10 in w.c. or 20 in w.c. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Pressure Limit: 10 psi (68.95 kPa). Pressure Limit (differential): 10 psi (68.95 kPa). Accuracy: ±1.5% FS @ 73°F (22.8°C). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Alarm Contacts: 1.5 A inductive load, 3 A resistive load @ 30 VAC or 40 VDC. Process Connections: Two barbed connections for use with 1/8˝ (3.18 mm) or 3/16˝ (4.76 mm) ID tubing. Weight: 5.5 oz (155.9 g). Agency Approvals: CE. i T m e r C o n t r o l l e r s OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -WP -WPP -WPPS -EXPL Weatherproof housing only Weatherproof housing with pressure ports Weatherproof housing with pressure ports, three position rotary switch installed Explosion-proof housing ACCESSORIES Model DPMA-402 Description Process indicator DCT in optional NEMA 4/4X weatherproof enclosure DCT in optional Explosion-proof enclosure DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 371

394

® SERIES PMT2 PARTICULATE TRANSMITTER Digital Damping, Non-Stick Probe, For Broken Bag Detection L O R T N O C S S E C O R P ALLOW 1-1/4˝ [32] FOR COVER REMOVAL BOTH SIDES 4-3/8 [111.13] 3-29/32 [99.22] 3-29/32 [99.22] 2X 1/2˝ NPT OR M20 ELECTRICAL ENTRY 3/4˝ NPT or 3/4˝ BSPT 5/8 [15.88] “A” 3/4 [19.05] 1-1/2 [38.10] 4-15/16 [125.41] 3/4˝ male NPT or 3/4˝ male BSPT mount 2X 1/2˝ NPT OR M20 ELECTRICAL ENTRY 1˝ NPT “B” “A” 1.5˝ Tri-clamp option mount 5-13/16 [147.64] THREADED MOUNT Probe Length 3˝ 5˝ 10˝ 15˝ 20˝ 30˝ 36˝ A in [mm] 3 [76.20] 5 [127.00] 10 [254.00] 15 [381.00] 20 [508.00] 30 [762.00] 36 [914.40] 1.5˝ TRI-CLAMP MOUNT Probe Length 3˝ 5˝ 10˝ 15˝ 20˝ 30˝ 36˝ A in [mm] 3-1/2 [88.90] 5-1/2 [139.70] 10-1/2 [266.70] 15-1/2 [393.70] 20-1/2 [520.70] 30-1/2 [744.70] 36-1/2 [927.10] B in [mm] 1-25/32 [45.24] 3-25/32 [96.04] 8-25/32 [223.04] 13-25/32 [350.04] 18-25/32 [477.04] 28-25/32 [731.04] 34-25/32 [883.44] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series PMT2 Particulate Transmitter is designed to measure particulate emission levels from dust collector discharge. Using DC coupled electrostatic induction sensing technology, the transmitter monitors a pA current that is generated as particulate passes near the probe; a 4-20 mA signal will vary based on the particulate level. The PMT2 offers 6 sensitivity ranges allowing the user to choose the range that will best fit the application. The range and test selector switch can also be set to output a 4 mA or 20 mA signal to assist with set up or trouble shooting. Averaging time setting can be used to dampen the signal if desired. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Simple 2-wire installation for PLC and control panels • Non-stick PTFE coated probe to prevent false readings from moist and conductive dusts, condensate, and dust buildup • Remote zero calibration helps to decrease maintenance time s r e t t i m s n a r T APPLICATIONS • Emissions monitoring • Broken bag detection in dust collectors • Filter leak or wear detection • Bin vent monitoring ) g a B n e k o r B r o t s u D l ( e t a u c i t r a P MODEL CHART Example Series Probe Length PMT2 -05 -A -U2 PMT2 03 05 10 15 20 30 36 A B C A2 U2 ST M2 PMT2-05-A-U2 Particulate transmitter 3˝ probe length 5˝ probe length 10˝ probe length 15˝ probe length 20˝ probe length 30˝ probe length 36˝ probe length 3/4˝ male NPT 1.5˝ tri-clamp kit with 1˝ male NPT 3/4˝ male BSPT ATEX and IECEx (IS) UL (IS)* Stainless steel tag Female M20 electrical entries (female 1/2˝ NPT standard) Process Connection Enclosure Rating Options *Options that do not have ATEX or IECEx. Attention: Units without the A2 suffix are not Directive 2014/34/EC (ATEX) compliant. These Units are not intended for use in potentially hazardous atmospheres in the EU. These unites may be CE marked for other Directives of the EU. 372 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com ). SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases, any type of particulate conductive or non- conductive. Wetted Materials: 316L SS, silicone, and PTFE. Enclosure: Powder coated aluminum. Accuracy: ±5% of reading. Particulate Size: 0.3 microns and higher. Detection Range: 5 to 5000 pA (6 selectable range options). Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 145°F (-40 to 63°C); Process: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C). Pressure Limit: 30 psi (2 bar). Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Power Requirements: 12-28 VDC ( Electrical Connection: Two 1/2˝ female NPT electrical entries or two M20 electrical entries (A2 suffix only). Terminal Block: Removable (16 to 20 AWG wire). Process Connection: See model chart. BSPT process connections are not UL listed. Probe Lengths: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: UL Type 4 (IP66) ATEX/IECEx IP65. Mounting Orientation: Any. Averaging Time: 1 to 360 s (10 selectable options). Weight: Varies with length of probe and type of mount. Agency Approvals: CE, cULus; ATEX Compliant: II 1 G Ex ia IIB T4 GA (-40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C) (-40°C ≤ T Process ≤ 120°C) / II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T120°C Da (-40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C) (-40°C ≤ T Process ≤ 120°C). Type Certificate No.: DEMKO 16ATEX1768 X. ATEX Standards: EN 60079-0:2012/A11:2013; EN 60079-11:2012. IECEx Certified: Ex ia IIB T4 Ga (-40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C) (-40°C ≤ T Process ≤ 120°C) / Ex ia IIIC T120°C Da (-40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C) (-40°C ≤ T Process ≤ 120°C). Certificate of Conformity: IECEx UL 16.013X. IECEx Standards: IEC 60079-0: 2011; IEC 60079-11: 2011. UL Listed Intrinsically Safe for Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III; Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIB T4 Ga; Class I Zone 0 Ex ia IIB T4 Ga. 0518 ACCESSORIES Model A-PMT2-M20 A-PMT2-FLG Description 1/2˝ NPT to M20 conduit adaptor 2˝ flange with 3/4˝ NPT female connection, 316 SS

395

® SERIES DPM PARTICULATE MONITOR & CONTROL Real-Time Leak Gage, Adjustable Alarm Points 4-3/8 [11.13] 6-5/16 [160.34] 4-11/32 [110.33] MOUNTING 6-19/64 [159.94] 4-11/32 [110.33] MOUNTING 4-3/8 [111.13] 6-19/64 [159.94] SPECIFICATIONS Inputs: From PMS sensor. Output Ratings: Alarm relays: 2 form A (SPST) rated 5 A @ 240 V res. (must provide an 8 A (max) fuse in series with relay load); Analog: 4-20 mA (option RC). Power Requirements: 115 VAC 50/60 Hz, 230 VAC 50/60 Hz, or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: 6 W max. Accuracy: Standard: ±5% of range, Optional: ±1% of range. Display: LCD. Display Resolution: Standard: 5 pA; Optional: 0.5 pA. Memory Backup: For set point storage only. Temperature Limits: -13 to 160°F (-25 to 70°C). Weight: 4.5 lb (2.0 kg). Enclosure: Cast aluminum, weatherproof, NEMA 4X (IP66). Loop Power Supply (Isolated): 17 VDC loop supply provided by DPM control unit for PMS sensor. Agency Approvals: CE & CSA.* *DPM models listed intrinsically safe are to be used with corresponding intrinsically safe PMS models making an intrinsically safe control loop. The PMS model can then be installed in a hazardous location according to approval ratings listed. The DPM itself is not intrinsically safe and must be installed outside the hazardous location. The Series DPM Particulate Monitor & Control and Series PMS Particulate Sensor combine to provide a basic baghouse and cartridge filter leak detector designed for general maintenance planning and process protection. Leakage is gauged in real- time, on-the-spot, without prior baseline data and without signal tuning and displayed on the digital readout in a bar graph and an absolute digital readout. An alarm point can be set by simply moving an indicator up and down the gauge with the key pad. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Rugged cast aluminum housing with lockable membrane keypad • Programmable alarm points • Large LCD to display readouts digitally APPLICATIONS • Baghouses • Bin vents • Cartridge filters System Rating Weatherproof/NEMA 4X (IP66) Weatherproof/NEMA 4X (IP66) Weatherproof/NEMA 4X (IP66) Weatherproof/NEMA 4X (IP66) Weatherproof/NEMA 4X (IP66) Weatherproof/NEMA 4X (IP66) Intrinsically safe* Intrinsically safe* Intrinsically safe* Intrinsically safe* Intrinsically safe* Intrinsically safe* MODEL CHART Model DPM-A111 DPM-A112 DPM-A113 DPM-A121 DPM-A122 DPM-A123 DPM-AHZ111 DPM-AHZ112 DPM-AHZ113 DPM-AHZ121 DPM-AHZ122 DPM-AHZ123 *DPM models listed intrinsically safe are to be used with corresponding intrinsically safe PMS models making an intrinsically safe control loop. The PMS model can then be installed in a hazardous location according to approval ratings listed. The DPM itself is not intrinsically safe and must be installed outside the hazardous location. Input Power 115 VAC 50/60 Hz 230 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC 115 VAC 50/60 Hz 230 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC 115 VAC 50/60 Hz 230 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC 115 VAC 50/60 Hz 230 VAC 50/60 Hz 24 VDC Range 5.0-5000 pA 5.0-5000 pA 5.0-5000 pA 0.5-5000 pA 0.5-5000 pA 0.5-5000 pA 5.0-5000 pA 5.0-5000 pA 5.0-5000 pA 0.5-5000 pA 0.5-5000 pA 0.5-5000 pA P R O C E S S C O N T R O L P a r t i c u a t e ( l S e n s o r s D u s t o r B r o k e n B a g ) OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -RC Analog output (4-20 mA) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 373

396

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P ® SERIES PMS PARTICULATE SENSOR Reliable Operation, Minimal Maintenance 5-3/64 [128.19] 2-15/16 [74.61] INSERTION LENGTH 2-15/16 [74.61] 6-3/32 [154.78] FLANGE 3-13/16 [96.84] NIPPLE INSERTION LENGTH 3-13/16 [96.84] NIPPLE INSERTION LENGTH 3-29/32 [99.22] 2-15/16 [74.61] CONDUIT ENTRY NPT MOUNT OPTIONAL HIGH PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SEALING GLAND DO NOT LOOSEN 3 [76.2] MOUNT QUICK CLAMP 3 [76.2] MOUNT 1˝ MALE NPT NPT mount Flange mount Quick clamp mount The Series PMS Particulate Sensor employs a field-proven combination of passive- induction and protected-probe technologies. As particles flow near and around the probe, the signal is processed into an absolute output that can be sent to a Series DPM Particulate Monitor. Protective layers over the probe work in combination with induction-sensing to ensure reliable operation with all types of particulate including moist powders and highly conductive dusts. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Durable housing that is free of electronics • Minimal maintenance needed SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air and compatible gases, any type particulate. Wetted Materials: T1 and T2: 316 SS and PFA; T3 and T4: 316 SS and ceramic. Temperature Limits: Ambient: Maximum -40 to 392°F (-40 to 200°C) (max must be calculated for each application); Process: See model chart. Pressure Limits: Standard: Full vacuum to 10 psi (0.69 bar); Optional: 100 psi (6.89 bar). Output Signal: pA. Electrical Connection: Low noise coaxial. Process Connection: See model chart. Enclosure: Standard: Painted cast aluminum, weatherproof, NEMA 4X (IP66); Optional: Intrinsically safe, CSA (must use with proper DPM model). Weight: Varies depending on length of probe and type of mount. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA. ) g a B n e k o r B r o t s u D s r o s n e S l ( e t a u c i t r a P PMS -A1 PMS A1 AHZ1 APPLICATIONS • Baghouses • Bin vents • Cartridge filters MODEL CHART Example Series Enclosure Rating Process Connection Maximum Process Temperature Maximum Process Pressure Insertion Length* *Recommended at least 1/2 duct diameter MODEL CHART Model Description Model Description 30 foot sensor cable CAB-10 40 foot sensor cable CAB-20 Note: Consult factory for custom cable lengths up to 300 feet. 10 foot sensor cable 20 foot sensor cable CAB-30 CAB-40 374 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 1 T1 P1 -L1.5 PMS-A11T1P1-L1.5 1 2 3 4 T1 T2 T3 T4 P1 P2 Particulate sensor Weatherproof, NEMA 4X (IP66) Intrinsically safe, CSA & CEA approvals, class I, II, and III; division I & II, all groups, NEMA 4X (requires quick clamp connection or flange mount) 1/2˝ NPT 1˝ NPT with 1.5˝ quick clamp connection 2˝ 150# ANSI flange 2˝ 150# ANSI flange with process mating flange and installation kit 250°F (121°C) 450°F (232°C) 800°F (426°C) - requires flange mount 1200°F (649°C) - requires flange mount 10 psi 100 psi - requires flange mount 1.5˝ probe 3˝ probe 5˝ probe 10˝ probe 15˝ probe 20˝ probe 30˝ probe 36˝ probe 48˝ probe 60˝ probe 72˝ probe L1.5 L03 L05 L10 L15 L20 L30 L36 L48 L60 L72

397

® SERIES CSE-3R GALVANNEALED STEEL ENCLOSURES Wall Mounted, NEMA 3R, UL Approved TOP DEPTH ENCLOSURE DEPTH W DOOR OPENING AVAILABLE DOOR SPACE KEY LOCKING DOOR LATCH Mounting strap H V I DEO O N L I N E Enclosure Sub-panel Drip shield Left side view Front view The Series CSE-3R Galvannealed Steel Enclosures are spot-welded, wall mounted enclosures designed to house electrical controls, instruments, and components in an outdoor environment. These units are made of carbon steel, NEMA 3R outdoor environment rated and carry a UL approval. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Concealed hinges that allow 180° of rotation for easy instrumentation access • Quarter turn latch that can be opened/closed with a screwdriver, and ground studs on the door and body • Mounting holes on the back of the enclosure allow for versatile mounting and standoffs provide easy installation of optional sub-panels. A rain cap and an oil resistant door gasket will protect instruments from rain, sleet, and snow. Each unit includes a 3/8-16 grounding kit and has the option of including a sub-panel, mounting strap, and/or a drip shield. This series is the perfect accessory for a variety of instrumentation in need of outdoor protection APPLICATIONS • HVAC indoor applications • Housing general controls and gages SPECIFICATIONS Materials: Galvannealed steel enclosure; All other components: Carbon steel. Rating: NEMA 3R (IP32). Dimensions: See chart for enclosure dimensions; Sub-panel height = enclosure height - 3˝ (76 mm); Sub-panel width = enclosure width - 3˝ (76 mm); Mounting strap width = enclosure width - 4˝ (102 mm); Drip shield width = enclosure width. Thickness: 0.048˝ (1.22 mm) for drip shields; 0.060˝ (1.52 mm) for enclosures < 24˝ wide; 0.075˝ (1.91 mm) for enclosures ≥ 24˝ wide; 0.125˝ (3.18 mm) for sub- panels; 0.078˝ (1.98 mm) for mounting straps. Weight: See chart. Agency Approvals: CSA, cULus. (Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Enclosure* Model CSE-3R-121206 CSE-3R-161206 CSE-3R-201606 CSE-3R-242006 CSE-3R-302408 CSE-3R-362408 CSE-3R-363008 *For additional sizes contact factory. Width in (cm) 12 (30) 12 (30) 16 (41) 20 (51) 24 (61) 24 (61) 30 (76) Height in (cm) 12 (30) 16 (41) 20 (51) 24 (61) 30 (76) 36 (91) 36 (91) Depth in (cm) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) Weight lb (kg) 15 (7) 16 (7) 25 (11) 32 (15) 60 (27) 62 (28) 70 (32) Sub Panel* Model A-SSE-P-1212 A-SSE-P-1612 A-SSE-P-2016 A-SSE-P-2420 A-SSE-P-3024 A-SSE-P-3624 A-SSE-P-3630 Weight lb (kg) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 8 (3.6) 14 (6.4) 22 (10) 27 (12.2) 34 (15.4) Mounting Strap* Model A-CSE-3M-12 A-CSE-3M-16 A-CSE-3M-20 A-CSE-3M-24 Weight lb (kg) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) Drip Shield* Model A-CSE-D-12 A-CSE-D-16 A-CSE-D-20 A-CSE-D-24 A-CSE-D-30 Weight lb (kg) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 4 (1.8) 4 (1.8) P R O C E S S C O N T R O L C o n t r o l l E n c o s u r e s ACCESSORIES Model A-CSE-L A-CSE-K Description Keylocking wing knob door latch, Includes 1 lock and 2 keys Replacement keys, includes 2 keys A-CSE-L DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 375

398

L O R T N O C S S E C O R P s e r u s o c n E l l o r t n o C ® SERIES CSE-N1 & CSE-KN CARBON STEEL ENCLOSURES Wall Mounted, General Purpose Enclosure, UL Approved Mounting strap Enclosure V I DEO O N L I N E Full sub-panel Perforated sub-panel The Series CSE-N1 & CSE-KN Carbon Steel Enclosures are spot-welded, wall mounted, general purpose enclosures designed to house electrical controls, instruments, and components in general purpose areas. The Series CSE-KN also includes knockouts to allow cords to pass easily into the unit. FEATURES/BENEFITS • The door features hinges that allow 180° of rotation for easy instrumentation access • Quarter turn latch can easily opened or closed with a screwdriver • Included ground stud for easy electrical grounding • Mounting holes included on the back of the enclosure allow for versatile mounting and standoffs provide easy installation of optional sub-panels • Each unit offers optional solid or perforated sub-panel and mounting straps for easy instrument mounting • The CSE-KN series includes a sub-panel with a 2˝ x 2˝ (50.8 mm x 50.8 mm) mounting grid mounted on standoffs and lock with keys APPLICATIONS • HVAC indoor applications • Housing general controls and gages • Securing instrumentation and avoiding tampering .500 [12.70] 2 TO 3 HINGES ON LEFT SIDE 2 TO 3 HINGES ON LEFT SIDE DEPENDING ON SIZE OF MODEL .500 DOOR OPENING H 5.500 [139.70] USABLE DEPTH H Ø1.375 [Ø34.93] KNOCKOUT EACH VERTICAL SIDE W AVAILABLE DOOR SPACE 1/4-TURN LATCH 6.000 [152.40] CSE-KN D CSE-N1 Left side view Front view SPECIFICATIONS Materials: Carbon steel. Rating: NEMA 1. Dimensions: See chart. Thickness: 0.060˝ (1.52 mm) for enclosures <24˝ wide; 0.075˝ (1.91 mm) for enclosures ≥ 24˝ wide; 0.060˝ (1.52 mm) for perforated sub-panels; 0.075˝ (1.91 mm) for solid sub-panels; 0.078˝ (1.98 mm) for mounting straps. Weight: See chart. Agency Approvals: CSA, cULus. (Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Enclosure* Model CSE-N1-100804 CSE-N1-101004 CSE-N1-121004 CSE-N1-121204 CSE-N1-141204 CSE-N1-161206 CSE-N1-161606 CSE-N1-201606 CSE-N1-202006 CSE-N1-241606 CSE-N1-242006 CSE-N1-242406 CSE-N1-302406 CSE-N1-303008 *For additional sizes contact factory. **1S denotes a solid steel panel; 1P denotes a perforated steel panel. Sub-Panel* Model** A-CSE-1S-1008 A-CSE-1P-1008 A-CSE-1S-1010 A-CSE-1P-1010 A-CSE-1S-1210 A-CSE-1P-1210 A-CSE-1S-1212 A-CSE-1P-1212 A-CSE-1S-1412 A-CSE-1P-1412 A-CSE-1S-1612 A-CSE-1P-1612 A-CSE-1S-1616 A-CSE-1P-1616 Weight lb (kg) 7 (3.2) 8.5 (3.9) 5 (2.3) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 11 (5) 16 (7.3) 21 (9.5) 25 (11.3) 27 (12.2) 31.5 (14.3) 41 (18.6) 54 (24.5) 60 (27.2) Height in (cm) 10 (25) 10 (25) 12 (30) 12 (30) 14 (36) 16 (41) 16 (41) 20 (51) 20 (51) 24 (61) 24 (61) 24 (61) 30 (76) 30 (76) Width in (cm) 8 (20) 10 (25) 10 (25) 12 (30) 12 (30) 12 (30) 16 (41) 16 (41) 20 (51) 16 (41) 20 (51) 24 (61) 24 (61) 30 (76) Width in (cm) 6 (15) 6 (15) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 10 (25) 10 (25) 10 (25) 10 (25) 10 (25) 10 (25) 14 (36) 14 (36) Weight lb (kg) 2 (0.9) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.4) 1 (0.5) 4 (1.8) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) 2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 2 (0.9) Depth in (cm) 4 (10) 4 (10) 4 (10) 4 (10) 4 (10) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) 8 (20) Height in (cm) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 8 (20) 10 (25) 10 (25) 10 (25) 10 (25) 12 (30) 12 (30) 14 (36) 14 (36) 14 (36) 14 (36) Sub-Panel* Model** A-CSE-1S-2016 A-CSE-1P-2016 A-CSE-1S-2020 A-CSE-1P-2020 A-CSE-1S-2416 A-CSE-1P-2416 A-CSE-1S-2420 A-CSE-1P-2420 A-CSE-1S-2424 A-CSE-1P-2424 A-CSE-1S-3024 A-CSE-1P-3024 A-CSE-1S-3030 A-CSE-1P-3030 Height in (cm) 18 (46) 18 (46) 18 (46) 18 (46) 22 (56) 22 (56) 22 (56) 22 (56) 22 (56) 22 (56) 28 (71) 28 (71) 28 (71) 28 (71) Width in (cm) 14 (36) 14 (36) 18 (46) 18 (46) 14 (36) 14 (36) 18 (46) 18 (46) 22 (56) 22 (56) 22 (56) 22 (56) 28 (71) 28 (71) Weight lb (kg) 6 (2.7) 3 (1.4) 7 (3.2) 4 (1.8) 7 (3.2) 5 (2.3) 9 (4.1) 7 (3.2) 11 (5) 8 (3.6) 13 (6) 11 (5) 17 (8) 14 (6) MODEL CHART Mounting Strap* Weight Model lb (kg) 1 (0.5) A-CSE-1M-08 1 (0.5) A-CSE-1M-10 1 (0.5) A-CSE-1M-12 2 (0.9) A-CSE-1M-16 2 (0.9) A-CSE-1M-20 3 (1.4) A-CSE-1M-24 *For additional sizes contact factory. Width in (cm) 7.1 (18) 9.1 (23) 11.1 (28) 15.1 (38) 19.1 (49) 23.1 (59) MODEL CHART Enclosure Model CSE-KN-181606 CSE-KN-242006 CSE-KN-362406 Height in (cm) 18 (46) 24 (61) 36 (91) Width in (cm) 16 (41) 20 (51) 24 (61) Depth in (cm) 6 (15) 6 (15) 6 (15) Weight lb (kg) 22 (10) 35 (16) 58 (26) Mounting Strap Model A-CSE-1M-16 A-CSE-1M-20 A-CSE-1M-24 Width in (cm) 15.1 (38) 19.1 (49) 23.1 (59) Weight lb (kg) 2 (0.9) 2 (0.9) 3 (1.4) ACCESSORIES Model A-CSE-L A-CSE-K Description Keylocking wing knob door latch, includes 1 lock and 2 keys Replacement keys, includes 2 keys 376 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com A-CSE-L

399

V A L V E S | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S SELECTION GUIDE pages 378-381 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS page 382 TECHNICAL INFORMATION page 383 Valves, Ball, Automated pages 384-400, 404-412 Valves, Ball, Manual pages 401-403 Valves, Butterfly, Manual page 413 Valves, Butterfly, Automated pages 414-415 Actuators pages 416-417 Valves, Globe pages 418-422, 432 Valves, Angle Seat page 423 Valves, Solenoid pages 424-427 Valves, Diaphragm Pulse pages 428-429 Valves, Check page 430 Valves, Needle page 431 Manifolds pages 433-434 Position Indicators/ Switches/Transmitters pages 435-440 Current to Pressure Transducers pages 441-443 Positioners pages 444-446 Volume Booster page 447 Regulators page 447-448 FEATURED PRODUCTS LUG OR WAFER STYLE BUTTERFLY VALVE WIRELESSHART® POSITION INDICATOR SERIES WE20 | pages 414-415 SERIES MARK | pages 436-438 • Capable of being configured with various actuators and accessories to fit any application • Limit switches and position indicators can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • WirelessHART® allows for adjustment of settings without needing to remove the device from a hazardous environment • Wireless ability saves on installation costs associated with running conduit and wires DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 377

400

® 2-WAY Automated Ball Valves S E V L A V | I E D U G N O T C E L E S I SERIES Body Type Body Material Line Sizes End Connections WE01 - pages 384-385 2-way 2-piece 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Female NPT WE08 - pages 386-387 2-way 2-piece Brass 1/2 to 2˝ Female NPT WE02 - pages 388-389 2-way 3-piece 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Female NPT WE03 - pages 390-391 2-way 3-piece 316 SS 1/2 to 2˝ Tri-clamp 3-WAY Automated Ball Valves SERIES Body Type Body Material Line Sizes End Connections WE31 - pages 404-405 3-way 316 SS 1/2 to 2˝ Female NPT WE35 - pages 406-407 3-way Brass 1/2 to 2˝ Female NPT WE33 - pages 408-409 3-way 316 SS 1/2 to 2˝ Tri-clamp WE34 - pages 410-411 3-way 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Flange These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 378 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

401

® 2-WAY Automated Ball Valves V A L V E S | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I SERIES Body Type Body Material Line Sizes End Connections WE04 - pages 392-393 2-way 2-piece 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Flange WE05 - pages 394-395 2-way 3-piece 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Socket weld WE06 - pages 396-397 2-way 3-piece V-ball 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Female NPT WE07 - pages 398-399 2-way 2-piece V-ball 316 SS 1/2 to 3˝ Flange POSITIONERS SERIES Body Material Stroke Air Supply Enclosure Rating 165 & 265 - pages 444-445 Aluminum or 316 SS 0.5 to 6˝ or 0 to 90° 20 to 101 psig IP66 185 & 285 - page 446 Aluminum or 316 SS 0.5 to 6˝ or 0 to 90° 35 to 116 psi NEMA 4X 195 & 295 - page 446 Aluminum 0.19 to 1.38˝ or 0 to 90° 35 to 116 psi NEMA 4X These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 379

402

® HAND LEVER Ball Valves S E V L A V | I I E D U G N O T C E L E S SERIES Body Type Body Material Line Sizes End Connections DBV - page 401 2-way Brass 1/4 to 3˝ Female NPT BV2M - page 401 2-way CF8M 1/4 to 3˝ Female NPT DBVL - page 402 2-way Low lead brass 1/4 to 3˝ Female NPT SWBV - page 402 2-way Brass 1/4 to 3˝ Sweat POSITION INDICATORS/ SWITCHES/ TRANSMITTERS SERIES Type Rotation Travel Enclosure Material Enclosure Rating QV - page 435 Thru-shaft 5 to 360° (switches only) Polycarbonate NEMA 4, 4X Mark 1 - pages 436-438 Magnetic drive 0 to 340° Aluminum or 316 SS NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12, & 13 Mark 3 - pages 436-438 Magnetic drive 1 to 25 revolutions Aluminum or 316 SS NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12, & 13 These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. 380 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

403

® HAND LEVER Ball Valves V A L V E S | S E L E C T O N G U D E I I SERIES Body Type Body Material Line Sizes End Connections UBV - page 402 Uni-flange Brass 1/2 to 1˝ Female NPT MV - page 403 2-way Chrome-plated brass 1/8 to 1/2˝ Female x female NPT or Male x female NPT SMV2 - page 403 2-way SS 1/8 to 1/2˝ Female x female NPT or Male x female NPT POSITION INDICATORS/ SWITCHES/ TRANSMITTERS SERIES Type Rotation Travel Enclosure Material Enclosure Rating Mark 4 - pages 436-438 Thru-shaft 0 to 340° Aluminum or 316 SS NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12, & 13 N/A VPS - page 439 Dual Inductive N/A Polybutylene Terephthalate DT - page 440 Magnetic Point Sensor N/A SS Designed to NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12 & 13 These Selection Guides are for quick comparison of similar products. Please refer to the catalog page number referenced for complete product information and specifications. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 381

404

S E V L A V s n o i t a c i l Process temperature control using pneumatic Hi-Flow™ control valves. Water-side Economizer System includes WE31 3-way ball valve for accurate control of flow. Pneumatic Hi-Flow™ control valves provide excellent control with high flow, wide rangeability and tight shutoff capabilities. The dispensing application shown uses a Lin-E-Aire® pneumatic actuator, operating off standard 3-15 psi control air signals, and a Hi-Flow™ linear control valve that apportions steam or water to a user process. The valve regulates cooling water or steam flow depending on the process requirement resident in the temperature controller program. This package can be provided with a Precisor® positioner and Proximity position transmitter which provides an excellent process control application problem solution. To ensure efficient utilization of cold water in HVAC systems, WE31 3-way ball valves are called upon to modulate flow. This common “water-side economizer” allows water from the plate heat exchanger to be diverted directly to the cooling tower if the temperature is cool enough, instead of coming directly from the condenser on the chiller. p p A i l a c p y T Quick response Hi-Flow™ valves control water flow in cooling process. Proximity® Mark Series valve position indicator is perfect for valve position indication on offshore oil rigs. Dependable W.E. Anderson™ Hi-Flow™ control valves with Lin-E-Aire® air-to-raise actuators combine to provide unsurpassed water flow management. This retort system employs the Hi-Flow™ valve because of its excellent control capabilities, which are necessary for this application. After the cooking process, the valve is opened slowly. Once the desired temperature has been reached, the supply is shut off and any additional cooling is done by use of the hand valve. Proximity® Mark Series position indicator is utilized in valve automation packages in harsh environments. The Mark Series mounts onto the top of rotary valve actuators and connects to the actuator shaft or attaches to the shaft of a linear valve for indicating valve position. Standard with the Mark Series is visual position indication with “OPEN”, “CLOSED”, and degree position status. The Mark Series is available with continuous position retransmission with a 4 to 20 mA output and up to six adjustable position indication switches for remote indication of valve status. Remote status transmitter is used for indication of exact valve position and switches provide discrete indication of valve open and closed status in the control room. The Mark Series is perfect for this application because of the 316 SS enclosure that withstands the sea spray environment, and the magnetic drive mechanism that completely seals the switch cavity from the environment. 382 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

405

® VALVE TECHNICAL INFORMATION TERMINOLOGY • Pressure Drop – The difference in upstream and downstream pressures of the fluid flowing through the valve. • Critical Flow – The flow has reached the point of being choked. At the choked condition the flow rate has hit a maximum limit and does not increase with further increase in pressure drop across the valve. • Cv or Valve Flow Coefficient – The number of U. S. gallons per minute of water at 60°F that will pass through the valve with a pressure drop of 1 psi. For example, a Hi-Flow™ valve with a maximum Cv of 10.75 has an effective port area in the full open position such that it passes 10.75 GPM of water with a pressure drop of 1 psi. • Full Port – The port diameter of the valve is the same diameter as the piping connections. • Rangeability – The ratio of maximum controllable flow to minimum controllable flow of a valve. For example, a valve with a 50 to 1 rangeability and a total flow capacity of 100 GPM at full open controls flow accurately to as low as 2 GPM. • Valve Flow Characteristic – The relationship between the stem travel or rotation of a valve, expressed in percent travel, and the fluid flow through the valve, expressed in percent of full flow. CONTROL VALVE SIZING V I DEO O N L I N E The Cv method is an accepted way to size control valves. Basic equations are provided as a guide to use in sizing a control valve, and the results of the equations will only be as accurate as the information provided of the flowing conditions. The equations are broken down into the type of media - liquid, gas or steam, and whether or not the flow is critical. The critical flow equations are to be used for vapor flow when the pressure drop across the valve is greater than half of the upstream pressure. As a general guide to avoid cavitation do not size a valve for liquid service where the pressure drop is greater than 50% of the upstream pressure. CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR SIZING V I DEO O N L I N E CONTROL VALVE FLOW V I DEO O N L I N E NOMENCLATURE Cv = Valve flow coefficient g = Specific gravity of liquid at flowing conditions G = Specific gravity of gas at flowing conditions P1 = Upstream pressure, psia P2 = Downstream pressure, psia ∆P = Actual pressure drop (P1-P2), psi q = Liquid volumetric flow rate, U.S. GPM Q = Gas volumetric flow rate, SCFH W = Steam weight (mass) flow rate, LB/HR T = Flowing Temperature, °R (460 + °F) Once the required Cv is determined, selection of the proper size control valve can be obtained by comparing the required Cv to the Cv values for the valve. As a general rule the maximum capacity of a control valve should be 15 to 50% above the maximum process flow, and the minimum required Cv must be within the available rangeability of the valve for proper control. If only the maximum process flow rate was used to calculate Cv, then the percent travel of the valve should be checked and should fall in the range of 65 to 80% of total travel. SUB-CRITICAL FLOW CRITICAL FLOW ( Liquid Cv = q 1/2 ∆P( g Gas Cv = Q 963 ( G x T ∆P (P1 + P2) ( 1/2 Steam Cv = W 2.1 [∆P (P1 + P2)]1/2 Gas or steam where ∆P > P1 2 Cv = Q (G x T)1/2 750 x P1 Cv = W 1.65 x P1 V A L V E S i T e c h n c a l I n f o r m a t i o n DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 383

406

® S E V L A V SERIES WE01 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE NPT STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE01-EHD00 WE01-EDA02-AA01 WE01-ETI02-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE01-EDA02 WE01-ETD01-A The Series WE01 2-Piece NPT Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE01 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Vented ball to reduce operating torque • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 2-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 28˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and Ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA05: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR07: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 384 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

407

® SERIES WE01 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE NPT STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ Cv (gal/min) 36.64 67.69 110.27 184.73 266.62 485.3 791.57 1151.95 PopularHand Operated Model WE01-CHD00 WE01-DHD00 WE01-EHD00 WE01-FHD00 WE01-GHD00 WE01-HHD00 WE01-IHD00 WE01-JHD00 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE01-CDA01 WE01-DDA01 WE01-EDA02 WE01-FDA02 WE01-GDA03 WE01-HDA03 WE01-IDA04 WE01-JDA05 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE01-CSR02 WE01-DSR02 WE01-ESR03 WE01-FSR03 WE01-GSR04 WE01-HSR05 WE01-ISR07 WE01-JSR07 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE01-CTD01-A WE01-DTD01-A WE01-ETD01-A WE01-FTD01-A WE01-GTD02-A WE01-HTD02-A WE01-ITD03-A WE01-JTD03-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE01-CMD01-A WE01-DMD01-A WE01-EMD01-A WE01-FMD01-A WE01-GMD01-A WE01-HMD02-A WE01-IMD03-A WE01-JMD03-A MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE01 -GMD01 -A WE01-GMD01-A Series WE01 Size and Actuator Example WE01 -EDA02 -A A 01 WE01-EDA02-AA01 WE01 Series Size and Actuator CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA02 FDA02 GDA03 HDA03 IDA04 JDA05 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 FSR03 GSR04 HSR05 ISR07 JSR07 Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 316 SS 2-piece NPT 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 FTD01 GTD02 HTD02 ITD03 JTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 FMD01 GMD01 HMD02 IMD03 JMD03 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 FTI02 GTI02 HTI04 ITI05 JTI06 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 FMI02 GMI02 HMI04 IMI05 JMI06 316 SS 2-piece NPT 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/4˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/4˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage A B C D Valve Series and Size WE01-1/2˝ WE01-3/4˝ WE01-1˝ WE01-1-1/2˝ WE01-2˝ WE01-2-1/2˝ WE01-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-02 VRK-03 VRK-04 VRK-06 VRK-07 VRK-08 VRK-09 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 385

408

® S E V L A V SERIES WE08 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE NPT BRASS BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE08-EHD00 WE08-ETD01-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE08-EDA02 WE08-ETI02-A The Series WE08 2-Piece NPT Brass Ball Valves incorporate a full port 2-piece brass ball valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a brass ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. The Series WE08 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages, and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also, between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve, actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Vented ball to reduce operating torque • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 2-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 2˝. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 600 psi (41 bar) WOG. Wetted Materials: Body, ball, and stem: Brass; Seat, seal, and packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 425°F (-30 to 220°C). Other Materials: O-ring: NBR; Handle, stem nut, ferrule: SS; Handle Sleeve: Vinyl; Body and cap: Nickle plated. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is a double acting and SR series is a spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA02 to DA03: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR04: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02: 20 s). Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC, 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 386 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

409

® SERIES WE08 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE NPT BRASS BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 16 40 65 90 135 251 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE08-CHD00 WE08-DHD00 WE08-EHD00 WE08-FHD00 WE08-GHD00 WE08-HHD00 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE08-CDA02 WE08-DDA02 WE08-EDA02 WE08-FDA03 WE08-GDA03 WE08-HDA03 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE08-CSR02 WE08-DSR03 WE08-ESR03 WE08-FSR03 WE08-GSR03 WE08-HSR04 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE08-CTD01-A WE08-DTD01-A WE08-ETD01-A WE08-FTD01-A WE08-GTD01-A WE08-HTD02-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE08-CMD01-A WE08-DMD01-A WE08-EMD01-A WE08-FMD01-A WE08-GMD01-A WE08-HMD01-A MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE08 -GMD01 -A WE08-GMD01-A Series WE08 Size and Actuator Example WE08 -EDA02 -A A 01 WE08-EDA02-AA01 WE08 Series Size and Actuator CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 CDA02 DDA02 EDA02 FDA03 GDA03 HDA03 CSR02 DSR03 ESR03 FSR03 GSR03 HSR04 Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 06 07 08 09 Brass 2-piece NPT 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 Description Air filter regulator, 0 to 120 psi CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 FTD01 GTD01 HTD02 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 FMD01 GMD01 HMD01 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 FTI02 GTI02 HTI03 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 FMI02 GMI02 HMI03 Brass 2-piect NPT 1/2˝ electric two-position 3/4˝ electric two-position 1˝ electric two-position 1-1/4˝ electric two-position 1-1/2˝ electric two-position 2˝ electric two-position 1/2˝ electric modulating 3/4˝ electric modulating 1˝ electric modulating 1-1/4˝ electric modulating 1-1/2˝ electric modulating 2˝ electric modulating 1/2˝ exp electric two-position 3/4˝ exp electric two-position 1˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/4˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/2˝ exp electric two-position 2˝ exp electric two-position 1/2˝ exp electric two-position 3/4˝ exp electric two-position 1˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/4˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/2˝ exp electric two-position 2˝ exp electric two-position 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage A B C D V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 387

410

® S E V L A V SERIES WE02 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE NPT STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE02-DHD00 WE02-DDA01-AA01 WE02-CTI01-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE02-DDA01 WE02-DTD01-A The Series WE02 3-Piece NPT Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE02 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve, and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Vented ball to reduce operating torque • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • 3-piece design for each replacement of seals • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝ . End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 28˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA05: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR07: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 388 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

411

V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , ® SERIES WE02 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE NPT STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 36.64 67.69 110.27 184.73 266.62 485.3 791.57 1151.95 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE02-CHD00 WE02-DHD00 WE02-EHD00 WE02-FHD00 WE02-GHD00 WE02-HHD00 WE02-IHD00 WE02-JHD00 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE02-CDA01 WE02-DDA01 WE02-EDA02 WE02-FDA02 WE02-GDA03 WE02-HDA03 WE02-IDA04 WE02-JDA05 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE02-CSR02 WE02-DSR02 WE02-ESR03 WE02-FSR03 WE02-GSR04 WE02-HSR05 WE02-ISR07 WE02-JSR07 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE02-CTD01-A WE02-DTD01-A WE02-ETD01-A WE02-FTD01-A WE02-GTD02-A WE02-HTD02-A WE02-ITD03-A WE02-JTD03-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE02-CMD01-A WE02-DMD01-A WE02-EMD01-A WE02-FMD01-A WE02-GMD01-A WE02-HMD02-A WE02-IMD03-A WE02-JMD03-A WE02 CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA02 FDA02 GDA03 HDA03 IDA04 JDA05 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 FSR03 GSR04 HSR05 ISR07 JSR07 MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR WE02-CSR02-NN09 Example WE02 -CSR02 -N N 09 316 SS 3-piece NPT Series 1/2˝ hand operated Size and 3/4˝ hand operated Actuator 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Positioner and Switches Solenoid Solenoid Voltage N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE02 -ETD01 -B WE02-ETD01-B Series WE02 Size and Actuator CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 FTD01 GTD02 HTD02 ITD03 JTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 FMD01 GMD01 HMD02 IMD03 JMD03 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 FTI02 GTI03 HTI04 ITI05 JTI05 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 FMI02 GMI03 HMI04 IMI05 JMI05 316 SS 3-piece NPT 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/4˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/4˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage A B C D Valve Series and Size WE02-1/2˝ WE02-3/4˝ WE02-1˝ WE02-1-1/2˝ WE02-2˝ WE02-2-1/2˝ WE02-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-10 VRK-11 VRK-12 VRK-14 VRK-15 VRK-16 VRK-17 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 389

412

® S E V L A V SERIES WE03 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE TRI-CLAMP STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Cavity Filled, Full Port, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE03-DHD00 WE03-DDA01-AA07 WE03-DTD01-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE03-DDA01 WE03-DDA01-AA06 The Series WE03 3-Piece Tri-Clamp Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port 3-piece tri-clamp SS ball valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE03 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Cavity filled valve for sanitary applications • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off • Designed for food and beverage applications SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 2˝ . End Connections: Tri-clamp ends. Pressure Limits: 28˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR04: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 390 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

413

® SERIES WE03 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE TRI-CLAMP STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Cavity Filled, Full Port, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 14.39 42.25 86.17 223.61 437.98 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE03-CHD00 WE03-DHD00 WE03-EHD00 WE03-GHD00 WE03-HHD00 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE03-CDA01 WE03-DDA01 WE03-EDA02 WE03-GDA02 WE03-HDA02 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE03-CSR02 WE03-DSR02 WE03-ESR03 WE03-GSR04 WE03-HSR04 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE03-CTD01-A WE03-DTD01-A WE03-ETD01-A WE03-GTD01-A WE03-HTD02-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE03-CMD01-A WE03-DMD01-A WE03-EMD01-A WE03-GMD01-A WE03-HMD02-A WE03 CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 GHD00 HHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA02 GDA02 HDA02 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 GSR04 HSR04 MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR WE03-EDA02-AA06 Example WE03 -EDA02 -A A 06 Series 316 SS 3-piece tri-clamp 1/2˝ hand operated Size and 3/4˝ hand operated Actuator 1˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Positioner and Switches Solenoid Solenoid Voltage N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE03 -CMD01 -A WE03-CMD01-A Series WE03 Size and Actuator CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 GTD01 HTD02 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 GMD01 HMD02 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 GTI02 HTI02 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 GMI02 HMI02 316 SS 3-piece tri-clamp 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage A B C D Valve Series and Size WE03-1/2˝ WE03-3/4˝ WE03-1˝ WE03-1-1/2˝ WE03-2˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-19 VRK-20 VRK-21 VRK-22 VRK-23 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seats V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 391

414

® S E V L A V SERIES WE04 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE FLANGED STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES 150# ANSI Flange, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE04-DHD00 WE04-DDA02-NN09 WE04-CTI01-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE04-DDA02-AA03 WE04-DTD01-A The Series WE04 2-Piece Flanged Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port 2-piece flanged SS ball valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE04 can be configured with either a pneumatic or electric actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages, and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open, and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve, and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Vented ball to reduce operating torque • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Eliminates threads and reduces installation and maintenance time • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the value APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 2-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝ . End Connections: 150# ANSI flange. Pressure Limits: 28˝ Hg to 275 psi (-0.7 to 19 bar) up to 392°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA04: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR06: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC OR 240 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC) . Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ NPT female. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 392 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

415

® SERIES WE04 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE FLANGED STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES 150# ANSI Flange, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 36.64 67.69 101.63 266.62 485.3 816.9 1121.84 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE04-CHD00 WE04-DHD00 WE04-EHD00 WE04-GHD00 WE04-HHD00 WE04-IHD00 WE04-JHD00 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE04-CDA01 WE04-DDA01 WE04-EDA03 WE04-GDA03 WE04-HDA03 WE04-IDA04 WE04-JDA04 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE04-CSR02 WE04-DSR02 WE04-ESR03 WE04-GSR04 WE04-HSR05 WE04-ISR06 WE04-JSR06 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE04-CTD01-A WE04-DTD01-A WE04-ETD01-A WE04-GTD02-A WE04-HTD02-A WE04-ITD03-A WE04-JTD03-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE04-CMD01-A WE04-DMD01-A WE04-EMD01-A WE04-GMD01-A WE04-HMD02-A WE04-IMD03-A WE04-JMD03-A WE04 CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA03 GDA03 HDA03 IDA04 JDA04 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 GSR04 HSR05 ISR06 JSR06 MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR Example WE04 -GDA03 -A B 05 WE04-GDA03-AB05 316 SS 2-piece flanged Series 1/2˝ hand operated Size and 3/4˝ hand operated Actuator 1˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Positioner and Switches 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 Solenoid Solenoid Voltage N A N A B C D E Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE04 -ITD03 Series WE04 Size and Actuator -B WE04-ITD03-B CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 GTD02 HTD02 ITD03 JTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 GMD01 HMD02 IMD03 JMD03 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 GTI03 HTI04 ITI04 JTI05 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 GMI03 HMI04 IMI04 JMI05 316 SS 2-piece flanged 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage A B C D Valve Series and Size WE04-1/2˝ WE04-3/4˝ WE04-1˝ WE04-1-1/2˝ WE04-2˝ WE04-2-1/2˝ WE04-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-27 VRK-28 VRK-29 VRK-31 VRK-32 VRK-33 VRK-34 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 393

416

S E V L A V ® SERIES WE05 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE SOCKET WELD STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators WE05-EHD00 V I DEO O N L I N E WE05-DDA01-AA01 WE05-ITI05-B WE05-FDA02 WE05-JTD03-A , s e v a V l d e t a m o t u A , l l a B The Series WE05 3-Piece Socket Weld Stainless Steel Ball Valves offer the best possible design for socket weld ball valves. The swing out body feature and seat arrangement allow for trouble-free welding installation. The Series WE05 incorporates a full port 3-piece SS ball valve for ideal flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are directly mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches can be mounted directly to the valves, allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE05 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or close, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and a permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SV3 solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Socket weld ends • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Available with a variety of electric and pneumatic actuators APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝. End Connections: Socket weld. Pressure Limits: 20˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA05: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR07: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 394 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

417

V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , ® SERIES WE05 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE SOCKET WELD STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 36.64 67.69 110.27 184.73 266.62 485.3 791.57 1151.95 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE05-CHD00 WE05-DHD00 WE05-EHD00 WE05-FHD00 WE05-GHD00 WE05-HHD00 WE05-IHD00 WE05-JHD00 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE05-CDA01 WE05-DDA01 WE05-EDA02 WE05-FDA02 WE05-GDA03 WE05-HDA03 WE05-IDA04 WE05-JDA05 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE05-CSR02 WE05-DSR02 WE05-ESR03 WE05-FSR03 WE05-GSR04 WE05-HSR05 WE05-ISR07 WE05-JSR07 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE05-CTD01-A WE05-DTD01-A WE05-ETD01-A WE05-FTD01-A WE05-GTD02-A WE05-HTD02-A WE05-ITD03-A WE05-JTD03-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE05-CMD01-A WE05-DMD01-A WE05-EMD01-A WE05-FMD01-A WE05-GMD01-A WE05-HMD02-A WE05-IMD03-A WE05-JMD03-A WE05 CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA02 FDA02 GDA03 HDA03 IDA04 JDA05 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 FSR03 GSR04 HSR05 ISR07 JSR07 MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR WE05-CSR02-NN09 Example WE05 -CSR02 -N N 09 Series 316 SS 3-piece socket weld 1/2˝ hand operated Size and 3/4˝ hand operated Actuator 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 120 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Positioner and Switches 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 Solenoid Solenoid Voltage N A N A B C D E Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE05 -ETD01 -B WE05-ETD01-B Series Size and Actuator WE05 CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 FTD01 GTD02 HTD02 ITD03 JTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 FMD01 GMD01 HMD02 IMD03 JMD03 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 FTI02 GTI03 HTI04 ITI05 JTI05 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 FMI02 GMI03 HMI04 IMI05 JMI05 316 SS 3-piece socket weld 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/4˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/4˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage A B C D Valve Series and Size WE05-1/2˝ WE05-3/4˝ WE05-1˝ WE05-1-1/2˝ WE05-2˝ WE05-2-1/2˝ WE05-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-10 VRK-11 VRK-12 VRK-14 VRK-15 VRK-16 VRK-17 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 395

418

S E V L A V ® SERIES WE06 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE NPT STAINLESS STEEL V-BALL VALVES V-Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators WE06-DHD00-T WE06-DDA01-T-AA01 WE06-CTI01-T-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE06-DDA01-T WE06-DTD01-T-A , s e v a V l d e t a m o t u A , l l a B The Series WE06 3-Piece NPT Stainless Steel V-Ball Valves incorporate a V-port ball valve for impressive flow rates with minimal pressure drop. Quarter turn control ball valves are compact, lighter weight and much less expensive than comparable sized globe valves and segmented control valves. They also offer bubble tight shut off with zero leakage and can withstand high pressure drops. The 60° and 90° balls offer an equal percentage flow characteristic. W.E. Anderson’s V-port ball valves have been designed to offer maximum flow characteristics that are substantially higher than comparably sized globe valves. The natural flow pattern of ball valves increases flow rates and in many applications valves smaller than pipeline size can be used. Limit switches can be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE06 can be configured with an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or close, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and a permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SV3 solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. FEATURES/BENEFITS • The 60° and 90° balls offer an equal percentage flow characteristic • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Available with a variety of electric and pneumatic actuators APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for bubble tight shut off at high pressure drops SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 20˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA05: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR07: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 396 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

419

® SERIES WE06 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-PIECE NPT STAINLESS STEEL V-BALL VALVES V-Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) Popular Hand 60° 7.9 13.6 22.3 31.5 46.2 104.7 147.5 209.1 Operated Model WE06-CHD00-T WE06-DHD00-T WE06-EHD00-T WE06-FHD00-T WE06-GHD00-T WE06-HHD00-T WE06-IHD00-T WE06-JHD00-T 90° 9.1 14.2 29.1 53.7 75.5 138.4 220.3 308.3 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE06-CDA01-T WE06-DDA01-T WE06-EDA02-T WE06-FDA02-T WE06-GDA03-T WE06-HDA03-T WE06-IDA04-T WE06-JDA05-T Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE06-CSR02-T WE06-DSR02-T WE06-ESR03-T WE06-FSR03-T WE06-GSR04-T WE06-HSR05-T WE06-ISR07-T WE06-JSR07-T Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE06-CTD01-T-A WE06-DTD01-T-A WE06-ETD01-T-A WE06-FTD01-T-A WE06-GTD02-T-A WE06-HTD02-T-A WE06-ITD03-T-A WE06-JTD03-T-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE06-CMD01-T-A WE06-DMD01-T-A WE06-EMD01-T-A WE06-FMD01-T-A WE06-GMD01-T-A WE06-HMD02-T-A WE06-IMD03-T-A WE06-JMD03-T-A Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR Example WE06 -CSR02 -T -N N 09 Series Size and Actuator WE06 MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE06 -ETD01 -T -B WE06-ETD01-T-B Series WE06 Size and Actuator CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA02 FDA02 GDA03 HDA03 IDA04 JDA05 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 FSR03 GSR04 HSR05 ISR07 JSR07 WE06-CSR02-T-NN09 316 SS 3-piece NPT 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return 60° v-ball 90° v-ball No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 120 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner V-Ball Angle Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches T N N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 FTD01 GTD02 HTD02 ITD03 JTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 FMD01 GMD01 HMD02 IMD03 JMD03 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 FTI02 GTI03 HTI04 ITI05 JTI05 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 FMI02 GMI03 HMI04 IMI05 JMI05 316 SS 3-piece NPT 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/4˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/4˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 60° v-ball 90° v-ball 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC V-Ball Angle Actuator Voltage T N A B C D Valve Series and Size WE06-1/2˝ WE06-3/4˝ WE06-1˝ WE06-1-1/2˝ WE06-2˝ WE06-2-1/2˝ WE06-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-10 VRK-11 VRK-12 VRK-14 VRK-15 VRK-16 VRK-17 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 397

420

S E V L A V ® SERIES WE07 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE FLANGED STAINLESS STEEL V-BALL VALVES 150# ANSI Flange, V-Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators WE07-DHD00-T WE07-DDA01-T-NN09 WE07-CTI01-T-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE07-DDA01-T-AA03 WE07-DTD01-T-A The Series WE07 2-Piece Flanged Stainless Steel V-Ball Valves incorporate a V-port ball valve for impressive flow rates with minimal pressure drop. Quarter turn control ball valves are compact, lighter weight and much less expensive than comparable sized globe valves and segmented control valves. They also offer bubble tight shut off with zero leakage and can withstand high pressure drops. The 60° and 90° balls offer an equal percentage flow characteristic. W. E. Anderson’s V-port ball valves have been designed to offer maximum flow characteristics that are substantially higher than comparably sized globe valves. The natural flow pattern of ball valves increases flow rates and in many applications valves smaller than pipeline size can be used. The Series WE07 can be configured with an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or close, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and a permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SV3 solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. , s e v a V l d e t a m o t u A , l l a B FEATURES/BENEFITS • The 60° and 90° balls offer an equal percentage flow characteristic • Bubble tight shut off at high pressure drops • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Available with a variety of electric and pneumatic actuators APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 2-piece. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝. End Connections: 150# ANSI flange. Pressure Limits: 20˝ Hg to 275 psi (-0.7 to 19 bar) up to 392°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA04: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR06: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 398 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

421

V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , ® SERIES WE07 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-PIECE FLANGED STAINLESS STEEL V-BALL VALVES 150# ANSI Flange, V-Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 60° 7.9 13.6 22.3 46.2 104.7 147.5 209.1 90° 9.1 14.2 29.1 75.5 138.4 220.3 308.3 Popular Hand Operated Model WE07-CHD00-T WE07-DHD00-T WE07-EHD00-T WE07-GHD00-T WE07-HHD00-T WE07-IHD00-T WE07-JHD00-T Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE07-CDA01-T WE07-DDA01-T WE07-EDA03-T WE07-GDA03-T WE07-HDA03-T WE07-IDA04-T WE07-JDA04-T Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE07-CSR02-T WE07-DSR02-T WE07-ESR03-T WE07-GSR04-T WE07-HSR05-T WE07-ISR06-T WE07-JSR06-T Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE07-CTD01-T-A WE07-DTD01-T-A WE07-ETD01-T-A WE07-GTD02-T-A WE07-HTD02-T-A WE07-ITD03-T-A WE07-JTD03-T-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE07-CMD01-T-A WE07-DMD01-T-A WE07-EMD01-T-A WE07-GMD01-T-A WE07-HMD02-T-A WE07-IMD03-T-A WE07-JMD03-T-A MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE07 -CSR02 -T -N N 09 WE07 Series Size and Actuator CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA03 GDA03 HDA03 IDA04 JDA04 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 GSR04 HSR05 ISR06 JSR06 V-Ball Angle Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches T N N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 WE07-CSR02-T-NN09 316 SS 2-piece 150# ANSI flange 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return 60° v-ball 90° v-ball No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 120 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster Example WE07 -ETD01 -T -B WE07-ETD01-T-B 316 SS 2-piece 150# ANSI flange 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 60° v-ball 90° v-ball 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Series WE07 Size and Actuator CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 GTD02 HTD02 ITD03 JTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 GMD01 HMD02 IMD03 JMD03 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 GTI03 HTI04 ITI04 JTI05 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 GMI03 HMI04 IMI04 JMI05 V-Ball Angle Actuator Voltage T N A B C D Valve Series and Size WE07-1/2˝ WE07-3/4˝ WE07-1˝ WE07-1-1/2˝ WE07-2˝ WE07-2-1/2˝ WE07-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-27 VRK-28 VRK-29 VRK-31 VRK-32 VRK-33 VRK-34 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 399

422

® S E V L A V SERIES PBV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER PLASTIC AUTOMATED BALL VALVES Electric and Pneumatic Actuators ) i s p ( E R U S S E R P G N K R O W I 250 232 200 150 100 50 40 0 32 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE RATINGS 1/2˝ to 2˝ 2˝ to 4˝ 73 62 92 122 140 152 182 212 WORKING TEMPERATURE (°F) PVC body CPVC body The Series PBV Plastic Automated Ball Valves are ideal for services in industrial, chemical, turf and irrigation, and pool and spa applications, as well as for use with potable water. The valve features a shear-proof stem designed to prevent leakage in the event of damage, reinforced TFE seats and EPDM seals for longer life, and an all-plastic construction (PVC or CPVC) for heavyweight durability at a lightweight cost. Valves also come standard with selectable NPT or socket process connections. The PBV is an economical automated valve package with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electrically actuated models are weatherproof, NEMA 4 (IP56), powered by standard 115 VAC supply, and are available in either two-position or proportional control. Two-position actuators use the 115 VAC input to drive each of the valve ports open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for infinite valve positioning. Actuator features include thermal overload protection to withstand stall conditions, visual position indication and a permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive each of the actuator ports. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to drive the valve stem one direction, and internally loaded springs return the valve to its original position. Also available is the SV3 solenoid valve to electrically switch the supply pressure between the air supply ports. Actuators are constructed of anodized aluminum and are epoxy coated for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Shear proof stem • All plastic construction APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control , s e v a V l d e t a m o t u A , l l a B OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -EX *Example: Third digit in U12 or V12 is the size. Explosion proof electric actuators XX1-XX6 Actuator Size* Note: For optional electric acutator supply voltages, contact factory for model number change. MODEL CHART - PVC Double Acting Pneumatic Model PBVPDA102 PBVPDA103 PBVPDA104 PBVPDA105 PBVPDA206 PBVPDA207 PBVPDA308 PBVPDA309 PBVPDA410 Modulating Electric Size Model 1/2˝ PBVPV1202 3/4˝ PBVPV1203 1˝ PBVPV1204 1-1/4˝ PBVPV1205 1-1/2˝ PBVPV1206 2˝ PBVPV1207 2-1/2˝ PBVPV1308 3˝ PBVPV1509 4˝ PBVPV1510 Note: All spring return actuators are factory standard as spring (fail) close. For spring (fail) open valves, add suffix “-FO” to the model number. Spring Return Pneumatic Model PBVPSR202 PBVPSR203 PBVPSR204 PBVPSR205 PBVPSR306 PBVPSR307 PBVPSR608 PBVPSR609 PBVPSR710 Two Position Electric Model PBVPU1102 PBVPU1103 PBVPU1104 PBVPU1105 PBVPU1106 PBVPU1207 PBVPU1308 PBVPU1509 PBVPU1510 CV 25 51 97 204 285 540 712 1294 2629 MODEL CHART - CPVC Double Acting Pneumatic Model PBVCDA102 PBVCDA103 PBVCDA104 PBVCDA105 PBVCDA206 PBVCDA207 PBVCDA308 PBVCDA309 PBVCDA410 Modulating Electric Size Model 1/2˝ PBVCV1202 3/4˝ PBVCV1203 1˝ PBVCV1204 1-1/4˝ PBVCV1205 1-1/2˝ PBVCV1206 2˝ PBVCV1207 2-1/2˝ PBVCV1308 3˝ PBVCV1509 4˝ PBVCV1510 Note: All spring return actuators are factory standard as spring (fail) close. For spring (fail) open valves, add suffix “-FO” to the model number. Spring Return Pneumatic Model PBVCSR202 PBVCSR203 PBVCSR204 PBVCSR205 PBVCSR306 PBVCSR307 PBVCSR608 PBVCSR609 PBVCSR710 Two Position Electric Model PBVCU1102 PBVCU1103 PBVCU1104 PBVCU1105 PBVCU1106 PBVCU1207 PBVCU1308 PBVCU1509 PBVCU1510 CV 25 51 97 204 285 540 712 1294 2629 400 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Body: 2-way. Line Size: 1/2˝ to 4˝. End Connections: Female NPT or socket (field selectable). Pressure Limit: 1/2˝ to 2˝: 232 psi (16.0 bar) @ 73°F (23°C); 2-1/2˝ to 4˝: 150 psi (10.3 bar) @ 73°F (23°C) WOG. Vacuum: 29˝ Hg. Wetted Materials: Body, end connectors: PVC or CPVC; Ball, stem: PVC or CPVC; Seat: TFE; Stem seal: EPDM. Temperature Limit: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). Other Materials: Stem bearing: Polypropylene (1-1/4˝ and up). ACTUATORS Electric Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase. Optional 220 VAC, 24 VAC, 12 VDC, and 24 VDC. Power Consumption: (Locked rotor current): Two position: 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝: .55 A, 2˝ to 4˝: 0.75 A. Modulating: 1/2˝ to 2˝: 0.75 A, 2-1/2˝: 1.1 A, 3˝ and 4˝: 0.75 A. Cycle Time: (per 90°): Two position: 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝: 2.5 s, 2˝ and 2-1/2˝: 5 s, 3˝ and 4˝: 15 s; Modulating: 1/2˝ to 2-1/2˝: 5 s, 3˝ and 4˝: 15 s. Duty Cycle: Two position: 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝: 75%, 2˝ to 4˝: 25%. Modulating: 75%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4. Optional NEMA 7 (Class 1, Div. II groups A, B, C, D). Housing Material: Aluminum with thermal bonding polyester powder finish. Temperature Limit: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 65°C). Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override and visual position indicator except modulating units. Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psig (8 bar). Air Connections: DA/SR1 to 5: 1/8˝ female NPT, all other sizes: 1/4˝ female NPT. Air Consumption: (per stroke) DA1: 2.32 in3; DA2: 9.34 in3; DA3: 17.21 in3; DA4: 20.5 in3; SR2: 9.34 in3; SR3: 17.21 in3; SR6: 54.34 in3; SR7: 85.43 in3. Cycle Time: (per 90°) DA1: .03 s; DA2: .04 s; DA3: .08 s; DA4: .12 s; SR2: .09 s; SR3: .14 s; SR6: .46 s; SR7: .83 s. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limit: -4 to 180°F (-20 to 82°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Standard Features: Visual position indicator. Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448

423

® SERIES DBV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BRASS BALL VALVE Full Port, Economical, 600 psi (41 bar) B D C A The Series DBV Brass Ball Valve is an economical hand lever ball valve ideal for commercial or general industrial use. The Series DBV is the ideal choice for a manual shut off valve, along with many other applications. Valve body, body cap and ball are made of a quality brass for great durability. Seats and stem packing are constructed of PTFE for long lasting service as well. Blowout-proof stem provides safety in the event of overpressure. Full port design allows for maximum Cv while still retaining minimal pressure drop. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low cost • Blowout-proof stem APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control NPT Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ A in [mm] 1-39/64 [40.89] 1-45/64 [43.18] 2-3/16 [55.63] 2-23/64 [59.94] 2-7/8 [72.90] 3-5/16 [84.07] 3-47/64 [95.00] 4-13/32 [112.01] 5-53/64 [148.08] 6-29/64 [163.83] B in [mm] 3-5/32 [80.01] 3-5/32 [80.01] 3-55/64 [98.04] 3-55/64 [98.04] 4-13/32 [112.01] 4-51/64 [121.92] 5-7/16 [137.92] 5-7/16 [137.92] 8-1/2 [215.90] 8-1/2 [215.90] C in [mm] 5/16 [7.87] 25/64 [9.91] 19/32 [15.24] 3/4 [19.05] 63/64 [24.89] 1-17/64 [32.00 1-9/16 [39.88] 1-31/32 [50.04] 2-31/64 [62.99] 2-61/64 [74.93] D in [mm] 1-47/64 [43.94] 1-13/16 [45.97] 2-11/64 [55.12] 2-9/32 [57.91] 2-11/16 [68.07] 3-5/32 [80.01] 3-55/64 [98.04] 4-13/64 [106.93] 4-61/64 [125.98] 5-1/8 [130.05] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. End Connections: 1/4 to 3˝ female NPT. Pressure Limits: -29˝ Hg to 600 psi (-736 mm Hg to 41 bar) WOG. Temperature limit: -40 to 365ºF (-40 to 185ºC). Wetted Materials: Body and body cap: Brass; Ball: Chrome plated brass; Stem: Brass; Seat and packing: PTFE. Other Materials: Body gland and stem nut: Brass; Handle cover: Rubber; Handle: steel. MODEL CHART Model Pipe Size Model Pipe Size DBV-00 DBV-01 DBV-02 DBV-03 DBV-04 DBV-05 DBV-06 DBV-07 DBV-08 DBV-09 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov SERIES BV2M | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER TWO-PIECE STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE Full Port, 1000 psig (69 bar) V A L V E S B a l l , M a n u a l l V a v e s , H F E G C B DIMENSIONS (IN) A (Ref) B (Ref) C (Ref) D (NPT) E (UNC) 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ (2) 3/16-24 (2) 3/16-24 (2) 3/16-24 (2) 3/16-24 (2) 3/16-24 (2) 1/4-20 (2) 1/4-20 (4) 1/4-20 (4) 1/4-20 (4) 1/4-20 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 2.165 2.165 2.559 2.992 3.465 3.976 4.331 4.882 6.299 6.929 4.055 4.055 5.236 5.236 6.024 6.024 7.520 7.520 9.724 9.724 F (+.015) G (+.015) H (+.015) 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.882 0.882 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.382 1.382 1.102 1.102 1.102 1.378 1.378 1.500 1.500 1.500 2.165 2.165 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2.000 2.764 2.764 A D The Series BV2M Two-Piece Stainless Steel Ball Valve is the economical choice for high quality, SS ball valves for use in chemical, petrochemical, pulp and paper and general applications. The Series BV2M body and endcaps are constructed of investment cast SS, while stem is 316 SS. Seats and body seals are 15% glass reinforced PTFE providing broad media compatibility and bubble tight shutoff to 1000 psig (69 bar). Internally loaded, blowout-proof stem provides safety in the event of overpressure. Full port design allows for maximum Cv with minimal pressure drop. Integral actuator mounting pads allows for ease of automation. SPECIFICATIONS End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 1000 psi (69 bar) WOG, 150 psi (10.3 bar) SWP. Wetted Materials: Body, ball, end cap: CF8M SS; Stem: 316 SS; Seat, thrust washer: RTFE; End gasket, stem packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 450°F (-29 to 232°C). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Wide chemical compatibility • Bubble tight shut off to 1000 psig • Blowout-proof stem • Actuator mounting pad APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Chemical, petrochemical, pulp and paper, and other general applications MODEL CHART Model BV2M100 BV2M101 BV2M102 BV2M103 BV2M104 Size Model 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ BV2M105 BV2M106 BV2M107 BV2M108 BV2M109 Size 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 401

424

® S E V L A V SERIES DBVL & SWBV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER LOW LEAD NPT BRASS BALL VALVES Economical, Easy to Install B D C NPT OR SWEAT CONNECTION NPT OR SWEAT CONNECTION A The Series DBVL & SWBV Low Lead NPT Brass Ball Valves are economical hand lever ball valves ideal for commercial or industrial use where lead content is regulated. The valve body, body cap, and stem are made of a quality low lead brass for great durability and compatibility. The seats and stem packing are constructed of PTFE for long lasting service. A blowout-proof stem provides safety in the event of overpressure, and the full port design allows for the maximum flow coefficient while still retaining minimal pressure drop. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low lead brass • PTFE seats to stem • Blowout-proof stem APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control MODEL CHART Model DBVL-00 DBVL-01 DBVL-02 DBVL-03 DBVL-04 DBVL-05 DBVL-06 DBVL-07 DBVL-08 DBVL-09 Pipe Size (in) Model 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 SWBV-00 SWBV-01 SWBV-02 SWBV-03 SWBV-04 SWBV-05 SWBV-06 SWBV-07 SWBV-08 SWBV-09 Pipe Size (in) 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 , s e v a V l l a u n a M , l l a B SERIES UBV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER UNI-FLANGED BALL VALVE Forged Brass Construction, Economical, 600 psi (41 bar) The Series UBV Uni-Flanged Ball Valve is an economical yet durable ball valve great for residential or industrial use. The forged brass body provides the strength and versatility needed for any application. The ball valve is constructed of quality brass in conjunction with PFTE ball seats to work with up to 600 psi (41 bar) of working pressure. Full port construction helps to reduce flow resistance while still maintaining great durability with it’s uni-body construction. Available in a wide variety of sizes for versatile application. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Economical • Unibody construction • PTFE ball seats APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control 402 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com DBVL DIMENSIONS NPT Size A in [mm] 1/4˝ 1-3/4 [44.6] 3/8˝ 1-3/4 [44.6] 1/2˝ 2-3/64 [52] 3/4˝ 2-23/64 [60] 1˝ 2-3/4 [70] 1-1/4˝ 3-5/16 [84] 1-1/2˝ 3-21/32 [93] 2˝ 4-3/16 [106.2] 2-1/2˝ 5-3/8 [136.6] 3˝ 6-1/32 [153.4] B in [mm] 3-5/32 [80] 3-5/32 [80] 4-1/64 [102] 4-1/64 [102] 4-17/32 [115] 5 [127] 5-19/32 [142] 5-19/32 [142] 8-21/32 [220] 8-21/32 [220] C in [mm] D in [mm] 25/64 [10] 25/64 [10] 19/32 [15] 3/4 [19] 63/64 [25] 1-17/64 [32] 1-37/64 [40] 1-31/32 [50] 2-33/64 [64] 2-29/32 [74] 1-47/64 [44.2] 1-47/64 [44.2] 1-7/8 [47.5] 2-1/64 [51] 2-23/32 [69] 3-1/32 [77] 3-1/32 [94] 4 [101] 1-49/64 [121] 5-5/64 [129] SWBV DIMENSIONS Sweat Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ A in [mm] 1-55/64 [47.24] 1-55/64 [47.24] 2-15/64 [56.90] 2-51/64 [70.87] 3-35/64 [89.92] 4-1/8 [104.90] 4-11/16 [119.13] 5-35/64 [140.97] 6-39/64 [167.89] 6-57/64 [175.01] B in [mm] 3-5/32 [80.01] 3-5/32 [80.01] 3-55/64 [98.04] 3-55/64 [98.04] 4-13/32 [112.01] 4-51/64 [121.92] 5-7/16 [137.92] 5-7/16 [137.92] 8-3/16 [207.77] 9-11/16 [245.87] C in [mm] 23/64 [9.14] 1/2 [12.70] 5/8 [15.75] 7/8 [22.35] 1-1/8 [28.70] 1-3/8 [35.05] 1-5/8 [41.40] 2-1/8 [54.10] 2-41/64 [67.06] 3-13/32 [86.61] D in [mm] 1-47/64 [43.94] 1-47/64 [43.94] 2-15/64 [56.90] 2-23/64 [59.94] 2-45/64 [68.58] 3-3/64 [77.22] 3-51/64 [96.27] 4-5/32 [105.41] 4-63/64 [126.49] 5-1/16 [128.52] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. End Connections: DBVL: 1/4˝ to 3˝ female NPT; SWBV: 1/4˝ to 3˝ sweat connections. Pressure Limits: 1/4˝ to 2˝: -29˝ Hg to 600 psi (-736 mm Hg to 41 bar) WOG; DBVL: 2-1/2˝ to 3˝: -29” Hg to 250 psi (-736 mm Hg to 17 bar) WOG; SWBV: 2-1/2˝ to 3˝, -29˝ Hg to 400 psi (-736 mm Hg to 27 psi) WOG. Temperature Limits: -40° to 365°F (-40° to 185°C). Wetted Materials: Body, Body Cap, and Stem: Brass; Seat and Packing: PTFE; Ball: DBVL: 1/4˝ to 1˝: Chrome Plated Brass; 1-1/4˝ to 3˝: Stainless Steel; SWBV: Stainless Steel. Other Materials: Body Gland and Stem Nut: Brass; Handle and Handle Nut: Steel; Handle Cover: Rubber. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov B NPT Size A in [mm] 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 1-63/43 [50.29] 2-3/16 [55.37] 2-31/64 [62.99] 2-27/32 [72.14] 3-15/64 [82.04] 3-9/16 [90.42] B in [mm] 2-7/8 [72.90] 2-7/8 [72.90] 2-7/8 [72.90] 4 [101.60] 4-5/32 [105.41] 4-5/32 [105.41] C in [mm] 35/64 [13.97] 49/64 [19.30] 61/64 [24.38] 1-3/16 [29.97] 1-31/64 [37.85] 1-37/32 [46.99] NPT CONNECTION A C FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: -29˝ Hg to 600 psi (-736 mm Hg to 41.3 bar). Temperature Limit: -40 to 365ºF (-40 to 185ºC). Wetted Materials: Body and cap: Brass; Ball: Chrome plated brass; Stem: Brass; Stem packing and ball seat: PTFE. Other Materials: Gland and stem nut: Brass; Handle: Steel; Grip: Rubber. MODEL CHART Model Pipe Size Model UBV-00 UBV-01 Pipe Size Model Pipe Size 1˝ 1-1/4˝ UBV-02 UBV-03 1/2˝ 3/4˝ UBV-04 UBV-05 1-1/2˝ 2˝ USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

425

® SERIES MV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MINI BRASS BALL VALVES Economical, Compact Design Lever handle Screwdriver slot Tee handle Wedge handle Series MV Mini Brass Ball Valves are ideal for use in small, confined spaces, where larger valves are of no use. Installation is made easy with a choice of FxF or MxF process connections. Pure PTFE ball seats provide broad media compatibility and bubble tight shutoff. Double seal system allows valve to be operated in both directions. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Bubble tight shut off • Economical • Valve can be operated in both directions APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for small, confined spaces SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquid compatible with wetted materials. Not rated for steam use. End Connections: NPT, see model chart. Pressure Limits: -29˝ Hg to 450 psi (-736 mm Hg to 31 bar). Temperature Limits: -4 to 250°F (-20 to 121°C). Wetted Materials: Valve Body: Chrome-plated brass; Valve Ball: Chrome-plated brass; O-ring Stem Seal: Fluoroelastomer; Ball Seats: PTFE. V A L V E S B a l l , M a n u a l l V a v e s , MODEL CHART Female x Female Model MVB-LF1 MVB-LF2 MVB-LF3 MVB-LF4 MVB-TF1 MVB-TF2 MVB-TF3 MVB-TF4 MVB-WF1 MVB-WF2 MVB-WF3 MVB-WF4 MV5-SF1 MV5-SF2 MV5-SF3 MV5-SF4 Handle Style Lever handle Lever handle Lever handle Lever handle Tee handle Tee handle Tee handle Tee handle Wedge handle Wedge handle Wedge handle Wedge handle Screwdriver slot Screwdriver slot Screwdriver slot Screwdriver slot Male x Female Pipe Size Model 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ MVB-LM1 MVB-LM2 MVB-LM3 MVB-LM4 MVB-TM1 MVB-TM2 MVB-TM3 MVB-TM4 MVB-WM1 MVB-WM2 MVB-WM3 MVB-WM4 MV5-SM1 MV5-SM2 MV5-SM3 MV5-SM4 Handle Style Lever handle Lever handle Lever handle Lever handle Tee handle Tee handle Tee handle Tee handle Wedge handle Wedge handle Wedge handle Wedge handle Screwdriver slot Screwdriver slot Screwdriver slot Screwdriver slot Pipe Size 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ SERIES SMV2 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER MINI STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVE Economical, Wide Chemical Compatibility, Compact The Series SMV2 Mini Stainless Steel Ball Valve is ideal for small, confined spaces, where larger valves are unsuitable. The 316 SS and PTFE wetted materials are excellent for applications with corrosive media. The handles are made of a rigid nylon for extended durability. Installation is made easy with a choice of FxF or MxF process connections. PTFE ball seats provide broad media compatibility and bubble tight shutoff. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High working pressure • Abrasion resistant • Easy to install • Economical • Wide chemical compatibility APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for small, confined spaces USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 29/32 [23.00] D NPT SIZE 29/32 [23.00] D NPT SIZE C C B A C C B A Female X female connection Male X female connection SMV2-WFX SMV2-WMX SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. Not rated for steam use. End Connections: NPT, see model chart. Pressure Limits: 1/8˝ to 3/8˝, 1000 psi (68.9 bar) WOG; 1/2˝, 800 psi (51.1 bar) WOG. Temperature Limits: 212°F (100°C) maximum. Wetted Materials: Valve Body: Cast 316 SS (CF8M); Valve Ball, Insert and Stem: 316 SS; Ball Seat: PTFE. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). MODEL CHART Pipe Size Female x Female Model Male x Female Model 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ SMV2-WM1 SMV2-WM2 SMV2-WM3 SMV2-WM4 SMV2-WF1 SMV2-WF2 SMV2-WF3 SMV2-WF4 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 403

426

® S E V L A V SERIES WE31 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY NPT STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE31-DHD00-T1 WE31-DDA02-T1-AA01 WE31-DTD01-T3-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE31-DDA02-L1 WE31-DDA02-T3-NN05 The Series WE31 3-Way NPT Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout- proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE31 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve, and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Vented ball to reduce operating torque • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off • Mixing or diverting liquids and gases SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-way. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 2˝. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 28˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA04: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR03 to SR07: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 404 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

427

V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , ® SERIES WE31 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY NPT STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Full Port, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 11 14 18 43 84 90 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE31-CHD00-T1 WE31-DHD00-T1 WE31-EHD00-T1 WE31-FHD00-T1 WE31-GHD00-T1 WE31-HHD00-T1 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE31-CDA02-T2 WE31-DDA02-T2 WE31-EDA03-T2 WE31-FDA03-T2 WE31-GDA04-T2 WE31-HDA04-T2 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE31-CSR02-T2 WE31-DSR03-T2 WE31-ESR04-T2 WE31-FSR05-T2 WE31-GSR06-T2 WE31-HSR07-T2 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE31-CTD01-T2-A WE31-DTD01-T2-A WE31-ETD02-T2-A WE31-FTD02-T2-A WE31-GTD03-T2-A WE31-HTD03-T2-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE31-CMD01-T2-A WE31-DMD01-T2-A WE31-EMD02-T2-A WE31-FMD02-T2-A WE31-GMD03-T2-A WE31-HMD03-T2-A MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR Example WE31 -CSR02 -T1 -A A 00 WE31-CSR02-T1-AA00 Series Size and Range WE31 CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 CDA02 DDA02 EDA03 FDA03 GDA04 HDA04 CSR02 DSR03 ESR04 FSR05 GSR06 HSR07 Valve Position Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster 316 SS 3-way NPT 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner CTD01 DTD01 ETD02 FTD02 GTD03 HTD03 CMD01 DMD01 EMD02 FMD02 GMD03 HMD03 CTI01 DTI02 ETI02 FTI04 GTI05 HTI06 CMI01 DMI02 EMI02 FMI04 GMI05 HMI06 MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE31 -DMI02 -T2 -A WE31-DMI02-T2-A Series WE31 316 SS 3-way NPT 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position Size and 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position Range 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/4˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/4˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Actuator Voltage Valve Position T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 A B C D Valve Series and Size WE31-1/2˝ WE31-3/4˝ WE31-1˝ WE31-1-1/2˝ WE31-2˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-36 VRK-37 VRK-38 VRK-40 VRK-41 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats “T” Port Ball T1 Flow Path A T2 Flow Path B T3 Flow Path C T4 Flow Path D “L” Port Ball L1 Flow Path E Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 405

428

® S E V L A V SERIES WE35 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY NPT BRASS BALL VALVES Full Port, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE35-DHD00-T1 WE35-DDA02-T1-AA01 V I DEO O N L I N E WE35-DDA02-L1 WE35-DTD01-T3-A The Series WE35 3-Way NPT Brass Ball Valves incorporate a full port 3-way brass ball valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a brass ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. The Series WE35 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages, and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit most applications • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off • Mixing or diverting liquids and gases SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-way. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 2˝. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 600 psi (41 bar) WOG. Wetted Materials: Body, ball, and stem: Brass; Seat, seal, and packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 425°F (-30 to 220°C). Other Materials: O-ring: NBR; Handle, stem nut, ferrule: SS; Handle Sleeve: Vinyl; Body and cap: Nickle plated. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is a double acting and SR series is a spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA02 to DA03: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR04: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC, or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02: 20 s). Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC, 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 406 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

429

® SERIES WE35 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY NPT BRASS BALL VALVES Full Port, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 13 37 49 59 100 115 Popular Hand Operated Model WE35-CHD00-T1 WE35-DHD00-T1 WE35-EHD00-T1 WE35-FHD00-T1 WE35-GHD00-T1 WE35-HHD00-T1 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE35-CDA02-T2 WE35-DDA02-T2 WE35-EDA02-T2 WE35-FDA03-T2 WE35-GDA03-T2 WE35-HDA03-T2 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE35-CSR02-T2 WE35-DSR02-T2 WE35-ESR03-T2 WE35-FSR03-T2 WE35-GSR03-T2 WE35-HSR04-T2 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE35-CTD01-T2-A WE35-DTD01-T2-A WE35-ETD01-T2-A WE35-FTD01-T2-A WE35-GTD01-T2-A WE35-HTD02-T2-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE35-CMD01-T2-A WE35-DMD01-T2-A WE35-EMD01-T2-A WE35-FMD01-T2-A WE35-GMD01-T2-A WE35-HMD02-T2-A Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE35 -CSR02 -T1 -A A 00 WE35-CSR02-AA00 Series Size and Range WE35 Example WE35 -GMD01 -T2 -A WE35-GMD01-A Series WE35 Size and Range CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 CDA02 DDA02 EDA02 FDA03 GDA03 HDA03 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 FSR03 GSR03 HSR04 Valve Position Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 Description Air filter regulator, 0 to 120 psi CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 FTD01 GTD01 HTD02 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 FMD01 GMD01 HMD02 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 FTI02 GTI02 HTI03 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 FMI02 GMI02 HMI03 Brass 2-piece NPT 1/2˝ electric two-position 3/4˝ electric two-position 1˝ electric two-position 1-1/4˝ electric two-position 1-1/2˝ electric two-position 2˝ electric two-position 1/2˝ electric modulating 3/4˝ electric modulating 1˝ electric modulating 1-1/4˝ electric modulating 1-1/2˝ electric modulating 2˝ electric modulating 1/2˝ exp electric two-position 3/4˝ exp electric two-position 1˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/4˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/2˝ exp electric two-position 2˝ exp electric two-position 1/2˝ exp electric two-position 3/4˝ exp electric two-position 1˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/4˝ exp electric two-position 1-1/2˝ exp electric two-position 2˝ exp electric two-position Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Valve Position Actuator Voltage T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 A B C D Brass 2-piece NPT 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/4˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/4˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/4˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 407

430

® S E V L A V SERIES WE33 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY TRI-CLAMP STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Cavity Filled, Electric and Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE33-DHD00-T2 WE33-DDA01-L1-AA06 WE33-DTI01-T2-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE33-ESR03-T1-NN07 WE33-DTD01-T3-A The Series WE33 3-Way Tri-Clamp Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port 3-way tri-clamp SS ball valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout-proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE33 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or close, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve, and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Cavity filled valve for sanitary applications • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off • Mixing or diverting liquids and gases SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-way. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 2˝. End Connections: Tri-clamp ends. Pressure Limits: 20˝ Hg to 1000 psi (-0.7 to 69 bar) up to 250°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA03: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR04: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 408 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com

431

® SERIES WE33 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY TRI-CLAMP STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES Cavity Filled, Electric and Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/ min) 14.39 42.25 86.17 223.61 437.98 Popular Hand Operated Model WE33-CHD00-T2 WE33-DHD00-T2 WE33-EHD00-T2 WE33-GHD00-T2 WE33-HHD00-T2 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE33-CDA01-T2 WE33-DDA01-T2 WE33-EDA02-T2 WE33-GDA02-T2 WE33-HDA03-T2 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE33-CSR02-T2 WE33-DSR02-T2 WE33-ESR03-T2 WE33-GSR04-T2 WE33-HSR04-T2 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE33-CTD01-T2-A WE33-DTD01-T2-A WE33-ETD01-T2-A WE33-GTD02-T2-A WE33-HTD02-T2-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE33-CMD01-T2-A WE33-DMD01-T2-A WE33-EMD01-T2-A WE33-GMD02-T2-A WE33-HMD02-T2-A MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE33 -CSR02 -T4 -N N 07 WE33-CSR02-T4-NN07 Series Size and Actuator WE33 Example WE33 -DMD01 -T2 -B WE33-DMD01-T2-B Series WE33 Size and Actuator 316 SS 3-way tri-clamp 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 GHD00 HHD00 CDA01 DDA01 EDA02 GDA02 HDA03 CSR02 DSR02 ESR03 GSR04 HSR04 Valve Position Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster CTD01 DTD01 ETD01 GTD02 HTD02 CMD01 DMD01 EMD01 GMD02 HMD02 CTI01 DTI01 ETI02 GTI02 HTI03 CMI01 DMI01 EMI02 GMI02 HMI03 316 SS 3-way tri-clamp 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Valve Position Actuator Voltage T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 A B C D Valve Series and Size WE33-1/2˝ WE33-3/4˝ WE33-1˝ WE33-1-1/2˝ WE33-2˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-42 VRK-43 VRK-44 VRK-45 VRK-46 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , “T” Port Ball T1 Flow Path A T2 Flow Path B T3 Flow Path C T4 Flow Path D “L” Port Ball L1 Flow Path E Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 409

432

® S E V L A V SERIES WE34 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY FLANGED STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES 150# ANSI Flange, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B WE34-DHD00-L1 WE34-DDA03-T1-AA01 WE34-DTI03-T3-A V I DEO O N L I N E WE34-DDA03-T2 WE34-DDA03-T2-NN08 The Series WE34 3-Way Flanged Stainless Steel Ball Valves incorporate a full port 3-way flanged SS ball valve for great flow rates with minimal pressure drop. The valve features a blowout-proof stem for added safety, reinforced PTFE seats and seals for longer life, and a 316 SS (ASTM CF8M) ball for better performance. Actuators are direct mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE34 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4-20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SN solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Vented ball to reduce operating torque • Weatherproof or explosion-proof electric actuators • Double acting or spring return anodized aluminum pneumatic actuators • Full port design reduces the pressure drop across the valve • Eliminates threads and reduces installation and maintenance time APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Ideal for quick bubble tight shut-off • Mixing or diverting liquids and gases SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Body: 3-way. Line Sizes: 1/2 to 3˝. End Connections: 150# ANSI flange. Pressure Limits: 28˝ Hg to 275 psi (-0.7 to 19 bar) up to 392°F. Wetted Materials: Body and ball: 316 SS (CF8M); Stem: 316 SS; Seat: RTFE/ PTFE; Seal, Washer, and Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 392°F (-29 to 200°C). Other Materials: O-ring: Fluoroelastomer; Handle: 304 SS; Washer: 301 SS; Stem Nut, Locking Device, Gland Ring: 304 SS; Handle Sleeve: PVC. Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/ EU (RoHS II). ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA08: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR03 to SR09: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s; TD04 and MD04: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 410 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

433

V A L V E S B a l l , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , ® SERIES WE34 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY FLANGED STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES 150# ANSI Flange, Vented Ball, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 26 50 94 260 380 650 1000 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE34-CHD00-T2 WE34-DHD00-T2 WE34-EHD00-T2 WE34-GHD00-T2 WE34-HHD00-T2 WE34-IHD00-T2 WE34-JHD00-T2 Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE34-CDA02-T2 WE34-DDA02-T2 WE34-EDA03-T2 WE34-GDA05-T2 WE34-HDA06-T2 WE34-IDA07-T2 WE34-JDA08-T2 Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE34-CSR03-T2 WE34-DSR03-T2 WE34-ESR05-T2 WE34-GSR06-T2 WE34-HSR07-T2 WE34-ISR08-T2 WE34-JSR09-T2 Popular NEMA 4X Two Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE34-CTD02-T2-A WE34-DTD02-T2-A WE34-ETD02-T2-A WE34-GTD03-T2-A WE34-HTD03-T2-A WE34-ITD04-T2-A WE34-JTD04-T2-A Popular NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE34-CMD01-T2-A WE34-DMD01-T2-A WE34-EMD02-T2-A WE34-GMD03-T2-A WE34-HMD03-T2-A WE34-IMD04-T2-A WE34-JMD04-T2-A MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE34 -JDA08 -T1 -A B 00 WE34-JDA08-T1-AB00 Example WE34 -HMD03 -T3 -A WE34-HMD03-T3-A WE34 Series Size and Actuator Valve Position Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 JHD00 CDA02 DDA02 EDA03 GDA05 HDA06 IDA07 JDA08 CSR03 DSR03 ESR05 GSR06 HSR07 ISR08 JSR09 316 SS 3-way 150# ANSI flange 1/2˝ hand operated 3/4˝ hand operated 1˝ hand operated 1-1/2˝ hand operated 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 1/2˝ double acting 3/4˝ double acting 1˝ double acting 1-1/2˝ double acting 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 1/2˝ spring return 3/4˝ spring return 1˝ spring return 1-1/2˝ spring return 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 Series WE34 Size and Actuator CTD02 DTD02 ETD02 GTD03 HTD03 ITD04 JTD04 CMD01 DMD01 EMD02 GMD03 HMD03 IMD04 JMD04 CTI02 DTI02 ETI03 GTI05 HTI06 ITI06 JTI08 CMI02 DMI02 EMI03 GMI05 HMI06 IMI06 JMI08 Valve Position Actuator Voltage T1 T2 T3 T4 L1 A B C D ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster “T” Port Ball T1 Flow Path A T2 Flow Path B T3 Flow Path C T4 Flow Path D “L” Port Ball L1 Flow Path E Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 316 SS 3-way 150# ANSI flange 1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3/4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3/4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 1/2˝ exp two-position 3/4˝ exp two-position 1˝ exp two-position 1-1/2˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3/4˝ exp electric modulating 1˝ exp electric modulating 1-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating Flow path A Flow path B Flow path C Flow path D Flow path E 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Valve Series and Size WE34-1/2˝ WE34-3/4˝ WE34-1˝ WE34-1-1/2 WE34-2˝ WE34-2-1/2˝ WE34-3˝ REPAIR KIT Model VRK-50 VRK-51 VRK-52 VRK-54 VRK-55 VRK-56 VRK-57 Parts List - Included in Kit 1 PTFE thrust washer 1 FKM O-ring 2 PTFE stem packing 2 PTFE seals 2 RTFE seats DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 411

434

® S E V L A V SERIES 3PBV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-WAY PLASTIC AUTOMATED BALL VALVES Electric and Pneumatic Actuators Position A 3.85 9.50 14.4 27.3 33.3 63.0 B 2.45 6.65 9.80 18.9 23.1 43.4 Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ C 4.55 10.2 17.2 32.2 42.0 84.0 D 13.7 26.6 53.2 73.5 119 224 E 5.11 10.5 18.6 33.3 43.4 85.4 Cv values 250 232 200 150 100 50 40 0 32 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE RATINGS 1/2˝ to 2˝ 2˝ to 4˝ 73 62 92 122 140 152 182 212 WORKING TEMPERATURE (°F) ) i s p ( E R U S S E R P G N K R O W I The Series 3PBV 3-Way Plastic Automated Ball Valves are ideal for mixing or diverting services in industrial, chemical, turf and irrigation, and pool and spa applications, as well as for use with potable water. The valve features a 3-seat design for efficient automation, reinforced TFE seats and EPDM seals for longer life, and an all PVC construction for heavyweight durability at a lightweight cost. Valves also come standard with field selectable NPT or socket process connections. The 3PBV is an economical automated valve package with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electrically actuated models are weatherproof, NEMA 4 (IP56), powered by standard 115 VAC supply, and are available in either two-position or proportional control. Two-position actuators use the 115 VAC input to drive each of the valve ports open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4-20 mA input for infinite valve positioning. Actuator features include thermal overload protection to withstand stall conditions, visual position indication and a permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive each of the actuator ports. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to drive the valve stem one direction, and internally loaded springs return the valve to its original position. Also available is the SV3 solenoid valve to electrically switch the supply pressure between the air supply ports. Actuators are constructed of anodized aluminum and are epoxy coated for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Available with a variety of electric and pneumatic actuators • Field selectable socket or NPT connections APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control • Mixing or diverting liquids and gases HOW TO ORDER: 1. Select Model Number to specify pipe size and actuator. 2. Choose a Port Configuration to determine valve flow path. Example: 3PBVPSR204-L1 MODEL CHART SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Body: 3-way. Line Size: 1/2˝ to 2˝. End Connections: Female NPT or socket (field-selectable). Pressure Limit: 1/2˝ to 1˝: 232 psi (16.0 bar) @ 73°F (23°C); 1-1/4˝ to 2˝: 150 psi (10.3 bar) @ 73°F (23°C) WOG; Vacuum: 29˝ Hg. See chart for curve. Wetted Materials: Body, end connectors: PVC; Ball, stem: PVC; Seat: TFE; Stem seal: EPDM. Temperature Limit: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C). ACTUATORS Electric Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase. Optional 220 VAC, 24 VAC, 12 VDC, and 24 VDC. Power Consumption (Locked Rotor Current): Two position: 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝: .55 A, 2˝: 0.75 A; Modulating: 0.75 A. Cycle Time: (per 90°): Two position: 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝: 2.5 s, 2˝: 5 s; Modulating: 5 s. Duty Cycle: Two position: 1/2˝ to 1-1/2˝: 75%, 2˝: 25%; Modulating: 75%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4. Optional NEMA 7 (Class 1, Div. II groups A, B, C, D). Housing Material: Aluminum with thermal bonding polyester powder finish. Temperature Limit: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 65°C). Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override and visual position indicator except modulating units. Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psig (8 bar). Air Connections: DA/SR1 to 5: 1/8˝ female NPT, all other sizes: 1/4˝ female NPT. Air Consumption (per stroke): DA1: 2.32 in3; DA2, SR2: 9.34 in3; SR3: 17.21 in3. Cycle Time (per 90°): DA1: .03 s; DA2: .04 s; SR2: .09 s; SR3: .14 s. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limit: -4 to 180°F (-20 to 82°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Standard Features: Visual position indicator. d e t a m o t u A , l l , s e v a V l a B Double Acting Pneumatic Model* 3PBVPDA102 3PBVPDA103 3PBVPDA104 3PBVPDA105 3PBVPDA206 3PBVPDA207 Cv See Chart Below Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ *Complete model includes Port Configuration - see “How to Order”. Spring Return Pneumatic Model* 3PBVPSR202 3PBVPSR203 3PBVPSR204 3PBVPSR205 3PBVPSR306 3PBVPSR307 Two Position Electric Model* 3PBVPU1102 3PBVPU1103 3PBVPU1104 3PBVPU1105 3PBVPU1206 3PBVPU1207 Modulating Electric Model* 3PBVPV1202 3PBVPV1203 3PBVPV1204 3PBVPV1205 3PBVPV1206 3PBVPV1207 OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -EX *Example: Third digit in U12 or V12 is the size Note: For optional electric acutator supply voltages, contact factory for model number change Explosion proof electric actuators XX1-XX6 Actuator Size* “T” Port Ball T1 Flow Path A T2 Flow Path B T3 Flow Path C T4 Flow Path D “L” Port Ball L1 Flow Path E Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448 412 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

435

® SERIES SAE | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BUTTERFLY VALVE Low Cost, S.A.E. Flange, Hydraulic Reservoir Shut Off Valve V A L V E S G K D C E - 4 PLACES H F L-O-RING I.D. WIDTH A J B A in [mm] 2 [50.80] 2-1/2 [63.50] 3 [76.20] 4 [101.60] 5 [127.00] B in [mm] 2 [50.80] 2 [50.80] 2-1/2 [63.50] 3-1/4 [82.55] 4 [101.60] C in [mm] 3-1/16 [77.79] 3-1/2 [88.90] 4-3/16 [106.36] 5-1/8 [130.18] 6 [152.40] D in [mm] 1-11/16 [42.86] 2 [50.80] 2-7/16 [61.91] 3-1/16 [77.79] 3-5/8 [92.08] E in [mm] 1/2 [12.70] 1/2 [12.70] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] F in [mm] 1-3/4 [44.45] 2-1/16 [52.39] 2-5/16 [58.74] 2-3/4 [69.85] 3-5/16 [84.14] G in [mm] 2-13/16 [71.44] 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-3/8 [85.73] 4 [101.60] 4-3/8 [111.13] H in [mm] 5-1/8 [130.18] 5-1/8 [130.18] 5-1/8 [130.18] 5-5/8 [142.88] 6 [152.40] J in [mm] 13/16 [20.64] 13/16 [20.64] 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-1/2 [38.10] K in [mm] 5 [127.00] 5 [127.00] 5 [127.00] 5 [127.00] 5 [127.00] L in [mm] 2-1/4 [57.15] 2-3/4 [69.85] 3-3/8 [85.73] 4-3/8 [111.13] 5-3/8 [136.53] I.D. X W.D. 1/8 [3.18] 1/8 [3.18] 1/8 [3.18] 1/8 [3.18] 1/8 [3.18] Size 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ 5˝ SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Line Size: 2˝ to 5˝. Body Style: 2-way, lug butterfly. End Connections: O-ring flange face seal (S.A.E. J518). Pressure Limit: Shut-off: 25 psi (1.72 bar) bubble tight; Body shell: 500 psi (34.5 bar). Wetted Materials: Body and disc/vane: Cast iron; O-rings: Buna-N or fluoroelastomer; Stem: Steel. Temperature Limits: Buna-N: 180°F (82°C); Fluoroelastomer: 300°F (149°C). Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). The Series SAE Butterfly Valve is an ideal low cost hydraulic reservoir shut off valve. These valves are designed to meet the demanding needs of the fluid power industry. Unique features include an O-ring flange face seal complying with S.A.E. J518 dimensional requirements. This design provides for bubble tight reservoir shut off up to 25 psi (1.72 bar) and a max temperature of 180°F (82.2°C). The compact envelope dimension reduces space requirements. Unit allows for adjustment by incorporating an open/close detent position lock which can be infinitely positioned to achieve a desired flow rate. The unique design resists the vibrations associated with hydraulic pumps and pumping systems. Optional fluoroelastomer seals and locking handle are available. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Flange face complies with S.A.E. J518 dimensional requirements • Bubble tight shut-off • Locking handles are available APPLICATIONS • Hydraulic reservoir isolation on injection molding or earth moving equipment • Used to isolate the hydraulic reservoir during maintenance MODEL CHART Model SAE-20 SAE-25 SAE-30 SAE-40 SAE-50 Flange Size 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ 5˝ B u t t e r fl y , M a n u a l V a v e s , l OPTIONS To order add suffix: Description -VIT Example: SAE-30-VIT -LHR Example: SAE-30-LHR Locking handle Fluoroelastomer O-ring seals DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 413

436

® S E V L A V SERIES WE20 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BUTTERFLY VALVES Lug or Wafer, EPDM or PTFE, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators , s e v a V l d e t a m o t u A , y fl r e t t u B WE20-CHD00-LE V I DEO O N L I N E WE20-ETD04-LE-A WE20-CDA04-WP-NN08 WE20-EDA06-LE WE20-CDA04-WP-AA07 The Series WE20 Butterfly Valves are offered in lug or wafer body styles and is equipped with a PTFE or EPDM liner. The most critical aspect of the Series WE20 Butterfly Valves is the cartridge seat design, which alleviates installation problems associated with common “dove tail design” seats. Valve torques are lower and more consistent as the seat dynamics are not dependent on being coupled between two flanges. Precision machining of the disc and body allow the cartridge design to maintain a tighter disc to seat tolerance, providing a perfect low torque seal each and every time the valve is cycled. The seat to disc seal is independent of flange support and capable of full rated dead end service. Actuators are directly mounted creating a compact assembly for tight spaces. Limit switches are able to be mounted directly to the valves allowing for remote position indication. The Series WE20 can be configured with either an electric or pneumatic actuator. Electric actuators are available in weatherproof or explosion-proof, a variety of supply voltages and two-position or modulating control. Two-position actuators use the supply voltage to drive the valve open or closed, while the modulating actuator accepts a 4 to 20 mA input for valve positioning. Actuators feature thermal overload protection and permanently lubricated gear train. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports, with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve, and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. The pneumatic double acting actuator uses an air supply to drive the valve open and closed. The actuator has two supply ports with one driving the valve open and the other driving the valve closed. Spring return pneumatic actuators use the air supply to open the valve and internally loaded springs return the valve to the closed position. Also available is the SV3 solenoid valve to electrically switch the air supply pressure between the air supply ports for opening and closing the valve. Actuators are constructed of anodized and epoxy coated aluminum for years of corrosion free service. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Machined flats attach disc/stem - no pins • Phenolic backed cartridge seat design for extended service and ease of replacement • Extended neck for insulation - no fabricated extensions required • Capable of being configured to fit any application • Limit switches can be mounted to manual valves for remote monitoring • Available with a variety of electric and pneumatic actuators APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control SPECIFICATIONS VALVE Service: Compatible liquids, gases, and steam. Body: 2-way, wafer or lug butterfly. Line Sizes: 2 to 12˝. End Connections: Lug and wafer pattern designed for flanges that are ANSI Class 125 (B16.1) and ANSI Class 150 (B16.5) dimension. Pressure Limits: 225 psi (15.5 bar). Wetted Materials: Body Material: Ductile iron; Disc: 316 SS; Seat: EPDM or PTFE; O-ring: EPDM; Stem: 410 SS. Temperature Limits: Disc: EPDM: -50 to 250°F (-46 to 121°C); PTFE: 0 to 300°F (-18 to 149°C). Bearings: Nylatron. Operator: 2 to 6˝ 10-position locking hand lever; 8 to 12˝: manual gear. ACTUATORS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 70 to 115 psi (4.8 to 7.9 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA03 thru DA11: 1/4˝ FNPT; SR03 thru SR11: 1/4˝ FNPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC or 24 VAC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01 and MD01: 4 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s; TD04 and MD04: 30 s; TD05 and MD05: 30 s; TD06 and MD06: 45 s; TD07 and MD07: 30 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TH and MH Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7, designed to meet hazardous locations: Class I, Group C & D; Class II, Group E, F & G; Division I & II. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. 414 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

437

® SERIES WE20 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BUTTERFLY VALVES Lug or Wafer, EPDM or PTFE, Electric or Pneumatic Actuators MODEL CHART Cv (gal/min) 135 220 302 600 1022 1579 3136 5340 8250 Size 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ 5˝ 6˝ 8˝ 10˝ 12˝ Popular Hand Operated Model WE20-AHD00-WE WE20-BHD00-WE WE20-CHD00-WE WE20-DHD00-WE WE20-EHD00-WE WE20-FHD00-WE WE20-GHD00-WE WE20-HHD00-WE WE20-IHD00-WE Popular Double Acting Pneumatic Model WE20-ADA03-WE WE20-BDA03-WE WE20-CDA04-WE WE20-DDA05-WE WE20-EDA06-WE WE20-FDA07-WE WE20-GDA08-WE WE20-HDA09-WE WE20-IDA11-WE Popular Spring Return Pneumatic Model WE20-ASR04-WE WE20-BSR04-WE WE20-CSR06-WE WE20-DSR07-WE WE20-ESR08-WE WE20-FSR09-WE WE20-GSR10-WE WE20-HSR11-WE WE20-ISR11-WE NEMA 4X Two- Position Electric (110 VAC) Model WE20-ATD02-WE-A WE20-BTD02-WE-A WE20-CTD02-WE-A WE20-DTD03-WE-A WE20-ETD04-WE-A WE20-FTD04-WE-A WE20-GTD05-WE-A WE20-HTD06-WE-A WE20-ITD07-WE-A NEMA 4X Modulating Electric (110 VAC) Model WE20-AMD02-WE-A WE20-BMD02-WE-A WE20-CMD02-WE-A WE20-DMD03-WE-A WE20-EMD04-WE-A WE20-FMD04-WE-A WE20-GMD05-WE-A WE20-HMD06-WE-A WE20-IMD07-WE-A V A L V E S MODEL CHART - HAND OPERATED & PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR Example WE20 -BSR04 -WE -A A 00 Series Size and Actuator WE20 MODEL CHART - ELECTRIC ACTUATOR Example WE20 -DMH05 -WE -A WE20-DMH05-WE-A Series Size and Actuator WE20 B u t t e r fl y , A u t o m a t e d l V a v e s , AHD00 BHD00 CHD00 DHD00 EHD00 FHD00 GHD00 HHD00 IHD00 ADA03 BDA03 CDA04 DDA05 EDA06 FDA07 GDA08 HDA09 IDA11 ASR04 BSR04 CSR06 DSR07 ESR08 FSR09 GSR10 HSR11 ISR11 Body Type /Liner Solenoid Solenoid Voltage Positioner and Switches WE WP LE LP N A N A B C D E 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 WE20-BSR04-WE-AA00 Butterfly valve 2˝ hand operated 2-1/2˝ hand operated 3˝ hand operated 4˝ hand operated 5˝ hand operated 6˝ hand operated 8˝ hand operated 10˝ hand operated 12˝ hand operated 2˝ double acting 2-1/2˝ double acting 3˝ double acting 4˝ double acting 5˝ double acting 6˝ double acting 8˝ double acting 10˝ double acting 12˝ double acting 2˝ spring return 2-1/2˝ spring return 3˝ spring return 4˝ spring return 5˝ spring return 6˝ spring return 8˝ spring return 10˝ spring return 12˝ spring return Wafer-EPDM Wafer-PTFE Lug-EPDM Lug-PTFE No solenoid NEMA 4X NAMUR solenoid No solenoid 120 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC None 42AD0 exp limit switch 45VD0 exp position transmitter 42AD0-B ATEX limit switch 42AD0-IE IECEX limit switch QV-210101 poly limit switch VPS and P1 prox switch 265ER-D5 positioner 285ER-D5 smart positioner ATD02 BTD02 CTD02 DTD03 ETD04 FTD04 GTD05 HTD06 ITD07 AMD02 BMD02 CMD02 DMD03 EMD04 FMD04 GMD05 HMD06 IMD07 ATH03 BTH03 CTH05 DTH05 ETH06 FTH08 GTH09 HTH10 ITH11 AMH03 BMH03 CMH05 DMH05 EMH06 FMH08 GMH09 HMH10 IMH11 Butterfly valve 2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X two-position 3˝ NEMA 4X two-position 4˝ NEMA 4X two-position 5˝ NEMA 4X two-position 6˝ NEMA 4X two-position 8˝ NEMA 4X two-position 10˝ NEMA 4X two-position 12˝ NEMA 4X two-position 2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2-1/2˝ NEMA 4X modulating 3˝ NEMA 4X modulating 4˝ NEMA 4X modulating 5˝ NEMA 4X modulating 6˝ NEMA 4X modulating 8˝ NEMA 4X modulating 10˝ NEMA 4X modulating 12˝ NEMA 4X modulating 2˝ exp two-position 2-1/2˝ exp two-position 3˝ exp two-position 4˝ exp two-position 5˝ exp two-position 6˝ exp two-position 8˝ exp two-position 10˝ exp two-position 12˝ exp two-position 2˝ exp electric modulating 2-1/2˝ exp electric modulating 3˝ exp electric modulating 4˝ exp electric modulating 5˝ exp electric modulating 6˝ exp electric modulating 8˝ exp electric modulating 10˝ exp electric modulating 12˝ exp electric modulating Wafer-EPDM Wafer-PTFE Lug-EPDM Lug-PTFE 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC Material/ Liner Actuator Voltage WE WP LE LP A B C D Options NO Fail open spring return actuator ACCESSORIES Model AFR4 VB-01 Description Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 415

438

® S E V L A V SERIES ACT | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC ACTUATORS Actuators for Valve and Damper Automation ACT-SR03 ACT-TD01-110VAC ACT-MI02-110VAC The W.E. Anderson Series ACT Actuators are available in either pneumatic or electric models. The wide range of torques and voltages means there is an actuator for almost any application. The standard ISO 5211 mounting configuration makes installation to any valve or damper quick and simple. W.E. Anderson pneumatic ACT models are a compact rack-and-pinion design with a symmetrical structure that ensures fast and steady action, high precision and high output power. The corrosion resistant anodized aluminum body is designed to withstand the harsh and abusive industrial environments and provide reliable service. We offer double acting and spring return models in a variety of sizes to fit any application. W.E. Anderson electric ACT models are available in two-position or modulating configurations and NEMA 4X or NEMA 7 rated enclosures. All electric actuators utilize a high grade powder coated aluminum enclosure with visual indicators. The two-position models come standard with two auxiliary switches, and modulating models offer an output for position monitoring. Certain models are equipped with manual overrides allowing the operator to cycle the valve manually for installation or maintenance checks. FEATURES/BENEFITS • ISO 5211 Mounting configuration for easy installation • Pneumatic actuators offer corrosion resistance anodized finish • NAMUR mounting configuration on pneumatic actuators • Two-position electric actuators include auxiliary limit switches • Modulating electric actuators offer an output for position monitoring APPLICATIONS • Designed for quarter turn valve or damper control SPECIFICATIONS Pneumatic “DA” and “SR” Series Type: DA series is double-acting and SR series is spring return (rack and pinion). Normal Supply Pressure: DA: 40 to 115 psi (2.7 to 7.9 bar); SR: 80 psi (5.5 bar). Maximum Supply Pressure: 120 psi (8.6 bar). Air Connections: DA01: 1/8˝ female NPT; DA02 to DA14: 1/4˝ female NPT; SR02 to SR14: 1/4˝ female NPT. Housing Material: Anodized aluminum body and epoxy coated aluminum end caps. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Accessory Mounting: NAMUR standard. Electric “TD” and “MD” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC (MD models not available in 24 VDC). Power Consumption: See manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): TD01: 4 s; MD01: 10 s; TD02 and MD02: 20 s; TD03 and MD03: 30 s; TD04 and MD04: 30 s; TD05 and MD05: 30 s; TD06 and MD06: 45 s; TD07 and MD07: 45 s. Duty Rating: 85%. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP67). Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -22 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Manual override, position indicator, and TD models come with two limit switches. Electric “TI” and “MI” Series Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: See instruction manual. Cycle Time (per 90°): See instruction manual. Duty Rating: See instruction manual. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 7. Housing Material: Powder coated aluminum. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Modulating Input: 4-20 mA. Standard Features: Position indicator and two limit switches. s r o t a u t c A MODEL CHART Pneumatic Model Description ACT-DA01 ACT-DA02 ACT-DA03 ACT-DA04 ACT-DA05 ACT-DA06 ACT-DA07 ACT-DA08 ACT-DA09 ACT-DA10 ACT-DA11 ACT-DA12 ACT-DA13 ACT-DA14 ACT-SR02 ACT-SR03 ACT-SR04 ACT-SR05 ACT-SR06 ACT-SR07 ACT-SR08 ACT-SR09 ACT-SR10 ACT-SR11 ACT-SR12 ACT-SR13 ACT-SR14 Electric Model ACT-TD01-110VAC ACT-TD02-110VAC ACT-TD03-110VAC ACT-TD04-110VAC ACT-TD05-110VAC ACT-TD06-110VAC ACT-MD01-110VAC ACT-MD02-110VAC ACT-MD03-110VAC ACT-MD04-110VAC ACT-MD05-110VAC ACT-MD06-110VAC ACT-TI01-110VAC ACT-TI02-110VAC ACT-TI03-110VAC ACT-TI04-110VAC ACT-TI05-110VAC ACT-TI06-110VAC ACT-TI07-110VAC ACT-TI08-110VAC ACT-TI09-110VAC ACT-TI10-110VAC ACT-TI11-110VAC ACT-MI01-110VAC ACT-MI02-110VAC ACT-MI03-110VAC ACT-MI04-110VAC ACT-MI05-110VAC ACT-MI06-110VAC ACT-MI07-110VAC ACT-MI08-110VAC ACT-MI09-110VAC ACT-MI10-110VAC ACT-MI11-110VAC Double acting pneumatic actuator, 98 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 207 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 365 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 603 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 792 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 1135 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 1690 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 2993 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 4506 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 6866 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 11065 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 15207 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 23834 in-lb Double acting pneumatic actuator, 33516 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 95 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 176 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 274 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 381 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 536 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 815 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 1411 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 2460 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 3733 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 6166 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 5253 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 7923 in-lb Spring return pneumatic actuator, 9546 in-lb Description Electric two-position, 177 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric two-position, 442 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric two-position, 885 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric two-position, 1770 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric two-position, 3540 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric two-position, 8850 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric modulating, 265 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric modulating, 442 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric modulating, 885 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric modulating, 1770 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric modulating, 3540 in-lb, 110 VAC Electric modulating, 8850 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 100 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 200 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 300 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 400 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 675 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 1000 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 1500 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 2000 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 3840 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 5000 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric two-position, 7020 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 100 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 200 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 300 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 400 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 675 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 1000 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 1500 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 2000 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 3840 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 5000 in-lb, 110 VAC EXP electric modulating, 7020 in-lb, 110 VAC Note: Optional voltages available for the electric actuators. Change the -110 VAC to -220 VAC, 24 VDC or 24 VAC. The ACT-MD is not available with 24 VAC. 416 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

439

® SERIES ACT | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRIC ACTUATORS Actuators for Valve and Damper Automation MODEL CHART - DOUBLE ACTING ACTUATOR TORQUE Double Acting Pneumatic Actuator Output Torque (in-lb) Air Pressure 40 psi 50 psi 60 psi 70 psi 80 psi 49 104 182 302 396 567 845 1497 2253 3433 5532 7603 11917 16758 90 psi 100 psi 110 psi 115 psi 110 233 411 679 891 1277 1901 3367 5069 7724 12448 17107 26813 37706 123 259 456 754 990 1419 2112 3742 5632 8582 13831 19008 29792 41896 98 207 365 603 792 1135 1690 2993 4506 6866 11065 15207 23834 33516 61 130 228 377 495 709 1056 1871 2816 4291 6916 9504 14896 20948 74 155 274 453 594 851 1267 2245 3379 5149 8299 11405 17875 25137 86 181 319 528 693 993 1478 2619 3942 6008 9682 13306 20855 29327 135 285 502 830 1089 1561 2323 4116 6195 9440 15214 20909 32772 46085 142 300 529 875 1148 1646 2450 4340 6533 9955 16044 22050 34559 48599 Model ACT-DA01 ACT-DA02 ACT-DA03 ACT-DA04 ACT-DA05 ACT-DA06 ACT-DA07 ACT-DA08 ACT-DA09 ACT-DA10 ACT-DA11 ACT-DA12 ACT-DA13 ACT-DA14 ACCESSORIES Models Description AFR4 VB-01 SN-5A SN-3A Air filter regulator 0 to 120 psi Volume booster 5/2 NAMUR 110 VAC solenoid 3/2 NAMUR 110 VAC solenoid MODEL CHART - SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR TORQUE Torque List of Spring Return Pneumatic Actuator (in-lb) Spring Torque 0° 69.9 120 180 263 385 695 937 1640 2529 4104 5253 7923 9546 90° 95.5 176 274 381 536 815 1411 2460 3733 6166 8258 14103 18350 Spring Sets 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Air Pressure 70 psi 0° 111.4 199 348 430 608 783 1682 2303 3479 5578 8052 12932 19781 90° 85.8 143 254 312 458 663 1208 1483 2274 3516 5048 6752 10977 Model ACT-SR02 ACT-SR03 ACT-SR04 ACT-SR05 ACT-SR06 ACT-SR07 ACT-SR08 ACT-SR09 ACT-SR10 ACT-SR11 ACT-SR12 ACT-SR13 ACT-SR14 80 psi 0° 137.3 245 424 529 750 994 2056 2866 4337 6961 9953 15911 23970 90° 111.7 189 330 411 599 874 1583 2046 3133 4899 6948 9731 15167 90 psi 0° 163.2 291 499 628 891 1206 2430 3429 5195 8344 11854 18890 28160 90° 137.6 235 405 510 741 1085 1957 2609 3991 6282 8849 12710 19357 100 psi 0° 189.1 336 575 727 1033 1417 2804 3992 6053 9727 13755 21869 32349 90° 163.5 280 481 609 883 1297 2331 3173 4849 7665 10750 15690 23546 110 psi 0° 215 382 650 826 1175 1628 3178 4556 6911 11111 15656 24849 36539 90° 189.4 326 556 708 1025 1508 2705 3736 5707 9048 12651 18669 27736 115 psi 0° 230.6 409 695 885 1260 1755 3403 4894 7426 11940 16796 26636 39053 90° 204.9 353 601 767 1110 1635 2930 4074 6222 9878 13791 20456 30249 SERIES ARK PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR REPAIR KIT Springs, Gaskets, and O-rings for Series ACT-DA/SR V A L V E S A c t u a t o r s ARK-14 The Series ARK Pneumatic Actuator Repair Kit includes a complete set of O-rings for the Series ACT-DA and ACT-SR pneumatic actuators. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Kit includes springs, gaskets and O-rings for ACT-DA/SR MODEL CHART APPLICATIONS • Repair kit for ACT-DA or ACT-SR actuators SPECIFICATIONS Agency Approvals: Meets the technical requirements of EU Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS II). Model ARK-00 ARK-01 ARK-02 ARK-03 ARK-04 ARK-05 ARK-06 ARK-07 ARK-08 ARK-09 ARK-10 Dwyer Actuator (Model) ACT-DA01 ACT-DA02 ACT-DA03 ACT-DA04 ACT-DA05 ACT-DA06 ACT-DA07 ACT-DA08 ACT-DA09 ACT-DA10 ACT-DA11 Model ARK-14 ARK-15 ARK-16 ARK-17 ARK-18 ARK-19 ARK-20 ARK-21 ARK-22 ARK-23 ARK-24 Dwyer Actuator (Model) ACT-SR02 ACT-SR03 ACT-SR04 ACT-SR05 ACT-SR06 ACT-SR07 ACT-SR08 ACT-SR09 ACT-SR10 ACT-SR11 ACT-SR12 ACTUATOR REPAIR KIT FOR: Series ACT-SR/DA PARTS LIST - INCLUDED IN KIT (2) FVMQ O-rings for end caps (2) FVMQ O-rings for piston (2) FVMQ O-rings for stem (2) FVMQ O-rings for adjusting bolt (10) Stainless steel springs (ACT-SR kits only) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 417

440

® S E V L A V SERIES 38R | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER SELF-ACTING TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE Requires No External Power , s e v a V l e b o G l The Series 38R Self-Acting Temperature Control Valve requires no external power sources and is ideal for regulating the temperature of tanks, process streams and various types of industrial equipment. The actuators are made with a rugged die-cast aluminum housing with a fully enclosed bellow assembly and internal over-range protection. Valves are offered in 1/2˝ through 6˝ connection sizes and 1/8˝ through 6˝ port sizes. The valve bodies are available in single-seated direct or reverse-acting, double-seated direct or reverse-acting, and 3-way designs with four choices of body material: bronze, cast-iron, cast-steel, and 316 SS. Actuators are available with or without indicating dials or in Fail-Safe. Non-indicating actuators feature a lower profile and should be implemented where space constraints may be an issue while the indicating actuator allows the operator to verify the process temperature and aid in temperature adjustment. Fail-Safe actuators are designed to cause the valve to fail in the safe control position (open in cooling application, closed in a heating application) should some accidental damage occur to the terminal system, resulting in loss of pressure charge. Also available with the Series 38R are a wide range of capillaries, bulbs, and thermowells. Please request a copy of our Valve Catalog, CT-VC, or visit our website at www.dwyer- inst.com to see full model information and ordering details for the Series 38R. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Self-operated design • Internal over range protection • Heavy duty die cast aluminum actuator APPLICATIONS • Temperature control without external power or control inputs SPECIFICATIONS VALVE BODY Service: Compatible liquids, gases, and steam. Line Size: 1/2˝ to 2˝. Body Style: 2-way or 3-way. End Connections: 1/2˝ to 2˝ female NPT. Pressure Limit: 250 psi (17.2 bar). Wetted Materials: Body material: Bronze or 316 SS; Trim: 316 SS; Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: 410°F (210°C) @ 250 psi (17.24 bar). ACTUATOR Power Requirements: Fully self-contained, no external power required. Indicator: 3-1/2˝ dial thermometer, SS case, swivel and angle adjustable (available for indicating actuator only). Housing: Die cast aluminum, epoxy powder coated blue finish. Set Point Scale: Integral to housing. Bellows: High-pressure brass, corrosion resistant, tinplated finish. Adjustment Screws: Brass. Range Adjustment Spring: Cadmium plated. Overrange Protection: 100°F over upper range limit for temporary situations. Note: See website for additional options. 418 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

441

V A L V E S l G o b e l V a v e s , ® SERIES 38R | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER SELF-ACTING TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE Requires No External Power 38R -D00VA32 -1 01 36 2 -R09 38R-D00VA32-101362-R09 MODEL CHART Example Series Valve 38R D00VA32 D01VA32 D02VA32 D03VA32 D04VA32 D05VA32 R00VA32 R01VA32 R02VA32 R03VA32 R04VA32 R05VA32 D00VA42 D01VA42 D02VA42 D03VA42 D04VA42 D05VA42 R00VA42 R01VA42 R02VA42 R03VA42 R04VA42 R05VA42 300WA31 301WA31 302WA31 303WA31 304WA31 305WA31 300WA41 301WA41 302WA41 303WA41 304WA41 305WA41 Self-acting temperature control valve 1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, direct acting 3/4˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, direct acting 1˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, direct acting 1-1/4˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, direct acting 1-1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, direct acting 2˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, direct acting 1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, reverse acting 3/4˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, reverse acting 1˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, reverse acting 1-1/4˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, reverse acting 1-1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, reverse acting 2˝ NPT single seat two-way bronze valve, reverse acting 1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, direct acting 3/4˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, direct acting 1˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, direct acting 1-1/4˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, direct acting 1-1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, direct acting 2˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, direct acting 1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, reverse acting 3/4˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, reverse acting 1˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, reverse acting 1-1/4˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, reverse acting 1-1/2˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, reverse acting 2˝ NPT single seat two-way 316 SS valve, reverse acting 1/2˝ NPT three-way bronze valve 3/4˝ NPT three-way bronze valve 1˝ NPT three-way bronze valve 1-1/4˝ NPT three-way bronze valve 1-1/2˝ NPT three-way bronze valve 2˝ NPT three-way bronze valve 1/2˝ NPT three-way 316 SS valve 3/4˝ NPT three-way 316 SS valve 1˝ NPT three-way 316 SS valve 1-1/4˝ NPT three-way 316 SS valve 1-1/2˝ NPT three-way 316 SS valve 2˝ NPT three-way 316 SS valve Non-indicating actuator Indicating actuator Brass union connection 316 SS union connection Brass adjustable union connection 316 SS adjustable union connection Brass plain bulb 316 SS plain bulb FEP Covered brass bulb FEP Covered 316 SS bulb Brass union with stainless steel spiral armor 316 SS union with stainless steel spiral armor Capillary length in feet. Example 36 is 36´ length No thermowell 316 SS thermowell, 1-1/4˝ external connection Brass thermowell, 1-1/4˝ external connection 30 to 115°F (-1 to 46°C) 50 to 140°F (10 to 60°C) 75 to 165°F (24 to 74°C) 105 to 195°F (41 to 91°C) 125 to 215°F (52 to 102°C) 155 to 250°F (68 to 121°C) 200 to 280°F (93 to 138°C) 225 to 315°F (107 to 157°C) 255 to 370°F (124 to 188°C) 295 to 420°F (146 to 216°C) 310 to 440°F (154 to 227°C) R03 R04 R05 R06 R07 R09 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 Actuator Bulb and Capillary Capillary Length Thermowell Temperature Range 1 2 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 36 0 1 2 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 419

442

® S E V L A V HI-FLOW™ CONTROL VALVES Globe Valves, Ideal for Steam and Water Flow Control, 1/2˝ to 2-1/2˝ Sizes, 2-Way or 3-Way C C A B 2-way with positioner 2-way with air-to-close 2-way with air-to-open actuator actuator Hi-Flow™ Control Valves are single seated, top or cage guided globe valves - probably the simplest, from a construction standpoint, yet most versatile control valve in use. The Hi-Flow™ valve can fit applications with a smaller size valve since the valve has a greater flow capacity than most conventional valves of the same size. Coupled with the high flow capacity, the Hi-Flow™ valve maintains a wide rangeability of 50:1 to insure precise control. Heavy duty Hi-Flow™ valves are ruggedly constructed of the highest quality materials, precision machined, and performance tested to assure years of trouble free service. Standard packing consists of PTFE V-rings and wiper to minimize friction without leakage at high operating pressures. Available in brass, iron, or 316 SS body, trim is 316 SS with all welded plug construction to provide superior durability and corrosion resistance. , s e v a V l e b o G l FEATURES/BENEFITS • Wide rangeability of 50:1 • Exceptional shut-off and leak rate that meets ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class IV (0.01% of Cv in the closed position) • Selectable fail safe condition with Air-to-Raise or Air-to-Lower actuators and Push-to- Open or Push-to-Close valve bodies • Linear or equal percentage flow characteristics • Low flow options of restricted trim or needle plug • Removable and replaceable seat ring APPLICATIONS • Flow control, mixing, or diverting service • Perfect for steam, water or compatible glycol solutions HOW TO ORDER Select model number from model chart or standard product chart and supply maximum upstream pressure, USP. SPECIFICATIONS VALVE BODY Service: Compatible liquids, gases, and steam. Line Size: 1/2˝ to 2˝. Body Style: 2-way or 3-way globe. End Connections: 1/2˝ to 2˝ female NPT. Pressure Limit: Iron and bronze body: 250 psi (17.2 bar); 316 SS body: 300 psi (20.7 bar). Wetted Materials: Body material: Iron, bronze, or 316 SS; Trim: 316 SS. Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: 20 to 400°F (-7 to 204.4°C). ACTUATOR Type: Pneumatic spring/diaphragm. Control Signal: 3 to 15 psi (0.21 to 1.0 bar) standard. Custom ranges available. Maximum Supply Pressure: 220, 222, and 230: 100 psi (6.89 bar). 221, 223, 231, and 233: 50 psi (3.45 bar). Air Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Temperature Limit: 150°F (66°C). Note: Positioners and current-to-pressure transducers available factory mounted. uv Caution: Use of an actuator supply gas other than air can create a hazardous environment because a small amount of gas continuously vents to atmosphere. 420 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov uTransducers: See page 442 (Series 2800) vPositioners: See page 444 (Series 165) See page 443 (Series 2900)

443

® HI-FLOW™ CONTROL VALVES Globe Valves, Ideal for Steam and Water Flow Control, 1/2˝ to 2-1/2˝ Sizes, 2-Way or 3-Way Use the chart below to aid in the selection of Hi-Flow™ Control Valve. As long as the maximum upstream pressure (USP) is less than, or equal to, the value listed, the model shown can be manufactured and calibrated to your specific requirements. Specify maximum upstream pressure, USP, when ordering. MODEL CHART - 2-WAY SIMPLIFIED SELECTION GUIDE WITH STANDARD PRODUCTS Pipe Size 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ Cv 100% 6.45 6.45 10.75 10.75 10.75 10.75 17.42 17.42 17.42 17.42 25.30 25.30 25.30 25.30 25.30 25.30 32.10 32.10 32.10 32.10 32.10 32.10 50.30 50.30 50.30 50.30 50.30 50.30 Body Material Bronze 316 SS Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Air-To-Open Model 2000VA32-230 2000VA42-230 2001VA32-230 2001VA32-231 2001VA42-230 2001VA42-231 2002VA32-230 2002VA32-231 2002VA42-230 2002VA42-231 2003VA32-230 2003VA32-231 2003VA32-233 2003VA42-230 2003VA42-231 2003VA42-233 2004VA32-230 2004VA32-231 2004VA32-233 2004VA42-230 2004VA42-231 2004VA42-233 2005VA32-230 2005VA32-231 2005VA32-233 2005VA42-230 2005VA42-231 2005VA42-233 Max USP psi [bar] 3-15 [.21-1.0] 250 [17.2] 300 [20.7] 250 [17.2] 250 [17.2] 285 [19.7] 300 [20.7] 166 [11.4] 250 [17.2] 166 [11.4] 300 [20.7] 98 [6.8] 245 [16.9] 250 [17.2] 98 [6.8] 245 [17.0] 300 [20.7] 65 [4.5] 168 [11.6] 250 [17.2] 65 [4.5] 168 [11.6] 300 [20.7] 31 [2.1] 88 [6.1] 175 [12.1] 31 [2.1] 88 [6.1] 175 [12.1] A in [mm] 19-3/4 [501.7] 19-3/4 [501.7] 19-3/4 [501.7] 20-3/8 [517.5] 19-3/4 [501.7] 20-3/8 [517.5] 20-3/16 [512.8] 20-13/16 [528.6] 20-3/16 [512.8] 20-13/16 [528.6] 20-5/16 [515.9] 20-15/16 [531.8] 25-13/32 [645.3] 20-5/16 [515.9] 20-15/16 [531.8] 25-13/32 [645.3] 20-11/16 [525.5] 21-5/16 [541.3] 25-25/32 [654.8] 20-11/16 [525.5] 21-5/16 [541.3] 25-25/32 [654.8] 20-15/16 [531.8] 21-9/16 [547.7] 26-1/32 [661.2] 20-15/16 [531.8] 21-9/16 [547.7] 26-1/32 [661.2] C in [mm] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] Air-To-Close Model 2000VA32-220 2000VA42-220 2001VA32-220 2001VA32-221 2001VA42-220 2001VA42-221 2002VA32-220 2002VA32-221 2002VA42-220 2002VA42-221 2003VA32-220 2003VA32-221 2003VA32-223 2003VA42-220 2003VA42-221 2003VA42-223 2004VA32-220 2004VA32-221 2004VA32-223 2004VA42-220 2004VA42-221 2004VA42-223 2005VA32-220 2005VA32-221 2005VA32-223 2005VA42-220 2005VA42-221 2005VA42-223 Max USP psi [bar] 3-15 [.21-1.0] 250 [17.2] 300 [20.7] 250 [17.2] 250 [17.2] 300 [20.7] 300 [20.7] 192 [13.2] 250 [17.2] 192 [13.2] 300 [20.7] 115 [7.9] 250 [17.2] 250 [17.2] 115 [7.9] 300 [20.7] 300 [20.7] 80 [5.5] 235 [16.2] 250 [17.2] 80 [5.5] 235 [16.2] 300 [20.7] 44 [3.0] 140 [9.7] 250 [17.2] 44 [3.0] 140 [9.7] 272 [18.8] B in [mm] 18-7/16 [468.3] 18-7/16 [468.3] 18-7/16 [468.3] 19-1/8 [485.8] 18-7/16 [468.3] 19-1/8 [485.8] 18-7/8 [479.4] 19-9/16 [496.9] 18-7/8 [479.4] 19-9/16 [496.9] 19 [482.6] 19-11/16 [500.1] 23-1/8 [587.4] 19 [482.6] 19-11/16 [500.1] 23-1/8 [587.4] 19-3/8 [492.1] 20-1/16 [509.6] 23-1/2 [596.9] 19-3/8 [492.1] 201/16 [509.6] 23-1/2 [596.9] 19-5/8 [498.5] 20-5/16 [515.9] 23-3/4 [603.3] 19-5/8 [498.5] 20-5/16 [515.9] 23-3/4 [606.3] C in [mm] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] MODEL CHART - CONTROL VALVES - HI-FLOW™ SERIES, 2-WAY, STOCKED MODELS Pipe Size 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ Air-To-Open Model 2000VA32-230-QS 2001VA32-230-QS 2002VA32-230-QS 2002VA32-231-QS 2003VA32-230-QS 2003VA32-231-QS 2004VA32-231-QS 2005VA32-231-QS 2005VA32-233-QS Body Material Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Bronze Cv 100% 6.45 10.75 17.42 17.42 25.30 25.30 32.10 50.30 50.30 Set at USP psig [bar] 125 [8.6] 125 [8.6] 125 [8.6] 125 [8.6] 98 [6.8] 125 [8.6] 125 [8.6] 88 [6.1] 125 [8.6] Adjustable USP Range psig [bar] 96-200 [6.8-13.8] 81-155 [5.6-10.7] 123-166 [8.5-11.5] 71-155 [4.9-10.7] 66-98 [4.6-6.8] 121-165 [8.3-11.4] 104-137 [7.2-9.5] 68-88 [4.7-6.1] 116-145 [8.0-10.0] V A L V E S l G o b e l V a v e s , USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 421

444

® S E V L A V HI-FLOW™ CONTROL VALVE 3-Way Standard Products for Mixing or Diverting F E 2 [50.8] D [PORT L CLOSED] C U C B L A DIMENSIONS Pipe Size B in [mm] 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-9/16 [65.1] 2-9/16 [65.1] 3 [76.2] 3-3/16 [81.0] 3-3/4 [95.3] 3-15/16 [100.0] C in [mm] 2-3/16 [55.6] 2-3/16 [55.6] 2-7/16 [61.9] 2-1/2 [63.5] 2-3/4 [69.9] 3-3/16 [81.0] D in [mm] 4-1/8 [104.8] 4-1/8 [104.8] 4 [101.6] 3-3/4 [95.3] 3-11/16 [93.7] 3-11/16 [93.7] , s e v a V l e b o G l Use the standard models chart to aid in the selection of the most economical Hi-Flow™ 3-Way Control Valve for your application. Standard models include: LIN-E-AIRE® Air-To-Lower Actuator (port L opens on loss of air) Mixing Service FLOW IN - ports U&L; FLOW OUT - port C Specify maximum upstream pressures [USP’s]: USPU and USPL To determine shutoff pressure: (USPU - USPC) + (USPL - USPC) Diverting Service FLOW IN - port C; FLOW OUT - ports U&L Specify maximum upstream pressures [USP’s]: USPC; based on standard 3-15 psi [.21-1.0 bar] pneumatic control signal To determine shutoff pressure: USPU + USPC MODEL CHART - HI-FLOW™ CONTROL VALVES, 3-WAY SIMPLIFIED SELECTION GUIDE WITH STANDARD PRODUCTS Pipe Size 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ Body Material Model Bronze 316 SS Bronze 316 SS Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS Bronze Bronze Bronze 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 3000WA32-220 3000WA42-220 3001WA32-220 3001WA42-220 3002WA32-220 3002WA32-221 3002WA42-220 3002WA42-221 3003WA32-220 3003WA32-221 3003WA42-220 3003WA42-221 3004WA32-220 3004WA32-221 3004WA32-223 3004WA42-220 3004WA42-221 3004WA42-223 3005WA32-220 3005WA32-221 3005WA32-223 3005WA42-220 3005WA42-221 3005WA42-223 Cv 100% 6.45 6.45 10.75 10.75 17.42 17.42 17.42 17.42 25.30 25.30 25.30 25.30 32.10 32.10 32.10 32.10 32.10 32.10 50.30 50.30 50.30 50.30 50.30 50.30 USP [S] psi [bar] 250 [17.2] 300 [20.7] 250 [17.2] 300 [20.7] 200 [13.8] 250 [17.2] 200 [13.8] 300 [20.7] 120 [8.4] 250 [17.2] 120 [8.3] 300 [20.7] 80 [5.6] 200 [13.8] 250 [17.2] 80 [5.5] 200 [13.8] 300 [20.7] 45 [3.1] 100 [6.9] 175 [12.1] 45 [3.1] 100 [6.9] 175 [12.1] E in [mm] 18-1/16 [458.8] 18-1/16 [458.8] 18-1/16 [458.8] 18-1/16 [458.8] 18-5/16 [465.1] 19 [482.6] 18-5/16 [465.1] 19 [482.6] 18-3/8 [466.7] 19-1/16 [484.2] 18-3/8 [466.7] 19-1/16 [484.2] 18-5/8 [473.1] 19-5/16 [490.5] 21-3/8 [542.9] 18-5/8 [473.1] 19-5/16 [490.5] 21-3/8 [542.9] 19-1/16 [484.2] 19-3/4 [501.7] 21-13/16 [554.0] 19-1/16 [484.2] 19-3/4 [501.7] 21-12/16 [554.0] F in [mm] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] 7-3/4 [196.9] 10-5/8 [269.9] 13-3/8 [339.7] Caution: Use of an actuator supply gas other than air can create a hazardous environment because a small amount of gas continuously vents to atmosphere. 422 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

445

V A L V E S l A n g e S e a t l V a v e s , ® SERIES SAV-BT & SAV-ST | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER ANGLE SEAT VALVES - BRONZE & STAINLESS STEEL NPT Low Cost, Compact Design, For Use with Gases and Liquids B C 45° SAV-BT SAV-ST A SERIES SAV-BT Port Connection A 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2.56˝ 2.95˝ 3.54˝ 4.33˝ 4.72˝ 4.72˝ 5.91˝ 5.91˝ SERIES SAV-ST Port Connection A 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 3.35˝ 3.74˝ 4.13˝ 4.72˝ 5.12˝ 5.12˝ 5.91˝ 5.91˝ B 6.42˝ 6.81˝ 8.11˝ 10.04˝ 10.63˝ 12.05˝ 11.02˝ 12.44˝ C 5.51˝ 5.79˝ 6.93˝ 8.66˝ 9.25˝ 10.67˝ 9.45˝ 10.87˝ B 7.48˝ 7.68˝ 8.62˝ 10.47˝ 10.67˝ 12.09˝ 11.22˝ 12.64˝ C 6.14˝ 6.3˝ 7.17˝ 8.9˝ 9.06˝ 10.47˝ 9.45˝ 10.87˝ Actuator Diameter 2.76˝ 2.76˝ 3.32˝ 3.32˝ 4.58˝ 4.58˝ 4.58˝ 5.54˝ Actuator Diameter 2.76˝ 2.76˝ 3.32˝ 3.32˝ 4.58˝ 4.58˝ 4.58˝ 5.54˝ NO Cv 6.61 12.18 23.2 33.06 33.3 - - 53.94 NO Cv 6.61 12.18 23.2 33.06 33.3 - - 53.94 NC Cv 6.61 12.18 23.2 33.64 53.36 53.94 68.44 77.72 NC Cv 6.61 12.18 23.2 33.64 53.36 53.94 68.44 77.72 Save space while maintaining flow rates with the compact Series SAV-BT & SAV-ST Angle Seat Valves. The pneumatic, externally piloted angle seat valve is operated by a single acting actuator with a mechanical spring for failsafe operation. Select from either normally closed (NC) or normally open (NO) configurations. NO valves can be used to prevent waterhammer on valve closure in liquid applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Can be used in most gas, liquid and steam applications • Integral heat sink protects Polyamide actuator • Can be mounted in any position • Actuator can be rotated 360° for positioning pressure ports APPLICATIONS • Gas or liquid flow control SPECIFICATIONS VALVE BODY Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. Wetted Materials: Valve body: SAV-BT: Bronze; SAV-ST: AISI 316L SS; Plug and stem: AISI 316L SS; Stem O-ring: Fluoroelastomers; Seat and seal: PTFE. Line Sizes: 1/2˝ to 2˝ NPT. Pressure Limits: See table. Flow Leakage: Meets ANSI Class VI. Temperature Limits: 14 to 358°F (-25 to 180°C). ACTUATOR Type: Piston/pneumatic spring. Pilot Connections: NAMUR solenoid mounting pad. Pilot Media: Air, water, inert gas. Pressure Limits: See table. Temperature Limit: 185°F (85°C). MODEL CHART Port Connection 1/2 NPT 3/4 NPT 1 NPT 1-1/4 NPT 1-1/2 NPT 1-1/2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT Actuator Diameter 2.76˝ 2.76˝ 3.32˝ 3.32˝ 4.58˝ 5.54˝ 4.58˝ 5.54˝ Normally Closed Model SAV-BTA1-NC SAV-BTB1-NC SAV-BTC1-NC SAV-BTD3-NC SAV-BTE2-NC SAV-BTE3-NC SAV-BTF2-NC SAV-BTF3-NC Normally Open Model SAV-BTA2-NO SAV-BTB2-NO SAV-BTC3-NO SAV-BTD3-NO - SAV-BTE3-NO - SAV-BTF3-NO Normally Closed Model SAV-STA1-NC SAV-STB1-NC SAV-STC2-NC SAV-STD3-NC SAV-STE2-NC SAV-STE3-NC SAV-STF2-NC SAV-STF3-NC Normally Open Model SAV-STA2-NO SAV-STB2-NO SAV-STC3-NO SAV-STD3-NO - SAV-STE3-NO - SAV-STF3-NO LINE AND PILOT PRESSURE CHART (PSI) Port Connection 1/2 NPT 3/4 NPT 1 NPT 1-1/4 NPT 1-1/2 NPT 1-1/2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT Actuator Diameter 2.76˝ 2.76˝ 3.32˝ 3.32˝ 4.58˝ 5.54˝ 4.58˝ 5.54˝ Normally Closed Max. Line Pressure 230 230 290 230 230 230 143 232 Max. Steam Pressure 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Flow Direction Overseat Overseat Overseat Overseat Overseat Overseat Overseat Overseat Min. Pilot Pressure 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Max. Pilot Pressure 143 143 143 114 114 114 114 114 Normally Open Max. Line Pressure 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Max. Steam Pressure 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Flow Direction Underseat Underseat Underseat Underseat Underseat Underseat Underseat Underseat Min. Pilot Pressure 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Max. Pilot Pressure 143 143 143 114 114 114 114 114 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 423

446

® SERIES SBSV-B | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BRASS SOLENOID VALVE, 2-WAY GUIDED NC Compact Design, Immune to Mounting Orientation B C A D Model SBSV-B1NX SBSV-B2NX SBSV-B3NX SBSV-B4NX SBSV-B5NX SBSV-B6NX SBSV-B7NX SBSV-B8NX SBSV-B9NX A in [mm] 1-5/8 [41] 1-5/8 [41] 2-5/8 [66] 2-5/8 [66] 2-61/64 [75] 3-25/32 [96] 5-11/64 [131] 5-11/64 [131] 6-1/2 [165] B in [mm] 1-5/32 [29] 1-5/32 [29] 1-57/64 [48] 1-57/64 [48] 2-19/64 [58] 2-49/64 [70] 3-25/32 [96] 3-25/32 [96] 4-47/64 [120] C in [mm] 3-9/32 [83] 3-9/32 [83] 4-7/16 [112] 4-7/16 [112] 4-21/32 [118] 5-11/64 [131] 3-3/4 [146] 5-3/4 [146] 6-37/64 [167] D NPT 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Weight lb [kg] 0.82 [0.37] 0.79 [0.36] 1.54 [0.7] 1.98 [0.9] 1.98 [0.9] 3.09 [1.4] 6.17 [2.8] 5.95 [2.7] 10.58 [4.8] The Series SBSV-B Brass Solenoid Valve is compact, general-service, two-way guide type solenoid valves for air, gas, water and other liquid applications. They are available in brass with a normally closed design and can be oriented in any position. The solenoid enclosure provides protection against dust, while also protecting against seepage of oil and non-corrosive coolants. The Series SBSV-B valves come assembled with an NBR seal, having a maximum process temperature of 176°F (80°C). The series offers a wide range of valve sizes and flow ranges, with connection sizes from 1/8˝ to 2˝ NPT and orifices from 3 mm to 50 mm. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Can be oriented in any position • Compact design • Field replaceable coils APPLICATIONS • Wide variety of applications, suitable air, gas, water and other liquids SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Line Size: 1/8 to 2˝ NPT. End Connections: Female NPT. Operating Pressure: 1/8 to 1/4˝: 0 psi (0 bar) to 188.5 psi (13 bar); 3/8 to 2˝: 7.3 psi (0.5 bar) to 188.5 psi (13 bar). Pressure Limit: 246.6 psi (17 bar). Wetted Material: Body: Brass; Spring: 304 SS; Seal: NBR. Temperature Limits: Process: 176°F (80°C); Ambient: 32 to 149°F (0 to 65°C). Power Requirements: Standard: 110 VAC; Optional: 220 VAC, 24 VDC, 24 VAC consult factory.u Power Consumption: See table. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Electrical Connection: DIN connection. Other Materials: Nylon. Mounting Orientation: Any position, best if solenoid vertically above valve. Weight: See table. Type of Operation: NC. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART S E V L A V , s e v a V l i d o n e o S l Model SBSV-B1N1 SBSV-B2N1 SBSV-B3N1 SBSV-B4N1 SBSV-B5N1 SBSV-B6N1 SBSV-B7N1 SBSV-B8N1 SBSV-B9N1 Note: Consult factory for 220 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC. Cv Value Voltage 110 VAC 0.23 0.23 110 VAC 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 7.6 110 VAC 12 110 VAC 22 110 VAC 30 110 VAC 48 Connection, NPT 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Orifice in [mm] 0.12 [3] 0.12 [3] 0.51 [13] 0.51 [13] 0.79 [20] 0.98 [25] 1.38 [35] 1.57 [40] 1.97 [50] SERIES SBSV-S | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER SS SOLENOID VALVE, 2-WAY GUIDED NC Compact Design, Immune to Mounting Orientation B C A D The SERIES SBSV-S SS Solenoid Valve is compact, general-service, two-way guide type solenoid valves for air, gas, water and other liquid applications. They are available in stainless steel with a normally closed design and can be oriented in any position. The solenoid enclosure provides protection against dust, while also protecting against seepage of oil and non-corrosive coolants. The Series SBSV-B valves come assembled with an NBR seal, having a maximum process temperature of 176°F (80°C). The series offers a wide range of valve sizes and flow ranges, with connection sizes from 1/8˝ to 2˝ NPT and orifices from 3 mm to 50 mm. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Can be oriented in any position • Compact design • Field replaceable coils APPLICATIONS • Wide variety of applications, suitable air, gas, water and other liquids MODEL CHART Model SBSV-S1F1 SBSV-S2F1 SBSV-S3F1 SBSV-S4F1 SBSV-S5F1 SBSV-S6F1 SBSV-S7F1 SBSV-S8F1 SBSV-S9F1 Note: Consult factory for 220 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC. Cv Value Voltage 0.23 110 VAC 110 VAC 0.23 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 7.6 110 VAC 12 110 VAC 22 30 110 VAC 110 VAC 48 Connection, NPT 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Orifice in [mm] 0.12 [3] 0.12 [3] 0.51 [13] 0.51 [13] 0.79 [20] 0.98 [25] 1.38 [35] 1.57 [40] 1.97 [50] 424 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Voltage 220 VAC 110 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 60 Hz (VA) 50 Hz (VA) Inrush Holding Inrush Holding 55 55 45 - 22 22 18 - 55 55 45 - 18 18 15 - DC (W) - - - 13 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov uSolenoid Coils: See page 426 (Series SRC) Model SBSV-S1FX SBSV-S2FX SBSV-S3FX SBSV-S4FX SBSV-S5FX SBSV-S6FX SBSV-S7FX SBSV-S8FX SBSV-S9FX A in [mm] 1-5/8 [41] 1-5/8 [41] 2-5/8 [66] 2-5/8 [66] 2-61/64 [75] 3-25/32 [96] 5-11/64 [131] 5-11/64 [131] 6-1/2 [165] B in [mm] 1-5/32 [29] 1-5/32 [29] 1-57/64 [48] 1-57/64 [48] 2-19/64 [58] 2-49/64 [70] 3-25/32 [96] 3-25/32 [96] 3-47/64 [120] C in [mm] 3-9/32 [83] 3-9/32 [83] 4-7/16 [112] 4-7/16 [112] 4-21/32 [118] 5-11/64 [131] 3-3/4 [146] 3-3/4 [146] 6-37/64 [167] D NPT 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Weight lb [kg] 0.82 [0.37] 0.79 [0.36] 1.65 [0.75] 1.54 [0.7] 1.98 [0.9] 2.87 [1.3] 5.73 [2.6] 5.51 [2.5] 9.7 [4.4] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Line Size: 1/8 to 2˝ NPT. End Connections: Female NPT. Operating Pressure: 1/8 to 1/4˝: 0 psi (0 bar) to 188.5 psi (13 bar); 3/8 to 2˝: 7.3 psi (0.5 bar) to 188.5 psi (13 bar). Pressure Limit: 246.6 psi (17 bar). Wetted Material: Body: 316 SS; Spring; 304 SS; Seal: Fluoroelastomer. Temperature Limits: Process: 176°F (80°C); Ambient: 32 to 149°F (0 to 65°C). Power Requirements: Standard: 110 VAC; Optional: 220 VAC, 24 VDC, 24 VAC consult factory.u Power Consumption: See table. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Electrical Connection: DIN connection. Other Materials: Nylon. Mounting Orientation: Any position, best if solenoid vertically above valve. Weight: See table. Type of Operation: NC. Agency Approvals: CE. Voltage 220 VAC 110 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 60 Hz (VA) 50 Hz (VA) Inrush Holding Inrush Holding 55 55 45 - 22 22 18 - 55 55 45 - 18 18 15 - DC (W) - - - 13 uSolenoid Coils: See page 426 (Series SRC)

447

® SERIES SSV-B | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BRASS SOLENOID VALVE, 2-WAY GUIDED NO Compact Design, Immune to Mounting Orientation V A L V E S H L W Model SSV-B1NX SSV-B2NX SSV-B3NX SSV-B4NX SSV-B5NX SSV-B6NX SSV-B7NX SSV-B8NX SSV-B9NX L in [mm] 1-5/8 [41] 1-5/8 [41] 2-19/32 [66] 2-19/32 [66] 2-61/64 [75] 3-25/32 [96] 5-5/32 [131] 5-5/32 [131] 6-1/2 [165] H in [mm] 3-15/32 [88] 3-17/64 [83] 4-57/64 [124] 4-57/64 [124] 5-1/8 [130] 5-5/8 [143] 6-7/32 [158] 6-7/32 [158] 7-3/64 [179] W in [mm] 1-9/64 [29] 1-9/64 [29] 1-57/64 [48] 1-57/64 [48] 2-9/32 [58] 2-3/4 [70] 3-25/32 [96] 3-25/32 [96] 4-47/64 [120] Weight lb [kg] 0.88 [0.40] 0.86 [0.39] 1.98 [0.90] 1.98 [0.90] 2.42 [1.10] 3.52 [1.60] 6.60 [3.00] 6.16 [2.80] 5.00 [11.0] The Series SSV-B Brass Solenoid Valve is compact, general-service, two-way guide type solenoid valves for air, gas, water, and other liquid applications. They are available in brass with a normally open design and can be oriented in any position. The solenoid enclosure provides protection against dust while also protecting against seepage of oil and non-corrosive coolants. The Series SSV-B valves come assembled with an NBR seal having a maximum process temperature of 176°F (80°C). The series offers a wide range of valve sizes and flow ranges with connection sizes from 1/8˝ to 2˝ NPT and orifices from 3 mm to 50 mm. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Can be oriented in any position • Compact design • Field replaceable coils APPLICATIONS • Wide variety of applications, suitable air, gas, water and other liquids SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Line Size: 1/8 to 2˝ NPT. End Connections: Female NPT. Operating Pressure: 1/8 to 1/4˝: 0 psi (0 bar) to 87 psi (6 bar); 3/8 to 2˝: 7.3 psi (0.5 bar) to 116 psi (8 bar). Pressure Limit: 174 psi (12 bar). Wetted Material: Body: Brass; Spring: 304 SS; Seal: NBR. Temperature Limits: Process: 176°F (80°C); Ambient: 32 to 149°F (0 to 65°C). Power Requirements: Standard: 110 VAC; Optional: 220 VAC, 24 VDC consult factory.u Power Consumption: See table. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Electrical Connection: DIN connection. Other Materials: Nylon. Mounting Orientation: Any position, best if solenoid vertically above valve. Weight: See table. Type of Operation: NO. Agency Approvals: CE. MODEL CHART Model SSV-B1N1 SSV-B2N1 SSV-B3N1 SSV-B4N1 SSV-B5N1 SSV-B6N1 SSV-B7N1 SSV-B8N1 SSV-B9N1 Note: Consult factory for 220 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC. Cv Value Voltage 0.25 110 VAC 0.25 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 110 VAC 7.6 110 VAC 12 110 VAC 22 30 110 VAC 48 110 VAC Connection, NPT 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Orifice in [mm] 0.12 [3] 0.12 [3] 0.51 [13] 0.51 [13] 0.79 [20] 0.98 [25] 1.38 [35] 1.57 [40] 1.97 [50] Voltage 220 VAC 110 VAC 24 VDC 60 Hz (VA) 50 Hz (VA) Inrush Holding Inrush Holding 82 82 - 33 33 - 82 82 - 28 28 - DC (W) - - 32 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov uSolenoid Coils: See page 426 (Series SRC) SERIES SSV-S | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER SS SOLENOID VALVE, 2-WAY GUIDED NO Compact Design, Immune to Mounting Orientation Model SSV-S1FX SSV-S2FX SSV-S3FX SSV-S4FX SSV-S5FX SSV-S6FX SSV-S7FX SSV-S8FX SSV-S9FX L in [mm] 1-5/8 [41] 1-5/8 [41] 2-19/32 [66] 2-19/32 [66] 2-61/64 [75] 3-25/32 [96] 5-5/32 [131] 5-5/32 [131] 6-1/2 [165] H in [mm] 3-15/32 [88] 3-17/64 [83] 4-57/64 [124] 4-57/64 [124] 5-1/8 [130] 5-5/8 [143] 6-7/32 [158] 6-7/32 [158] 7-3/64 [179] W in [mm] 1-9/64 [29] 1-9/64 [29] 1-57/64 [48] 1-57/64 [48] 2-9/32 [58] 2-3/4 [70] 3-25/32 [96] 3-25/32 [96] 4-47/64 [120] Weight lb [kg] 0.88 [0.40] 0.86 [0.39] 2.09 [0.95] 1.98 [0.90] 2.42 [1.10] 3.30 [1.50] 6.16 [2.80] 5.94 [2.70] 10.1 [4.60] H L W The Series SSV-S SS Solenoid Valve is compact, general-service, two-way guide type solenoid valves for air, gas, water, and other liquid applications. They are available in stainless steel with a normally open design and can be oriented in any position. The solenoid enclosure provides protection against dust, while also protecting against seepage of oil and non-corrosive coolants. The Series SSV-S valves come assembled with a fluoroelastomer seal, having a maximum process temperature of 248°F (120°C). The series offers a wide range of valve sizes and flow ranges, with connection sizes from 1/8˝ to 2˝ NPT and orifices from 3 mm to 50 mm. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Can be oriented in any position • Compact design • Field replaceable coils APPLICATIONS • Wide variety of applications, suitable air, gas, water and other liquids SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Line Size: 1/8 to 2˝ NPT. End Connections: Female NPT. Operating Pressure: 1/8 to 1/4˝: 0 psi (0 bar) to 87 psi (6 bar); 3/8 to 2˝: 7.3 psi (0.5 bar) to 116 psi (8 bar). Pressure Limit: 174 psi (12 bar). Wetted Material: Body: 316 SS; Spring: 304 SS; Seal: Fluoroelastomer. Temperature Limits: Process: 248°F (120°C); Ambient: 32 to 149°F (0 to 65°C). Power Requirements: Standard: 110 VAC; Optional: 220 VAC; 24 VDC consult factory.u Power Consumption: See table. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Electrical Connection: DIN connection. Other Materials: Nylon. Mounting Orientation: Any position, best if solenoid vertically above valve. Weight: See table. Type of Operation: NO. Agency Approvals: CE. l S o e n o d i l V a v e s , MODEL CHART Model SSV-S1F1 SSV-S2F1 SSV-S3F1 SSV-S4F1 SSV-S5F1 SSV-S6F1 SSV-S7F1 SSV-S8F1 SSV-S9F1 Note: Consult factory for 220 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC. Cv Value Voltage 0.25 110 VAC 0.25 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 4.5 110 VAC 110 VAC 7.6 110 VAC 12 110 VAC 22 30 110 VAC 48 110 VAC Connection, NPT 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Orifice in [mm] 0.12 [3] 0.12 [3] 0.51 [13] 0.51 [13] 0.79 [20] 0.98 [25] 1.38 [35] 1.57 [40] 1.97 [50] Voltage 220 VAC 110 VAC 24 VDC 60 Hz (VA) 50 Hz (VA) Inrush Holding Inrush Holding 82 82 - 33 33 - 82 82 - 28 28 - DC (W) - - 32 uSolenoid Coils: See page 426 (Series SRC) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 425

448

® S E V L A V SERIES SRC | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER SOLENOID REPLACEMENT COILS For the Series SSV and SBSV Solenoid Valves 3-13/64 [81.5] 2-39/64 [66.4] 1-1/2 [38.1] 1-31/64 [37.6] 1-21/32 [42.0] 1-1/8 [28.7] Models SRC-X180X & SRC-X280X Models SRC-XXS0X The Series SRC Solenoid Replacement Coils electrically operate the SSV and SBSV solenoid valves. When the solenoid coil receives an electrical input signal it acts upon the valve, changing its state. These coils are field replaceable with their compatible solenoid valves and come in a wide range of voltages. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field replaceable APPLICATIONS • Replacement coils for SSV and SBSV solenoid valves SPECIFICATIONS Compatible Valves: SSV or SBSV. Power Requirements: 220 VAC, 110 VAC, 24 VAC or 24 VAC. Electrical Connections: DIN connection. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Power Consumption: See table. Agency Approvals: CE. SSV COMPATIBLE COILS SBSV COMPATIBLE COILS 60 Hz (VA) Model SRC-D1B0P SRC-D2B0P SRC-D3B0P SRC-D4B0P Note: Consult factory for 220 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC. 50 Hz (VA) Inrush Holding Inrush Holding 82 82 72 - Voltage 220 VAC 110 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 33 33 29 - 82 82 72 - 28 28 25 - DC (W) - - - 32 60 Hz (VA) Model SRC-D1S0C SRC-D2S0C SRC-D3S0C SRC-D4S0C Note: Consult factory for 220 VAC, 24 VAC and 24 VDC. 50 Hz (VA) Inrush Holding Inrush Holding 55 55 45 - Voltage 220 VAC 110 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 22 22 18 - 55 55 45 - 18 18 15 - DC (W) - - - 13 , s e v a V l i d o n e o S l SERIES SN | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER NAMUR MOUNT SOLENOID VALVE Manual Override, 100% Duty Rating 61/64 [24.21] 63/64 [25.00] 2-5/8 [66.68] 5-21/64 [135.33] 3X 1/4 NPTF 1-47/64 [44.05] 2-49/64 [70.25] 5-11/64 [131.37] 1-25/64 [35.32] 2X 1/4 NPTF 7/8 [22.23] NAMUR STANDARD MANUAL OVERRIDE 1-37/64 [40.08] 1-1/16 [26.99] MANUAL OVERRIDE SN-5X models 1-37/64 [40.08] SN-3X models 1-1/16 [26.99] The Series SN Namur Mount Solenoid Valve is designed to easily mount directly to pneumatic valve actuators reducing the need for tubing, fittings or brackets, thereby reducing assembly cost. The SN solenoid comes with nitrile o-rings and offers a manual override as a standard feature. The 3/2 solenoids are designed for spring return actuators and 5/2 solenoids are designed to be used with double acting actuators. The SN series is available in a variety of voltages for any application. FEATURES/BENEFITS • NAMUR mount means the solenoid can be mounted directly to valve actuators • Designed for double acting or spring return actuators • 100% continuous duty rating • Manual override SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air only. Power Requirements: 24 VAC, 110 VAC, 220 VAC, 12 VDC, or 24 VDC. Supply Pressure: 22 to 116 psi (1.5 to 7.9 bar). Air Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT. Temperature Limits: 23 to 140°F (-5 to 60°C). Electrical Connection: DIN 43650 form A. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Mounting: NAMUR. Standard Features: Manual override. Weight: 1.0 lb (.45 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. APPLICATIONS • Direct mount to pneumatic actuators MODEL CHART Model Power SN-5A SN-5B SN-5C SN-5E SN-5D 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC Action Actuator Type Model Power 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 Double acting Double acting Double acting Double acting Double acting SN-3A SN-3B SN-3C SN-3E SN-3D 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VAC 24 VDC 12 VDC Action Actuator Type 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 Spring return Spring return Spring return Spring return Spring return Model SN mounted to an actuator 426 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

449

V A L V E S 1-21/32 [42] 13/16 [21] [WIDTH] 1-11/32 [34] 2-9/32 [83.5] 1-1/8 [32] 5/8 [16] 25/32 [19.5] 1-1/2 [38.5] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, filtered and oil free. Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum; Core and spring: 304 SS; Seals: NBR. Pressure Limits: Min of 4.4 psi (0.3 bar), max of 124.7 psi (8.6 bar). Temperature Limits: Ambient: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C); Operating: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: 12 W, inrush: 17 VA, holding: 14.5 VA. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Electrical Connection: DIN connection or wire leads, 18 AWG, 22˝ (55 cm) long. Process Connection: 1/8˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Weight: 0.60 lb (0.27 kg). Pneumatic Tube Length: Maximum of 9.8´ (3 m). Agency Approvals: CE. ® SERIES RSV PILOT SOLENOID VALVE For Use with Remote Valves RSV1D RSV1L The Series RSV Pilot Solenoid Valve is used to operate the Series RDCV remote type diaphragm valve to air pulse clean filters in dust collectors. Consult factory for mounting of RSV valves with our DCT timer boards together in one enclosure all pre- wired. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Filtered and oil-free • Weatherproof enclosure package available • Can be mounted with DCT timer boards in one enclosure, consult factory APPLICATIONS • For use with RDCV remote valve MODEL CHART Model Voltage 110 VAC RSV1D 220 VAC RSV2D 24 VDC RSV3D 110 VAC RSV1L 220 VAC RSV2L 24 VDC RSV3L Electrical Connections DIN DIN DIN Wire leads Wire leads Wire leads Cv Value .33 .33 .33 .33 .33 .33 SERIES SVE SOLENOID VALVE ENCLOSURES For the Series RSV Remote Solenoid Valves l S o e n o d i l V a v e s , 4-11/64 [106] 6-5/16 [160] 4-11/64 [106] 6-5/16 [160] 10-5/8 [270] 9-7/32 [234] 18-29/32 [480] 17-9/16 [446] SVE06WP61 SVE06WP61 SVE06 SVE12 The Series SVE Solenoid Valve Enclosures are multi-valve enclosures for the RSV pilot valve. The SVE offers a convenient weatherproof enclosure package with all solenoids pre-wired to a terminal block. Enclosures are available in 6 or 12 valve size with choice of pilot valve voltage. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Weatherproof enclosure • Can order pre-wired to terminal block • Available in 6 or 12 valve size APPLICATIONS • For use with RSV only, compatible gases MODEL CHART Model SVE06WP61 SVE06WP62 SVE06WP63 SVE12WP121 SVE12WP122 SVE12WP123 Quantity of Solenoid 6 6 6 12 12 12 Enclosure Type Weatherproof Weatherproof Weatherproof Weatherproof Weatherproof Weatherproof Voltage 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC 24 VDC SPECIFICATIONS Service: (For RSV) Compatible gases, filtered and oil free. Wetted Materials: (For RSV) Body: Aluminum; Core and spring: 304 SS; Seals: NBR. Pressure Limits: (For RSV) Min of 4.4 psi (0.3 bar), max of 124.7 psi (8.6 bar). Temperature Limits: Ambient: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C); Operating: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Power Requirement: (For RSV) 110 VAC, 220 VAC, or 24 VDC. Power Consumption: (For RSV) 12 W, inrush: 17 VA, holding: 14.5 VA. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Enclosure Material: Anodized aluminum with NBR gasket. Electrical Connection: All RSV are pre-wired to a terminal strip. Process Connection: (For RSV) 1/8˝ female NPT. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Pneumatic Tube Length: Max of 9.8´ (3 m). DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 427

450

S E V L A V ® SERIES DCV/RDCV DIAPHRAGM VALVES Pulse Valves, Ideal for Dust Collection Systems and Bag Houses DCV62T1D RDCV62T DCV20C1D RDCV20C , s e v a V l e s u P m g a r h p a D l i The Series DCV/RDCV Diaphragm Valves are ideal for use with the Series DCT1000 and Series DCT500 duct collection timer boards for controlling the air pulse in jet pulse type dust collectors to clean the filters. Both the Series DCV and RDCV have the option for either coupling or NPT connections. The coupling connection allows for a quick and simple installation. Only the stub pipe and blowtube need to be cleaned and deburred before the valve is fit into position. The “T” Series DCV has female threaded connections. Both the “C” and “T” versions have a 90° angle between the inlet and outlet the most suitable configuration for pulse valve applications. The design offers not only ease of installation, but also minimal airflow restriction for an exceptional cleaning pulse. The valves are offered in both integrated and remote coil configurations. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Thermoplastic polyurethane diaphragm for longer life • High flow factor for effective cleaning • Valve can be mounted in any position • Quick on and off response time MODEL CHART APPLICATIONS • Dust collection systems • Bag houses • For use with DCT1000 and DCT500 Model RDCV20T RDCV20C DCV20T1D DCV20C1D RDCV25T RDCV25C DCV25T1D DCV25C1D RDCV35T RDCV35C DCV35T1D DCV35C1D RDCV45T RDCV45C DCV45T1D DCV45C1D RDCV50T DCV50T1D RDCV62T DCV62T1D RDCV76T DCV76T1D *110 VAC with DIN Connector Size 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 3˝ Solenoid Connection Remote Remote Integral* Integral* Remote Remote Integral* Integral* Remote Remote Integral* Integral* Remote Remote Integral* Integral* Remote Integral* Remote Integral* Remote Integral* NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT Coupling NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT Number of Diaphragms 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Cv Factor (gal/min) 114 114 114 114 23 23 23 23 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 106 106 136 136 167 167 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases, filtered and oil free. Wetted Materials: Body: aluminum; Trim: 304 SS; Diaphragm and Seals: NBR; Diaphragm Disc: polyamide. Other Materials: Cover: aluminum; Body Bolts and Spring: 304 SS. Pressure Limits: Minimum of 4.4 psi (0.3 bar), maximum of 124.7 psi (8.6 bar). Temperature Limits: Ambient: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) for RDCV models; -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C) for DCV models; Operating: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). Power Requirements: 110 VAC, 220 VAC, or 24 VDC for DCV models. Power Consumption: 12 W, inrush: 17 VA; holding: 14.5 VA for DCV models. Electrical Connection: DIN connection for DCV models. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65) for DCV models. Process Connection: See Catalog page. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Agency Approval: CE. MODEL CHART Example DCV Construction DCV RDCV Size Connection Voltage 20 T ID DCV20T1D Integrated coil Remote coil 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ (2 diaphragms) 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ NPT Coupling 110 VAC (for integrated coil only) 220 VAC (for integrated coil only) 24 VDC (for integrated coil only) 20 25 35 45 50 62 76 T C 1D 2D 3D ACCESSORIES Model Description Fits Valve Sizes A-237 A-238 3/4˝, 1˝, 1-1/2˝, RSV 1-1/2˝, 2˝, 2-1/2˝, 3˝ 1/8˝ NPT 3/8˝ NPT The Muffler Accessory can be easily field installed to any diaphragm valve with an exhaust. Pneumatic exhaust ports are on the diaphragm valves that have dual diaphragms and the units with the integral mounted solenoid. The muffler decreases the amount of noise when the air is exhausted from the valve. Valves with dual diaphragms and an integral solenoid have two exhaust ports and will require one A-237 and one A-238. A-238 A-237 428 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

451

® SERIES DCV/RDCV DIAPHRAGM VALVES Pulse Valves, Ideal for Dust Collection Systems and Bag Houses V A L V E S C WIDTH C WIDTH B E B E D A Remote NPT C WIDTH B E B E D A Integrated NPT C WIDTH D A Remote coupling D A Integrated coupling i l D a p h r a g m P u s e l V a v e s , DIMENSIONAL CHART Solenoid Remote Connection Model NPT Coupling Integrated NPT Coupling RDCV20T RDCV25T RDCV35T RDCV45T RDCV50T RDCV62T RDCV76T RDCV20C RDCV25C RDCV35C RDCV45C DCV20T_D DCV25T_D DCV35T_D DCV45T_D DCV50T_D DCV62T_D DCV76T_D DCV20C_D DCV25C_D DCV35C_D DCV45C_D A (mm) 3-15/16˝ (100) 4-1/8˝ (105) 5-1/8˝ (130) 5-25/32˝ (147) 8-1/16˝ (205) 8-9/32˝ (210) 8-19/32˝ (218) 4-13/32˝ (112) 4-5/8˝ (117) 5-13/16˝ (147) 5-25/32˝ (147) 3-15/16˝ (100) 4-1/8˝ (105) 5-1/8˝ (130) 5-25/32˝ (147) 8-1/16˝ (205) 8-9/32˝ (210) 8-19/32˝ (218) 4-13/32˝ (112) 4-5/8˝ (117) 5-13/16˝ (147) 5-25/32˝ (147) B (mm) 2-31/32˝ (75) 3˝ (76) 4-29/32˝ (125) 5-5/32˝ (131) 5-7/8˝ (148) 6-11/16˝ (170) 7-27/32˝ (199) 4˝ (102) 5˝ (127) 5-15/32˝ (139) 6-25/32˝ (172) 2-31/32˝ (75) 3˝ (76) 4-29/32˝ (125) 5-5/32˝ (131) 5-7/8˝ (148) 6-11/16˝ (170) 7-27/32˝ (199) 4˝ (102) 5˝ (127) 5-15/32˝ (139) 6-25/32˝ (172) C (mm) 3-7/16˝ (87) 3-1/4˝ (83) 4-3/8˝ (111) 4-3/8˝ (111) 7-1/4˝ (184) 7-1/4˝ (184) 7-7/8˝ (200) 3-7/16˝ (87) 3-1/4˝ (83) 4-3/8˝ (111) 4-3/8˝ (111) 3-7/16˝ (87) 3-1/4˝ (83) 4-3/8˝ (111) 4-3/8˝ (111) 7-1/4˝ (184) 7-1/4˝ (184) 7-7/8˝ (200) 3-7/16˝ (87) 3-1/4˝ (83) 4-3/8˝ (111) 4-3/8˝ (111) Weight lb (kg) D (mm) 1.12 (.51) 1.15 (.52) 2.0 (.91) 2.2 (1.0) 4.2 (1.9) 5.5 (2.5) 6.6 (3.0) 1.37 (.62) 2.1 (.96) 2.4 (1.1) 3.2 (1.45) 1.31 (.59) 1.33 (.60) 2.2 (.99) 2.4 (1.1) 4.4 (2.0) 5.7 (2.6) 6.8 (3.1) 1.55 (.70) 2.3 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 3.4 (1.5) 2-3/16˝ (56) 2-1/2˝ (64) 4-1/2˝ (114) 3-5/8˝ (91) 4-15/32˝ (113) 4-21/32˝ (118) 4-21/32˝ (118) 2-5/8˝ (67) 3˝ (76) 3-5/8˝ (91) 3-5/8˝ (91) 2-3/16˝ (56) 2-1/2˝ (64) 4-1/2˝(114) 3-5/8˝ (91) 4-15/32˝ (113) 4-21/32˝ (118) 4-21/32˝ (118) 2-5/8˝ (67) 3˝ (76) 3-5/8˝ (91) 3-5/8˝ (91) E (mm) 25/32˝ (20) 7/8˝ (22) 1-9/32˝ (33) 3˝ (76) 1-9/16˝ (40) 1-29/32˝ (48) 2-1/2˝ (63) 1-25/32˝ (45) 2-3/4˝ (70) 3˝ (76) 3˝ (76) 25/32˝ (20) 7/8˝ (22) 1-9/32˝ (33) 3˝ (76) 1-9/16˝ (40) 1-29/32˝ (48) 2-1/2˝ (63) 1-25/32˝ (45) 2-3/4˝ (70) 3˝ (76) 3˝ (76) DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 429

452

S E V L A V ® SERIES BHC BULK HEAD CONNECTORS Coupling Accessories øB A øB A BHC35D BHC35DD Model BHC20D BHC20DD BHC25D BHC25DD BHC35D BHC35DD A in [mm] 2-3/8˝ [60.5] 3-19/32˝ [91] 2-23/32˝ [69] 3-31/32˝ [101] 2-15/16˝ [75] 4-11/32˝ [110] B in [mm] 2-5/16˝ [58.5] 2-5/16˝ [58.5] 2-3/4˝ [70] 2-3/4˝ [70] 3-15/32˝ [88] 3-15/32˝ [88] D in [mm] 1-25/32˝ to 2˝ [45 to 51] 1-25/32˝ to 2˝ [45 to 51] 2-7/32˝ to 2-7/16˝ [56 to 62] 2-7/32˝ to 2-7/16˝ [56 to 62] 2-27/32˝ to 3-1/16˝ [72 to 78] 2-27/32˝ to 3-1/16˝ [72 to 78] Min L in [mm] 3-27/32˝ [97] 3-27/32˝ [97] 4-21/32˝ [118] 4-21/32˝ [118] 6-3/16˝ [157] 6-3/16˝ [157] L L FILTER WALL MOUNTING HOLE ØD BLOWTUBE MOUNTING HOLE ØD OUTBOARD BLOWTUBE INBOARD BLOWTUBE The Series BHC Bulk Head Connectors allow for easy installation of blow tube through the dust collector wall and eliminate the need for welding or use of additional flanges. The fittings enable easy removal and reassembly of blow tubes for cleaning and maintenance. BHC models are available in single connection for through tube mounting or double connection for two piece tube mounting. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible gases. Wetted Material: Body, ring nut, DIN nut: Aluminum; Washer: SS41; Gasket: NBR. Pressure Limits: 124.7 psi (8.6 bar). Temperature Limits: -4 to 185°F (-20 to 85°C). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Available in single connection or double connection • Enable easy removal and reassembly of blow tubes APPLICATIONS • Dust collectors SERIES BICV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BRASS INLINE CHECK VALVE Economical, Spring-Loaded for Fast Seating , s e v a V l k c e h C MODEL CHART Model BHC20D BHC20DD BHC25D Size Connections Model 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ One Two One BHC25DD BHC35D BHC35DD Size Connections 1˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ Two One Two ACCESSORIES Model Description A-237 Muffler ØB CH A ØC NPT Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ A in [mm] 1-47/64 [44] 1-47/64 [44] 2-21/64 [59] 2-9/16 [65] 2-49/64 [70] 2-15/16 [74.5] 3-11/64 [80.5] 3-3/8 [85.5] 4-3/8 [111] 4-55/64 [123.5] 5-13/32 [137.5] B in [mm] 51/64 [20] 51/64 [20] 63/64 [25] 1-13/64 [30.5] 1-31/64 [37.5] 1-7/8 [47.5] 2-7/64 [53.5] 2-11/16 [68] 3-15/64 [82] 3-27/32 [97.5] 5 [127] C in [mm] 1-1/16 [27] 1-1/16 [27] 1-23/64 [34.5] 1-21/32 [42] 1-15/16 [49] 2-13/32 [61] 2-7/8 [73] 3-15/32 [88] 4-25/64 [111.5] 5-15/64 [133] 6-27/64 [163] CH in [mm] 51/64 [20] 51/64 [20] 63/64 [25] 1-7/32 [31] 1-1/2 [38] 1-57/64 [48] 2-1/8 [54] 2-41/64 [67] 3-17/64 [83] 3-55/64 [98] 5-3/64 [128] The Series BICV Brass Inline Check Valve is ideal for use with a broad array of service mediums including compatible oils, gases, fuels and hydrocarbons. They incorporate a soft seat for a bubble-tight shutoff and are spring-loaded for rapid reseating at high and low temperatures. The Series BICV was designed with a smooth flow profile to minimize head loss and accumulation of debris. The low 0.5 psi (0.04 bar) cracking pressure and patented guided-disc technology ensure reliability at low and high service pressure. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Soft seat for bubble-tight shut off • Spring loaded for rapid reseating at high and low temperatures • Patented guided-disc technology APPLICATIONS • To protect equipment against possible damage or contamination resulting from a reversal of flow direction SPECIFICATIONS Service: Liquids and gases compatible with wetted material. Body: 1-piece. Line Size: See model chart. Process Connection: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 1/4˝ to 2˝: 400 psi (27.6 bar) WOG; 2-1/2˝ to 4˝: 175 psi (12.1 bar) WOG; All sizes: 125 psi (8.6 bar) SWP. Wetted Materials: Valve body: Brass (CW617N); Obstructer: Polyethermide; Seat: 1/4˝: NBR rubber, 3/8˝ to 4˝: Fluoroelastomer; Spring: 302 SS. Temperature Limits: 10 to 352°F (-12 to 178°C). MODEL CHART Model BICV-0N00 BICV-0F01 BICV-0F02 BICV-0F03 BICV-0F04 BICV-0F05 BICV-0F06 BICV-0F07 BICV-0F08 BICV-0F09 BICV-0F10 Connection Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 2-1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ Cv Value Weight 4.55 4.55 6.0 11.0 16.9 27.4 39.1 60.7 98.4 158.0 225.4 3.5 oz (100 g) 5.9 oz (168 g) 5.1 oz (145 g) 7.8 oz (222 g) 10.9 oz (308 g) 1.1 lb (.051 kg) 1.6 lb (0.73 kg) 2.3 lb (1.03 kg) 4.8 lb (2.19 kg) 6.7 lb (3.04 kg) 12.4 lb (5.64 kg) USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 430 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

453

® SERIES HNV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER NEEDLE VALVE 1-VALVE BLOCK MANIFOLDS For Use with Gas and Liquids, Pressures Up to 6000 psi H MAX CONNECTION SIZE L A Connection 1/8˝ F x F 1/8˝ M x F 1/4˝ F x F 1/4˝ M x F 3/8˝ F x F 3/8˝ M x F 1/2˝ F x F 1/2˝ M x F 3/4˝ F x F 3/4˝ M x F 1˝ F x F 1˝ M x F A in [mm] - 7/8 [22.3] - 63/64 [25] - 63/64 [25] - 1-17/64 [32.15] - 1-1/2 [38.10] - 1-25/32 [45.24] L in [mm] 1-31/32 [50.01] 2-11/64 [55.17] 2-3/8 [60.33] 2-9/16 [65.09] 2-3/8 [60.33] 2-9/16 [65.09] 2-9/16 [65.09] 2-49/64 [70.25] 2-61/64 [59.13] 3-5/32 [80.17] 3-23/64 [85.33] 4-7/64 [104.38] H in [mm] - 2-3/8 [60.33] - 2-9/16 [65.09] - 2-9/16 [65.09] - 2-49/64 [70.25] - 3-23/64 [85/33] - 3-3/4 [95.25] A Series HNV Needle Valve 1-Valve Block Manifolds are barstock style needle valves that is designed for isolating instruments from liquids or gases. The valve series features fine threading and large seat area to ensure tight shutoff. Wetted materials are 316 SS and PTFE making these ideal for use with corrosives. The HNV has been tested to assure vibration and thermal stability. Body includes a lock pin to prevent accidental bonnet disengagement. The HNV is available in male x female and female x female connections from 1/8˝ to 1˝. Tee handle is constructed of 316 SS and allows low torque operation. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. End Connections: NPT. Wetted Materials: 316 SS and PTFE packing. Pressure Limits: 6000 psi (431 bar) @ 200°F (93°C). 4000 psi (276 bar) @ 464°F (240°C). Temperature Limits: 464°F (240°C). Other Materials: Handle: 316 SS. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Pressures to 6000 psi • Fine threading and large seat area to ensure tight shutoff • Barstock style needle value • 316 SS and PTFE wetted materials • Includes lockpin to prevent accidental bonnet disengagement APPLICATIONS • Instruments line shut off, instrument isolation, drain valve, specially designed for gas service and liquid applications MODEL CHART Pipe Size 1/8˝ 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ Female x Female Model HNV-SSS31B HNV-SSS32B HNV-SSS33B HNV-SSS34B HNV-SSS35B HNV-SSS36B Female x Male Model HNV-SSS21B HNV-SSS22B HNV-SSS23B HNV-SSS24B HNV-SSS25B HNV-SSS26B MODEL NVII | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER NEEDLE VALVES Economical, Pressures Up to 2000 psi, Blowout-Proof Stem Ø63/64 [Ø25.00] Ø63/64 [Ø25.00] 1-3/4 OPEN [44.45 OPEN] 1-41/64 CLOSED [41.67 CLOSED] Ø23/32 [Ø18.26] 1-41/64 [41.67] NVII-1B 1/4 - 18 NPT 1/4 - 18 NPT 33/64 TYP [13.10 TYP] 33/64 TYP [13.10 TYP] 1-41/64 CLOSED [41.67 CLOSED] 1/4-18 NPT 1-3/4 OPEN [44.45 OPEN] Ø23/32 [Ø18.26] 1-23/32 [43.66] NVII-2B NVII-1B NVII-2B The Model NVII Needle Valves provide easy flow regulation in all applications, including shut off and throttling for pressure gages and instruments. With a one piece, hot forged brass body construction, years of maintenance-free service can be expected. The Model NVII, with its tamper-proof design and blowout-proof stem, provides excellent performance and reliability. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Pressures to 2000 psi • One piece body construction • Tamper proof design and blowout-proof stem APPLICATIONS • Instrument line shut off, instrument isolation, drain valve, and pressure gages Flow Coefficient at Turns Open SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases and liquids compatible with wetted materials. Not rated for steam use. End Connection Size: 1/4˝ NPT. Pressure Limit: 2000 psi (138 bar) (CWP). Wetted Materials: Valve body: Brass (CW617N); Retainer, handwheel: Brass (CW614N); O-ring: Fluoroelastomer. Temperature Limits: -40 to 350°F (-40 to 176.7°C). (Warning: freezing of the fluid in the installation may severely damage the valve.) Flow Coefficient: 0.31. Weight: 0.22 lb. V A L V E S N e e d e l l V a v e s , i s p 1 @ M P G S U v C 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 MODEL CHART Model Description NVII-1B NVII-2B Needle valve (female x female) Needle valve (male x female) NVII Others Turns 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 Turns Open USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 431

454

® S E V L A V SERIES HGV | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER HAND OPERATED GLOBE VALVE Low Cost, High Pressure Rating C D L H Pipe Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ D in [mm] 13/32 [10] 15/32 [12] 19/32 [15] 25/32 [20] 63/64 [25] 1-1/4 [32] 1-37/64 [40] 1-31/32 [50] L in [mm] 2-3/64 [52] 2-3/64 [52] 2-3/64 [52] 2-3/8 [60] 2-53/64 [72] 3-5/32 [80] 3-35/64 [90] 4-11/64 [106] H (Open) in [mm] 4-1/64 [102] 4-1/64 [102] 4-1/64 [102] 4-7/16 [113] 4-27/32 [123] 5-53/64 [148] 6-19/64 [160] 7-3/32 [180] C in [mm] 2-3/8 [60] 2-3/8 [60] 2-3/8 [60] 2-3/4 [70] 2-3/4 [70] 3-5/32 [80] 3-17/32 [90] 3-15/16 [100] The Series HGV Hand Operated Globe Valve is an economical and functional alternative to large actuator/control valve packages. Metal-to-metal seating ensures excellent flow control and shut-off service. The body and bonnet are each constructed of CF8M (316) SS for superb corrosion resistance and chemical compatibility. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Threaded ends conform to ANSI B 2.1, BS 21, DIN 259/2999, ISO 228 • SS inside screw, screwed bonnet, swivel disc integral seat, rising stem and hand wheel SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: 725 psi (50.0 bar) from -20 to 200°F (-28.9 to 93.3°C); 500 psi (34.5 bar) at 300°F (148.9°C); 450 psi (31.0 bar) at 325°F (162.8°C); 100 psi (6.9 bar) at 350°F (176.7°C). Wetted Materials: Body, bonnet, packing nut: CF8M (316) SS. disc, stem, retainer ring; Gland: 316 SS; Packing: PTFE. Temperature Limits: -20 to 356°F (-28.9 to 180°C). Other Materials: Hand wheel: Cast iron; Plate: Aluminum; Wheel nut: 316 SS. APPLICATIONS • Compatible liquids & gases • Used for regulation of flow pipelines MODEL CHART Model Size Cv Value Model Size Cv Value HGV00 HGV01 HGV02 HGV03 HGV04 HGV05 HGV06 HGV07 0.6 1.38 2.46 5.76 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ 10.69 17.1 25.2 47.1 SERIES BYS & SYS | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER BRASS OR STAINLESS STEEL Y-STRAINERS Cost Effective, Excellent Filtration, High Flow , s e v a V l e b o G l A NPT CONNECTION B A in [mm] 1-31/32 [50.04] 1-31/32 [50.04] 1-31/32 [50.04] 2-23/64 [59.94] 2-41/64 [67.06] 3-3/16 [81.03] 3-7/16 [87.12] 4-19/64 [108.97] BYS DIMENSIONS NPT Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ SYS DIMENSIONS NPT Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ A in [mm] 2-33/64 [64.00] 2-33/64 [64.00] 2-33/64 [64.00] 3-1/16 [78.00] 3-35/64 [90.00] 4-11/64 [106.00] 4-11/16 [119.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] B in [mm] 2-11/16 [68.07] 2-11/16 [68.07] 2-11/16 [68.07] 3-59/64 [99.57] 4-17/32 [115.06] 5-25/64 [136.91] 6-17/64 [159.00] 7-31/64 [189.99] B in [mm] 1-27/32 [46.99] 1-27/32 [46.99] 1-27/32 [46.99] 2-15/64 [56.90] 2-41/64 [67.06] 2-53/64 [71.88] 3-5/32 [80.01] 3-21/32 [92.96] BYS ++ SYS The Series BYS & SYS Brass or Stainless Steel Y-Strainers are a cost effective option for use in any type of industrial application. Versatile Y configuration and availability in a wide range of sizes allow for many different uses. Body, cap, and plug are made from either a high quality brass or stainless steel to ensure reliability. The seal is constructed of PTFE to ensure long service life. The stainless steel strainer provides excellent filtration to help prevent damage to valves, meters, etc. from rust and dirt, without sacrificing high flow characteristics. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Cost effective • Stainless steel strainer APPLICATIONS • Ideal for installations upstream to proect pumps, control valves, regulators, etc from rust, pipe scale dirt 432 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Service: Gases, steam and liquids compatible with wetted materials. End Connections: Female NPT. Pressure Limits: See model chart. Temperature Limits: -10 to 250°F (-23 to 121°C). Wetted Materials: BYS: Valve Body: Cast brass; Cap and plug: Brass; Screen: SS; Seal: PTFE; SYS: Valve body and cap: Cast 316 SS (CF8M); Plug and screen: 316 SS; Seal: PTFE. MODEL CHART Model BYS-00 BYS-01 BYS-02 BYS-03 BYS-04 BYS-05 BYS-06 BYS-07 Pipe Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Max. Pressure 400 psi (27.6 bar) 400 psi (27.6 bar) 400 psi (27.6 bar) 400 psi (27.6 bar) 300 psi (20.7 bar) 300 psi (20.7 bar) 300 psi (20.7 bar) 300 psi (20.7 bar) Model SYS-00 SYS-01 SYS-02 SYS-03 SYS-04 SYS-05 SYS-06 SYS-07 Pipe Size 1/4˝ 3/8˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 1˝ 1-1/4˝ 1-1/2˝ 2˝ Max. Pressure 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) 800 psi (55.2 bar) ++USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

455

® SERIES BBV-0 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 2-VALVE BLOCK MANIFOLDS Stainless Steel Body, NPT Connections V A L V E S INSTRUMENT VENT ISOLATE PROCESS BBV-0F BBV-0N The Series BBV-0 2-Valve Block Manifolds are perfect for use over a broad range of industrial applications including oil refineries, nuclear power stations, petrochemical processing, and more. The Series BBV-0 is forged from 316 stainless steel bar stock and designed to withstand repeated open and close operations. Suited to control oil, water, toxic fluids, chemicals, air, and steam; the 2-valve block manifold has (1) isolate and (1) vent valves. Each valve stem is precision machined with hard seats to reduce operating torque. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids, gases, or steam. End Connections: Process connection: 1/2˝ male NPT; Instrument connection: No flange: 1/2˝ female NPT; Flange: 1/2˝ DIN 19213 flange; Vent/test: 1/4˝ female NPT. Wetted Materials: Body, stem, valve assembly: 316 SS; Stem packing: PTFE. Pressure Limit: 6000 psi (400 bar). Temperature Limit: 464°F (240°C). Other Materials: Handle: 304 SS. FEATURES/BENEFITS • 6000 psi pressure limit • 316 SS body, stem and valve assembly • PTFE stem packing APPLICATIONS • Industrial gage or transmitter isolation SERIES BBV-1 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 3-VALVE BLOCK MANIFOLDS Stainless Steel Body, NPT Connections MODEL CHART Model BBV-0F BBV-0N Description Flanged 2-valve block manifold 2-valve block manifold INSTRUMENT EQUALIZE M a n i f o d s l BBV-1M BBV-1F ISOLATE ISOLATE BBV-1D PROCESS Flow diagram BBV-1 *Please see website for dimensional drawing BBV-1B The Series BBV-1 3-Valve Block Manifolds can be used over a broad range of industrial applications including oil refineries, nuclear power stations, petrochemical processing, and more. The Series BBV-1 body is forged from 316 stainless steel bar stock and designed to withstand repeated open and close operations. Suited to control oil, water, toxic fluids, chemicals, air, and steam. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High pressure shut-off • All stainless steel and PTFE wetted materials • Precision machined hard seats to reduce operating torque APPLICATIONS • Industrial gage or transmitter isolation SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids, gases, or steam. End Connections: BBV-1B: 1/4˝ NPT x 1/4˝ NPT; BBV-1: 1/2˝ NPT x 1/2˝ NPT BBV-1F: 1/2˝ NPT x DIN 19213 flange; BBV-1M: 1/2˝ NPT x DIN 19213 flange; BBV-1D: DIN 19213 flange x DIN 19213 flange. Wetted Materials: Body, stem, valve assembly: 316 SS; Stem packing: PTFE. Pressure Limit: 6000 psi (400 bar). Temperature Limit: 464°F (240°C). Other Material: Handle: 304 SS. MODEL CHART Model BBV-1B BBV-1 BBV-1F BBV-1M BBV-1D Description Mini 3-valve block manifold 3-valve block manifold Flanged 3-valve block manifold Multiplanar 3-valve manifold Double flanged 3-valve block manifold DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 433

456

® S E V L A V SERIES BBV-2 | W.E. ANDERSON™ BY DWYER 5-VALVE BLOCK AND BLEED MANIFOLDS Stainless Steel Body, NPT Connections BBV-21 BBV-21F BBV-23F l s d o f i n a M BBV-22 BBV-22F INSTRUMENT EQUALIZE VENT VENT ISOLATE PROCESS PROCESS Flow diagram Series BBV-2 5-Valve Block and Bleed Manifolds are ideal for use over a broad range of industrial applications including oil refineries, nuclear power stations, petrochemical processing, and more. The Series BBV-2 body is forged from 316 stainless steel bar stock and designed to withstand repeated open and close operations. Suited to control oil, water, toxic fluids, chemicals, air, and steam; the 5-Valve Block and Bleed Manifold has (2) isolate, (1) equalizing, and (2) vent valves. Each valve stem is precision machined with hard seats to reduce operating torque. Flanged models are designed to mount to an industrial differential pressure transmitter. The BBV-21F and BBV-22F come with four 7/16-20 UNF mounting bolts and two PTFE gaskets. The BBV-23F comes with eight 7/16-20 UNF mounting bolts and two PTFE gaskets. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids, gases, or steam. End Connections: Process connection: No flange: 1/2˝ female NPT; Flange: DIN 19213 flange; Instrument connection: No flange: 1/2˝ female NPT; Flange: DIN 19213 flange; Vent/test: 1/4˝ female NPT. Wetted Materials: Body, stem, valve assembly: 316 SS; Stem packing: PTFE. Pressure Limit: 6000 psi (400 bar). Temperature Limit: 464°F (240°C). Other Materials: Handle: 304 SS. FEATURES/BENEFITS • High pressure shut-off • All stainless steel and PTFE wetted materials • Precision machined hard seats to reduce operating torque APPLICATIONS • Industrial gage or transmitter isolation MODEL CHART Model BBV-21 BBV-21F BBV-22 BBV-22F BBV-23F Description 5-valve manifold with side mounted vent valves Flanged 5-valve manifold with side mounted vent valves 5-valve manifold with top mounted vent valves Flanged 5-valve manifold with top mounted vent valves Double flanged 5-valve manifold with top mounted vent valves 434 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

457

® SERIES QV | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER QUICK-VIEW® VALVE POSITION INDICATORS/SWITCHES Ultra-Low Cost, Compact, Backlit, Corrosion Resistant V A L V E S 3 [76.20] CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR COVER REMOVAL 1/8 DIA. PINS (2) 2 MTG HOLES 1/4-20 UNC 7/16 DP [11.11] 4-3/4 [120.7] 1-1/2 [38.10] 4-15/32 [113.5] 1/2 [12.70] 5/16 [7.938] 6-32 UNC 1/4 DP [6.350] 1/4 [6.350] 1/4 DIA. [6.350] SHAFT LEVER DRIVE ONLY CONDUIT ENTRANCE 3/4 NPT 1/4 [6.350] 2-3/8 [60.33] 3-1/16 [77.79] V I DEO O N L I N E The Series QV Quick-View® Valve Position Indicators/Switches, now UL and CSA rated, are produced by Proximity with up to four individual mechanical or proximity switches. The Quick-View® indicator is also available with optional backlighting. FEATURES/BENEFITS • The lowest cost position indication • Extremely compact design • Easily interchangeable with key competition • Backlighting option available for maximum visibility • Quick-View® Indicator and mounting kits, including NAMUR kits, are stocked for fast delivery • Flame retardant • UV protection • Hazardous location option APPLICATIONS • Rotary or linear valve indication • Industrial damper position monitoring Backlighting No Yes MODEL CHART Model QV-210101 QV-210111 Note: Stocked position indicators include two 10 amp SPDT mechanical snap switches, are direct drive type and include the standard quarter-turn OPEN/ CLOSED visual indicator. Standard units are CSA & UL approved but not for hazardous locations. Specify “EX” for hazardous location option. Consult factory for optional VI colors Model QV mounted to an actuator SPECIFICATIONS Minimum Rotation Travel (Switches only): 5°. Maximum Rotation Travel (Switches only): 360°. Temperature Limits: -40 to 180°F (-40 to 82°C). Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical SPDT Switch Ratings: QV-X1XXXX: 10 A @ 125/250 VAC; 0.5 A 125 VDC; 10 A @ 24 VDC mech. switch; QV-X2XXXX: 1 A @ 125 VAC; 1A @ 24 VDC mech. switch; QV-X3XXXX: 2 A @ 125 VAC; 2A @ 30 VDC prox. switch; QV-X4XXXX: 5-25 VDC namur sensor; QV-X5XXXX: 10-30 VDC inductive sensor; QV-X6XXXX: 10 A @ 125/250 VAC mech. switch. Lighting Supply Voltage: 24-28 VDC. Enclosure Material: Polycarbonate housing and conduit. Conduit Entrance: One 3/4˝ NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4, 4X (IP66, IP56). Optional explosion-proof, rated: Class I, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Groups F & G; Div. 2. Maximum Altitude: 2000 m (6560 ft). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, cULus. S w i t c h e s / T r a n s m i t t e r s P o s i t i o n I n d c a t o r s / i MODEL CHART Example Series Number of Switches QV -2 1 01 0 1 QV 0 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 01 02 03 0 1 0 1 2 QV-210101 Quick-View® valve position indicator/switch None* One* Two* Three* Four* No switches* 10A mechanical snap switch 1A mechanical gold contacts 2A Proximity reed switch* 5-25 VDC namur sensor 10-30 VDC inductive sensor 10A mechanical snap switch Direct* Lever* Namur* None* 24 to 28 VDC bright white LED’s None Standard (open closed)* Upside down (open closed)* Switch Type Driving Style Lighting Option Visual Indication Additional Options *EX, Explosion-proof option available. Note: The 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 6th codes can not all be zero. II, Div. II Groups F & G. EX Class I, Div. II, Groups A, B, C & D; Class DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 435

458

® SERIES MARK | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER POSITION INDICATORS/SWITCHES/TRANSMITTERS S E V L A V Mark 1 stainless steel (environmentally sealed for corrosive areas) Mark 1 polyester coated aluminum (environmentally sealed for corrosive areas) Mark 1 magnetic coupling cutaway Model 12VDOJ2 V I DEO O N L I N E Mark 3 multi turn Mark 4 thru-shaft cutaway Model 42RDOJ2 i / s r o t a c d n I n o i t i s o P s r e t t i m s n a r T / s e h c t i w S The Proximity™ Series Mark Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters are a line of position indicators with a selection of various output options. Three model styles make up the Mark series to cover almost any application. Standard models in the Mark Series have visual position indicators and are weatherproof, explosion-proof, and submersible. A large variety of outputs are available to fit specific applications. There is a choice of 1 to 6 switch outputs of 14 varieties including inductive sensors, high temperature switches, gold contact switches, hermetically sealed switches, and high current switches. Besides the switch outputs the Series offers potentiometer outputs, transmitters, and HART® Communication. The units are purchased for either direct drive applications, such as rotary valves, or lever drive applications, such as linear valves. Adjustable visual indicator is standard on direct drive units that displays OPEN / CLOSED status and degrees. A magnetic drive that completely seals the switch compartment from the atmosphere for maximum leak protection is utilized in the Mark 1. The Mark 3 uses the same magnetic drive of the Mark 1, but it can be used for multi-turn applications with 1 to 25 revolutions, such as gate valves. A through shaft drive is incorporated in the Mark 4 making the unit a more cost effective alternative to the Mark 1 for applications that are not as demanding. APPLICATIONS • Rotary valve actuators and dampers • Linear valve actuators and cylinders • Manual valves • Gear operators • Positioners MARK 1 FEATURES/BENEFITS • Features a magnetic coupling that isolates the switch compartment, completely sealing the unit from the surrounding atmosphere for maximum hazard and leak protection • EZ set cams on switch models provide simple set point adjustment • Flexible design allows multiple switches and transmitter options • Ideal for corrosive environments MARK 3 FEATURES/BENEFITS • Features a magnetic coupling that isolates the switch compartment, completely sealing the unit from the surrounding atmosphere for maximum hazard and leak protection • Multi-Turn models that can provide switch signals between 1 and 25 revolutions, and transmitter models for up to 10 revolutions without gear reduction • Flexible design allows multiple switches and transmitter options • Ideal for corrosive environments MARK 4 FEATURES/BENEFITS • Thru-Shaft design that features a 1˝ bushing for long life and O-rings to seal the switch compartment for hazard, corrosion, and leak protection • EZ set cams on switch models provide simple set point adjustment • Flexible design allows multiple switches and transmitter options • A more cost effective alternative to the Mark 1 Series for less demanding applications MODEL CHART Model 12AD0 12AL0 14AD0 15VD0 12AD1 14AD1 12VD0-J1 14VD0-J1 Mark Series mounted to an actuator 436 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Function 2 SPDT 2 SPDT (lever drive) 4 SPDT 2 SPDT and 4-20 mA position transmitter 2 SPDT 4 SPDT 2 SPDT 4 SPDT Design Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Magnetic coupling Model 42AD0 44AD0 45VD0 42VD0-J1 44VD0-J1 Function 2 SPDT 4 SPDT 2 SPDT and 4 to 20 mA position transmitter 2 SPDT 4 SPDT Design Thru-shaft drive Thru-shaft drive Thru-shaft drive Thru-shaft drive Thru-shaft drive Mounting kits with drive yoke (see drawing), or slotted lever arm, bracket, fasteners and other stainless steel hardware fit over 2000 popular valves and actuators. A high strength spring tempered stainless steel drive yoke/coupling is tailored to fit securely to a specific valve or actuator stem. There is no slippage or binding. No special alignment fixtures are required due to switch offset design and yoke to stem engagement that makes installation a “snap”. Each kit is specially designed for a particular valve or actuator, making field mounting simple with standard tools. Please specify make and model of valve or actuator on order. Mounting kits can be used interchangeably with all models since external mounting features are identical. Rotary valves utilize direct drive couplings and a slotted lever drive is used with linear valves. Lever drives convert linear motion to rotary. Stainless steel visual indicators are standard for direct drive, automated quarter-turn valve applications. HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation

459

® SERIES MARK | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER POSITION INDICATORS/SWITCHES/TRANSMITTERS Mark 1, Magnetic Coupling Mark 3, Multi-Turn Mark 4, Thru-Shaft V A L V E S S w i t c h e s / T r a n s m i t t e r s P o s i t i o n I n d c a t o r s / i Available Options “A” signifies available with corresponding construction style Mark 1 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 3 -- A A A A A A A A A A A A -- -- A 4 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A -- A A A -- -- A A -- -- A A A A A A A A A A A A A A -- -- A A A -- -- A A -- A -- A -- -- A A A -- -- A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Construction 1 3 4 Output Type Switch Type and Rating Driving Method Enclosure Options 1 2 3 31 32 35 310 320 4 5 51 52 7 8 9 A B C D G H I M O R S T V W A D E L M 0 1 2 5 6 7 thru 20 C1 C2 FKM J1 J2 SV1 SV2 MT B B IS IS IE IE II II EM IM LB LB 1 Switch 2 Switches 1 kΩ Potentiometer 1/2%. Available with switches, see note below.* 1 kΩ Potentiometer 1/4%. Available with switches, see note below.* 2 kΩ Potentiometer. Available with switches, see note below.* 5 kΩ Potentiometer. Available with switches, see note below.* 10 kΩ Potentiometer. Available with switches, see note below.* 20 kΩ Potentiometer. Available with switches, see note below.* 4 Switches Transmitter 1 kΩ Potentiometer 1/2%. 4-20 mA. Available with switches, see note below.* Transmitter 1 kΩ Potentiometer 1/4%. Available with switches, see note below.* Transmitter 2 kΩ Potentiometer. Available with switches, see note below.* AS-interface and 1 Switch. Available with Switch Types B, I, R, W. AS-interface and 2 Switches. Available with Switch Types B, I, R, W. Transmitter with HART® communication. Available with switches, see note below.* SPDT Snap, Rated: 15 A @ 125/250/480 VAC (~) ; 1/8 hp @ 125 VAC (~), 1/4 hp @ 250 VAC (~), 1/2 A @ 125 VDC ( ), 1/4 A @ 250 VDC ( ). Inductive Sensor. 10 to 30 VDC ( ). Load: 0.1 A. SPDT High Temperature Snap, 350°F (176°C) for 600 hours, Rated:15.1 A @ 125/250/277 VAC (~). DPDT Snap, Rated: 10 A @ 125/250 VAC (~), 0.3 A @ 125 VDC ( ),0.15 A @ 250 VDC ( ). SPDT Gold Contact Snap, Rated: 1 A @ 125 VAC (~). SPDT Hermetically Sealed Snap, Rated: 1 A @ 125 VAC (~). NAMUR Inductive Sensor. 15 mA max @ 5-25 VDC ( ). SPDT Magnetic Blow-Out, Rated: 10 A @ 125 VAC (~)/VDC ( ), 1/4 hp @ 125 VAC (~)/VDC ( ). No Switches SPDT Hermetically Sealed Reed, Rated: 2 A @ 125 VAC (~), 2 A @ 24 VDC ( ). SPDT Snap, Rated: 4 A @ 125/250 VAC (~). SPDT High Temperature Snap, 250°F (121°C) Continuous, Rated: 5 A @ 125/250/480 VAC (~). SPDT Snap, Rated: 10 A @ 125/250 VAC (~), 1/3 hp @ 125/250 VAC (~), 1/2 A @ 125 VDC ( ), 1/4 A @ 250 VDC ( ), 4 A @ 125 VAC (~) (tungsten). SPDT Gold Contact Snap, Rated 0.1 A @ 125 VAC (~). A Direct or Yoke Drive without Visual Indicator. Direct Drive (or Yoke) with Visual Indicator. Direct or Yoke Drive with Visual Indicator, Single Window. Lever Drive (Shaft Projection) without Visual Indicator. Lever (Shaft Projection) with Visual Indicator. Aluminum, Painted Black Aluminum, Painted White Epoxy with SS trim Aluminum, Painted Red Aluminum, Painted (color not yet specified) Cast 316 Stainless Steel Aluminum, Painted (color not yet specified) Long Dwell Cam (not on Mark 3) Double Cam (not on Mark 3) FKM Seals Junction Package with One 1/2˝ NPT Female Conduit Connection and Terminal Strip. Junction Package with Two 1/2˝ NPT Female Conduit Connection and Terminal Strip. 1 Attached Solenoid Valve (Must be ordered with J1 option). 2 Attached Solenoid Valves (Must be ordered with J2 option). Metric Threaded Conduit Connection, M25 X 1.5 (M20 X 1.5 for optional J1 and J2 connections). Any Output Type except 91: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX2391 X, 0518 II 2G Ex db IIC T6 Gb (-25/-40/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 70°C and T5 for -25°C/-40°C/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 80°C). Depending on output switch type selected. Output Type 91: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX2391 X, 0518 II 2G Ex db IIC T4 Gb (-40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 80°C). Any Output Type except 91: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX1392 X, 0518 II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Output Type 91: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX1392 X, 0518 II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga for -40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 80°C. Any Output Type except 91:IECEx DEK 11.0056X Ex db IIC T6 Gb (-25/-40/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 70°C and T5 for -25/-40/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 80°C) optional wording depending on output and switch type selected. Output Type 91: IECEx DEK 11.0056X, Ex db IIC T4 Gb. Any Output Type except 91: IECEx DEK 11.0061X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Output Type 91: IECEx DEK 11.0061X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Certificate NCC 13.02339X; Marking: Ex d IIC T6 Gb or Ex d IIC T5 Gb Certificate: NCC 13.02338X; Marking: Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Output Type 91 with Suffix B Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX2391 X, 0518 II 2G Ex db IIC T4 Gb (-40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 80°C). Battery not included. Output Type 91 with Suffix IS Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX1392 X, 0518 II 2G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga for -40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 80°C. Battery not included. Output Type 91 with Suffix IE IECEx DEK 11.0056X, Ex db IIC T4 Gb. Battery not included. Output Type 91 with Suffix II IECEx DEK 11.0061X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Battery not included. Plug J1, J2 Ports Paper Tag Stainless Steel Tag Riveted Stainless Steel Tag Wired LB LB PP PT STR STW A A A A A A *Note: Mark 1 and 4 potentiometer and transmitter outputs will have no switches when ordered with switch type O; 2 switches if ordered with switch types B, C, D, I, R, V, or W; and 4 switches if ordered with switch type S. Mark 3 potentiometer and transmitter outputs will have no switches when ordered with switch type O, and 2 switches if ordered with switch types A, D, G, M or T. Example: 12VD0-J1. Mark 1, 2 Switches both Type V – SPDT, Direct Drive, Painted Aluminum Enclosure with Junction Package. Example: 15VD0. Mark 1, 2 Switches both Type V – SPDT, 4-20 mA transmitter, Direct Drive, Painted Aluminum Enclosure. -- -- A A A A HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 437

460

S E V L A V ® SERIES MARK | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER POSITION INDICATORS/SWITCHES/TRANSMITTERS CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR COVER REMOVAL 4-1/4 [107.95] 3 [76.20] *4-9/16 [115.89] 5-15/16 [150.81] 1-9/16 [39.69] 7/8 [22.23] 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION OR OPTIONAL M25 118° 1-1/2 [38.10] 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/4-20 UNC THREAD x 7/16 [11.11] DP TYP 2 PLACES 4-7/8 [123.83] 2-3/8 [60.33] 1/4 [6.35] TYP #6-32 UNC THREAD X 1/4 [6.35] DEEP Ø4-7/16 [112.71] Ø1/8 [3.18] PIN TYP 2 PLACES 2-3/8 [60.33] 1/2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION (OPTIONAL) OR OPTIONAL M20 2 PLACES .249 ± .001 [6.32 ± .03] DIRECT DRIVE LEVER DRIVE For Models 11, 12, 41 & 42 OPE N CLOS SWITCH VISUAL INDICATOR DRIVE YOKE MOUNTING KIT 1-1/16 [26.99] 5/16 [7.94] s r e t t i m s n a r T / s e h c t i i / s r o t a c d n I n o i t i s o P w S SPECIFICATIONS Mark 1, 3, and 4 with Potentiometer Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full span. Optional ± 0.25% of full span. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C).(ATEX flameproof, -B suffix and IECEx flameproof, -IE suffix, rated -40 to 145°F (-40 to 63°C) for switch types A, G, M, O, R, S, T, V, or W, -13 to 145°F (-25 to 63°C) for switch types B, D, or I.; ATEX intrinsically safe, -IS suffix and IECEx intrinsically safe, -II suffix, rated -13 to 104°F (-25 to 40°C) for switch type I, -40 to 104°F (-40 to 40°C) for switch types O, R, S, V, or W. Power Rating: 1.5 Watt maximum. Output Signal: 1000 Ω standard. Optional 2000, 5000, 10000, or 20000 Ω. Zero and Span Adjustments: Span trim pot with 2000Ω adjustment. No zero adjustment. Rotational Travel: Mark 1 and 4: Minimum: 0°, Maximum: 340°. Mark 3: 0 to 10 revolutions. Mark 1, 3, and 4 with Transmitter Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full span. Optional ± 0.25% of full span. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). (ATEX flameproof, -B suffix and IECEx flameproof, -IE suffix, rated -40 to 145°F (-40 to 63°C) for switch types A, G, M, O, R, S, T, V, or W, -13 to 145°F (-25 to 63°C) for switch types B, D, or I.; ATEX intrinsically safe, -IS suffix and IECEx intrinsically safe, -II suffix, rated -13 to 104°F (-25 to 40°C) for switch type I, -40 to 104°F (-40 to 40°C) for switch types O, R, S, V, or W.). Power Requirements: 5-30 VDC. Current Consumption: 50 mA. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. Zero and Span Adjustments: Trim pots for adjusting both. Mark 1 and 4: Span is adjustable from 50 to 300°. Mark 3: Span is adjustable from 1.5 to 8.5 revolutions. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT standard. Optional one or two 1/2˝ female NPT. M25 X 1.5 and M20 X 1.5 optional. Rotational Travel: Mark 1 and 4: Minimum: 50°, Maximum: 300°. Mark 3: Minimum: 1.5 revolutions, Maximum: 8.5 revolutions. Mark 1 and 4 Transmitter with HART® communication Accuracy: ± 0.5% of full span. Optional ± 0.25% of full span. Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). (ATEX flameproof, -B suffix and IECEx flameproof, -IE suffix, rated -40 to 145°F (-40 to 63°C) for switch types A, G, M, O, R, S, V or W, -13 to 145°F (-25 to 63°C) for switch types B, D or I; ATEX intrinsically safe, -IS suffix and IECEx intrinsically safe, -II suffix, rated -40 to 104°F (-40 to 40°C) for switch types O, R, S, V or W; -13 to 104°F (-25 to 40°C) for switch type I.). Power Requirements: 8-30 VDC. Current Consumption: 21 mA. Output Signal: 4-20 mA. HART® Receive Impedance: Rx = 500 kΩ; Cx = 2500 pF. Zero and Span Adjustments: Pushbuttons or HART® communication master for setting both. Mark 1 and 4: Span is adjustable from 0 to 330°. Mark 3: Span is adjustable from 1.5 to 8.5 revolutions. Conduit Connection: 3/4˝ female NPT standard. Optional one or two 1/2˝ female NPT. M25 X 1.5 and M20 X 1.5 optional. Rotational Travel: Mark 1 and 4: Maximum: 330°. Mark 1 and 4 Transmitter with WirelessHART® communication Accuracy: ±0.5% of full span. Optional ±0.25% of full span. Temperature Limits: -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C). ATEX flameproof, -B suffix and IECEx flameproof, -IE suffix: rated -40 to 145°F (-40 to 63°C). ATEX intrinsically safe, -IS suffix and IECEx intrinsically safe, -II suffix: rated -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C). Power Requirements: 8-30 VDC. Current Consumption: 50 mA max. Power Output: +10 dBm (10 mW). Operating Frequency: 2400 to 2483.5 MHz. Operating Channels: 15. Sensitivity: -85dB. Zero and Span Adjustments: Pushbuttons or WirelessHART® communication master for setting both. Span is adjustable from -160 to 160°. Conduit Connection: Two 1/2˝ female NPT, M20 X 1.5 optional. Rotational Travel: Mark 1 and 4: Maximum: 320°. SPECIFICATIONS Product Ratings: Weatherproof and flameproof. NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12, 13. UL rated: Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B, C, D (Some units available for Group A, consult factory); Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, and G. CSA rated: Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, and G. Submersible to 15 meters (IP68); It is up to the end user to source the proper fittings to ensure a watertight seal. ATEX Compliant: -B suffix, any Output Type except 91: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX2391 X, 0518 II 2G Ex db IIC T6 Gb for -25°C/-40°C/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C and T5 for -25°C/-40°C/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C, optional wording depending on output and switch type selected. Compliant per EN 60079-0:2012+A11:2013 and EN 60079- 1:2014. -B suffix, Output Type 91, with or without -LB suffix: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX2391 X, II 2G Ex db ib IIC T4 Gb for -40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C . Compliant per EN 60079-0:2012 + A11:2013, EN 60079-1:2014 and EN 60079- 11:2012. 0518 0518 II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Compliant per EN 60079-0:2012 + A11: 2013 -IS suffix, any Output Type except 91: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX1392 X, and EN 60079-11:2012. -IS suffix, Output Type 91, with or without -LB suffix: Directive 2014/34/EU, KEMA 03ATEX1392 X, 0:2012+A11:2013 and EN 60079-11:2012. II 2G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Compliant per EN 60079- 0518 IECEx Compliant: -IE suffix, any Output Type except 91:IECEx DEK 11.0056X Ex db IIC T6 Gb for -25°C/-40°C/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C and T5 for -25°C/-40°C/-50°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C, optional wording depending on output and switch type selected. Compliant per IEC 60079-0:2011 and IEC 60079-1:2014. -IE suffix, Output Type 91, with or without -LB suffix: IECEx DEK 11.0056X, Ex db ib IIC T4 Gb for -40° ≤ Tamb ≤ 63°C. Compliant per IEC 60079-0:2011, IEC 60079- 1:2014 and IEC 60079-11: 2011. -II suffix, any Output Type except 91: IECEx DEK 11.0061X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Compliant per IEC 60079-0:2011, IEC 60079-11:2011, and IEC 60079-26:2014. -II suffix, Output Type 91, with or without -LB suffix: DEK 11.0061X Ex ia IIC T4 Ga. Compliant per IEC 60079-0:2014, and IEC 60079-11:2011. INMETRO Compliant: IM suffix, Certificate: NCC 13.02338 X; Marking: Ex ia IIC T4 Ga EM suffix, Certificate: NCC 13.02339 X; Marking: Ex d IIC T6 Gb or Ex d IIC T5 Gb Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Optional factory sealed leads that are 36˝ (914.4 mm) of 16 AWG. Conduit Connection: Standard: one 3/4˝ female NPT; optional one to two 1/2˝ female NPT; WirelessHART® models: two 1/2˝ female NPT; Optional: M25 X 1.5 or M20 X 1.5 connections may be supplied in lieu of 3/4˝ and 1/2˝ female NPT for all models. Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive. Weight: 4 to 6 lb (1.5 to 3.0 kg). Operational Life: Over 10,000,000 cycles. Maximum Altitude: 2000 meters. Mark 1, 3 and 4 with Switch Outputs Temperature Limits: -58 to 176°F (-50 to 80°C). Switch Type C rated to 350°F (176°C) for 600 hours, Switch Type T rated to 250°F (121°C) continuous. (ATEX flameproof, -B suffix and IECEx flameproof, -IE suffix, rated -58 to 145°F (-50 to 63°C) for switch type A, G, H, T, or M, -40 to 145°F (40 to 63°C) for switch type O, R, S, V, or W, -13 to 145°F (-25 to 63°C) for switch type B, D, I, or AS Interface; ATEX intrinsically safe, -IS suffix and IECEx intrinsically safe, -II suffix, rated -13 to 104°F (-25 to 40°C) for switch type D or I, -40 to 104°F (-40 to 40°C) for switch type R, V, or W, or -58 to 104°F (-50 to 40°C) for switch type A, G, or H.). Switch Type: See page reference u below. Electrical Rating: See page reference v below. Set Point Adjustment: Mark 1 and 4: 5 to 360°. HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation uSwitch Type: See page 437 (Series Mark) vElectrical Rating: See page 437 (Series Mark) 438 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

461

® SERIES VPS | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER VALVE POSITION SENSORS Dual Inductive, 2-Wire AC/DC Sensor, Fully Adjustable Target in 2° Increments M12 x 1 THD, 4-PIN QUICK DISCONNECT Ø.218 [Ø5.54] (2) PL 3/4 [20.62] 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-1/8 [29.97] 1/2 [12.70] 3/4 [19.84] 1-5/8 [42.85] 3/8 [7.95] 1 [26.21] 1/4 [6.35] 1-1/2 [39.67] Ø2-3/8 [60.33] 1-7/8 [47.73] VPS2411 P1 VPS2411 P1 The dual inductive, 2-wire AC/DC Series VPS Valve Position Sensors maintain VDI/ VDE 3845 dimensions so positioners can be easily mounted on top of the sensor and target. The Model VPS2411 Sensor and Model P1 Target mount easily and directly to actuators with ISO NAMUR topworks (see picture below). Solid state components are fully embedded in an epoxy resin to prevent condensation build-up and to protect against vibration and shock. The rugged PBTP housing provides excellent corrosion resistance and moisture protection. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Fully adjustable target in 2° increments • LED indication for visual indication • 4-pin quick disconnect electrical connection APPLICATIONS • The VPS is used for control element position monitoring and indication with devices such as rotary valve actuators, rotary valves and dampers. SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: -13 to 176°F (-25 to 80°C). Power Requirements: 20-140 VAC (50/60 Hz), 10-200 VDC. Enclosure Material: Polybutylene terephthalate. Switch Type: Dual NO. Electrical Rating: 200 mA. Minimum Load Current: 5 mA. Leakage Current: 0.8 mA. Voltage Drop: 5.0 V. Repeatability: 0.01 mm. Hysteresis: 3 to 15% of sensing range. Switching Frequency: 25 Hz. Mounting Holes: NAMUR mounting - 3.15˝ x 1.18˝ (80 x 30 mm) or 5.118˝ x 1.18˝ (130 x 30 mm). Electrical Connection: 4-pin quick disconnect. MODEL CHART Model VPS2411 P1 VIP82 Description Valve position sensor Valve position target Quick disconnect cable Model VPS and P1 mounted on an actuator V A L V E S S w i t c h e s / T r a n s m i t t e r s P o s i t i o n I n d c a t o r s / i DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 439

462

S E V L A V ® SERIES DT | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER DETECTOR POSITION SENSORS Reliable Magnetic Point Sensor, Stainless Steel Housing, AC or DC Detector Target 1 [25.41] HEX 3-3/4 [95.24] 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-3/4 [44.44] Standard target with DT1060 H High strength target with DT1160 (3/8–16 UNC X 3/4˝) (1/2–13 UNC X 3/4˝) 1/2-14 NPT Actuator 5/8˝-18 UNF Detector The Series DT Detector Position Sensors are reliable, magnetically actuated, SS, completely interchangeable with competitive units. AC or DC for user friendly operation. They have no moving parts, eliminate costly seal fittings and offer enhanced reliability by eliminating arcing. Unintentional actuation by metals is not a problem. The sensor consists of a durable hermetically sealed reed switch potted in a SS housing and a separate 316 SS magnetic actuator bolt. As the actuator moves within the sensing range of the sensor, the magnet in the actuator changes the state of reed switch contacts inside the sensor. This either opens or closes a circuit depending on wiring configuration. Sensing distance is 0.1˝ (2.54 mm) for the standard target. Greater sensi tivity of a larger magnetic target increases the sensing distance to 0.5˝ (12.7 mm). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Excellent for hazardous and corrosive environments • Can be mounted in any position • Designed to NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 7, 9, 12 and 13 APPLICATIONS • Position monitoring and indication with devices such as linear valves – actuators and cylinders – rotary valves – dampers SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Limits: -40 to 163°F (-40 to 73°C). Switch Type: Tungsten, SPDT, Form C. Electrical Rating: 3 A @ 125 VAC, 3 A @ 30 VDC. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof; Hermetically sealed; Explosion-proof UL & CSA listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C, & D; Class II, Groups E, F & G. Divisions 1 & 2. Intrinsically Safe: Simple apparatus (w/barrier). Operating/Response Time: 3.0 ms. Initial Contact Resistance: 0.50 Ω (max). Repeatability: 0.005˝ (.01 cm). Hysteresis: 0.030˝ (.08 cm). Electrical Connection: Factory sealed leads with 18˝ min, 4 conductor, PVC insulated, 18 AWG – green/red/black/white (ground/NC/ NO/common). Housing: 316 SS. Potting: Epoxy resin. Conduit: 1/2˝-14˝ female NPT. Weight: 0.32 lb (145 g); 0.45 lb (204 g) with actuator. Agency Approvals: CSA, cULus. i / s r o t a c d n I n o i t i s o P s r e t t i m s n a r T / s e h c t i w S MODEL CHART Model Description DT1060 DT1160 Detector and standard actuator Detector and high strength actuator Sensing Distance 0.1˝ (2.54 mm) 0.5˝ (12.7 mm) 440 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

463

® SERIES EPTA | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCERS Low Cost, Selectable Input/Output, Manual Override 1/2 [12.7] 27/32 [21.43] 23/32 [18.26] 3/16 [4.76] EPTA-B EPTA-S 23/32 [18.26] V A L V E S 4-5/16 [109.54] 3-25/64 [86.12] 4-1/16 [103.19] 4-15/32 [113.5] 3-27/64 [86.92] 3-1/4 [82.55] 3 [76.20] 3-1/4 [82.55] 23/64 [9.13] 1-23/64 [34.53] 3-23/64 [85.33] 4X ø13/64 [ø5.16] Shown with snap-track mounting Shown with metal bracket mounting The Series EPTA Electro-Pneumatic Transducers convert an analog input signal to a linearly proportionate pneumatic output by modulating its control valves to regulate branch line pressure to the set point determined by the input signal. All models incorporate two low voltage valves, an integral in-barb filter, a 0 to 30 psi analog gage, an anodized aluminum manifold, and brass barbed fittings. The EPTA offers adjustable span and offset as well as manual override. This unit has no air consumption and is immune to mounting orientation. Output pressure ranges include field-selectable 0 to 10, 0 to 15, and 0 to 20 psig. Also included is an analog 0 to 5 VDC feedback signal indicating the resultant branch line pressure. Universal 24 VAC/24 VDC supply voltage and field-selectable 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 0-15 VDC inputs ensure single unit compatibility with most systems. The standard models maintain branch pressure on power loss while the Fail-Safe models will drop the branch pressure to 0 psi on power loss. Mounting configurations include a metal bracket mount in the EPTA-B models and a snap-track mount in the EPTA-S models. The A-400 accessory kit will allow the EPTA-S models to be mounted on a standard DIN rail. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Adjustable span and offset • Manual override • Field selectable output ranges • Not position sensitive APPLICATIONS • Pneumatic dampers and valve actuators MODEL CHART Model EPTA-S0 EPTA-B0 EPTA-S1 EPTA-B1 Description Standard snap-track mount transducer Standard metal bracket mount transducer Snap-track mount transducer with fail-safe Metal bracket mount transducer with fail-safe SERIES IP | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER CURRENT TO PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Intrinsically Safe, NEMA 4X Enclosure, Field Reversible, Low Cost SPECIFICATIONS Service: Clean dry air or any inert gas. Input Signal: DC current (4-20 mA) or DC voltage (0-5/0-10/0-15). Input Impedance: Current: 250 Ω; Voltage: Infinite. Output Signal: Jumper selectable 0 to 10 psig (0 to 69 kPa), 0 to 15 psig (0 to 103 kPa), or 0 to 20 psig (0 to 138 kPa). Feedback Output: 0-5 VDC. Air Supply: 25 psig (172 kPa) max. Air Flow: 750 scim. Air Consumption: 0 scim normal operation, fail-safe model vents to 0 psi on power loss. Accuracy: ±1.0% FS @ room temperature; ±2.0% FS @ 32 to 120°F (0 to 48.8°C). ACCESSORIES Model Description A-400 A-403 DIN mounting kit Replacement integral barb filter Supply Voltage: 24 VDC (+10%/-5%) or 24 VAC (±10%) 50/60 Hz. Supply Current: 180 mA max, 200 mA max on fail-safe model. Temperature Limits: Operating: 32 to 120°F (0 to 48.8°C); Storage: -20 to 150°F (-6.7 to 65.6°C). Operating Humidity Range: 5 to 95%, non-condensing. Pressure Connections: 1/4˝ OD (polyethylene tubing optimum). Electrical Connections: Plug-in block terminal type with 5 mm pin spacing. Wire Size: Up to one 14 AWG per terminal. Weight: EPTA-S0: 6.9 oz. (196 g); EPTA-S1: 9.2 oz. (261 g); EPTA-B: 14.5 oz. (411 g). T r a n s d u c e r s C u r r e n t t o P r e s s u r e USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 2-3/16 SQ [55.37] 1-1/2 [38.10] 4-1/4 [107.70] 1/2 NPT FEMALE 1-1/2 [38.10] 35/64 [13.97] 1-7/16 [36.58] 1/4 NPT FEMALE The Series IP Current to Pressure Transducer converts a current input signal to a linearly proportional pneumatic output pressure. The features include built-in volume booster, low air consumption, field reversible (provides output which is inversely proportional to input signal) and flexible zero and span adjustments. The rugged NEMA 4X enclosure allows splashdown and outdoor installation. The IP can be used for applications that require operation of valve actuators, pneumatic valve positioners, damper and louver actuators, final control elements and relays. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Built-in volume booster • Low air consumption • Flexible zero plus span adjustments • NEMA 4X enclosure • Field reversible APPLICATIONS • Applications that require the operation of valve actuators, pneumatic valve positioners, damper and louver actuators, final control elements, relays, air cylinders, web tensioners, clutches and brakes MODEL CHART Input Ranges 4-20 mA 4-20 mA 4-20 mA Output Range psi 3 to 15 3 to 27 6 to 30 kPa 20 to 100 20 to 185 40 to 200 Model IP-42 IP-43 IP-44 SPECIFICATIONS Service: Oil free, clean dry air filtered to 40 microns. Input Signal: 4-20 mA. Input Impedance: IP-42: 180 ohms; IP-43 and IP-44: 220 Ω. Air Pressure: Min: 3 psig (21 kPa) above max output; Maximum: 100 psig (700 kPa). Linearity: < ±0.75% of span. Hysteresis: < 1% of span. Repeatability: < 0.5% of span. Supply Pressure Sensitivity: < ±0.1% of span per psig (< ±0.15% of span per 10 kPa). Power Requirements: Loop-powered. Temperature Limits: -20 to 140°F (-30 to 60°C). Pressure Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT. Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Air Consumption: 0.03 SCFM (0.5 m3/h) typical. Output Capacity: 4.5 SCFM (7.6 m3/h ANR) at 25 psig (175 kPa) supply; 12 SCFM (20 m3/h) at 100 psig (700 kPa) supply. Relief Capacity: 2 SCFM (3.4 m3/h) at 5 psig (35 kPa) above 20 psig (140 kPa) set point. Weight: 2.1 lb (0.94 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, FM. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 441

464

® S E V L A V SERIES 2700 & 2800 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER CURRENT TO PRESSURE TRANSDUCER NEMA 4X Enclosure, Compact Size, Reliable 39/64 [15.5] 1-11/16 [42.7] 1 [25.4] 1/2 [12.7] ø1/8 [ø3.17] DIN RAIL MOUNTING OPTION MOUNTING HOLES #10-32 UNF-2B x 3/8 DP 2 PLCS 5/16 [7.92] 2-15/16 [74.7] 22 GA. WIRE LEADS APPROX. 18˝ LONG POS, NEG, GRD 3-23/64 [85.3] 2-1/4 [57/2] 3-11/16 [93.7] 1-51/64 [45.7] 1-19/64 [33.0] 1-1/2 [38.1] 1-1/2 [38.1] 3-1/8 [79.2] 2-3/16 [55.4] 33/64 [13.1] PIPE CLAMP MOUNTING OPTION FOR 1-1/2 PIPE ø1-1/8 [ø28.7] 1/2 NPT IN & OUT PORTS 1/4-18 NPT 4 PLCS 25/64 [9.72] 49/64 [19.4] The Series 2700 Current to Pressure Transducer combines economical startup cost, low air consumption, and reliable performance to make the 2700 a great investment. The unit converts a variable current signal to a proportional pneumatic output. It has input and output ports on both the front and back which allows for versatile plumbing. The NEMA 4X enclosure enables the unit to be installed indoors or outdoors, however, the unit is not vibration resistant. It is FM and CSA approved for intrinsically safe operation. The 2700 is designed for remote or panel mounting. An integral volume booster provides high flow capacity, increasing control speed in critical applications. Other features include external zero and span adjustments which are convenient for field calibration. e r u s s e r P o t t n e r r u C s r e c u d s n a r T The Series 2800 Current to Pressure Transducer utilizes a closed loop pressure feedback system that closely controls output and compensates for vibration, mounting angle, temperature, and supply pressure variations. These characteristics make this unit ideal for field mounting on a valve. The control mechanism is a piezoceramic actuator encapsulated in a protective skin, which provides a constant defense against humidity and contaminants. These features make this unit ideal for use in demanding applications. The 2800 also comes in a NEMA 4X enclosure and is field reversible. It is FM and CSA approved intrinsically safe, as well. For ease of installation, this model has input and output ports on both the front and back and can be easily panel mounted. SERIES 2700 FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X enclosure • FM and CSA approved for intrinsically safe • Designed for remote or panel mounting • Integral volume booster APPLICATIONS • Controlling valve actuators, pneumatic valve positioners, air cylinders, clutches, brakes, dampers, louvers and pumps SERIES 2800 FEATURES/BENEFITS • NEMA 4X enclosure • FM and CSA approved for intrinsically safe • Vibration and position insensitive • Input and output ports on front and back MODEL CHART Model Input 2713-WP 4-20 mA 2716-WP 4-20 mA 2813-WP 4-20 mA 2816-WP 4-20 mA Output 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1.0 bar) 6 to 30 psig (0.4 to 2.1 bar) 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1.0 bar) 6 to 30 psig (0.4 to 2.1 bar) SPECIFICATIONS Service: Oil free, clean dry air filtered to 40 microns. Input Signal: 4-20 mA. Air Supply: Min: 5 psig (0.3 bar) above max output; Max: 100 psig (6.9 bar). Output: 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1.0 bar), 6 to 30 psig (0.4 to 2.1 bar). Accuracy: Series 2800: ±0.1% of span. Linearity: Series 2700: < ±0.5% of span. Hysteresis: Series 2700: < 0.5% of span; Series 2800: ±0.1% of span. Repeatability: Series 2700: < 0.5% of span; Series 2800: ±0.1% of span. Deadband: Series 2800: 0.02% of span. Supply Pressure Sensitivity: Series 2700: < 0.1% of span per 1.0 psig (0.1 bar). Power Requirement: Loop powered. Temperature Limits: Series 2700: -20 to 150°F (-29 to 66°C); Series 2800: Operating: -40 to 160°F (-40 to 71°C); Storage: -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C). Pressure Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT. Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Air Consumption: Series 2700: 0.03 scfm (0.01 l/s) at midrange typical; Series 2800: 0.025 scfm (0.01 l/s) at midrange typical. Output Capacity: 4.5 scfm (2.1 l/s) at 25 psig (1.7 bar) supply; 12.0 scfm (5.7 l/s) at 100 psig (6.9 bar) supply. Enclosure: Chromate-treated aluminum with epoxy paint. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and intrinsically safe. Weight: Series 2700: 1.3 lb (0.59 kg); Series 2800: 0.8 lb (0.37 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM. SERIES 2700 FM Intrinsically Safe Ratings: Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G. CSA Intrinsically Safe Ratings: Class I, Division 2, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III. SERIES 2800 FM Intrinsically Safe Ratings: Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F, and G; Class I, Zone 0, Group IIB; Class I, II, and III, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, F, and G. CSA Intrinsically Safe Ratings: Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Division 2, Groups F and G; Class III. ACCESSORIES Model Description A-180 A-181 A-182 Valve mounting bracket, for Hi-Flow™ control valves (Series 2800 only) DIN rail mounting kit, suitable for EN-50035, EN-50042, and EN-50022 rails Pipe mounting kit, for 1-1/2 and 2˝ pipes OPTIONS Description Valve mount, for factory mounting and calibration to Hi-Flow™ control valves, add current-to-pressure transducer model number as suffix (Series 2800 only) 442 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448

465

® SERIES 2900 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER CURRENT TO PRESSURE TRANSDUCER Intrinsically Safe, Explosion-Proof, NEMA 4X Enclosure V A L V E S The Series 2900 Current to Pressure Transducer delivers reliable high performance for the toughest applications in the most hazardous environments. Its NEMA 4X housing is designed and FM and CSA approved for both intrinsically safe and explosion-proof operation. This unit has advanced circuitry which includes electronic feedback control for superior vibration protection and highly accurate output. The 2900 is not position sensitive and the easily accessible zero and span adjustments make field calibration quick and easy. For ease of installation, this model has input and output ports on both the front and back. It is also not vibration sensitive, which makes the 2900 ideal for field mounting on a valve. These features coupled with the unit’s compact size help make set-up and installation simple. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Designed for hazardous environments • Vibration resistant • Explosion-proof • Weatherproof and intrinsically safe APPLICATIONS • Controlling valve actuators, pneumatic valve positioners, air cylinders, clutches, brakes, dampers, louvers and pumps MODEL CHART Model 2913-E 2916-E Input 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Output 3-15 psig (0.2-1.0 bar) 6-30 psig (0.4-2.1 bar) ACCESSORIES Model Description A-180 Valve mounting bracket, for Hi-Flow™ control valves (Series 2800 only) OPTIONS Description Valve mount, for factory mounting and calibration to Hi-Flow™ control valves, add current-to-pressure transducer model number as suffix (Series 2800 only) Ø3-1/2 [Ø88.9] 1 [25.4] 4 #10-32-UNF TAPPED HOLES FOR MOUNTING 1/2 NPT PORT FOR CONDUIT PIPING 27/32 [21.3] 2-1/2 [63.5] IN & OUT PORTS 1/4-18 NPT 4 PLACES 2-3/16 [55.6] 57/64 [22.4] 49/64 [19.4] 1-1/2 [38.1] 4-19/32 [116.6] 2-5/64 [52.6] 33/64 [13.1] SPECIFICATIONS Service: Oil free, clean dry air filtered to 40 microns. Input Signal: 4-20 mA. Air Supply: Min: 5 psig (0.3 bar) above max output; Max: 100 psig (6.9 bar). Output: 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1.0 bar), 6 to 30 psig (0.4 to 2.1 bar). Accuracy: ±0.1% of span. Hysteresis: ±0.1% of span. Repeatability: ±0.1% of span. Deadband: 0.02% of span. Power Requirement: Loop powered. Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 160°F (-40 to 71°C); Storage: -40 to 200°F (-40 to 93°C). Pressure Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT. Electrical Connection: 1/2˝ female NPT. Air Consumption: 0.05 scfm (0.02 l/s) at midrange typical. Output Capacity: 4.5 scfm (2.1 l/s) at 25 psig (1.7 bar) supply; 12.0 scfm (5.7 l/s) at 100 psig (6.9 bar) supply. Enclosure: Chromate-treated aluminum with epoxy paint. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof NEMA 4X (IP66), explosion-proof and intrinsically safe. Weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM. FM Ratings: Explosion-proof for Class I Division 1, Groups B, C, and D. T6, Dust Ignitionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G, T6; Intrinsically safe for Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F, and G, T4 hazardous (classified) locations and intrinsically safe for Class I, Zone 0, Group IIB, T4 hazardous (classified) locations and suitable for Class I, Groups A, B, C, D, T4, and Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G, T6 hazardous (classified) locations. CSA Ratings: Class I Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G. T r a n s d u c e r s C u r r e n t t o P r e s s u r e Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 443

466

S E V L A V ® SERIES 165 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER PRECISOR® II PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC POSITIONERS Linear Operation, Field Selectable Cam Design, 316 SS Models 6-43/64 [169.47] 4-41/64 [117.87] M8X 1.25P M8X 1.25P 4 PLCS 1-25/32 [45.24] 3-5/8 [92.08] 1-31/32 [50.01] 2-49/64 [70.25] 6-9/16 [166.69] 8-3/4 [225.30] 2X M8X1.25 Series 165NL 4-9/16 [115.89] 1-25/32 [45.24] 4X M8X1.25 3-19/32 [91.29] 6-9/16 [166.69] 1-31/32 [50.01] 2-3/4 [69.85] Series 165EL SPECIFICATIONS Input Signal: Pneumatic: 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1 bar); Electro-pneumatic: 4 to 20 mA DC. Input Impedance: (165EL only): 250 ±15 Ω. Enclosure Material: Aluminum diecasting or 316 SS. Air Supply: 20 to 100 psig (1.4 to 6.9 bar). Air Supply Connection: 1/4˝ NPT. Gage Connection: 1/8˝ NPT. Electrical Connection: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT (165EL only). Linearity: ±0.2% FS. Hysteresis: 1% FS. Sensitivity: ±0.2% FS. Repeatability: ±0.5% FS. Air Consumption: 0.10 scfm (3 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Flow Capacity: 28 scfm (80 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Stroke: 0.5 to 6˝ (10 to 150 mm). Enclosure Rating: IP66 (NEMA 4X). Temperature Limits: Aluminum: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C); SS: -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C). Weight: 165NL: 3.1 lb (1.7 kg); 165EL: 6.1 lb (2.7 kg). Agency Approvals: CE (165EL only). OPTIONS Description Valve mount, for factory mounting and calibration to Hi-Flow™ control valves, add suffix to valve model number of positioner. (Does not include valve or positioner piece) Example: 2004VA32-231-165EL The Series 165 PRECISOR® II Pneumatic and Electro-Pneumatic Positioners deliver stable process control at an exceptionally low price. Its rugged, durable design makes it ideal for harsh environments while maintaining precise, accurate positioning of the control element. Units can be easily changed from direct to reverse action, or vice versa. Low air consumption keeps operating costs at a minimum, while still responding quickly and accurately. Excellent for use in chemical processing, food and beverage, pulp and paper, and pharmaceutical industries, as well as many others. s r e n o i t i s o P FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable cam for direct or reverse acting APPLICATIONS Series 165 PRECISOR® II Pneumatic and Electro-Pneumatic Positioners provide excellent modulating control when used between the Dwyer Temperature Controllers, Current to Pressure Transducer, and the Hi-Flow™ Valve in such industries as the food and beverage processing, chemical, pharmaceutical, and wood pulp and paper. HOW TO ORDER: 1. Select Model No. to specify input control signal. 2. For proper mounting hardware, order according to which actuator the positioner will be mounted to. MODEL CHART Input Model 165NL 3 to 15 psig 165EL 4-20 mA 165EL-SS 4-20 mA Enclosure Aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel ACCESSORIES - MOUNTING KITS Model A-233 A-234 A-235 A-236 For Actuator Models 220 and 221 air-to-lower 222 and 223 air-to-lower 230 and 231 air-to-raise 233 air-to-raise 444 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448

467

® SERIES 265 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER PRECISOR® II PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC POSITIONERS Rotary Operation, Field Selectable Cam Design, 316 SS Models 7-1/4 [184.00] 6-1/2 [165.51] 1 [25.00] 3-1/4 [83.01] 2-3/8 [59.99] 2-1/2 [65.02] 3/8 [10.01] 1-5/8 [40.00] 2-3/8 [60.01] (4) M8X1.25P (8) M8X1.25P Series 265NR 3-5/8 [91.49] 2-3/4 [70.00] 8-25/32 [223.04] 4X M8X1.25 4-3/8 [111.13] 1-25/32 [45.24] 4X M8X1.25 3-19/32 [91.29] 6-9/16 [166.69] 1-31/32 [50.01] 2-3/4 [69.85] V A L V E S P o s i t i o n e r s Series 265ER SPECIFICATIONS Input Signal: Pneumatic: 3 to 15 psig (0.2 to 1 bar); Electro-pneumatic: 4-20 mA DC. Input Impedance: (265ER only): 250 ±15 Ω. Enclosure Material: Aluminum diecasting or 316 SS. Air Supply: 20 to 101 psig (1.4 to 7.0 bar). Air Supply Connection: 1/4˝ NPT. Gage Connection: 1/8˝ NPT. Electrical Connection: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT (265ER only). Linearity: ±2% FS. Hysteresis: 1% FS. Sensitivity: ±0.5% FS. Repeatability: ±0.5% FS. Air Consumption: 0.10 scfm (3 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Flow Capacity: 28 scfm (80 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Stroke: 0 to 90°. Enclosure Rating: IP66. Temperature Limits: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C). Weight: 265NR: 3.1 lb (1.7 kg); 265ER: 6.2 lb (2.8 kg). Agency Approvals: CE (265ER only). Proximity Series 265 Precisor® II Pneumatic and Electro-Pneumatic Positioners combine outstanding performance with an extremely low price, making it an exceptional value for industrial applications. Rotary valves with single or double acting pneumatic actuators can be precisely controlled, such as our ball and butterfly valves. The Precisor® II positioner proportionally modulates the valve from either an electric 4 to 20 mA or pneumatic 3 to 15 psig input signal, based on the model chosen and is user-selectable for single or double action. Its rugged, durable design makes it ideal for use in harsh environments, while maintaining precise, accurate positioning of the control elements. Includes a bracket for mounting onto actuators with NAMUR standard connections, and features a versatile linear cam for direct action, reverse action, or split ranges. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Field selectable cam for direct or reverse acting • User selectable for single or double action • Highly visible indicator for local indication • IP66 enclosure rating APPLICATIONS • Rotary valves with single or double acting pneumatic actuators MODEL CHART Model 265NR-D5 265ER-D5 265ER-D5SS Input 3 to 15 psig 4-20 mA 4-20 mA Lever Type Enclosure NAMUR Aluminum NAMUR Aluminum NAMUR Stainless steel ACCESSORIES Model Description A-228 A-332 SS steel flex hose, 12˝ (30.48 cm) L, 1/8˝ male NPT connections Brass adapter, 1/8˝ female NPT to 1/4˝ male NPT Pneumatic hosing and fittings Hosing and fittings for connecting positioners, current to pressure transducers, air filter gauges and other accessories to pneumatic actuated valves. USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 445

468

S E V L A V ® SERIES 185 & 285 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER LINEAR AND ROTARY SMART POSITIONERS Fail Freeze, Linear and Rotary Operation, HART® Communication 3-27/32 [97.50] CONDUIT ENTRY 1/2 NPT 8-31/64 [215.70] 3-1/64 [76.50] 3-27/32 [97.50] 185 3-47/64 [95.00] 2-11/32 [59.60] 4-7/64 [104.20] 2-33/64 [64.00] 2-CONDUIT ENTRY 1/2 NPT 3-49/64 [95.80] 4-31/64 [113.80] STANDARD 4.406 [111.9] 1-23/64 [34.60] STAINLESS STEEL 185 V I DEO O N L I N E 4-13/32 [111.90] STAINLESS STEEL 4-31/64 [113.8] STANDARD SUPPLY 1/4 NPT 8-15/32 [215.00] 285 1-49/64 [45.00] 1-1/8 [28.50] 285 1-7/64 [28.00] 2-33/64 [64.00] 4-7/64 [104.20] Proximity Series 185 & 285 Linear and Rotary Smart Positioners combine an easy to use, high performance unit with a low price. Series 185 models accurately control the valve stroke of linear motion valves and Series 285 models accurately control the valve stroke of rotary motion valves. An analog feedback signal is outputted to stabilize any valve system, and easy to use functions such as auto calibration ensure the accuracy of the unit. The compact design of this unit makes it easy to use with any size actuator. Smart Positioners feature a LCD screen attached to the outer surface of the unit, allowing for an easy inspection of the positioner condition while in the field. Available in user selectable single or double action, with HART® communication as standard. In the event that the 4-20 mA input signal is lost the 185 and 285 will fail in place. MODEL CHART Model 185EL-D1 185EL-D1SS 285ER-D5 285ER-D5SS Communication Enclosure HART® Aluminum HART® SS HART® Aluminum HART® SS FEATURES/BENEFITS • User selectable single or double action • LCD display SPECIFICATIONS Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC. Input Impedance: 460 Ω max @ 20 mA DC. Enclosure Material: Aluminum or 316 SS. Air Supply: 35 to 116 psi (2.4 to 8 bar). Air Connection: 1/4˝ NPT. Gage Connection: 1/8˝ NPT. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT. Linearity: ±0.5% FS. Hysteresis: ±0.5% FS. Sensitivity: ±0.2% FS. Repeatability: ±0.3% FS. Air Consumption: .0004 scfm (.01 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Flow Capacity: 2.1 scfm (60 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Stroke: 0.5 to 6˝ (10 to 150 mm) or 0 to 90°. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Temperature Limits: -22 to 185°F (-30 to 85°C). Weight: 3.3 lb (1.5 kg); SS models: 6.4 lb (2.9 kg). APPLICATIONS • Linear motion valves or rotary motion valves with single or double acting actuators HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448 SERIES 195 & 295 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER COMPACT LINEAR AND ROTARY SMART POSITIONERS Low Cost, Rotary Operation, HART® Communication 5-45/64˝ [144.80] 5/32˝ [4.00] 2-1/4˝ [57.00] 5/16˝ [8.00] s r e n o i t i s o P CONDUIT ENTRY 1/2 NPT 1-27/64˝ [36.00] 1-3/16˝ [30.00] 3-3/32˝ [78.50] 4˝ [101.70] 1-11/32˝ [34.00] 1-57/64˝ [48.00] 15/16˝ [24.00] 195 2-1/4˝ [57.00] 195 CONDUIT ENTRY 1/2 NPT 5/32˝ [4.00] 2-37/64˝ [65.40] 2-1/2˝ [63.60] 1-3/16˝ [30.00] 1-27/64˝ [36.00] 295 Proximity Series 195 & 295 Compact Linear and Rotary Smart Positioners are compact, high performance units with a low price. Series 195 models accurately control the valve stroke of linear motion valves and Series 295 models accurately control the valve stroke of rotary motion valves. An analog feedback signal is outputted to stabilize any valve system, and easy to use functions such as auto calibration ensure the accuracy of the unit. The handheld size of this unit makes it easy to use with any size actuator, and can be used in applications where a larger positioner may not fit. Series 195 and 295 Smart Positioners feature a LCD screen attached to the outer surface of the unit, allowing for an easy inspection of the positioner condition while in the field. Available with HART® communication. FEATURES/BENEFITS • LCD Display • Auto calibration, PID control and alarm MODEL CHART Model 195EL-S1 195EL-S2 295ER-S1 295ER-S2 Action Communication Single Single Single Single None HART® None HART® 446 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 5-7/16˝ [138.30] 5-45/64˝ [144.80] 1-11/32˝ [34.00] 15/16˝ [24.00] 1-57/64˝ [48.00] 3-3/32˝ [78.50] 295 5-1/64˝ [127.32] SPECIFICATIONS Input Signal: 4-20 mA DC. Input Impedance: 460 Ω max @ 20 mA DC. Enclosure Material: Aluminum. Air Supply: 35 to 116 psi (2.4 to 8 bar). Air Connection: 1/4˝ NPT. Gage Connection: 1/8˝ NPT. Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT. Linearity: ±0.5% FS. Hysteresis: ±0.5% FS. Sensitivity: ±0.2% FS. Repeatability: ±0.3% FS. Air Consumption: .0004 scfm (.01 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Flow Capacity: .32 scfm (9 LPM) at 20 psig (1.4 bar) supply. Stroke: 0.19 to 1.38˝ (5 to 35 mm) or 0 to 90°. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Temperature Limits: -22 to 185°F (-30 to 85°C). Weight: 1.8 lb (.82 kg). APPLICATIONS • Linear motion valves or rotary motion valves with single acting actuators HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation Filters and Regulators: See pages 447-448

469

® SERIES VB | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER VOLUME BOOSTERS Economical, 1:1 Ratio V A L V E S SIGNAL PORT 1/4 NPT SIGNAL PORT 1/4 NPT SIGNAL PORT 1/4 NPT 3-7/64 [79.00] 25/32 [20.00] 3-25/64 [86.00] VB-01 4-15/64 [107.50] 1-3/64 [26.50] Ø3-15/16 [100.00] VB-02 4-51/64 [122.00] VB-03 6-3/8 [162.02] 1-27/32 [47.00] The Series VB Volume Boosters are a one to one signal to output relay and an ideal solution to increasing valve stroke speed. A large input signal change to the booster delivers high volume for quick throttling control. Volume booster responds to the slightest changes in input signal, which in turn increases accuracy of the output of air pressure to the actuator. This booster receives the positioner’s signal output and supplies the proper air pressure to the actuator to reduce response and adjustment time. Available in aluminum or stainless steel. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Responds to the slightest change in input signal • Supplies constant air pressure at a 1:1 ratio APPLICATIONS • Used with pneumatic control valves SERIES MPR | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER MINIATURE PRESSURE REGULATOR Air or Water Regulator, Compact and Lightweight, Low Cost SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air only. Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum or SS; Diaphragm: Nitrile elastomer. Max Supply Pressure: 145 psi (10 bar). Max Signal/Output Pressure: 101.5 psi (7 bar). Signal Connection: 1/4˝ NPT. In/Output Pressure Ratio: 1:1. Temperature Limits: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C). Linearity: ±1% FS. In/Output Connection: See model chart. Weight: See model chart. MODEL CHART Model VB-01 VB-01SS VB-02 VB-02SS VB-03 VB-03SS Cv Weight 1.02 1.02 2.32 2.32 4.98 4.98 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) 2.9 lb (1.3 kg) 1.7 lb (0.76 kg) 4.2 lb (1.9 kg) 5.1 lb (2.3 kg) 11 lb (5 kg) In/Out Connection Construction 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 1/2˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT 3/4˝ NPT Aluminum SS Aluminum SS Aluminum SS R e g u a t o r s l l V o u m e B o o s t e r / 1-1/2 [38.10] 1-5/8 [41.40] 3/8 [9.65] 2-27/32 [71.88] [2] 1/8 NPT GAGE PORTS [2] 1/4 NPT INLET & OUTLET PORTS The Series MPR Miniature Pressure Regulator is a compact unit that provides low cost, high performance pressure regulation of compressed air or air/water. The low torque, non-rising adjustment knob with locking capability provides easy and precise adjustment. Models for use with air are self relieving. Models for air/water are non- relieving. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Low cost • Easy and precise adjustment • Compact APPLICATIONS • Any industrial application that requires water or air pressure regulations and low cost SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compressed air or water. Wetted Materials: Body: Zinc; Bonnet: Acetal; Diaphragm/seals: Nitrile; Internals: Aluminum, brass, acetal, steel, music wire (MPR2 is plated with electroless nickel for water use). Maximum Supply Pressure: 250 psig (17.2 bar). Temperature Limits: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 60°C). Flow Capacity: 24 SCFM (48 m3/hr) at 100 psig (6.9 bar) supply, 60 psig (4.1 bar) output. Process Connection: Inlet and outlet: Two 1/4˝ female NPT; Two 1/8˝ female NPT gage ports. Weight: 4 oz (113 g). MODEL CHART Air Model Air/Water Model Range MPR1-0 MPR1-1 MPR1-2 MPR1-3 MPR1-4 MPR2-0 MPR2-1 MPR2-2 MPR2-3 MPR2-4 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi ACCESSORIES Model Description MPR-B MPR-N Mounting bracket Panel mounting nut DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 447

470

® SERIES AFR AIR FILTER REGULATOR S E V L A V Series AFR Air Filter Regulator provides clean air pressure to pneumatic controllers, valve positioners, air cylinders and other equipment. Self-relieving regulator is equipped with a 40 micron filter housed in a dripwell with gage port. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Stable output • Low air consumption • 40 micron filter APPLICATIONS • Provides clean, accurate air pressure to pneumatic controllers, valve positioners, air cylinders and other equipment 2-19/32 [65.88] 21/32 [16.67] 7-3/4 [196.85] 2-53/64 [71.83] INPUT 1/4˝ NPT 25/64 [9.92] 3-9/64 [79.77] DRAIN 3-9/64 [79.77] GAGE PORT 1/4" NPT OUTPUT 1/4˝ NPT SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air only. Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum alloy, irridite, and lock epoxy finish; Filter: Phenolic impregnated cellulose; Diaphragm and valve seat plug: Nitrile elastomer. Max. Supply Pressure: 250 psig (1700 kPa). Temperature Limits: 0 to 160°F (-18 to 71°C). Sensitivity: 1˝ (2.5 cm) of water. Consumption: <6 SCFH (0.17 m3/hr). Flow Capacity: 20 SCFM (33 m3/hr) @ 100 psig (700 kPa) supply. Exhaust Capacity: 0.1 SCFM (0.17 m3/hr) with downstream pressure 5 psig (35 kPa) above set point. Process Connection: 1/4˝ female NPT. Weight: 1.6 lb (725 g). MODEL CHART Model Range AFR1 AFR2 AFR3 AFR4 0 to 10 psi (0 to 65 kPa) 0 to 30 psi (0 to 200 kPa) 0 to 60 psi (0 to 400 kPa) 0 to 120 psi (0 to 800 kPa) ACCESSORIES Model AFR-BRKT Mounting bracket Description SERIES AFR2 | PROXIMITY® BY DWYER INSTRUMENT AIR FILTER REGULATORS Compact, Stainless Steel Models, Cost-Effective l s r o t a u g e R 7 [176.38] 3 [76.20] 2-1/2 [63.50] Series AFR2 Instrument Air Filter Regulators provide clean air pressure to pneumatic controllers, valve positioners, air cylinders and other equipment. Self- relieving regulator is equipped with a 5 micron filter housed in a dripwell with gage port. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Compact size • Self-relieving regulator • 5 micron filter APPLICATIONS • Air filter regulator provides clean air pressure to pneumatic controllers, valve positioners, air cylinders and other equipment SPECIFICATIONS Service: Air only. Wetted Materials: Body: Aluminum or SS; Filter: Polyethylene; Diaphragm and valve seat plug: Nitrile elastomer. Max. Supply Pressure: 250 psi (17.2 bar). Temperature Limits: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C). Minimum Filtering Size: 5 micron. Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT. Weight: 1.7 lb (0.6 kg), SS models: 3.0 lb (1.4 kg). MODEL CHART Model AFR2-1 AFR2-1SS AFR2-2SS Range 0 to 60 psi (0 to 4 bar) 0 to 60 psi (0 to 4 bar) 0 to 121 psi (0 to 8 bar) Body Aluminum Stainless steel Stainless steel 448 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

471

A C C E S S O R E S I | T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S Filters page 450 Siphons/Cooling Extensions pages 451 Strap Wrench/ Gage Guard pages 452 Pressure Snubbers pages 453 Static Pressure Sensors pages 454-455 Gage Tubing page 455 Miscellaneous Accessories pages 456-457 FEATURED PRODUCTS STAINLESS STEEL STATIC PRESSURE TIPS page 454 STATIC PRESSURE PICK-UP page 455 • Corrosive resistant pressure tips for use in both ducts and rooms provides long service–life • Kitted to included gasket and screws, eliminates searching for parts and simplifying installation • Wall plate design provides an effective means to pick-up room pressure without exposing sensing elements to damage • Easy mounting to multitude of wall surfaces permits flexible use and helping to support room designs DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 449

472

® MODEL F222 & F451 LIQUID/PARTICLE FILTERS 1-1/2 [38.1] I S E R O S S E C C A 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4 NPT INLET AND OUTLET PORT 4 [101.6] F222 2-3/4 [69.85] 1-13/32 [35.72] 5-13/32 [137.32] F451 1/4-20 X .38 DEEP MOUNTING HOLES 1/4 NPT OUTLET & INLET PORTS TORQUE 4 TO 5 FT/LBS. 1/8 NPT DRAIN ASSEMBLE W/ TEFLON SEALANT Model F222 & F451 Liquid/Particle Filters protect equipment and instrumentation from harmful contaminant’s such as dirt, water and oil. Liquids are continuously coalesced and released through the manual drain valves. Replaceable filter element removes particles and droplets as small as 0.01 micron with 93% efficiency. Units have 1/4˝ female NPT inlet and outlet and manual drain valve. MODEL CHART Model Description F222 F451 1201-3 Liquid/particle filter Liquid/particle filter Replacement filters for F451 (pack of 3) SPECIFICATIONS Filtration Efficiency: 93% (removal of 0.01 micron particles). Maximum Pressure: 150 psig (10 bar). Maximum Temperature: 130°F (54°C). Max. Flow at 100 psig: 22 SCFM (F222); 45 SCFM (F451). Inlet & Outlet Ports: 1/4˝ female NPT. Mounting: In-line only (F222); 1/4-20 mounting holes (F451). Materials of Construction: Anodized aluminum head, polycarbonate bowl, cadmium plated steel tie rod, nylon internals, Buna-N seal. Weight: 0.5 lb (0.2 kg) (F222); 1.1 lb (0.5 kg) (F451). MODEL F195 DISPOSABLE IN-LINE FILTER Flowmeter Accessories and Options s r e t l i F Ø1.100 [27.94] Ø.100 [2.54] 3.220 [81.79] .750 [19.05] .750 [19.05] Ø.250 [6.35] Remove 99.99% of unwanted particles from within your gas flow with the Model F195 Disposable In-Line Filter. Encapsulated microfiber filter elements are able to filter particles as small as 0.1 micron. Filters are completely disposable — simply remove the filter from your line and throw it away when it becomes dirty. The transparent nylon housing makes it simple to determine if the filter needs to be changed. MODEL CHART Model Description F195 Disposable in-line filter LINE PRESSURE VS. FLOW Line Pressure (psig) 1.5 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 125 Gas Flow (scfm) 0.6 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.7 3.5 4.2 5.7 Note: 1.5 psi pressure drop. 450 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com SPECIFICATIONS Filtration Efficiency: 99.99% (removal of 0.1 micron particles). Housing Construction: Nylon. Filter Tube Dimensions: 0.59 ID x 1.39 L. Maximum Temperature: 230°F @ 0 psig (110°C @ 0 bar), 120°F @ 125 psig (49°C @ 9 bar). Maximum Pressure: 125 psig (8.6 bar). Maximum Differential Pressure: 60 psi (4 bar) (in-to-out flow direction), 20 psi (1.4 bar) (out-to-in flow direction). Internal Volume: 11.5 cc (11.5 ml). Connections: Barbed for 1/4˝ ID tubing.

473

® SERIES A-169/A-170 INSTRUMENTATION SIPHONS Protect Instrumentation in High Temperature Applications 1-13/64 [30.39] 2-7/16 [61.87] MALE 1/4˝ NPT CONNECTION BOTH ENDS 5-3/32 [129.54] Model A-169-C 4-17/64 [108.44] 2-15/32 [62.76] MALE 1/2˝ NPT CONNECTION BOTH ENDS 9-19/32 [243.72] Model A-169-D *Please see our website for additional dimensional drawings. The Series A-169/A-170 Instrumentation Siphons protect pressure instruments in high temperature applications. Water held in the 180° coil prevents steam from contacting the instrument. Constructed in either carbon steel or 316 stainless steel, the instrumentation siphons can withstand high temperature, pressure, or resistance to corrosion. They are ideal for use with pressure gages and instrumentation where the process media temperature exceeds the rating of the instrument. The male NPT connection allows for easy installation and secure attachment. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Carbon steel or 316 SS (depending on model). Pressure Limits: See chart. Temperature Limits: See chart. Process Connections: See chart. Weight: 1/4˝ NPT models: 8 oz (226.8g); 1/2˝ NPT models: 25.6 oz (725.75 g). FEATURES/BENEFITS • Carbon steel construction • MNPT connection allowing for easy installation • Stainless steel construction APPLICATIONS • HVAC • Industrial process MODEL CHART Model A-169-C A-169-D A-170* A-170-A A-170-B *Model A-170 is not RoHS certified. Process Connections 1/4˝ NPT male 1/2˝ NPT male 1/4˝ NPT male 1/4˝ NPT male 1/2˝ NPT male Material Carbon steel SCH 80 Carbon steel SCH 80 316 SS SCH 80 316 SS SCH 40 316 SS SCH 40 Pressure Limit 500 psi @ 680°F 500 psi @ 680°F 2307 psi @ 200°F 500 psi @ 680°F 500 psi @ 680°F SERIES A-240/A-250 PERFORATED OR SPIRAL COOLING TOWERS Protect Instrumentation in High Temperature Applications A PROCESS CONNECTION A PROCESS CONNECTION CONNECTION CHART 1/4˝ male/female NPT 3/8˝ male/female NPT 1/2˝ male/female NPT 1/4˝ male/female BSPP 3/8˝ male/female BSPP 1/2˝ male/female BSPP 5-29/32 [150] 5-27/35 [148.80] A C C E S S O R E S I i S p h o n s / C o o l i n g E x t e n s o n s i A-240 A-250 The Series A-240/A-250 Perforated or Spiral Cooling Towers protect pressure instruments during high temperature applications. Both the spiral and perforated styles are made with 316L SS, and are available with various process connections in NPT or BSPP style. Both Cooling Towers are ideal for use with pressure gages, switches, and transmitters where the process media temperature exceeds the rating of the instrument. FEATURES/BENEFITS • Stainless steel construction • NPT or BSPP connections allowing for easy installation APPLICATIONS • HVAC • Industrial Process PROCESS CONNECTION A A VIEW A PROCESS CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Parts: 316L SS. Temperature Limits: 428°F (220°C). Pressure Limits: 5800 psi (400 bar). Process Connections: See chart. Height: 6˝ (150 mm). Weight: 8 oz (227 g). MODEL CHART Style Model A-240-A Perforated A-240-C Perforated Connections 1/4˝ male/female NPT 1/2˝ male/female NPT Model A-250-A A-250-C A-250-D A-250-E A-250-F Style Connections Spiral Spiral Spiral Spiral Spiral 1/4˝ male/female NPT 1/2˝ male/female NPT 1/4˝ male/female BSPP 3/8˝ male/female BSPP 1/2˝ male/female BSPP DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 451

474

I S E R O S S E C C A d r a u G e g a G / h c n e r W p a r t S ® MODEL SWUK1 STRAP WRENCH 8 [203.2] RUBBER STRAP Ø1 UP TO Ø6-3/8 [25.4] UP TO [161.93] 3-13/16 [96.84] The Model SWUK1 Strap Wrench offers the user a versatile tool to grip, undo & tighten a wide variety of awkwardly shaped and sized objects. The SWUK1 also makes the job of fitting Adjustable Signal Flags (ASF) covers to Magnehelic® Differential Pressure Gages much easier by simply following the instruction included with each cover supplied. MODEL CHART Description Model SWUK1 Strap wrench FEATURES/BENEFITS • Reinforced plastic handle provides extra leverage • Rubber strap reinforced with 38 cords of high tensile polycarbon to give a breaking strength in excess of 2000 lb • Strap will grip objects from .79˝ to 6.30˝ diameter • Low cost, rugged and simple to use • Handy multi-purpose tool SERIES GG GAGE GUARD INSTRUMENT SIDE 1/4 FEMALE NPT 1-23/32 [43.66] SYSTEM SIDE 1/2 MALE NPT 1-25/64 [35.32] Protecting pressure or vacuum instruments from clogging, corrosion, or damage, the Series GG Gage Guard provides a protective barrier between the process fluid and the instrument. The hermetically-sealed uni-body protects from the possibility of leaking. Glass-filled Polypropylene housing is suitable for most inorganic chemicals and temperatures up to 185°F (85°C). A fluid fill station is recommended for proper installation. MODEL CHART Model Description GG1 GG2 Buna-N diaphragm Fluoroelastomer diaphragm SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Pressure: Liquids: 160 psi (11 bar) @ 70 to 185°F (21 to 85°C); Gases: 100 psi (6.9 bar) @ 70 to 100°F (21 to 38°C) and 30 psi (2.1 bar) @ 100 to 185°F (38 to 85°C). Accuracy: ±4%. Maximum Temperature: 185°F (85°C). Wetted Parts: Glass-filled polypropylene housing, Buna-N or fluoroelastomer diaphragm. Dimensions: 1/4˝ female NPT instrument side; 1/2˝ male NPT system side; 1-3/8˝ (35 mm) diameter. 452 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

475

® SERIES PS PRESSURE SNUBBER B C A C C E S S O R E S I DIMENSIONS Model A PS114 PS214 PS122 PS124 PS222 PS224 PS225 1/8˝ NPT 1/8˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT 1/4˝ NPT B 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ 3/4˝ C 1-7/64˝ 1-7/64˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ 1-1/2˝ A The Series PS Pressure Snubber is designed to protect pressure instrumentation by dampening surges and pulsations and assuring steady average pressure readings. Snubbers are available in a variety of pore sizes for use with gases, water, and oils. SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Pressure: Brass: 10,000 psi (689 bar), SS: 15,000 psi (1034 bar). Filter Disc Material: AISI 316 SS. Approx. Micron Rating: Air & gases: 2-5µ; water & oils (30-225 SSU): 10µ. Dimensions: 1/4˝ NPT: 3/4˝ (19 mm) hex size, 1.5˝ (38 mm) length. MODEL CHART Model Service PS114 PS214 PS122 PS124 PS222 PS224 PS225 Air and gases Air and gases Water and oils Air and gases Water and oils Air and gases Pulsating gas Construction Brass 1/8˝ NPT SS 1/8˝ NPT Brass 1/4˝ NPT Brass 1/4˝ NPT SS 1/4˝ NPT SS 1/4˝ NPT SS 1/4˝ NPT ADJUSTABLE PRESSURE SNUBBERS Protect Instruments from Pressure Spikes or Fluid Hammer DIMENSIONS Connections A B C H 1/4˝ M x F 3/8˝ M x F 1/2˝ M x F 55 60 60 25.0 25.0 28.0 42 44 40 13 16 20 USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov P r e s s u r e S n u b b e r s [C] [B] [A] A A Brass 316 SS [HEX “H”] The Adjustable Pressure Snubbers protect pressure instruments against fluctuations, surges, spikes and fluid hammer. The fine thread adjustable valve allows you to fine tune harmful harmonic vibration from the fluid systems and isolate the instrument from process when service or replacement is necessary. These Pressure Snubbers are designed to provide fully field adjustable dampening. By using our Adjustable Pressure Snubbers, you will alleviate surges and pulsations to assure steady pressure readings and extend the life of your instrument. SPECIFICATIONS Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Parts: Brass or 316 SS. Pressure Limits: 5690 psi (392 bar). Temperature Limits: -4 to 302°F (-20 to 150°C). Process Connections: See chart. Weight: 8.4 oz (238 g). MODEL CHART Model Material Connections A-251 A-252 A-253 A-254 A-255 A-256 1/4˝ male/female BSPP 3/8˝ male/female BSPP 1/2˝ male/female BSPP 1/4˝ male/female NPT 3/8˝ male/female NPT 1/2˝ male/female NPT Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Brass Model Material Connections A-257 A-258 A-259 A-260 A-261 A-262 1/4˝ male/female BSPP 3/8˝ male/female BSPP 1/2˝ male/female BSPP 1/4˝ male/female NPT 3/8˝ male/female NPT 1/2˝ male/female NPT 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS 316 SS USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 453

476

® STATIC PRESSURE TIPS A-302F-A A-489 (4˝) A-302F-B A-302F-C A-491 (6˝) A-493 (8˝) A-307 A-308 A-301 A-302 A-303 Flange view A-305 A-414 A-306-A Description I S E R O S S E C C A s r o s n e S e r u s s e r P c i t a t S Static pressure fitting, for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection SS static pressure fitting, for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection Static pressure fitting, for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ ID plastic or rubber tubing SS clean room pressure sensor 4˝ hook style SS static pressure tip with mounting flange 6˝ hook style SS static pressure tip with mounting flange 8˝ hook style SS static pressure tip with mounting flange 4˝ straight SS static pressure tip with mounting flange 6˝ straight SS static pressure tip with mounting flange 8˝ straight SS static pressure tip with mounting flange MODEL CHART Model The stainless steel static pressure tips are used to measure static pressures in ducts or rooms. They are to be connected to differential pressure switches and transmitters. Two static sensors are used in applications where differential pressure is required across a filter or coil. These sensors include a mounting flange with integral rubber gasket and two screws for simplifying mounting on a duct. A-302F-A A-302F-B A-302F-C A-489 A-491 A-493 Designed for simplified installation, these are easy to install, inexpensive, and provides accurate static pressure sensing in smooth air at velocities up to 1500 FPM. A-307 A-307-SS A-308 A-414 These static pressure tips are ideal for applications such as sensing the static pressure drop across industrial air filters and refrigerant coils. Here the probability of air turbulence requires that the pressure sensing openings be located away from the duct walls to minimize impingement and aspiration, and thus ensure accurate readings. For a permanent installation of this type, the Dwyer No. A-301 or A-302 static pressure tip is used. It senses static pressure through radially-drilled holes near the tip and can be used in air flow velocities up to 12,000 FPM. The angled tips shown have 4˝ insertion depth. Each has four radially drilled .040˝ sensing holes. All except Model A-303 mount in 3/8˝ hole in duct. For portable use, a magnet holds No. A-303 in place. A-301 A-301-A A-301-B A-301-C A-301-SS A-302 A-302-A A-303 A-305 low resistance static pressure tip is designed for use in dust-laden air and for rapid response applications. It is recommended where a very low actuation pressure is required for a pressure switch or indicating gage — or where response time is critical. A-305 Static pressure tip, for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection Static pressure tip, same as A-301 with 6˝ insertion depth Static pressure tip, same as A-301 with 8˝ insertion depth Static pressure tip, same as A-301 with 12˝ insertion depth SS static pressure tip, for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection Static pressure tip, for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ ID plastic or rubber tubing Static pressure tip, same as A-302 with 6˝ insertion depth Portable static pressure tip, for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing with 4˝ insertion A-305-SS A-306 A-306-A Static pressure tip, low resistance application, furnished with two (2) hex jam nuts and two (2) mounting washers for duct mounting and with 1/8˝ NPT pipe thread for pressure connection SS static pressure tip, low resistance application, furnished with two (2) hex jam nuts and two (2) mounting washers for duct mounting and with 1/8˝ NPT pipe thread for pressure connection Outdoor static pressure sensor. Provides average outdoor pressure signal for reference in building pressurization applications. Includes sensor, 50´ vinyl tubing, mounting bracket and hardware. Red sensor Outdoor static pressure sensor. Provides average outdoor pressure signal for reference in building pressurization applications. Includes sensor, 50´ vinyl tubing, mounting bracket and hardware. Gray sensor 454 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov

477

® STATIC PRESSURE ACCESSORIES A-465 A-417A ++ A-418E A-418N A-419A A-420A A-421 Surge damper MODEL CHART Model Description A-465 A-417A A-418E A-418N A-419A A-420A A-421 Static pressure pick-up provides a clean solution for sensing space pressure. The sensor can be mounted on sheetrock walls, single gang electrical boxes, or on ceiling tiles. Molded from ABS plastic, the A-465 provides an integral barb fitting and includes tubing, mounting screws and anchors. Static pressure pickup. For use in clean rooms, 60 micron filter picks up static pressure. Stainless steel wall plate fits 2˝ x 4˝ electrical box. Sealed with foam gasket, screws included. Barbed brass fitting holds 1/8˝ to 3/16˝ ID tubing. Static pressure pickup. Room mount with plastic enclosure fits 2˝ x 4˝ electrical box. Fine mesh screen hides static pressure pickup port. Clean connection to 1/8˝ to 3/16˝ ID tubing and pressure sensor. Sealed with foam gasket, screws included. Static pressure pickup. Room mount with plastic enclosure fits 2˝ x 4˝ electrical box. Fine mesh screen hides static pressure pickup port. Clean connection to 1/8˝ to 3/16˝ ID tubing and pressure sensor. Sealed with foam gasket, screws included. Static pressure pickup ceiling mount. Plate rests on top of standard 3/4˝ thick ceiling tile while 60 micron filter faces down through 5/8˝ hole in tile. Filter is barely noticeable in room being monitored. Unit mounts to junction box. Barbed brass fitting holds 1/8˝ to 3/16˝ ID tubing. Static pressure pickup for roof or outside mount. Reduces effects of wind gusts to keep pressure readings stable when plate is parallel to ground. Structure withstands harsh environmental elements. Structure is 3-1/4˝ across and 2-3/8˝ deep. EMT Conduit fitting is 1/2˝. Pressure connection is brass barbed fitting for 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ ID tubing. Static pressure tip measures duct static air pressure. Assembly includes 6˝ probe, silicon rubber hose, and screws. Built-in surge damper ensures stable readings on pressure sensor. Pressure spike reducer can be added to end of tube to further smooth over pressure fluctuations. GAGE TUBING ACCESSORIES ++USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov A-200-1/A-200-2 A-201/A-202 A-203 A-220 A-221 A-222 A-225 A-204-A/A-204-B/A-204-C/A-204-D A-223 A-223P-1/A-223P-2 A-210/A-211 A C C E S S O R E S I G a g e T u b n g i S t a t i c P r e s s u r e S e n s o r s / 1/8˝ ID x 1/4˝ OD, lengths to 100´; 60 psi max. pressure @ 73°F (22°C) Description 3/16˝ ID, 9´ length 3/16˝ ID, lengths to 50´ 1/8˝ ID, lengths to 750´ .17˝ ID x .25˝ OD 1/4˝ ID x 3/8˝ OD 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD, 13 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (90 kPa @ 23°C); 50´ 1/4˝ ID x 3/8˝ OD, 10 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (69 kPa @ 23°C); 50´ 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 45 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (310 kPa @ 23°C) 1/8˝ ID x 3/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 40 psi maximum pressure @ 165°F (276 kPa @ 74°C) .240˝ ID x .375˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 35 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (240 kPa @ 23°C) MODEL CHART Model Norprene® tubing is useful in a wide range of temperatures from -75 to 275°F (-60 to 135°C) and will not weaken after long term exposure to heat and ozone. A-200-1 A-200-2 Rubber latex tubing has less tendency to kink in storage and occupies less space, thus is best for portable work. A-201 A-202 Clear PVC tubing is easily inspected and is therefore best for test applications where a possibility of fluid entering the tubing exists. A-203 Clear flexible vinyl tubing is easily inspected, and is therefore best for test applications where a possibility of fluid entering the tubing exists. A-220 A-221 A-222 Flexible double column plastic tubing is used with Mark II manometers and the Wind Speed Indicator. Light gray with red color code stripe. A-225 Flexible colored vinyl tubing is quickly distinguishable in applications where more than one line is required aiding installation. A-204-B A-204-C A-204-D Black polyethylene tubing offers long life, great stability and resistance to corrosion. A-223 Black nylon tubing is recommended for high temperature and pressure applications. -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C). Black plenum fire retardent polyethylene tubing meets NFPA standard 90A for installation in air-conditioning and ventilating plenum spaces; also used in building automation systems. Lengths to 500´, 100 psig maximum pressure @ 75°F (689 kPa @ 24°C). A-223P-1 A-223P-2 Aluminum tubing is recommended for permanent installations. A-210 A-211 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 45 psi maximum pressure @ 165°F (310 kPa @ 74°C); Opaque blue 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 45 psi maximum pressure @ 165°F (310 kPa @ 74°C); Opaque white 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 45 psi maximum pressure @ 165°F (310 kPa @ 74°C); Opaque black 1/4˝ OD, 5´ length, 500 psi maximum pressure @ 200°F (3447 kPa @ 93°C) 1/4˝ OD, 50´ length, 500 psi maximum pressure @ 200°F (3447 kPa @ 93°C) 1/8˝ ID x 1/4˝ OD, 10´ length; 200 psi maximum @ 140°F (1379 kPa @ 60°C) Norprene® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Abrasives, Inc. Corporation DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 455

478

® ACCESSORIES - FITTINGS & FILTERS A-324 ++ A-326 ++ A-327/A-328 A-329 ++ A-330 A-331 A-332 ++ A-333 ++ A-334 ++ A-336 ++ A-337 ++ A-338 ++ A-339 ++ A-340 A-342 A-345 A-346 ++ A-349 ++ A-391 A-392 A-398 ++ ACCESSORIES - VALVES & CONNECTORS A-310A/A-310B ++ A-311 ++ A-312 ++ I S E R O S S E C C A s e i r o s s e c c A s u o e n a l l e c s M i A-5000 A-355 A-365 A-315 A-316 A-317 A-318 MODEL CHART Model A-323 A-324 A-326 A-327 A-328 A-329 A-330 A-331 A-332 A-333 A-334 A-336 A-337 A-338 A-339 A-339-SS A-340 A-342 A-343 A-343-1 A-344 A-345 A-346 A-349 A-385 A-386 A-391 A-392 A-398 Description Elbow compression fitting, brass 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ metal tubing Compression fitting, brass 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ metal tubing Compression fitting, brass 1/8˝ NPT to 3/8˝ tubing 5/16˝ nylon tube union 1/4˝ nylon tube union 1/8˝ NPT close coupled street ell, brass 1/8˝ pipe plug, socket hex, plated steel 1/8˝ NPT filter vent plug, nylon and sintered metal Bushing, brass, 1/8˝ to 1/4˝ NPT Bushing, brass, 1/8˝ to 1/2˝ NPT Close nipple, brass, 1/8˝ NPT 90° street L, brass, 1/8˝ NPT Coupling, brass, 1/8˝ NPT Servel adapter, brass 3/8˝ and 5/16˝ N.F. threads for gas appliances to 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing Adapter, brass, 1/8˝ NPT to 3/16˝ rubber and 1/8˝ ID plastic tubing 316 SS 3/16˝ hose barb to 1/8˝ BSPT fitting Adapter, nylon, 1/8˝ NPT to 3/16˝ ID rubber or 1/4˝ plastic tubing “T” assembly, plastic, for 3/16˝ ID rubber or 1/4˝ plastic tubing “T” assembly, plastic, for 3/16˝ plastic tubing “T” assembly, plastic, for 1/8˝ ID plastic tubing Terminal tube, brass 1/4˝ diameter tube, 8˝ L (not shown) Flange, aluminum with gasket and sheet metal screws, 1/8˝ NPT “T” compression fitting, brass, 1/4˝ metal tubing Reducer, brass, 1/4˝ female NPT to 1/8˝ male NPT 1/2˝ plastic hole plugs 20/bag 5/16˝ metal hole plugs 20/bag Line filter for Capsuhelic® gage,1/4˝ female NPT X 1/4˝ male NPT Line filter for Magnehelic® gage, 1/8˝ female NPT x 1/8˝ male NPT Probe extension adapter for series 640 air velocity transmitter, brass, 1/2˝ female NPT x 5/16˝ compression ++USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov MODEL CHART Instrument valves for permanent installation. They mount in part A-316, A-317, type C manometer connections or Magnehelic® gage and connect to metal tubing or 1/8˝ pipe. Model A-310A Description 3-way vent valve, plastic, 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ metal tubing. Positions are: (1) Line: Gage connected to pressure source. (2) Off: Both gage and connection to pressure source closed. (3) Vent: Gage vented to atmosphere and connection to pressure source closed. 80 psi rating. Replaces former model A310 (brass) Same as A-310A but with 10 psi rating Shut off valve, brass, 1/8˝ NPT to 1/8˝ NPT Shut off valve, brass, 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ metal tubing PVC 1/8˝ hose barb inlet x 1/8˝ hose barb outlet x 1/8˝ hose barb outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/4˝ hose barb inlet x 1/4˝ hose barb outlet x 1/4˝ hose barb outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/8˝ female NPT inlet x 1/8˝ female NPT outlet x 1/8˝ female NPT outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/8˝ male NPT inlet x 1/8˝ female NPT outlet x 1/8˝ female NPT outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/4˝ female NPT inlet x 1/4˝ female NPT outlet x 1/4˝ female NPT outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/4˝ male NPT inlet x 1/4˝ female NPT outlet x 1/4˝ female NPT outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/8˝ female NPT inlet x 1/8˝ male NPT outlet x 1/8˝ male NPT outlet (125 psi maximum) PVC 1/4˝ female NPT inlet x 1/4˝ male NPT outlet x 1/4˝ male NPT outlet (125 psi maximum) Porting valve, acrylic plastic, 1/8˝ NPT inserts. Used for convenient indication of pressure at two points with a single gage Dual porting valve, acrylic plastic, 1/8˝ NPT fittings. For monitoring three pressures, two at a time, with one gage A-310B A-311 A-312 A-5001-1 A-5002-2 A-5003-3 A-5003-5 A-5004-4 A-5004-6 A-5005-3 A-5006-4 A-355 A-365 MODEL CHART Gage Connectors for Manometers. Molded nylon construction, threaded .786 x 27 N.S., with O-ring seal. Model A-315 A-316 A-317 Description Gage connector, shut off type, for 3/16˝ rubber tubing Gage connector, bushing, 1/8˝ pipe thread opening Gage connector, 1/8˝ pipe thread opening, less OD thd., for slip fit in 3/4˝ dia. opening in 250 series A.F. gages Gage connector 1/4˝ pipe thread opening Flexible red P.V.C. connector, 3/16˝ ID rubber tubing to 1/4˝ ID plastic tube for 1221,1222 and 1227 manometers Brass safety relief valve protects Magnehelic® or Photohelic® gage against over pressure due to regulator failure etc. Opens at 10 psi. Mounts in tee fitting in sensing line or in unused gage port with addition of A-349 reducer. 1/4˝ male NPT (Use two for D.P. application) Gage connector for 1/4˝ tubing. Slip fits in 3/4˝ opening in 250 series A.F. gages (compression nut and ferrule not included) A-318 A-319 A-321 A-322 A-319 A-321 ++ A-322 ++USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 456 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

479

® ACCESSORIES - GAGE FLUIDS A-101 A-102 A-103 A-104 ACCESSORIES - MISCELLANEOUS A-351 A-352 A-353 A-354 A-356 A-357 A-363 A-364 A-366 A-397 A-464 A-465 A-362 A-368 A-369 A-370 A-371 A-395 A-497 A-300 A C C E S S O R E S I i M s c e l l a n e o u s A c c e s s o r i e s Description 1 oz unbreakable plastic dispenser bottle 4 oz plastic bottle with screw cap 1 pt plastic bottle with screw cap 1 qt plastic bottle with screw cap MODEL CHART Model Red gage fluid, .826 sp. gr. The standard fluid for use in inclined manometers, “D” type vertical manometers and all Dwyer gages using red fluid. A-101 A-102 A-103 A-104 Blue gage fluid, 1.910 sp. gr. For special instruments and Mark II Models 26 and 28. A-110 A-111 Violet gage fluid, 1.000 sp. gr. Use in place of water if better meniscus is desired. A-120 A-121 A-122 Fluorescein green color concentrate, water coloring agent. Not to be used full strength. Add 3/4 oz to a quart of distilled water. Contains a wetting agent to improve the meniscus characteristics. Use in vertical manometers only. A-126 Caution: Use only Dwyer fluids in Dwyer gages. 1 oz unbreakable plastic dispenser bottle 1 oz unbreakable plastic dispenser bottle 1 pt plastic bottle with screw cap 1 oz unbreakable plastic dispenser bottle 4 oz plastic bottle with screw cap 1 pt plastic bottle with screw cap MODEL CHART Model Description A-298 Flat aluminum bracket for flush mounting Capsuhelic® gage, 603A, 605, and 3000MR Mounting bracket, flush mount Magnehelic® gage in bracket, bracket is then surface mounted, steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish Flat aluminum bracket for flush mounting Magnehelic® gage Pinch clamp to seal rubber tubing, as in a leakage test Magneclip, slip on magnetic holder for acrylic plastic gages, per pair Magnetic mounting, flat style, secures to flowmeter, etc. with 6-32 machine screw and boots insert Magnetic mounting, edge style, secures edge of acrylic manometer with 10-32 machine screw and boots insert Gage plug with retainer loop, polyethylene plastic, for 1/4˝ ID tubing, slip loop over tubing OD and insert plug for seal Thermometer and terminal tube holder, SS wire Aluminum DIN rail, 1 m Stand-hang bracket, aluminum, for Minihelic® II gage Scale clamp bar for 1221 manometer Magnet assembly for 1222 manometers, 2 required (3 required for 1222-36 and M-1000) Manometer cleaning brush 1/4˝ OD x 2-1/8˝ long, attach to wire for use Surface mounting plate, aluminum, for Magnehelic® gage Stand-hang bracket, aluminum, for Magnehelic® gage Mounting bracket, flush mount Capsuhelic® gage or Series 631B transmitter in bracket, bracket is then surface mounted, steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish Surface mounting bracket, use with Photohelic® gage on horizontal or vertical surfaces, also for Capsu-Photohelic® gages on vertical only Surface mounting bracket for Series 4000 Capsuhelic® gages, steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish Rugged step drill quickly provides true round holes in thin materials, ideal for installation of Dwyer pitot tubes in sheet metal duct, no centerpunch needed to steel, drills 3/16˝ through 1/2˝ holes in 1/16˝ increments Flush mount kit for Magnehelic® gages Flush mount space pressure sensor Surface mounting bracket for Minihelic®II gage, steel with satin black finish A-299 A-300 A-351 A-352 A-353 A-354 A-356 A-357 A-360 A-362 A-363 A-364 A-366 A-368 A-369 A-370 A-371 A-395 A-397 A-464 A-465 A-497 A-360 ACCESSORIES - KITS FOR AIR FILTER SWITCHES A-602 A-603 A-604 A-603 A-604 MODEL CHART Model Description A-602 Air filter kit, accessory package for using switch without a gage includes two pressure tips with integral compression fittings, two 5´ lengths of 1/4˝ aluminum tubing and two 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ tubing compression fittings ˝T˝ kit, accessory package for using pressure switch in conjunction with an air filter kit equipped Magnehelic® or Series 250 AF gages includes two 1/8˝ NPT to 1/4˝ tubing compression fittings and two compression tees ˝T˝ kit, accessory package for using pressure switch in conjunction with Mark II gages, includes two plastic tubing connector tees and two plastic tubing to 1/8˝ NPT adapters USA: California Proposition 65 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 457

480

Y R A S S O L G Absolute Pressure (psia): The total force per unit area exerted by a fluid. The sum of atmospheric and gage pressures. Dry Bulb Temperature: The ambient air temperature measured by a thermometer that is freely exposed to the air but shielded from other heating or cooling effects. Accuracy: The degree to which an observed value matches the actual value of a measurement over a specified range. Alternating Current (AC): Current that reverses polarity at a uniform frequency. ANSI: The American National Standards Institute is a private nonprofit organization that oversees the development of voluntary consensus standards for products, services, processes, systems, and personnel in the United States. ASTM: (Formerly known as The American Society for Testing and Materials) An international standards developing organization that develops and publishes voluntary technical standards for a wide range of materials, products, systems, and services. Atmospheric Pressure: The force exerted per unit area by the weight of the atmosphere. British Thermal Unit (BTU): The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit. Melting a pound of ice at 32°F requires 143 BTU. BSPT: British Standard Pipe Thread. Capacitance: A measure of the amount of electric charge stored (or separated) for a given electric potential. The most common form of charge storage device is a two- plate capacitor. Cavitation: The process where vapor bubbles in a flowing liquid collapse inside a control valve as the pressure begins to increase. Closed Loop: A control system that provides feedback to a controller on the state of the process variable. Cold Junction: The end of thermocouple that is kept at a constant temperature in order to provide a reference point. Contacts: Elements used to mechanically make or break an electric circuit. Critical Pressure: The ratio of upstream to downstream pressure where the gas velocity out of the valve is sonic and further decreases in downstream pressure no longer increase the flow. Cv or Valve Flow Coefficient: The number of US gallons per minute of water at 60°F that will pass through the valve with a pressure drop of 1 psi. Deadband: The value of measurement between when a switch actuates and deactuates. Density: The mass of a given substance per unit volume. Derivative Control: A method of changing the output of a controller in proportion to the rate of change of the process variable. Dewpoint: The temperature to which air must be cooled for the air to be saturated with water. Dielectric: The insulating material between the conductors of a capacitor. Dielectric Constant: The ratio of the insulating ability of a material to the insulating ability of vacuum. DIN: Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V., The German national organization for standardization and is that country’s ISO member body. DIN and mini-DIN connectors, as well as DIN rails are several examples of older DIN standards that are today used around the world. Direct Current (DC): A current with a constant polarity. Double Pole Double Throw (DPDT) Switch: Two separate switches that operate simultaneously, each with a normally open and a normally closed contact and a common connection. Drift: A gradual change in an element over time when the process conditions are constant. Emissivity: The ratio of energy radiated by the material to energy radiated by a black body at the same temperature. It is a measure of a material’s ability to absorb and radiate energy. Form-C Contact: A contact that has both normally open and normally closed contacts. Fuzzy Logic: A system that uses mathematical or computational reasoning based on fuzzy sets derived from analog inputs. Gage Pressure (psig): The measure of force per area exerted by a fluid using atmospheric pressure as the zero reference. Gain: The ratio of change in output to the change in input of a process. Hot Junction: The joined end of the thermocouple that is exposed to the process where the temperature measurement is desired. Humidity: The amount of water vapor in a given volume of air or gas. Hydrostatic Pressure: The pressure due to the head of a liquid column. Hysteresis: A property of a device or instrument whereby it gives different output values in relation to its input values, depending on the directional sequence in which the input values have been applied. [IEC 61298-2] Impedance: The opposition in an electric circuit to the flow of an alternating current consisting of inductive reactance, ohmic resistance and capacitive reactance. Inaccuracy: Maximum positive and negative deviation from the specified characteristic curve observed in testing a device under specified conditions and by a specified procedure. [IEC 61298-2] Note 1: Accuracy is defined in IEC 60050-300, definition 311-06-08. Note 2: The term inaccuracy is sometimes referred to as measured accuracy. This term should not be used. Inductive Load: Current passing through wound or coiled wire creates a magnetic field that in turn produces mechanical work. Integral Control: A method of changing the output of a controller by an amount proportional to the error and the duration of that error. Laminar Flow: Smooth fluid flow that has a parabolic flow profile with no mixing between streamlines. Linearity: Ability of a measuring instrument to provide an indication having a linear relationship with a defined quantity other than an influence quantity. [IEC 60050-300] Note: The method of expression of lack of linearity is different for different kinds of instruments and is established in each particular instance. Long-Term Span Drift: The amount of change of a measured reading with 90% of full scale range pressure applied and constant ambient conditions over a given period of time which is typically quoted as an annual figure. [IEC 61298-2] Long-Term Zero Drift: The amount of change of a measured reading with zero pressure applied and constant ambient conditions over a given period of time which is typically quoted as an annual figure. Low Pressure Steam: As defined by ASME, steam under 15 psi pressure. Manual Reset: A control that must have human input before it will return to its normal state from an alarm state. Maximum Surge Pressure: Safe pressure for the switch housing but which may damage the mechanism by continuous or repetitive application. 458 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

481

NEMA: The National Electrical Manufacturers Association, a trade association in the US of electrical equipment manufacturers that develops many industry technical standards, such as the standard for electrical equipment enclosures. NIST: The National Institute of Standards and Technology, is a non-regulatory agency of the United States Department of Commerce’s Technology Administration. The institute provides standard references and calibration services. Non-Linearity: Deviation from linearity. [IEC 61298-2] Note 1: Linearity is defined in IEC 60050(300), definition 311-06-05. Note 2: Non-linearity does not include hysteresis. Rotameter: A variable area flowmeter consisting of tapered tube and a float. RS-232: (Recommended Standard 232) is a standard for serial binary data signals connecting between a DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) and a DCE (Data Circuit- terminating Equipment). RS-485: (Now known as EIA-485) is an OSI model physical layer electrical specification of a two-wire, half-duplex, multipoint serial connection. G L O S S A R Y Saturation Point: The point at which condensation is formed. Serial Transmission: Sending one bit at a time on a single transmission line. Non-Repeatability: Deviation from repeatability. [IEC 61298-2] Set or Actuation Point: The exact rate which will cause the electric switch to actuate. Note 3: Repeatability is defined in IEC 60050(300), definition 311-06-06. Normally Closed Switch: A switch in which the contacts are normally closed. Actuation opens the contact. Normally Open Switch: A switch in which the contacts are normally open. Actuation closes the contacts. NPT: National Pipe Thread. NSF: A not-for-profit, non-governmental organization that develops standards and provides product certification and education in the field of public health and safety. Null Switch: A floating contact switch with a zone of no contact. Often used to operate reversible motors. pH: An indication of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution in units ranging from 0 (most acidic), to 7 (neutral), to 14 (most alkaline). Predictive Balancing: An air balance process that involves predicting the ideal flow set points for each terminal under adjustment (TUA) so that every terminal is at target flow throughout the process. Pressure Drop: The difference in upstream and downstream pressure of the fluid flowing through a valve. Proportional Balancing: An air balance process in which terminals under adjustment (TUA) are set in proportion to the key terminal in order for the entire system to be within tolerance of the design. Proportional Control: A method of changing the output of a controller by an amount proportional to the error. Proportional-Integral Control (PI): Proportional and integral control combined. Proportional-Integral-Derivative Control (PID): Proportional, integral, and derivative control combined. Range: The span of rates within which the sensing element of a given switch can be set to actuate an electric switch. Rated Pressure: The maximum pressure that the actuating components of the switch in contact with the media can withstand continuously and/or repeatedly without risk of permanent damage. Relative Humidity: The ratio of the quantity of water vapor in the air to the quantity of water vapor required for saturation at the same temperature. Repeatability: The closeness of agreement between the results of successive measurements of the same measured, carried out under the same conditions of measurement, i.e.: by the same measurement procedure; by the same observer; with the same measuring instruments, used under the same conditions; at relatively short intervals of time. [IEC 60050-300] Repetitive Accuracy: The ability of a switch to operate repetitively at its set point under consistent conditions. Response Time: The time it takes an element to respond to a change in the value of the measured variable or to produce a change in the output signal. Single-Pole Single Throw (SPST) Switch: A switch that only has one of either a normally open or a normally closed contact. Single-Pole Double-Throw (SPDT) Switch: A switch combining both normally open and normally closed switch contacts. Solid State: Any element that controls current without moving parts, vacuum gaps or heated filaments. Span: The difference between the highest and lowest numbers in a range. Span Temperature Coefficient: The maximum amount the span reading could change at any point within the compensated temperature range. This error is typically expressed as a percentage of full scale output of reading. It can also be expressed as percentage of full scale per °C, °F or K e.g. ±0.02%FS/°C. Specific Gravity: The ratio of the density of a fluid to the density of a reference fluid. Static Pressure: The pressure exerted by a fluid at rest. The outward push of a fluid against the walls of a container. Temperature Compensation: The correction for the influence of temperature on a measurement. 3-A: 3-A Sanitary Standards Inc., A non-profit association representing equipment manufacturers, processors, regulatory sanitarians, and other public health professionals that creates standards and accepted practices for dairy and food processing equipment and systems. Total Pressure: The sum of velocity and static pressure. Transducer: Any device measurements. that generates an electrical signal from physical Transmitter: A device that translates the low-level output of a sensor or transducer to a higher level signal suitable for transmission to a site where it can be further processed. Turbulent Flow: Fluid flow in which the flow profile is a flattened parabola, the streamlines are not present, and the fluid is freely mixing. Turndown Ratio: The ratio of the maximum to minimum measurable value that can still produce full-scale output. Velocity Pressure (Dynamic Pressure): The pressure exerted by the velocity of a fluid. Can be measured by the difference between total and static pressure. Viscosity: The resistance of a fluid to flow when subjected to shear stress. Wet Bulb Temperature: The lowest temperature that can be obtained through the cooling effect of water evaporating into the atmosphere. Zero Temperature Coefficient: The maximum amount the output reading at zero pressure might deviate over the compensated temperature range. This error is typically expressed as a percentage of full scale output of reading. It can also be expressed as percentage of full scale per °C, °F or K e.g. ±0.02%FS/°C. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 459

482

ALTITUDE PRESSURE TABLE Mercury at 0°C (32°F) Altitude in feet -1,000 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 40,000 45,000 50,000 Inches of Mercury 31.02 29.921 28.86 27.82 26.81 25.84 24.89 23.98 23.09 22.22 21.38 20.58 16.88 13.75 11.10 8.88 7.04 5.54 4.36 3.436 In Millimeters of Mercury 787.9 760.0 732.9 706.6 681.1 656.3 632.3 609.0 586.4 564.4 543.2 522.6 428.8 349.1 281.9 225.6 178.7 140.7 110.8 87.30 SPECIFIC GRAVITIES OF GASES (Based on 68°F and 14.7 lb. abs.) Acetylene Air Ammonia Argon Butane-N Butane-ISO Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Chlorine Ethane Helium Hydrogen Methane Natural Gas Nitric Oxide Nitrogen Nitrous Oxide Oxygen Propane Sulphur Dioxide C2H2 . . . . . . . NH3 A C4H40 (CH)3)2CH CH3 CO2 CO CL2 C2H6 He H2 CH4 . . . . . . NO N2 N20 02 C3H8 SO2 .897 1.000 .587 1.378 2.390 1.990 1.517 .966 2.452 1.035 .138 .070 .553 .665 (Approx. Avg.) 1.035 .966 1.518 1.103 1.550 2.209 S E L B A T E C N E R E F E R AREA OF CIRCLES IN FT2 Diam. in Inches 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Area Square Feet .0054 .0123 .0218 .0341 .0491 .0668 .0873 .1105 .1364 .1650 .1964 .2305 .2673 .3068 .3491 .3940 .4418 .4923 .5454 .6600 .7854 .9218 1.069 1.227 1.396 1.576 1.767 1.969 2.182 2.405 2.640 2.885 3.142 3.409 3.687 3.976 4.276 4.587 Diam. in Inches 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 Area Square Feet 4.909 5.241 5.585 5.940 6.305 6.611 7.069 7.467 7.876 8.296 8.727 9.168 9.621 10.08 10.56 11.04 11.54 12.05 12.57 13.10 13.64 14.19 14.75 15.32 15.90 17.10 18.35 19.63 20.97 22.34 23.76 25.22 26.73 28.27 29.87 31.50 33.18 34.91 VOLUME EQUIVALENTS 1 Cu. Ft. 1728 Cu. In. 7.481 Gal. (U.S.) 28.317 Liters 28.317 Cu. Cm. 1 Gal. (U.S.) 231 Cu. In. .1337 Cu. Ft. 3.785 Liters 3785 Cu. Cm. 1 Liter .0353 Cu. Ft. .2642 Gal. (U.S.) 1000 Cu. Cm. FLOW EQUIVALENTS 1 Cu. Ft./Hr. .0166 Cu. Ft./Min. .4719 LPM 28.316 LPH 471.947 CC/Min. 28317 CC/Hr. .1247 Gal/Min. 7.481 Gal/Hr. 1 Cu. Ft./Min. 60 Cu. Ft./Hr. 28.316 LPM 1699 LPH 28317 CC/Min. 1,699,011 CC/Hr. 7.481 Gal/Min. 448.831 Gal/Hr. 1 CC/Min. 60 CC/Hr. .000035 Cu. Ft./Min. .0021 Cu. Ft./Hr. .001 LPM .06 LPH .00026 Gal/Min. .0159 Gal/Hr. 1 CC/Hr. .0167 CC/Min. .0000005 Cu. Ft.Min. .00003 Cu. Ft./Hr. .000017 LPM .001 LPH .000004 Gal/Min. .00026 Gal/Hr. 1 LPM 60 LPH .035 Cu. Ft./Min. 2.1189 Cu. Ft./Hr. 1000 CC/Min. 60,002 CC/Hr. .264 Gal/Min. 15.851 Gal/Hr. 1 LPH .0166 LPM .00059 Cu. Ft./Min. .035 Cu. Ft./Hr. 16.667 CC/Min. 1000 CC/Hr. .004 Gal/Min. .264 Gal/Hr. 1 Gal/Min. 60 Gal/Hr. .1337 Cu. Ft./Min. 8.021 Cu. Ft./Hr. 3.785 LPM 227.118 LPH 3,785.412 CC/Min. 227,125 CC/Hr. 1 Gal/Hr. .0167 Gal/Min. .002 Cu. Ft./Min. .1337 Cu. Ft./Hr. .063 LPM 3.785 LPH 63.069 CC/Min. 3785 CC/Hr. 460 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

483

R E F E R E N C E T A B L E S SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUID AGENCY APPROVALS Liquid Acetone Alcohol, ethyl Alcohol, methyl Ammonia, saturated Benzene Brine (10% Na Cl) Carbolic acid Carbon disulfide Carbon tetrachloride Chloroform Ether Fuel oil 1 Fuel oil 2 Fuel oil 3 Fuel oil 5A Fuel oil 5B Fuel oil 6 Gas oils Gasoline a Gasoline b Gasoline c Glycerine Heptane-n Hexane Kerosene Mercury Methyl acetate Methyl iodide Milk Naptha, petroleum ether Naptha, wood Oil, castor Oil, coconut Oil, cotton seed Oil, creosote Oil, linseed, boiled Oil, olive Oil, palm Oil, peanut Oil, sesame seed Oil, soy bean Pentane Propylene glycol SAE 30 lube oil Sea water Sodium chloride, 5% Sodium chloride, 25% Sodium hydroxide (caustic soda), 20% Sodium hydroxide (caustic soda), 30% Sodium hydroxide (caustic soda), 40% Turpentine (spirits) Water Specific Gravity 0.792 0.791 0.810 0.655 0.9 1.08 0.950 to 0.965 1.293 1.595 1.489 0.736 0.82 to 0.95 0.82 to 0.95 0.82 to 0.95 0.82 to 0.95 0.82 to 0.95 0.82 to 0.95 0.89 0.74 0.72 0.68 1.260 0.688 0.664 0.820 13.600 0.93 2.28 1.028 to 1.035 0.665 0.848 to 0.810 0.969 0.925 0.926 1.040 to 1.200 0.924 0.918 0.924 0.92 0.923 0.924 to .928 .623 1.038 0.9 1.025 1.037 1.196 1.22 1.33 1.43 0.870 1.000 R Products with this symbol meet certain requirements for 3-A Sanitary Standards for design and fabrication as governed by 3-A SSI. Products with this symbol have had representative samples tested to meet BTL compatibility. Products with this symbol conform to certain standards and are eligible to be placed on the market in the European Community. This symbol assures you that the product meets certain safety standards and/or performance criteria as set by the Canadian Standards Association. Products with this symbol conform to certain ATEX requirements as set by the European Union. Products with this mark meet certain requirements as reported by Factory Mutual Research. Products with this mark meet certain Canadian requirements as reported by Factory Mutual Research. Products with this mark meet certain Canadian and U.S. requirements as reported by Factory Mutual Research. Products with this symbol certify to standards for safety of electrical equipment for explosive atmosphere requirements as set by the IECEx Management Committee ExMC. The National Institute of Metrology, Standardization and Industrial Quality is a Brazilian federal autarchy, linked to MDIC, the Ministry of Development, Industry and Foreign Commerce. Products with this symbol are listed by NSF International. Samples of these products have been evaluated by NSF and meet the safety standards set forth by NSF International. Products with this symbol have had representative samples tested to meet UL’s safety requirements. These requirements are primarily based on UL’s own published Standards for Safety. Products with this symbol have been evaluated by UL to Canadian safety requirements, which may be somewhat different from U.S. safety requirements. Products with this symbol indicate compliance with both Canadian and U.S. safety requirements. Products with this symbol are certified UL recognized components to U.S. requirements. Component parts are part of a larger product or system. These components may have restrictions on their performance or may be incomplete in construction. Products with this symbol are certified UL recognized components to Canadian requirements. Products with this symbol are certified UL recognized components to both Canadian and U.S. requirements. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 461

484

S E L B A T E C N E R E F E R HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS LISTINGS Class I (-4) Division I (-4A) Group A (-2) Group B (-2) Group C (-2) Group D (-2) Division II (-4B) Flammable gases or vapors are or may be present in sufficient quantities to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. Gases or vapors are or may be in the atmosphere in normal operations. Containing acetylene. Containing hydrogen, ethylene oxide & propylene oxide or gases or vapors of equivalent hazard. Containing ethyl-ether vapor, ethylene or cyclopropane. Containing gasoline, hexane, naptha, benzine, butane, propane, alcohol, acetone, lacquer solvent or natural gas. Gases or vapors are not normally present. They may be present due to leakage, accidents or maintenance. It is possible for one atmosphere to contain the same items as listed for Groups of Division I of this class. Combustible dust may be present in sufficient quantities to produce an explosive atmosphere. Dust in suspension. Dust is or may be present in the atmosphere due to normal operating conditions. Containing metal dust, including aluminum, magnesiums and their commercial alloys, and other metals of similar hazardous characteristics. Containing carbon black, coal or coke dust. Containing flour, starch or grain dust. Dust not normally in suspension. Possibly containing the same items as listed for Groups of Division I of this class. Ignitable fibers are present, but not necessarily present in air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures. Easily ignitable fibers or materials producing combustible flyings are handled, manufactured or used. Easily ignitable fibers are stored or handled. Class II (-5) Division I (-5A) Group E (-2) Group F (-2) Group G (-2) Division II (-5D) Class III (-6) Division I (-6A) Division II (-6B) NEMA STANDARDS FOR INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 3R Type 3S Type 4 Type 4X Type 5 Type 6 Type 6P Type 7 Type 8 Type 9 Type 10 Type 11 Type 12 Type 12K Type 13 General purpose - indoor. Drip-proof - indoor. Protects against limited amounts of falling liquids and dirt. Dust-tight, raintight and sleet resistant - outdoor. Protects against windblown dust, rain sleet and external ice formation. Same as Type 3, except not dust-tight. Same as Type 3, but provides for operation of external mechanism when ice-laden. Watertight and dust-tight - indoor and outdoor. Protects against windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. Same as Type 4 except also corrosion resistant. Dust-tight - indoor. Protects against dust and falling dirt. Submersible, watertight and dust-tight - indoor and outdoor. Protects against water entry during occasional temporary submersion to a limited depth. Same as Type 6 except for prolonged submersion. Class I indoor hazardous locations. Explosion-proof, may be A, B, C or D. Class I indoor or outdoor hazardous locations - oil immersed equipment, may be A, B, C or D. Class II indoor hazardous locations. Explosion-proof, may be E, F or G. Mining Enforcement Safety Administration. Explosion-proof in methane or natural gas. Corrosion resistant and drip-proof - oil-immersed - indoor. Dust-tight and drip-tight - indoor, non-corrosive dripping liquids. Same as Type 12 except enclosures have knockouts. Oil-tight and dust-tight - indoors, non-corrosive spray of water, oil and coolant. IP CODES FOR INDUSTRIAL ENCLOSURES Example Ingress Protection Protection from Solids IP 0 0 IP 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 IP00 - No special protection from solids or liquids IEC 60529 degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) No protection Protection against solid objects larger than 50 mm in diameter Protection against solid objects larger than 12 mm in diameter Protection against solid objects larger than 2.5 mm in diameter Protection against solid objects larger than 1 mm in diameter Dust protected Dust tight No protection Protection against dripping water Protection against dripping water when tilted 15 degrees Protection against spraying water Protection against splashing water Protection against water jets Protection against powerful water jets Protection against powerful water jets with increased pressure Protection against temporary immersion up to 1m depth Protection against immersion of 1m or more depth Protection against powerful water jets with high temperature Protection from Liquids 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6K 7 8 9K *Protection stated above is in reference to protection of the internal equipment housed inside of the enclosure The IP code may be followed by one or two characters for special conditions during testing. 462 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

485

REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. ® COMMON LAW MARKS OF DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. ™ COMMONLY USED MARKS & GRAPHICS ® Manufacturing Excellence Since 1931 ® Capsuhelic® Capsu-Photohelic® Digihelic® DigiMag® Duotect® Durablock® Dwyer Group® Dwyer® Flex-Tube® Flotect® Iso Verter® Lin-E-Aire® Magnehelic® MagneSense® Mercoid® Mercoid Control® Microtector® Minihelic® Mini-Master® Mini-Photohelic® Mobile Meter® One-Touch® Optitrol® Photohelic® Plast-A-Vane® Precisor® Quick-View® Rate-Master® Safe-T-Ohm® Slack Tube® SMART Air Hood® Spirahelic® The Low Pressure People® Visi-Float® AQStick™ Even-Action™ Hi-Flow™ Loop Alarms™ Lovelink™ Mini-Node™ Minitactor™ Mother Node™ PredictAir™ Pre-Trac™ Proximity™ S-D™ Slide Guide™ SLiquid™ Tell Tale™ Tell Tale Jr.™ Thermoguide™ Ultra-Mag™ Ultra-View™ Vaneometer™ T R A D E M A R K A C K N O W L E D G M E N T S MARKS REGISTERED TO COMPANIES OTHER THAN DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. Underwriters Underwriters Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Laboratories, Inc. Laboratories, Inc. Canadian Standards Association FM Global Technology BACnet International, Inc. MasterCard International Inc. Visa International Services Association Alumel® Android® Chromel® Darina® Duracell® Eveready® Fluon® Fluorolube® Freon® HART® Hirschmann® HyperTerminal® Iglide® Inconel® Conceptech, Inc. Google, Inc. Conceptech, Inc. Shell Trademark Management B.V. The Gillette Company Eveready Battery Company, Inc. AGC Chemicals Americas, Inc. Gabriel Performance Products LLC E.I. DuPont De Nemours and Company Hart Communication Foundation Hirschmann Electronics GMBH Hilgraeve, Inc. Igus GMBH Huntington Alloys Corporation IOS® Lexan® Loctite® Modbus® Norprene® Nylatch® Open I/O® Open Signal® Sensorpak® Sensorpulse® Swagelock® Trendreader® Tygon® VCR® Cisco Systems, Inc. SABIC Innovative Plastic IP B.V. Henkel Corporation Schneider Automation, Inc. Saint-Gobain Abrasives, Inc. Corporation Southco, Inc. Easton Controls, Inc. Easton Controls, Inc. Easton Controls, Inc. Easton Controls, Inc. Swagelock Company ACR Systems, Inc. Saint-Gobain Abrasives, Inc. Corporation Swagelok Company Velcro® Windows® Windows NT® Windows Vista® Excel® PowerPoint® Velcro Industries B.V. Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation Air Flow™ No More Leaks™ Precision Flow™ ProHood™ Smart Interface™ TSI, Inc. Permatex Sierra Instruments, Inc. TSI, Inc. Ientek Co., Ltd. INFORMATION ABOUT MERCURY-ADDED PRODUCTS Dwyer Instruments, Inc. continues its development of non-mercury replacement alternatives for those products currently offered containing mercury. We will continue to work with all customers to supply mercury added products as needed for replacement of products currently in use and to guide customers towards non-mercury added products for new applications. Dwyer Instruments, Inc. will comply with all local, state, federal, and international laws regarding the sale of mercury added products. These laws may affect our ability to sell, distribute, or transport products into restricted states and/or countries. Mercury added product sales may be limited or denied to certain customers depending on the location or intended use of the product. Dwyer Instruments, Inc. encourages all customers to become familiar and comply with all mercury legislation. Sales of any and all mercury added products will be discontinued to any customer that knowingly or willfully disregards any legislation concerning mercury. Dwyer Instruments, Inc. requests that all mercury containing products are properly disposed of at the end of their useful life. Many web sites are available to help educate consumers about proper disposal of mercury added products. Please visit www.newmoa.org for additional information related to mercury usage. DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 463

486

T C U D O R P Y B - X E D N I PRODUCT 16B – 1996 16B 16C 16G 16L 102 123 125 160 160E 160F 160FW 160G 160S 165 166T 185 195 1000E 1000W 1102 1211 1212 1213 1221, 1222, 1223 1227, 1227M 1230, 1235 1620 1630 1638 1640 1800 1823 1831 1900 1910 1950 1950G 1996 2-5000 – 2900 2-5000 200 250-AF 265 285 295 2000 2000VA 2700 2800 2900 3PBV – 3500 3PBV 32B 38R 300 3000MR/3000MRS 3000WA 3100 3100D 3200G 3400 3500 4 – 43000 4 4B 4C 4G 40T/40M 400 420 460 471B 472A-1 473B 475 475-AV Kits 476A 477AV 477-AV Kits 477B 478A 480 485B 490A 490W 490A-HKIT 4000 43000 SECTION PAGE PRODUCT SECTION PAGE Temperature Flow Flow Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Air Quality Pressure Air Quality Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Process Control Process Control Process Control Process Control Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Process Control Temperature 140 267 267 64 74 61 58 59 62 62 102-103 102-103 76 77 104 75 99 219 220 220 99 79 78 75 226 60 216 100 101 98 100 83 355 355 356 356 139 120-121 119 122-123 132 355 141 Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Level Level Level Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Valves Test & Data Valves Valves Pressure Pressure Level Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Valves Valves Valves Pressure Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Temperature Valves Pressure Pressure Valves Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Test & Data Pressure Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Pressure Pressure 5 – 550 5 500 550 605 – 682 605 608 616D 616KD 616KD-LR 616W 616WL 626 628 629C 629HLP 636 636D 638R 641 641B 641RM 644 645 647 655A 657 668B/D 670 672 673 681 682 765 – 784 765 781 782 783 784 8 – 862E 8 8B 8C 8G 862E 9 9 9 120-121 119 122-123 125 318 318 318 186 187 187 167 189 188 444 188 446 446 93 93 318 183 183 184 182 183 30 53 53 53 52 47 47 52 49 49 55 55 54 26-27 29 29 445 446 446 20-23 420-421 442 442 443 412 120-121 418-419 29 42 422 70-71 70-71 106-107 108-109 72-73 140 120-121 119 122-123 127 185 30 185 171 193 170 176 177 178 175 177 179 178 190 169 180 172 173 31 41 464 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

487

I N D E X - B Y P R O D U C T PRODUCT SECTION PAGE PRODUCT SECTION PAGE B-190 – BYS B-190 BAP BBV-0 BBV-1 BBV-2 BCHP BDL BDPA BHC BICV BPI BPS-005 BPS-015 BT BTLRN BTO BTT BTT-E/N BV2M BYS Level Level Valves Valves Valves Test & Data Test & Data Pressure Valves Valves Process Control Process Control Process Control Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Valves Valves Capsu-Photohelic® Gage – CXA Capsu-Photohelic® Gage Capsuhelic® Gage CCS CCT40/50 CCT60/70 CDT CDTA CDTR CDTV CDWP CFS2 CHP CLS1 CLS2 CLT CMS300 CMT200 Cooling Tower CRF2 CSE-3R CSE-KN CSE-N1 CSG CTF CXA Pressure Pressure Process Control Process Control Process Control Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Level Test & Data Level Level Level Air Quality Air Quality Accessories Level Process Control Process Control Process Control Test & Data Level Pressure 320 339 433 433 434 199 202 45 430 430 353 362 362 116 116 118 133 133 401 432 41 31 357 359 359 228 229 230 231 227 319 197 322 321 333 233 233 451 332 375 376 376 196 323 98 A-169 – AVUL A-169 A-170 A-240/250 A-286 A-299 A-300 A-302F A-310A A-320-A A-320-B A-350 A-368 A-369 A-371 A-396A A-417A A-418E A-418N A-419A A-420A A-421 A-432 A-464 A-465 A-489 A-491 A-493 A-605 A-610 A-700 A-900, A-901 A-5000 A-IEF A-TC A1F A1PS/A1VS A2 A6 A3000 AAFS ACT Accessories - Gage Fluids Accessories - Fittings & Filters Accessories - Kits Accessories - Misc. Accessories - Valves & Connectors Adjustable Pressure Snubber ADPS AFG AFR AFR2 AFS AN2 ANE-1 AP AP2 APM APM APS/AVS APT APV-C APV-I AQH-20 AQTIA ARK ASG AT11910 AT1ADPS AT21823 AT22000 AT23000MR/MRS AT2605 AT2DH3 AT2MS AT3A3000 AVFS AVUL Accessories Accessories Accessories Pressure Pressure Pressure Accessories Pressure Pressure Pressure Test & Data Pressure Pressure Pressure Test & Data Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Pressure Pressure Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Pressure Pressure Process Control Level Accessories Flow Temperature Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Air Quality Valves Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Pressure Air Quality Valves Valves Flow Process Control Test & Data Pressure Test & Data Process Control Level Pressure Process Control Level Level Test & Data Test & Data Valves Test & Data Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Air Quality Air Quality 451 451 451 23 23 23 454 21 23 23 197 23 23 23 197 455 455 455 455 455 455 20 23 455, 457 454 454 454 20 23 361 338 456 293 138 94 95 97 96 38-39 216 416-417 457 456 457 457 456 453 45 214 448 448 279 354 189 96 168 352 338 95 360 339 339 169 165 417 214 50 46 48 24 43 65 37 68 40 217 218 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 465

488

T C U D O R P Y B - X E D N I PRODUCT SECTION PAGE PRODUCT SECTION PAGE DA-7035N – DX DA-7035N DA/DS DAFA DBLM DBV DBVL DCGII DCT500A DCT500ADC DCT600 DCT1000 DCT1000DC DCV DevCom2000 DFMT DFMT2 DFS2 DH DH Links DH3 DHII Digihelic Links™ Digihelic® Controller DigiMag® Gage DLI2 DLP DM-1000 DM-2000 DP DPG-000 DPG-100 DPG-200 DPGA DPGAB DPGW DPGWB DPM DPMA DPML DPMP DPMW DPMX DPT DR DS DSGT DT DTFA DTFO DTFW Duotect® Switch Durablock® Gage Durablock® Manometer DW-DATAPAD DW-USB DW-USB-LCD DW-WIFI DX E – EPTA E EBV EC EDA EDPS EPTA Temperature Pressure Air Quality Level Valves Valves Pressure Process Control Process Control Process Control Process Control Process Control Valves Pressure Flow Flow Temperature Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Test & Data Test & Data Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Process Control Process Control Process Control Process Control Process Control Process Control Pressure Flow Flow Pressure Valves Flow Flow Flow Pressure Pressure Pressure Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Test & Data Pressure Level Level Temperature Pressure Pressure Valves 132 90-91 217 324 401 402 86 368 368 369 370 371 428-429 107 284 284 131 35 33 36 34 33 34-36 25 201 201 25 63 57 85 85 87 84 84 84 84 373 350 350 350 350 351 88 256 262-263 87 440 266 266 266 94 29 30 204 203 203 204 57 326-327 340 144 89 45 441 F195 – FSW2 F195 F222, F451 F6/F7 F7-MLK F7-MM F7-MQ F7-MS FBLT FC-1000 FDT Flex-Tube® Manometer Flotect® Switch Flotect® Switch FLST FS-2 FSW2 G – GVS G Gage Tubing Accessories GDL GDL-T GFC GFM GFM3 GFM4 GG GSTA GSTC GVS H2 – HTDL-20/30 H2 H3 HCHP HF HFO HFPC HFPS HFT HGV HHT Hi-Flow™ Valve HM28 HM35 HNV HP HS HTDL-20/30 IEF – IWP IEF IEFB IF IP IPV IS626 ISDP IT IT-W IWP KFD0 KFD0 Accessories Accessories Level Level Level Level Level Level Process Control Pressure Test & Data Flow Level Air Quality Flow Level Level Accessories Test & Data Test & Data Flow Flow Flow Flow Accessories Air Quality Air Quality Flow Pressure Pressure Test & Data Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Valves Air Quality Valves Test & Data Test & Data Valves Test & Data Air Quality Test & Data Flow Flow Flow Valves Level Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature Pressure 450 450 313-314 312 316 315 317 331 363 101 182-183 270-275 309-312 210-211 276 319 326-327 455 202 202 298 296 297 297 452 232 232 279 94 56 198 259 280 258 258 280 432 227 420-422 181 181 431 197 221 200 294 292-293 257 441 340 110 69 117 117 105 Process Control 366 466 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

489

PRODUCT SECTION PAGE PRODUCT SECTION L4 – LPTK L4 L6 L8 L10 LCI132 LCR10 LCR20 LCT216 LCT316 LFMA LFMB LFMC LFMD LFME LFMF LPCP LPG4 LPG5 LPI LPTK MAFS – MW-1 MAFS Magnehelic® Gage Magnehelic® Gage Mounting Accessories Magnehelic® Gage Options Magnehelic® Transmitter Magnesense® Transmitter Magnesense® II Transmitter Mark 1, 3, 4 Mark II Mark II Mark II WSI MBLT MCS MDA MDS MFS MFS2 Mini-Master® Flowmeter Mini-Node™ Mini-Photohelic® Gage Minihelic® Gage MM MN-1 Mobile Meter® App MP MPC MPC Jr. MPM MPM MPR MS MS2 MSCS MTL5541 MTL7706/7787 MV MVR MVS MW-1 NVII NVII O-4 – OSW-100 O-4 OLS One-Touch® Transmitter OP OSC-200 OSW-100 Level Level Level Level Process Control Test & Data Test & Data Process Control Process Control Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Test & Data Pressure Pressure Process Control Test & Data Air Quality Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Valves Pressure Test & Data Test & Data Level Process Control Pressure Pressure Flow Flow Flow Process Control Pressure Pressure Flow Process Control Test & Data Pressure Level Level Process Control Level Valves Pressure Pressure Process Control Process Control Process Control Valves Level Pressure Test & Data P – PUF P P P1 P2 P3 P8 PAFS-1000 PBLT2 PBLTX PBV PCHP PE PFG2 PFT PG Photohelic® Gage PLS PLS2 PMS PMT2 PPM PPM PRECISOR® Positioner Valves PredictAir™ Application Software PS PTGD PUB PUB PUF PUF Level Temperature Flow Flow Flow Flow Air Quality Level Level Valves Test & Data Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Pressure Level Level Process Control Process Control Process Control Level Valves Test & Data Accessories Pressure Flow Test & Data Flow Test & Data Quick-View® Indicator – QV Quick-View® Indicator QV Valves Valves R – RTD R Rate-Master® Flowmeter RDCV RH-R RHP RHP-E/N RHPLC RHRS RM RMV RMV II RP2 RRT3 RSF RSM RSV RTD Temperature Flow Valves Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Air Quality Flow Flow Flow Test & Data Temperature Flow Pressure Valves Temperature 309 310 311 312 351 200 200 364 364 253 253 253 253 253 253 199 82 81 353 194 215 20-21 23 22 64 67 66 436-438 28 184 190 329 357 51 51 291 291 250-251 361 44 26-27 250-251 361 166 44 336 337 352 338 447 67 66 358 366 365 403 307 97 191 Valves 431 Temperature Level Pressure Flow Air Quality Air Quality 149 320 58 264-265 234 234 I N D E X - B Y P R O D U C T PAGE 326-327 141 278 277 277 278 214 330 330 400 198 264-265 33 281 54 38-39, 42 325 324 374 372 352 338 444-445 164 453 32 290 193 290 193 435 435 139 246-247, 260 428-429 226 224 222 223 225 246-247 260 260 168 118 257 61 427 137 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 467

490

T C U D O R P Y B - X E D N I PRODUCT SECTION PAGE PRODUCT SECTION PAGE UBV – UV UBV UFB UFC UFM UHH-ACC UHH-BTG ULSL ULSM ULSS ULT Ultra-Mag™ Switch UTG UV V4 – VT-300 V4 V6 V7 V8 V10 VA Valve Mounting Kits Vaneometer™ Anemometer VAT VB VBT-1 VF VFA, VFB VFC, VFCII VFLO Visi-Float® Flowmeter VP2 VPS VR VRLS VT-300 W – WWDP W WD WD3 WDPM WE01 WE02 WE03 WE04 WE05 WE06 WE07 WE08 WE20 WE31 WE33 WE34 WE35 WHT Wind Meter WM2 WMT2 WMH WNT WPT WSI WWDP Valves Flow Flow Flow Test & Data Test & Data Level Level Level Level Level Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Valves Test & Data Flow Valves Process Control Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Test & Data Valves Level Level Test & Data Temperature Level Level Test & Data Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Valves Air Quality Test & Data Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Test & Data Pressure 402 288 288 289 174 166 335 335 335 334 326-327 289 252 270-271 272-273 274 275 274 255 438 190 254 447 363 248 248 249 261 248-249 168 439 306 322 192 143 308 308 174 384-385 388-389 390-391 392-393 394-395 396-397 398-399 386-387 414-415 404-405 408-409 410-411 406-407 225 191 286 286 285 285 287 190 80 S2-1 – SYS S2-1 SA1100 SAE SAH SAV-BT SAV-ST SBLT2 SBLTX SBSV-B SBSV-S SC1 SCD SCD-PS SCS SF SF2 SFI SFI-100 SFI-100T SFI-300, SFI-350, SFI-360 SFI-300F, SFI-360F SFI-400, SFI-400F SFI-500 SFI-550 SFI-700 SFI-800 SGY SGZ Slack Tube® Manometer SMV2 SN Snubbers SPPM SPPM2 SRC SSCS SSV-B SSV-S Static Pressure Accessories Static Pressure Tips STRA Surge Damper SVE SVT SWBV SWUK1 SYS T – TVA T TAC-L TBU-00 TCS TDFS2 TE TE TE-A TE-E/N TE-I TE-OND/RND/OSA TE-SNW TE-TNS TE-WSS Temperature Sensors TFLS THC Thermocouples & RTDs Thermocouple Accessories TID TR-7 TraverseIT® App TS Probes TS2 TSDIN TSF TSF-DF TSS2 TST TSW TSWB TSXT TTE TTW TUF TVA Temperature Pressure Valves Test & Data Valves Valves Level Level Valves Valves Process Control Temperature Process Control Process Control Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow Pressure Pressure Test & Data Valves Valves Accessories Process Control Process Control Valves Process Control Valves Valves Accessories Accessories Air Quality Accessories Valves Process Control Valves Accessories Valves Temperature Test & Data Temperature Temperature Flow Flow Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Level Air Quality Temperature Temperature Temperature Process Control Test & Data Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Flow Flow 150 92 413 164 423 423 328 328 424 424 354 124 362 356 282 282 268-269 268-269 283 268-269 268-269 268-269 267 267 268-269 283 83 83 183 403 426 453 349 348 426 358 425 425 455 454 212-213 455 427 367 402 452 432 142 195 134 127 276 264-265 146 149 145 147 148 150 147 145 136 323 221 137 144 125 367 167 131 129 124 126 126 129 128 130 130 128 135 134 295 254 468 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

491

PAGE 433 433 434 449-457 430,456 451 131 23,338,376 450,456 430,456 457 452 455 225 23,457 453 169 447-448 451 454-455 452 131 117,143,147 Temperature Sensor Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Air Quality Flow Level Pressure Process Control Temperature Test & Data Valves Ambient Air Temperature Sensors Analog Signal Generator Analyzers Carbon Monoxide/Carbon Dioxide Flue Gas Anderson® Midwest Annunciators Applications AS-Interface Assemblies ATEX Barrier Flow Switches Level Switches Photohelic® Switch/Gages Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Pressure Controller Pressure Gages Pressure Switches Pressure Transmitter Automated Averaging Flow Grid Flow Sensors Pitot Tubes Temperature Sensors/Clips Galvanic Zener Differential Differential Differential Differential Valves I N D E X - B Y C A T E G O R Y PAGE 145,148-149 196 169,194 194 268-269,283 354 208-209 242-244 304-305 16-17 346-347 114-115 156-157 382 435-439 142 366 365 270-273 309-310 40,43 436-438 37 24 56,92 46,48,50,55 106-109 65,70-73 384-400,404-412,414-417 214 214-215 262-263 149 431 292,232 218 218 295 229 232 66 61 295 416-417 384-400,404-412 403 404-411,412 384-399,401-403 353 140 116,118 339 323-237 339-340 431,433-434 274 130,318 130 81-83 90-91 132 295 430 416-417 414-415 413-415 413-415 202 Duct Mount Air Velocity Transmitter BTU Meter Carbon Dioxide Temperature and Relative Humidity Nitrogen Dioxide Pressure Transmitters Room Status Monitor Ultrasonic Energy Meter Valves Actuators Automated Mini Three-Way Two-Way B Backflow Prevention BACnet Communication Ball Valves Battery Powered Temperature Indicator Bayonet Thermocouples Bimetal Thermometers Bin Aerator Pad Bin Level Switches Bin Vibrators Block Manifolds Boiler Bourdon Tube BTU Meter Bulk Head Connectors Butterfly Valves Actuators Automated Manual Two-Way Button Data Loggers Flow Switches Level Switches Temperature Switches Pressure Gages Pressure Switches Temperature Switches Connectors Cooling Towers Digital Temperature Switch Configuration Key Enclosures Filters Fittings Gage Fluid Gage Guards Hosing Humidity Radiation Shield Mounting Brackets Pressure Snubbers Psychrometer Regulators and Lubricators Siphons Static Pressure Strap Wrenches Temperature Thermowells 2 Valves 3 Valves 5 Valves Manifold Manifold Manifold Manifolds Filter Instruments Actuators Valves Electric Pnuematic Repair Kit A Accessories Actuated Actuators Air Air Control Air Filter Instruments Air Filters/Regulators Air Flow Air Flow Hood Air Hammer Air Handler Air Quality Air Temperature Air Velocity Duct Averaging Sensors Duct Stations Flow Stations Flow Switches Gages Indicators Manometer Meters Mobile Application Monitors Sensors Switches Test Kits Transmitters Duct Mount Wind Meters Air Velocity Transmitter Alarms Duct Averaging Sensors Duct Stations Gages Meters Meters with Switches Mobile Application Sensors Stations Switches Transmitters Duct Mount Loop and Limit Process Indicator Visual and Audible Digital Fluid Sensors Applications Gas Sensing Transmitters Humidity Transmitters Pitot Tubes Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Transmitters Duct Mount Wall Mount 416-417,420-422 382-391,398-400,404-412,414-415 416-417 416-417,420-422 417 20-23,26-27,33 433-434 29 448,450,447 214-215 210-213 20-27,31 246-260,266 280 166,168 186-189,210-214,219-220,264-265 210-213 216-217,270-276,277-280 218 218 164 340 34,58-59,146,149,217,226,308 205-234 208-209 227-230,232-233 210-213,216-217,219-227 186-188 231 231 231 133-137,139-149,169,171 214-215 210-213 210-213 270-276 20-27,31,184-185 168,171,177,184-185,190-191,216 174-176 184-185 164,168,171,176-178,184-185,190-192 166-167 184-185,216 186-189,210-214,262-265 216-217,270-275 171,175-177,184-185,191 218-220 218 186-191 218 125-127,354 125,351,354 45,354 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 469

492

Y R O G E T A C Y B - X E D N I Indicating Level Switches Level Transmitters BACnet Communication Indicators Modbus® Communication Sensors Transmitters BACnet Communication Indicators Modbus® Communication Sensors Transmitters C Cable Level Switches Calibration Pumps Capacitive Capsu-Photohelic® Capsuhelic® Capture Hood Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide CFM Gages Chamber Level Switches Check Valves Chemical Control Manifolds Circular Chart Recorder Combustion Test Kits Communication HART® Software Compact USB Data Logger Compact USB Data Logger with Display Connectors Continuity Controls Continuous Cleaning Timer Controllers Control Valves Controllers Dust Collection Electro-Pneumatic Fan Speed Flow Grounding Level Mass Flow Process Pump Refrigeration Relative Humidity Temperature Valves Cooling Towers Counters Current Current to Pressure Transducers Current/Voltage Signal Generator Switches Transformers Bulk Head Actuators Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters D Dampers Data Acquisition Data Loggers Button Flow Graphical Display Pressure Temperature USB Wireless Detectors Dew Point DH3 Digihelic® Diaphragm Seals Diaphragm Valves Leak Occupancy Particulate Plugged Shoot Position Water Transmitters Mounting Pressure Switches 470 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com PAGE 319 197-199 321-322 332 41 31,41 164 229 169,194 229 169,194 227-230 227-229 194,232-233 232 194 232 194 232-233 20-21,25,34-36 318 430-431 433-434 200 194 107 203 204 430 367 368-371 420-422 416-417 368-371 441 363 338,352 367 336-338,352 298 119-124 336-338,352 124,128 221 119-131 441 451 364 356-358 359 441-443 196 436-440 200-204 200,204 202 193,288,290 202 201 200-204 202-204 204 308 234 372-374 326-327 440 308 222 36 90-92 428-429 Panel Software Diaphragm Seals Indicating Alarms Gages Indicating Transmitters Indicators Switches Switches/Gages Transmitters Gages Indicating Meters Pressure Switches Pressure Transmitters Temperature Controllers Switches Indicators Manometers Panel Meters Pressure Gages Temperature Switch Configuration Key Timers Differential Pressure Digihelic Links™ Digihelic® Controllers DigiMag® Digital DIN Displacer Displays Disposable In-Line Filter DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches Draft Drain Drip Pan Level Duct Mount Duotect® Switches Duplexing Pump Controllers Durablock® Gage/Manometers Durablock® Solid Plastic Portable Gages Dust Collector Humidity Transmitters Pressure Transmitters Temperature Sensors Level Switches Timer Controls Valves Pan Level Control Enclosures Pressure Gages DigiMag® Actuator Ball Valves Bin Vibrator Butterfly Valves Controllers Panel Meter Solenoid Valves E Electric Electromagnetic Flow Transmitters Electromechanical Relays Electronic Fan Speed Control Enclosures Energy Meter Explosion-Proof Extension Cables for Temperature Sensors Ball Valves Butterfly Valves Current to Pressure Transducers Differential Pressure Control Differential Pressure Gage Differential Pressure Switches Differential Pressure Transmitter Flow Switches Humidity Transmitters Level Switches Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Pressure Switches Pressure Transmitters Temperature Switches Temperature Transmitters Thermostats Differential PAGE 45 20-21,24-27,31-33 34-36,61-66,69-75,79-80 20-21,24-30,32-33,172-176,178-183 45-57 34-44 58-64,69-79,80-80 70-73 34-36,61-67,69-80 33 34-37 33 25 84-87 338,349-353 34-44,87-89 34-37,61-67,69-73,87-89,102-109 119-123 126-127,129-130 349,351-353 165-166,172-176,178-181 125,338,349-353 84-86 25 131 364,368-371 338 320 125,338,348-353 450 52 20-21 308 308 224,226 66-67 146 94 336-338,352 29-30,184 184 367-371 428-429 416-417 384-400,404-412 340 414-415 294 355 363 338 349 367,427 295 384-400,404-412 414-415 443 37,40,43 24 46,48,54-57 50 65-66,70-73,75 270-273 227 309-310,313,318,320,324-327 435-438 90-94,96 104,106-109 132 135,227 132 144

493

Differential Pressure Control Differential Pressure Gage Differential Pressure Switches Differential Pressure Transmitter Low Differential Pressure Switches Switches/Gages Accessories Bulk Head Connectors Saddle Accessories Gages F Fan Speed Controllers Filter Filters Fittings Flame-Proof Flex-Tube® Manometers Float Level Transmitters Float Switch Flotect® Switch Flow Applications Controllers Data Loggers Digital Energy Meter Flow Switches Thermal Flow Transmitters Global Valve Switch Indicators Magnetic Inductive Flow Sensor Mass Flowmeters Meters Paddlewheel Electromagnetic Remote Display Thermal Energy Switch Output Transmitter Output PAGE 363 456 20-21,25,29,33 246-248,250-251,450 456 430 294 37,40,43 24 46,48,50 65 48,50 40,43 30 333 309-319 270-275,309-312 235-298 242-244 298 193,288,290 284 295 276 293 293 292-293 279 267-269,282-283 282-283,285-287 282-283,285-287 291 296 193,246-254,256-261,264-266,285-289, 290,295,297-298 193,288-290,297-298 254 255-257 249,252-254,257-260,262-265 261 297-298 246-247,253,258 252,258 246-251 257 280 280,295,298 193,288-290 246-257,266 285-287 248 264-265 294 261,264-265,280-283,285-287,295 294 262-263 291 270-280,282-283 270-276 277-279 245 283,285-289 282-284,291 294 280,282-284,291,297 282-283 281,294 281-283 193,288-290,295 280 294 280,282-284,291,297 282-283 281,294 281-283 193,288-290,295 416-417 384-400,402,404-412,414-415,420-423,431-432 338,352 262-263 210-213 Insertion Variable Area Water Meters Electromagnetic In-Line Magnetic Inductive Digital Fluoropolymer Glass In-Line Magnehelic® Mass Polycarbonate Polysulfone Purge Rotatable Scale Switch Output Transmitter Output Ultrasonic Variable Area Multi-Jet Multitube Orifice Plates Pipe Fittings Sensors Switches Technical Information Totalizers Transducers Transmitters Flow Control Flow Indicators/Controllers Flow Sensor Flow Stations Flow Switches Electromagnetic In-Line Indicating Insertion Paddlewheel Ultrasonic Electromagnetic In-Line Indicating Insertion Paddlewheel Ultrasonic Paddle Shuttle/Piston Actuators Valves Thermal 276 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 471 PAGE 283,285-287,338,352 283 283 283 292-293 I N D E X - B Y C A T E G O R Y 416-417 384-399,404-423,425-430 216 457 452 20-39,40-44 20-21,25-30 20-21,184-185,219-220 20-21,26-27,31-32,81-83 20-33,172-173,175-176,178-183 25,34-37,81,84-87,172-173,175-176,178-181 20-21,28-30,176,182-183 20-21,81 32 Single Pressure Transducers Transmitters In-Line Indicating Flow Totalizers Flow Transmitters Fluid Control Fume Hood Monitors Electromagnetic Actuators Valves Thermal Energy Air Filter Air Velocity Dial Differential Pressure Digital Draft Low Pressure Piston Type Pressure Dial Temperature G Gage Fluid Gage Guards Gage/Switches-Dial Gages Galvanic Barrier Gas Analyzers Gas Detectors Gas Mass Flow Gas Meter Flow Gas Pressure Kits Manometer Switches Globe Valves Glossary Graphical Display Data Logger Ground Control Carbon Dioxide Duct Mount Wall Mount Carbon Monoxide Nitrogen Dioxide 81 116-118 366 169,194 231 227-231 232-233 232 297-298 297 183 184 54 418-422,432 458-459 202 367 197-199 197-198 165-169,174,194 168,170-171,175,185,191-192 196-197 168-169 172-176,178-181 Communication Software Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Positioners Pressure Transmitters 107 436-438 446 70-73,106-109 H Hand Pump Pneumatic Handheld Instruments Air Quality Air Velocity Calibrators Humidity Pressure HART® Hazardous Rated Hermetically Sealed Contacts Reed Switch Snap Switch Switches Hi-Flow™ Actuators Ball Valves Butterfly Valves Current to Pressure Transducers Differential Pressure Switches Flow Switches Humidity Transmitters Level Switches Level Transmitters Particulate Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Pressure Temperature Thermostats Switches Transmitters Sensor Transmitters Switches Transmitters 416-417 384-400,404-412 414-415 441-443 41,47,49,54-57 270-273 227 309-310,313,318,320,325-327 328,330,334 373-374 372 435-438 47,49,90-94,96 69-75,104,108-110 132 135 132 54,90-93,116,274,282,285-287,452 313 277-278,312,314,440 318,320 436-438 420-422

494

Y R O G E T A C Y B - X E D N I Radiation Shield Accessories Accessories Controllers Data Loggers Handhelds Indicators Loggers/Recorders Radiation Shield Switches Transmitters Duct Mount Indicating Remote Mount Wall Mount Hosing Humidistat Humidity HVAC Hydraulic Hydronic Manometer Hygrometers Ball Valves Flow Alarms Mobile Application Sensor Temperature Transmitters Water Meter Calibration Hand Pump Valves Temperature Sensors Pressure Transmitters Air Flow Air Velocity Annunciators Differential Pressure Flow In-Line Sight Flow Totalizers Ultrasonic Variable Area Totalizers Flow Totalizers Humidity Level Position Process Relative Humidity Sight Flow Temperature Variable Area Water Leak Wind Speed I I to P Immersion Indicating Indicators Indoor Air Quality Intrinsically Safe IR Sensor PAGE 455 221 225 221 200-204 168-169 200-201 200-204 225 221 222-227,230 224 222,224,227 225-226 222-223,230 412 217 166-167 223,233 133 198 413 172-173,180 168-169 441-443 146-147 34-36,70-73,76,80,102-103 246-260,266,268-269 190-191,216,219 354 20-33,172-176,178-184 338,352 258,260 267-269 285 193,288-290,295 246-257 285-287 286 168-169,202,221 307-308,338,352 435-440 125,338,348-354 125,221 268-269,282-283 116-118,125,127 246-257 308 190-191 Data Loggers Indicators Pressure Data Loggers Bin Level Capacitive Chamber Type Diaphragm Displacer Float Multi-Point Optical Paddle Powder and Bulk Tuning Fork Vibrating Rod Gas Particulate Water Applications Bin Vibrators Controllers Indicators Multi-Point Sensors Switches Transducer Transmitters Capacitive Float Indicating Submersible Ultrasonic Water Detectors L LCD Leak Detectors Level Level Indicators Lift Station Limit Controls Limit Switches Lin-E-Aire® Liquid Level Controllers Indicators Switches Transmitters Liquid/Particle Filter Looper Powered Indicators Low Pressure Calibration Pumps Differential Pressure Flow Gas Pressure Level Pressure Temperature Level Switches Level Transmitters Pump Controls Mounting Options 1-Valve 2-Valve 3-Valve 5-Valve M Magnehelic® Magnesense® Manifold Manometers Mark Mass Flowmeters and Controllers Meters Mineral Insulated Temperature Sensors Mini View Rite Mini-Master® Flowmeter Mini-Node™ Mini-Photohelic® Digital Handheld Fluid Filled Gage Fluid Inclined Inclined/Vertical Portable U-Tube Well-Type Hydronic Inclined Inclined/Vertical Indoor Air Quality Tachometer Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters PAGE 200-204 350 201 195 372-374 308 299-340 304-305 339-340 336-338 306-308 312,315-317 309-325,328-335 309-314,326-327 321-325 321-322 318 326-327 320 309-319 312,315-317,320 320 324-325 321-327 323 322 328-335 332 333 334-335 328-331 334-335 308 306-308 319 330-331 336-338,352 125 34-36,45,47,49,51-57 270-280 54 309-327 45,47,49,51-57,87-98 125-127,129,132 420-422 336-337 267,306-308 309-321 328-335 450 353 199 20-21,64 23 20-22 66-67 431 433 433 434 172-176,178-181,194 183 457 28-30 28-30,183 28,30,182-183 182-183 30 172-173,180 30 30 436-438 297-298 168-169 195 139 307 250-251 361 44 Duct Mount Wall Mount Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Transmitters Carbon Dioxide and Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Carbon Monoxide Transmitters Humidity Transmitters Nitrogen Dioxide Transmitters Barriers Current to Pressure Transducers Humidity Transmitters Isolators Level Transmitters Particulate Sensors Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Pressure Transmitters Temperature 228-230 231 231 231 232-233 222-225 232 365-366 441-443 227,366 365-366 328,330 372-374 436-438 69,74,110 137 K Kits Air Filter Gage/Switch Air Velocity Combustion Portable Gage Tachometer 457 168,175-177,184-185,190 194-195 20-21,176,183-185 195 472 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

495

Air Velocity Transmitter Carbon Dioxide Temperature and Relative Humidity Carbon Monoxide Temperature/Process Controller 166-167 34-35,66,119-124,229,232,336-337 218 218 229 232 119-124 HVAC Duct Mount Minihelic® II Mobile Application Modbus® Communication Monitors Mounting Brackets Multi-Function Meter Multi-Jet Water Meters Indoor Air Quality Room Status PAGE 26-27 169 20-23,61,63 23,149,457 165 285-287 431 232 232 232 137 285 52 234 234 431,433-434 58 338,352 320 264-265 225 224-225 324-325 324 281,284 338,348-352 131 373 374 372 141 451 38-43 294 339 186-188,262-263 189,214-215 416-417 384-400,404-412 414-415 197-198 368-371 456 197-198 191 435-440 435-440 435-440 435-438 444-446 446 444-445 444,446 444-445 445 321-327 332 360-362 360-362 444-445 N Needle Valves Nitrogen Dioxide Non-Contact NSF Approved Null Switches BACnet Communication Modbus® Communication Transmitters Temperature Sensor Omnidirectional Manifold O Occupancy Sensors Oil Controls One-Touch® Open Channel Flow Optical Orifice Plates Outside Air Level Switches Humidity Radiation Shield Humidity Transmitters Powder and Bulk Level Switches Monitor Sensors Transmitters Averaging P Paddle Paddlewheel Transmitters Panel Meters Parameter Configuration Key Particulate Penetration Probe Temperature Sensors Perforated Cooling Towers Photohelic® Pipe Fittings Piston Vibrators Pitot Tubes Pneumatic Pocket Wind Meters Position Positioners Compact Electro-Pneumatic Linear Pneumatic Rotary Powder and Bulk Power Precisor® II Actuators Ball Valves Butterfly Valves Calibration Hand Pumps Conveying Fittings Hand Pumps Indicators Sensors Switches Transmitters Level Switches Level Transmitters Supplies Transformers Timer Boards PAGE 1-110 16-17 66 172-173,175-176,179-181,197-199 34-37,89,447-448 201,203 33 20-33 34-57 58-80 33 87-89 34-36,62-67,87-89,102-109 201,447-448 I N D E X - B Y C A T E G O R Y Dial Digital Gages 81 84-87 87-89 Switch/Gages 87-98 Switches 86-89,98-110 Transmitters 453 54 34-37,87-89 Digital 34-44,87-89 Indicating 52 Null 97 Submersible 53,90-91,94 Two-Stage 98 Water Pump 61-80,88-89,99-105,110 34-36,64-67,87-88,102-105 98 58-59,61-63,65,69-80,88-89,99-101,104,106-110 34-36,64,66-67,87-88,102-105 98 201 Indicating Sanitary Indicating Sanitary Applications BACnet Calibrators Controllers Data Loggers Data Logging Software Differential Gages Switches Transmitters Digihelic Links™ Indicating Switches Indicating Transmitters Regulators Single Pressure Snubbers Switches Transducers Transmitters Pressure Pressure/Temperature Data Logger Process Process Control Pulse Valves Pump Purge Meters 120 VAC-24 VAC Calibration Current Transformers Applications Current Monitoring Current Transformers/Switches Enclosures Power Supplies Transformers 24 AC-24 DC Q Quadraplex Pump Controllers Quick-View® Alarm Switch Modules Controllers Current Switches Current Transformers Data Loggers Fan Speed Controllers Filter Gage Loop Alarms Panel Meters/Indicators Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) Sensors Particulate (Dust or Broken Bag) Transmitter SSR Monitors Switches Vibration Transmitter Alarm Timer Boards 354 119-125 356-357 359 200-203 363 20-21,33 354 125,348-354 373-374 372 361 354,368-371 354 368-371 363 341-376 346-347 359 358 376 361-362 360 428-429 197-199,336-338,352 246-251 338,352 435 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 473

496

Y R O G E T A C Y B - X E D N I Controllers Indicators Switches Transmitters Electromechanical R Radiation Shield Rate-Master® Flowmeter Recorders Reference Tables Regulators Relative Humidity Relays Remote Display Remote Mount RH Switches Transmitters Room Status Monitor Rotometers RTD Duct Mount Immersion Outside Air Sensors Transmitters Wall Mount Humidity Transmitters Valve Transmitters Transmitters Duct Mount Wall Mount Transmitters Ball Valves Pressure Transmitters Temperature Sensors Air Quality Flow Level Pressure Process Control Temperature Test & Data Valves S SAE Sanitary Selection Guide Self-Acting Temperature Control Valves Sensors Air Flow Air Velocity Broken Bag BTU Carbon Dioxide Carbon Dioxide and Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Carbon Dioxide Temperature and Relative Humidity Carbon Monoxide Current Differential Pressure Flow Humidity HVAC Level Nitrogen Dioxide Occupancy Particulate Position Pressure BACnet Communication Modbus® Communication Transmitters BACnet Communication Modbus® Communication Transmitters Transmitters Meters Switches Transmitters Occupancy Switches Transmitters BACnet Communication Modbus® Communication Switches Transmitters Transmitters Transmitters 295 227-230 231 231 231 229 229 232 232 232-233 222-227 234 309-335 309-327 328-335 232 232 232 234 372-374 435-440 474 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com Dial Ambient Air Duct Mount Immersion IR Non-Contact Outside Air RTD Surface Switch Temperature Thermocouple Thermowells Transducers Transmitters In-Line Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Wall Mount Duct Mount Wall Mount Indicators Transmitters Conditioners Converters Generators Digihelic® Controller HART® Communication Shock and Vibration Resistant Shut-Off Valves Sight Flow Signal Single Pressure Gages Slack Tube® Manometer Smart Programmable Panel Meters Software Solenoid Valves Enclosures Timer Spiral Cooling Towers Steam Control Strap Wrench Submersible Sump Surface Surface Mount Swing Vane Anemometer Switch/Gages Switches Switches/Gages Air Flow Bin Level Current Differential Pressure Flow Gas Pressure Humidity Level Limit Position Refrigeration Relative Humidity Single Pressure Temperature Level Transmitters Pressure Switches Temperature Data Logger Air Flow Gas Pressure Pressure Temperature Manifolds Valves Temperature Sensors Temperature Sensors Level Switches PAGE 136-137,139-150 146 146-147 137 137 148-149 136-137,139-142,144-150 150 131 136-137,139-142,144 117,143,147 99,133-135,222-228,230 133-135,222-228,230 297 231 231 231 145 51,110,355 413 267-271,282-283 282-283 359,361 361 196 81-83 183 348-349 33 107 424-427 367,427 367 451 433-434 420-422 452 328-331 97 200 319 150 150 190 34-44,87-89 217 322-327 356-358 34-57 270-280,282-283 54 221 308-327 216-217,270-273,276,278-280 54 45-55,57,87-98 125-127,129,131-132,354 435-440 124,128 221 87-98 125-132,354 40 PAGE 225 246-247,260 200-204 460-462 447-448 221 221 221 222-227 361 355 293 226 221 222-227 61 246-257 146 146-147 148 136-137,139-141,145-150 134 145 413 390-391,408-409 98 141 206-207 236-241 300-303 2-15 342-345 112-113 152-155 378-381 418-419 186-189,210-215,264-265 186-189,210-215,262-265 217,219-220 372-374 356-358 359 45,47,49,51-57 60-80 210-211,262-263 246-266 270-280,282 193,280-298 34-36,77,98-110

497

Weatherproof Rail Mount Digital Indicating Digital Panel Mount Indicating Limit Thermostat Two-Stage Flow Glossary Reference Tables Temperature Sensors Valves Ambient Air Averaging Averaging Sensor Clip Duct Extension Cables Immersion IR Mineral Insulated Non-Contact Outside Air Penetration RTD Sanitary Surface Thermistor Thermocouple Thermowells Wall Mount Applications Control Valves Controllers Data Loggers Handhelds Indicators Loggers/Recorders Panel Meters/Indicators Sensors Switches Temperature/Process Controller Thermistors Thermometers Thermostats Transmitters Wire T Tachometers Technical Information Temperature Test & Data Testers Thermal Energy Thermistors Averaging Duct Mount Immersion Outside Air Surface Mount Wall Mount Thermo-Anemometers Thermocouple Wire Thermocouples Thermocouples Transmitter Thermohygrometers Air Velocity Gas Pressure Portable Gage RH Universal Handheld Air Quality Analyzers Applications Calibrators Kits Leak Detectors Combustion Gas Pitot Tubes Pumps Temperature Thermohygrometers Ultrasonic Thickness Gage Dial Digital Glass Remote Reading Thermowells Transmitter Output Wall Mount Indicating Weatherproof Weatherproof (NEMA 4) Flue Gas PAGE 195,364 245 458-459 460-462 136 383 111-150 114-115 418-419 119-130 124 200-204 165-169,171,174,191-192 116-130,350-354 200-204 350-351 136-137,139-142,143-150 148-149 149 149 146 144 146-147 137 139 137 148-149 141 136-137,139-142,144-150 141 150 146-147 137,139-140,142,144 141 117,143,147 126-127,129-130,145,221 124-131,221 130 125 118,124-130 126 132 129 119-123 146-148 145 116,118 116 193 117 118 117,143,147 118 132 133-135,217,222,224-227 118 134 133 138 151-204 165-169,174,194-195 194 156-157 196-199 174 165,168,177,184-185,190-191 183,195 184-185 165,168 165-168,174 194 195 186-187,189 197-199 193 168-169 289 196 292-293 149 146 146-147 148 150 145 167-168,170-171,192 138 136-142,144,150 134 165-166,168-169,174 PAGE 116 117 132 117,143,147 368-371 368-371 364,367 283,285-287,338,352 433-434 463 441-443 441 356 360 359 I N D E X - B Y C A T E G O R Y Manifold AC Power Current Current to Pressure Electro-Pneumatic Thermometers Dial Glass Thermostat Thermowells Timer Boards Timer Controllers Timers Totalizing Meters Flow Toxic Fluids Control Trademarks Transducer Transformers Transmitters True RMS Current Transformer Tubing Tuning Fork Duct Mount Indicating Remote Mount Wall Mount Indicating Wall Mount Duct Mount Wall Mount Paddlewheel Level Switch Accessories Digital Duct Mount Wall Mount 219-220 227-230 228-230 231 231 231 229-230 232-233 35-37,58-64,66-67,69-75,77-80 34 65 193,280-283,285-295,297-298 284 222-230 224 222,227 226 222-223 222-230 328-335 232 372-374 435-438 34-36,77,98-104,110 87-88,102-103,105-109 Air Velocity Carbon Dioxide Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Carbon Dioxide and Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Carbon Dioxide Temperature and Relative Humidity Carbon Monoxide Differential Pressure Differential Pressure Transmitter Flow Humidity Humidity and Temperature Level Nitrogen Dioxide Particulate Position Pressure Smart Temperature Vibration Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) 105-109 133-135,225-228 118 133 363 231 231 231 359 Indicating Pressure U U-Tube Manometers Ultra-Mag™ Ultra-View™ Flowmeter Ultrasonic Flowmeters Level Transmitters Ultrasonic Thickness Gage 455 323 182-183 326-327 252 193,288-290,295 334-335 289 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com 475

498

European North American European North American Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Transmitters Carbon Dioxide Transmitter Carbon Dioxide, Temperature and Relative Humidity Humidity and Temperature Transmitters Humidity Transmitters Occupancy Sensor Temperature Sensors Temperature Transmitters European North American Control Manifold Detectors Meters Pump Pressure Switches Differential Pressure Switches Differential Pressure Transmitters W Wall Mount Water Weatherproof Enclosures Well Level Transmitter Wet/Wet WI-FI Wind Meters Wind Speed Indicators Wireless Data Loggers Z Zener Barriers Data Loggers Pitot Tubes Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters PAGE 228-230 228 228 228-229 228-229 228-229 230 230 222 222 234 145 133 433-434 308 285-287 98 338 329 56-57 70-73,75-80 204 190-191 190-191 165-168,174 204 167 436-438 365 Y R O G E T A C Y B - X E D N I PAGE Actuated Two-Piece Actuators Angle Seat Applications Ball Automated Flanged Manual Mini NPT Regulators and Lubricators Sweat Socket Weld Three-Piece Three-Way Tri-Clamp Two-Piece Two-Way Uni-Flange V-Ball Butterfly Automated Lug Manual Two-Way Wafer Check Control Controllers Current to Pressure Transducers Diaphragm Electric Actuated Enclosures Globe Manifold Needle Pneumatic Actuated Position Indicators/Switches/Transmitters Positioners Pulse SAE Solenoids Strainer Technical Information Temperature Control Volume Booster 377-448 384-391,400,404-412 384-387 416-417 423 382 384-412,416-417 384-400,404-412,416-417 392-393,398-399,410-411 384-399,401-411 403 384-389,396-397,401-402,404-407 447-448 402 394-395 388-391,394-397 404-412 390-391,408-409 384-387,392-393,398-399,401 384-402 402 396-399 413-417 414-417 414-415 414-415 413-415 414-415 430-431 418-422 193,290 32-34,441-443 428-429 384-400,404-412,414-415 367,412,427 418-422,432 431,433-434 431 384-400,404-412,414-415,420-423 417 435-440 444-446 428-429 413 367,424-427 432 383 418-419 447 190 Repair Kit V Valves Vaneometers™ Variable Area Venturi Meter/Gage Vibrating Rod Vibration Vibration Resistant Flowmeters Level Switch Transmitters 246-257 261 322 363 57,83,90-91,93-94,100-101, 262-263,413,431,439,443 339-340 306-307 248-249 231 231 231 Vibrators View-Rite Visi-Float® Flowmeter Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Transmitters Duct Mount Wall Mount 476 DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | dwyer-inst.com

499

PRESSURE CONVERSION CHART in/H2O P.S.I. in/Hg mm/H2O mm/Hg kg/cm2 .1 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 .0036 .0072 .0144 .0216 .0289 .0361 .0722 .1083 .1444 .1804 .2165 .2526 .2887 .3248 .3609 .3970 .4331 .4692 .5053 .5414 .5774 .6136 .6496 .6857 .7218 .7579 .7940 .8301 .8662 .9023 .9384 .9745 1.010 1.047 1.083 1.119 1.155 1.191 1.227 1.263 1.299 1.335 1.371 1.408 1.444 1.480 1.516 1.552 1.588 1.624 1.660 1.696 1.732 1.768 1.804 1.841 1.877 1.913 1.949 1.985 2.021 2.057 2.093 2.129 2.165 2.202 2.238 2.274 2.310 2.346 2.382 2.418 2.454 2.490 2.526 2.562 2.598 2.635 2.671 2.707 2.743 2.779 2.815 2.851 2.887 2.923 2.959 2.996 3.032 3.068 3.104 3.140 3.176 3.212 3.248 3.284 3.320 3.356 3.392 3.429 3.456 3.501 3.537 3.573 3.609 .0073 .0146 .0293 .0440 .0588 .0735 .1470 .2205 .2940 .3673 .4408 .5143 .5878 .6613 .7348 .8083 .8818 .9553 1.029 1.102 1.176 1.249 1.322 1.396 1.470 1.543 1.616 1.690 1.764 1.837 1.910 1.984 2.056 2.132 2.205 2.278 2.352 2.425 2.498 2.571 2.645 2.718 2.791 2.876 2.940 3.013 3.086 3.160 3.233 3.306 3.378 3.453 3.526 3.600 3.673 3.748 3.822 3.895 3.968 4.041 4.115 4.188 4.261 4.335 4.408 4.483 4.556 4.630 4.703 4.776 4.850 4.923 4.996 5.070 5.143 5.216 5.290 5.365 5.438 5.511 5.585 5.658 5.731 5.805 5.878 5.951 6.024 6.100 6.173 6.246 6.320 6.393 6.466 6.450 6.613 6.686 6.760 6.833 6.906 6.981 7.055 7.128 7.201 7.275 7.348 2.534 5.067 10.13 15.20 20.34 25.41 50.81 76.22 101.62 127.0 152.4 177.8 203.2 228.6 254.0 279.4 304.8 330.2 355.6 381.0 406.4 431.8 457.2 482.6 508.0 533.4 558.8 584.2 609.6 635.0 660.4 685.8 710.8 736.8 762.2 787.5 812.8 836.2 863.5 888.9 914.2 939.5 964.9 990.9 1016 1042 1067 1092 1118 1143 1168 1194 1219 1244 1270 1296 1321 1346 1372 1397 1422 1448 1473 1498 1524 1550 1575 1600 1626 1651 1676 1702 1727 1752 1778 1803 1828 1854 1880 1905 1930 1956 1981 2006 2032 2057 2082 2108 2134 2159 2184 2210 2265 2260 2286 2311 2336 2362 2387 2413 2438 2464 2489 2514 2540 .1863 .3726 .7452 1.118 1.496 1.868 3.736 5.604 7.472 9.335 11.203 13.072 14.940 16.808 18.676 20.544 22.412 24.280 26.148 28.016 29.879 31.752 33.616 35.484 37.352 39.22 41.09 42.96 44.82 46.69 48.56 50.43 52.26 54.18 56.04 57.91 59.77 61.63 63.49 65.36 67.22 69.08 70.95 72.86 74.72 76.59 78.45 80.31 82.18 84.04 85.90 87.76 89.63 91.49 93.35 95.27 97.13 98.99 100.8 102.7 104.6 106.4 108.3 110.2 112.0 113.9 115.8 117.7 119.5 121.4 123.3 125.1 127.0 128.8 130.7 132.6 134.4 136.4 138.2 140.1 141.9 143.8 145.7 147.5 149.4 151.2 153.1 155.0 156.9 158.8 160.6 162.5 164.4 166.2 168.1 169.9 171.8 173.7 175.5 177.4 179.3 181.2 183.0 184.9 186.8 .0002 .0005 .0010 .0015 .0020 .0025 .0051 .0076 .0102 .0127 .0152 .0178 .0203 .0228 .0254 .0279 .0304 .0330 .0355 .0381 .0406 .0431 .0457 .0482 .0507 .0533 .0558 .0584 .0609 .0634 .0660 .0685 .0710 .0736 .0761 .0787 .0812 .0837 .0862 .0888 .0913 .0938 .0964 .0990 .1015 .1040 .1066 .1091 .1116 .1142 .1167 .1192 .1218 .1243 .1268 .1294 .1320 .1345 .1370 .1395 .1421 .1146 .1471 .1497 .1522 .1548 .1573 .1599 .1624 .1649 .1674 .1700 .1725 .1750 .1776 .1801 .1826 .1852 .1878 .1903 .1928 .1954 .1979 .2004 .2030 .2055 .2080 .2106 .2131 .2157 .2182 .2207 .2233 .2258 .2283 .2309 .2334 .2359 .2384 .2410 .2436 .2461 .2486 .2512 .2537 bar .0002 .0005 .0010 .0015 .0020 .0025 .0050 .0075 .0099 .0124 .0149 .0174 .0199 .0224 .0249 .0274 .0299 .0324 .0348 .0373 .0398 .0423 .0448 .0473 .0498 .0523 .0547 .0572 .0597 .0622 .0647 .0672 .0696 .0722 .0747 .0772 .0796 .0821 .0846 .0871 .0896 .0920 .0945 .0971 .0996 .1020 .1045 .1070 .1095 .1120 .1144 .1169 .1194 .1219 .1244 .1269 .1294 .1319 .1344 .1369 .1393 .1418 .1443 .1468 .1493 .1518 .1543 .1568 .1593 .1618 .1642 .1667 .1692 .1717 .1742 .1766 .1791 .1817 .1842 .1866 .1891 .1916 .1941 .1966 .1991 .2015 .2040 .2066 .2091 .2115 .2140 .2165 .2190 .2215 .2239 .2264 .2289 .2314 .2339 .2364 .2389 .2414 .2439 .2464 .2488 mbar Pa kPa .2482 .4964 .9928 1.489 1.992 2.489 4.978 7.467 9.956 24.82 49.64 99.28 148.9 199.2 248.9 497.8 746.7 995.6 .0248 .0496 .0993 .1489 .1992 .2489 .4978 .7476 .9956 12.44 14.93 17.42 19.90 22.39 24.88 27.37 29.86 32.35 34.84 37.33 39.81 42.31 44.79 47.28 49.77 52.26 54.74 57.23 59.72 62.21 64.70 67.19 69.64 72.19 74.67 77.15 79.63 82.12 84.60 87.08 89.56 92.04 94.53 97.08 99.56 102.0 104.5 107.0 109.5 112.0 114.5 116.9 119.4 121.9 124.4 126.9 129.4 131.9 134.4 136.9 139.3 141.8 144.3 146.8 149.3 151.8 154.3 156.8 159.3 161.8 164.2 166.7 169.2 171.7 174.2 176.6 179.1 181.7 184.2 186.6 189.1 191.6 194.1 196.6 199.1 201.5 204.0 206.6 209.1 211.5 214.0 216.5 219.0 221.5 223.9 226.4 228.9 231.4 233.9 236.4 238.9 241.4 243.9 246.4 248.8 1244 1493 1742 1990 2239 2488 2737 2986 3235 3484 3733 3981 4231 4479 4728 4977 5226 5474 5723 5972 6221 6470 6719 6964 7219 7467 7715 7963 8212 8460 8708 8956 9204 9453 9708 9956 10204 10452 10701 10949 11197 11445 11694 11942 12190 12438 12693 12941 13190 13438 13686 13934 14182 14431 14679 14927 15182 15430 15679 15927 16175 16423 16672 16920 17168 17416 17664 17912 18168 18416 18664 18912 19160 19409 19657 19905 20153 20402 20657 20905 21153 21401 21650 21898 22146 22394 22642 22890 23139 23387 23642 23890 24138 24387 24635 24883 1.244 1.493 1.742 1.990 2.239 2.488 2.737 2.986 3.235 3.484 3.733 3.981 4.231 4.479 4.728 4.977 5.226 5.474 5.723 5.972 6.221 6.470 6.719 6.964 7.219 7.467 7.715 7.963 8.212 8.460 8.708 8.956 9.204 9.453 9.708 9.956 10.20 10.45 10.70 10.95 11.20 11.44 11.69 11.94 12.19 12.44 12.69 12.94 13.19 13.44 13.69 13.93 14.18 14.43 14.68 14.93 15.18 15.43 15.68 15.93 16.18 16.42 16.67 16.92 17.17 17.42 17.66 17.91 18.17 18.42 18.66 18.91 19.16 19.41 19.66 19.90 20.15 20.40 20.66 20.90 21.15 21.40 21.65 21.90 22.15 22.39 22.64 22.89 23.14 23.39 23.64 23.89 24.14 24.39 24.64 24.88 P.S.I. 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.8 8.0 8.2 8.4 8.6 8.8 9.0 9.2 9.4 9.6 9.8 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 14.7 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 703.1 773.4 843.7 914.0 984.3 2.036 2.240 2.443 2.647 2.850 3.054 3.258 3.461 3.665 3.686 4.072 4.276 4.479 4.683 4.886 5.090 5.294 5.497 5.701 5.904 6.108 6.312 6.515 6.719 6.922 7.126 7.330 7.535 7.737 7.940 8.144 8.348 8.551 8.775 8.958 9.162 9.366 9.569 9.773 9.976 in/H2O in/Hg mm/H2O mm/Hg 51.75 27.71 56.89 30.45 62.06 33.22 67.23 35.98 72.40 38.75 77.57 41.52 82.74 44.29 47.06 87.92 93.09 49.82 52.59 98.26 55.36 58.13 60.90 63.67 66.43 69.20 71.97 74.74 77.51 80.27 83.04 85.81 88.58 91.35 94.11 96.88 99.65 102.4 105.2 108.0 110.7 113.5 116.3 119.0 121.8 124.6 127.3 130.1 132.9 135.6 138.4 141.2 143.9 146.7 149.5 152.2 155.0 157.8 160.5 163.3 166.1 168.8 171.6 174.4 177.2 179.9 182.7 185.5 188.2 191.0 193.8 196.5 199.3 202.1 204.8 207.6 210.4 215.9 221.4 227.0 232.5 238.0 243.6 249.1 254.7 260.2 265.7 271.3 276.8 304.5 332.2 359.8 387.5 406.9 415.2 442.9 470.6 498.2 525.9 553.6 581.3 609.0 636.7 664.3 692.0 1055 1125 1195 1266 1336 1406 1476 1547 1617 1687 1758 1828 1898 1969 2039 2109 2180 2250 2320 2390 2461 2531 2601 2672 2742 2812 2883 2953 3023 3094 2164 3234 3304 3375 3445 3515 3586 3656 3726 3797 3876 3973 4008 4078 4148 4218 4289 4359 4429 4500 4570 4640 4711 4781 4851 4922 4992 5062 5132 5203 5273 5343 5484 5625 5765 5906 6047 6187 6328 6468 6609 6750 6890 7031 7734 8437 9140 9843 10340 10550 11250 11950 12660 13360 14060 14770 15470 16170 16870 17580 10.18 10.38 10.59 10.79 10.99 11.20 11.40 11.60 11.81 12.01 12.22 12.42 12.62 12.83 13.03 13.23 13.44 13.64 13.84 14.05 14.25 14.46 14.66 14.86 15.07 15.27 15.47 15.88 16.29 16.70 17.10 17.51 17.92 18.32 18.73 19.14 19.54 19.95 20.36 22.40 24.43 26.47 28.50 29.93 30.54 32.58 34.61 36.65 36.68 40.72 42.76 44.79 46.83 48.86 50.90 103.4 108.6 113.8 118.9 124.1 129.3 134.5 139.6 144.8 150.0 155.1 160.3 165.5 170.7 175.8 181.0 186.2 191.3 196.5 201.7 206.9 212.0 217.2 222.4 227.5 232.7 237.9 243.1 248.2 253.4 258.6 263.7 268.9 274.1 279.3 284.4 289.6 294.8 299.9 305.1 310.3 315.5 320.6 325.8 331.0 336.1 341.3 346.5 351.7 356.8 362.0 367.2 372.3 377.5 382.7 387.9 393.0 403.4 413.7 424.1 434.4 444.7 455.1 465.4 475.8 486.1 496.5 506.8 517.1 568.9 620.6 672.3 724.0 760.2 775.7 827.4 879.1 930.9 982.6 1034 1086 1138 1189 1241 1293 kg/cm2 .0703 .0773 .0844 .0914 .0984 .1055 .1125 .1195 .1266 .1336 .1406 .1476 .1547 .1617 .1687 .1758 .1828 .1898 .1968 .2039 .2109 .2180 .2250 .2320 .2390 .2461 .2531 .2601 .2672 .2742 .2812 .2883 .2953 .3023 .3094 .3164 .3234 .3304 .3375 .3445 .3515 .3586 .3656 .3726 .3797 .3867 .3937 .4007 .4078 .4148 .4218 .4289 .4359 .4429 .4500 .4570 .4640 .4710 .4781 .4851 .4921 .4992 .5062 .5132 .5203 .5273 .5343 .5484 .5625 .5765 .5906 .6046 .6187 .6328 .6468 .6609 .6749 .6890 .7031 .7734 .8437 .9140 .9843 1.033 1.055 1.125 1.195 1.265 1.336 1.406 1.476 1.547 1.617 1.687 1.758 bar mbar Pa kPa .0689 .0758 .0827 .0896 .0965 .1034 .1103 .1172 .1241 .1310 .1379 .1448 .1517 .1586 .1655 .1724 .1793 .1862 .1930 .1999 .2068 .2137 .2206 .2275 .2344 .2413 .2482 .2551 .2620 .2689 .2758 .2827 .2896 .2965 .3034 .3103 .3172 .3240 .3310 .3378 .3447 .3516 .3585 .3654 .3723 .3792 .3861 .3930 .3999 .4068 .4137 .4206 .4275 .4344 .4413 .4482 .4550 .4619 .4688 .4757 .4826 .4895 .4964 .5033 .5102 .5171 .5240 .5378 .5516 .5654 .5792 .5929 .6067 .6205 .6343 .6481 .6619 .6757 .6895 .7584 .8274 .8963 .9652 68.95 75.84 82.74 89.63 96.52 103.4 110.3 117.2 124.1 131.0 137.9 144.8 151.7 158.6 165.5 172.4 179.3 186.2 193.0 199.9 206.8 213.7 220.6 227.5 234.4 241.3 248.2 255.1 262.0 268.9 275.8 282.7 289.6 296.5 303.4 310.3 317.2 324.0 331.0 337.8 344.7 351.6 358.5 365.4 372.3 379.2 386.1 393.0 399.9 406.8 413.7 420.6 427.5 434.4 441.3 448.2 455.0 461.9 468.8 475.7 482.6 489.5 496.4 503.3 510.2 517.1 524.0 537.8 551.6 565.4 579.2 592.9 606.7 620.5 634.3 648.1 661.9 675.7 689.5 758.4 827.4 896.3 965.2 1.014 1.034 1.103 1.172 1.241 1.310 1.379 1.448 1.517 1.586 1.655 1.724 1014 1034 1103 1172 1241 1310 1379 1448 1517 1586 1655 1724 6895 7584 8274 8963 9652 10340 11030 11720 12410 13100 13790 14480 15170 15860 16550 17240 17930 18620 19300 19990 20680 21370 22060 22750 23440 24130 24820 25510 26200 26890 27580 28270 28960 29650 30338 31030 31720 32400 33100 33780 34470 35160 35850 36540 37230 37920 38610 39300 39990 40680 41370 42060 42750 43440 44130 44820 45500 46190 46880 47570 48260 48950 49640 50330 51020 51710 52400 53780 55160 56540 57920 59290 60670 62050 63430 64810 66190 67570 68950 75840 82740 98630 96520 101400 103400 110300 117200 124100 131000 137900 144800 151700 158600 165500 172400 6.895 7.584 8.274 8.963 9.652 10.34 11.03 11.72 12.41 13.10 13.79 14.48 15.17 15.86 16.55 17.24 17.93 18.62 19.30 19.99 20.68 21.37 22.06 22.75 23.44 24.13 24.82 25.51 26.20 26.89 27.58 28.27 28.96 29.65 30.34 31.03 31.72 32.40 33.10 33.78 34.47 35.16 35.85 36.54 37.23 37.92 38.61 39.30 39.99 40.68 41.37 42.06 42.75 43.44 44.13 44.82 45.50 46.19 46.88 47.57 48.26 48.95 49.64 50.33 51.02 51.71 52.40 53.78 55.16 56.54 57.92 59.29 60.67 62.05 63.43 64.81 66.19 67.57 68.95 75.84 82.74 89.63 96.52 101.4 103.4 110.3 117.2 124.1 131.0 137.9 144.8 151.7 158.6 165.5 172.4 CONVERSION FACTORS P.S.I. x 27.71 = in. H2O P.S.I. x 2.036 = in. Hg P.S.I. x 703.1 = mm/H2O P.S.I. x 51.75 = mm/Hg P.S.I. x .0703 = kg/cm2 Note: Conversion factors rounded. P.S.I. x .0689 = bar P.S.I. x 68.95 = mbar P.S.I. x 6895 = Pa P.S.I. x 6.895 = kPa